e10v12bza
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
September 26, 2011
File
No. 001-35229
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Amendment No. 4
to
Form 10
|
|
|
GENERAL FORM FOR REGISTRATION OF SECURITIES PURSUANT TO
SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934
|
Xylem Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Indiana
|
|
45-2080495
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of
incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000
White Plains, New York
(Address of Principal
Executive Offices)
|
|
10604
(Zip Code)
|
Registrants telephone number, including area code:
(914) 304-1700
Securities to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of
the Act:
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Each Exchange on Which
|
Title of Each Class to be so Registered
|
|
Each Class is to be Registered
|
Common stock, par value $0.01 per share
|
|
New York Stock Exchange
|
Securities
to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer, and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
Large
accelerated
filer o
|
Accelerated
filer o
|
Non-accelerated
filer þ
|
Smaller
reporting
company o
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
INFORMATION
REQUIRED IN REGISTRATION STATEMENT
CROSS-REFERENCE
SHEET BETWEEN INFORMATION STATEMENT AND ITEMS OF
FORM 10
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Summary, Risk Factors,
Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements,
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements, Managements Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,
Business, Management, Executive
Compensation and Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions of the Information Statement filed as
Exhibit 99.1 to this Registration Statement on Form 10
(the Information Statement). Those sections are
incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Risk Factors of the Information Statement.
That section is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 2.
|
Financial
Information
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Summary Summary Historical and
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial Data,
Capitalization, Selected Historical Condensed
Combined Financial and Other Data, Unaudited Pro
Forma Condensed Combined Financial Statements and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations of the Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Business Properties of the
Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein by
reference.
|
|
Item 4.
|
Security
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and
Management
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
and Management of the Information Statement. That section
is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 5.
|
Directors
and Executive Officers
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Management of the Information Statement.
That section is incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 6.
|
Executive
Compensation
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Management and Executive
Compensation of the Information Statement. Those sections
are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 7.
|
Certain
Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director
Independence
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Management, Executive
Compensation and Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions of the Information Statement. Those
sections are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 8.
|
Legal
Proceedings
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Business Legal Proceedings of
the Information Statement. That section is incorporated herein
by reference.
|
|
Item 9.
|
Market
Price of and Dividends on the Registrants Common Equity
and Related Stockholder Matters
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Risk Factors, The Spin-Off,
Dividend Policy, Executive Compensation
and Description of Capital Stock of the Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 10.
|
Recent
Sales of Unregistered Securities
|
Not applicable.
|
|
Item 11.
|
Description
of Registrants Securities to be Registered
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Risk Factors Risks Relating to Our
Common Stock, Dividend Policy and
Description of Capital Stock of the Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 12.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related
to the Spin-Off Distribution Agreement
Indemnification and Description of Capital
Stock Provisions of Our Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws That
Could Delay or Prevent a Change in Control
Directors Duties and Liability of the Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 13.
|
Financial
Statements and Supplementary Data
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
sections Description of Capital Stock,
Selected Historical Condensed Combined Financial and Other
Data, Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined
Financial Statements, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations, and Index to Financial Statements
and the statements referenced therein of the Information
Statement. Those sections are incorporated herein by reference.
|
|
Item 14.
|
Changes
in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and
Financial Disclosure
|
None.
|
|
Item 15.
|
Financial
Statements and Exhibits
|
The information required by this item is contained under the
section Index to Financial Statements beginning on
page F-1
of the Information Statement. That section is incorporated
herein by reference.
The following documents are filed as exhibits hereto:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Description
|
|
|
2
|
.1
|
|
Form of Distribution Agreement among ITT Corporation, Exelis
Inc. and Xylem Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Xylem
Inc.*
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated By-Laws of Xylem Inc.*
|
|
4
|
.1
|
|
Indenture between Xylem Inc. and Union Bank, National
Association, as trustee
|
|
10
|
.1
|
|
Form of Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement among ITT
Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
10
|
.2
|
|
Form of Tax Matters Agreement among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc.
and Xylem Inc.
|
|
10
|
.3
|
|
Form of Master Transition Services Agreement among ITT
Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc.
|
|
10
|
.4
|
|
Forms of Master Lease Agreement and Master Sublease Agreement
|
|
10
|
.5
|
|
Form of GOULDS Trademark License Agreement between Goulds Pumps
Incorporated and Xylem Inc.
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Xylem Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan*
|
|
10
|
.7
|
|
Credit Agreement among Xylem Inc., the lenders party thereto,
and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets
Inc., as lead arrangers and lead bookrunners
|
|
10
|
.8
|
|
Offer Letter between Frank R. Jimenez and ITT Corporation,
dated April 2, 2009
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of Xylem Inc.*
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Information Statement, dated September 26, 2011
|
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 12 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused
this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
Xylem Inc.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Gretchen
W. McClain
|
Chief Executive Officer
Date: September 26, 2011
exv4w1
Exhibit 4.1
Execution Version
XYLEM INC.,
ITT CORPORATION,
as Guarantor
and
UNION BANK, N.A., as Trustee
Indenture
Dated as of September 20, 2011
Providing for Issuance of Debt Securities
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 1 |
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.01. Definitions |
|
|
1 |
|
Section 1.02. Officers Certificates and Opinions |
|
|
10 |
|
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 1.04. Acts of Securityholders |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 1.05. Notices, etc., to Trustee and Company |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.06. Notice to Securityholders; Waiver |
|
|
13 |
|
Section 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.09. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.10. Separability Clause |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.11. Benefits of Indenture |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.12. Governing Law |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.13. Counterparts |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.14. Judgment Currency |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 1.15. Legal Holidays |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 2 |
Security Forms |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.01. Forms Generally |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 2.02. Forms of Securities |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.03. Securities in Global Form |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 2.04. Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3 |
The Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.01. General Title; General Limitations; Issuable
in Series; Terms of Particular Series |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 3.02. Denominations and Currency |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication and Delivery, and Dating |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 3.04. Temporary Securities |
|
|
23 |
|
Section 3.05. Registration, Transfer and Exchange |
|
|
24 |
|
Section 3.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities |
|
|
27 |
|
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved |
|
|
28 |
|
Section 3.08. Persons Deemed Owners |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 3.09. Cancellation |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 3.10. Computation of Interest |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 3.11. CUSIP Numbers |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE 4 |
|
|
|
|
Satisfaction And Discharge |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 4.02. Discharge and Defeasance |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 4.03. Covenant Defeasance |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 4.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 4.05. Application of Trust Money; Excess Funds |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 4.06. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 4.07. Return of Unclaimed Amounts |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 4.08. Reinstatement |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 5 |
|
|
|
|
Remedies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.01. Events of Default |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission, and Annulment |
|
|
38 |
|
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee |
|
|
39 |
|
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim |
|
|
40 |
|
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected |
|
|
41 |
|
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive
Principal, Premium, and Interest |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies |
|
|
42 |
|
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 5.12. Control by Securityholders |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults |
|
|
43 |
|
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws |
|
|
44 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 6 |
|
|
|
|
The Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee |
|
|
44 |
|
Section 6.02. Notice of Defaults |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee |
|
|
46 |
|
Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities |
|
|
47 |
|
Section 6.05. May Hold Securities |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement |
|
|
48 |
|
Section 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 6.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor |
|
|
49 |
|
Section 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor |
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business |
|
|
52 |
|
Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company |
|
|
52 |
|
Section 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent |
|
|
52 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 7 |
|
|
|
|
Securityholders Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of Securityholders |
|
|
54 |
|
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders |
|
|
54 |
|
Section 7.03. Reports by Trustee |
|
|
55 |
|
Section 7.04. Reports by Company |
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 8 |
|
|
|
|
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.01. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms |
|
|
57 |
|
Section 8.02. Successor Corporation Substituted |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 9 |
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders |
|
|
58 |
|
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders |
|
|
59 |
|
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 9.05. Conformity With the Trust Indenture Act |
|
|
61 |
|
Section 9.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 10 |
|
|
|
|
Covenants |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 10.03. Money or Security Payments to Be Held in Trust |
|
|
62 |
|
Section 10.04. Certificate to Trustee |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 10.05. Corporate Existence |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 10.06. Waiver of Certain Covenants |
|
|
63 |
|
Section 10.07. Limitation on Liens |
|
|
64 |
|
Section 10.08. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 11 |
|
|
|
|
Redemption of Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.01. Applicability of Article |
|
|
66 |
|
Section 11.02. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee |
|
|
66 |
|
Section 11.03. Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed |
|
|
66 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 11.04. Notice of Redemption |
|
|
67 |
|
Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price |
|
|
68 |
|
Section 11.06. Securities Payable on Redemption Date |
|
|
68 |
|
Section 11.07. Securities Redeemed in Part |
|
|
68 |
|
Section 11.08. Provisions with Respect to any Sinking Funds |
|
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 12 |
|
|
|
|
Repayment at Option of Holders |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12.01. Applicability of Article |
|
|
70 |
|
Section 12.02. Repayment of Securities |
|
|
70 |
|
Section 12.03. Exercise of Option |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 12.04. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and
Payable |
|
|
71 |
|
Section 12.05. Securities Repaid in Part |
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 13 |
|
|
|
|
Subordination of Subordinated Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13.01. Agreement to Subordinate |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 13.02. Payment on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization;
Default on Senior Indebtedness |
|
|
72 |
|
Section 13.03. Payment Prior to Dissolution or Default |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 13.04. Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate Subordination
of Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75 |
|
Section 13.05. Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 13.06. Not to Prevent Events of Default |
|
|
75 |
|
Section 13.07. No Fiduciary Duty of Trustee to Holders of Senior Indebtedness |
|
|
76 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 14 |
|
|
|
|
Guarantee of Securities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 14.01. Guarantee |
|
|
76 |
|
Section 14.02. Waiver |
|
|
76 |
|
Section 14.03. Guarantee of Payment |
|
|
77 |
|
Section 14.04. No Discharge or Diminishment of Guarantee |
|
|
77 |
|
Section 14.05. Defenses of Company Waived |
|
|
77 |
|
Section 14.06. Continued Effectiveness |
|
|
78 |
|
Section 14.07. Subrogation |
|
|
78 |
|
Section 14.08. Subordination |
|
|
78 |
|
Section 14.09. Release of Guarantor and Termination of Guarantee |
|
|
79 |
|
Section 14.10. Limitation of Guarantors Liability |
|
|
79 |
|
Section 14.11. No Obligation to Take Action Against the Company |
|
|
80 |
|
Section 14.12. Execution and Delivery |
|
|
80 |
|
THIS INDENTURE, between Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (hereinafter called
the Company) having its principal office at 1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000, White
Plains, New York 10604, ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation, as guarantor (hereinafter
called ITT or the Guarantor), and Union Bank, N.A., a national banking association, as
trustee (hereinafter called the Trustee), is made and entered into as of this
20th day of September, 2011.
Recitals
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture (as
hereinafter defined) to provide for the issuance of its unsecured debentures, notes,
bonds, and other evidences of indebtedness, to be issued in one or more fully registered
series.
The Guarantor has duly authorized its guarantee of the Securities (as hereinafter
defined) (the Guarantee) and to provide therefor the Guarantor has duly authorized the
execution and delivery of this Indenture.
All things necessary to make this Indenture a valid agreement of each of the
Company and the Guarantor, in accordance with its terms, have been done.
Agreements of the Parties
To set forth or to provide for the establishment of the terms and conditions upon
which the Securities are and are to be authenticated, issued, and delivered, and in
consideration of the premises thereof, and the purchase of Securities by the Holders (as
hereinafter defined) thereof, it is mutually covenanted and agreed as follows, for the
equal and proportionate benefit of all Holders from time to time of the Securities or of
any series thereof, as the case may be:
ARTICLE 1
Definitions and Other Provisions of General Application
Section 1.01. Definitions. For all purposes of this Indenture and of any indenture
supplemental hereto, except as otherwise expressly provided or unless the context
otherwise requires:
(a) the terms defined in this Article 1 have the meanings assigned to them in
this Article 1, and include the plural as well as the singular;
(b) all other terms used herein which are defined in the Trust Indenture Act (as
hereinafter defined), either directly or by reference therein, have the meanings assigned
to them therein;
1
(c) all accounting terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings assigned to
them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and, except as otherwise
herein expressly provided, the term generally accepted accounting principles with
respect to any computation required or permitted hereunder shall mean such accounting
principles as are generally accepted in the United States of America at the date of such
computation; and
(d) all references in this instrument to designated Articles, Sections and other
subdivisions are to the designated Articles, Sections and other subdivisions of this
Indenture as originally executed. The words herein, hereof, and hereunder and other
words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular
Article, Section, or other subdivision.
Act, when used with respect to any Securityholder (as hereinafter defined),
has the meaning specified in Section 1.04.
Additional Interest means all interest payable as a consequence of the failure to
effectuate in a timely manner the exchange offer and/or shelf registration procedures set
forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Affiliate of any specified Person (as hereinafter defined) means any other Person
directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, control when
used with respect to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and
policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract, or otherwise; and the terms controlling and controlled have
meanings correlative to the foregoing.
|
|
applicants has the meaning specified in Section 7.02. |
Attributable Debt with regard to a sale and lease-back transaction with respect to
any Principal Property means, at the time of determination, the present value of the total
net amount of rent required to be paid under such lease during the remaining term thereof
(including any period for which such lease has been extended), discounted at the rate of
interest set forth or implicit in the terms of such lease (or, if not practicable to
determine such rate, the weighted average interest rate per annum borne by all Outstanding
Securities) compounded semi-annually. In the case of any lease which is terminable by the
lessee upon the payment of a penalty, such net amount shall be the lesser of (x) the net
amount determined assuming termination upon the first date such lease may be terminated (in
which case the net amount shall also include the amount of the penalty, but shall not
include any rent that would be required to be paid under such lease subsequent to the first
date upon which it may be so terminated) or (y) the net amount determined assuming no such
termination.
2
Authenticating Agent means any Person authorized by the Trustee to authenticate
Securities of one or more series under Section 6.14.
Authentication Order has the meaning specified in Section 3.03.
Board of Directors means (i) the board of directors of the Company, (ii) any duly
authorized committee of that board, or (iii) any officer, director, or authorized
representative of the Company, in each case duly authorized by such Board to act
hereunder.
Board Resolution means a copy of a resolution certified by the Corporate Secretary
or an Assistant Secretary of the Company to have been duly adopted by the Board of
Directors and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and
delivered to the Trustee.
Business Day means (except, with respect to any particular series of Securities, as
may be otherwise provided in the form of such Securities) any day other than a Saturday or
Sunday that is neither a legal holiday nor a day on which banking institutions are
authorized or required by law, regulation, or executive order to be closed.
Chairman means the Companys Chairman of the Board of Directors.
Commission means the Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time
constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or, if at any time after the execution of
this instrument such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to
it under the Trust Indenture Act, then the body performing such duties on such date.
Company means Xylem Inc., unless and until a successor corporation shall have
become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter
Company shall mean such successor corporation.
Company Common Stock means all of the outstanding shares of common stock,
par value $.01 per share, of the Company.
Company Request and Company Order mean, respectively, a written request or order
signed in the name of the Company by its Chairman, Vice Chairman (as hereinafter defined),
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President (as
hereinafter defined) or Vice President, or by any other officer or officers of the Company
pursuant to an applicable Board Resolution, and delivered to the Trustee.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets means the total amount of assets (less applicable
depreciation, amortization, and other valuation reserves) of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, after deducting therefrom (i) all current
liabilities of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (excluding any such
3
liabilities that are intercompany items) and (ii) all goodwill, trade names,
trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expenses and other like
intangibles, all as set forth on the latest consolidated balance sheet of the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries prepared in accordance with United States generally
accepted accounting principles.
Corporate Trust Office means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular
time its corporate trust business shall be principally administered, which office at the
date hereof is located at 1251 Avenue of the Americas, 19th Floor, New York,
New York 10020.
corporation means a corporation, association, company, joint-stock company,
limited liability company or business trust.
|
|
Covenant Defeasance has the meaning specified in Section 4.03. |
|
|
|
Debt
means any indebtedness for borrowed money. |
|
|
|
Defaulted Interest has the
meaning specified in Section 3.07. |
|
|
|
Defeasance has the meaning specified
in Section 4.02. |
Depositary means with respect to the Securities of any series issuable or issued in
whole or in part in global form, the Person designated as Depositary by the Company
pursuant to Section 3.01, unless and until a successor Depositary shall have become such
pursuant to the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter Depositary shall
mean or include each Person who is then a Depositary hereunder, and if at any time there
is more than one such Person, Depositary as used with respect to the Securities of any
such series shall mean the Depositary with respect to the Securities of that series.
Distribution means the distribution on the Distribution Date to holders of record
of shares of ITT Common Stock as of the Distribution Record Date of the Company Common
Stock.
Distribution Date means the date on which ITT distributes all of the issued and
outstanding shares of Company Common Stock to the holders of ITT Common Stock.
Distribution Record Date means such date as may be determined by the board of
directors of ITT as the record date for the Distribution.
Entity means any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, joint
venture, association, joint-stock company, trust or unincorporated organization.
Equivalent Government Securities means, in relation to Securities denominated in
a currency other than U.S. dollars, securities of the government
4
that issued the currency in which such Securities are denominated or securities of
government agencies backed by the full faith and credit of such government.
Event of Default has the meaning specified in Article 5.
Exchange Act has the meaning specified in Section 3.03.
Executive Vice President, when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee,
means any executive vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or
words added before or after the title executive vice president.
Guarantee has the meaning specified in the second recital of this Indenture and
more particularly means the Guarantee made by the Guarantor as set forth in Article 14
hereof.
Guarantor means ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation.
Holder, Securityholder and Holder of Securities means a Person in whose name a
Security is registered in the Security Register (as hereinafter defined).
Indenture means this instrument as originally executed or as it may from time to
time be supplemented or amended by one or more indentures supplemental hereto entered into
pursuant to the applicable provisions hereof and shall include the terms of any particular
series of Securities established as contemplated by Section 3.01.
Interest Payment Date, when used with respect to any series of Securities, means
any date on which an installment of interest on those Securities is scheduled to be paid.
Investment Company Act has the meaning specified in Section 4.04.
ITT Common Stock means the issued and outstanding shares of common stock of
ITT, par value $1 per share.
Judgment Currency has the meaning specified in Section 1.14.
Lien has the meaning specified in Section 10.07.
Maturity means, when used with respect to any Security, the date on which the
principal amount outstanding under such Security or an installment of principal amount
outstanding under such Security becomes due and payable, as therein or herein provided,
whether on the Scheduled Maturity Date (as
hereinafter defined), by declaration of acceleration, call for redemption, or
otherwise.
5
Obligations has the meaning specified in Section 14.01.
Offering Memorandum means the offering memorandum, dated September 15, 2011,
relating to the private offering of the Securities.
Officers Certificate means a certificate signed by any two of the Chairman, Vice
Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, any Executive Vice President
or Vice President, the Treasurer, and any Assistant Treasurer of the Company, or by any
other officer or officers of the Company pursuant to an applicable Board Resolution, and
delivered to the Trustee.
Opinion of Counsel means a written opinion of counsel to the Company, which
counsel may be an employee of the Company or other counsel who shall be reasonably
acceptable to the Trustee.
Original Issue Discount Security means any Security which is initially sold at a
discount from the principal amount thereof and the terms of which provide that upon
redemption or acceleration of the Maturity thereof, an amount less than the principal
amount thereof would become due and payable.
Outstanding, when used with respect to any particular Securities or to the
Securities of any particular series means, as of the date of determination, all such
Securities theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:
(i) such Securities theretofore canceled by the Trustee or delivered by the Company
to the Trustee for cancellation;
(ii) such Securities, or portions thereof, for whose payment or redemption money in
the necessary amount has been theretofore deposited in trust with the Trustee or with any
Paying Agent (as hereinafter defined) other than the Company, or, if the Company shall
act as its own Paying Agent, has been set aside and segregated in trust by the Company;
provided, in any case, that if such Securities are to be redeemed prior to their
Scheduled Maturity Date, notice of such redemption has been duly given pursuant to this
Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the Trustee has been made; and
(iii) such Securities in exchange for or in lieu of which other Securities have been
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture, or which shall have been paid, in
each case, pursuant to the terms of Section 3.06 (except with respect to any such Security
as to which proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that such Security is held by a
Person in whose hands such Security is a legal, valid, and binding obligation of the
Company).
In determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of such Securities
Outstanding have given any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or
waiver hereunder, the principal amount of any Original Issue
6
Discount Security that shall be deemed to be Outstanding shall be the amount of the
principal thereof that would be due and payable as of the date of such determination upon
a declaration of acceleration of the Maturity thereof. In determining whether the Holders
of the requisite principal amount of such Securities Outstanding have given a direction
concerning the time, method, and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy
available to the Trustee, or concerning the exercise of any trust or power conferred upon
the Trustee under this Indenture, or concerning a consent on behalf of the Holders of any
series of Securities to the waiver of any past default and its consequences, Securities
owned by the Company, any other obligor upon the Securities, or any Affiliate of the
Company or such other obligor shall be disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding. In
determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, or waiver, only Securities which a
Responsible Officer assigned to the corporate trust department of the Trustee knows to be
owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or any Affiliate of the
Company or such other obligor shall be so disregarded. Securities so owned which have been
pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the
satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgees right to act as owner with respect to such
Securities and that the pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the
Securities or any Affiliate of the Company or such other obligor.
Paying Agent means, with respect to any Securities, any Person appointed by the
Company to distribute amounts payable by the Company on such Securities. If at any time
there shall be more than one such Person, Paying Agent as used with respect to the
Securities of any particular series shall mean the Paying Agent with respect to
Securities of that series. As of the date of this Indenture, the Company has appointed
Union Bank, N.A. as Paying Agent with respect to all Securities issuable hereunder.
Person means any individual, corporation, limited liability company, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, or
government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Place of Payment means with respect to any series of Securities issued hereunder
the city or political subdivision so designated with respect to the series of Securities
in question in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.01.
Predecessor Securities of any particular Security means every previous Security
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such particular
Security; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Security authenticated and
delivered under Section 3.06 in lieu of a lost, destroyed, mutilated, or stolen Security
shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the lost, destroyed, mutilated, or stolen
Security.
Principal Property means any single manufacturing or processing plant, office
building or warehouse owned or leased by the Company or a
7
Restricted Subsidiary which has a gross book value in excess of 2% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets other than a plant, warehouse, office building, or
portion thereof which, in the opinion of the Companys Board of Directors, is not of
material importance to the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries as an entirety.
Record Date means any date as of which the Holder of a Security will be determined
for any purpose described herein, such determination to be made as of the close of business
on such date by reference to the Security Register.
Redemption Date, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed,
means the date fixed for such redemption by or pursuant to this Indenture.
Redemption Price, when used with respect to any Security to be redeemed, means the
price specified in the Security at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.
Registration Rights Agreement means (i) that certain registration rights agreement
dated as of September 20, 2011 by and among the Company, the Guarantor and the initial
purchasers party thereto and (ii) with respect to any additional Securities, one or more
substantially similar registration rights agreements among the Company and the other
parties thereto, as such agreements may be amended from time to time.
Repayment Date, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the
date fixed for such repayment pursuant to such Security.
Repayment Price, when used with respect to any Security to be repaid, means the
price at which it is to be repaid pursuant to such Security.
Required Currency has the meaning specified in Section 1.14.
Responsible Officer, when used with respect to the Trustee, shall mean an officer
of the Trustee in the Corporate Trust Office, having direct responsibility for the
administration of this Indenture, and also, with respect to a particular corporate trust
matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of such officers
knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.
Restricted Subsidiary means at any time any Subsidiary of the Company except a
Subsidiary which is at the time an Unrestricted Subsidiary.
Scheduled Maturity Date, when used with respect to any Security, means the date
specified in such Security as the date on which all outstanding principal and interest
will be due and payable.
8
Security or Securities means any note or notes, bond or bonds, debenture or
debentures, or any other evidences of indebtedness, as the case may be, of any series
authenticated and delivered from time to time under this Indenture.
Security Register has the meaning specified in Section 3.05.
Security Registrar means the Person who maintains the Security Register, which
Person shall be the Trustee unless and until a successor Security Registrar is appointed
by the Company.
Senior Indebtedness means all obligations or indebtedness of, or guaranteed or
assumed by, the Company, whether or not represented by bonds, debentures notes or similar
instruments, for borrowed money, and any amendments, renewals, extensions, modifications
and refundings of any such obligations or indebtedness, unless in the instrument creating
or evidencing any such indebtedness or obligations or pursuant to which the same is
outstanding it is specifically stated, at or prior to the time the Company becomes liable
in respect thereof, that any such obligation or indebtedness or such amendment, renewal,
extension, modification and refunding thereof is not Senior Indebtedness.
Special Record Date for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a date fixed by
the Trustee pursuant to Section 3.07.
Specified Currency has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.
Spin-Off means (i) the series of transactions pursuant to which the Guarantor
will allocate, transfer and assign, or cause to be allocated, transferred and assigned
the assets and liabilities of the Guarantors water equipment and services business to
the Company and its subsidiaries and (ii) the Distribution, each as described in the
Offering Memorandum.
Subordinated Security means any security issued under this Indenture which is
designated as a Subordinated Security.
Subsidiary of any specified corporation means any entity at least a majority of
whose outstanding Voting Stock shall at the time be owned, directly or indirectly, by the
specified corporation or by one or more of its Subsidiaries, or both.
Trust Indenture Act or TIA means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended, as
in force as of the date hereof, except as provided in Section 9.05.
Trustee means the party named as such above until a successor becomes such
pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means or includes each
party who is then a trustee hereunder, and if at any time there is more than one
such party, Trustee as used with respect to the Securities of any series means
9
the Trustee with respect to Securities of that series. If Trustees with respect to
different series of Securities are trustees under this Indenture, nothing herein shall
constitute the Trustees co-trustees of the same trust, and each Trustee shall be the
trustee of a trust separate and apart from any trust administered by any other Trustee
with respect to a different series of Securities.
Unrestricted Subsidiary means any Subsidiary of the Company (not at the time
designated a Restricted Subsidiary) (i) the major part of whose business consists of
finance, banking, credit, leasing, insurance, financial services, or other similar
operations, or any combination thereof, (ii) substantially all the assets of which consist
of the capital stock of one or more such Subsidiaries engaged in the operations referred to
in the preceding clause (i), or (iii) designated as such by the Companys Board of
Directors and which, in the opinion of the Companys Board of Directors, is not of material
importance to the business conducted by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an
entity.
U.S. Government Obligations means (i) securities that are direct obligations of the
United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the full
faith and credit of the United States of America and (ii) securities that are obligations
of a Person controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the
United States of America, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed by the full
faith and credit of the United States of America, and also includes depository receipts
issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any of the securities
described in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), and any payment of interest or principal
payable under any of the securities described in the preceding clauses (i) and (ii) that
is held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depository receipt, provided
that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction
from the amount payable to the holder of such depository receipt, or from any amount
received by the custodian in respect of such securities, or from any specific payment of
interest or principal payable under the securities evidenced by such depository receipt.
Vice President, when used with respect to the Company or the Trustee, means any
vice president, whether or not designated by a number or a word or words added before or
after the title vice president.
Voting Stock, as applied to the stock of any corporation, means stock of any class
or classes (however designated), the outstanding shares of which have, by the terms
thereof, ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the members of the board of directors
(or other governing body) of such corporation, other than stock having such power only by
reason of the happening of a contingency.
Section 1.02. Officers Certificates and Opinions. Every Officers Certificate,
Opinion of Counsel, and other certificate or opinion to be delivered to the Trustee under
this Indenture with respect to any action to be taken by the
10
Trustee (except for the Officers Certificate required by Section 10.04) shall
include the following:
(a) a statement that each individual signing such certificate or opinion has read
all covenants and conditions of this Indenture relating to such proposed action,
including the definitions herein relating thereto;
(b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation
upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
(c) a statement that, in the opinion of each such individual, he or she has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed
opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and
(d) a statement as to whether, in the opinion of each such individual, such
condition or covenant has been complied with.
Section 1.03. Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where several
matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of, any specified
Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the
opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one
document, but one such Person may certify or give an opinion with respect to some matters
and one or more other such Persons as to the other matters, and any such Person may
certify or give an opinion as to such matters in one or several documents.
Any certificate or opinion of an officer of the Company may be based, insofar as it
relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, legal
counsel, unless such officer knows that any such certificate, opinion, or representation
is erroneous. Any opinion of counsel for the Company may be based, insofar as it relates
to factual matters, upon a certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or
officers of the Company, unless such counsel knows that any such certificate, opinion, or
representation is erroneous.
Where any Person is required to make, give, or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions, or other
instruments under this Indenture, such instruments may, but need not, be
consolidated and form a single instrument.
Section 1.04. Acts of Securityholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver, or other action provided by this Indenture to be
given or taken by Securityholders may be embodied in and
evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such
Securityholders in person or by an agent duly appointed in writing; and,
11
except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when
such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and (if expressly required by
the applicable terms of this Indenture) to the Company. If any Securities are denominated
in coin or currency other than that of the United States, then for the purposes of
determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Securities have taken
any action as herein described, the principal amount of such Securities shall be deemed to
be that amount of United States dollars that could be obtained for such principal amount on
the basis of the spot rate of exchange into United States dollars for the currency in which
such Securities are denominated (as evidenced to the Trustee by a certificate provided by a
financial institution, selected by the Company, that maintains an active trade in the
currency in question, acting as conversion agent) as of the date the taking of such action
by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is evidenced to the Trustee as provided
in the immediately preceding sentence. Such instrument or instruments (and the action
embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the Act of
the Securityholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such
instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of
this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.01) conclusive in favor of the Trustee, the
Company and the Guarantor, if made in the manner provided in this Section 1.04.
(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing
may be proved by the affidavit of a witness to such execution or by the certificate of any
notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds,
certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to him the
execution thereof. Where such execution is by an officer of a corporation or a member of a
partnership, on behalf of such corporation or partnership, such certificate or affidavit
shall also constitute sufficient proof of his authority. The fact and date of the execution
of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the person executing the same, may
also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) The ownership of Securities shall for all purposes be determined by reference to
the Security Register, as such register shall exist as of the applicable date.
(d) If the Company shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, the Company may, at its option, by
Board Resolution, fix in advance a Record Date for the determination of Holders entitled
to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action, but the Company shall have no obligation to do so. If such Record Date is fixed,
such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action
may be given before or after such Record Date, but only the Holders of record at the close
of business on such Record Date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purpose of
determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Securities Outstanding have
authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization,
12
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action, and for that purpose the Securities
Outstanding shall be computed as of such Record Date; provided that no such
authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such Record Date shall be deemed
effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture
not later than six months after such Record Date.
(e) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other
action by the Holder of any Security shall bind each subsequent Holder of such Security,
and each Holder of any Security issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in
exchange therefor or in lieu thereof, with respect to anything done or suffered to be done
by the Trustee or the Company in reliance upon such action, whether or not notation of
such action is made upon such Security.
Section 1.05. Notices, etc., to Trustee, Company and Guarantor. Any request, order,
authorization, direction, consent, waiver, or other action to be taken by the Trustee, the
Company, the Guarantor or the Securityholders hereunder (including any Authentication
Order), and any notice to be given to the Trustee, the Company or the Guarantor with
respect to any action taken or to be taken by the Trustee, the Company, the Gurantor or
the Securityholders hereunder, shall be sufficient if made in writing and:
(a) (if to be furnished or delivered to or filed with the Trustee by the Company
or any Securityholder) delivered to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office,
Attention: Corporate Finance, or
(b) (if to be furnished or delivered to the Company or the Guarantor by the Trustee
or any Securityholder, and except as otherwise provided in Section 5.01(d) and, in the
case of a request for repayment, except as specified in the Security carrying the right
to repayment) mailed to the Company or the Guarantor, first-class postage prepaid, at its
principal office (as specified in the first paragraph of this instrument), Attention:
Treasurer, or at any other address hereafter furnished in writing by the Company or the
Guarantor to the Trustee.
Section 1.06. Notice to Securityholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture or any Security
provides for notice to Securityholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently
given (unless otherwise expressly provided herein or in such Security) if in writing and
mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to each Securityholder affected by such event, at his
or her address as it appears in the Security Register as of the applicable Record Date,
not later than the latest date or earlier than the earliest date prescribed by this
Indenture or such Security for the giving of such notice. In any case where notice to
Securityholders is given by mail, neither the failure to mail such notice nor any defect
in any notice so mailed to any particular Securityholder shall affect the sufficiency of
such notice with respect to other Securityholders. Where this Indenture or any Security
provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be waived in writing by the Person
entitled to receive such notice, either before or after the event, and such waiver
13
shall be the equivalent of such notice. Waivers of notice by Securityholders shall be
filed with the Trustee, but such filing shall not be a condition precedent to the
validity of any action taken in reliance upon such waiver.
In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of a strike,
work stoppage or otherwise, it shall be impractical to mail notice of any event to any
Securityholder when such notice is required to be given pursuant to any provision of this
Indenture or the applicable Security, then any method of notification as shall be
satisfactory to the Trustee and the Company shall be deemed to be sufficient for the
giving of such notice.
Section 1.07. Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof limits,
qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof which is required to be included in
this Indenture by any of the provisions of the TIA, such required provision shall control.
Section 1.08. Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and Section
headings herein and the Table of Contents hereof are for convenience only and shall not
affect the construction of any provision of this Indenture.
Section 1.09. Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this Indenture
by the Company and the Guarantor shall bind their successors and assigns, whether so
expressed or not.
Section 1.10. Separability Clause. In case any provision in this Indenture or in the
Securities shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and
enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired
thereby.
Section 1.11. Benefits of Indenture. Nothing in this Indenture or in any
Securities, express or implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto,
their successors hereunder, the Authenticating Agent, the Security Registrar, any Paying
Agent, and the Holders of Securities (or such of them as may be affected thereby), any
benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Indenture.
Section 1.12. Governing Law. This Indenture, the Securities and the Guarantee shall
be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.
Section 1.13. Counterparts. This instrument may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all of
which shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
Section 1.14. Judgment Currency. The Company and the Guarantor agree, to the
fullest extent that they may effectively do so under applicable law,
14
that (a) if for the purpose of obtaining judgment in any court with respect to the
Securities of any series or the Guarantee it is necessary to convert the sum due in respect
of the principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, payable with respect to such
Securities into a currency in which a judgment can be rendered (the Judgment Currency),
the rate of exchange from the currency in which payments under such Securities is payable
(the Required Currency) into the Judgment Currency shall be the highest bid quotation
(assuming European-style quotationi.e., Required Currency per Judgment Currency) received
by the Company or the Guarantor from three recognized foreign exchange dealers in the City
of New York for the purchase of the aggregate amount of the judgment (as denominated in the
Judgment Currency) on the Business Day preceding the date on which a final unappealable
judgment is rendered, for settlement on such payment date, and at which the applicable
dealer timely commits to execute a contract, and (b) the Companys and the Guarantors
obligations under this Indenture to make payments in the Required Currency (i) shall not be
discharged or satisfied by any tender, or by any recovery pursuant to any judgment (whether
or not entered in accordance with the preceding clause (a)), in any currency other than the
Required Currency, except to the extent that such tender or recovery shall result in the
actual receipt by the judgment creditor of the full amount of the Required Currency
expressed to be payable in respect of such payments, (ii) shall be enforceable as an
alternative or additional cause of action for the purpose of recovering in the Required
Currency the amount, if any, by which such actual receipt shall fall short of the full
amount of the Required Currency so expressed to be payable, and (iii) shall not be affected
by judgment being obtained for any other sum due under this Indenture.
Section 1.15. Legal Holidays.
In any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or
Maturity of any Security shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment, then
(notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Securities) payment of
interest or principal (and premium, if any) need not be made at such Place of Payment on
such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day at such Place of Payment
with the same force and effect as if made on the Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date,
Repayment Date or at Maturity; provided, that no interest shall accrue for the period from
and after such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date, Repayment Date or at Maturity, as
the case may be.
ARTICLE 2
Security Forms
Section 2.01. Forms Generally. The Securities of each series shall have such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions and other variations as are required or
permitted by this Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of
identification and such legends or endorsements placed thereon, as
15
may be required to comply with the rules of any securities exchange, or as may,
consistently herewith, be determined by the officers executing such Securities, as
evidenced by their execution of the Securities. Any portion of the text of any Security
may be set forth on the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the
face of the Security.
The definitive Securities, if any, shall be printed, lithographed or engraved or
produced by any combination of these methods on steel engraved borders or may be produced
in any other manner permitted by the rules of any securities exchange, all as determined
by the officers executing such Securities, as evidenced by their execution of such
Securities.
Section 2.02. Forms of Securities. Each Security shall be in one of the forms
approved from time to time by or pursuant to any Board Resolution, or established in one
or more indentures supplemental hereto. Prior to the delivery to the Trustee for
authentication of any Security in any form approved by or pursuant to a Board Resolution,
the Company shall deliver to the Trustee a copy of such Board Resolution, together with a
true and correct copy of the form of Security which has been approved thereby, or, if a
Board Resolution authorizes a specific officer or officers to approve a form of Security,
together with a certificate of such officer or officers approving the form of Security
attached thereto; provided, however, that with respect to all Securities issued pursuant
to the same Board Resolution, the required copy of such Board Resolution, together with
the appropriate attachment, need be delivered only once. Any form of Security approved by
or pursuant to a Board Resolution must be acceptable as to form to the Trustee, such
acceptance to be evidenced by the Trustees authentication of Securities in that form or
by a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee and delivered to the
Company.
Section 2.03. Securities in Global Form. If Securities of a series are issuable in
whole or in part in global form, the global security representing such Securities may
provide that it shall represent the aggregate amount of Outstanding Securities from time to
time endorsed thereon and may also provide that the aggregate amount of Outstanding
Securities represented thereby may from time to time be reduced to reflect exchanges or
increased to reflect the issuance of additional Securities. Any endorsement of a Security
in global form to reflect the amount (or any increase or decrease in the amount) of
Outstanding Securities represented thereby shall be made in such manner and by such Person
or Persons as shall be specified therein or in the Authentication Order delivered to the
Trustee pursuant to Section 3.03 hereof.
Section 2.04. Form of Trustees Certificate of Authentication. The form of Trustees
Certificate of Authentication for any Security issued pursuant to this Indenture shall be
substantially as follows:
16
TRUSTEES CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNION BANK, N.A., as Trustee,
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE 3
The Securities
Section 3.01. General Title; General Limitations; Issuable in Series; Terms of
Particular Series. The aggregate principal amount of Securities that may be authenticated,
delivered, and Outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited.
The Securities may be issued in one or more series in such aggregate principal amount
as may from time to time be authorized by the Board of Directors. All Securities of a
series issued under this Indenture shall in all respects be equally and ratably entitled to
the benefits hereof, without preference, priority, or distinction on account of the actual
time of the authentication and delivery or Scheduled Maturity Date thereof.
Each series of Securities shall be created either by or pursuant to one or more
Board Resolutions or by one or more indentures supplemental hereto. Any such Board
Resolution or supplemental indenture (or, in the case of a series of Securities created
pursuant to a Board Resolution, any officer or officers authorized by such Board
Resolution) shall establish the terms of any such series of Securities, including the
following (as and to such extent as may be applicable):
(1) the title of such series;
(2) the limit, if any, upon the aggregate principal amount or issue price of the
Securities of such series;
(3) the issue date or issue dates of the Securities of such series;
(4) the Scheduled Maturity Date of the Securities of such series;
(5) the place or places where the principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, and
additional amounts, if any, payable with respect to the Securities of such series shall be
payable;
17
(6) whether the Securities of such series will be issued at par or at a premium
over or a discount from their face amount;
(7) the rate or rates (which may be fixed or variable) at which the Securities of
such series shall bear interest, if any, and, if applicable, the method by which such
rate or rates may be determined;
(8) the date or dates (or the method by which such date or dates may be determined)
from which interest, if any, shall accrue, and the Interest Payment Dates on which such
interest shall be payable;
(9) the rights, if any, to defer payments of interest on the Securities by
extending the interest payment periods and the duration of such extension;
(10) the period or periods within which, the Redemption Price(s) or Repayment
Price(s) at which, and any other terms and conditions upon which the Securities of such
series may be redeemed or repaid, in whole or in part, by the Company;
(11) the obligation, if any, of the Company to redeem, repay, or purchase any of the
Securities of such series pursuant to any sinking fund, mandatory redemption, purchase
obligation, or analogous provision at the option of a Holder thereof, and the period or
periods within which, the Redemption Price(s) or Repayment Price(s) or other price or
prices at which, and any other terms and conditions upon which the Securities of such
series shall be redeemed, repaid, or purchased, in whole or in part, pursuant to such
obligation;
(12) whether the Securities of such series are to be issued in whole or in part in
global form and, if so, the identity of the Depositary for such global security and the
terms and conditions, if any, upon which interests in the Securities represented by such
global security may be exchanged, in whole or in part, for the individual Securities
represented thereby (if other than as provided in Section 3.05);
(13) whether such Securities are Subordinated Securities and if so, the provisions
for such subordination if other than the provisions set forth in Article 13;
(14) the denominations in which the Securities of such series will be issued
(which may be any denomination as set forth in the terms of such Securities) if other
than U.S.$1,000 or an integral multiple thereof;
(15) whether and under what circumstances additional amounts on the Securities of
such series shall be payable in respect of any taxes, assessments, or other governmental
charges withheld or deducted and, if so, whether the Company will have the option to
redeem such Securities rather than pay such additional amounts;
18
(16) the basis upon which interest shall be calculated;
(17) if the Securities of such series are to be issuable in definitive form (whether
upon original issue or upon exchange of a temporary Security for a definitive Security of
such series) only upon receipt of certain certificates or other documents or upon
satisfaction of other conditions, then the form and terms of such certificates, documents,
and/or conditions;
(18) the exchange or conversion of the Securities of that series, whether or not at
the option of the Holders thereof, for or into new Securities of a different series or for
or into any other securities which may include shares of capital stock of the Company or
any Subsidiary of the Company or securities directly or indirectly convertible into or
exchangeable for any such shares or securities of entities unaffiliated with the Company
or any Subsidiary of the Company;
(19) if other than U.S. dollars, the foreign or composite currency or currencies (each
such currency a Specified Currency) in which the Securities of such series shall be
denominated and in which payments of principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, or
additional amounts, if any, payable with respect to such Securities shall or may be
payable;
(20) if the principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, or additional amounts, if
any, payable with respect to the Securities of such series are to be payable in any
currency other than that in which the Securities are stated to be payable, whether at the
election of the Company or of a Holder thereof, the period or periods within which, and the
terms and conditions upon which, such election may be made;
(21) if the amount of any payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, or
other sum payable with respect to the Securities of such series may be determined by
reference to the relative value of one or more Specified Currencies, commodities,
securities, or instruments, the level of one or more financial or non- financial indices,
or any other designated factors or formulas, the manner in which such amounts shall be
determined;
(22) the exchange of Securities of such series, at the option of the Holders thereof,
for other Securities of the same series of the same aggregate principal amount of a
different authorized kind or different authorized denomination or denominations, or both;
(23) whether the Securities of such series will by guaranteed by any Person or
Persons other than the Guarantor and, if so, the identity of such Person or Persons, the
terms and conditions upon which such Securities shall be guaranteed and, if applicable,
the terms and conditions upon which such guarantees may be subordinated to other
indebtedness of the respective guarantors;
19
(24) the appointment by the Trustee of an Authenticating Agent in one or more places
other than the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, with power to act on behalf of the
Trustee, and subject to its direction, in the authentication and delivery of the
Securities of such series;
(25) any trustees, depositaries, paying agents, transfer agents, exchange agents,
conversion agents, registrars, or other agents with respect to the Securities of such
series if other than the Trustee, Paying Agent and Security Registrar named herein;
(26) the portion of the principal amount of Securities of such series, if other than
the principal amount thereof, that shall be payable upon declaration of acceleration of
the Maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 or provable in bankruptcy pursuant to
Section 5.04;
(27) any Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series, if not set
forth herein, or any modification of any Event of Default set forth herein with respect
to such series;
(28) any covenant solely for the benefit of the Securities of such series;
(29) the inapplicability of Sections 4.02 and 4.03 of this Indenture to the
Securities of such series and if Section 4.03 is applicable, the covenants subject to
Covenant Defeasance under Section 4.03; and
(30) any other terms not inconsistent with the provisions of this
Indenture.
If all of the Securities issuable by or pursuant to any Board Resolution are not to
be issued at one time, it shall not be necessary to deliver the Officers Certificate and
Opinion of Counsel required by Section 3.03 hereof at the time of issuance of each such
Security, but such Officers Certificate and Opinion of Counsel shall be delivered at or
before the time of issuance of the first such Security.
If any series of Securities shall be established by action taken pursuant to any Board
Resolution, the execution by the officer or officers authorized by such Board Resolution of
an Authentication Order with respect to the first Security of such series to be issued, and
the delivery of such Authentication Order to the Trustee at or before the time of issuance
of the first Security of such series, shall constitute a sufficient record of such action.
Except as otherwise permitted by Section 3.03, if all of the Securities of any such series
are not to be issued at one time, the Company shall deliver an Authentication Order with
respect to each subsequent issuance of Securities of such series, but such Authentication
Orders may be executed by any authorized officer or officers of the Company, whether or not
such officer or officers would have been authorized to establish such series pursuant to
the aforementioned Board Resolution.
20
Unless otherwise provided by or pursuant to the Board Resolution or supplemental
indenture creating such series (i) a series may be reopened for issuances of additional
Securities of such series, provided that if the additional Securities of such series are
not fungible with the Securities in such series for U.S. federal income tax purposes such
additional Securities will have a separate CUSIP number and (ii) all Securities of the same
series shall be substantially identical, except for the initial Interest Payment Date,
issue price, initial interest accrual date and the amount of the first interest payment.
The form of the Securities of each series shall be established in a supplemental
indenture or by or pursuant to the Board Resolution creating such series. The Securities
of each series shall be distinguished from the Securities of each other series in such
manner as the Board of Directors or its authorized representative or representatives may
determine.
Unless otherwise provided with respect to Securities of a particular series, the
Securities of any series may only be issuable in registered form, without coupons.
Section 3.02. Denominations and Currency. The Securities of each series shall be
issuable in such denominations and currency as shall be provided in the provisions of this
Indenture or by or pursuant to the Board Resolution or supplemental indenture creating such
series. In the absence of any such provisions with respect to the Securities of any series,
the Securities of that series shall be issuable only in fully registered form in
denominations of U.S. $2,000 and integral multiples of U.S. $1,000 in excess thereof.
Section 3.03. Execution, Authentication and Delivery, and Dating. The Securities
shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any two of the Chairman, Vice Chairman,
Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President and any Vice
President of the Company and attested by its Secretary or any one of its Assistant
Secretaries. The signature of any of these officers on the Securities may be manual or
facsimile. Typographical and other minor errors or defects in any such signature shall not
affect the validity or enforceability of any Security that has been duly authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee.
Unless otherwise provided in the form of Security for any series, all
Securities shall be dated the date of their authentication.
Securities bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of individuals who were at
any time the proper officers of the Company shall bind the Company, notwithstanding that
such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the
authentication and delivery of such Securities or did not hold such offices at the date
of such Securities.
21
At any time and from time to time after the execution and delivery of this Indenture,
the Company may deliver Securities to the Trustee for authentication, together with a
Company Order for authentication and delivery (such Order an Authentication Order) with
respect to such Securities, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of such Authentication
Order, in accordance with procedures acceptable to the Trustee set forth in the
Authentication Order, and subject to the provisions hereof, authenticate and deliver such
Securities to such recipients as may be specified from time to time pursuant to such
Authentication Order. The material terms of such Securities shall be determinable by
reference to such Authentication Order and procedures. If provided for in such procedures,
such Authentication Order may authorize authentication and delivery of such Securities
pursuant to oral instructions from the Company or its duly authorized agent, which
instructions shall be promptly confirmed in writing. In authenticating such Securities and
accepting the additional responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to such
Securities, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to the provisions of
Section 6.01 hereof) shall be fully protected in relying upon:
(1) an executed supplemental indenture, if any;
(2) an Officers Certificate, certifying as to the authorized form or forms and terms
of such Securities; and
(3) an Opinion of Counsel, stating that:
(a) the form or forms and terms of such Securities have been established by
and in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture; provided, that if all
such Securities are not to be issued at the same time, such Opinion of Counsel may
state that such terms will be established in conformity with the provisions of
this Indenture, subject to any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel;
and
(b) such Securities and the related Guarantee, when authenticated and
delivered by the Trustee and issued by the Company in the manner and subject to
any conditions specified in such Opinion of Counsel, will constitute valid and
legally binding obligations of the Company and the Guarantor, respectively,
enforceable against the Company and the Guarantor, respectively, in accordance
with their terms, subject to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization,
and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting the enforcement
of creditors rights and to general principles of equity;
provided, however, that if all Securities issuable by or pursuant to a Board Resolution or
supplemental indenture are not to be originally issued at one time, it shall not be
necessary to deliver the Officers Certificate or Opinion of Counsel otherwise required
pursuant to this paragraph at or prior to the time of authentication of each such Security
if such documents are delivered at or prior to the time of authentication upon original
issuance of the first such Security to be
22
issued. After the original issuance of the first such Security to be issued, any separate
request by the Company that the Trustee authenticate such Securities for original issuance will be
deemed to be a certification by the Company that it is in compliance with all conditions precedent
provided for in this Indenture relating to the authentication and delivery of such Securities.
The Trustee shall not be required to authenticate such Securities if the issue thereof will
adversely affect the Trustees own rights, duties, or immunities under the Securities and this
Indenture.
If the Company shall establish pursuant to Section 3.01 that Securities of a series may be
issued in whole or in part in global form, then the Company shall execute, and the Trustee shall
(in accordance with this Section 3.03 and the Authentication Order with respect to such series)
authenticate and deliver, one or more Securities in global form that (i) shall represent and shall
be denominated in an aggregate amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of such series to be represented by such one or more Securities in global form, (ii)
shall be registered, in the name of the Depositary for such Security or Securities in global form,
or in the name of a nominee of such Depositary, (iii) shall be delivered to such Depositary or
pursuant to such Depositarys instruction, and (iv) shall bear a legend substantially as follows:
Unless and until it is exchanged in whole or in part for Securities in certificated form, this
Security may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
or by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or another nominee of the Depositary, or by the
Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor
Depositary. Each Depositary designated pursuant to Section 3.01 for a Security in global form
must, at the time of its designation and at all times while it serves as Depositary, be a clearing
agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) and
any other applicable statute or regulation.
No Security shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory
for any purpose unless there appears on such Security a certificate of authentication substantially
in the form provided for herein executed by the Trustee by manual signature of an authorized
signatory, and such certificate upon any Security shall be conclusive evidence, and the only
evidence, that such Security has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder.
Section 3.04. Temporary Securities. Pending the preparation of definitive Securities of any
series, the Company may execute, and, upon receipt of the documents required by Sections 2.02, 3.01
and 3.03 hereof, together with an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
temporary Securities of such series that are printed, lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed, or
otherwise produced, in any authorized denomination, substantially of the tenor of the definitive
Securities in lieu of which they are issued in registered form, without coupons, and with such
appropriate insertions, omissions, substitutions, and other variations as the officers executing
such
23
Securities may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Securities. In the case of
Securities of any series for which a temporary Security may be issued in global form, such
temporary global security shall represent all of the Outstanding Securities of such series and
tenor.
Except in the case of temporary Securities in global form, which shall be exchanged in
accordance with the provisions thereof, if temporary Securities of any series are issued, the
Company will cause definitive Securities of such series to be prepared without unreasonable delay.
After the preparation of definitive Securities, the temporary Securities of such series shall be
exchangeable, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, or at such other office or agency as
may be maintained by the Company in a Place of Payment pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof, for
definitive Securities of such series having identical terms and provisions, upon surrender of the
temporary Securities of such series, at the Companys own expense and without charge to the Holder;
and upon surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Securities of any series, the
Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a like
principal amount of definitive Securities of such series in authorized denominations containing
identical terms and provisions. Unless otherwise specified as contemplated by Section 3.01 with
respect to a temporary Security in global form, until so exchanged, the temporary Securities of
such series shall in all respects be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as
definitive Securities of such series.
Section 3.05. Registration, Transfer and Exchange. With respect to the Securities of each
series, the Trustee shall keep a register (herein sometimes referred to as the Security Register)
which shall provide for the registration of Securities of such series, and for registration of
transfers of Securities of such series, in accordance with information to be provided to the
Trustee by the Company, subject to such reasonable regulations as the Trustee may prescribe. Such
register shall be in written form or in any other form capable of being converted into written form
within a reasonable time. At all reasonable times the information contained in such register or
registers shall be available for inspection, during normal business hours, at the Corporate Trust
Office of the Trustee or at such other office or agency to be maintained by the Company pursuant to
Section 10.02 hereof.
Upon due presentation for registration of transfer of any Security of any series at the
Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee or at any other office or agency maintained by the Company
with respect to that series pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in the name of the designated transferee or transferees,
one or more new Securities of such series of any authorized denominations, of like aggregate
principal amount, tenor, terms and Scheduled Maturity Date.
Any other provision of this Section 3.05 notwithstanding, unless and until it is exchanged in
whole or in part for the individual Securities represented
24
thereby, in definitive form, a Security in global form representing all or a portion of the
Securities of a series may not be transferred except as a whole by the Depositary for such series
to a nominee of such Depositary, or by a nominee of such Depositary to such Depositary or another
nominee of such Depositary, or by such Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary for
such series or a nominee of such successor Depositary.
At the option of the Holder, Securities of any series may be exchanged for other Securities of
such series of any authorized denominations, of like aggregate principal amount, tenor, terms and
Scheduled Maturity Date, upon surrender of the Securities to be exchanged at such office or agency.
Whenever any Securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Securityholder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.
If at any time the Depositary for the Securities of a series represented by one or more
Securities in global form notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as
Depositary for the Securities of such series, or if at any time the Depositary for the Securities
of such series shall no longer be eligible under Section 3.03 hereof, the Company, by Company
Order, shall appoint a successor Depositary with respect to the Securities of such series. If a
successor Depositary for the Securities of such series is not appointed by the Company within 90
days after the Company receives such notice or becomes aware of such ineligibility, the Companys
election pursuant to Section 3.01 that such Securities be represented by one or more Securities in
global form shall no longer be effective with respect to the Securities of such series and the
Company will execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order for the
authentication and delivery of definitive Securities of such series, will authenticate and deliver
Securities of such series in definitive form, in authorized denominations, in an aggregate
principal amount, and of like terms and tenor, equal to the principal amount of the Security or
Securities in global form representing such series, in exchange for such Security or Securities in
global form.
The Company may at any time and in its sole discretion and subject to the procedures of the
Depositary determine that individual Securities of any series issued in global form shall no longer
be represented by such Security or Securities in global form. In such event the Company will
execute, and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order for the authentication and
delivery of definitive Securities of such series and of the same terms and tenor, will authenticate
and deliver Securities of such series in definitive form, in authorized denominations, and in
aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Security or Securities in global
form representing such series in exchange for such Security or Securities in global form.
If specified by the Company pursuant to Section 3.01 with respect to a series of Securities
issued in global form, the Depositary for such series of Securities may surrender a Security in
global form for such series of Securities in
25
exchange in whole or in part for Securities of such series in definitive form and of like terms and
tenor on such terms as are acceptable to the Company and such Depositary. Thereupon, the Company
shall execute, and the Trustee upon receipt of an Authentication Order for the authentication and
delivery of definitive Securities of such series, shall authenticate and deliver, without service
charge:
(a) to each Person specified by such Depositary, a new definitive Security or Securities of the
same series and of the same tenor and terms, in authorized denominations, in aggregate principal
amount equal to and in exchange for such Persons beneficial interest in the Security in global
form; and
(b) to such Depositary, a new Security in global form in a denomination equal to the
difference, if any, between the principal amount of the surrendered Security in global form and the
aggregate principal amount of the definitive Securities delivered to Holders pursuant to clause (a)
above.
Upon the exchange of a Security in global form for Securities in definitive form, such
Security in global form shall be canceled by the Trustee or an agent of the Company or the Trustee.
Securities issued in definitive form in exchange for a Security in global form pursuant to this
Section 3.05 shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the
Depositary for such Security in global form, pursuant to instructions from its direct or indirect
participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee or an agent of the Company or the Trustee in
writing. The Trustee or such agent shall deliver such Securities to or as directed by the Persons
in whose names such Securities are so registered or to the Depositary.
Whenever any securities are so surrendered for exchange, the Company shall execute, and the
Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, the Securities which the Holder making the exchange is
entitled to receive.
All Securities issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities shall be the
valid obligations of the Company, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under
this Indenture, as the Securities surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.
Every Security presented or surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, redemption or
payment shall (if so required by the Company or the Trustee) be duly endorsed, or be accompanied by
a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Security Registrar
duly executed by the Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing.
Unless otherwise provided in the Security to be transferred or exchanged, no service charge
shall be imposed for any registration of transfer or exchange of Securities, but the Company may
(unless otherwise provided in such Security) require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax
or other governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or exchange of
Securities,
26
other than exchanges pursuant to Sections 3.04, 3.06, 9.06 and 11.07 hereof not involving any
transfer.
The Company shall not be required to (i) issue, register the transfer of, or exchange any
Security of any series during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day
of the mailing of a notice of redemption of Securities of such series selected for redemption under
Section 11.03 and ending at the close of business on the date of such mailing, or (ii) register the
transfer of or exchange any Security so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except in the
case of any Security to be redeemed in part, the portion thereof not to be redeemed.
Section 3.06. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost and Stolen Securities. If (i) any mutilated Security
is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Company and the Trustee receive evidence to their
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Security, and (ii) there is delivered to the
Company and the Trustee such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of them
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Company or the Trustee that such Security has been
acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Company may in its discretion execute and upon request of
the Company the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver, in exchange for or in lieu of any such
mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security, a new Security of like tenor, terms, series,
Scheduled Maturity Date, and principal amount, having the Guarantee noted therein, and bearing a
number not contemporaneously outstanding.
In case any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security has become or is about to
become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may, instead of issuing a new Security, pay
such Security.
Upon the issuance of any new Security under this Section 3.06, the Company may require the
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
relation thereto and any other expenses (including the fees and expenses of the Trustee) connected
therewith.
Every new Security issued pursuant to this Section 3.06 in lieu of any mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Security shall constitute an original additional contractual obligation of the
Company and the Guarantor, whether or not the mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Security shall
be at any time enforceable by anyone, and shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture
equally and proportionately with any and all other Securities of the same series and Guarantee duly
issued hereunder.
The provisions of this Section 3.06 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful)
all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed,
lost or stolen Securities.
27
Section 3.07. Payment of Interest; Interest Rights Preserved. Interest on any Security which
is payable and is punctually paid or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date shall, if so
provided in such Security, be paid to the Person in whose name that Security (or one or more
Predecessor Securities) is registered at the close of business on the applicable Record Date,
notwithstanding any transfer or exchange of such Security subsequent to such Record Date and prior
to such Interest Payment Date (unless such Interest Payment Date is also the date of Maturity of
such Security).
The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same manner and on the same
dates as interest at the stated rate in the Securities and in the amounts set forth in the
Registration Rights Agreement. In the event the Company is required to pay Additional Interest,
the Company shall provide written notice to the Trustee of the Companys obligation to pay
Additional Interest no later than 15 days prior to the next Interest Payment Date, which notice
shall set forth the amount of the Additional Interest to be paid by the Company.
Any interest on any Security which is payable, but is not punctually paid or duly provided
for, on any Interest Payment Date (herein called Defaulted Interest) shall forthwith cease to be
payable to the registered Holder on the applicable Record Date by virtue of his having been such
Holder; and, except as hereinafter provided, such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at
its election in each case, as provided in clause (a) or clause (b) below:
(a) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the Persons in whose
names any such Securities (or their respective Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close
of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest, which shall be
fixed in the following manner. The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of
Defaulted Interest proposed to be paid on each such Security and the date of the proposed payment,
and at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the
aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed
payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to
such Defaulted Interest as provided in this clause. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special
Record Date for the payment of such Defaulted Interest which shall be not more than 15 nor less
than 10 days prior to the date of the proposed payment and not less than 10 days after the receipt
by the Trustee of the notice of the proposed payment. The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company
of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the Company, shall cause notice
of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor to be
mailed, first-class postage prepaid, to the Holder of each such Security at his address as it
appears in the Security Register, not less than 10 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice
of the proposed payment of such
28
Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such
Defaulted Interest shall be paid to the Persons in whose names such Securities (or their respective
Predecessor Securities) are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and
shall no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (b).
(b) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest in any other lawful manner not
inconsistent with the requirements of any securities exchange on which such Securities may be
listed, and upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after notice given by the
Company to the Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.
Interest on Securities of any series that bear interest may be paid by mailing a check to the
address of the Person entitled thereto at such address as shall appear in the Securities Register
for such series or by such other means as may be specified in the form of such Security.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 3.07 and the provisions of Section 3.05
hereof, each Security delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in
exchange for or in lieu of any other Security shall carry the rights to interest accrued and
unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Security.
Section 3.08. Persons Deemed Owners. Prior to due presentment of a Security for registration
of transfer, the Company, the Trustee, and any agent of the Company or the Trustee may treat the
Person in whose name any Security is registered on the applicable Record Date(s) as the owner of
such Security for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, premium, if any, interest, if any
(subject to Sections 3.05 and 3.07 hereof), and any additional amounts payable with respect to such
Security, and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Security be overdue, and
neither the Company, the Trustee, nor any agent of the Company or the Trustee shall be affected by
notice to the contrary.
None of the Company, the Trustee, any Authenticating Agent, any Paying Agent, the Security
Registrar, or any co-Security Registrar will have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of
the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests of a Security
in global form or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial
ownership interests and each of them may act or refrain from acting without liability on any
information relating to such records provided by the Depositary.
Section 3.09. Cancellation. All Securities surrendered for payment, redemption, registration
of transfer, exchange, or credit against a sinking or analogous fund shall, if surrendered to any
Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the Trustee and, if not already canceled, shall be
promptly canceled by it. The Company may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any
29
Securities previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Company may have acquired in
any manner whatsoever, and all Securities so delivered shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee.
Acquisition of such Securities by the Company shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of
the indebtedness represented by such Securities unless and until the same are delivered to the
Trustee for cancellation. No Security shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any
Securities canceled as provided in this Section 3.09, except as expressly permitted by this
Indenture. The Trustee shall dispose of all canceled Securities in accordance with its customary
procedures and deliver a certificate of such disposition to the Company.
Section 3.10. Computation of Interest. Unless otherwise provided as contemplated in Section
3.01, interest on the Securities shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve
30-day months.
Section 3.11. CUSIP Numbers. The Company in issuing the Securities may use CUSIP and ISIN
numbers (if then generally in use), and, if so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP or ISIN numbers, as
the case may be, in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders; provided, that any such
notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP or
ISIN number, as the case may be, either as printed on the Securities or as contained in any notice
of a redemption and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on
the Securities. The Company will promptly notify the Trustee in writing of any change in the CUSIP
or ISIN number.
ARTICLE 4
Satisfaction and Discharge
Section 4.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall cease to be of
further effect with respect to any series of Securities (except as to any surviving rights of
conversion or transfer or exchange of Securities of such series expressly provided for herein or in
the form of Security for such series), and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture as to such series, when
(a) either
(i) all Securities of that series theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (A)
Securities of such series which have been destroyed, lost, or stolen and which have been
replaced or paid as provided in Section 3.06, and (B) Securities of such series for whose
payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the
Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or
30
discharged from such trust, as provided in Section 4.07) have been delivered to the Trustee
canceled or for cancellation; or
(ii) all such Securities of that series not theretofore delivered to the Trustee canceled or
for cancellation
(A) have become due and payable, or
(B) will, in accordance with their Scheduled Maturity Date, become due and payable
within one year, or
(C) are to be called for redemption within one year under arrangements satisfactory
to the Trustee for the giving of notice of redemption by the Trustee in the name, and at
the expense, of the Company,
and, in any of the cases described in subparagraphs (A), (B), or(C) above, the Company has
irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee, as trust funds in trust for the
purpose, (x) an amount in money sufficient, (y) U.S. Government Obligations or Equivalent
Government Securities which through the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in
accordance with their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any
payment, money sufficient, or (z) a combination of (x) and (y) sufficient, in the opinion with
respect to (y) and (z) of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed
in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness on such Securities with respect to principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any,
to the date of such deposit (in the case of Securities which have become due and payable), or to
the Scheduled Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be; provided, however, that if such
U.S. Government Obligations or Equivalent Government Securities are callable or redeemable at the
option of the issuer thereof, the amount of such money, U.S. Government Obligations, and Equivalent
Government Securities deposited with the Trustee must be sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
indebtedness referred to above if such issuer elects to exercise such call or redemption provisions
at any time prior to the Scheduled Maturity Date or Redemption Date, as the case may be. The
Company, but not the Trustee, shall be responsible for monitoring any such call or redemption
provision; and
(b) the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Company
with respect to the Securities of such series; and
(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent herein provided for relating to the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series have
been complied with.
31
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of
Securities, the obligations of the Company under paragraph (a) of this Section 4.01 and its
obligations to the Trustee with respect to that series under Section 6.07 shall survive, and the
obligations of the Trustee under Sections 4.05, 4.07 and 10.03 shall survive.
Section 4.02. Discharge and Defeasance
The provisions of this Section 4.02 and Section 4.04 (insofar as relating to this Section)
shall apply to the Securities of each series unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board
Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto provided pursuant to Section 3.01. In addition to
discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Section 4.01, in the case of any series of Securities with
respect to which the exact amount described in subparagraph (a) of Section 4.04 can be determined
at the time of making the deposit referred to in such subparagraph (a), the Company shall be deemed
to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness with respect to all the Securities of such a
series as provided in this Section 4.02 on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section
4.04 are satisfied, and the provisions of this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such
series shall no longer be in effect (except as to (i) rights of registration of transfer and
exchange of Securities of such series, (ii) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Securities of such series, (iii) rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive, solely
from the trust fund described in subparagraph (a) of Section 4.04, payments of principal thereof,
premium, if any, and interest, if any, thereon upon the original stated due dates or upon the
Redemption Dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and remaining rights of the Holders of
Securities of such series to receive mandatory sinking fund payments, if any, (iv) the rights,
obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder, (v) this Section 4.02 and Sections
4.07, 10.02 and 10.03 and (vi) the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series as
beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or
any of them) (hereinafter called Defeasance), and the Trustee at the cost and expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same.
Section 4.03. Covenant Defeasance.
The provisions of this Section 4.03 and Section 4.04 (insofar as relating to this Section)
shall apply to the Securities of each series unless specifically otherwise provided in a Board
Resolution or indenture supplemental hereto provided pursuant to Section 3.01. In the case of any
series of Securities with respect to which the exact amount described in subparagraph (a) of
Section 4.04 can be determined at the time of making the deposit referred to in such subparagraph
(a), (i) the Company shall be released from its obligations under any covenants specified in or
pursuant to Section 3.01 as being subject to Covenant Defeasance with respect to such series
(except as to (a) rights of registration of transfer and exchange of Securities of such series and
rights under Sections 4.07, 10.02 and 10.03, (b) substitution of mutilated, destroyed, lost or
stolen Securities
32
of such series, (c) rights of Holders of Securities of such series to receive, from the Company
pursuant to Section 10.01, payments of principal thereof and interest, if any, thereon upon the
original stated due dates or upon the Redemption Dates therefor (but not upon acceleration), and
remaining rights of the Holders of Securities of such series to receive mandatory sinking fund
payments, if any, (d) the rights, obligations, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and
(e) the rights of the Holders of Securities of such series as beneficiaries hereof with respect to
the property so deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them), and (ii) the occurrence
of any event specified in Section 5.01(d) (with respect to any of the covenants specified in or
pursuant to Section 3.01 as being subject to Covenant Defeasance with respect to such series) shall
be deemed not to be or result in a default or an Event of Default, in each case with respect to the
Outstanding Securities of such series as provided in this Section 4.03 on and after the date the
conditions set forth in Section 4.04 are satisfied (hereinafter called Covenant Defeasance), and
the Trustee at the cost and expense of the Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging
the same. For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that the Company may omit to comply with
and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such
covenant (to the extent so specified in the case of Section 5.01(d)), whether directly or
indirectly by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any
reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document, but the
remainder of this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be unaffected thereby.
Section 4.04. Conditions to Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
The following shall be the conditions to application of either Sections 4.02 or 4.03 to the
Outstanding Securities:
(a) with reference to Sections 4.02 or 4.03, the Company has irrevocably deposited or caused to
be irrevocably deposited with the Trustee as funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for,
and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the Holders of Securities of such series (i) money in an
amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations or Equivalent Government Securities which through the
payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with their terms will provide,
not later than one day before the due date of any payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a
combination of (i) and (ii), sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (ii) and (iii)) of a
nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification
thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each installment of principal (including
mandatory sinking fund payments) of, premium, if any, and interest on, the Outstanding Securities
of such series on the dates such installments of interest, premium or principal are due, including
upon redemption; provided, however, that if such U.S. Government Obligations and Equivalent
Government Securities are callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof, the amount of
such money, U.S. Government Obligations, and/or Equivalent Government Securities deposited with the
Trustee must be sufficient to pay and discharge the entire
33
indebtedness referred to above if the issuer of any such U.S. Government Obligations or Equivalent
Government Securities elects to exercise such call or redemption provisions at any time prior to
the Scheduled Maturity Date or Redemption Date of such Securities, as the case may be. The Company,
but not the Trustee, shall be responsible for monitoring any such call or redemption provision.
(b) in the case of Defeasance under Section 4.02, the Company has delivered to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel based on the fact that (x) the Company has received from, or there has been
published by, the Internal Revenue Service a ruling or (y) since the date hereof, there has been a
change in the applicable United States federal income tax law, in either case to the effect that,
and such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders of the Securities of such series will not
recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit,
Defeasance and discharge and will be subject to federal income tax on the same amount and in the
same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if such deposit, Defeasance and
discharge had not occurred;
(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance under Section 4.03, the Company has delivered to the
Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, and such opinion shall confirm that, the Holders
of the Securities of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for federal income tax
purposes as a result of such deposit and Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to federal income
tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times, as would have been the case if
such deposit and Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;
(d) no Event of Default or event which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would become an
Event of Default with respect to the Securities of such series shall have occurred and be
continuing on the date of such deposit, after giving effect to such deposit or, in the case of a
Defeasance under Section 4.02, no Event of Default specified in Sections 5.01(e) or 5.01(f) shall
have occurred, at any time during the period ending on the 91st day after the date of such deposit
or, if longer, ending on the day following the expiration of the longest preference period
applicable to the Company in respect of such deposit (it being understood that this condition shall
not be deemed satisfied until the expiration of such period);
(e) such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting
interest within the meaning of the TIA, assuming all Securities of a series were in default within
the meaning of the TIA;
(f) such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, any agreement or instrument to which the Company is a party or by
which it is bound;
(g) such Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance will not result in the trust arising from such
deposit constituting an investment company within the meaning
34
of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Investment Company Act), unless the trust
is registered under the Investment Company Act or exempt from registration;
(h) If the Securities of such series are to be redeemed prior to their Stated Maturity Date
(other than from mandatory sinking fund payments or analogous payments), notice of such redemption
shall have been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor satisfactory to the
Trustee shall have been made; and
(i) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers Certificate and an Opinion of
Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for herein relating to such Defeasance
or Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.
Section 4.05. Application of Trust Money; Excess Funds. All money and U.S. Government
Obligations or Equivalent Government Securities (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 4.04 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in
accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and of the series of Securities in respect of
which it was deposited, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the
Company acting as its own Paying Agent), as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled
thereto, of the principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, for whose payment such money has
been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to
the extent required by law.
The Company will pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on
or assessed against the cash or U.S. Government Obligations or Equivalent Government Securities
deposited pursuant to Sections 4.01 or 4.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in
respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the
Holders of the Outstanding Securities.
Anything in this Article 4 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay
to the Company from time to time upon Company Request any money or U.S. Governmental Obligations or
Equivalent Government Securities held by it as provided in Sections 4.01 or 4.04 which, in the
opinion of a nationally recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof
delivered to the Trustee, (which may be the opinion delivered under Sections 4.01 or 4.04, as
applicable), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to
effect an equivalent satisfaction and discharge, Covenant Defeasance or Defeasance of the
applicable series.
Section 4.06. Paying Agent to Repay Moneys Held. Upon the satisfaction and discharge of this
Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent of the Securities (other than the Trustee)
shall, upon demand of the Company, be repaid
35
to it or paid to the Trustee, and thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further
liability with respect to such moneys.
Section 4.07. Return of Unclaimed Amounts. Any amounts deposited with or paid to the Trustee
or any Paying Agent or then held by the Company, in trust for payment of the principal of, premium,
if any, or interest, if any, on the Securities and not applied but remaining unclaimed by the
Holders of such Securities for two years after the date upon which the principal of, premium, if
any, or interest, if any, on such Securities, as the case may be, shall have become due and
payable, shall be repaid to the Company by the Trustee on Company Request or (if then held by the
Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of any of such Securities shall
thereafter look only to the Company for any payment which such Holder may be entitled to collect
(until such time as such unclaimed amounts shall escheat, if at all, to the State of New York) and
all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all
liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
the Trustee or Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense
of the Company cause to be published once a week for two successive weeks (in each case on any day
of the week) in a newspaper printed in the English language and customarily published at least once
a day at least five days in each calendar week and of general circulation in the Borough of
Manhattan, in the City and State of New York, a notice that said amounts have not been so applied
and that after a date named therein any unclaimed balance of said amounts then remaining will be
promptly returned to the Company.
Section 4.08. Reinstatement. If the Trustee is unable to apply any money in accordance with
Section 4.04(a) by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority
enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Companys obligations
under this Indenture and the Securities of such series shall be revived and reinstated as though no
deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 4.04(a) until such time as the Trustee is permitted to
apply all such money in accordance with Section 4.04(a); provided, however, that if the Company
makes any payment of principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Security following the
reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of
the Securities of such series to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee.
ARTICLE 5
Remedies
Section 5.01. Events of Default. Event of Default, wherever used herein, means with respect
to any series of Securities any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of
Default and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or
pursuant to any
36
judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body), unless such event is either inapplicable to a particular series or it is
specifically deleted or modified in the manner contemplated by Section 3.01:
(a) default in the payment of any interest or Additional Interest (as required by the
Registration Rights Agreement) on any Security of such series when it becomes due and payable, and
continuance of such default for a period of 30 days or more; or
(b) default in the payment of the principal amount of (or premium, if any, on) any Security of
such series as and when the same shall become due, either at Maturity, upon redemption, by
declaration, or otherwise; or
(c) default in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when the
same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of such series and continuance of such default for
a period of 30 days or more; or
(d) default in the performance or breach of any covenant or warranty of the Company or the
Guarantor in this Indenture in respect of the Securities of such series (other than a covenant in
respect of the Securities of such series a default in the performance of which or the breach of
which is specifically dealt with in (a), (b) or (c) above), and continuance of such default or
breach for a period of 90 days after or more there has been given, by registered or certified mail,
to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in
the aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, a written notice
specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a
Notice of Default hereunder; or
(e) the entry of an order for relief against the Company or the Guarantor under the Federal
Bankruptcy Act by a court having jurisdiction in the premises or a decree or order by a court
having jurisdiction in the premises adjudging the Company or the Guarantor a bankrupt or insolvent
under any other applicable Federal or State law, or the entry of a decree or order approving as
properly filed a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or in
respect of the Company or the Guarantor under the Federal Bankruptcy Code or any other applicable
Federal or State law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or
other similar official) of the Company or the Guarantor or of any substantial part of the property
of the Company or the Guarantor, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the
continuance of any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive days;
or
(f) the consent by the Company or the Guarantor to the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency
proceedings against it, or the filing by it of a petition or answer or consent seeking
reorganization or relief under the Federal Bankruptcy
37
Code or any other applicable Federal or State law, or the consent by it to the filing of any such
petition or to the appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or other
similar official) of the Company or the Guarantor or of any substantial part of the property of the
Company or the Guarantor, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or the
admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or the
taking of corporate action by the Company or the Guarantor in furtherance of any such action;
(g) except as otherwise provided herein, the Guarantee of the Guarantor ceases to be in full
force and effect or is declared to be null and void and unenforceable or the Guarantee is found to
be invalid or the Guarantor denies its liability under the Guarantee (other than by reason of
release of such Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture); or
(h) any other Event of Default provided for with respect to the Securities of such series in
accordance with Section 3.01.
A default under any indebtedness of the Company other than the Securities will not constitute
an Event of Default under this Indenture, and a default under one series of Securities will not
constitute a default under any other series of Securities.
The Trustee shall not be charged with Knowledge of any Event of Default or Knowledge of any
cure of any Event of Default unless either (i) a Responsible Oficer of the Trustee has actual
knowledge of such Event of Default or such cure or (ii) written notice of such Event of Default
have been given to a Responsible Officer by the Company, the Guarantor or any Holder.
Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission, and Annulment. If any Event of Default
described in Section 5.01 above (other than Event of Default described in Sections 5.01(e) and
5.01(f)) shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to any series, then and in each and
every such case, unless the principal of all the Securities of such series shall have already
become due and payable, either the Trustee or the Holders of not less than 25% (or such other
percentage provided for in accordance with Section 3.01) in aggregate principal amount of the
Securities of such series then Outstanding hereunder, by notice in writing to the Company (and to
the Trustee if given by Holders), may declare the principal amount (or, if the Securities of such
series are Original Issue Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be
specified in the terms of that series) of all the Securities of such series and any and all accrued
interest thereon to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall
become and shall be immediately due and payable, any provision of this Indenture or the Securities
of such series to the contrary notwithstanding. If an Event of Default specified in Sections
5.01(e) or 5.01(f) occurs, the principal amount of the Securities of such series and any and all
accrued interest thereon shall immediately become and be due and payable without any declaration or
38
other act on the party of the Trustee or any Holder. No declaration of acceleration by the Trustee
with respect to any series of Securities shall constitute a declaration of acceleration by the
Trustee with respect to any other series of Securities, and no declaration of acceleration by the
Holders of at least 25% (or such other percentage provided for in accordance with Section 3.01) in
aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall constitute a
declaration of acceleration or other action by any of the Holders of any other series of
Securities, in each case whether or not the Event of Default on which such declaration is based
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to more than one series of Securities, and
whether or not any Holders of the Securities of any such affected series shall also be Holders of
Securities of any other such affected series.
At any time after such a declaration of acceleration has been made with respect to the
Securities of any series and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has been
obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter provided in this Article 5, the Holders of not less than a
majority (or such other percentage provided for in accordance with Section 3.01) in aggregate
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series, by written notice to the Company and
the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences if all Events of Default
with respect to such series of Securities, other than the nonpayment of the principal of the
Securities of such series which have become due solely by such acceleration, have been cured or
waived as provided in Section 5.13, if such cure or waiver does not conflict with any judgment or
decree set forth in Sections 5.01(e) and 5.01(f) and if all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee
hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel have been paid.
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 5.03. Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by Trustee. The Company
covenants that if:
(a) default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any Security of any series
when such interest becomes due and payable, or
(b) default is made in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any, on) any Security at
the Maturity thereof, or
(c) default is made in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or analogous obligation when
the same becomes due by the terms of the Securities of any series, and
(d) any such default continues for any period of grace provided in relation to such default
pursuant to Section 5.01,
39
then, with respect to the Securities of such series, the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee,
pay to it, for the benefit of the Holder of any such Security (or the Holders of any such series in
the case of clause (c) above), the whole amount then due and payable on any such Security (or on
the Securities of any such series in the case of clause (c) above) for principal (and premium, if
any) and interest, if any, with interest (to the extent that payment of such interest shall be
legally enforceable) upon the overdue principal (and premium, if any) and upon overdue installments
of interest, if any, at such rate or rates as may be prescribed therefor by the terms of any such
Security (or of Securities of any such series in the case of clause (c) above); and, in addition
thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection,
including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its
agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07.
If the Company fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own
name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding for the collection of
the sums so due and unpaid, and may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may
enforce the same against the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities of such series and
collect the money adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Securities, wherever situated.
If an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities occurs and is continuing, the
Trustee may in its discretion proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the
Holders of Securities of such series by such appropriate judicial proceedings as the Trustee shall
deem most effectual to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of
any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the exercise of any power granted herein,
or to enforce any other proper remedy.
Section 5.04. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim. In case of the pendency of any receivership,
insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition, or other
judicial proceeding relative to the Company or any other obligor upon the Securities or the
property of the Company or of such other obligor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of
whether the principal of the Securities shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by
declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand on the
Company for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise,
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (or, with respect to Original
Discount Securities, such portion of the principal amount as may be specified in the terms of such
Securities), premium, if any, and interest, if any, owing and unpaid in respect of the Securities,
and to file such other papers or documents as may be necessary and advisable in order to have the
claims of the
40
Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements, and advances
of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and all other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07)
and of the Securityholders allowed in such judicial proceedings, and
(b) to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same; and any receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator
(or other similar official) in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each
Securityholder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall
consent to the making of such payments directly to the Securityholders, to pay to the Trustee any
amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the
Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07 hereof.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to
or accept or adopt on behalf of any Securityholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement,
adjustment or composition affecting the Securities or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to
authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Securityholder in any such proceeding.
Section 5.05. Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Securities. All rights of
action and claims under this Indenture or the Securities of any series may be prosecuted and
enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Securities of such series or the
production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the
Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of
judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of
the Holders of the Securities, of the series in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.
Section 5.06. Application of Money Collected. Any money collected by the Trustee with respect
to a series of Securities pursuant to this Article 5 shall be applied in the following order, at
the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and, in case of the distribution of such money on account of
principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, upon presentation of the Securities of such series
and the notation thereon of the payment, if only partially paid, and upon surrender thereof, if
fully paid:
First: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.07 hereof.
Second: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid upon the Securities of that series
for principal, premium, if any, interest, if any, and additional amounts, if any, in respect of
which or for the benefit of which such money has been collected, ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind.
41
Section 5.07. Limitation on Suits. No Holder of any Security of any series
shall have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect to
this Indenture, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any other remedy
hereunder, unless:
(a) such Holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a
continuing Event of Default with respect to Securities of such series;
(b) the Holders of not less than 25% (or such other percentage provided for in
accordance with Section 3.01) in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such
series shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute proceedings in
respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee hereunder;
(c) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable indemnity
against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be incurred in compliance with such
request;
(d) the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request, and offer
of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and
(e) no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to the
Trustee during such 60-day period by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Outstanding Securities of such series; it being understood and intended that no one
or more Holders of Securities of such series shall have any right in any manner whatever
by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision of this Indenture to affect, disturb or
prejudice the rights of any other Holders of Securities of such series, or to obtain or
to seek to obtain priority or preference over any other such Holders or to enforce any
right under this Indenture, except in the manner herein provided and for the equal and
proportionate benefit of all the Holders of all Securities of such series.
Section 5.08. Unconditional Right of Securityholders to Receive Principal, Premium,
and Interest. Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, the Holder of any
Security shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment
of the principal, premium, if any, and (subject to Section 3.07) interest, if any, (and
additional amounts, if any) on such Security on or after the respective payment dates
expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on the
Redemption Date or Repayment Date, as the case may be) and to institute suit for the
enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective date, and such right shall
not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 5.09. Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Trustee or any
Securityholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this
Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, then
and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and Securityholders
42
shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored severally and
respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter all rights and
remedies of the Trustee and the Securityholders shall continue as though no such
proceeding had been instituted.
Section 5.10. Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein conferred
upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Securityholders is intended to be exclusive
of any other right or remedy, and every right or remedy shall, to the extent permitted
by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder
or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or
employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the
concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.
Section 5.11. Delay or Omission Not Waiver. No delay or omission of the Trustee
or of any Holder of any Security to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any
Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any
such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this
Article 5 or by law to the Trustee or to the Securityholders may be exercised from
time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the
Securityholders, as the case may be.
Section 5.12. Control by Securityholders. The Holders of a majority in principal
amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series shall have the right to direct the
time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the
Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the
Securities of such series, provided, that:
(a) the Trustee shall have the right to decline to follow any such direction if
the Trustee, being advised by counsel, determines that the action so directed may not
lawfully be taken or would conflict with this Indenture or if the Trustee in good
faith shall, by a Responsible Officer, determine that the proceedings so directed
would involve it in personal liability or be unjustly prejudicial to the Holders not
taking part in such direction, and
(b) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is
not inconsistent with such direction.
Section 5.13. Waiver of Past Defaults. The Holders of not less than a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series may, on behalf of the
Holders of all the Securities of such series, waive any past default hereunder with
respect to such series and its consequences, except a default not theretofore cured:
(a) in the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any
Security of such series, or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund or
analogous obligation with respect to the Securities of such series, or
43
(b) in respect of a covenant or provision in this Indenture which, under Article
9 hereof, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security of such series.
Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default
arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured, for every purpose of this
Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other default or
impair any right consequent thereon.
Section 5.14. Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree, and each
Holder of any Security by his acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that
any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or
remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or
omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an
undertaking to pay the costs of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion
assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys fees, against any party
litigant in such suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or
defenses made by such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section 5.14 shall not
apply to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any
Securityholder or group of Securityholders holding in the aggregate more than 10% in
principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any series to which the suit relates,
or to any suit instituted by any Securityholder for the enforcement of the payment of
principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any Security on or after the
respective payment dates expressed in such Security (or, in the case of redemption or
repayment, on or after the Redemption Date or Repayment Date).
Section 5.15. Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Company covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or plead,
or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or
extension law (other than any bankruptcy law) wherever enacted, now or at any time
hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture;
and the Company (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all
benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or
impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and
permit the execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.
ARTICLE 6
The Trustee
Section 6.01. Certain Duties and Responsibilities of Trustee. (a) Except during
the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities,
44
(i) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture with respect to the Securities of
such series, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this
Indenture against the Trustee; and
(ii) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may, with respect
to Securities of such series, conclusively rely upon certificates or opinions
furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture;
but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision
hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee
shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they
conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(b) In case an Event of Default with respect to any series of Securities has
occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise, with respect to the Securities
of such series, such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use
the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent man would exercise or
use under the circumstances in the conduct of his own affairs.
(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from
liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own
willful misconduct, except that:
(i) this Subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
Subsection (a) of this Section 6.01;
(ii) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in
good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee
was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;
(iii) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the direction of the
Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding
Securities of any series relating to the time, method, and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the
Securities of such series, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the
Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Securities of such series; and
(iv) no provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or
risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the
performance of any of its duties hereunder or in the exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that
repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against such risk or liability is
not reasonably assured to it.
45
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture
relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the
Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.01.
Section 6.02. Notice of Defaults. Within 90 days after the occurrence of any
default hereunder with respect to Securities of any series, the Trustee shall transmit
by mail to all Securityholders of such series, as their names and addresses appear in
the Security Register, notice of such default hereunder known to the Trustee, unless
such default shall have been cured or waived; provided, however, that, except in the
case of a default in the payment of the principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any,
on any Security of such series or in the payment of any sinking or purchase fund
installment or analogous obligation with respect to Securities of such series, the
Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of
directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or Responsible
Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of such notice is
in the interests of the Securityholders of such series and; provided, further, that, in
the case of any default of the character specified in Section 5.01(d) with respect to
Securities of such series, no such notice to Securityholders of such series shall be
given until at least 60 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this
Section 6.02, the term default, with respect to Securities of any series, means any
event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or both would become, an Event of
Default with respect to Securities of such series.
Section 6.03. Certain Rights of Trustee. Except as otherwise provided in Section
6.01 above:
(a) the Trustee may rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting
upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice,
request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document believed
by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper party or parties;
(b) any request, direction or order of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution of the
Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution;
(c) whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it
desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or
omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein
specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, rely upon an
Officers Certificate;
(d) the Trustee may consult with counsel and any Opinion of Counsel shall be a
full and complete authorization and protection in respect of any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;
46
(e) the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or
powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the
Securityholders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Securityholders shall have
offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against the costs, expenses and
liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction;
(f) the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or
matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report,
notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture or other paper or document,
but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make
such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books,
records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;
(g) the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or perform any
duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys and the Trustee
shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent or
attorney appointed with due care by it hereunder;
(h) the permissive rights of the Trustee enumerated herein shall not be construed
as duties;
(i) the Trustee may request that Company deliver an Officers Certificate setting
forth the name of the individuals and/or titles of Officers authorized at such time to
take specific actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officers Certificate may be
signed by any person authorized to sign an Officers Certificate, including any person
specified as so authorized in any such Officers Certificate previously delivered and
not superseded;
(j) in no event shall the Trustee be liable, directly or indirectly, for any
special, indirect or consequential damages, even if the Trustee has been advised of the
possibility of such damages; and
(k) the rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the
Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to,
and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to
each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.
Section 6.04. Not Responsible for Recitals or Issuance of Securities. The recitals
contained herein and in the Securities, except the certificates of authentication,
shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no
responsibility for their correctness. The Trustee makes no representations as to the
validity or sufficiency of this Indenture or of the Securities or the Guarantee. The
Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of
Securities or the proceeds thereof.
47
Section 6.05. May Hold Securities. The Trustee or any Paying Agent, Security
Registrar, or other agent of the Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may
become the owner or pledgee of Securities and, subject to Sections 6.08 and 6.13
hereof, may otherwise deal with the Company with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee, Paying Agent, Security Registrar, or such other agent.
Section 6.06. Money Held in Trust. Money held by the Trustee in trust hereunder
need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law. The
Trustee shall be under no liability for interest on any money received by it hereunder
except as otherwise agreed with the Company.
Section 6.07. Compensation and Reimbursement. The Company covenants and
agrees:
(a) to pay the Trustee from time to time, and the Trustee shall be entitled to,
reasonable compensation for all services rendered by it hereunder (which compensation
shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee
of an express trust);
(b) except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the Trustee upon
its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances incurred or made by
the Trustee in accordance with any provision of this Indenture (including the
reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its agents and
counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to
its negligence or bad faith; and
(c) to indemnify the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss,
liability or expense incurred without negligence or bad faith on its part, arising out
of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of this trust, including the
reasonable costs and expenses of defending itself against any claim or liability in
connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder.
Without prejudice to any other rights available to the Trustee under applicable
law, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services in connection with an Event
of Default specified in Sections 5.01(e) and 5.01(f) above, such expenses (including
the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and compensation for such services
are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any applicable Federal or
State bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, or other similar law.
The Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Securities upon all property and funds
held or collected by it as such for any amount owing to it or any predecessor Trustee
pursuant to this Section 6.07, except with respect to funds held in trust for the
benefit of the Holders of particular Securities.
48
The provisions of this Section 6.07 shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Section 6.08. Disqualification; Conflicting Interests. If the Trustee has or shall
acquire any conflicting interest within the meaning of the Trust Indenture Act, it shall
either eliminate such interest or resign as Trustee with respect to one or more series
of Securities, to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to the
provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and this Indenture.
Section 6.09. Corporate Trustee Required; Eligibility. There shall at all times be
a Trustee hereunder with respect to each series of Securities that shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America
or of any State or Territory thereof or of the District of Columbia, authorized under
such laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus of
at least $50,000,000, and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State
authority, if there be such a corporation willing to act as Trustee on customary and
usual terms. If such corporation publishes reports of condition at least annually,
pursuant to law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining
authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.09, the combined capital and surplus
of such corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time the Trustee with
respect to any series of Securities shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section 6.09, it shall resign immediately in the manner and with the
effect hereinafter specified in this Article 6.
Section 6.10. Resignation and Removal; Appointment of Successor.
(a) No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to this Article 6 shall become effective until the acceptance of
appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 6.11.
(b) The Trustee may resign with respect to any one or more series of Securities at
any time by giving at least 60 days written notice thereof to the Company. If an
instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the
Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning
Trustee may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a
successor Trustee.
(c) The Trustee may be removed with respect to any series of Securities at any time
by Act of the Holders of 66 2/3% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of
that series, delivered to the Trustee and to the Company.
(d) If at any time:
(i) the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 6.08 above with respect
to any series of Securities after written request therefor by the
49
Company or by any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security
of that series for at least six months, or
(ii) the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 6.09 above with
respect to any series of Securities and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the Company or by any such Securityholder, or
(iii) the Trustee shall become incapable of acting with respect to any
series of Securities, or
(iv) the Trustee shall be adjudged as bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver
of the Trustee or of its property shall be appointed or any public officer shall
take charge or control of the Trustee or of its property or affairs for the
purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or liquidation, then, in any such case
(A) the Company may remove the Trustee, with respect to the series or, in the
case of clause (iv), with respect to all series, or (B) subject to Section 5.14,
any Securityholder who has been a bona fide Holder of a Security of such series
for at least six months may, on behalf of himself and all others similarly
situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the
Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the series
or, in the case of clause (iv), with respect to all series.
(e) If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting with
respect to any series of Securities, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of
Trustee with respect to any series of Securities for any cause, the Company shall
promptly appoint a successor Trustee for that series of Securities. If, within one year
after such resignation, removal or incapacity, or the occurrence of such vacancy, a
successor Trustee with respect to such series of Securities shall be appointed by Act of
the Holders of 66 2/3% in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of such series
delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the successor Trustee so appointed
shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Trustee
with respect to such series and supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company
with respect to such series. If no successor Trustee with respect to such series shall
have been so appointed by the Company or the Securityholders of such series and accepted
appointment in the manner hereinafter provided, any Securityholder who has been bona
fide Holder of a Security of that series for at least six months may, on behalf of
himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to such series.
(f) The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of the
Trustee with respect to any series and each appointment of a successor Trustee with
respect to any series by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, to the Holders of Securities of that series as their names and
addresses appear in the Security Register. Each notice
50
shall include the name of the successor Trustee and the address of its principal
Corporate Trust Office.
Section 6.11. Acceptance of Appointment by Successor. Every successor Trustee
appointed hereunder with respect to all series of Securities shall execute, acknowledge
and deliver to the Company and to the predecessor Trustee an instrument accepting such
appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Trustee shall
become effective, and such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
predecessor Trustee with respect to any such series; but, on request of the Company or
the successor Trustee, such predecessor Trustee shall, upon payment of its reasonable
charges, if any, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor
Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the predecessor Trustee, and shall duly
assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all property and money held by
such predecessor Trustee hereunder.
In case of the appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with respect to the
Securities of one or more (but not all) series, the Company, the predecessor Trustee and
each successor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any applicable series shall
execute and deliver an indenture supplemental hereto which (1) shall contain such
provisions as shall be deemed necessary or desirable to transfer and to conform to, and
to vest in, each successor Trustee all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the
predecessor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the
appointment of such successor Trustee relates and (2) if the predecessor Trustee is not
retiring with respect to all Securities, shall contain such provisions as shall be
deemed necessary or desirable to confirm that all the rights, powers, trusts and duties
of the predecessor Trustee with respect to the Securities of any series as to which the
predecessor Trustee is not being succeeded shall continue to be vested in the
predecessor Trustee, and (3) shall add to or change any of the provisions of this
Indenture as shall be necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the
trusts hereunder by more than one Trustee, it being understood that nothing herein or in
such supplemental indenture shall constitute such Trustees co-trustees of the same trust
and that each such Trustee shall be Trustee of a trust or trusts hereunder separate and
apart from any trust or trusts hereunder administered by any other such Trustee; and
upon the execution and delivery of such supplemental indenture the resignation or
removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective to the extent provided therein
and each such successor Trustee, without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall
become vested with all the rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee
with respect to the Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such
successor Trustee relates; and, on request of the Company or any successor Trustee, such
retiring Trustee shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all
property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder with respect to the
Securities of that or those series to which the appointment of such successor Trustee
relates.
51
Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute any and all
instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to such successor
Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in the first or second preceding
paragraph, as the case may be.
No successor Trustee with respect to any series of Securities shall accept its
appointment unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be
qualified and eligible with respect to that series under this Article 6.
Section 6.12. Merger, Conversion, Consolidation or Succession to Business. Any
corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation
to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or
substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor
of the Trustee hereunder; provided, that such corporation shall be otherwise qualified
and eligible under this Article 6, without the execution or filing of any paper or any
further act on the part of any of the parties hereto. In case any Securities shall have
been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor
Trustee by merger, conversion or consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt
such authentication and deliver the Securities so authenticated with the same effect as
if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Securities.
Section 6.13. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company. If and when the
Trustee shall be or shall become a creditor, of the Company (or of any other obligor
upon the Securities), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the Company (or against any
such other obligor, as the case may be).
Section 6.14. Appointment of Authenticating Agent. At any time when any of the
Securities remain Outstanding the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint
an Authenticating Agent or Agents with respect to one or more series of Securities which
shall be authorized to act on behalf of the Trustee to authenticate Securities of such
series issued upon exchange, registration of transfer or partial redemption thereof or
pursuant to Section 3.06, and Securities so authenticated shall be entitled to the
benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and obligatory for all purposes as if
authenticated by the Trustee hereunder. Wherever reference is made in this Indenture to
the authentication and delivery of Securities by the Trustee or the Trustees
certificate of authentication, such reference shall be deemed to include authentication
and delivery on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of
authentication executed on behalf of the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent. Each
Authenticating Agent shall be acceptable to the Company and shall at all times be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America,
any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such laws to act as an
Authenticating Agent, having a combined capital and surplus of not less than $50,000,000
and, if other than the Company itself, subject to supervision or
52
examination by Federal or State authority. If such Authenticating Agent publishes
reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of said
supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this Section 6.14, the
combined capital and surplus of such Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its
combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report of condition so
published. If at any time an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 6.14, such Authenticating Agent shall
resign immediately in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section 6.14.
Any corporation into which an Authenticating Agent may be merged or converted or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which such Authenticating Agent shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to the corporate agency or corporate trust business of an
Authenticating Agent, shall continue to be an Authenticating Agent; provided, that such
corporation shall be otherwise eligible under this Section 6.14, without the execution
or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of the Trustee or the
Authenticating Agent.
An Authenticating Agent may resign at any time by giving written notice thereof to
the Trustee and, if other than the Company, to the Company. The Trustee may at any time
terminate the agency of an Authenticating Agent by giving written notice thereof to such
Authenticating Agent and, if other than the Company, to the Company. Upon receiving such
a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or in case at any time such
Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
this Section 6.14, the Trustee, with the approval of the Company, may appoint a
successor Authenticating Agent which shall be acceptable to the Company and shall mail
written notice of such appointment by first-class mail, postage prepaid, to all Holders
of Securities of the series with respect to which such Authenticating Agent will serve,
as their names and addresses appear in the Security Register. Any successor
Authenticating Agent upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder shall become vested
with all the rights, powers and duties of its predecessor hereunder, with like effect as
if originally named as an Authenticating Agent. No successor Authenticating Agent shall
be appointed unless eligible under the provisions of this Section 6.14.
The Company agrees to pay to each Authenticating Agent from time to time
reasonable compensation for its services under this Section 6.14.
If an appointment with respect to one or more series is made pursuant to this
Section 6.14, the Securities of such series may have endorsed thereon, in addition to
the Trustees certificate of authentication, an alternate certificate of
authentication in the following form:
This is one of the Securities of the series designated therein referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
UNION BANK, N.A., as Trustee
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
As Authenticating Agent |
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Authorized Signatory |
|
ARTICLE 7
Securityholders Lists and Reports by Trustee and Company
Section 7.01. Company to Furnish Trustee Names and Addresses of
Securityholders. The Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the
Trustee:
(a) semiannually, not more than 15 days after January 1 and July 1, respectively
in each year, in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require, a list of the names
and addresses of the Holders of Securities of each series as of such date, and
(b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30 days
after the receipt by the Company of any such request, a list of similar form and
content as of a date not more than 15 days prior to the time such list is furnished;
provided, that if the Trustee shall be the Security Registrar for such series, such
list shall not be required to be furnished.
Section 7.02. Preservation of Information; Communications to Securityholders. (a)
The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable, the names
and addresses of Holders of Securities contained in the most recent list furnished to
the Trustee as provided in Section 7.01 and the names and addresses of Holders of
Securities received by the Trustee in its capacity as Security Registrar. The Trustee
may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in Section 7.01 upon receipt of a new
list so furnished.
(b) If three or more Holders of Securities of any series (hereinafter referred to
as applicants) apply in writing to the Trustee, and furnish to the Trustee reasonable
proof that each such applicant has owned a Security of such series for a period of at
least six months preceding the date of such application, and such application states
that the applicants desire to communicate with other Holders of Securities of such
series or with the Holders of all Securities with respect to their rights under this
Indenture or under such Securities and is accompanied by a copy of the form of proxy or
other communication which such applicants propose to transmit, then the Trustee shall,
within five Business Days after the receipt of such application, at its election,
either:
54
(i) afford such applicants access to the information preserved at the
time by the Trustee in accordance with Section 7.02(a), or
(ii) inform such applicants as to the approximate number of Holders of
Securities of such series or all Securities, as the case may be, whose names
and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee
in accordance with Section 7.02(a), and as to the approximate cost of mailing
to such Securityholders the form of proxy or other communication, if any,
specified in such application.
If the Trustee shall elect not to afford such applicants access to such
information, the Trustee shall, upon the written request of such applicants, mail to
each Holder of a Security of such series or to all Securityholders, as the case may be,
whose names and addresses appear in the information preserved at the time by the Trustee
in accordance with Section 7.02(a), a copy of the form of proxy or other communication
which is specified in such request, with reasonable promptness after a tender to the
Trustee of the material to be mailed and of payment, or provision for the payment, of
the reasonable expenses of mailing, unless within five days after such tender, the
Trustee shall mail to such applicants and file with the Commission, together with a copy
of the material to be mailed, a written statement to the effect that, in the opinion of
the Trustee, such mailing would be contrary to the best interests of the Holders of
Securities of such series or all Securityholders, as the case may be, or would be in
violation of applicable law. Such written statement shall specify the basis of such
opinion. If the Commission, after opportunity for a hearing upon the objections
specified in the written statement so filed, shall enter an order refusing to sustain
any of such objections or if, after the entry of an order sustaining one or more of such
objections, the Commission shall find, after notice and opportunity for hearing, that
all the objections so sustained have been met and shall enter an order so declaring, the
Trustee shall mail copies of such material to all Securityholders of such series or all
Securityholders, as the case may be, with reasonable promptness after the entry of such
order and the renewal of such tender; otherwise the Trustee shall be relieved of any
obligation or duty to such applicants respecting their application.
(c) Every Holder of Securities, by receiving and holding the same, agrees with
the Company and the Trustee that neither the Company nor the Trustee shall be held
accountable by reason of the disclosure of any such information as to the names and
addresses of the Holders of Securities in accordance with Section 7.02(b), regardless
of the source from which such information was derived, and that the Trustee shall not
be held accountable by reason of mailing any material pursuant to a request made under
Section 7.02(b).
Section 7.03. Reports by Trustee. (a) The Trustee shall transmit to Holders such
reports concerning the Trustee and its actions under this Indenture as may be
required pursuant to the Trust Indenture Act at the times and in the manner provided
pursuant thereto. If required by Section 313(a) of the Trust
55
Indenture Act, the Trustee shall, within 60 days after each May 15 following the date
of this Indenture, deliver to each Holder, as provided in the Trust Indenture Act
Section 313(c), a brief report dated as of such May 15, which complies with the
provisions of such Section 313(a).
(b) A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to
Holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Securities
are listed, with the Commission and with the Company as required by the Trust
Indenture Act Section 313(d). The Company will promptly notify the Trustee when any
Securities are listed on any stock exchange.
Section 7.04. Reports by Company. The Company will:
(a) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Company is required to file the
same with the Commission, copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents
and other reports (or copies of such portions of any of the foregoing as the Commission
may from time to time by rules and regulations prescribe) which the Company may be
required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Exchange Act; or, if the Company is not required to file information, documents or
reports pursuant to either of said Sections, then it will file with the Trustee and the
Commission, in accordance with rules and regulations prescribed from time to time by the
Commission, such of the supplementary and periodic information, documents and reports
which may be required pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act in respect of a
security listed and registered on a national securities exchange as may be prescribed
from time to time in such rules and regulations;
(b) file with the Trustee and the Commission, in accordance with rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission, such additional
information, documents and reports with respect to compliance by the Company with the
conditions and covenants of this Indenture as may be required from time to time by such
rules and regulations; and
(c) transmit by mail to all Securityholders, as their names and addresses appear in
the Security Register, within 30 days after the filing thereof with the Trustee, such
summaries of any information, documents and reports required to be filed by the Company
pursuant to paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 7.04 as may be required by rules and
regulations prescribed from time to time by the Commission.
(d) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for
informational purposes only and the Trustees receipt of such reports shall not
constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable
from information contained therein, including the Companys compliance with any of its
covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on
Officers Certificates)
56
ARTICLE 8
Consolidation, Merger, Conveyance or Transfer
Section 8.01. Company May Consolidate, etc., Only on Certain Terms.
The Company shall not consolidate with or merge with or into any other corporation or
convey or transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets to any Person,
unless:
(a) either the Company shall be the continuing corporation, or the corporation
formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person which
acquires by conveyance or transfer all or substantially all of the properties and assets
of the Company shall be a corporation organized and validly existing under the laws of
any State of the the United States of America or the District of Columbia, and shall
expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto, executed and delivered to the
Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee, the due and punctual payment of the
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on all the Securities and the
performance of every covenant of this Indenture on the part of the Company to be
performed or observed;
(b) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default,
default or other event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an
Event of Default, shall have happened and be continuing; and
(c) the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel as conclusive
evidence stating that any such consolidation, merger, conveyance or transfer and such
supplemental indenture, if any, and any assumption permitted or required by this Article
8 complies with the provisions of this Article 8. The Trustee shall be entitled to
conclusively rely on and shall accept such Opinion of Counsel as sufficient evidence of
the satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in this clause (c), in which
event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Holders.
Section 8.02. Successor Corporation Substituted. Upon any consolidation or merger,
or any conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the properties and
assets of the Company in accordance with Section 8.01, the successor corporation formed
by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or the Person to which such
conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may
exercise every right and power of, the Company under this Indenture with the same effect
as if such successor corporation had been named as the Company herein and the Company
shall thereupon be released from all obligations hereunder and under the Securities.
Such successor corporation thereupon may cause to be signed and may issue any or all of
the Securities issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the
Company and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such successor corporation,
instead of the Company, and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this
Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Securities
which previously shall have been
57
signed and delivered by the officers of the Company to the Trustee for
authentication, and any Securities which such successor corporation thereafter shall
cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee for that purpose. All of the
Securities so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under
this Indenture as the Securities theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with
the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Securities had been issued at the
date of the execution hereof.
In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance such changes
in phraseology and form (but not in substance) may be made in the Securities
thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.
ARTICLE 9
Supplemental Indentures
Section 9.01. Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Securityholders. Without
the consent of the Holders of any Securities, the Company and the Trustee, at any time
and from time to time, may enter into one or more indentures supplemental hereto (which
shall conform to the provisions of the TIA as in force at the date of execution
thereof), in form satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:
(a) to evidence the succession of another corporation to the Company, or
successive successions, and the assumption by any such successor of the covenants,
agreements and obligations of the Company pursuant to Article 8 hereof; or
(b) to add to the covenants of the Company such further covenants, restrictions or
conditions for the protection of the Holders of the Securities of any or all series as
the Company and the Trustee shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of
the Securities of any or all series or to surrender any right or power herein conferred
upon the Company (and if such covenants or the surrender of such right or power are to
be for the benefit of less than all series of Securities, stating that such covenants
are expressly being included or such surrenders are expressly being made solely for the
benefit of one or more specified series); or
(c) to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision herein which may
be inconsistent with any other provision herein or in any supplemental indenture, or to
make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions arising under this
Indenture that do not adversely affect the interests of the Holders of Securities of any
series in any material respect; or
(d) to add to this Indenture such provisions as may be expressly permitted by
the TIA, excluding, however, the provisions referred to in Section 316(a)(2) of the
TIA as in effect at the date as of which this instrument is
58
executed or any corresponding provision in any similar federal statute hereafter
enacted; or
(e) to add guarantors or co-obligors with respect to any series of
Securities; or
(f) to secure any series of Securities; or
(g) to establish any form of Security, as provided in Article 2 hereof, and to
provide for the issuance of any series of Securities, as provided in Article 3 hereof,
and to set forth the terms thereof, and/or to add to the rights of the Holders of the
Securities of any series; or
(h) to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment by another
corporation as a successor Trustee hereunder with respect to one or more series of
Securities and to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be
necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts hereunder by
more than one Trustee, pursuant to Section 6.11 hereof; or
(i) to add any additional Events of Default in respect of the Securities of any or
all series (and if such additional Events of Default are to be in respect of less than
all series of Securities, stating that such Events of Default are expressly being
included solely for the benefit of one or more specified series); or
(j) to comply with the requirements of the Commission in connection with the
qualification of this Indenture under the TIA; or
(k) to make any change in any series of Securities that does not adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of the Holders of such Securities.
Section 9.02. Supplemental Indentures With Consent of Securityholders.
With the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Securities of each series affected by such supplemental indenture or
indentures, by Act of said Holders delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company
and the Trustee may from time to time and at any time enter into an indenture or
indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing
in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture or of any
supplemental indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the
Securities of each such series under this Indenture; provided, however, that no such
supplemental indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding
Security affected thereby:
(a) change the Scheduled Maturity Date or the stated payment date of any payment
of premium or interest payable on any Security, or reduce the principal amount
thereof, or any amount of interest or premium payable thereon, or
59
(b) change the method of computing the amount of principal of any Security or any
interest payable thereon on any date, or change any Place of Payment where, or the coin
or currency in which, any Security or any payment of premium or interest thereon is
payable, or
(c) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment
described in clauses (a) or (b) on or after the same shall become due and payable,
whether at Maturity or, in the case of redemption or repayment, on or after the
Redemption Date or the Repayment Date, as the case may be; or
(d) change or waive the redemption or repayment provisions of any series;
(e) reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Securities of any
series, the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture,
or the consent of whose Holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their consequences,
provided for in this Indenture; or
(f) modify any of the provisions of this Section 9.02 or Sections 5.13 or 10.06,
except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other provisions of
this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent of the Holder of each
Outstanding Security affected thereby; provided, however, that this clause shall not be
deemed to require the consent of any Holder with respect to changes in the references to
the Trustee and concomitant changes in this Sections 9.02 and Section 10.06, or the
deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the requirements of Sections 6.11 and
9.01(h); or
(g) adversely affect the ranking or priority of any series;
(h) release any guarantor or co-obligor from any of its obligations under its
guarantee of the Securities or this Indenture, except in compliance with the terms of
this Indenture;
(i) modify the terms of the Guarantee in a manner adverse to the Holders of
Securities of a series; or
(j) waive any Event of Default pursuant to Sections 5.01(a), 5.01(b) or 5.01(c)
hereof with respect to such Security.
A supplemental indenture that changes or eliminates any covenant or other provision
of this Indenture that has expressly been included solely for the benefit of one or more
particular series of Securities, or that modifies the rights of the Holders of
Securities of such series with respect to such covenant or other provision, shall be
deemed not to affect the rights under this Indenture of the Holders of Securities of any
other series.
60
It shall not be necessary for any Act of Securityholders under this Section 9.02 to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall be
sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.
Section 9.03. Execution of Supplemental Indentures. Upon request of the Company and
upon filing with the Trustee of evidence of an Act of Securityholders as aforementioned,
the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture
unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustees own rights, powers, trusts,
duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in
its discretion, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.
In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article 9 or the modifications thereby of the trusts created by this
Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and (subject to Section 6.01) shall
be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of
such supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture.
Section 9.04. Effect of Supplemental Indentures. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture under this Article 9, this Indenture shall be and be deemed to be
modified and amended in accordance therewith, and such supplemental indenture shall form
a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and the respective rights, limitation of
rights, duties, powers, trusts and immunities under this Indenture of the Trustee, the
Company, and every Holder of Securities theretofore or thereafter authenticated and
delivered hereunder shall be determined, exercised and enforced thereunder to the extent
provided therein.
Section 9.05. Conformity With the Trust Indenture Act. Every supplemental
indenture executed pursuant to this Article 9 shall conform to the requirements of
the TIA as then in effect.
Section 9.06. Reference in Securities to Supplemental Indentures.
Securities of any series authenticated and delivered after the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Article 9 may, and shall if required by the
Trustee, bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for
in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Securities so
modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Company, to any
modification of this Indenture contained in any such supplemental indenture may be
prepared and executed by the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in
exchange for Outstanding Securities.
61
ARTICLE 10
Covenants
Section 10.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest. With respect to each
series of Securities, the Company will duly and punctually pay or cause to be paid the
principal, premium, if any, and interest, if any, on such Securities in accordance with
their terms and this Indenture, and will duly comply with all the other terms,
agreements and conditions contained in the Indenture for the benefit of the Securities
of such series. The Company shall pay all Additional Interest, if any, in the same
manner and on the same dates as interest at the stated rate in the Securities and in the
amounts set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.
Section 10.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency. So long as any of the Securities
remain outstanding, the Company will maintain an office or agency in each Place of
Payment where Securities may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Securities
may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where notices and
demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Securities and this Indenture may be
served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and
of any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company
shall fail to maintain such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or
served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and the Company hereby appoints
the Trustee and its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands.
Section 10.03. Money or Security Payments to Be Held in Trust. If the Company shall
at any time act as its own Paying Agent for any series of Securities, it will, on or
before each due date of the principal, premium, if any, or interest, if any, on any of
the Securities of such series, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the
Holders of the Securities of such series a sum sufficient to pay such principal,
premium, or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Holders of
such Securities or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and will promptly notify
the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.
Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents for any series of
Securities, it will, on or prior to each due date of the principal, premium, if any, or
interest, if any, on any Securities of such series, deposit with a Paying Agent a sum
sufficient to pay such principal, premium, or interest so becoming due, such sum to be
held in trust for the benefit of the Holders of the Securities entitled to the same and
(unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee
of its action or failure so to act.
The Company will cause each Paying Agent other than the Trustee for any series of
Securities to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which such Paying
Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section 10.03,
that such Paying Agent will:
62
(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or
interest, if any, on Securities of such series in trust for the benefit of the
Holders of the Securities entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such
Holders of such Securities or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;
(b) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor
upon the Securities of such series) in the making of any such payment of principal,
premium, if any, or interest, if any, on the Securities of such series; and
(c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written
request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held in trust by
such Paying Agent.
The Company may, at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and
discharge of this Indenture with respect to any series of Securities or for any other
purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all
sums held in trust by the Company or such Paying Agent in respect of each and every
series of Securities as to which it seeks to discharge this Indenture or, if for any
other purpose, all sums so held in trust by the Company in respect of all Securities,
such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same trusts as those upon which such sums
were held by the Company or such Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying
Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability
with respect to such money.
Section 10.04. Certificate to Trustee. The Company will deliver to the Trustee,
within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company (beginning in 2012), an
Officers Certificate, one of whose signatories shall be the Companys principal
executive, accounting or financial officer, stating that in the course of the
performance by the signers of their duties as officers of the Company they would
normally have knowledge of any default by the Company in the performance of any of its
covenants, conditions or agreements contained herein (without regard to any period of
grace or requirement of notice provided hereunder), stating whether or not they have
knowledge of any such default and, if so, specifying each such default of which the
signers have knowledge and the nature thereof.
Section 10.05. Corporate Existence. Subject to Article 8 the Company will do or
cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect
its corporate existence.
Section 10.06. Waiver of Certain Covenants. The Company may omit in respect of any
series of Securities, in any particular instance, to comply with any covenant or
condition set forth in Section 10.07 or 10.08, if before or after the time for such
compliance the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Securities at
the time Outstanding of such series shall, by Act of such Securityholders, either waive
such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such covenant or
condition; provided, that no waiver by the
63
Holders of the Securities of such series shall extend to or affect such covenant or
condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and, until such waiver shall become
effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of
any such covenant or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 10.07. Limitation on Liens. Unless otherwise provided in a particular
series of Securities, so long as any of the senior Securities shall be Outstanding,
neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company will incur, suffer to
exist, or guarantee any Debt, secured by a mortgage, pledge or lien (a Lien) on any
Principal Property or on any shares of stock of (or other interests in) any Restricted
Subsidiary of the Company unless the Company or such first mentioned Restricted
Subsidiary secures or the Company causes such Restricted Subsidiary to secure the senior
Securities (and any other Debt of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, at the
option of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be, not subordinate
to the senior Securities), equally and ratably with (or prior to) such secured Debt, for
so long as such secured Debt shall be so secured. This restriction will not, however,
apply to Debt secured by:
(a) Liens existing prior to the issuance of the applicable senior
Securities hereunder;
(b) Liens on property of or shares of stock of (or other interests in) or debt
of any Entity existing at the time such Entity becomes a Restricted Subsidiary of the
Company;
(c) Liens on property of or shares of stock of (or other interests in) or debt of
any Entity existing at the time of acquisition thereof (including acquisition through
merger or consolidation);
(d) Liens on property of or shares of stock of (or other interests in) or debt of
any Entity securing the payment of all or any part of the purchase price of any
property or shares of stock of (or other interests in) any Entity or the cost of
construction of such property (or additions, repairs, alterations, or improvements
thereto),
(e) Liens on property of or shares of stock of (or other interests in) or debt of
any Entity securing indebtedness incurred to finance all or any part of the purchase
price of any property or shares of stock of (or other interests in) any Entity or the
cost of construction of such property (or additions, repairs, alterations or
improvements thereto), provided that such Lien and the indebtedness secured thereby are
incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 180 days after the later of the
acquisition, the completion of construction (or addition, repair, alteration or
improvement) or the commencement of full operation of such property or within 180 days
after the acquisition of such shares (or other interests);
64
(f) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(g) Liens in favor of, or required by contracts with, governmental
entities; or
(h) any extension, renewal, or refunding referred to in any of the
preceding clauses (a) through (g).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries
may incur, suffer to exist or guarantee any Debt secured by a Lien on any Principal
Property or on any shares of stock of (or other interests in) any Restricted Subsidiary
of the Company if, after giving effect thereto, and together with the value of
Attributable Debt outstanding pursuant to Section 10.08(b), the aggregate amount of such
Debt does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company.
The transfer of a Principal Property to an Unrestricted Subsidiary or the change
in designation of a Subsidiary which owns a Principal Property from Restricted
Subsidiary to Unrestricted Subsidiary shall not be restricted except as set forth
herein.
Section 10.08. Limitation on Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. (a) The Company will
not, and will not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, sell or transfer,
directly or indirectly, except to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company,
any Principal Property as an entirety, or any substantial portion thereof, with the
intention of taking back a lease of all or substantial part of such property, except a
lease for a period of three years or less at the end of which it is intended that the
use of such property by the lessee will be discontinued; provided; that, notwithstanding
the foregoing, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries may sell a Principal
Property (as such term is defined with respect to the Company) and lease it back for a
period longer than three years (i) if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary would be
entitled, pursuant to Section 10.07, to create a Lien on the property to be leased
securing Debt in an amount equal to the Attributable Debt with respect to the sale and
lease-back transaction without equally and ratably securing the Outstanding Securities
or (ii) if (A) the net proceeds of such sale and lease-back transactions are at least
equal to the fair value (as determined by a Board Resolution) of such property and (B)
the Company causes an amount equal to the net proceeds of such sale and lease-back
transactions to be applied within 180 days of such sale and lease-back transaction to
any (or a combination) of (i) the prepayment or retirement of the Outstanding
Securities, (ii) the prepayment or retirement (other than any mandatory retirement,
mandatory prepayment or sinking fund payment or by payment at maturity) of other Debt of
the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries (other than Debt that is subordinated to the
Outstanding Securities or Debt owed to the Company or one of its Restricted
Subsidiaries) that matures more than 12 months after its creation or matures less than
12 months after its creation but by its terms being renewable or extendible, at the
option of the obligor in respect
65
thereof, beyond 12 months from its creation or (iii) the purchase, construction,
development, expansion or improvement of other comparable property.
(b) Notwithstanding Section 10.08(a), the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company may enter into sale and lease-back transactions in addition to those
permitted by Section 10.08(a), and without any obligation to retire any outstanding Debt
or to any purchase property or assets; provided, that at the time of entering into such
sale and lease-back transactions and after giving effect thereto, the Attributable Debt
with respect to such transaction, together with all Debt outstanding pursuant to the
second paragraph of Section 10.07, without duplication, does not exceed 15% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets of the Company.
Article
11
Redemption of Securities
Section 11.01. Applicability of Article. The Company may reserve the right to
redeem and pay before the Scheduled Maturity Date all or any part of the Securities of
any series, either by optional redemption, sinking or purchase fund or analogous
obligation or otherwise, by provision therefor in the form of Security for such series
established and approved pursuant to Sections 2.02 and 2.03 or as otherwise provided in
Section 3.01, and on such terms as are specified in such form or in the indenture
supplemental hereto with respect to Securities of such series as provided in Section
3.01. Redemption of Securities of any series shall be made in accordance with the terms
of such Securities and, to the extent that this Article 11 does not conflict with such
terms, the succeeding Sections of this Article 11.
Section 11.02. Election to Redeem; Notice to Trustee. In case of any redemption at
the election of the Company, the Company shall, at least 60 days prior to the
Redemption Date fixed by the Company (unless a shorter notice shall be satisfactory to
the Trustee) notify the Trustee of such Redemption Date and of the principal amount of
Securities of such series to be redeemed. In the case of any redemption of Securities
(a) prior to the expiration of any restriction on such redemption provided in the terms
of such Securities or elsewhere in this Indenture, or (b) pursuant to an election of
the Company which is subject to a condition specified in the terms of such Securities
or elsewhere in this Indenture, the Company shall furnish the Trustee with an Officers
Certificate evidencing compliance with such restriction or condition.
Section 11.03. Selection by Trustee of Securities to be Redeemed. If fewer than all
the Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the particular Securities to be
redeemed shall be selected not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date by the
Trustee, from the Outstanding Securities of such series not previously called for
redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem fair and appropriate, which may
include provision for the selection for redemption
66
of portions of the principal of Securities of such series of a denomination larger than
the minimum authorized denomination for Securities of that series. Unless otherwise
provided in the terms of a particular series of Securities, the portions of the
principal of Securities so selected for partial redemption shall be equal to the minimum
authorized denomination of the Securities of such series, or an integral multiple
thereof, and the principal amount which remains outstanding shall not be less than the
minimum authorized denomination for Securities of such series.
The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company in writing of the Securities
selected for redemption and, in the case of any Security selected for partial
redemption, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.
For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires, all
provisions relating to the redemption of Securities shall relate, in the case of any
Security redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the principal of
such Security which has been or is to be redeemed.
Section 11.04. Notice of Redemption. Notice of redemption shall be given by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, mailed not fewer than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
to the Redemption Date, to each Holder of Securities to be redeemed, at his or her
address appearing in the Security Register on the applicable Record Date.
All notices of redemption shall state:
(1) the Redemption Date;
(2) the Redemption Price, or if not then ascertainable, the manner of
calculation thereof;
(3) if fewer than all Outstanding Securities of any series are to be redeemed, the
identification (and, in the case of partial redemption, the respective principal
amounts) of the Securities to be redeemed, from the Holder to whom the notice is given
and that on and after the date fixed for redemption, upon surrender of such Security, a
new Security or Securities of the same series in the aggregate principal amount equal to
the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in accordance with Section 11.07;
(4) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and payable
upon each such Security, and that unless the Company defaults in payment of the
Redemption Price, interest, if any, thereon shall cease to accrue from and after said
date;
(5) the place where such Securities are to be surrendered for payment of the
Redemption Price, which shall be the office or agency maintained by the Company in the
Place of Payment pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof;
67
(6) that the redemption is on account of a sinking or purchase fund, or
other analogous obligation, if that be the case; and
(7) the CUSIP number, if any, printed on the Securities redeemed.
Notice of redemption of Securities to be redeemed at the election of the
Company shall be given by the Company or, at the Companys request, by the Trustee
in the name and at the expense of the Company.
Section 11.05. Deposit of Redemption Price. On or prior to any Redemption Date,
the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company
is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust as provided in Section
10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of all the Securities
which are to be redeemed on that date.
Section 11.06. Securities Payable on Redemption Date. Notice of Redemption having
been given as aforesaid, the Securities to be redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date,
become due and payable at the Redemption Price therein specified and from and after such
date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the Redemption Price) such
Securities shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of such Securities for
redemption in accordance with the notice, such Securities shall be paid by the Company
at the Redemption Price. Any installment of interest due and payable on or prior to the
Redemption Date shall be payable to the Holders of such Securities registered as such on
the relevant Record Date according to the terms and the provisions of Section 3.07
above; unless, with respect to an Interest Payment Date that falls on a Redemption Date,
such Securities provide that interest due on such date is to be paid to the Person to
whom principal is payable.
If any Security called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender thereof
for redemption, the principal shall, until paid, bear interest from the Redemption
Date at the rate borne by the Security, or as otherwise provided in such Security.
Section 11.07. Securities Redeemed in Part. Any Security that is to be redeemed
only in part shall be surrendered at the office or agency maintained by the Company in
the Place of Payment pursuant to Section 10.02 hereof with respect to that series (with,
if the Company or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument
of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Trustee duly executed by, the
Holder thereof or his attorney duly authorized in writing) and the Company shall execute
and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Holder of such Security without
service charge and at the expense of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the
same series, tenor, terms and Scheduled Maturity Date, of any authorized denomination as
requested by such Holders in aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the
unredeemed portion of the principal of the Security so surrendered.
68
Section 11.08. Provisions with Respect to any Sinking Funds. Unless the form or
terms of any series of Securities shall provide otherwise, in lieu of making all or any
part of any mandatory sinking fund payment with respect to such series of Securities in
cash, the Company may at its option (a) deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any
Securities of such series theretofore acquired by the Company, or (b) receive credit for
any Securities of such series (not previously so credited) acquired or redeemed by the
Company (other than through operation of a mandatory sinking fund) and theretofore
delivered to the Trustee for cancellation, and if it does so then: (i) Securities so
delivered or credited shall be credited at the applicable sinking fund Redemption Price
with respect to Securities of such series, and (ii) on or before the 60th day next
preceding each sinking fund Redemption Date with respect to such series of Securities,
the Company will deliver to the Trustee (A) an Officers Certificate specifying the
portions of such sinking fund payment to be satisfied by payment of cash and by the
delivery or credit of Securities of such series acquired or redeemed by the Company, and
(B) such Securities, to the extent not previously surrendered. Such Officers
Certificate shall also state the basis for any such credit and that the Securities for
which the Company elects to receive credit have not been previously so credited and were
not acquired by the Company through operation of the mandatory sinking fund, if any,
provided with respect to such Securities and shall also state that no Event of Default
with respect to Securities of such series has occurred and is continuing. All Securities
so delivered to the Trustee shall be canceled by the Trustee and no Securities shall be
authenticated in lieu thereof.
If the sinking fund payment or payments (mandatory or optional) with respect to any
series of Securities made in cash plus any unused balance of any preceding sinking fund
payments with respect to Securities of such series made in cash shall exceed $50,000 (or
a lesser sum if the Company shall so request), unless otherwise provided by the terms of
such series of Securities, that cash shall be applied by the Trustee on the sinking fund
Redemption Date with respect to Securities of such series next following the date of
such payment to the redemption of Securities of such series at the applicable sinking
fund Redemption Price with respect to Securities of such series, together with accrued
interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, with the effect provided in Section
11.06. The Trustee shall select, in the manner provided in Section 11.03, for redemption
on such sinking fund Redemption Date a sufficient principal amount of Securities of such
series to utilize that cash and shall thereupon cause notice of redemption of the
Securities of such series for the sinking fund to be given in the manner provided in
Section 11.04 (and with the effect provided in Section 11.06) for the redemption of
Securities in part at the option of the Company. Any sinking fund moneys not so applied
or allocated by the Trustee to the redemption of Securities of such series shall be
added to the next cash sinking fund payment with respect to Securities of such series
received by the Trustee and, together with such payment, shall be applied in accordance
with the provisions of this Section 11.08. Any and all sinking fund moneys with respect
to Securities of any series held by
69
the Trustee at the Maturity of Securities of such series, and not held for the payment
or redemption of particular Securities of such series, shall be applied by the Trustee,
together with other moneys, if necessary, to be deposited sufficient for the purpose,
to the payment of the principal of the Securities of such series at Maturity.
On or before each sinking fund Redemption Date provided with respect to Securities
of any series, the Company shall pay to the Trustee in cash a sum equal to all accrued
interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption on Securities to be redeemed on such
sinking fund Redemption Date pursuant to this Section 11.08.
The Trustee shall not redeem any Securities with sinking fund moneys or give any
notice of redemption of Securities by operation of the applicable sinking fund during
the continuance of a default in payment of interest on Securities of such series or of
any Event of Default with respect to such series, except that if the notice of
redemption of any Securities shall theretofore have been mailed in accordance with the
provisions hereof, the Trustee shall redeem such Securities if cash sufficient for that
purpose shall be deposited with the Trustee for that purpose in accordance with the
terms of this Article 11. Except as aforesaid, any moneys in the sinking fund with
respect to Securities of any series at the time when any such default or Event of
Default with respect to such series shall occur, and any moneys thereafter paid into
such sinking fund shall, during the continuance of such default or Event of Default
with respect to such series, be held as security for the payment of all Securities of
such series; provided, however, that in case such default or Event of Default with
respect to such series shall have been cured or waived as provided herein, such moneys
shall thereafter be applied on the next sinking fund payment date on which such moneys
may be applied pursuant to the provisions of this Section 11.08.
ARTICLE 12
Repayment at Option of
Holders
Section 12.01. Applicability of Article. Repayment of Securities of any series
before their Scheduled Maturity Date at the option of Holders thereof shall be made in
accordance with the terms of such Securities and (except as otherwise specified as
contemplated by Section 3.01 for Securities of any series) in accordance with this
Article 12.
Section 12.02. Repayment of Securities. Securities of any series subject to
repayment in whole or in part at the option of the Holders thereof will, unless
otherwise provided in the terms of such Securities, be repaid at a price equal to the
principal amount thereof, together with interest thereon accrued to the Repayment Date
specified in the terms of such Securities. On or before the Repayment Date, the
Company will deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent (or, if the Company is
acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate and hold
70
in trust as provided in Section 10.03) an amount of money sufficient to pay the
Repayment Price of all the Securities which are to be repaid on such date.
Section 12.03. Exercise of Option. Securities of any series subject to repayment
at the option of the Holders thereof will contain an Option to Elect Repayment form
on the reverse of such Securities. To be repaid at the option of the Holder, any
Security so providing for such repayment, with the Option to Elect Repayment form on
the reverse of such Security duly completed by the Holder, must be received by the
Company at the Place of Payment therefor specified in the terms of such Security (or at
such other place or places of which the Company shall from time to time notify the
Holders of such Securities) not earlier than 30 days nor later than 15 days prior to
the Repayment Date. If less than the entire principal amount of such Security is to be
repaid in accordance with the terms of such Security, the principal amount of such
Security to be repaid, in increments of $1,000 unless otherwise specified in the terms
of such Security, and the denomination or denominations of the Security or Securities
to be issued to the Holder for the portion of the principal amount of such Security
surrendered that is not to be repaid must be specified. The principal amount of any
Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof may not be repaid
in part, if, following such repayment, the unpaid principal amount of such Security
would be less than the minimum authorized denomination of Securities of the series of
which such Security to be repaid is a part. Except as otherwise may be provided by the
terms of any Security providing for repayment at the option of the Holder thereof,
exercise of the repayment option by the Holder shall be irrevocable unless waived by
the Company.
Section 12.04. When Securities Presented for Repayment Become Due and Payable. If
Securities of any series providing for repayment at the option of the Holders thereof
shall have been surrendered as provided in this Article 12 and as provided by the terms
of such Securities, such Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, to be
repaid shall become due and payable and shall be paid by the Company on the Repayment
Date therein specified, and on and after such Repayment Date (unless the Company shall
default in the payment of such Securities on such Repayment Date) interest on such
Securities or the portions thereof, as the case may be, shall cease to accrue.
Section 12.05. Securities Repaid in Part. Upon surrender of any Security which is
to be repaid in part only, the Company shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate
and deliver to the Holder of such Security, without service charge and at the expense
of the Company, a new Security or Securities of the same series, tenor, terms and
Scheduled Maturity Date, of any authorized denomination specified by the Holder, in an
aggregate principal amount equal to and in exchange for the portion of the principal of
such Security so surrendered which is not to be repaid.
71
ARTICLE 13
Subordination of Subordinated
Securities
Section 13.01. Agreement to Subordinate. The Company covenants and agrees, and each
Holder of any Subordinated Security issued hereunder by his acceptance thereof, whether
upon original issue or upon transfer or assignment, likewise covenants and agrees, that
the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on each and all of the Subordinated
Securities issued hereunder are hereby expressly subordinated, to the extent and in the
manner hereinafter set forth, in right of payment to the prior payment in full of all
Senior Indebtedness.
Section 13.02. Payment on Dissolution, Liquidation or Reorganization; Default on
Senior Indebtedness.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company of any kind
or character, whether in cash, property or securities, upon any dissolution or winding
up or total or partial liquidation or reorganization of the Company, whether voluntary
or involuntary or in bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceedings,
or upon any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other marshalling of the
assets and liabilities of the Company or otherwise, all principal of (and premium, if
any) and interest then due upon all Senior Indebtedness shall first be paid in full, or
payment thereof provided for in money or moneys worth, before the Holders of the
Subordinated Securities or the Trustee on their behalf shall be entitled to receive any
assets or securities (other than shares of stock of the Company as reorganized or
readjusted or securities of the Company or any other corporation provided for by a plan
of reorganization or readjustment, junior to, or the payment of which is subordinated at
least to the extent provided in this Article 13 to the payment of, all Senior
Indebtedness which may at the time be outstanding or any securities issued in respect
thereof under any such plan of reorganization or readjustment) in respect of the
Subordinated Securities (for principal, premium or interest). Upon any such dissolution
or winding up or liquidation or reorganization, any payment or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities (other than as aforesaid), to which the Holders of the Subordinated
Securities or the Trustee on their behalf would be entitled, except for the provisions
of this Article 13, shall be made by the Company or by any receiver, trustee in
bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making such payment or
distribution, direct to the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their representatives to
the extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or moneys worth,
after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of
Senior Indebtedness. In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee or
the Holder of any Subordinated Security shall, under the circumstances described in the
two preceding sentences, have received any payment or distribution of assets or
securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or
securities (other than as aforesaid) before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full or
payment thereof provided for in money or moneys worth, and if such fact shall
72
then have been made known to the Trustee or, as the case may be, such Holder, then such
payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company shall be paid over or
delivered forthwith to the receiver, trustee in bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent
or other person making payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company
for application to the payment of all Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid, to the
extent necessary to pay all Senior Indebtedness in full, in money or moneys worth,
after giving effect to any concurrent payment or distribution to or for the holders of
Senior Indebtedness.
Subject to the payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness, the Holders of the
Subordinated Securities (together with the holders of any indebtedness of the Company
which is subordinate in right of payment to the payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness and which is not subordinate in right of payment to the Subordinated
Securities) shall be subrogated to the rights of the holders of Senior Indebtedness to
receive payments or distribution of assets or securities of the Company applicable to
Senior Indebtedness until the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the
Senior Indebtedness shall be paid in full. No such payments or distributions applicable
to Senior Indebtedness shall, as between the Company, its creditors other than the
holders of Senior Indebtedness, and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities, be
deemed to be a payment by the Company to or on account of the Subordinated Securities,
it being understood that the provisions of this Article 13 are and are intended solely
for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the Holders of the Subordinated
Securities, on the one hand, and the holders of Senior Indebtedness, on the other hand.
Nothing contained in this Article 13 or elsewhere in this Indenture or in the
Subordinated Securities is intended to or shall impair, as between the Company and the
Holders of Subordinated Securities, the obligation of the Company, which is
unconditional and absolute, to pay to the Holders of the Subordinated Securities the
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Subordinated Securities as and
when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms, or to affect
(except to the extent specifically provided above in this paragraph) the relative rights
of the Holders of the Subordinated Securities and creditors of the Company other than
the holders of Senior Indebtedness. Nothing contained herein shall prevent the Trustee
or the Holder of any Subordinated Security from exercising all remedies otherwise
permitted by applicable law upon default under this Indenture, subject to the rights, if
any, under this Article 13, of the holders of Senior Indebtedness in respect of assets
or securities of the Company of any kind or character, whether cash, property or
securities, received upon the exercise of any such remedy.
Upon any payment or distribution of assets or securities of the Company referred
to in this Article 13, the Trustee and the Holders of the Subordinated Securities
shall be entitled to rely upon any order or decree of a court of competent
jurisdiction in which such dissolution, winding up, liquidation or reorganization
proceedings are pending, and upon a certificate of the receiver, trustee in
bankruptcy, liquidating trustee, agent or other person making any such
73
payment or distribution, delivered to the Trustee or to the Holders of the Subordinated
Securities for the purpose of ascertaining the persons entitled to participate in such
distribution, the holders of Senior Indebtedness and other indebtedness of the Company,
the amount thereof or payable thereon, the amount or amounts paid or distributed
thereon and all other facts pertinent thereto or to this Article 13.
If:
(i) there shall have occurred a default in the payment on account of the
principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on or other monetary amounts due and
payable on any Senior Indebtedness, or
(ii) any other default shall have occurred concerning any Senior Indebtedness
which permits the holder or holders thereof to accelerate the maturity of such Senior
Indebtedness following notice, the lapse of time, or both, or
(iii) during any time Senior Indebtedness is outstanding, the principal of, and
accrued interest on, any series of Subordinated Securities shall have been declared due
and payable upon an Event of Default pursuant to Section 5.02 hereof (and such
declaration shall not have been rescinded or annulled pursuant to this Indenture);
then, unless and until such default shall have been cured or waived or shall have ceased
to exist, or such declaration shall have been waived, rescinded or annulled, no payment
shall be made by the Company on account of the principal (or premium, if any) or
interest on the Subordinated Securities.
The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on the delivery to it of a written notice by
a Person representing himself to be a holder of Senior Indebtedness (or a representative
of such holder or a trustee under any indenture under which any instruments evidencing
any such Senior Indebtedness may have been issued) to establish that such notice has
been given by a holder of such Senior Indebtedness or such representative or trustee on
behalf of such holder. In the event that the Trustee determines in good faith that
further evidence is required with respect to the right of any Person as a holder of
Senior Indebtedness to participate in any payment or distribution pursuant to this
Article 13, the Trustee may request such Person to furnish evidence to the reasonable
satisfaction of the Trustee as to the amount of Senior Indebtedness held by such Person,
the extent to which such Person is entitled to participate in such payment or
distribution and any other facts pertinent to the right of such Person under this
Article 13, and, if such evidence is not furnished, the Trustee may defer any payment to
such Person pending judicial determination as to the right of such Person to receive
such payment or distribution.
74
Section 13.03. Payment Prior to Dissolution or Default. Nothing contained in this
Article 13 or elsewhere in this Indenture, or in any of the Subordinated Securities,
shall prevent (a) the Company, at any time except under the conditions described in
Section 13.02 or during the pendency of any dissolution or winding up or total or
partial liquidation or reorganization proceedings therein referred to, from making
payments at any time of principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on Subordinated
Securities or from depositing with the Trustee or any Paying Agent moneys for such
payments, or (b) the application by the Trustee or any Paying Agent of any moneys
deposited with it under this Indenture to the payment of or on account of the principal
of (or premium, if any) or interest on Subordinated Securities to the Holders entitled
thereto if such payment would not have been prohibited by the provisions of Section
13.02 on the day such moneys were so deposited.
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 13.01 or any other provision of this
Indenture, the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall not be charged with knowledge of the
existence of any Senior Indebtedness, or of the occurrence of any default with respect
to Senior Indebtedness of the character described in Section 13.02, or of any other
facts which would prohibit the making of any payment of moneys to or by the Trustee or
such Paying Agent, unless and until the Trustee shall have received, no later than
three Business Days prior to such payment, written notice thereof from the Company or
from a holder of such Senior Indebtedness and the Trustee shall not be affected by any
such notice which may be received by it on or after such third Business Day.
Section 13.04. Securityholders Authorize Trustee to Effectuate
Subordination of Securities. Each Holder of Subordinated Securities by his or her
acceptance thereof authorizes and expressly directs the Trustee on his or her behalf to
take such action in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as may be necessary or
appropriate to effectuate the subordination provisions contained in this Article 13 and
to protect the rights of the Holders of Subordinated Securities pursuant to this
Indenture, and appoints the Trustee his or her attorney-in-fact for such purpose.
Section 13.05. Right of Trustee to Hold Senior Indebtedness. The Trustee shall be
entitled to all of the rights set forth in this Article 13 in respect of any Senior
Indebtedness at any time held by it to the same extent as any other holder of Senior
Indebtedness, and nothing in this Indenture shall be construed to deprive the Trustee of
any of its rights as such holder.
Section 13.06. Article 13 Not to Prevent Events of Default. The failure to make a
payment on account of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Subordinated
Securities by reason of any provision of this Article 13 shall not be construed as
preventing the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 5.01 or an event which
with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an Event of Default
or in any way prevent the Holders of Subordinated
75
Securities from exercising any right hereunder other than the right to receive
payment on the Subordinated Securities.
Section 13.07. No Fiduciary Duty of Trustee to Holders of Senior Indebtedness. The
Trustee shall not be deemed to owe any fiduciary duty to the holders of Senior
Indebtedness, and shall not be liable to any such holders (other than for its willful
misconduct, bad faith or negligence) if it shall in good faith mistakenly pay over or
distribute to the Holders of Subordinated Securities or the Company or any other Person,
cash, property or securities to which any holders of Senior Indebtedness shall be
entitled by virtue of this Article 13 or otherwise. Nothing in this Section 13.07 shall
affect the obligation of any other such Person to hold such payment for the benefit of,
and to pay such payment over to, the holders of Senior Indebtedness or their
representative. Nothing in this Article 13 shall apply to claims of, or payments to, the
Trustee under or pursuant to Section 6.07 of the Indenture.
ARTICLE 14
Guarantee of Securities
Section 14.01. Guarantee. The Guarantor hereby fully and unconditionally guarantees
to each Holder of a Security authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder, and
to the Trustee on behalf of each such Holder, the due and punctual payment in full of
the principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Security and all other
amounts payable by the Company under the Indenture when and as the same shall become due
and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and (to the extent
permitted by law) interest, if any, on such Security (collectively, the Obligations),
in accordance with the terms of such Security and this Indenture. If the Company shall
fail to pay when due any Obligations, for whatever reason, the Guarantor shall be
obligated to pay in cash the same promptly. An Event of Default under this Indenture or
the Security of any series shall entitle the Holders of such Securities to accelerate
the Obligations of the Guarantor hereunder in the same manner and to the same extent as
the Obligations of the Company.
Section 14.02. Waiver. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the
Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any
requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders exhaust any right or take any action
against the Company or any other Person, filing of claims with a court in the event of
insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against
the Company, protest or notice with respect to any Security or the indebtedness
evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that the Guarantee will not
be discharged in respect of any Security except as provided in this Article 14.
76
Section 14.03. Guarantee of Payment. The Guarantee shall constitute a guarantee of
payment when due and not a guarantee of collection. The Guarantor hereby agrees that, in
the event of a default in payment of principal of or premium, if any, or interest on any
Security, whether at its Stated Maturity, by declaration of acceleration, call for
redemption or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf
of, or by, the Holder of such Security, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Indenture, directly against the Guarantor to enforce the Guarantee without first
proceeding against the Company.
Section 14.04. No Discharge or Diminishment of Guarantee. Subject to Section 14.09,
the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional and not
be subject to any reduction, limitation, termination, impairment or for any reason
(other than the payment in full in cash of the Obligations), including any claim of
waiver, release, surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the Obligations, and
shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or termination
whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Securities, this Indenture or the Obligations or otherwise. Without limiting the
generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantor hereunder shall not be
discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Trustee or any Holder
of the Notes to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under this Indenture
or any Security, any other guarantee or any other agreement, by any waiver, modification
or indulgence of any provision thereof, by any default, failure or delay, willful or
otherwise, in the performance of the Obligations or by any other act or omission or
delay to do any other act that may or might in any manner or to any extent vary the risk
of the Guarantor or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Guarantor as a
matter of law or equity (other than the payment in full in cash of all the Obligations);
provided, however, that notwithstanding the foregoing, no such waiver, modification or
indulgence shall, without the consent of the Guarantor, increase the principal amount of
such Security, or increase the interest rate thereon, change any redemption provisions
thereof (including any change to increase any premium payable upon redemption thereof)
or change the Stated Maturity of any payment thereon, or increase the principal amount
of any Original Issue Discount Security that would be due and payable upon a declaration
of acceleration or the maturity thereof pursuant to Section 5.02 of this Indenture.
Section 14.05. Defenses of Company Waived. To the extent permitted by applicable
law, the Guarantor waives any defense based on or arising out of any defense of the
Company or the unenforceability of the Obligations or any part thereof from any cause,
or the cessation from any cause of the liability of the Company, other than final
payment in full in cash of the Obligations. The Guarantor waives any defense arising out
of any such election even though such election operates to impair or to extinguish any
right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Guarantor against
the Company or any security.
77
Section 14.06. Continued Effectiveness. Subject to Section 14.09, the Guarantor
further agrees that its Guarantee with respect to any Security hereunder shall remain in
full force and effect and continue to be irrevocable notwithstanding any petition filed
by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, the Company becoming
insolvent or making an assignment for the benefit of creditors or a receiver or trustee
being appointed for all or any significant part of the Companys assets, and shall, to
the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the
case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on
any Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored or returned by the Trustee or
any Holder of any Security, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer
upon bankruptcy or reorganization of the Company or otherwise, all as though such
payment or performance had not been made, until the date upon which the entire
Obligation, if any, and interest on such Security has been, or has been deemed pursuant
to the provisions of this Indenture to have been paid in full. In the event that any
payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned on any
Security, such Security shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and
deemed paid only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or
returned.
Section 14.07. Subrogation. In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation
of any other right of the Guarantor by virtue hereof, upon the failure of the Company to
pay any Obligation when and as the same shall become due, the Guarantor hereby promises
to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the Trustee or any Holder of the
Securities of any series, forthwith pay, or cause to be paid, to the Holders in cash the
amount of such unpaid Obligations, and thereupon the Holders shall, assign (except to
the extent that such assignment would render a Guarantor a creditor of the Company
within the meaning of Section 547 of Title 11 of the United States Code as now in effect
or hereafter amended or any comparable provision of any successor statute) the amount of
the Obligations owed to it and paid by the Guarantor pursuant to this Guarantee to the
Guarantor, such assignment to be pro rata to the extent the Obligations in question were
discharged by the Guarantor, or make such other disposition thereof as the Guarantor
shall direct (all without recourse to the Holders, and without any representation or
warranty by the Holders). If (a) the Guarantor shall make payment to the Holders of all
or any part of the Obligations and (b) all the Obligations and all other amounts payable
under this Indenture shall be paid in full, the Trustee will, at the Guarantors
request, execute and deliver to the Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse
and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by
subrogation to the Guarantor of an interest in the Obligations resulting from such
payment by the Guarantor.
Section 14.08. Subordination. Upon payment by the Guarantor of any sums to the
Holders, as provided above, all rights of the Guarantor against the Company, arising
as a result thereof by way of right of subrogation or otherwise, shall in all respects
be subordinated and junior in right of payment to the prior
78
payment in full in cash of all the Obligations to the Trustee; provided, however,
that any right of subrogation that the Guarantor may have pursuant to this Indenture
is subject to Section 14.07.
Section 14.09. Release of Guarantor and Termination of Guarantee. The Guarantor
shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged from all obligations
under this Indenture and the Guarantee without any action required on the part of the
Trustee or any Holder upon the occurrence of the Distribution (so long as the other
transactions constituting the Spin-Off have occurred).
The Company will deliver a certificate to the Trustee stating that the
Distribution and the transactions constituting the Spin-Off have occurred in
accordance with the agreements related to the Spin-Off as described in the
Offering Memorandum, and the Trustee may conclusively rely on such certificate.
The Trustee shall deliver an appropriate instrument evidencing such release
upon receipt of a request of the Company accompanied by an Officers Certificate
certifying as to the compliance with this Section.
Section 14.10. Limitation of Guarantors Liability. The Guarantor, and by its
acceptance hereof each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such
parties that the Guarantee by the Guarantor not constitute a fraudulent transfer or
conveyance for purposes of Title 11 of the United States Code, the Uniform Fraudulent
Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law
to the extent applicable to the Guarantor. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the
Holders and the Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of the Guarantor
under this Indenture and the Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum aggregate amount
which, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of the
Guarantor, will result in the obligations of the Guarantor under the Guarantee not
constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
The Guarantee is expressly limited so that in no event, including the acceleration
of the Maturity of the Securities, shall the amount paid or agreed to be paid in respect
of interest on the Securities (or fees or other amounts deemed payment for the use of
funds) exceed the maximum permissible amount under applicable law, as in effect on the
date hereof and as subsequently amended or modified to allow a greater amount of
interest (or fees or other amounts deemed payment for the use of funds) to be paid under
the Guarantee. If for any reason the amount in respect of interest (or fees or other
amounts deemed payment for the use of funds) required by the Guarantee exceeds such
maximum permissible amount, the obligation to pay interest under the Guarantee (or fees
or other amounts deemed payment for the use of funds) shall be automatically reduced to
such maximum permissible amount and any amounts collected by any holder of
79
any Security in excess of the permissible amount shall be automatically applied to
reduce the outstanding principal on such Security.
Section 14.11. No Obligation to Take Action Against the Company. Neither the
Trustee, any Holder nor any other Person shall have any obligation to enforce or
exhaust any rights or remedies or take any other steps under any security for the
Obligations or against the Company or any other Person or any Property of the Company
or any other Person before the Trustee, such Holder or such other Person is entitled to
demand payment and performance by the Guarantor of its liabilities and obligations
under the Guarantee.
Section 14.12. Execution and Delivery. To evidence the Guarantee set forth in
this Article 14, the Guarantor hereby agrees that this Indenture shall be executed
on behalf of the Guarantor by an Officer of the Guarantor.
The Guarantor hereby agrees that the Guarantee set forth in this Article XIV
shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the absence of the endorsement
of any notation of the Guarantee on any Securities.
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture no longer holds that office
at the time the Trustee authenticates any Security, the Guarantee shall be valid
nevertheless.
The delivery of any Security by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this Indenture
on behalf of the Guarantor.
* * *
This Indenture may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so
executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.
[Signature page follows]
80
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly
executed; all as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XELM INC.
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Michale Speetzen
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Michale Speetzen |
|
|
|
Title: |
Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATION, as Guarantor
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Colleen Ostrowski
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Colleen Ostrowski |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President and Treasurer |
|
|
|
UNION BANK, N.A., as Trustee
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Eva Aryeetey
|
|
|
|
Name: |
Eva Aryeetey |
|
|
|
Title: |
Vice President |
|
81
|
|
|
State of New York |
|
|
|
|
ss.: |
County of |
|
|
On the 20th day of September 2011 before me personally came Michael
Speetzen, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he
resides at 478 Branchville Road, Ridgefield, Connectict 06877; that he is the
Chief Financial Officer of Xylem Inc., one of the parties described in and which
executed the above instrument; and that he/she signed his/her name thereto by
authority of the board of directors of said corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Margaret A. Bersito
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
[Notarial Stamp] |
|
|
[Notarial Seal]
82
|
|
|
State of New York |
|
|
|
|
ss.: |
County of |
|
|
On the 20th day of September 2011 before me personally came Colleen
Ostrowski, to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that he/she
resides at 102 Joyce Road, Eastchester, NY 10709; that she is the Vice President and
Treasurer of ITT Corporation, one of the parties described in and which executed the
above instrument; and that she signed his/her name thereto by authority of the board of
directors of said corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Margaret A. Bersito
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
[Notarial Stamp] |
|
|
[Notarial Seal]
1
|
|
|
State of New York |
|
|
|
|
ss.: |
County of New York |
|
|
On the 19th day of September 2011 before me personally came Eva Aryeety
to me known, who, being by me duly sworn, did depose and say that she resides at 1251
Avenue of the Americas, 19th Floor, New York, New York 10020; that he/she is a
Vice President of UNION BANK, N.A., one of the parties described in and which executed
the above instrument; and that she signed his/her name thereto by authority of the board
of directors of said corporation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Ivy L. Wegener
|
|
|
Notary Public
|
|
|
[Notarial Stamp] |
|
|
[Notarial Seal]
exv10w1
Exhibit 10.1
BENEFITS AND COMPENSATION MATTERS AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF [ ], 2011,
AMONG
ITT CORPORATION,
XYLEM INC.
AND
EXELIS INC.
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
1. EMPLOYEES |
|
|
1 |
|
2. BENEFIT PROGRAM PARTICIPATION |
|
|
2 |
|
3. DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS |
|
|
4 |
|
4. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS |
|
|
8 |
|
5. EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS |
|
|
11 |
|
6. INCENTIVE PLANS |
|
|
14 |
|
7. STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER AWARDS |
|
|
15 |
|
8. COLI |
|
|
17 |
|
9. DIRECTOR PLANS |
|
|
18 |
|
10. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS |
|
|
18 |
|
11. TRANSITION SERVICES |
|
|
19 |
|
12. ALLOCATION OF BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS |
|
|
19 |
|
13. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND DATA EXCHANGE |
|
|
20 |
|
14. NOTICES; COOPERATION |
|
|
21 |
|
15. FURTHER ASSURANCES |
|
|
22 |
|
16. INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
22 |
|
17. DISPUTE RESOLUTION |
|
|
23 |
|
18. MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
23 |
|
19. DEFINITIONS |
|
|
1 |
|
1
BENEFITS AND COMPENSATION MATTERS AGREEMENT dated as of [ ],
2011, among ITT CORPORATION, an Indiana corporation (which, together with its
subsidiaries, is herein referred to as ITT), Xylem Inc., an Indiana
corporation, (which, together with its subsidiaries, is herein referred to as
Water), and Exelis Inc., an Indiana corporation (which, together with its
subsidiaries, is herein referred to as Defense).
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of ITT (the Board) has determined that it is
appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of ITT, its shareholders and its other
constituents, to separate ITT into three separate, publicly traded companies, one for each of (i)
the ITT Retained Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or indirectly, by ITT, (ii)
the Defense Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or indirectly, by Defense and
(iii) the Water Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or indirectly, by Water;
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of ITT has determined that it is appropriate and desirable to
distribute to the holders of shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of ITT (the
ITT Common Stock), on a pro rata basis (in each case without consideration being paid by
such shareholders) (A) all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
Water (the Water Common Stock) and (B) all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par
value $.01 per share, of Defense (the Defense Common Stock) (such transactions as they
may be amended or modified from time to time, the Distribution);
WHEREAS, ITT, Water and Defense have executed a distribution agreement dated as of the date
hereof (the Distribution Agreement) to effectuate such Distribution and allocate and
assign certain responsibilities; and
WHEREAS, each of ITT, Water and Defense has determined that it is necessary and desirable to
allocate and assign responsibility for certain employee benefit liabilities in respect of the
activities of the businesses of such entities on the Distribution Date (as defined herein) and
those liabilities in respect of other businesses and activities of ITT and its former subsidiaries
and certain other matters.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained herein, ITT,
Water and Defense agree as follows:
1. EMPLOYEES. (a) General. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer
all employees listed on Schedule 1(a)(i) to Water and all such employees shall become Water
Employees. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer all employees listed on
Schedule 1(a)(ii) to Defense and all such employees shall become Defense Employees. All
Preexisting ITT Employees employed by legal entities that became legal entities of ITT following
the Distribution Date shall be ITT Employees. All Preexisting ITT Employees employed by legal
entities that became legal entities of Water following the Distribution Date shall be Water
Employees. All Preexisting ITT Employees employed by legal entities that became legal entities of
Defense following the Distribution Date shall be Defense Employees. Except as expressly identified
in this Agreement, Defense shall be liable for all liabilities, claims or controversies involving
Defense Employees, Water shall be liable for all liabilities, claims or
2
controversies involving Water Employees and ITT shall be liable for all liabilities, claims or
controversies involving ITT Employees and ITT Retirees.
(b) Schedule of Water Employees and Defense Employees. As of the date of this
Agreement, ITT, Water and Defense shall have in good faith determined which individuals who are
Preexisting ITT Employees shall become Water Employees and Defense Employees on no later than the
Distribution Date. Such lists may be modified only by written consent by each of ITT, Water and
Defense on or following the Distribution Date. Prior to the Distribution Date, ITT may modify such
lists without the consent of Water and Defense.
(c) Non-Termination of Employment. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein and
in compliance with Section 2(d) of this Agreement, no provision of, or event arising under, this
Agreement, the Distribution Agreement or any of the Ancillary Agreements shall be construed to
create any right, or accelerate entitlement, to any compensation or benefit whatsoever on the part
of any Preexisting ITT Employee or other future, present, or former employee of ITT, Water or
Defense and any of their respective Subsidiaries.
(d) Employment Agreements. As soon as practicable on or after the execution of this
Agreement, ITT, Water and Defense shall use their reasonable best efforts to enter into, or have in
place, an employment agreement with each of the Preexisting ITT Employees listed on Schedule 1(d)
attached hereto, which employment agreements shall become effective on the Close of the
Distribution Date. Water shall assume from ITT the employment agreement of Frank Jimenez, along
with the pension assets and liabilities identified in such agreement. Defense shall assume from
ITT the employment agreement of Chris Bernhardt. ITT shall continue to be bound by the employment
agreement of Denise Ramos.
(e) No Solicit; No Hire. As described in Section 5.1 of the Distribution Agreement and
agreed to by ITT, Defense and Water, none of ITT, Water or Defense shall solicit or hire
Preexisting ITT Employees for such period following the Effective Time as specified therein,
without receiving the written consent of the affected prior employer. In respect of countries
whose local laws declare as invalid or unenforceable or prohibit any agreement between employers
not to hire employees of the other, ITT, Defense and Water will not have an agreement not to hire
employees of the other but agree not to actively solicit the services of each others employees for
such period following the Effective Time as specified in the Distribution Agreement.
2. BENEFIT PROGRAM PARTICIPATION. (a) Except as specifically provided herein with respect to
particular compensation or benefit programs, all Water Employees and Defense Employees will cease
participation in all ITT benefit plans and programs no later than immediately prior to the
Distribution Date; provided that certain Water Employees who participate in the ITT Industries
Pension Plan for UK Expatriates, Godwin Pumps Limited Pension Scheme and ITT Retirement Savings
Plan, as identified as Items 23 and 24 on Schedule 3(a)(iii) and Item 14 of Schedule 4(a)(iii)
shall continue to participate in their respective plans following the Distribution Date, subject to
the terms of such plans. As soon as reasonably practicable, ITT will retain liability for all
incurred but not yet reported claims of Water Employees and Defense Employees who participate in
the ITT welfare benefit plans and programs through the earlier of (i) December 31, 2011 or (ii) the
date on which two separate
3
liability accounts for Water and Defense are created. The separate liability accounts shall
correspond to the new bank accounts established by Water and by Defense for new incurred but not
yet reported claims. The balance of the new accounts shall be transferred as soon as reasonably
practicable following the Distribution Date.
(b) (i) Water shall cause to be recognized each Water Employees service with ITT for purposes
of determining (x) eligibility for vacation benefits, short-term disability and severance benefits
and (y) eligibility for vesting under all other employee benefit plans and policies of Water
applicable to such Water Employees, to the extent such service was recognized by ITT for such
purposes.
(ii) Defense shall cause to be recognized each Defense Employees service with ITT for
purposes of determining (x) eligibility for vacation benefits, short-term disability and severance
benefits and (y) eligibility for vesting under all other employee benefit plans and policies of
Defense applicable to such Defense Employees, to the extent such service was recognized by ITT for
such purposes.
(c) Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed or interpreted to restrict ITTs, Waters or
Defenses right or authority to amend or terminate any of its employee benefit plans, policies or
programs effective as of a date following the Distribution Date, except neither Defense nor any
successor entity to Defense may amend or alter the eligibility schedule described for Preexisting
ITT Employees under Sections 3(b)(vii) and 3(c)(iv) or the requirement not to reduce or eliminate
health benefits under Section 5(b)(ix).
(d) Any Preexisting ITT Employee who, on the Distribution Date, is employed by ITT, Defense or
Water shall not be deemed either to have terminated employment or to be in retirement status under
any employee benefit plan operated by ITT, Water or Defense. Except to the extent required by law
and as otherwise stated in Section 3(b)(vii), any Preexisting ITT Employee who, on the Distribution
Date, is employed by ITT, Defense or Water shall not, solely as a result of the Distribution or
related transactions, be eligible to receive payment of, or exercise any portability rights in
respect of, his or her vested benefit or retirement allowance under any employee benefit plan
operated by ITT, Water or Defense; provided, that each Water Employee and each Defense Employee
shall receive credit for their service with ITT prior to the Distribution Date from Water or
Defense as provided in this Article II. As permitted by Final Treasury Regulation Section
1.409A-1(h)(4), ITT, Water and Defense agree that any employee and any other service provider
within the meaning of the term as defined in Section 409A of the Code who provides services to ITT
immediately before the transactions contemplated hereby and provides services to ITT, Water or
Defense after and in connection with such transactions shall not be treated as separating from
service for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
(e) Except as otherwise specified on any of the Schedules, which are specifically incorporated
by reference to this Agreement, (i) any ITT Plan maintained by ITT prior to the Distribution Date
will continue to be maintained by ITT following the Distribution Date, (ii) any Defense Plan
maintained by Defense prior to the Distribution Date will continue to be maintained by Defense
following the Distribution Date and (iii) any Water Plan maintained by Water prior to the
Distribution Date will continue to be maintained by Water following the Distribution Date. Unless
otherwise specified in this Agreement, all assets and liabilities of any
4
Plan, Defense Plan or Water Plan will remain with and be assumed by the entity maintaining
such plan.
3. DEFINED BENEFIT PLANS. (a) List of Defined Benefit Plans. (i) Certain current
and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group tax qualified defined
benefit pension plans made available for certain ITT Group employees in the United States. Schedule
3(a)(i) lists each defined benefit pension plan applicable to Preexisting ITT Employees (the
US Qualified DB Plans).
(ii) Certain current and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group
tax non-qualified defined benefit pension plans made available for certain ITT Group employees in
the United States. Schedule 3(a)(ii) lists each defined benefit pension plan applicable to
Preexisting ITT Employees (the US Non-Qualified DB Plans).
(iii) Certain current and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group
defined benefit pension plans made available for certain ITT Group employees outside of the United
States. Schedule 3(a)(iii) lists each defined benefit pension plan applicable to Preexisting ITT
Employees (the Non-US DB Plans).
(b) US Qualified DB Plans. (i) Continuation of US Qualified DB Plans.
Following the Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the ITT US Qualified DB Plans as so
identified on Schedule 3(a)(i). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue to sponsor
the Defense US Qualified DB Plans as so identified on Schedule 3(a)(i). Following the Distribution
Date, Water shall continue to sponsor the Water US DB Qualified Plans as so identified on Schedule
3(a)(i). Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with such plans
that it sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the
Distribution Date; provided, that Defense shall recognize the additional service credit as
specified in Section 3(b)(v) of this Agreement. Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall retain all
accrued benefits associated with such plans that it sponsors following the Distribution Date,
whether accrued prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of US Qualified DB Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water
shall adopt New ITT Pension Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, Seneca Falls, New York, which shall
have terms similar in all material respects to the ITT Pension Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees,
Seneca Falls, New York maintained by ITT and identified as Item 16 on Schedule 3(a)(i). As soon as
practicable on or after the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Water the assets and
liabilities associated with Water Employees who participated in the ITT Pension Plan for Bargaining
Unit Employees, Seneca Falls, New York as identified as Item 16 on Schedule 3(a)(i). Such assets
will be transferred in kind to the maximum extent practicable. The plan actuary for such plan
shall be responsible for determining the appropriate amount of assets and liabilities to be
allocated per employee transferred, in each case in accordance with applicable law.
(iii) Adoption of New Master Trusts. As soon as practicable on or after the
Distribution Date, Water shall adopt a new trust that is substantially similar in all material
respects to the Master Trust (the New Water Trust). Effective as of the Distribution
Date, ITT
5
shall adopt a new trust that is substantially similar in all material respects to the Master
Trust (the New ITT Trust).
(iv) Transfer of Master Trust and Assets. As soon as practicable on or after the
Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Defense the Master Trust, and Defense shall assume all
liabilities associated with such Master Trust. As soon as practicable on or after the Distribution
Date, the interests of the US Qualified DB Plans identified on Schedule 3(b)(iv) will be liquidated
and cash will be transferred from the Master Trust to the New Water Trust in the amount identified
on Schedule 3(b)(iv) and to the New ITT Trust in the amount identified on Schedule 3(b)(iv). All
other interests will remain in the Master Trust at Defense.
(v) Transfer of US Qualified DB Plans to Defense. Effective as of the Distribution
Date, ITT shall transfer to Defense the defined benefit pension plans identified as Items 1-7 on
Schedule 3(a)(i), and Defense shall assume all liabilities associated with such plans, including
with respect to accrued benefits thereof.
(vi) Transfer of US Qualified DB Plans to Water. Effective as of the Distribution
Date, ITT shall transfer to Water the ITT US Qualified DB Plans identified as Items 19-22 on
Schedule 3(a)(i), and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with such plans, including with
respect to accrued benefits thereof.
(vii) Additional Retirement Eligibility. (A) Effective as of the Distribution Date,
any ITT Employee or any Water Employee who has accrued benefits under the ITT Salaried Retirement
Plan as reflected on that plans records as of the Distribution Date and who is eligible to receive
retirement benefits thereunder may elect to commence receipt of that persons retirement benefits
under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan on or after the Distribution Date. Any ITT Employee or
Water Employee shall cease earning additional eligibility service at the earliest of the fifth
anniversary of the Distribution Date, the date on which the employee is terminated, the date on
which benefits attributable to the Traditional Pension Plan formula commence, the date of death or
a Change in Control of ITT or Water, respectively (the Eligibility End Date). Any ITT
Employee or any Water Employee who is eligible to begin retirement as of the Distribution Date who
elects to commence receipt of that persons retirement benefits under the ITT Salaried Retirement
Plan shall not continue to earn eligibility service following the later of the Distribution Date
and the last month preceding the annuity start date. Following the Eligibility End Date, no ITT
Employee or Water Employee will receive credit toward the retirement criteria specified in the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan. Except as provided in this Section 3(b)(vii), all accrued benefits under
the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan will be frozen with respect to any ITT Employee or any Water
Employee as of the Distribution Date.
(B) Effective as of the later of the Distribution Date and January 1, 2012, any Defense
Employee who has accrued benefits under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan may make a one-time
irrevocable election either to (x) continue earning eligibility and benefit service under the
Traditional Pension Plan formula defined in the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan or (y) choose to begin
participation in the enhanced employer-contribution portion of the defined contribution plan
identified as Item 1 on Schedule 4(a)(i).
6
(C) Following the Distribution Date, all unvested benefits accrued by Preexisting ITT
Employees under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan who have at least one year of service credit as of
the Distribution Date, which are attributable to ITT Employees and Water Employees (other than the
ability to continue earning eligibility service for up to five years as described above) shall be
vested as of the Distribution Date. Unvested benefits attributable to Defense Employees shall
remain unchanged and Defense shall remain liable for all benefits (unvested or vested) attributable
to Defense Employees.
(c) US Non-Qualified DB Plans. (i) Continuation of US Non-Qualified DB Plans.
Following the Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the ITT US Non-Qualified DB Plans as
so identified on Schedule 3(a)(ii). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall sponsor the
Defense US Non-Qualified DB Plans as so identified on Schedule 3(a)(ii). Following the
Distribution Date, Water shall sponsor the Water US Non-Qualified DB Plans as so identified on
Schedule 3(a)(ii). Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with
such plans that it sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or
following the Distribution Date; provided, that Defense shall recognize the additional service
credit as specified in Section 3(c)(iv) of this Agreement. Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall be
liable for all accrued benefits associated with such plans that it sponsors following the
Distribution Date, whether accrued prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(ii) Excess Pension Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall cause the
transfer of the sponsorship of the ITT US Non-Qualified DB Plans identified as Items 1-7 on
Schedule 3(a)(ii) to Defense; provided, that Defense shall recognize the additional service credit
as specified in Section 3(c)(iv) of this Agreement.
Defense does hereby assume liability for all benefits accrued prior to the Distribution Date
under the ITT Excess Pension Plans, the ITT Enhanced Pension Plan, Federal Labs Unfunded 1, EDO
Excess Plan SERP and the Retirement Plan for Non-Management Directors of ITT Corp. identified as
Items 1, 3-7 on Schedule 3(a)(ii) for all Preexisting ITT Employees, except as provided in the
Ancillary Agreements.
(iii) Ex Gratia Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall cause the
transfer of the Ex Gratia Plan to Defense identified as Item 2 on Schedule 3(a)(ii) along with all
liabilities accrued under the plan with the exception of any liabilities identified on Schedule
3(a)(ii).
(iv) Additional Retirement Eligibility. Effective as of the Distribution Date, any
ITT Employee and any Water Employee who has accrued benefits under the ITT Excess Pension Plan
shall have his or her benefit accruals under the Excess Pension Plans cease as of the date
immediately preceding the Distribution Date; provided that, solely for purposes of determining the
amount of an employees Excess Pension Plans benefit under the Excess Pension Plans, such Water
Employee or ITT Employee shall be deemed to have incurred a Termination of Employment (as defined
in the Excess Pension Plans) as of the Distribution Date; provided however, that
for purposes of determining such employees eligibility for a benefit under the Excess Pension
Plans, such Water Employee or ITT Employee shall be credited with the same eligibility service he
or she is credited with under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan as
7
described in Section 3(b)(vii) herein. Notwithstanding the previous sentence, a Water
Employee shall not incur a Termination of Employment under the terms of the Excess Pension Plans
until such Water Employee incurs a Termination of Employment with Water and (b) an ITT Employee
shall not incur a Termination of Employment under the terms of the Excess Pension Plans until such
ITT Employee incurs a Termination of Employment with ITT.
Effective as of the Distribution Date, all accrued benefits under the Excess Pension Plans for
ITT Employees and Water Employees who have at least one year of service credit as of the
Distribution Date shall become 100 percent vested and nonforfeitable as of the Distribution Date.
Unvested benefits attributable to Defense Employees shall remain unchanged and Defense shall be
liable for all benefits (unvested or vested) attributable to Defense Employees.
(v) Springing Rabbi Trust. It is contemplated that Defense will enter into a rabbi
trust agreement following the Distribution Date that will, only in the event of a Change in Control
of Defense, be fully funded with the amounts payable under the ITT Excess Pension Plans identified
as Item 1 on Schedule 3(a)(ii) and will pay to each participant the lump-sum amount payable
following a Change in Control in accordance with such plans.
(d) Non-US DB Plans. (i) Continuation of Non-US DB Plans. Following the
Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the ITT Non-US DB Plans as so identified on
Schedule 3(a)(iii). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue to sponsor the Defense
Non-US DB Plans as so identified on Schedule 3(a)(iii). Following the Distribution Date, Water
shall continue to sponsor the Water Non-US DB Plans as so identified on Schedule 3(a)(iii). Each
of ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with such plans that it sponsors
following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall retain all accrued benefits associated with such plans that it
sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether accrued prior to, on or following the
Distribution Date. For any ITT Non-US DB Plan not identified on Schedule 3(a)(iii), the entity
that maintained such ITT Non-US DB Plan prior to the Distribution Date shall continue to maintain
such plan and assume all liabilities associated with such plan following the Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of Non-US DB Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water shall
adopt a benefits plan for Water Employees, which shall have terms similar in all material respects
to the benefit plan identified on Item 3 of Schedule 3(a)(iii). Each of ITT, Defense and Water
shall assume all liabilities associated with the plans that it sponsors following the Distribution
Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(iii) Transfer of Non-US DB Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall
transfer to Water the Non-US DB Plan identified as Item 22 of Schedule 3(a)(iii) (the British
DB Plan), and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with such plan; provided that the
transfer of such plan will be made in accordance with a deed of substitution between Lowara UK
Limited, ITT Industries Limited and Pension Trustee Management Limited and a scheme apportionment
arrangement deed between the Trustee and the employers participating in such plan.
8
(iv) Transfer of Non-US Assets and Liabilities. As soon as practicable on or after
the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Water the assets and liabilities associated with Water
Employees who participated in the Non-US Pension Plans identified as Items 8, 23 and 24 of Schedule
3(a)(iii) prior to the Distribution. Such assets will be transferred in kind to the maximum extent
practicable. The plan actuary for each such transfer shall be responsible for determining the
appropriate amount of assets and liabilities to be allocated per employee transferred, in each case
in accordance with applicable local law.
(v) Transfer of Other Non-US Assets. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
Article III, the Plan Actuary for each such Non-US DB Plan shall be responsible for determining the
appropriate amount of assets and liabilities to be allocated to comparable plans to be established
and adopted by the companies as required pursuant to the provisions of this Article III, in each
case in accordance with applicable local law.
(vi) Canadian DB Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, any ITT Employee who
has accrued benefits under the Non-US DB Plans identified as Items 14 and 15 on Schedule 3(a)(iii)
(the Canadian Salaried DB Plans) will cease participation in the Canadian Salaried DB
Plans as of the Distribution Date, shall be vested as of the Distribution Date and shall cease to
accrue further benefits under the Canadian Salaried DB Plans following the Distribution Date.
Benefit entitlements of ITT Employees under the Canadian Salaried DB Plans shall be determined in
accordance with the terms of the plans and applicable local law.
(vii) Additional Retirement Eligibility for British DB Plan. Effective as of
September 30, 2011 (or as soon as reasonably practicable after this date), any ITT Employee,
Defense Employee or any Water Employee who has accrued benefits under the Non-US DB Plan identified
as the British DB Plan as Item 22 on Schedule 3(a)(iii) shall be vested and will be credited for
benefit service through December 31, 2011. Such plan will be frozen as of September 30, 2011 (or
as soon as reasonably practicable after this date) and Water will continue to sponsor and
administer the plan.
Effective as of the Distribution Date, all ITT Employees who participate in the Non-US DB Plan
identified as the British DB Plan as Item 22 on Schedule 3(a)(iii) will cease participation in the
British DB Plan as of the Distribution Date, shall be vested as of the Distribution Date and shall
not continue to earn eligibility service following the Distribution Date. Unvested benefits
attributable to Water Employees under the British DB Plan shall remain unchanged and Water shall
remain liable for all benefits (unvested or vested) attributable to Water Employees.
4. DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS.
(a) List of Defined Contribution Plans. (i) Certain current and former employees of
ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group tax qualified defined contribution plans made
available for certain ITT Group employees in the United States. Schedule 4(a)(i) lists each defined
contribution plan applicable to Preexisting ITT Employees (the US Qualified DC Plans).
9
(ii) Certain current and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group
non-tax qualified defined contribution plans made available for certain ITT Group employees in the
United States. Schedule 4(a)(ii) lists each defined contribution plan applicable to Preexisting ITT
Employees (the US Non-Qualified DC Plans).
(iii) Certain current and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group
defined contribution plans made available for certain ITT Group employees outside of the United
States. Schedule 4(a)(iii) lists each defined contribution plan applicable to Preexisting ITT
Employees (the Non-US DC Plans).
(b) US Qualified DC Plans. (i) Continuation of Existing US Qualified DC
Plans. Following the Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the US Qualified DC
Plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(i). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue
to sponsor the US Qualified DC Plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(i). Following the Distribution
Date, Water shall sponsor the US Qualified DC Plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(i). All
employees who participate in the ITT Salaried Investment and Savings Plan identified as Item 1 on
Schedule 4(a)(i) shall be vested immediately on the Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of New US Qualified DC Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date,
ITT shall adopt a new defined contribution plan for ITT Employees who participated in the defined
contribution plan identified as Item 1 on Schedule 4(a)(i). Effective as of the Distribution Date,
Water shall adopt new defined contribution plans for Water Employees who participated in the
defined contribution plans identified as Items 1 and 14 on Schedule 4(a)(i).
(iii) Transfer of US Qualified DC Plans. As soon as practicable on or after the
Distribution Date, ITT shall cause the transfer of the sponsorship of the ITT Salaried Investment
and Savings Plan identified as Item 1 on Schedule 4(a)(i) to Defense and Defense shall cause the
transfer of the accounts of all ITT Employees and Water Employees from such plan to the defined
contribution plans adopted by ITT and Water, as applicable.
ITT shall cause the transfer of the accounts of all Water Employees from the Goulds Pumps,
Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan identified as Item 14 on Schedule 4(a)(i) to a new
defined contribution plan maintained by Water. Assets attributable to the accounts identified in
this Section 4(b)(iii) will be transferred in kind to the maximum extent practicable. Each of ITT,
Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with the plans that it sponsors following
the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(iv) ITT Stock Funds. As soon as practicable on or after the Distribution Date, each
U.S. Qualified DC Plan identified on Schedule 4(a)(i) that invests in ITT Common Stock will
maintain stock funds for each of ITT Common Stock, Water Common Stock and Defense Common Stock
(each as adjusted for the Distribution) for a period as determined by the fiduciaries of each such
U.S. Qualified DC Plan. Following the Distribution Date, the applicable fiduciaries of each such
U.S. Qualified DC Plan shall determine the proper treatment of the stock funds maintained in such
U.S. Qualified DC Plans and shall determine the timing of the disposition of shares held in such
stock funds and the treatment of the proceeds of sale of such shares.
10
(c) US Non-Qualified DC Plans. (i) Continuation of Existing US Non-Qualified DC
Plans. Following the Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the defined contribution
plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(ii). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall sponsor
the defined contribution plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(ii). Following the Distribution
Date, Water shall sponsor the defined contribution plans so identified on Schedule 4(a)(ii).
(ii) Deferred Compensation Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall
remain liable for benefits accrued under the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan identified as Item 2 on
Schedule 4(a)(ii) prior to the Distribution Date with respect to ITT Employees and ITT Retirees.
Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water shall adopt the Water Deferred Compensation Plan
identified as Item 2 on Schedule 4(a)(ii), which shall be identical in all material respects to the
ITT Deferred Compensation Plan as in effect immediately prior to the Distribution Date. Effective
as of the Distribution Date, Defense shall adopt the Defense Deferred Compensation Plan, which
shall be identical in all material respects to the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan identified as
Item 2 on Schedule 4(a)(ii) as in effect immediately prior to the Distribution Date. ITT shall
cause the transfer of all liabilities for benefits accrued under the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan
for such Defense Employees and ITT Retirees listed on Schedule 4(c)(iii) to Defense and for such
Water Employees and ITT Retirees listed on Schedule 4(c)(iii) to Water as soon as practicable
following the Distribution Date.
Water does hereby assume liability for benefits accrued prior to the Distribution Date under
the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan with respect to Water Employees and specific ITT Retirees listed
on Schedule 4(c)(iii), including without limitation, such liabilities incurred prior to 1995
identified in the 1995 Employee Matters Agreement. Defense does hereby assume liability for
benefits accrued prior to the Distribution Date under the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan with
respect to Defense Employees and specific ITT Retirees listed on Schedule 4(c)(iii), including
without limitation, such liabilities incurred prior to 1995 identified in the 1995 Employee Matters
Agreement.
(iii) Excess Savings Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall remain
liable for benefits accrued under the ITT Excess Savings Plan identified as Item 3 on Schedule
4(a)(ii) prior to the Distribution Date with respect to ITT Employees and ITT Retirees. Effective
as of the Distribution Date, Water shall adopt a new excess savings plan, which shall be identical
in all material respects to the ITT Excess Savings Plan identified as Item 3 on Schedule 4(a)(ii)
as in effect immediately prior to the Distribution Date. Effective as of the Distribution Date,
Defense shall adopt a new excess savings plan, which shall be identical in all material respects to
the ITT Excess Savings Plan identified as Item 3 on Schedule 4(a)(ii) as in effect immediately
prior to the Distribution Date. ITT shall cause the transfer of all liabilities for benefits
accrued under the ITT Excess Savings Plan for Defense Employees as reflected on the plans records
to Defense and for Water Employees as reflected on the plans records to Water as soon as
practicable following the Distribution Date. Water does hereby assume liability for benefits
accrued prior to the Distribution Date under the ITT Excess Savings Plan with respect to Water
Employees, and Defense does hereby assume liability for benefits accrued prior to the Distribution
Date under the ITT Excess Savings Plan with respect to Defense Employees.
11
(d) Non-US DC Plans. (i) Continuation of Non-US DC Plans. Following the
Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the ITT Non-US DC Plans as so identified on
Schedule 4(a)(iii). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue to sponsor the Defense
Non-US DC Plans as so identified on Schedule 4(a)(iii). Following the Distribution Date, Water
shall continue to sponsor the Water Non-US DC Plans as so identified on Schedule 4(a)(iii). Each
of ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with such plans that it sponsors
following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall retain all accrued benefits associated with such plans that it
sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether accrued prior to, on or following the
Distribution Date. For any ITT Non-US DC Plan not identified on Schedule 4(a)(iii), the entity
that maintained such ITT Non-US DC Plan prior to the Distribution Date shall continue to maintain
such plan and assume all liabilities associated with such plan following the Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of Non-US DC Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall
adopt benefits plans for ITT Employees, which shall have terms similar in all material respects to
the benefit plans identified on Items 9, 10, 13 and 14 of Schedule 4(a)(iii). Effective as of the
Distribution Date, Defense shall adopt benefits plans for Defense Employees, which shall have terms
similar in all material respects to the benefit plan identified as the ITT Retirement Savings Plan
ITT Industries (UK) on Item 14 of Schedule 4(a)(iii). Effective as of the Distribution Date,
Water shall adopt benefits plans for Water Employees, which shall have terms similar in all
material respects to the benefit plans identified on Items 2 and 3 of Schedule 4(a)(iii). Each of
ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with the plans that it sponsors
following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(iii) Transfer of Non-US Assets and Liabilities. As soon as practicable on or after
the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Defense the assets and liabilities associated with
Defense ITT Group employees who participated in the Non-US DC Plan identified as the ITT Retirement
Savings Plan ITT Industries (UK) as Item 14 of Schedule 4(a)(iii) prior to the Distribution,
unless any such employee elects otherwise. As soon as practicable on or after the Distribution
Date, ITT shall transfer to Water the assets and liabilities associated with Water ITT Group
employees who participated in the Non-US DC Plans identified as Items 2 and 3 of Schedule 4(a)(iii)
prior to the Distribution, unless any such employee elects otherwise. As soon as practicable on or
after the Distribution Date, Water shall transfer to ITT the assets and liabilities associated with
ITT Employees who participated in the Non-US DC Plans identified as Items 7, 8, 13 and 14 of
Schedule 4(a)(iii) prior to the Distribution, unless any such employee elects otherwise. Such
assets will be transferred in kind to the maximum extent practicable.
5. EMPLOYEE HEALTH AND WELFARE BENEFIT PLANS.
(a) List of Health and Welfare Plans. (i) Certain current and former employees of
ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group health and welfare plans made available for certain
ITT Group employees in the United States. Schedule 5(a)(i) lists each health and welfare plan
applicable to Preexisting ITT Employees (the US H&W Plans).
12
(ii) Certain current and former employees of ITT, Water and Defense participate in ITT Group
health and welfare plans made available for certain ITT Group employees outside of the United
States. Schedule 5(a)(ii) lists each health and welfare plan applicable to Preexisting ITT
Employees (the Non-US H&W Plans).
(b) US H&W Plans. (i) Continuation of Existing US H&W Plans. Following the
Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the health and welfare plans so identified on
Schedule 5(a)(i). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue to sponsor the health
and welfare plans so identified on Schedule 5(a)(i). Following the Distribution Date, Water shall
continue to sponsor the health and welfare plans so identified on Schedule 5(a)(i). Each of ITT,
Defense and Water shall retain all accrued benefits associated with such plans that it sponsors
following the Distribution Date, whether accrued prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of New US H&W Plans. Effective on the earlier of the Distribution Date
and December 31, 2011, Defense shall adopt new health and welfare plans, which shall have terms
similar in all material respects to the health and welfare plans identified as Items 14, 21, 22,
23, 24, 26, 42, 43, 45 and 46 on Schedule 5(a)(i). Effective on the earlier of the Distribution
Date and December 31, 2011, Water shall adopt new health and welfare plans, which shall have terms
similar in all material respects to the health and welfare plans identified as Items 14, 21, 22,
23, 24, 26, 42, 43, 45, 46 and 47 on Schedule 5(a)(i).
(iii) Goulds Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water shall adopt new
health and welfare plans substantially similar in all material ways to the Goulds Postretirement
Medical Plan and the Goulds Postretirement Life Plan, identified as Items 33 and 39 on Schedule
5(a)(i), respectively. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer
to Water 25% of the assets and 25% of the liabilities of the Goulds Postretirement Medical Plan and
the Goulds Postretirement Life Plan, and Water shall be liable for such assets and liabilities as
of the date of such transfer.
(iv) Transfer of ITT Employee Benefit Trust. As soon as practicable on or after the
Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Defense the ITT Employee Benefit Trust, and Defense shall
assume all liabilities associated with such trust. As soon as practicable following the
Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer to Defense all of the assets and liabilities of the ITT
Employee Benefit Trust related to the retiree portion of the plan, and Defense shall be liable for
all such assets and liabilities as of the date of such transfer.
(v) ITT Salaried Retiree Health Plan. Effective as of the Distribution Date, the ITT
Salaried Retiree Health Plan identified as Item 13 on Schedule 5(a)(i) will provide that for
purposes of determining eligibility for post-retirement medical benefits under the ITT Salaried
Retiree Health Plan with respect to an eligible salaried Preexisting ITT Employee who on the
Distribution Date, becomes a Water Employee or remains an ITT Employee, such Water Employee or ITT
Employee shall be credited with the same eligibility service he or she is credited with under the
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan as described in Section 3(b)(vii) herein.
(vi) Severance. Effective as of the Distribution Date, each of ITT, Water and Defense
shall provide severance plans for all Preexisting ITT Employees which are substantially equivalent
to those ITT severance plans covering such employees immediately prior to the
13
Distribution Date identified as Items 15-19 of Schedule 5(a)(i), with no restriction as to
modification by each of ITT, Water and Defense.
(vii) Long-Term Disability Insurance. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water and
Defense shall each adopt long-term disability plans, identical in all material respects to the ITT
Long-Term Disability Plan and the ITT Corporation Excess Long-Term Disability Plan identified as
Items 23 and 24 of Schedule 5(a)(i), each as in effect on the Distribution Date, covering eligible
Water Employees and Defense Employees, respectively.
(viii) Liabilities. ITT shall transfer all liability to Defense with respect to, and
all Code Section 501(c)(9) assets attributable to, retiree life insurance and medical benefits
under the ITT employee welfare benefit plans, except that (x) ITT shall transfer to Water the
liability of ITT with respect to, and any assets attributable to, certain Preexisting ITT Employees
identified on Schedule 1(a)(i) whose employment is transferred to Water in connection with the
Distribution, and Water does hereby assume such liability, and (y) ITT shall transfer to Defense
the liability with respect to, and assets attributable to, certain Preexisting ITT Employees
identified on Schedule 1(a)(ii) whose employment is transferred to Defense in connection with the
Distribution, and Defense does hereby assume such liability.
(ix) Change in Control. If there is a Change in Control of ITT, Water or Defense
during the five-year period following the Distribution Date, then the company in which such Change
in Control occurred shall not, during the balance of such five-year period, reduce or eliminate
health benefits in effect immediately prior to such Change in Control provided to former employees
who retired from ITT or any of its Affiliates on or prior to the Distribution Date (or as set forth
in the next succeeding sentence), or increase associated retiree contributions, unless the other
companies consent in writing to such a reduction, elimination or cost increase; provided, however,
that the company in which the Change in Control occurred may, in its sole discretion, modify such
benefits in accordance with the changes contemplated in the assumptions in effect immediately prior
to the Change in Control that are used to establish such companys Accumulated Postretirement
Benefit Obligation (as defined in Financial Accounting Standards Board ASC 715). Persons who are
receiving severance payments in connection with the Distribution and who are or become eligible to
retire on or before the end of such severance period shall be afforded the treatment of this
Section 5(b)(ix).
(x) Indemnity. In the event that any of ITT, Water or Defense is asked to
consent to a reduction, elimination or cost increase with respect to retiree health benefits after
a Change in Control as described in clause (iii) above, each such company shall determine whether
to provide such consent in its sole and absolute discretion. Each of ITT, Water and Defense does
hereby agree to indemnify any other company asked by it to provide such consent against any and all
liability that might arise with respect to the granting or withholding of such consent.
(c) Non-US H&W Plans. (i) Continuation of Non-US H&W Plans. Following the
Distribution Date, ITT shall continue to sponsor the ITT Non-US H&W Plans as so identified on
Schedule 5(a)(ii). Following the Distribution Date, Defense shall continue to sponsor the Defense
Non-US H&W Plans as so identified on Schedule 5(a)(ii). Following the Distribution Date, Water
shall continue to sponsor the Water Non-US H&W Plans as so identified on Schedule 5(a)(ii). Each
of ITT, Defense and Water shall assume all liabilities associated with
14
such plans that it sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether incurred prior to, on or
following the Distribution Date. Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall retain all accrued benefits
associated with such plans that it sponsors following the Distribution Date, whether accrued prior
to, on or following the Distribution Date. For any ITT Non-US H&W Plan not identified on Schedule
5(a)(ii), the entity that maintained such ITT Non-US H&W Plan prior to the Distribution Date shall
continue to maintain such plan and assume all liabilities associated with such plan following the
Distribution Date.
(ii) Adoption of Non-US H&W Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall
adopt benefits plans for ITT Employees, which shall have terms similar in all material respects to
the benefit plans identified on Items 27, 30-35 and 42 of Schedule 5(a)(ii). Effective as of the
Distribution Date, Defense shall adopt benefits plans for Defense Employees, which shall have terms
similar in all material respects to the benefit plans identified on Items 7, 8, 22 and 23 of
Schedule 5(a)(ii). Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water shall adopt benefits plans for
Water Employees, which shall have terms similar in all material respects to the benefit plans
identified on Items 7-11, 22 and 23 of Schedule 5(a)(ii). Each of ITT, Defense and Water shall
assume all liabilities associated with the plans that it sponsors following the Distribution Date,
whether incurred prior to, on or following the Distribution Date.
6. INCENTIVE PLANS. (a) ITT currently maintains certain annual incentive plans and certain
long-term performance plans, each as listed on Schedule 6(a) (the Incentive Plans),
pursuant to which certain Preexisting ITT Employees employed by ITT might become entitled to
payments after the Distribution Date with respect to their performance with ITT prior to the
Distribution Date.
(b) Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall be and remain liable for all payments
accrued prior to the Distribution Date for ITT Employees under the Incentive Plans, including any
such payments to be made following the Distribution Date. Effective as of the Distribution Date,
Water shall be and remain liable for all payments accrued prior to the Distribution Date for Water
Employees under the Incentive Plans, including any such payments to be made following the
Distribution Date. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Defense shall be and remain liable for
all payments accrued prior to the Distribution Date for Defense Employees under the Incentive
Plans, including any such payments to be made following the Distribution Date. ITT, Water and
Defense shall cause any such payments under the Incentive Plans to be recognized as compensation
without regard to the source of such payments.
As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, ITT shall transfer any amounts accrued
under the Incentive Plans for (i) Water Employees to Water and (ii) Defense Employees to Defense.
(c) All multi-year cash performance awards under the Incentive Plans (the TSR
Awards) shall be terminated effective as of the Distribution Date. ITT shall determine the
amount to be paid in cash, if any, to each eligible Preexisting ITT Employee under outstanding TSR
Awards as described in this Section 6(c). The amount to be paid under the TSR Awards shall be paid
in cash on the normal payment schedule of the original TSR Award. ITT shall be liable for and make
any such payments to ITT Employees, including any such payments to be made following the
Distribution Date. Water shall be liable for and make any such
15
payments to Water Employees, including any such payments to be made following the Distribution
Date. Defense shall be liable for and make any such payments to Defense Employees, including any
such payments to be made following the Distribution Date.
For the TSR Awards granted in 2009, ITT shall pay such award in cash to the extent payment is
earned according to the original vesting and payment schedule to each eligible Preexisting ITT
Employee based on (i) actual performance for the pro rata percentage of the performance period
completed on the Distribution Date and (ii) target value for the remaining uncompleted performance
period following the Distribution Date.
For the TSR Awards granted in 2010, (i) ITT shall pay such award in cash to the extent payment
is earned to each eligible Preexisting ITT Employee based on actual performance for the pro rata
percentage of the performance period completed on the Distribution Date, which shall be paid
according to the original vesting and payment schedule, and (ii) following the Distribution Date,
ITT, Water or Defense shall award to such Preexisting ITT Employee (thereafter, an ITT Employee, a
Water Employee or Defense Employee, as applicable) a restricted stock unit (RSU) for the
remaining target value, which RSU shall vest on December 31, 2012 and shall be settled in ITT
shares, Water shares or Defense shares, as applicable.
For the TSR Awards granted in 2011, (i) ITT shall pay such award in cash to the extent payment
is earned to each eligible Preexisting ITT Employee based on actual performance for the pro rata
percentage of the performance period completed on the Distribution Date, which shall be paid
according to the original vesting and payment schedule, and (ii) following the Distribution Date,
ITT, Water or Defense will award to such Preexisting ITT Employee (thereafter, an ITT Employee, a
Water Employee or Defense Employee, as applicable) an RSU for the remaining target value, which RSU
shall vest on December 31, 2013 and shall be settled in ITT shares, Water shares or Defense shares,
as applicable.
(d) Effective as of the Distribution Date, ITT shall accrue, be and remain liable for all
payments for ITT Employees under the ITT Corporation Retention Program as identified on Item 4 of
Schedule 6(a). Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water shall accrue, be and remain liable for
all payments for Water Employees under the ITT Corporation Retention Program as identified on Item
4 of Schedule 6(a). Effective as of the Distribution Date, Defense shall accrue, be and remain
liable for all payments for Defense Employees under the ITT Corporation Retention Program as
identified on Item 4 of Schedule 6(a).
7. STOCK OPTIONS AND OTHER AWARDS. (a) Effective as of the Distribution Date, outstanding
stock options (whether vested or unvested), stock appreciation rights, RSUs and restricted stock
awards (together, ITT stock awards) under the ITT stock plans listed on Schedule 7(a), as
each plan may have been amended from time to time (the ITT Stock Plans), shall be treated
as follows:
(i) ITT Employees; Retirees. ITT stock awards held by ITT Employees and ITT
Retirees shall be adjusted to reflect the Distribution, as provided pursuant to the terms of
the ITT Stock Plans, such that they retain ITT stock awards (but not stock awards payable in
Water or Defense shares) following the Distribution Date.
16
(ii) Water Employees. Water Employees holding ITT stock awards shall receive
substitute stock awards in respect of Water Common Stock pursuant to the terms of a stock
plan to be adopted by Water as of the Distribution Date (the Water Stock Plan),
which are deemed adjusted to reflect the Distribution, as provided pursuant to the terms of
the ITT Stock Plans and as described in Section 7(a)(i).
(iii) Defense Employees. Defense Employees holding ITT stock awards shall
receive substitute stock awards in respect of Defense Common Stock pursuant to the terms of
a stock plan, to be adopted by Defense as of the Distribution Date (the Defense Stock
Plan), which are deemed adjusted to reflect the Distribution, as provided pursuant to
the terms of the ITT Stock Plans and as described in Section 7(a)(i).
(iv) ITT Non-Employee Directors. The Compensation and Personnel Committee of
the Board of Directors of ITT has approved the adjustment of any ITT stock awards held by
such non-employee directors that have not been exercised as of the Distribution Date to
reflect the Distribution, as provided pursuant to the terms of the ITT Stock Plans following
the conversion formula used for common shareholders of ITT stock. Such ITT stock awards
held by a non-employee director will be adjusted on an as distributed basis such that each
ITT stock award will be converted into a like number of ITT stock awards based on shares of
each of ITT, Water and Defense following the Distribution Date. Generally, vesting and
exercisability terms will remain the same, although certain adjustments may be made as the
Board of Directors of ITT or the applicable committee thereof shall approve.
(v) Other Provisions. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water Employees
and Defense Employees shall cease active participation in all ITT Stock Plans; provided,
however, that Water Employees and Defense Employees shall receive full credit under any
substitute stock awards in respect of Water Common Stock and Defense Common Stock,
respectively, for their service to ITT Group prior to the Distribution. To the extent that
any Preexisting ITT Employee continues to be entitled to future ITT awards following the
Distribution Date, such grants may be made in forms that are acceptable to ITT, Water or
Defense, as such entity deem adequate.
(b) Manner of Substitution. (i) With respect to each cancelled ITT stock award, the
number and exercise price of substitute stock awards granted under the Water Stock Plan or the
Defense Stock Plan with respect thereto, and the other terms and conditions of the substitute stock
awards, shall be equitably determined to preserve the economic value of the cancelled ITT stock
award.
(ii) Each holder of ITT Common Stock on the Distribution Record Date (or such holders
designated transferee or transferees) shall be entitled to receive in the Water Distribution a
substitute stock award representing [] [of a] share[s] of Water Common Stock granted under the
Water Stock Plan for every stock award representing one (1) share of ITT Common Stock granted under
the ITT Stock Plan held by such holder. No action by any such holder shall be necessary for such
holder to receive the applicable substitute stock award representing shares of Water Common Stock
such holder is entitled in the Water Distribution.
17
(iii) Each holder of ITT Common Stock on the Distribution Record Date (or such
holders designated transferee or transferees) shall be entitled to receive in the Defense
Distribution a substitute stock award representing [] [of a] share[s] of Defense Common Stock
granted under the Defense Stock Plan for every stock award representing one (1) share of ITT Common
Stock granted under the ITT Stock Plan held by such holder. No action by any such holder shall be
necessary for such holder to receive the applicable substitute stock award representing shares of
Defense Common Stock such holder is entitled in the Defense Distribution.
(c) Fractional Shares(d) . ITT holders of stock awards under ITT incentive plans on
the Distribution Record Date, which would entitle such holders to receive a substitute stock award
representing less than one whole share of Water Common Stock or Defense Common Stock, as the case
may be, in the applicable Distribution, shall receive (x) if such holders are entitled to receive a
substitute stock award representing less than one-half of a whole share of Water Common Stock or
Defense Common Stock, as the case may be, such number shall be rounded down to the next whole share
of Water Common Stock or Defense Common Stock, or (y) if such holders are entitled to receive a
substitute stock award representing at least one-half of a whole share of Water Common Stock or
Defense Common Stock, as the case may be, such number shall be rounded up to the next whole share
of Water Common Stock or Defense Common Stock, as the case may be. Fractional shares of Water
Common Stock or Defense Common Stock shall not be distributed in the Distribution nor credited to
book-entry accounts, provided however that fractional shares of ITT, Water or Defense held for the
benefit of employees in book-entry accounts with the Companys external administrator may be
credited to such accounts. The Distribution Agent shall, as soon as practicable after the
Distribution Date distribute to each such holder, or for the benefit of each such beneficial owner,
such holder or owners ratable share of such stock awards, based upon the average gross selling
price per share of Water Common Stock or Defense Common Stock, as the case may be, after making
appropriate deductions for any amount required to be withheld for United States federal income tax
purposes. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any adjustment, stock split, reverse
stock split or other adjustment or change to the capitalization of shares of ITT, Water or Defense
that occurs at or following the Distribution, ITT, Water or Defense, as applicable, shall provide
for an adjustment of the applicable stock awards then held to reflect such adjustment, stock split,
reverse stock split or other adjustment or change to the capitalization of shares prior to the
subsequent distribution and the terms of the applicable equity incentive plans will continue to
apply to the applicable stock awards.
8. COLI. (a) Effective as of the Distribution Date, the COLI policies underwritten by
Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company and New York Life covering certain Preexisting ITT
Employees who are eligible for participation in the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan shall be
allocated among the three companies in accordance with Schedule 8(a).
(b) Effective as of the Distribution Date, COLI policies underwritten by Penn Insurance and
Annuity Company as set forth in Schedule 8(b) purchased in connection with supplemental executive
life benefits known as Options C and D will remain with ITT.
18
9. DIRECTOR PLANS. (a) Treatment of Current Director Plans. (i) Effective as of
the Distribution Date, ITT shall continue the director plans identified on Schedule 9(a) (the
ITT Director Plans). With respect to any non-employee director of ITT immediately
following the Distribution who is not also a director of Water or Defense at such time and who has
an accrued benefit under the suspended ITT Directors Retirement Plan, ITT shall provide such
accrued benefit in accordance with the terms of such plan, but only to the extent such accrued
benefit is not duplicated under a plan maintained by Water or Defense.
(ii) Effective as of the Distribution Date, Defense shall adopt benefits plans for
non-employee directors of Defense, which shall have terms similar in all material respects to the
ITT Director Plans set forth on Schedule 9(a) (the Defense Director Plans), and Water
shall adopt benefits plans for non-employee directors of Defense, which shall have terms similar in
all material respects to the ITT Director Plans set forth on Schedule 9(a) (the Water Director
Plans).
(iii) As soon as practicable on or after the Distribution Date, ITT shall cause the transfer
of the accounts of all non-employee directors of Defense from the ITT Directors Plans to the
Defense Director Plans. As soon as practicable on or after the Distribution Date, ITT shall cause
the transfer of the accounts of all non-employee directors of Water from the ITT Directors Plans to
the Water Director Plans. Such assets will be transferred in kind to the maximum extent
practicable.
(b) Adoption of Water Director Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Water
shall adopt plans and programs for non-employee directors that are identical in all material
respects to the ITT Director Plans. With respect to any non-employee director of Water immediately
following the Distribution who has an accrued benefit under any ITT Director Plan, Water shall
provide such accrued benefit in accordance with the terms of such plan, but only to the extent such
accrued benefit is not duplicated under a plan maintained by ITT or Defense.
(c) Adoption of Defense Director Plans. Effective as of the Distribution Date, Defense
shall adopt plans and programs for non-employee directors that are identical in all material
respects to the ITT Director Plans(d) . With respect to any non-employee director of Defense
immediately following the Distribution who has an accrued benefit under any suspended ITT Director
Plan, Defense shall provide such accrued benefit in accordance with the terms of such plan, but
only to the extent such accrued benefit is not duplicated under a plan maintained by ITT or Water.
10. COLLECTIVE BARGAINING AGREEMENTS. (a) ITT Collective Bargaining Agreements. ITT
shall retain all collective bargaining agreements and associated liabilities so identified on
Schedule 10(a) and for each such collective bargaining agreement in effect as of the Distribution
Date. For each such collective bargaining agreement in effect as of the Distribution Date, ITT
shall continue to recognize the union which is a party to such collective bargaining agreement as
the exclusive collective bargaining representative for the ITT Employees covered under the terms of
each such collective bargaining agreement.
(b) Water Collective Bargaining Agreements. Water shall expressly assume all
collective bargaining agreements and associated liabilities so identified on Schedule 10(a)
19
effective as of the Distribution Date. For each such collective bargaining agreement in
effect as of the Distribution Date, Water agrees to recognize the union which is a party to each
such collective bargaining agreement as the exclusive collective bargaining representative for the
Water Employees covered under the terms of each such collective bargaining agreement.
(c) Defense Collective Bargaining Agreements. Defense shall expressly assume all
collective bargaining agreements and associated liabilities so identified on Schedule 10(a)
effective as of the Distribution Date. For each such collective bargaining agreement in effect as
of the Distribution Date, Defense agrees to recognize the union which is a party to each such
collective bargaining agreement as the exclusive collective bargaining representative for the
Defense Employees covered under the terms of each such collective bargaining agreement.
(d) EU Directive. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10, in
countries in which the European Union Acquired Rights Directive applies, collective bargaining
agreements and any other agreements with employee representatives will continue to apply after the
Distribution Date to the extent and in the manner provided for by local law.
11. TRANSITION SERVICES. Each of ITT,
Water and Defense shall provide such transition services as required by the Transition Services Agreement.
12. ALLOCATION OF BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS. Effective as of the Distribution Date, certain
balance sheet accounts attributable to employee benefit plans for which responsibility is being
transferred from ITT to Water and/or Defense shall be allocated to the balance sheets of Water or
Defense, as appropriate, on the following basis:
(a) All accruals on the balance sheets of Water (including accruals on the balance sheet of
Water) and Defense (including accruals on the balance sheet of Defense) which relate to benefit
plans sponsored by the respective companies shall be unaffected by the provisions of this Section
12.
(b) With regard to the liabilities recorded by ITT with respect to the ITT Excess Savings Plan
that will, in accordance with Section 4(c)(iii), be assumed by Water and Defense, respectively, ITT
shall allocate to the respective new employing entity an amount equal to the sum of the plan
balances for such affected employees.
(c) For each category of balance sheet account enumerated in this Section 12, there has been
recorded a corresponding deferred tax debit or credit, as the case may be, which shall also be
allocated to the respective companies based on the amount allocated for the stated reason above.
20
(d) To the extent that a balance sheet account requiring allocation among the companies exists
that is not specifically included in this Section 12, ITT shall make the allocation on a reasonable
basis, subject to the agreement of the party in whose favor the allocation is being made.
13. ACCESS TO INFORMATION AND DATA EXCHANGE. (a) Provision of Corporate Records. (i)
Consistent with Section 6.3 of the Distribution Agreement, upon the prior written request by Water
or Defense for specific and identified agreements, documents, books, records or files including,
without limitation, computer files, microfiche, tape recordings and photographs (collectively,
Records), relating to or affecting Water or Defense, as applicable, ITT shall arrange, as
soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such request, for the provision of
appropriate copies of such Records (or the originals thereof if the party making the request has a
reasonable need for such originals) in the possession of ITT or any of its Subsidiaries, but only
to the extent such items are not already in the possession of the requesting party;
provided, however, that as soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, ITT
shall provide copies of all necessary employee documentation for the Water Employees listed on
Schedule 1(a)(i) to Water and shall provide copies of all necessary employee documentation for the
Water Employees listed on Schedule 1(a)(ii) to Defense.
(ii) After the Distribution Date, upon the prior written request by ITT or Defense for
specific and identified Records relating to or affecting ITT or Defense, as applicable,
Water shall arrange, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such
request, for the provision of appropriate copies of such Records (or the originals thereof
if the party making the request has a need for such originals) in the possession of Water or
any of its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such items are not already in the possession
of the requesting party.
(iii) After the Distribution Date, upon the prior written request by ITT or Water for
specific and identified Records relating to or affecting ITT or Water, as applicable,
Defense shall arrange, as soon as reasonably practicable following the receipt of such
request, for the provision of appropriate copies of such Records (or the originals thereof
if the party making the request has a need for such originals) in the possession of Defense
or any of its Subsidiaries, but only to the extent such items are not already in the
possession of the requesting party.
(b) Access to Information. (i) From and after the Distribution Date and consistent
with Section 6.3 of the Distribution Agreement, each of ITT, Water and Defense shall afford to the
other and its authorized accountants, counsel and other designated representatives reasonable
access during normal business hours, subject to appropriate restrictions for classified, privileged
or confidential information, to the personnel, properties, books and Records of such party and its
Subsidiaries insofar as such access is reasonably required by the other party.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing clause (i), except as otherwise
provided by law, each party hereto shall furnish, or shall cause to be furnished to the
other parties, a list of all benefit plan participants and employee data or information in
its possession which is necessary for such other parties to maintain and implement any
benefit plan or arrangement covered by this Agreement, or to comply with
21
the provisions of this Agreement, and which is not otherwise readily available to such
other party.
(c) Reimbursement; Other Matters. (i) Except to the extent otherwise specifically
identified by the Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, a party providing Records or
access to information to the other party under this Section 13 shall be entitled to receive from
the recipient, upon the presentation of invoices therefore, payments for such amounts, relating to
supplies, disbursements and other out-of-pocket expenses, as may be reasonably incurred in
providing such Records or access to information.
(ii) The parties hereto shall comply with those document retention policies, cost
sharing arrangements, expense reimbursement procedures and request procedures as shall be
established and agreed to in writing by their respective authorized officers on or prior to
the Distribution Date in respect of Records and related matters.
(d) Confidentiality. Each of (i) ITT and its Subsidiaries, (ii) Water and its
Subsidiaries and (iii) Defense and its Subsidiaries shall not use or permit the use of (without the
prior written consent of the other) and shall hold, and shall cause its consultants and advisors to
hold, in strict confidence, all information concerning the other parties in its possession, its
custody or under its control (except to the extent that (A) such information has been in the public
domain through no fault of such party or (B) such information has been later lawfully acquired from
other sources by such party or (C) the Distribution Agreement, this Agreement or any other
Ancillary Agreement or any other agreement entered into pursuant hereto permits the use or
disclosure of such information or (D) as may be required under the USA Patriot Act) to the extent
such information (x) relates to the period up to the Effective Time, (y) relates to the
Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement or (z) is obtained in the course of performing
services for the other party pursuant to the Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement, and
each party shall not (without the prior written consent of the other) otherwise release or disclose
such information to any other person, except such partys auditors and attorneys, unless compelled
to disclose such information by judicial or administrative process or unless such disclosure is
required by law and such party has used commercially reasonable efforts to consult with the other
affected party or parties prior to such disclosure. To the extent that a party hereto is compelled
by judicial or administrative process to disclose such information under circumstances in which any
evidentiary privilege would be available, such party agrees to assert such privilege in good faith
prior to making such disclosure. Each of the parties hereto agrees to consult with each relevant
other party in connection with any such judicial or administrative process, including, without
limitation, in determining whether any privilege is available, and further agrees to allow each
such relevant party and its counsel to participate in any hearing or other proceeding (including,
without limitation, any appeal of an initial order to disclose) in respect of such disclosure and
assertion of privilege. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each party shall
be entitled to use information disclosed pursuant to this Agreement to the extent reasonably
necessary for the administration of its employee benefit plans in accordance with applicable law.
14. NOTICES; COOPERATION. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, all
actions contemplated herein with respect to benefit plans which are to be consummated pursuant to
this Agreement shall be subject to such notices to, and/or
22
approvals by, the Internal Revenue Service (or other governmental agency or entity) as are
required or deemed appropriate by such benefit plans sponsor. Each of ITT, Water and Defense
agrees to use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such notices and/or approvals to be
filed or obtained, as the case may be, in a timely fashion. Each party hereto shall reasonably
cooperate with the other parties with respect to any government filings, employee notices or any
other actions reasonably necessary to maintain and implement the employee benefit arrangements
covered by this Agreement.
15. FURTHER ASSURANCES. From time to time, as and when reasonably requested by any other party
hereto, each party hereto shall execute and deliver, or cause to be executed and delivered, all
such documents and instruments and shall take, or cause to be taken, all such further or other
actions as such other party may reasonably deem necessary or desirable to effect the purposes of
this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereunder.
16. INDEMNIFICATION. (a) Indemnification by ITT. Except as otherwise specifically
set forth in this Agreement or in Article VII of the Distribution Agreement, ITT shall indemnify,
defend and hold harmless the Water Indemnitees and the Defense Indemnitees from and against any and
all Indemnifiable Losses of the Water Indemnitees and the Defense Indemnitees, respectively,
arising out of, by reason of or otherwise in connection with (i) any employee benefit plan, policy,
program or arrangement established or adopted by ITT effective on or after the Distribution Date,
(ii) any and all liabilities relating primarily to, arising primarily out of or resulting primarily
from the operation or conduct of any ITT Plan or any individual identified as an ITT Employee,
(iii) any liability assumed or retained by ITT pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on
Schedule 16(a) of this Agreement or (iv) the breach by ITT of any provision of this Agreement.
(b) Indemnification by Water. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this
Agreement or in Article VII of the Distribution Agreement, Water shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the ITT Indemnitees and the Defense Indemnitees from and against any and all Indemnifiable
Losses of the ITT Indemnitees and the Defense Indemnitees, respectively, arising out of, by reason
of or otherwise in connection with (i) any employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement
established or adopted by Water effective on or after the Distribution Date, (ii) any and all
liabilities relating primarily to, arising primarily out of or resulting primarily from the
operation or conduct of any Water Plan or any individual identified as a Water Employee, (iii) any
liability assumed or retained by Water pursuant to the terms and conditions set forth on Schedule
16(b) of this Agreement or (iv) the breach by Water of any provision of this Agreement.
(c) Indemnification by Defense. Except as otherwise specifically set forth in this
Agreement or in Article VII of the Distribution Agreement, Defense shall indemnify, defend and hold
harmless the ITT Indemnitees and the Water Indemnitees from and against any and all Indemnifiable
Losses of the ITT Indemnitees and the Water Indemnitees, respectively, arising out of, by reason of
or otherwise in connection with (i) any employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement
established or adopted by Defense effective on or after the Distribution Date, (ii) any and all
liabilities relating primarily to, arising primarily out of or resulting primarily from the
operation or conduct of any Defense Plan or any individual identified as a Defense Employee, (iii)
any liability assumed or retained by Defense pursuant to the terms and
23
conditions set forth on Schedule 16(c) of this Agreement or (iv) the breach by Defense of any
provision of this Agreement.
(d) Limitations on Indemnification Obligations. (i) The amount that any party (an
Indemnifying Party) is or may be required to pay to any other person (an
Indemnitee) pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 16, as applicable,
shall be reduced (retroactively or prospectively) by any Insurance Proceeds or other amounts
actually recovered by or on behalf of such Indemnitee in respect of the related Indemnifiable Loss.
If an Indemnitee shall have received the payment required by this Agreement from an Indemnifying
Party in respect of an Indemnifiable Loss and shall subsequently actually receive Insurance
Proceeds or other amounts in respect of such Indemnifiable Loss, then such Indemnitee shall pay to
such Indemnifying Party a sum equal to the amount of such Insurance Proceeds or other amounts
actually received, up to the aggregate amount of any payments received from such Indemnifying Party
pursuant to this Agreement in respect of such Indemnifiable Loss.
(ii) An Indemnifying Party shall not be required to indemnify or pay an Indemnitee
pursuant to paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 16, as applicable, for any
Indemnifiable Losses relating to or associated with any employee benefit plan, policy,
program or arrangement of the Indemnifying Party arising out of, by reason of or otherwise
in connection with any act or failure to act on the part of such Indemnitee (including for
this purpose any subsidiaries, businesses or operations which become associated with the
Indemnitee by virtue of or in connection with the Distribution) with respect to or in
connection with such employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement, including,
without limitation, any such act or failure to act in connection with the administration by
the Indemnitee of such employee benefit plan, policy, program or arrangement.
(e) Survival of Indemnities. The obligations of ITT, Water and Defense under this
Section 16 shall survive the sale or other transfer by any of them of any assets or businesses or
the assignment by any of them of any Liabilities, with respect to any Indemnifiable Loss of the
other related to such assets, businesses or Liabilities.
17. DISPUTE RESOLUTION. In the event of a controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, in
connection with, or in relation to the interpretation, performance, nonperformance, validity or
breach of this Agreement or otherwise arising out of, or in any way related to this Agreement,
including, without limitation, any claim based on contract, tort, statute or constitution, the
relevant parties shall adhere to the dispute resolution procedures as described in the Distribution
Agreement.
18. MISCELLANEOUS. (a) Complete Agreement; Construction. This Agreement, including
the Schedules and the Distribution Agreement, shall constitute the entire agreement
between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and shall supersede all previous
negotiations, commitments, course of dealings and writings with respect to such subject matter. In
the event of any inconsistency between this Agreement and any Schedule hereto, the Schedule shall
prevail. In the event and to the extent that there shall be a conflict between the provisions of
this Agreement and the provisions of the Distribution
24
Agreement, this Agreement shall control unless specifically stated otherwise in the
Distribution Agreement.
(b) Ancillary Agreements. Except as expressly set forth herein, this Agreement is not
intended to address, and should not be interpreted to address, the matters specifically and
expressly covered by the Ancillary Agreements.
(c) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, all of
which shall be considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more
such counterparts have been signed by each of the parties and delivered to the other parties.
(d) Survival of Agreements. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, all
covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Effective
Time and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their applicable terms.
(e) Expenses. Except as specifically listed on Schedule 18(e), all out-of-pocket fees
and expenses incurred, or to be incurred and directly related to the transactions contemplated
hereby shall be paid as described in the Distribution Agreement.
(f) Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under
this Agreement shall be made as described in the Distribution Agreement.
(g) Waivers. Any consent required or permitted to be given by any party to the other
parties under this Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the party giving such consent and
shall be effective only against such party.
(h) Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly
or indirectly, by any party hereto without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any
attempt to assign any rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall
be void. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be assignable in whole in connection
with a merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a party hereto
so long as the resulting, surviving or transferee entity assumes all the obligations of the
relevant party hereto by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the other parties to this Agreement.
(i) Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and
rights hereunder shall be binding upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against)
the parties and their respective successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
(j) Termination and Amendment. This Agreement may be terminated, amended, modified or
amended and the Distribution may be modified or abandoned at any time prior to the Effective Time
by and in the sole discretion of ITT without the approval of Water, Defense or the shareholders of
ITT. In the event of such termination, no party shall have any liability of any kind to any other
party or any other person. After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be terminated, modified
or amended except by an agreement in writing signed by ITT, Water and Defense.
25
(k) Payment Terms. Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement,
any amount to be paid or reimbursed by any party, on the one hand, to any other party or parties,
on the other hand, under this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed hereunder within sixty (60)
days after presentation of an invoice or a written demand therefor and setting forth, or
accompanied by, reasonable documentation or other reasonable explanation supporting such amount.
Except as expressly provided to the contrary in this Agreement, any amount not paid when due
pursuant to this Agreement (and any amount billed or otherwise invoiced or demanded and properly
payable that is not paid within sixty (60) days of such bill, invoice or other demand) shall bear
interest at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR, from time to time in effect, calculated for the actual
number of days elapsed, accrued from the date on which such payment was due up to the date of the
actual receipt of payment.
(l) No Circumvention. The parties agree not to directly or indirectly take any
actions, act in concert with any person who takes an action, or cause (including the failure to
take a reasonable action) such that the resulting effect is to materially undermine the
effectiveness of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
(m) Subsidiaries. Each of the parties hereto shall cause to be performed, and hereby
guarantees the performance of, all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be
performed by any Subsidiary of such party or by any entity that becomes a Subsidiary of such party
at the Effective Time, to the extent such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of the applicable party.
(n) Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the parties
hereto and should not be deemed to confer upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability,
reimbursement, claim of action or other right in excess of those existing without reference to this
Agreement.
(o) Title and Headings. Titles and headings to Sections herein are inserted for the
convenience of reference only and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or
interpretation of this Agreement.
(p) Schedules. The Schedules shall be construed with and as
an integral part of this Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim
herein. Nothing in the Schedules constitutes an admission of any liability or
obligation of ITT, Water or Defense or any of their respective Affiliates to any third party, nor,
with respect to any third party, an admission against the interests of ITT, Water or Defense or any
of their respective Affiliates. The inclusion of any item or liability or category of item or
liability on any Schedule is made solely for purposes of allocating potential
liabilities among the parties and shall not be deemed as or construed to be an admission that any
such liability exists.
(q) Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance
with the Laws, but not the Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402
of the New York General Obligations Law), of the State of New York; provided that the Indiana
Business Corporation Law, including the provisions thereof governing
26
the fiduciary duties of directors of a Indiana corporation, shall govern, as applicable, the
internal affairs of ITT, Defense and Water, as the case may be.
(r) Consent to Jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Article XVI hereof, each of
the parties irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State
of New York, New York County, or (b) the United States District Court for the Southern District of
New York (the New York Courts), for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding
to compel arbitration or for provisional relief in aid of arbitration in accordance with Article IX
of the Distribution Agreement or to prevent irreparable harm, and to the non-exclusive jurisdiction
of the New York Courts for the enforcement of any award issued thereunder. Each of the parties
further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to
such partys respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any
action, suit or proceeding in the New York Courts with respect to any matters to which it has
submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 18(r). Each of the parties irrevocably and
unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding
arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the New York Courts, and
hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such
court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an
inconvenient forum.
(s) Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO
REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT
SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND
(B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND
CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 18(S).
(t) Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this
Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality
and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which
comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
(u) Force Majeure. No party (or any person acting on its behalf) shall have any
liability or responsibility for failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation)
under this Agreement, so long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is
prevented, frustrated, hindered or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure. A
party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the
occurrence of any such event: (a) notify the other applicable parties of the
27
nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition and (b) use due diligence to remove any
such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as soon as feasible.
(v) Interpretation. The parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and
drafting of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or
rule requiring construction or interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument
to be drafted.
(w) No Duplication; No Double Recovery. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to
confer to or impose upon any party a duplicative right, entitlement, obligation or recovery with
respect to any matter arising out of the same facts and circumstances.
(x) No Waiver. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any
party, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof;
nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or
thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right,
remedy, power or privilege.
(y) No Admission of Liability. The allocation of assets and liabilities herein
(including on the Schedules hereto) is solely for the purpose of allocating such assets and
liabilities among ITT, Water and Defense and is not intended as an admission of liability or
responsibility for any alleged liabilities vis a vis any third party, including with respect to the
Liabilities of any non-wholly owned subsidiary of ITT, Water or Defense.
(z) Definitions. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the respective meanings
specified in the Appendix attached hereto unless otherwise herein defined or the context hereof
shall otherwise require.
[Signature Page Follows]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have duly executed and entered into this Agreement, as of
the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Signature
Page]
1
19. DEFINITIONS.
As used in the Agreement, the following terms have the following meanings:
1995 Employee Matters Agreement means the Employee Benefit Services and Liability
Agreement dated as of November 1, 1995, among ITT Corporation, a Delaware corporation, ITT
Destinations, Inc., a Nevada corporation, and ITT Hartford Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.
Affiliate has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Ancillary Agreements means all of the written agreements, instruments,
understandings, assignments or other written arrangements (other than this Agreement and the
Distribution Agreement) entered into in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby,
including, without limitation, the Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments, the Transition Services
Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement, the License Agreements, the IP Assignments, the Supply
Agreement[s], the Master Lease Agreement and the Master Sublease Agreement.
Board has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
British DB Plan has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.
Canadian Salaried DB Plans has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.
Change in Control means (i) where reference is made to a particular ITT Plan
(including, without limitation, the 2003 ITT Equity Incentive Plan), the definition of Change in
Control or Acceleration Event in such ITT Plan and (ii) where no reference is made to a
particular ITT Plan, with respect to ITT, Defense or Water (each, a Company for the
purposes of this definition), the first day that any one or more of the following conditions have
been satisfied: (a) a report on Schedule 13D shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act disclosing that any person, other than the
Company or a Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary (or
related trust), is the beneficial owner directly or indirectly of twenty percent (20%) or more of
the outstanding shares of stock of the Company; (b) any person, other than the Company or a
Subsidiary, or any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary (or related
trust), shall purchase shares pursuant to a tender offer or exchange offer to acquire any of the
shares of stock of the Company (or securities convertible into stock of the Company) for cash,
securities or any other consideration, provided that after consummation of the offer, the person in
question is the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of twenty percent (20%) or more of the
outstanding shares (calculated as provided in paragraph (d) of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act in
the case of rights to acquire shares); (c) the consummation of (i) any consolidation, business
combination or merger involving the Company, other than a consolidation, business combination or
merger involving the Company in which holders of shares immediately prior to the consolidation,
business combination or merger (x) hold fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of
the Company (or the corporation resulting from the consolidation, business combination or merger or
the parent of such
2
corporation) after the merger and (y) have the same proportionate ownership of common stock of
the Company (or the corporation resulting from the consolidation, business combination or merger or
the parent of such corporation), relative to other holders of shares immediately prior to the
consolidation, business combination or merger, immediately after the consolidation, business
combination or merger as immediately before; or (ii) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer
(in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all the assets of
the Company; (d) there shall have been a change in a majority of the members of the board of
directors of the Company within a 12-month period unless the election or nomination for election by
the Companys shareholders of each new director during such 12-month period was approved by the
vote of two-thirds of the directors then still in office who (x) were directors at the beginning of
such 12-month period or (y) whose nomination for election or election as directors was recommended
or approved by a majority of the directors who were directors at the beginning of such 12-month
period; or (e) any person, other than the Company or a Subsidiary or any employee benefit plan
sponsored by the Company or a Subsidiary (or related trust), becomes the beneficial owner of twenty
percent (20%) or more of the shares.
Conveyancing and Assumption Instruments has the meaning set forth in the
Distribution Agreement.
Defense has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Defense Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Defense Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Defense Director Plans has the meaning set forth in Article IX of this Agreement.
Defense Employees means persons who, immediately after the Distribution Date, are
employed by Defense, including such persons identified on Schedule 1(a)(ii) and such persons absent
from work at Defense by reason of layoff, leave of absence or disability.
Defense Indemnitees has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Defense Plans means such plans, programs and arrangements maintained for the benefit
of Defense Employees prior to the Distribution Date.
Defense Stock Plan has the meaning set forth in Article VII of this Agreement.
Distribution has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Distribution Agent has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Distribution Agreement has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Distribution Date has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
3
Distribution Record Date has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Distribution has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Effective Time has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Eligibility End Date has the meaning set forth in Article III of this Agreement.
Force Majeure has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Incentive Plan has the meaning set forth in Article VI of this Agreement.
Indemnifiable Losses has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Indemnifying Party has the meaning set forth in Section 16(d) of this Agreement.
Indemnitee has the meaning set forth in Section 16(d) of this Agreement.
Insurance Proceeds has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
ITT has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
ITT Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
ITT Director Plans has the meaning set forth in Article IX of this Agreement.
ITT Employees means persons who, immediately after the Distribution Date, are
employed by ITT, including such persons absent from work at ITT by reason of layoff, leave of
absence or disability.
ITT Group means ITT and its affiliates prior to the Distribution.
ITT Indemnitees has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
ITT Plans means the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan, the ITT Defined Benefit Plans,
the ITT Defined Contribution Plans, the ITT Director Plan, the ITT Excess Pension Plan, the ITT
Excess Savings Plan, the ITT Non-Qualified Plans, the ITT Non-US H&W Plans, the ITT Non-US Pension
Plans, the ITT Non-US Unfunded Plans, the ITT Long-Term Disability Plan, the ITT Stock Plans and
any other plan, program or arrangement maintained for the benefit of ITT Employees prior to the
Distribution Date.
ITT Retained Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
ITT Retiree means any retired employee of ITT or any of its predecessors.
ITT stock awards has the meaning set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.
4
ITT Stock Plans has the meaning set forth in Section 7 of this Agreement.
Laws has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Liabilities has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Master Trust means the trust established by ITT and maintained by Northern Trust as
the trustee to hold the assets of all US Qualified DB Plans.
New ITT Trust has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.
New Water Trust has the meaning set forth in Section 3 of this Agreement.
New York Courts has the meaning set forth in Article XVIII of this Agreement.
Non-US DB Plans has the meaning set forth in Article III of this Agreement.
Non-US DC Plans has the meaning set forth in Article IV of this Agreement.
Non-US H&W Plans has the meaning set forth in Article V of this Agreement.
party means ITT, Water and Defense.
person means any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture,
association, company, partnership or government, or any agency or political subdivision thereof.
Plan Actuary means the plan actuary for each Non-US DB Plan, Non-US DC Plan or
Non-US H&W Plan prior to the Distribution Date or the third-party individual who determined the
liability under such plan prior to, on or after the Distribution Date.
Preexisting ITT Employees means persons actively employed by the ITT Group
immediately prior to the Distribution; and persons who are absent from work to the ITT Group
immediately prior to the Distribution by reason of layoff, leave of absence or disability.
Records has the meaning set forth in Article 13 of this Agreement.
RSUs has the meaning set forth in Article VII of this Agreement.
Schedule or Schedules means the Schedules Relating to Benefits and
Compensation Matters Agreement, dated as of [____], 2011, among ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and
Xylem Inc., as they may be amended from time to time.
Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Tax Matters Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Tax has the meaning set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement.
Transition Services Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
5
TSR Awards has the meaning set forth in Article VI of this Agreement.
USA Patriot Act means the Uniting and Strengthening America By Providing Appropriate
Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (USA Patriot Act) Act of 2001, and any
amendments thereto.
US H&W Plans has the meaning set forth in Article V of this Agreement.
US Non-Qualified DB Plans has the meaning set forth in Article III of this
Agreement.
US Non-Qualified DC Plans has the meaning set forth in Article IV of this Agreement.
US Qualified DB Plans has the meaning set forth in Article III of this Agreement.
US Qualified DC Plans has the meaning set forth in Article IV of this Agreement.
Water has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Water Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Water Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
Water Director Plan has the meaning set forth in Article IX of this Agreement.
Water Employees means persons who, immediately after the Distribution Date, are
employed by Water, including such persons identified on Schedule 1(a)(i) and such persons absent
from work at Water by reason of layoff, leave of absence or disability.
Water Indemnitees has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
Water Plans means such plans, programs and arrangements maintained for the benefit
of Water Employees prior to the Distribution Date.
SCHEDULES RELATING TO
BENEFITS AND COMPENSATION MATTERS AGREEMENT
DATED AS OF [ ], 2011,
AMONG
ITT CORPORATION,
XYLEM INC.
AND
EXELIS INC.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Schedule 1(a)(i): ITT Employees to Water |
|
|
1 |
|
Schedule 1(a)(ii): ITT Employees to Defense |
|
|
3 |
|
Schedule 1(d): Employment Agreements |
|
|
5 |
|
Schedule 3(a)(i): List of US Qualified Defined Benefit Plans |
|
|
6 |
|
Schedule 3(a)(ii): List of US Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans |
|
|
7 |
|
Schedule 3(a)(iii): List of Non-US Defined Benefit Plans |
|
|
8 |
|
Schedule 3(b)(iv): Master Trust Interest |
|
|
10 |
|
Schedule 4(a)(i): List of US Qualified Defined Contribution Plans |
|
|
11 |
|
Schedule 4(a)(ii): List of US Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plans |
|
|
12 |
|
Schedule 4(a)(iii): List of Non-US Defined Contribution Plans |
|
|
13 |
|
Schedule 4(c)(iii): Employees Under Deferred Compensation Plan |
|
|
14 |
|
Schedule 4(c)(iv): Employees Under Excess Savings Plan |
|
|
15 |
|
Schedule 5(a)(i): List of US Health & Welfare Plans |
|
|
16 |
|
Schedule 5(a)(ii): List of Non-US Health & Welfare Plans |
|
|
18 |
|
Schedule 6(a): List of Incentive Plans |
|
|
20 |
|
Schedule 7(a): List of ITT Stock Plans |
|
|
21 |
|
Schedule 8(a): COLI Policies |
|
|
22 |
|
Schedule 8(b): Executive Life Policies |
|
|
23 |
|
Schedule 9(a): List of ITT Director Plans |
|
|
24 |
|
Schedule 10(a): List of Collective Bargaining Agreements |
|
|
25 |
|
Schedule 16(a): Liabilities Assumed by ITT |
|
|
27 |
|
Schedule 16(b): Liabilities Assumed by Water |
|
|
27 |
|
Schedule 16(c): Liabilities Assumed by Defense |
|
|
27 |
|
Schedule 18(e): Miscellaneous Expenses |
|
|
28 |
|
i
1
Schedule 1(a)(i): ITT Employees to Water
Individuals listed on Schedule 1(a)(i) are listed as of 9/22/11, which will be adjusted to the date
coincident with, or the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
|
1. |
|
Individuals employed by the following legal entities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT OFFICIAL LEGAL ENTITY |
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT |
|
|
|
CYCLE |
|
PAYROLL |
|
NEWCO LEGAL |
|
|
|
NEW |
|
|
NAME |
|
CURRENT FEIN |
|
EMPLOYER NAME |
|
INFINIUM |
|
VC |
|
CODE |
|
NAME |
|
ENTITY |
|
NEWCO FEIN |
|
INFINIUM |
|
COUNTRY |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
FC
|
|
FLOBW
|
|
FLOJET Bl WEEKLY
|
|
Flow Control LLC
|
|
45-2115170
|
|
|
891 |
|
|
US |
COMMON
PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
BGSAL
|
|
BELL & GOSSETT
|
|
Fluid Handling, LLC
|
|
45-2237289
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
BGUN
|
|
BELL & GOSSETT
|
|
Fluid Handling, LLC
|
|
45-2237289
|
|
|
894 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
HTSAL
|
|
HEAT TRANSFER
|
|
Fluid Handling, LLC
|
|
45-2237289
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
HTUN
|
|
HEAT TRANSFER
|
|
Fluid Handling, LLC
|
|
45-2237289
|
|
|
893 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION.
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
13-5158950
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
|
800 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
RCSAL
|
|
R&CW HQ
|
|
Fluid Handling, LLC
|
|
45-2237289
|
|
|
890 |
|
|
US |
ITT WATER & WASTEWATER USA, INC. [FORMERL WEDECO,
|
|
23-2914590
|
|
ADVANCED WATER TREATMENT
|
|
|
870 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
WPC
|
|
WATER POLUTION
|
|
Water Co US, Inc.
|
|
45-2080074
|
|
|
870 |
|
|
US |
ITT WATER & WASTEWATER USA,INC. [FORMERLY WEDECO,
|
|
23-2914590
|
|
ITT FLYGT CORPORATION
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
WWW
|
|
CPSAL
|
|
CUSTOM PUMPS
|
|
Water Co US, Inc.
|
|
45-2080074
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
US |
ITT WATER & WASTEWATER USA,INC. [FORMERLY WEDECO,
|
|
23-2914590
|
|
ITT FLYGT CORPORATION
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
WWW
|
|
FLSAL
|
|
FLYGT SALARY
|
|
Water Co US, Inc.
|
|
45-2080074
|
|
|
850 |
|
|
US |
ITT
WATER & WASTEWATER USA, INC. [FORMERLY WEDECD,
|
|
23-2914590
|
|
WEDECO INC
|
|
|
874 |
|
|
WWW
|
|
WEDBW
|
|
WEDECO BW
|
|
Water Co US, Inc.
|
|
45-2080074
|
|
|
874 |
|
|
US |
RULE INDUSTRIES, INC.
|
|
04-2334630
|
|
ITT FLOW CQNTROL, AMERICAS/RULE
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
FC
|
|
RUSAL
|
|
RULE SALARY
|
|
Flow Control LLC
|
|
45-2115170
|
|
|
860 |
|
|
US |
ITT WATER TECHNOLOGY (IX), LP/LLC
|
|
75-2623429
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS TEXAS
|
|
|
830 |
|
|
RCW
|
|
H9WSA
|
|
IX TURBINE &
|
|
Texas Turbine, LLC |
|
45-2116251 |
|
830
|
|
US |
|
|
|
|
Goulds Pumps Canada (IPG)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CGO
|
|
CANADA |
|
|
|
|
Ontario Pro Services Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CON |
|
CANADA |
|
2. |
|
Individuals associated with the following entities that will transfer to Water: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Chile
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
RCW |
India
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
Water |
Mexico (Chihuahu
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
FC |
Mexico (Nogales)
|
|
|
80 |
|
|
FC |
Singapore
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
RCW |
South Korea
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
RCW |
Taiwan
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
RCW |
Thailand
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
RCW |
United Kingdom
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
SS |
United Kingdom (Basingstoke)
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
IT |
United Kingdom (Wniteley, Letcnwort
|
|
|
168 |
|
|
FC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT High Precision Manufactured
Products (Wuxi) Co., Ltd
|
|
|
63 |
|
|
FC
|
|
ITT Water & Waste
(Shenyang) Co., Ltd. Wuxi Branch
Assets will also transfer |
ITT (China) Investment. Shanghai Branch
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
Water HQ
|
|
ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd Assets will transfer |
ITT (China) Investment
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd, |
ITT (China) Investment
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd, Beijing Branch |
ITT (China) Investment, Shanghai Branch
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd Beijing Branch |
ITT (China) Investment, Shanghai Branch
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
ITT (Nanjing) CO., Ltd |
ITT (China) Investment
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co., Ltd, |
2
3. Individual employees identified below:
3
Schedule 1(a)(ii): ITT Employees to Defense
Individuals listed on Schedule 1(a)(ii) are listed as of 9/22/11, which will be adjusted to the date coincident with, or
the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
|
|
|
1. Individuals employed by the following legal entities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT OFFICIAL LEGAL ENTITY |
|
|
|
|
|
CURRENT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
CYCLE |
|
PAYROLL |
|
|
|
|
|
NEW |
|
|
|
|
NAME |
|
CURRENT FEIN |
|
CURRENT EMPLOYER NAME |
|
INFINIUM |
|
|
VC |
|
|
CODE |
|
NAME |
|
NEWCO LEGAL ENTITY |
|
NEWCO FEIN |
|
INFINIUM |
|
|
COUNTRY |
|
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ADVANCED ENGR AND SCIENCES |
|
|
150 |
|
|
IS |
|
BWAES |
|
ADVANCED ENGR & |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ADVANCED ENGR AND SCIENCES |
|
|
150 |
|
|
IS |
|
BWIST |
|
BI-WEEKLY IMPACT |
|
|
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ADVANCED ENGR AND SCIENCES |
|
|
150 |
|
|
IS |
|
BWPRO |
|
AES PROFESSIO |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
150 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT AES-ALM(EDO PROF SERV INC) |
|
|
152 |
|
|
IS |
|
BALM |
|
ALM B1-WEEKLY |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
152 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS |
|
200 |
|
ES |
|
BIWK |
|
FT WAYNE SALARIED- |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
200 |
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS |
|
200 |
|
ES |
|
BIWK1 |
|
CLIFTON SALARIED - |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
200 |
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS |
|
|
200 |
|
|
ES |
|
WEEK |
|
FT WAYNE HOURLY- |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
200 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT CS CO SPRINGS |
|
|
230 |
|
|
|
CS |
|
|
BWCSC |
|
COMM SYSTEMS |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
230 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT DEFENSE & ELECTRONICS |
|
|
120 |
|
|
HQ |
|
BWDT |
|
BW DEFENSE & |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
120 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS-EW |
|
|
100 |
|
|
ES |
|
BWAV |
|
BIWEEKLY AVIONICS |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS-EW |
|
|
100 |
|
|
ES |
|
WKAC |
|
WEEKLY ACD |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS-EW |
|
|
100 |
|
|
ES |
|
WKAV |
|
WEEKLY AVIONICS |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
100 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT ELECTRONIC SYSTEMS-RADAR |
|
|
300 |
|
|
ES |
|
GILBW |
|
GILFILLAN SALARIED |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
300 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT NIGHT VISION |
|
|
400 |
|
|
GS |
|
BWNV |
|
BI-WK NIGHT |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
US |
COMMON PARENT CORPORATION
ITT CORPORATION |
|
13-5158950 |
|
ITT NIGHT VISION |
|
|
400 |
|
|
GS |
|
WKNV |
|
WEEKLY NIGHT |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
45-2083813 |
|
|
400 |
|
|
US |
|
2. |
|
Individuals associated with the following entities that will transfer to Defense: |
|
|
|
|
|
Country |
|
# of Empl. |
|
VCs |
Australia |
|
1 |
|
Def HQ |
Singapore |
|
1 |
|
GS |
Taiwan |
|
1 |
|
ES |
United
Kingdom |
|
3 |
|
IT |
4
|
3. |
|
Individual employees identified below: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present Co.# and |
|
Going |
|
|
Employee # |
|
Location |
|
To |
|
New Co. # and Location |
100010195 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean. Virginia |
100061314 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Amityville, New York |
100001748 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100001764 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017119 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Amityville, New York |
100070510 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017082 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Amityville, New York |
100055227 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington, Delaware |
100017627 |
|
632 TDS - PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne - PALM COAST, FL |
100076948 |
|
635, Hanover. MD |
|
Exelis |
|
IS/150, Herndon, VA |
100001763 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100060962 |
|
Co. 600 McLean, Virgin; |
|
EXELIS |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100079380 |
|
632 TDS - PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100054096 |
|
632 TDS -PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100017013 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Amityville, New York |
100005720 |
|
Company 600, White Pla |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017190 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington. Delaware |
100081780 |
|
632 TDS -PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100081347 |
|
815 FRC BAYARD ST FIN RE |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne, Rochester, NY |
100073922 |
|
815 E-FRC BAYARD ST FIN RE |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne, Rochester, NV |
100017103 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington, Delaware |
100061615 |
|
635, Hanover, MD |
|
Exelis |
|
120 |
100017197 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington, Delaware |
100046485 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington, Delaware |
100058187 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100053872 |
|
632 TDS -PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100017192 |
|
Co. 600, Wilmington, De |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Wilmington, Delaware |
100077575 |
|
635, Hanover, MD |
|
Exelis |
|
200 |
100058565 |
|
632 TDS - PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100001736 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017083 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100076089 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100010822 |
|
Co. 600, Fort Wayne, In |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 Fort Wayne, Indiana |
100013194 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100069142 |
|
Co. 600, Fort Wayne, In |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100081906 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100082567 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100082832 |
|
635, Hanover, MD |
|
Exelis |
|
200 |
100078747 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100061697 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100055286 |
|
250, Rochester |
|
Exelis |
|
200 |
100081979 |
|
815 FRC BAYARD ST FIN RE |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort Wayne, Rochester, NY |
100002142 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100001776 |
|
Co. 600, McLean, Virgin |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100057776 |
|
632 TDS - PALM COAST, FL |
|
Exelis |
|
200 Fort 'Wayne- PALM COAST, FL |
100017221 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100076840 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017058 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100016996 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100017279 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100080252 |
|
Co. 600, White Plains, N |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
100059506 |
|
815 FRC BAYARD ST FIN RE |
|
Exelis |
|
200 DEFENSE ROCHESTER, NY |
100017068 |
|
Co. 600, White Plain, Ne |
|
Exelis |
|
Co. 120 McLean, Virginia |
5
Schedule 1(d): Employment Agreements
Defense Employment Agreements
|
1. |
|
Christopher C. Bernhardt |
ITT Employment Agreements
Water Employment Agreements
6
Schedule 3(a)(i): List of US Qualified Defined Benefit Plans
The US Qualified DB Plans consist of the Defense US Qualified DB Plans, the ITT US Qualified DB
Plans and the Water US Qualified DB Plans.
Defense US Qualified DB Plans
1. |
|
357- ITT Systems Corporation Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Pacific Missile Range
Facility |
|
2. |
|
501- ITT Salaried Retirement Plan |
|
3. |
|
505- ITT Avionics Division & ITT Aerospace/Communications Division Pension Plan |
|
4. |
|
591- ITT Gilfillan Pension Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
5. |
|
611- ITT Electronic Systems Pension Plan for Employees in the Bargaining Unit |
|
6. |
|
630- Pension Plan for the Roanoke Plant Hourly Employees of ITT Night Vision |
|
7. |
|
758- EDO Corporation Employees Pension Plan (frozen plan for former EDO employees) |
ITT US Qualified DB Plans
8. |
|
346- Engineered Valves CA Pure Flo Solutions Group Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Simi
Valley, CA |
|
9. |
|
521- ITT Cannon Employees Retirement Plan for Hourly Non-Bargaining Production and
Maintenance Employees |
|
10. |
|
571- ITT Aerospace Controls Pension Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
11. |
|
577- ITT Consolidated Hourly Pension Plan |
|
12. |
|
638- ITT Conoflow Pension Plan for Non-Clerical, Non-Rep. Hourly Employees |
|
13. |
|
640- ITT Engineered Valves Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Amory, MS |
|
14. |
|
642- ITT Engineered Valves Pension Plan for Local 36 Hourly Employees at Lancaster, PA |
|
15. |
|
698- ITT Control Technologies Pension Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
16. |
|
724- ITT Pension Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees Seneca Falls, New York [Xylem to
replicate] |
|
17. |
|
727- ITT Pension Plan for Hourly Employees at Vertical Pump Division, City of Industry,
California |
|
18. |
|
730- ITT Pension Plan for Bargaining Unit Employees, Ashland Operations, Ashland, PA |
Water US Qualified DB Plans
19. |
|
520- ITT Bell & Gossett Hydonics Pension Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
20. |
|
696- ITT Standard Hourly (Bargaining Unit) Pension Plan |
|
21. |
|
728- ITT Pension Plan for Hourly Employees, Water Technologies Group-America, Turbine
Division, Lubbock, TX |
|
22. |
|
757- Retirement Plan for ITT Water & Wastewater Leopold Inc. For Hourly Paid Employees |
7
Schedule 3(a)(ii): List of US Non-Qualified Defined Benefit Plans
The US Non-Qualified DB Plans consist of the Defense US Non-Qualified DB Plans, the ITT US
Non-Qualified DB Plans and the Water US Non-Qualified DB Plans.
Defense US Non-Qualified DB Plans
|
1. |
|
680- ITT Excess Plan, which includes the following plans: ITT Excess Pension Plan 1A,
ITT Excess Pension Plan 1B, ITT Excess Pension Plan IIA and ITT Excess Pension Plan IIB |
|
|
2. |
|
ITT Ex-Gratia Plan (with the exception of the liability accrued under the Plan for
Steven R. Loranger, which shall remain with ITT) |
|
|
3. |
|
682- Federal Labs Unfunded 1 |
|
|
4. |
|
719- ITT Enhanced Pension Plan |
|
|
5. |
|
759- EDO Excess Plan SERP |
|
|
6. |
|
Retirement Plan for Non-Management Directors of ITT Corp. (frozen as of October 1,
1995) |
|
|
7. |
|
656- Expatriate |
ITT US Non-Qualified DB Plans
|
8. |
|
718- Cranston Unfunded |
|
|
9. |
|
ITT Ex-Gratia Plan (only the liability accrued under the Plan for Steven R. Loranger,
which shall remain with ITT) |
Water US Non-Qualified DB Plans
8
Schedule 3(a)(iii): List of Non-US Defined Benefit Plans
The Non-US DB Plans consist of the Defense Non-US DB Plans, the ITT Non-US DB Plans and the Water
Non-US DB Plans.
Defense Non-US DB Plans
ITT Non-US DB Plans
|
2. |
|
325- ITT Belgium Cannon (Belgium) |
|
|
3. |
|
Gratuity Benefit Program (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
|
4. |
|
128- Cannon GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
5. |
|
378- Cannon GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
6. |
|
340- Cannon Japan (Japan) [Unfunded] |
|
|
7. |
|
735- Industries Management GmbH, Bad Camberg and former Fechenheim (Germany)
[Unfunded] |
|
|
8. |
|
Salary Sacrifice e.V Plan ITTG (Germany) |
Water Non-US DB Plans
|
9. |
|
323- ITT Belgium ITT Industries (Belgium) |
|
|
10. |
|
324- ITT Belgium Pension Plan (Belgium) |
|
|
11. |
|
166- Pension Plan for Union Employees of ITT Automotive, a division of ITT Industries
of Canada Ltd. [Electrical Systems, North America] (Canada) |
|
|
12. |
|
200- Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of ITT Residential & Commercial Water (R&CW), a
Division of ITT Industries of Canada L.P (Canada) |
|
|
13. |
|
203- Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of ITT Automotive, a division of ITT Industries
of Canada Ltd. [Structural Systems and Components, North America (Toronto Stamping Plant)]
(Canada) |
|
|
14. |
|
205- ITT Industries Canadian Pension Plan for Salaried Employees (Canada) |
|
|
15. |
|
350- ITT Canadian Excess Benefit Plan Unregistered (Canada) |
|
|
16. |
|
209- Pension Plan for Hourly Employees of ITT Fabri-Valve, a Division of ITT Industries
of Canada Ltd. (Canada) |
|
|
17. |
|
221- Pension Plan for Union Employees of Ontario Malleable Iron Company Limited
(Canada) |
|
|
18. |
|
223- Pension Plan for Union Employees of ITT Cannon, a Division of ITT Industries of
Canada Ltd.(Canada) |
|
|
19. |
|
744- Pension Plan of ITT Water & Wastewater, a Division of ITT Industries of Canada
L.P.(Canada) |
|
|
20. |
|
369- Industries Management GmbH, Ebernhahn (Division KONI) (Germany) |
|
|
21. |
|
756- Flygt Ireland (Ireland) |
|
|
22. |
|
186- ITT Industries General Pension Plan (UK) |
|
|
23. |
|
189- ITT Industries Pension Plan for UK Expatriates (UK) |
|
|
24. |
|
190- Godwin Pumps Limited Pension Scheme (UK) |
|
|
25. |
|
125- Industriebeteiligungsgesellschaft mbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
26. |
|
738- DITTHA GmbH, Kempen (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
27. |
|
126- DITTHA GmbH. Kempen (Germany) [Unfunded] |
9
|
28. |
|
366- Industries Management GmbH, Ebernhahn (Division KONI) (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
29. |
|
111- ITT Flygt Pumpen GmbH, Langenhagen, jetzt ITT Water & Wastewater (Germany)
[Unfunded] |
|
|
30. |
|
Deutschland GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
31. |
|
116- ITT Industriebeteiligungsgesellschaft mbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
32. |
|
755- ITT Water & Wastewater, Herford (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
33. |
|
760- Jabsco GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
34. |
|
761- ebro Electronic GmbH & Co. KG (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
35. |
|
762- SI Analytics GmbH Mainz Deferred Comp (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
36. |
|
763- SI-FAS Pension Valuation (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
37. |
|
764- WTW FAS Pension Plan (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
38. |
|
765- ebro Electronics Instruments GmbH Ingolstadt Pension Plan (Germany)
[Unfunded] |
|
|
39. |
|
370- Industries Management GmbH,former Regelungstechnik (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
40. |
|
720- Industries Management GmbH,former Regelungstechnik (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
41. |
|
731- Industries Management GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
42. |
|
732- Industries Management GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
43. |
|
734- Industries Management GmbH (Germany) [Unfunded] |
|
|
44. |
|
736- Industries Management GmbH, Bad Camberg and former Fechenheim (Germany)
[Unfunded] |
|
|
45. |
|
713- Flygt S.p.a. Flygt Italy Plan (Italy) [Unfunded] |
|
|
46. |
|
766- ADIN Pension 28229 NOK (Norway) [Unfunded] |
|
|
47. |
|
767- ADI Storebrand 27835 NOK (Norway) [Unfunded] |
|
|
48. |
|
768- Storebrand 25000 NOK (Norway) [Unfunded] |
|
|
49. |
|
118- Grindex AB (Sweden) [Unfunded] |
|
|
50. |
|
120- Water & Wastewater AB General Pension Plan (ITP-Plan) (Sweden) [Unfunded] |
|
|
51. |
|
121- Water & Wastewater AB Individual Contracts (Not FPG/PRI) (Sweden)
[Unfunded] |
|
|
52. |
|
754- Industries Holding AB General Pension Plan (ITP-Plan) (Sweden) [Unfunded] |
10
Schedule 3(b)(iv): Master Trust Interest
Amounts listed on Schedule 3(b)(iv) are listed as of 7/31/11, which will be adjusted to the date
coincident with, or the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
Water Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Name |
|
Plan # |
|
|
7/31/2011 Balance |
|
ITT Bell - Gossett |
|
|
520 |
|
|
|
26,179,521 |
|
ITT Standard Hourly |
|
|
696 |
|
|
|
14,215,802 |
|
Goulds Division Lubbock |
|
|
728 |
|
|
|
5,415,891 |
|
Leopold |
|
|
757 |
|
|
|
2,444,161 |
|
Total Xylem |
|
|
|
|
|
|
48,255,375 |
|
ITT Interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Name |
|
Plan # |
|
|
7/31/2011 Balance |
|
ITT Shertec Simi Valley |
|
|
346 |
|
|
|
376,902 |
|
ITT Cannon Electric |
|
|
521 |
|
|
|
25,380,063 |
|
ITT Aerospace Controls |
|
|
571 |
|
|
|
12,399,734 |
|
Consolidated Hourly Plans |
|
|
577 |
|
|
|
66,737,221 |
|
ITT Grinell Non-clerical |
|
|
638 |
|
|
|
1,280,183 |
|
ITT Fluid Tech. Lancaster |
|
|
642 |
|
|
|
5,743,973 |
|
ITT Fluid Tech. Amory Hourly |
|
|
640 |
|
|
|
2,040,563 |
|
ITT Control Technologies |
|
|
698 |
|
|
|
289,326.82 |
|
Goulds Beginning Unit Employees |
|
|
724 |
|
|
|
69,070,531 |
|
Goulds Vertical Pump Division |
|
|
727 |
|
|
|
4,191,936 |
|
Goulds Bargaining Unit Employees |
|
|
730 |
|
|
|
12,709,847 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total ITT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
200,220,281 |
|
11
Schedule 4(a)(i): List of US Qualified Defined Contribution Plans
The US Qualified DC Plans consist of the Defense US Qualified DC Plans, the ITT US Qualified DC
Plans and the Water US Qualified DC Plans.
Defense US Qualified DC Plans
1. |
|
100- ITT Salaried Investment and Savings Plan |
|
2. |
|
178- ITT Avionics Division & ITT Aerospace/Communications Division Bargaining Unit Savings
Plan |
|
3. |
|
209- ITT Night Vision Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
4. |
|
227- ITT Electronic Systems Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
5. |
|
013- ITT Systems Corporation Retirement/Savings Plan |
|
6. |
|
235- ITT Systems Corporation Pacific Missile Range Facility Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
7. |
|
ITT Research Systems Inc. Employees Savings Plan |
|
8. |
|
237- ITT Advanced Engineering and Sciences Professional Benefits Employees Savings Plan |
|
9. |
|
003- EDO Corporation Employee Investment Plan |
|
10. |
|
200- ITT Gilfillan Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
ITT US Qualified DC Plans
11. |
|
193- ITT Aerospace Controls Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
12. |
|
196- ITT Cannon Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
13. |
|
216- ITT Engineered Valves Lancaster Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
14. |
|
009- Goulds Pumps, Inc. Retirement Savings and Investment Plan [Xylem to replicate] |
|
15. |
|
201- ITT Conoflow Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
16. |
|
215- ITT Engineered Valves Fabri Savings Plan for Hourly Emp. At Amory, MS |
|
17. |
|
225- ITT Engineered Valves CA Pure Flo Solutions Group Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
18. |
|
236- ITT BIW Connector Systems Employees Savings Plan |
|
19. |
|
010- Procast And Goulds Pump Service Center Employee Savings Plan |
|
20. |
|
240- Pure-Flo Precision Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
21. |
|
239- ITT Koni Friction Products Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
22. |
|
238- ITT Control Technologies Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
23. |
|
Evolutionary Concepts Profit Sharing Plan (YE 6/30/2010) |
|
24. |
|
ECI/Alcon 401(k) Plan |
Water US Qualified DC Plans
25. |
|
002- ITT Rule Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
26. |
|
203- ITT Bell & Gossett Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
27. |
|
226- ITT Heat Transfer Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
28. |
|
231- ITT Hydro Air Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
29. |
|
241- Flojet Corporation 401(k) Plan |
|
30. |
|
001- F.B. Leopold Co., Inc. Savings Plan for Hourly Employees |
|
31. |
|
001- F.B. Leopold Company, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan |
|
32. |
|
001- Laing Thermotech, Inc. 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan |
|
33. |
|
Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. Profit Sharing Plan and Trust |
12
Schedule 4(a)(ii): List of US Non-Qualified Defined Contribution Plans
The US Non-qualified DC Plans consist of the Defense US Non-qualified DC Plans, the ITT US
Non-qualified DC Plans and the Water US Non-qualified DC Plans.
Defense US Non-Qualified DC Plans
|
1. |
|
EDO Deferred Compensation Plan |
ITT US Non-Qualified DC Plans
|
2. |
|
ITT Deferred Compensation Plan [Water and Defense will replicate] |
|
|
3. |
|
ITT Excess Savings Plan [Water and Defense will replicate] |
Water US Non-Qualified DC Plans
13
Schedule 4(a)(iii): List of Non-US Defined Contribution Plans
The Non-US DC Plans consist of the Defense Non-US DC Plans, the ITT Non-US DC Plans and the Water
Non-US DC Plans.
Defense Non-US DC Plans
ITT Non-US DC Plans
|
2. |
|
Superannuation Benefit Program ITT India (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
|
3. |
|
Provident Fund ITT India (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
|
4. |
|
Retirement IP (Taiwan) |
|
|
5. |
|
C&K Switches Limited Pension Plan (UK) |
|
|
6. |
|
C&K Switches Executive Pension Plan (UK) |
|
|
7. |
|
Direct Insurance ITTG (Germany) [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
Water Non-US DC Plans
|
8. |
|
Superannuation Fund WWW (Australia) |
|
|
9. |
|
ITT Industries Canadian Investment Savings Plan for Salaried Employees ITT Canada
(Canada) [ITT to replicate] |
|
|
10. |
|
Insured Retirement- WWW (Denmark) [ITT to replicate] |
|
|
11. |
|
Plan dEpargne Enterprise (PEE) ITT France (France) |
|
|
12. |
|
Insured Retirement WWW (Netherlands) |
|
|
13. |
|
Retirement WWW (South Africa) [ITT to replicate] |
|
|
14. |
|
ITT Retirement Savings Plan ITT Industries (UK) [Exelis and ITT to
replicate] |
|
|
15. |
|
Wedeco Executive Pension Plan (UK) |
|
|
16. |
|
Direct Insurance WWW (Germany) |
14
Schedule 4(c)(iii): Employees Under Deferred Compensation Plan
Water Employees
|
1. |
|
15 individuals identified as Water Employees or ITT Retirees on the records of the ITT
Deferred Compensation Plan |
Defense Employees
|
2. |
|
36 individuals identified as Defense Employees or ITT Retirees on the records of the
ITT Deferred Compensation Plan |
15
Schedule 4(c)(iv): Employees Under Excess Savings Plan
Participants listed on Schedule 4(c)(iv) are listed as of 7/31/11, which will be adjusted to the
date coincident with, or the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
Water Employees
|
1. |
|
13 individuals identified as Water Employees on the records of the Excess Savings Plan |
Defense Employees
|
2. |
|
13 individuals identified as Defense Employees on the records of the Excess Savings
Plan |
16
Schedule 5(a)(i): List of US Health & Welfare Plans
The US H&W Plans consist of the Defense US H&W Plans, the ITT US H&W Plans and the Water US H&W
Plans.
Defense US H&W Plans
1. |
|
940- ITT Avionics Severance Plan for Exempt and Non-Exempt Salaried Employees |
|
2. |
|
903- Avionics Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
3. |
|
918- Avionics Postretirement Life Plan |
|
4. |
|
942- ITT Night Vision Term. Pay for Salaried Exempt Employees |
|
5. |
|
951- ITT A/CD Severance Pay Plan for Ex. And Non-Ex. Salaried Employees |
|
6. |
|
502- EDO Corporation Medical, Dental, Vision and Salary Benefit Plan |
|
7. |
|
503- EDO Corporation Life and Travel Accident Plan |
|
8. |
|
506- EDO Corporation Sickness, STD, and LTD Plan |
|
9. |
|
914- EDO Postretirement Medical & Life Plan |
|
10. |
|
302- ITT Employee Benefit Trust |
|
11. |
|
911- Space Systems Division Postretirement Medical |
|
12. |
|
923- Space Systems Division Postretirement Life |
|
13. |
|
ITT Salaried Retiree Health Plan |
ITT US H&W Plans
14. |
|
594- ITT Salaried Medical and Dental Program [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
15. |
|
ITT Corporation Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan |
|
16. |
|
ITT Corporation Enhanced Severance Pay |
|
17. |
|
ITT Corporation Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan |
|
18. |
|
ITT Industries Corporate Policies- Severance Policy 30-08 |
|
19. |
|
ITT Corporation Severance Plan |
|
20. |
|
529- ITT Cannon Severance Pay Plan for Exempt and Non-Exempt Salaried Employees |
|
21. |
|
717- ITT Salaried Voluntary Accident Plan [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
22. |
|
801- Group Accident Insurance Plan for Salaried Employees [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
23. |
|
802- ITT Corporation Long-Term Disability Plan for Salaried Employees [Exelis and Xylem to
replicate] |
|
24. |
|
ITT Corporation Excess Long-Term Disability Plan [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
25. |
|
999- ITT Corporate Welfare Plan |
|
26. |
|
717- ITT Salaried Voluntary Travel Accident Plan [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
27. |
|
514- Kentucky Carbon Corporation Sickness and Accident Plan (YE 10/31/2009) |
|
28. |
|
503- ITT Carbon Employee Benefit Trust (YE 10/31/2009) |
|
29. |
|
503- Moog Controls Inc. Voluntary Employees Beneficiary Trust |
|
30. |
|
902- AC Pump Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
31. |
|
905- Cannon Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
32. |
|
906- Carbon Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
33. |
|
907- Goulds Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
34. |
|
908- Higbie Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
35. |
|
909- Jackson Postretirement Medical Plan |
17
36. |
|
916- ITT Salaried Options C&D |
|
37. |
|
917- AC Pump Postretirement Life Plan |
|
38. |
|
920- Carbon Postretirement Life Plan |
|
39. |
|
921- Goulds Postretirement Life plan |
|
40. |
|
925- Engineered Products Postretirement Life Plan |
|
41. |
|
926- Engineered Valve Postretirement Life Plan |
|
42. |
|
Active Salaried Life Insurance [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
43. |
|
Active Salaried Voluntary Plans [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
44. |
|
Active Salaried Long Term Care Plan |
|
45. |
|
Active Salaried United Healthcare/PacifiCare Plan [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
46. |
|
Active Salaried Kaiser Plan [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
47. |
|
Active Salaried Excellus BluePoint POS Plan [Xylem to replicate] |
Water US H&W Plans
48. |
|
520- ITT Water Technology, Inc. Health Reimbursement Arrangement |
|
49. |
|
504- The F.B. Leopold Company, Inc. Welfare Benefits Plan |
|
50. |
|
904- Bell & Gossett Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
51. |
|
910- Leopold Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
52. |
|
912- ITT Standard (Heat Transfer) Postretirement Medical Plan |
|
53. |
|
918- Bell & Gossett Postretirement Life Plan |
|
54. |
|
922- Leopold Postretirement Life Plan |
|
55. |
|
924- ITT Standard (Heat Transfer) Postretirement Life Plan |
18
Schedule 5(a)(ii): List of Non-US Health & Welfare Plans
The Non-US H&W Plans consist of the Defense Non-US H&W Plans, the ITT Non-US H&W Plans and the
Water Non-US H&W Plans.
Defense Non-US H&W Plans
ITT Non-US H&W Plans
2. |
|
Medical Cannon (Belgium) |
|
3. |
|
Life / AD&D IP (Brazil) |
|
4. |
|
Medical IP (Brazil) |
|
5. |
|
Life Insurance IP (Chile) |
|
6. |
|
Medical IP (Chile) |
|
7. |
|
Direct Insurance ITTG (Germany) [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
8. |
|
Accidental Insurance ITTG (Germany) [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
9. |
|
Employee Compensation Insurance ITT India (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
10. |
|
Personal Accident ITT India (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
11. |
|
Medical ITT India (India) [Xylem to replicate] |
|
12. |
|
Life Insurance ICS (Mexico) |
|
13. |
|
Medical ICS (Mexico) |
|
14. |
|
Medical IP (Mexico) |
|
15. |
|
AD&D IP (Singapore) |
|
16. |
|
Medical IP (Singapore) |
|
17. |
|
AD&D IP (South Korea) |
|
18. |
|
AD&D IP (Taiwan) |
|
19. |
|
Medical IP (Taiwan) |
|
20. |
|
AD&D IP (Thailand) |
|
21. |
|
Medical IP (Thailand) |
|
22. |
|
ITT Life Assurance ITT Industires (UK) [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
|
23. |
|
Medical ITT Industries (UK) [Exelis and Xylem to replicate] |
Water Non-US H&W Plans
24. |
|
Medical WWW (Belgium) |
|
25. |
|
Life / AD&D WWW (Brazil) |
|
26. |
|
Medical WWW (Brazil) |
|
27. |
|
ITT Canadian Salaried Group Insurance Program ITT Canada (Canada) [ITT to
replicate] |
|
28. |
|
Life Insurance WWW (Chile) |
|
29. |
|
Medical WWW (Chile) |
|
30. |
|
Employer Liability Insurance ITT China (China) [ITT to replicate] |
|
31. |
|
Life Insurance / AD&D ITT China (China) [ITT to replicate] |
|
32. |
|
Medical/Dental ITT China (China) [ITT to replicate] |
|
33. |
|
Medical WWW (Denmark) [ITT to replicate] |
|
34. |
|
Life / AD&D / Disability (France) [ITT to replicate] |
|
35. |
|
Medical / Dental (France) [ITT to replicate] |
|
36. |
|
Direct Insurance WWW (Germany) |
19
37. |
|
Accidental Insurance WWW (Germany) |
|
38. |
|
Life Insurance WWW (Mexico) |
|
39. |
|
Medical WWW (Mexico) |
|
40. |
|
Medical WWW (Russia) |
|
41. |
|
AD&D WWW (Singapore) |
|
42. |
|
Life / AD&D WWW (South Africa) [ITT to replicate] |
20
Schedule 6(a): List of Incentive Plans
1. |
|
1997 ITT Industries Annual Incentive Plan |
|
2. |
|
1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan |
|
3. |
|
ITT Corporation Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers |
|
4. |
|
ITT Corporation Retention Program |
21
Schedule 7(a): List of ITT Stock Plans
1. |
|
1994 ITT Incentive Stock Plan |
|
2. |
|
ITT 1996 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors |
|
3. |
|
2002 ITT Stock Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors |
|
4. |
|
2003 ITT Equity Incentive Plan |
|
5. |
|
2011 ITT Omnibus Incentive Plan |
|
6. |
|
Industries Ltd Share Incentive Plan (UK) |
|
7. |
|
ITT Flygt Ltd Share Incentive Plan (UK) |
22
Schedule 8(a): COLI Policies
Individuals listed on Schedule 8(a) are listed as of 7/02/11, which will be adjusted to the date
coincident with, or the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
ITT
|
|
|
|
|
Policy |
|
|
Number |
|
Carrier |
18395400 |
|
NM Life |
19127919 |
|
NM Life |
18395404 |
|
NM Life |
19127921 |
|
NM Life |
19127923 |
|
NM Life |
17448846 |
|
NM Life |
56906286 |
|
NY Life |
18696673 |
|
NM Life |
18395408 |
|
NM Life |
18696674 |
|
NM Life |
18395409 |
|
NM Life |
18395411 |
|
NM Life |
18395414 |
|
NM Life |
56906287 |
|
NYLife |
17448847 |
|
NM Life |
17448853 |
|
NM Life |
56906297 |
|
NYLife |
17961894 |
|
NM Life |
19127922 |
|
NM Life |
18696675 |
|
NM Life |
19127925 |
|
NM Life |
17448836 |
|
NM Life |
17616521 |
|
NM Life |
17448845 |
|
NM Life |
17961899 |
|
NM Life |
Water
|
|
|
|
|
Policy Number |
|
Carrier |
17961895 |
|
NM Life |
18395405 |
|
NM Life |
17616524 |
|
NM Life |
191279241 |
|
NM Life |
56906275 |
|
NYLife |
18395401 |
|
NM Life |
Defense
|
|
|
|
|
Policy Number |
|
Carrier |
17616519 |
|
NM Life |
56906274 |
|
NYLife |
17448842 |
|
NM Life |
56906282 |
|
NYLife |
19127920 |
|
NM Life |
56906285 |
|
NYLife |
18395406 |
|
NM Life |
18395407 |
|
NM Life |
56906292 |
|
NYLife |
17448852 |
|
NM Life |
56906294 |
|
NYLife |
18395412 |
|
NM Life |
19127926 |
|
NM Life |
56906301 |
|
NYLife |
17448856 |
|
NM Life |
56906273 |
|
NYLife |
56906276 |
|
NYLife |
56906283 |
|
NYLife |
56906290 |
|
NYLife |
56906291 |
|
NYLife |
23
Schedule 8(b): Executive Life Policies
Amounts listed on Schedule 8(b) are listed as of 6/30/11, which will be adjusted to the date
coincident with, or the end of the month following, the Distribution Date.
ITT
|
|
|
|
|
Block 1 |
|
Policy |
|
1 |
|
|
9061446 |
|
2 |
|
|
9061445 |
|
3 |
|
|
9061444 |
|
4 |
|
|
9061438 |
|
5 |
|
|
9061443 |
|
6 |
|
|
9061452 |
|
7 |
|
|
9061450 |
|
8 |
|
|
9061440 |
|
9 |
|
|
9061433 |
|
10 |
|
|
9061434 |
|
11 |
|
|
9061435 |
|
12 |
|
|
9061447 |
|
24
Schedule 9(a): List of ITT Director Plans
1. |
|
ITT Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan for Non-Employee Directors |
|
2. |
|
ITT Group Accident Program that provides 24 hour accidental death and dismemberment coverage |
Additionally, the ITT 1996 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors and the 2002 ITT Stock
Option Plan for Non-Employee Directors, each as listed on Schedule 7(a) apply to non-employee
directors of ITT.
25
Schedule 10(a): List of Collective Bargaining Agreements
The Collective Bargaining Agreements consist of the Defense Collective Bargaining Agreements, the
ITT Collective Bargaining Agreements and the Water Collective Bargaining Agreements. Works
councils and collective bargaining agreements from jurisdictions other than the US and Canada are
expressly excluded from this schedule and will continue with their respective company by transfer
of law.
Defense Collective Bargaining Agreements
1. |
|
Agreement dated August 28, 2010 between ITT Corporation, Electronic Systems, Fort Wayne, IN,
a Division of ITT Corporation, Inc., and IUE, the industrial division of the Communication
Workers of America, AFL CIO in behalf of and in conjunction with the IUE the industrial
division of the Communication Workers of America, AFL CIO Local 84999 |
|
2. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2009 between ITT Electronics Systems/Integrated Electronic Warfare
Systems and ITT Communications Systems and the I.U.E./CWA and its Local Union 81447 |
|
3. |
|
Agreement dated May 22, 2011 between ITT Corporation, Night Vision Roanoke Plant and IUE, the
Industrial Division of the Communications Workers of America AFL-CIO and Local 82162 |
|
4. |
|
Agreement dated December 15, 2009 between Systems-Benning and Columbus Metal Trades Council |
|
5. |
|
Agreement dated December 15, 2009 between Systems-Benning and Sheet Metal Workers, Local 85
Security Guards |
|
6. |
|
Agreement dated November 1, 2009 between Systems DSN and IBEW Local 543 |
|
7. |
|
Agreement dated March 31, 2011 between Systems K-Town and (Ver.di) Vereinte
Dienstleistungsgewerkschaft |
|
8. |
|
Agreement dated December 1, 2010 between Systems PMRF and IBEW Local 1260 Main |
|
9. |
|
Agreement dated December 1, 2010 between Systems PMRF and IBEW Local 1260 Security |
|
10. |
|
Agreement dated December 1, 2010 between Systems PMRF and IBU |
|
11. |
|
Agreement dated November 1, 2007 between Systems SLRS and IBEW Local 2088 |
|
12. |
|
Agreement dated September 1, 2007 between Systems SLRS and IAM Local 815 |
|
13. |
|
Agreement dated October 31, 2007 between Systems SLRS and IBT Local 381 |
|
14. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS and CWA Local 3177 |
|
15. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS (Rio Grande City, TX) and IBEW Local
66 |
|
16. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS (Eagle Pass, TX) and IBEW Local 66 |
|
17. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS and IBEW Local 583 |
|
18. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS and IBEW Local 611 |
|
19. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS (Ft. Huachuca, AZ) and IBEW Local 570 |
|
20. |
|
Agreement dated October 1, 2008 between Systems TARS (Yuma, AZ) and IBEW Local 570 |
|
21. |
|
Agreement dated December 1, 2010 between Systems Maxwell and USW Local 13350 |
|
22. |
|
Agreement dated July 1, 2009 between Systems Maxwell and USW Local 8405 |
26
23. |
|
Agreement dated August 27, 2010 between Systems Wallops Island and IAM Local 2552 (Two
units) |
|
24. |
|
Agreement dated April 9, 2011 between Systems White Sands and IAM Local 2515 |
|
25. |
|
Agreement dated December 1, 2010 between Systems TARS (Lajas, PR) and IUSW 6135 |
ITT Collective Bargaining Agreements
26. |
|
Agreement dated March 1, 2011 between IP Pro shop and Steelworkers |
|
27. |
|
Agreement between IP/SFO and Steelworkers through July 28, 2012 |
|
28. |
|
Agreement dated May 16, 2009 between Industrial Process (Lancaster, Pennsylvania), a unit of
ITT Corporation, and the Glass, Molders, Pottery and Plastics & Allied Workers International
Union, Local No. 36, AFL-CIO, CLC. |
Water Collective Bargaining Agreements
29. |
|
Agreement dated August 1, 2010, between WATER SYSTEMS OPERTIONS (WSO) a unit of ITT Water
Technology, Inc.*, and its successors, and the UNITED STEELWORKERS on behalf of itself and
members of LOCAL UNION No. 3298 |
|
30. |
|
Agreement dated August 15, 2010, by and between ITT Residential & Commercial Water located in
the Village of Morton Grove, and INTERNATIONAL UNION, UNITED AUTOMOBILE, AEROSPACE AND
AGRICULTURAL IMPLEMENT WORKERS OF AMERICA and its LOCAL UNION NO. 890 |
|
31. |
|
Agreement between ITT RCW Heat Transfer, Buffalo, New York, and UNITED STEELWORKERS,
AFL-CIO-CLC Local Number 897, 2010-2013 |
|
32. |
|
Agreement dated September 23, 2010 between ITT R&CW, a division of ITT Industries of Canada
L.P. (for hourly union employees in Guelph, ON) and United Steel, Paper and Forestry, Rubber,
Manufacturing, Energy, Allied Industrial and Service Workers International Union (United
Steelworkers) Local 8614-05 |
|
33. |
|
Agreement dated April 22, 2010 between ITT W&WW, a division of ITT Industries of Canada L.P.
(for hourly union shop employees in Pointe-Claire, QC) and National Automobile, Aerospace and
Agricultural Implement Workers Union of Canada (CAW Canada) Local 698 |
|
34. |
|
Agreement dated May 1, 2010 between ITT W&WW, a division of ITT Industries of Canada L.P.
(for hourly union shop employees in Surrey, BC) and International Union of Operating Engineers
(IUOE) Local 115 |
|
35. |
|
Agreement dated May 1, 2008 between ITT W&WW, a division of ITT Industries of Canada L.P.
(for salaried union office employees in Surrey, BC) and Canadian Office and Professional
Employees Union (COPE) Local 15 |
27
Schedule 16(a): Liabilities Assumed by ITT
Schedule 16(b): Liabilities Assumed by Water
Schedule 16(c): Liabilities Assumed by Defense
28
Schedule 18(e): Miscellaneous Expenses
exv10w2
Exhibit 10.2
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
by and among
ITT CORPORATION,
XYLEM INC.,
and
EXELIS INC.
Dated as of , 2011
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION |
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 1.1 Definitions |
|
|
2 |
|
Section 1.2 References; Interpretation |
|
|
11 |
|
Section 1.3 Effective Time |
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS |
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 2.1 Responsibility of ITT to Prepare and File Tax Returns |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.2 Responsibility of Parties to Prepare and File Covered Water Separate
U.S. Income Tax Returns and Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns |
|
|
12 |
|
Section 2.3 Responsibility of Parties to Prepare and File Post-Distribution Income
Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns, and Non-Income Tax Returns |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 2.4 Time of Filing Tax Returns; Manner of Tax Return Preparation |
|
|
14 |
|
Section 2.5 Costs and Expenses |
|
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III RESPONSIBILITY FOR PAYMENT OF TAXES |
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 3.1 Responsibility of ITT for Taxes |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.2 Responsibility of Defense for Taxes |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.3 Responsibility of Water for Taxes |
|
|
15 |
|
Section 3.4 Timing of Payments of Taxes |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV REFUNDS, CARRYBACKS AND AMENDED TAX RETURNS |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 4.1 Refunds |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.2 Carrybacks |
|
|
16 |
|
Section 4.3 Amended Tax Returns |
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V DISTRIBUTION TAXES |
|
|
17 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 5.1 Liability for Distribution Taxes |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 5.2 Definition of Fault |
|
|
17 |
|
Section 5.3 Limits on Proposed Acquisition Transactions and Other Transactions
During Restricted Period |
|
|
18 |
|
Section 5.4 IRS Ruling, Tax Representation Letters, and Tax Opinions; Consistency |
|
|
19 |
|
Section 5.5 Timing of Payment of Taxes |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI GAIN RECOGNITION AGREEMENTS |
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 6.1 Gain Recognition Agreement Compliance |
|
|
19 |
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 6.2 Gain Recognition Agreement Taxes |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 6.3 Timing of Payment of Taxes |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII INDEMNIFICATION |
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 7.1 Indemnification Obligations of ITT |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 7.2 Indemnification Obligations of Water |
|
|
20 |
|
Section 7.3 Indemnification Obligations of Defense |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII PAYMENTS |
|
|
21 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 8.1 Payments |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 8.2 Treatment of Payments made Pursuant to Tax Matters Agreement |
|
|
21 |
|
Section 8.3 Payments Net of Tax Benefit Actually Realized and Tax Cost |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX AUDITS |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 9.1 Notice |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 9.2 Audits |
|
|
22 |
|
Section 9.3 Payment of Audit Amounts |
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION |
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 10.1 Cooperation and Exchange of Information |
|
|
29 |
|
Section 10.2 Retention of Records |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XI ALLOCATION OF TAX ATTRIBUTES AND OTHER TAX MATTERS |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 11.1 Allocation of Tax Attributes |
|
|
30 |
|
Section 11.2 Allocation of Tax Items |
|
|
30 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XII DEFAULTED AMOUNTS |
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 12.1 General |
|
|
31 |
|
Section 12.2 Subsidiary Funding |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIII DISPUTE RESOLUTION |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 13.1 Resolution in Accordance with Distribution Agreement |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS |
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section 14.1 Counterparts |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 14.2 Survival |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 14.3 Notices |
|
|
32 |
|
Section 14.4 Waivers |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 14.5 Assignment |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 14.6 Successors and Assigns |
|
|
33 |
|
Section 14.7 Termination and Amendment |
|
|
33 |
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
Section 14.8 No Circumvention |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.9 Subsidiaries |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.10 Third Party Beneficiaries |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.11 Title and Headings |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.12 Exhibits and Schedules |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.13 Governing Law |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.14 Consent to Jurisdiction |
|
|
34 |
|
Section 14.15 Waiver of Jury Trial |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 14.16 Force Majeure |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 14.17 Interpretation |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 14.18 Changes in Law |
|
|
35 |
|
Section 14.19 Severability |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 14.20 Tax Sharing Agreements |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 14.21 Exclusivity |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 14.22 No Waiver |
|
|
36 |
|
Section 14.23 No Duplication; No Double Recovery |
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
|
Schedules |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 1.1(6)
|
|
List of ATOB Entities |
Schedule 1.1(27)
|
|
List of Distributions |
Schedule 1.1(88)
|
|
List of Section 355 Entities |
Schedule 6.1
|
|
List of GRAs |
iii
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
THIS TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT (this Agreement) is made and entered into as of the day of
, 2011, by and among ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation (ITT), Xylem
Inc., an Indiana corporation (Water), and Exelis Inc., an Indiana corporation
(Defense). Each of ITT, Water, and Defense is sometimes referred to herein as a Party and
collectively, as the Parties.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, ITT, acting through its direct and indirect Subsidiaries, currently conducts a number
of businesses, including (i) the Water Business (as defined herein), (ii) the Defense Business (as
defined herein), and (iii) the ITT Retained Business (as defined herein);
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of ITT has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in
the best interests of ITT and its shareholders to separate ITT into three separate, publicly traded
companies, one for each of (i) the Water Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or
indirectly, by Water, (ii) the Defense Business, which shall be owned and conducted, directly or
indirectly, by Defense, and (iii) the ITT Retained Business which shall be owned and conducted,
directly or indirectly, by ITT;
WHEREAS, in order to effect such separation, the Board of Directors of ITT has determined that
it is appropriate, desirable and in the best interests of ITT and its shareholders (i) to enter
into a series of transactions whereby (A) ITT and/or one or more members of the ITT Group will,
collectively, own all of the ITT Retained Assets and assume (or retain) all of the ITT Retained
Liabilities, (B) Water and/or one or more members of the Water Group will, collectively, own all of
the Water Assets and assume (or retain) all of the Water Liabilities, and (C) Defense and/or one or
more members of the Defense Group will, collectively, own all of the Defense Assets and assume (or
retain) all of the Defense Liabilities and (ii) for ITT to distribute to the holders of ITT Common
Stock on a pro rata basis (in each case without consideration being paid by such shareholders) (A)
all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of Water (the Water
Common Stock), and (B) all of the outstanding shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share, of
Defense (the Defense Common Stock) (such transactions as they may be amended or modified from
time to time, collectively, the Plan of Separation);
WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Parties that each of the contributions of assets to, and
the assumption of liabilities by, Water and Defense together with the corresponding distribution of
all of the Water Common Stock and the Defense Common Stock, respectively, shall qualify as a
reorganization within the meaning of Sections 368(a)(1)(D) and 355 of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended (the Code);
WHEREAS, it is the intention of the Parties that each of the distribution of Water Common
Stock and Defense Common Stock, respectively, to the shareholders of ITT will qualify as a tax-free
under Section 355(a) of the Code to such shareholders and as tax-free to ITT under Section 361(c)
of the Code;
WHEREAS, notwithstanding the implementation of certain internal transactions undertaken
preparatory to and in contemplation of aligning and properly capitalizing the Water Business, the
Defense Business, and the ITT Retained Business prior to the Distributions, it is the intention of
the Parties that the shared responsibility for certain Tax liabilities (including certain
Distribution Tax liabilities) be given effect no earlier than and only upon the Effective Time, all
as described more fully herein; and
WHEREAS, in connection with the Plan of Separation, the Parties desire to set forth their
agreement on the rights and obligations with respect to handling and allocating Taxes and related
matters.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and the terms, conditions, covenants and
provisions of this Agreement, each of the Parties mutually covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
Section 1.1 Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:
(1) Active Business means the business conducted by each of the ATOB Entities as of
the applicable distribution date.
(2) Affiliate means a Person that directly, or indirectly, through one or more
intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, a specified Person.
A Person shall be deemed to control another Person if such first Person possesses, directly or
indirectly, the power to direct, or cause the direction of, the management and policies of such
other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise. For
purposes hereof, none of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries shall be considered an
Affiliate of any of the other Parties or their respective Subsidiaries (determined on the same
basis).
(3) Agreement has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
(4) Ancillary Agreements has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(5) Assets has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(6) ATOB Entities mean the entities listed on Schedule 1.1(6).
(7) Audit means any audit (including a determination of the status of qualified and
non-qualified employee benefit plans), assessment of Taxes, other examination by or on behalf of
any Taxing Authority (including notices), proceeding, or appeal of such a proceeding relating
to Taxes, whether administrative or judicial, including proceedings relating to competent
authority determinations initiated by a Party or any of its Subsidiaries.
2
(8) Audit Management Party means the Party responsible for administering and
controlling an Audit pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) or (b)(ii).
(9) Audit Representative means the Chief Tax Officer of each Party (or such other
officer of a Party that may be designated by that Partys Chief Financial Officer from time to
time).
(10) Audit True-Up Date means fifteen (15) days after the earlier of (i) the date
that is ten (10) years following the Distribution Date and (ii) the expiration of all applicable
statute of limitations periods for any ITT Federal Income Tax Returns, ITT U.S. State Income Tax
Returns, and ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns.
(11) Big Four Accounting Firm means each of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Ernst & Young
LLP, KPMG LLP, and Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP.
(12) Business Day means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which
banks are required to be closed in New York, New York.
(13) Change of Control has the meaning set forth in the Joint Defense Agreement.
(14) Claiming Party has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).
(15) Code has the meaning referred to in the recitals to this Agreement.
(16) Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns means any Defense Separate
U.S. Income Tax Return required to be filed (i) for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period, (ii) for a
Straddle Tax Period, or (iii) for a Stub Tax Period.
(17) Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns means any Water Separate U.S.
Income Tax Return required to be filed (i) for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period, (ii) for a Straddle
Tax Period, or (iii) for a Stub Tax Period.
(18) Defense has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
(19) Defense Assets has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(20) Defense Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(21) Defense Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
(22) Defense Group has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(23) Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Return means any U.S. federal, state, or local
Income Tax Return (including any consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar return) (i) that is
not an ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Return and (ii) that Defense or any member of the Defense Group
is responsible under applicable Law for filing.
(24) Defense Federal Sharing Percentage means thirty percent (30%).
3
(25) Defense U.S. State Sharing Percentage means twenty-nine percent (29%).
(26) Dispute has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1.
(27) Distribution or Distributions means, individually or collectively:
(a) the distribution on the Distribution Date to holders of record of shares of ITT Common
Stock as of the Distribution Date of the Defense Common Stock and the Water Common Stock owned by
ITT, and
(b) the distributions listed on Schedule 1.1(27).
(28) Distribution Agreement means the Distribution Agreement by and among
ITT, Water, and Defense, dated as of , 2011.
(29) Distribution Date means the date on which the Distributions to holders of
record of shares of ITT Common Stock of the Defense Common Stock and the Water Common Stock owned
by ITT are effectuated pursuant to the Distribution Agreement.
(30) Distribution Sharing Percentages means, with respect to ITT, twenty-one percent
(21%), with respect to Water, forty percent (40%), and with respect to Defense, thirty-nine percent
(39%).
(31) Distribution Taxes mean any and all Taxes (a) required to be paid by or imposed
on a Party or any of its Affiliates (determined on a with and without basis) resulting from, or
directly arising in connection with, the failure of the Distributions to qualify under Section
355(a) or (c) of the Code or, if applicable, Section 361(c) of the Code, or the application of
Section 355(d) or (e) of the Code to the Distributions (or the failure to qualify under or the
application of corresponding provisions of the Laws of U.S. state or local jurisdictions).
(32) Due Date means the date (taking into account all valid extensions) upon which a
Tax Return is required to be filed with or Taxes are required to be paid to a Taxing Authority,
whichever is applicable.
(33) Effective Time has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(34) Fault has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2.
(35) Federal Sharing Percentages means, with respect to ITT, the ITT Federal Sharing
Percentage, with respect to Water, the Water Federal Sharing Percentage, and with respect to
Defense, the Defense Federal Sharing Percentage.
(36) Final Determination means the final resolution of liability for any Tax for any
taxable period, by or as a result of:
(a) a final decision, judgment, decree or other order by any court of competent jurisdiction
that can no longer be appealed;
4
(b) a final settlement with the IRS, a closing agreement or accepted offer in compromise under
Sections 7121 or 7122 of the Code, or a comparable agreement under the Laws of other jurisdictions,
which resolves the liability for the Taxes addressed in such agreement for any taxable period;
(c) any allowance of a refund or credit in respect of an overpayment of Tax, but only after
the expiration of all periods during which such refund may be recovered by the jurisdiction
imposing the Tax; or
(d) any other final disposition, including by reason of the expiration of the applicable
statute of limitations.
(37) GRA means any gain recognition agreement as such term is used in Treasury
Regulations Section 1.367(a)-8 or defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.367(a)-8T(a)(1)(v), as
applicable.
(38) Group means the ITT Group, the Water Group, or the Defense Group.
(39) Income Taxes mean:
(a) all Taxes based upon, measured by, or calculated with respect to (i) net income or profits
(including, but not limited to, any capital gains, minimum tax or any Tax on items of tax
preference, but not including sales, use, real, or personal property, gross or net receipts, value
added, excise, leasing, transfer or similar Taxes), or (ii) multiple bases (including, but not
limited to, corporate franchise, doing business and occupation Taxes) if one or more bases upon
which such Tax is determined is described in clause (a)(i) above; and
(b) all U.S., state, local or non-U.S. franchise Taxes.
(40) Income Tax Returns mean all Tax Returns that relate to Income Taxes.
(41) Indemnified Party means the Party which is or may be entitled pursuant to this
Agreement to receive any payments (including reimbursement for Taxes or costs and expenses) from
another Party or Parties to this Agreement.
(42) Indemnifying Party means the Party which is or may be required pursuant to this
Agreement to make indemnification or other payments (including reimbursement for Taxes and costs
and expenses) to another Party to this Agreement.
(43) IRS means the United States Internal Revenue Service or any successor thereto,
including, but not limited to its agents, representatives, and attorneys.
(44) IRS Ruling means the requests submitted to the IRS for all private letter
rulings to be obtained by ITT from the IRS in connection with the Plan of Separation, and any
supplemental materials submitted to the IRS relating thereto, and the IRS private letter
rulings received by ITT with respect to the Plan of Separation.
(45) ITT has the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Agreement.
5
(46) ITT Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Return means (i) any ITT Combined
U.S. Income Tax Return and (ii) any ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Return required to be filed for
any Pre-Distribution Tax Period or Straddle Tax Period.
(47) ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Return means any U.S. federal, state, or local
consolidated, combined, unitary or similar Income Tax Return that actually includes, by election or
otherwise, one or more members of the ITT Group together with one or more members of either the
Water Group or the Defense Group.
(48) ITT Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(49) ITT Federal Income Tax Return means any U.S. federal consolidated Income Tax
Return that actually includes, by election or otherwise, one or more members of the ITT Group
together with one or more members of either the Water Group or the Defense Group.
(50) ITT Federal Income Tax Audit means any Audit of any ITT Federal Income Tax
Return.
(51) ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount has the meaning set forth in Section
9.3(a).
(52) ITT Federal Sharing Percentage means nineteen percent (19%).
(53) ITT Group has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(54) ITT Income Tax Audit Amount means the sum of the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit
Amount, the ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount, and the ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit Amount.
(55) ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit means any Audit of any ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax
Return.
(56) ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit Amount has the meaning set forth in Section
9.3(c).
(57) ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Return means any Non-U.S. Income Tax Return (including
any consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar return) that includes, by election or otherwise,
one or more members of the ITT Group and that is required to be filed for any Pre-Distribution Tax
Period or Straddle Tax Period.
(58) ITT Non-U.S. Sharing Percentage means eighty-four percent (84%).
(59) ITT Retained Assets has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(60) ITT Retained Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
6
(61) ITT Retained Liabilities has the meaning set forth in the Distribution
Agreement.
(62) ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Return means any U.S. federal, state, or local
Income Tax Return (including any consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar return) (i) that is
not an ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Return and (ii) that ITT or any member of the ITT Group is
responsible under applicable Law for filing.
(63) ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount has the meaning set forth in Section
9.3(b).
(64) ITT U.S. State Income Tax Return means any U.S. state or local Income Tax
Return (including any consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar return) that includes, by
election or otherwise, one or more members of the ITT Group required to be filed for any
Pre-Distribution Tax Period or Straddle Tax Period.
(65) ITT U.S. State Sharing Percentage means sixty-five percent (65%).
(66) Law means any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, national, supranational, state,
provincial, local or similar statute, law, ordinance, regulation, rule, code, administrative
pronouncement, order, requirement or rule of law (including common law), or any income tax treaty.
(67) LIBOR has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(68) Losses has the meaning assigned to the term Indemnifiable Losses in the
Distribution Agreement.
(69) Majority of the Parties means the consent of at least two of the Parties.
(70) New York Courts has the meaning set forth in Section 14.14.
(71) Non-Income Tax Returns mean all Tax Returns other than Income Tax Returns.
(72) Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns means all Income Tax Returns required to be filed
with any Taxing Authority of any jurisdiction outside the U.S.
(73) Non-U.S. Sharing Percentages means, with respect to ITT, the ITT Non-U.S.
Sharing Percentage, and, with respect to Water, the Water Non-U.S. Sharing Percentage.
(74) Participating Party has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(c)(i).
(75) Party has the meaning set forth in the preamble hereto.
(76) Paying Party has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2(b).
7
(77) Person means any natural person, firm, individual, corporation, business trust,
joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, or other organization
or entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, or any governmental entity.
(78) Plan of Separation has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
(79) Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns mean, collectively, all Income Tax Returns
required to be filed by a Party or its Affiliates for a Post-Distribution Tax Period.
(80) Post-Distribution Payment Tax Benefit has the meaning set forth in Section
11.2(b).
(81) Post-Distribution Ruling has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
(82) Post-Distribution Tax Period means a Tax period beginning and ending after the
Distribution Date.
(83) Pre-Distribution Tax Period means a Tax period beginning and ending on or
before the Distribution Date.
(84) Proposed Acquisition Transaction means a transaction or series of transactions
(or any agreement, understanding, arrangement, or substantial negotiations within the meaning of
Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, to enter into a
transaction or series of related transactions), (i) as a result of which any of the Parties or any
of the Section 355 Entities (or any successor thereto) would merge or consolidate with any other
Person, or (ii) as a result of which any Person or any group of Persons would (directly or
indirectly) acquire, or have the right to acquire (through an option or otherwise), from any of the
Parties or any of their Affiliates (or any successor thereto) and/or one or more holders of their
stock, respectively, any amount of stock of any of the Parties or any of the Section 355 Entities,
as the case may be, that would, when combined with any other changes in ownership of the stock of
such Party or any of the Section 355 Entities, result in a shift of more than thirty-five percent
(35%) of (a) the value of all outstanding stock of such Party or any of the Section 355 Entities as
of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a series of transactions, the date of the last
transaction of such series, or (b) the total combined voting power of all outstanding stock of such
Party or any of the Section 355 Entities as of the date of such transaction, or in the case of a
series of transactions, the date of the last transaction of such series. For purposes of
determining whether a transaction constitutes an indirect acquisition for purposes of the first
sentence of this definition, any recapitalization or other action resulting in a shift of voting
power or any redemption of shares of stock shall be treated as an indirect acquisition of shares of
stock by the non-exchanging shareholders. This definition and the application thereof is intended
to monitor compliance with Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated
thereunder and shall be interpreted accordingly by the Parties in good faith.
(85) Qualified Tax Advisor means any Big Four Accounting Firm or any law firm of
nationally recognized standing.
(86) Requesting Party shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.
8
(87) Restricted Period means the period beginning at the Effective Time and ending
on the two-year anniversary of the day after the Distribution Date.
(88) Section 355 Entities mean the entities listed on Schedule 1.1(88).
(89) Simpson means Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP.
(90) Spinco Parties mean, each individually and collectively, Water and Defense.
(91) Straddle Tax Period means a Tax period beginning before the Distribution Date
and ending after the Distribution Date.
(92) Stub Tax Period means a short Tax period beginning immediately following the
Distribution Date.
(93) Subsidiary has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(94) Tax or Taxes means (i) all taxes, charges, fees, imposts, levies or
other assessments, including all net income, gross receipts, capital, sales, use, gains, ad
valorem, value added, transfer, franchise, profits, inventory, capital stock, license, withholding,
payroll, employment, social security, unemployment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, property
and estimated taxes, custom duties, fees, assessments and charges of any kind whatsoever,
(ii) liability for the payment of any amount of the type described in clause (i) above arising
as a result of being (or having been) a member of any group or being (or having been) included or
required to be included in any Tax Return related thereto, and (iii) liability for the payment of
any amount of the type described in clauses (i) or (ii) above as a result of any express or implied
obligation to indemnify or otherwise assume or succeed to the liability of any other Person.
Whenever the term Tax or Taxes is used it shall include penalties, fines, additions to tax and
interest thereon.
(95) Tax Attributes mean for U.S. federal, state, local, and non-U.S. Income Tax
purposes, earnings and profits, tax basis, net operating and capital loss carryovers or carrybacks,
alternative minimum Tax credit carryovers or carrybacks, general business credit carryovers or
carrybacks, income tax credits or credits against income tax, disqualified interest and excess
limitation carryovers or carrybacks, overall foreign losses, research and experimentation credit
base periods, and all other items that are determined or computed on an affiliated group basis (as
defined in Section 1504(a) of the Code determined without regard to the exclusion contained in
Section 1504(b)(3) of the Code), or similar Tax items determined under applicable Tax law.
(96) Tax Benefit Actually Realized means with respect to a Party and its
Subsidiaries a reduction in the amount of Taxes that are required to be paid or an increase in
refund due, whether resulting from a deduction, from reduced gain or increased loss from
disposition of an asset, or otherwise, such reduction or increase in refund due determined on an
actually realized basis. For purposes of this definition, a Party or its Subsidiaries will be
deemed to have actually realized such reduction or increase in refund due at the time the amount
of Taxes such Party or any of its Subsidiaries is required to pay is reduced or the amount of any
refund due is increased. The amount of any Tax Benefit Actually Realized shall be computed on a
with and without basis.
9
(97) Tax-Free Status means the qualification of a Distribution or any other
transaction contemplated by the IRS Ruling or any Tax Opinion as a transaction in which gain or
loss is not recognized, in whole or in part, and no amount is included in income, including by
reason of Distribution Taxes, for U.S. federal, state, and local income tax purposes (other than
intercompany items, excess loss accounts or other items required to be taken into account pursuant
to Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 1502 of the Code).
(98) Taxing Authority means any governmental authority or any subdivision, agency,
commission, or authority thereof or any quasi-governmental or private body having jurisdiction over
the assessment, determination, collection, or imposition of any Tax (including the IRS).
(99) Tax Opinions mean certain Tax opinions and supporting memoranda rendered by
Simpson to ITT or any of its Affiliates in connection with the Plan of Separation.
(100) Tax Package means Tax data and information relating to the operations of a
Spinco Party and/or its Subsidiaries, the Water Business (in the case of Water), or the Defense
Business (in the case of Defense) that is reasonably necessary to prepare and file any ITT Combined
or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Return, Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return, or Covered
Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Return, as applicable, and is consistent with the content and
format of Tax data and information submitted by Affiliates of Water or Water Business divisions (in
the case of Water) or Affiliates of Defense or Defense Business divisions (in the case of Defense)
to ITT for Tax Returns (both U.S. and non-U.S.) for Tax periods prior to 2011.
(101) Tax Representation Letter means any letter containing certain representations
and covenants issued by ITT or any of its Affiliates to Simpson in connection with the Tax
Opinions.
(102) Tax Returns mean any return, report, certificate, form or similar statement or
document (including any related or supporting information or schedule attached thereto and any
information return, amended tax return, claim for refund, or declaration of estimated tax) required
to be supplied to, or filed with, a Taxing Authority in connection with the determination,
assessment or collection of any Tax or the administration of any Laws, regulations, or
administrative requirements relating to any Taxes.
(103) Transition Services Agreement has the meaning set forth in the Distribution
Agreement.
(104) Treasury Regulations mean the income tax and administrative regulations
promulgated from time to time under the Code, as in effect for the relevant Tax Period.
(105) Unqualified Tax Opinion means an unqualified will opinion of a Qualified Tax
Advisor, which opinion is reasonably acceptable to each of the Parties and upon which each of the
Parties may rely to confirm that a transaction (or transactions) will not result in Distribution
Taxes.
(106) U.S. means the United States.
10
(107) U.S. State Sharing Percentages means, with respect to ITT, the ITT U.S. State
Sharing Percentage, with respect to Water, the Water U.S. State Sharing Percentage, and with
respect to Defense, the Defense U.S. State Sharing Percentage.
(108) "Water has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
(109) "Water Assets has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(110) "Water Business has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(111) "Water Common Stock has the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.
(112) "Water Federal Sharing Percentage means fifty-one percent (51%).
(113) "Water Group has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(114) "Water Liabilities has the meaning set forth in the Distribution Agreement.
(115) "Water Non-U.S. Sharing Percentage means sixteen percent (16%).
(116) Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return means any U.S. federal, state, or local
Income Tax Return (including any consolidated, combined, unitary, or similar return) (i) that is
not an ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Return and (ii) that Water or any member of the Water Group is
responsible under applicable Law for filing.
(117) "Water U.S. State Sharing Percentage means six percent (6%).
Section 1.2 References; Interpretation.
(a) Terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the
Distribution Agreement. References in this Agreement to any gender include references to all
genders, and references to the singular include references to the plural and vice versa. Unless the
context otherwise requires, the words include, includes, and including when used in this
Agreement shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. Unless the context
otherwise requires, references in this Agreement to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules
shall be deemed references to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this
Agreement. Unless the context otherwise requires, the words hereof, hereby, and herein and
words of similar meaning when used in this Agreement refer to this Agreement in its entirety and
not to any particular Article, Section or provision of this Agreement.
Section 1.3 Effective Time.
(a) The Parties acknowledge that the Plan of Separation contemplates a series of interrelated
and intermediate internal transactions undertaken preparatory to and in
contemplation of the Distributions that must be completed prior to the Effective Time in order
to align and properly capitalize the Water Business, the Defense Business, and the ITT Retained
Business.
11
(b) Notwithstanding that these interrelated and intermediate internal transactions must be
given effect prior to the Distributions, the agreements contained herein, including, but not
limited to, the manner in which Taxes are shared amongst the Parties, shall be effective no earlier
than and only upon the Effective Time.
ARTICLE II
PREPARATION AND FILING OF TAX RETURNS
Section 2.1 Responsibility of ITT to Prepare and File Tax Returns.
(a) General. To the extent not previously filed and subject to the rights and
obligations of each of the Parties set forth herein, ITT shall prepare or cause to be prepared all
(i) Tax Returns required to be filed (taking into account any applicable extensions) on or prior to
the Distribution Date, (ii) ITT Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, and (iii) ITT
Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns. ITT shall file or cause to be filed all such Tax Returns with the
applicable Taxing Authority. To the extent any member of the Water Group or the Defense Group could
be liable after the Distribution Date for Taxes with respect to such Tax Returns (taking into
account any provision under this Agreement), ITT shall be required to prepare such Tax Returns in a
manner consistent with the past practice of ITT and its Affiliates (unless otherwise modified by a
Final Determination or required by applicable Law). All Tax Returns filed under this Section 2.1
shall be filed in a manner consistent with (and the Parties and their Affiliates shall not take any
position inconsistent with) the IRS Ruling, the Tax Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinions.
Subject to the foregoing standards, ITT shall have the right with respect to any Tax Return filed
under this Section 2.1, to determine: (a) except as provided in Section 11.2(a), the manner in
which such Tax Return will be prepared and filed, including the elections, method of accounting,
positions, conventions, and principles of taxation to be used and the manner in which any Tax item
will be reported; (b) whether any extensions may be requested; and (c) except as provided in
Section 11.2(a), the elections that will be made by ITT, any member of the ITT Group, any member of
the Water Group, or any member of the Defense Group on such Tax Return.
(b) Tax Package. To the extent not previously provided, Water and Defense shall (at
their own cost and expense), to the extent that an ITT Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax
Return includes items of that Party or its Affiliates, the Water Business (in the case of Water),
or the Defense Business (in the case of Defense), prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and
provided to ITT a Tax Package relating to such Tax Return. Such Tax Package shall be provided in a
timely manner consistent with the past practices of the Parties and their Affiliates. In the event
a Party does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 2.1(b), ITT shall be entitled, at
the sole cost and expense of such Party, to prepare or cause to be prepared the
information required to be included in the Tax Package for purposes of preparing any such ITT
Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Return.
Section 2.2 Responsibility of Parties to Prepare and File Covered Water Separate U.S.
Income Tax Returns and Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns.
12
(a) General. Subject to the rights and obligations of each of the Parties set forth
herein, ITT shall prepare or cause to be prepared all Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax
Returns and all Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns required to be filed after the
Distribution Date. Water shall file or cause to be filed all such Covered Water Separate U.S.
Income Tax Returns with the applicable Taxing Authority, and Defense shall file or cause to be
filed all such Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns with the applicable Taxing
Authority. All such Tax Returns shall be prepared in a manner (i) consistent with the past practice
of the Parties and their Affiliates unless otherwise modified by a Final Determination or required
by applicable Law; (ii) consistent with (and the Parties and their Affiliates shall not take any
position inconsistent with) the IRS Ruling, the Tax Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinions;
and (iii) consistent with any ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Returns.
(b) Tax Package. To the extent not previously provided, Water and Defense shall (at
their own cost and expense), prepare and provide or cause to be prepared and provided to ITT a Tax
Package relating to any Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return (in the case of Water) or
Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Return (in the case of Defense). Such Tax Package shall be
provided in a timely manner consistent with the past practices of the Parties and their Affiliates.
In the event a Party does not fulfill its obligations pursuant to this Section 2.2(b), ITT shall be
entitled, at the sole cost and expense of such Party, to prepare or cause to be prepared the
information required to be included in the Tax Package for purposes of preparing any such Covered
Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return or Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Return.
(c) Procedures Relating to the Preparation and Filing of Covered Water Separate U.S.
Income Tax Returns and Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns.
(i) In the case of Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns and Covered Defense Separate
U.S. Income Tax Returns required to be filed after the Distribution Date, no later than forty-five
(45) days prior to the Due Date of each such Tax Return (reduced to twenty (20) days for state or
local Tax Returns), ITT shall make available or cause to be made available drafts of such Tax
Returns to Water or Defense, respectively. Water or Defense (as the case may be) shall have access
to any and all data and information reasonably necessary for the preparation of all such Tax
Returns, and ITT and Water or Defense (as the case may be) shall cooperate fully in the preparation
and review of such Tax Returns. Subject to the preceding sentence, no later than fifteen (15) days
after receipt of such Tax Returns (reduced to five (5) days for state or local Tax Returns), Water
shall have a right to object to such Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return (or items with
respect thereto) by written notice to ITT and Defense shall have a right to object to such Covered
Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax
Return (or items with respect thereto) by written notice to ITT; such written notice shall
contain such disputed item (or items) and the basis for its objection.
(ii) With respect to a Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return or Covered Defense
Separate U.S. Income Tax Return submitted by ITT to another Party pursuant to Section 2.2(c)(i), if
the other Party does not object by proper written notice within the time period described, such Tax
Return shall be deemed to have been accepted and agreed upon, and to be final and conclusive, for
purposes of this Section 2.2(c)(ii). If a Party does object by proper written notice within such
applicable time period, ITT shall reflect such Partys comments
13
on such Tax Return;
provided, however, that ITT shall not be required to reflect comments to the extent
such comments are inconsistent with the standards set forth in Section 2.2(a). The Parties shall
act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable. If the Parties have not
reached a final resolution with respect to all disputed items for which proper written notice was
given within ten (10) days (reduced to two (2) days for state or local Tax Returns) prior to the
Due Date for such Tax Return, such Tax Return shall be filed as prepared pursuant to this Section
2.2 (revised to reflect all initially disputed items that the Parties have agreed upon prior to
such date).
(iii) In the event that a Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return or Covered Defense
Separate U.S. Income Tax Return required to be filed after the Distribution Date is filed that
includes any disputed item for which proper notice was given pursuant to this Section 2.2(c) that
was not finally resolved and agreed upon, such disputed item (or items) shall be resolved in
accordance with Article XIII. In the event that the resolution of such disputed item (or items) in
accordance with Article XIII with respect to a Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return or
Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Return is inconsistent with such Tax Return as filed, the
Party entitled under applicable Law to amend such Tax Return (with cooperation from the other
Parties) shall, as promptly as practicable, amend such Tax Return to properly reflect the final
resolution of the disputed item (or items). In the event that the amount of Taxes shown to be due
and owing on a Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Return or Covered Defense Separate U.S.
Income Tax Return required to be filed after the Distribution Date is adjusted as a result of a
resolution pursuant to Article XIII, proper adjustment shall be made to the amounts previously paid
or required to be paid by the Parties in accordance with Article III in a manner that reflects such
resolution.
Section 2.3 Responsibility of Parties to Prepare and File Post-Distribution Income Tax
Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns, and Non-Income Tax Returns. The Party or its Affiliate responsible under applicable Law for filing a Post-Distribution
Income Tax Return (other than a Tax Return for a Stub Tax Period), a Non-U.S. Income Tax Return
(other than an ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Return), or a Non-Income Tax Return (in each case required
to be filed after the Distribution Date) shall prepare and file or cause to be prepared and filed
that Tax Return (at that Partys own cost and expense). All such Tax Returns shall be filed in a
manner (i) consistent with (and the Parties and their Affiliates shall not take any position
inconsistent with) the IRS Ruling, the Tax Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinions and (ii)
consistent with any ITT Combined U.S. Income Tax Returns.
Section 2.4 Time of Filing Tax Returns; Manner of Tax Return Preparation. Each Tax Return shall be filed on or prior to the Due Date for such Tax Return by the Party
responsible for filing such Tax Return hereunder. Unless otherwise required by a Taxing Authority
pursuant to a Final Determination, the Parties hereto shall prepare and file or cause to be
prepared and filed all Tax Returns and take all other actions in a manner consistent with (and
shall not take any position inconsistent with) any assumptions, representations, warranties,
covenants, and conclusions provided by the Parties in connection with the Plan of Separation.
Section 2.5 Costs and Expenses. Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, the party responsible for preparing any Tax Return
under Section 2.1, 2.2, or 2.3 shall be responsible for the costs and expenses associated with
preparing such Tax Returns.
14
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the external costs and expenses
associated with preparing all ITT Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, Covered Water
Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, and Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns shall be
shared on an equal one-third (1/3) basis by each of the Parties; provided, however,
if ITT determines that such shared external costs and expenses are reasonably expected to exceed
$1,500,000, then at such time the Chief Executive Officer of ITT shall notify the Chief Executive
Officers of each of Xylem and Exelis of such expected overage, and the Parties shall use their good
faith efforts to determine within thirty (30) days the amount of the additional shared external
costs and expenses that are reasonably necessary for the preparation of such Tax Returns.
ARTICLE III
RESPONSIBILITY FOR PAYMENT OF TAXES
Section 3.1 Responsibility of ITT for Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, ITT shall be liable for and shall pay or
cause to be paid the following Taxes to the applicable Taxing Authority:
(a) any Taxes due and payable on all Tax Returns required to be filed (taking into account any
applicable extensions) on or prior to the Distribution Date;
(b) any Taxes due and payable on all ITT Combined or ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns;
(c) any Taxes due and payable on all ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns; and
(d) any Taxes due and payable on all Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax
Returns, and Non-Income Tax Returns that ITT is required to file or cause to be filed with such
Taxing Authority pursuant to Section 2.3.
Section 3.2 Responsibility of Defense for Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, Defense shall be liable for and shall pay
or cause to be paid the following Taxes to the applicable Taxing Authority:
(a) any Taxes due and payable on all Covered Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns required
to be filed after the Distribution Date; and
(b) any Taxes due and payable on all Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax
Returns, and Non-Income Tax Returns that Defense is required to file or cause to be filed with such
Taxing Authority pursuant to Section 2.3.
Section 3.3 Responsibility of Water for Taxes. Except as otherwise provided in this agreement, Water shall be liable for and shall pay or
cause to be paid the following Taxes to the applicable Taxing Authority:
(a) any Taxes due and payable on all Covered Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns required
to be filed after the Distribution Date; and
15
(b) any Taxes due and payable on all Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax
Returns, and Non-Income Tax Returns that Water is required to file or cause to be filed with such
Taxing Authority pursuant to Section 2.3.
Section 3.4 Timing of Payments of Taxes. All Taxes required to be paid or caused to be paid by a Party to a Taxing Authority
pursuant to this Article III shall be paid or caused to be paid by such Party on or prior to the
Due Date of such Taxes. All amounts required to be paid by one Party to another Party (including
obligations arising under Article VII) pursuant to this Article III shall be paid or caused to be
paid by such first Party to such other Party in accordance with Article VIII.
ARTICLE IV
REFUNDS, CARRYBACKS AND AMENDED TAX RETURNS
Section 4.1 Refunds.
(a) Each Party shall be entitled to refunds (including any similar credit or offset of Taxes)
that relate to Taxes for which it is liable hereunder in accordance with Article III, Article V, or
Article VI; provided, however, that (i) any refunds of Taxes (other than Taxes for
which a Party is responsible pursuant to Article V or Article VI) received in connection with any
ITT Federal Income Tax Audit, an ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit, or ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit
by a member of the ITT Group for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to the portion of a
Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section 11.2(a)) shall be
treated as reducing the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount, ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit
Amount, or ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit Amount, as applicable (but only to the extent that a
member of the ITT Group is entitled to retain such refund after application of clause (ii) below)
and (ii) the Party that receives such refund shall make payments to the other Parties in accordance
with their Federal Sharing Percentages, U.S. State
Sharing Percentages, or Non-U.S. Sharing Percentages, as applicable, to reflect the their
prior liability, if any, for additional Taxes under Section 9.3.
(b) Any refund or portion thereof to which a Party is entitled pursuant to this Section 4.1
that is received or deemed to have been received as described herein by another Party, shall be
paid by such other Party to such first Party in immediately available funds in accordance with
Article VIII.
Section 4.2 Carrybacks. The Spinco Parties agree and will cause their Subsidiaries not to carry back any Tax
Attribute for any taxable period ending after the Distribution Date to an ITT Combined U.S. Income
Tax Return, except as is required by applicable Law.
Section 4.3 Amended Tax Returns.
(a) Notwithstanding Sections 2.1 and 2.2, a Party or its Subsidiary that is entitled to file
an amended Tax Return for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or a Straddle Tax Period for members of its
Group shall be permitted to prepare and file an amended Tax Return at its own cost and expense;
provided, however, that (i) such amended Tax Return shall be prepared in
16
a manner
(x) consistent with the past practice of the Parties and their Affiliates unless otherwise modified
by a Final Determination or required by applicable Law; (y) consistent with (and the Parties and
their Affiliates shall not take any position inconsistent with) the IRS Ruling, the Tax
Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinions; and (z) consistent with any ITT Combined U.S. Income
Tax Returns; and (ii) if such amended Tax Return could result in one or more other Parties becoming
responsible for a payment of Taxes pursuant to Article III or a payment to a Party pursuant to
Article IX, such amended Tax Return shall be permitted only if the consent of such other Parties is
obtained. The consent of such other Parties shall not be withheld unreasonably and shall be deemed
to be obtained in the event that a Party or its Subsidiary is required to file an amended Tax
Return as a result of an Audit adjustment that arose in accordance with Article IX.
(b) A Party or its Subsidiary that is entitled to file an amended Tax Return for a
Post-Distribution Tax Period shall be permitted to do so without the consent of any Party.
(c) A Party that is permitted (or whose Subsidiary is permitted) to file an amended Tax Return
shall not be relieved of any liability for payments pursuant to this Agreement notwithstanding that
another Party consented thereto.
ARTICLE V
DISTRIBUTION TAXES
Section 5.1 Liability for Distribution Taxes. In the event that Distribution Taxes become due and payable to a Taxing Authority pursuant
to a Final Determination, then, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement:
(a) No Fault. If such Distribution Taxes are not attributable to the Fault of any
Party or any of its Affiliates, the responsibility for such Distribution Taxes shall be shared by
the Parties in accordance with their Distribution Sharing Percentages. Notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement, such Distribution Taxes shall not be subject to Section 9.3
(including for purposes of determining the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount or ITT U.S. State
Income Tax Audit Amount).
(b) Fault. If such Distribution Taxes are attributable to the Fault of one or more
Parties or any of their Affiliates, the responsibility for such Distribution Taxes shall reside
with the Party or Parties at Fault. If more than one Party is at Fault, the responsibility for the
Distribution Taxes shall be allocated equally among all of the Parties at Fault. Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such Distribution Taxes shall not be subject to Article
III or Section 9.3 (including for purposes of determining the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount
or ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount).
Section 5.2 Definition of Fault. For purposes of this Agreement, Distribution Taxes shall be deemed to result from the fault
(Fault) of a Party if such Distribution Taxes are directly attributable to, or result from:
(a) any act, or failure or omission to act, by such Party or any of such Partys Affiliates
following the Distributions that results in one or more Parties (or any of their
17
Affiliates) being
responsible for such Distribution Taxes pursuant to a Final Determination, regardless of whether
such act or failure to act (i) is covered by a Post-Distribution Ruling, Unqualified Tax Opinion,
or waiver in accordance with Section 5.3, or (ii) occurs during or after the Restricted Period, or
(b) the direct or indirect acquisition of all or a portion of the stock of such Party or of
any of the Section 355 Entities (or any transaction or series of related transactions that is
deemed to be such an acquisition for purposes of Section 355(e) of the Code and the Treasury
Regulations promulgated thereunder) by any means whatsoever by any person including pursuant to an
issuance of stock by such Party or any of its Affiliates.
Section 5.3 Limits on Proposed Acquisition Transactions and Other Transactions During
Restricted Period. During the Restricted Period, no Party shall:
(a) enter into any Proposed Acquisition Transaction, approve any Proposed Acquisition
Transaction for any purpose, or allow any Proposed Acquisition Transaction to occur with respect to
any of the Section 355 Entities;
(b) merge or consolidate with any other Person or liquidate or partially liquidate; or approve
or allow any merger, consolidation, liquidation, or partial liquidation of any of the Section 355
Entities or the ATOB Entities;
(c) approve or allow the discontinuance, cessation, or sale or other transfer (to an Affiliate
or otherwise) of any Active Business;
(d) approve or allow the sale, issuance, or other disposition (to an Affiliate or otherwise),
directly or indirectly, of any share of, or other equity interest or an instrument convertible into
an equity interest in, any of the ATOB Entities;
(e) sell or otherwise dispose of more than 35 percent (35%) of its consolidated gross or net
assets, or approve or allow the sale or other disposition (to an Affiliate or otherwise) of more
than 35 percent (35%) of the consolidated gross or net assets of any of the Section 355 Entities
(in each case, excluding sales in the ordinary course of business and measured based on fair market
values as of the date of the applicable Distribution or other transaction);
(f) amend its certificate of incorporation (or other organizational documents), or take any
other action or approve or allow the taking of any action, whether through a stockholder vote or
otherwise, affecting the voting rights of the stock of such Party or any of the Section 355
Entities;
(g) purchase, directly or through any Affiliate, any of its outstanding stock after the
Distributions, other than through stock purchases meeting the requirements of Section 4.05(1)(b) of
Revenue Procedure 96-30;
(h) take any action or fail to take any action, or permit any of its Affiliates to take any
action or fail to take any action, that is inconsistent with the representations and covenants made
in the IRS Ruling or in the Tax Representation Letters, or that is inconsistent with any rulings or
opinions in the IRS Ruling or any Tax Opinion; or
18
(i) take any action or permit any of its Affiliates to take any action that, in the aggregate
(taking into account other transactions described in this Section 5.3) would be reasonably likely
to jeopardize Tax-Free Status;
provided, however, that a Party (the Requesting Party) shall be permitted to take
such action or one or more actions set forth in the foregoing clauses (a) through (g) if, prior to
taking any such actions: (1) such Requesting Party or ITT shall have received a favorable private
letter ruling from the IRS, or a ruling from another Taxing Authority (a Post-Distribution
Ruling), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other Parties that confirms that
such action or actions will not result in Distribution Taxes, taking into account such actions and
any other relevant transactions in the aggregate; (2) such Requesting Party shall have received an
Unqualified Tax Opinion in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the other Parties that
confirms that such action or actions will not result in Distribution Taxes, taking into account
such actions and any other relevant transactions in the aggregate; or (3) such Requesting Party
shall have received a written statement from each of the other Parties that provides that such
other Party waives the requirement to obtain a Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax
Opinion described in this paragraph. The Requesting Party shall bear all costs and expenses of
securing any such Post-Distribution Ruling or Unqualified Tax Opinion.
Section 5.4 IRS Ruling, Tax Representation Letters, and Tax Opinions; Consistency. Each Party represents that
the information and representations furnished by it in or with
respect to the IRS Ruling, the Tax Representation Letters, or the Tax Opinions are accurate and
complete as of the Effective Time. Each Party covenants that if, after the Effective Time, it or
any of its Affiliates obtains information indicating, or otherwise becomes aware, that any such
information or representations is or may be inaccurate or incomplete, to promptly inform the other
Parties. The Parties shall not take any action or fail to take any action, or permit any of their
Affiliates to take any action or fail to take any action, that is or is reasonably likely to be
inconsistent with the IRS Ruling, the Tax Representation Letters, or the Tax Opinions.
Section 5.5 Timing of Payment of Taxes. All Distribution Taxes required to be paid or caused to be paid by a Party to a Taxing
Authority under applicable Law shall be paid or caused to be paid by such Party on or prior to the
Due Date of such Distribution Taxes. All amounts required to be paid by one Party to another Party
(including obligations arising under Article VII) pursuant to this Article V shall be paid or
caused to be paid by such first Party to such other Party in accordance with Article VIII.
ARTICLE VI
GAIN RECOGNITION AGREEMENTS
Section 6.1 Gain Recognition Agreement Compliance. Each Party and its Affiliates shall take any action reasonably necessary to prevent the
transactions that are part of the Plan of Separation from constituting triggering events with
respect to the GRAs listed in Schedule 6.1 or any related new or amended GRAs (including amending
existing GRAs or entering into new GRAs as well as complying with any related requirements).
19
Section 6.2 Gain Recognition Agreement Taxes. In the event that any Taxes become due and payable to a Taxing Authority with respect to the
GRAs listed in Schedule 6.1 or any related new or amended GRAs, then, notwithstanding anything to
the contrary in this Agreement:
(a) Non-Compliance. If such Taxes are attributable to one or more Parties or any of
their Affiliates failure to comply with Section 6.1, the responsibility for such Taxes shall
reside with such Party or Parties. If more than one Party or any of its Affiliates has failed to
comply to with Section 6.1, the responsibility for such Taxes shall be allocated equally among all
such Parties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, such Taxes shall not be
subject to Article III or Section 9.3 (including for purposes of determining the ITT Federal Income
Tax Audit Amount or ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount).
(b) Post-Distribution Actions. If such Taxes are not covered by Section 6.2(a) and
are attributable to any action of a Party or any of its Affiliates after the Distributions, the
responsibility for such Taxes shall reside with such Party. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in this Agreement, such Taxes shall not be subject to Article III or Section 9.3
(including for purposes of determining the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount or ITT U.S. State
Income Tax Audit Amount).
Section 6.3 Timing of Payment of Taxes. All Taxes subject to Section 6.2 required to be paid or caused to be paid by a Party to a
Taxing Authority under applicable Law shall be paid or caused to be paid by such Party on or prior
to the Due Date of such Taxes. All amounts required to be paid by one Party to another Party
(including obligations arising under Article VII) pursuant to this Article VI shall be paid or
caused to be paid by such first Party to such other Party in accordance with Article VIII.
ARTICLE VII
INDEMNIFICATION
Section 7.1 Indemnification Obligations of ITT. ITT shall indemnify Water and Defense and hold them harmless from and against (without
duplication):
(a) all Taxes and other amounts for which the ITT Group is responsible under this Agreement;
and
(b) all Taxes and Losses attributable to a breach of any representation, covenant, or
obligation of ITT under this Agreement.
Section 7.2 Indemnification Obligations of Water. Water shall indemnify ITT and Defense and hold them harmless from and against (without
duplication):
(a) all Taxes and other amounts for which the Water Group is responsible under this Agreement;
and
(b) all Taxes and Losses attributable to a breach of any representation, covenant, or
obligation of Water under this Agreement.
20
Section 7.3 Indemnification Obligations of Defense. Defense shall indemnify ITT and Water and hold them harmless from and against (without
duplication):
(a) all Taxes and other amounts for which the Defense Group is responsible under this
Agreement; and
(b) all Taxes and Losses attributable to a breach of any representation, covenant or
obligation of Defense under this Agreement.
ARTICLE VIII
PAYMENTS
Section 8.1 Payments.
(a) General. In the event that an Indemnifying Party is required to make a payment to
an Indemnified Party pursuant to this Agreement, such payment shall be made to the Indemnified
Party within the time prescribed for payment in this Agreement, or if no period is prescribed,
within twenty (20) days after delivery of written notice of payment owing together with a
computation of the amounts due. If the Indemnifying Party fails to make a payment to the
Indemnified Party within the time period set forth in this Section 8.1 or as otherwise provided in
this Agreement, such Indemnifying Party shall pay to the Indemnified Party interest that accrues
(at a rate equal to LIBOR) on the amount of such payment from the time that such payment was due to
the Indemnified Party until the date that payment is actually made to the Indemnified Party;
provided, however, that this provision for interest shall not be construed to give the
Indemnifying Party the right to defer payment beyond the due date hereunder.
(b) Right of Setoff. It is expressly understood that an Indemnifying Party is hereby
authorized to set off and apply any and all amounts required to be paid to an Indemnified Party
pursuant to this Section 8.1 against any and all of the obligations of the Indemnified Party to the
Indemnifying Party arising under Section 8.1 of this Agreement that are then either due and payable
or past due, irrespective of whether such Indemnifying Party has made any demand for payment with
respect to such obligations.
Section 8.2 Treatment of Payments made Pursuant to Tax Matters Agreement. Unless otherwise required by a Final Determination or this Agreement or otherwise agreed to
among the Parties, for U.S. federal Tax purposes, any payment (other than payments of interest
pursuant to Section 8.1(a)) made pursuant to this Agreement by:
(a) a Spinco Party to ITT shall be treated for all Tax purposes as a distribution by such
Spinco Party to ITT with respect to stock of the Spinco Party occurring after the Spinco Party is
directly owned by ITT and immediately before the applicable Distribution;
(b) ITT to either of the Spinco Parties shall be treated for all Tax purposes as a tax-free
contribution by ITT to the appropriate Spinco Party with respect to its stock occurring after the
Spinco Party is directly owned by ITT and immediately before the applicable Distribution;
21
(c) a Spinco Party to another Spinco Party shall be treated for all Tax purposes as a
distribution by the first Spinco Party to ITT with respect to stock of that Spinco Party occurring
after the Spinco Party is directly owned by ITT and immediately before the
applicable Distribution followed by a tax-free contribution by ITT to the recipient Spinco
Party with respect to its stock occurring after the Spinco Party is directly owned by ITT and
immediately before the applicable Distribution; and
(d) in each case, none of the Parties shall take any position inconsistent with such
treatment. In the event that a Taxing Authority asserts that a Partys treatment of a payment
pursuant to this Agreement should be other than as required pursuant to this Agreement (ignoring
any potential inconsistent or adverse Final Determination), such Party shall use its commercially
reasonable efforts to contest such challenge.
Section 8.3 Payments Net of Tax Benefit Actually Realized and Tax Cost. All amounts required to be paid
by one Party to another pursuant to this Agreement or the
Distribution Agreement shall be reduced by the Tax Benefit Actually Realized by the Indemnified
Party or its Subsidiaries in the taxable year the payment is made or any prior taxable year as a
result of the claim giving rise to the payment. If the receipt or accrual of any such payment
(other than payments of interest pursuant to Section 8.1(a) or Section 11.11 of the Distribution
Agreement) results in taxable income to the Indemnified Party or its Subsidiaries, such payment
shall be increased so that, after the payment of any Taxes with respect to the payment, the
Indemnified Party or its Subsidiaries shall have realized the same net amount it would have
realized had the payment not resulted in taxable income.
ARTICLE IX
AUDITS
Section 9.1 Notice. Within fifteen (15) Business Days after a Party or any of its Affiliates receives a written
notice from a Taxing Authority (reduced to five (5) Business Days for written notices received from
a state or local Taxing Authority) of the existence of an Audit that may require indemnification
pursuant to this Agreement, that Party shall notify the other Parties of such receipt and send such
notice to the other Parties via overnight mail. The failure of one Party to notify the other
Parties of an Audit shall not relieve such other Party of any liability and/or obligation that it
may have under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Indemnifying Partys rights under this
Agreement are materially prejudiced by such failure.
Section 9.2 Audits.
(a) Determination of Administering Party.
(i) Subject to Sections 9.2(b) and 9.2(c), ITT and its Subsidiaries shall administer and
control all ITT Federal Income Tax Audits, ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audits, and ITT Non-U.S.
Income Tax Audits.
(ii) Audits of Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax
Returns, Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns (other than ITT Non-U.S.
Income Tax Returns), and Non-Income Tax Returns shall
22
be administered and controlled by the Party
and its Subsidiaries that would be primarily liable under applicable Law to pay to the applicable
Taxing Authority the Taxes resulting from such Audits. Such Audits shall not be subject to
Sections 9.2(b) and 9.2(c).
(b) Administration and Control; Cooperation.
(i) Subject to Sections 9.2(b)(ii) and 9.2(c), the Audit Management Party shall have absolute
authority to make all decisions (determined in its sole discretion) with respect to the
administration and control of such Audit, including the selection of all external advisors. In that
regard, the Audit Management Party (a) may in its sole discretion settle or otherwise determine not
to continue to contest any issue related to such Audit without the consent of the other Parties,
and (b) shall, as soon as reasonably practicable and prior to settlement of an issue that could
cause one or more other Parties to become responsible for Taxes under Section 9.3, notify the Audit
Representatives of such other Parties of such settlement. The other Parties shall (and shall cause
their Affiliates to) undertake all actions and execute all documents (including an extension of the
applicable statute of limitations) that are determined in the sole discretion of the Audit
Management Party to be necessary to effectuate such administration and control. The Parties shall
act in good faith and use their reasonable best efforts to cooperate fully with each other Party
(and their Affiliates) in connection with such Audit and shall provide or cause their Subsidiaries
to provide such information to each other as may be necessary or useful with respect to such Audit
in a timely manner, identify and provide access to potential witnesses, and other persons with
knowledge and other information within its control and reasonably necessary to the resolution of
the Audit.
(ii) In the case of any Audit in respect of Distribution Taxes for which a Party could be
liable pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or Taxes for which a Party could be liable pursuant to Section
6.2, such Party shall have the right to administer and control such Audit (and shall have any
rights, and be subject to any limitations or obligations, set forth in Section 9.2 applicable to
the Audit Management Party); provided, however, that such Audit Management Party
shall not settle such Audit without the prior written consent of any other Party if such settlement
could have a material adverse impact on such Party or any of its Affiliates. In event more than
one Party would be liable under Section 5.1(b) or Section 6.2, such Parties shall each have the
right to jointly act as Audit Management Party with respect to such Audit in accordance with this
Section 9.2(b)(ii), and such Parties may agree upon additional terms to govern such joint
responsibility.
(c) Participation Rights of Parties and Information Sharing with respect to Audits.
(i) Each Party that would be responsible under Section 9.3 for Taxes resulting from an Audit
(other than the Audit Management Party) (a Participating Party) shall have limited participation
rights as set forth in this Section 9.2(c) with respect to such Audit. Upon the reasonable request
of a Participating Party, the Audit Management Party shall make available relevant personnel and
external advisors to meet with the Participating Party and its
independent auditor in order to review the status of the Audits. The Participating Parties
shall provide the Audit Management Party with reasonable notice of such requested meetings or
information.
23
(ii) Each Participating Party shall have access to any written documentation in the possession
of the Audit Management Party that pertains to the Audit (including any written summaries of issues
that the Audit Management Party has developed in the context of evaluating the financial reporting
of the Audit); provided, however, that if documentation was prepared solely by or
on behalf of a Party, then the documentation must relate to the joint defense of the Audit. Copies
of the documentation will be made available to the Participating Parties at their sole cost and
expense.
(iii) The Participating Parties are encouraged to provide consultation to the Audit Management
Party in regards to Audit strategy and shall, upon request of the Audit Management Party, provide
such consultation. The Participating Party may elect to employ separate counsel to advise the
Participating Party as additional counsel in or in connection with an Audit, but in that event, the
fees and expenses of the separate counsel shall be paid solely by the Participating Party. The
Audit Management Party shall in good faith consider all advice and other input received from the
Participating Parties in connection with their consultations with respect to an Audit. However, the
Audit Management Party shall retain the sole authority to make all Audit decisions. In that regard,
the Participating Parties and their separate counsels shall not be allowed to participate in any
Audit-related meetings other than those described in (i) or (ii) above (unless such a meeting is
attended by the personnel of a Participating Party, in which case that Participating Party may
attend the meeting but may not actively participate), respond directly to a Taxing Authority
conducting the Audit, or in any manner control resolution of the Audit.
(d) Sharing of Certain Audit-related Internal and External Costs and Expenses.
(i) External Costs and Expenses. All external costs and expenses (including all costs
and expenses of calculating Taxes and other amounts payable hereunder) that are incurred by the
Audit Management Party with respect to any ITT Federal Income Tax Audit, ITT U.S. State Income Tax
Audit, or ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit (including any external costs and expenses incurred as a
result of any reporting obligations that arise out of an Audit, such as the reporting of any Audit
adjustments to the various U.S. states) shall (a) if incurred in 2012, be borne by the Audit
Management Party to the extent such external costs and expenses do not exceed $500,000 and
thereafter be shared on an equal one-third (1/3) basis by each of the Parties, (b) if incurred in
2013, be borne by the Audit Management Party to the extent such external costs and expenses do not
exceed $600,000 and thereafter be shared on an equal one-third (1/3) basis by each of the Parties,
(c) if incurred in 2014, be borne by the Audit Management Party to the extent such external costs
and expenses do not exceed $600,000 and thereafter be shared on an equal one-third (1/3) basis by
each of the Parties, and (d) if incurred after 2014, be shared on an equal one-third (1/3) basis
by each of the Parties; provided, however, that any external costs and expenses
incurred by any Party in respect of an Audit in respect of Distribution Taxes for which a Party
could be liable pursuant to Section 5.1(b) or Taxes for which a Party could be liable pursuant to
Section 6.2 shall be borne by the Party incurring such
external costs and expenses and shall not be subject to the foregoing arrangements. The Audit
Management Party shall provide to the other Parties at the end of each calendar year an invoice for
each other Partys share of the external costs (along with supporting invoices received from the
external service providers), and each other Party shall remit, within sixty (60) days after
24
receipt
of the invoice, payment of their share of the external costs to the Audit Management Party.
(ii) Internal Costs and Expenses. All internal costs and expenses incurred by any
Party with respect to any ITT Federal Income Tax Audit, ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit, or ITT
Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit shall be borne by such Party.
(e) Power of Attorney/Officer Signature. Each Party hereby appoints (and shall cause
its Subsidiaries to appoint) the Audit Management Party (and its designated representatives) as its
agent and attorney-in-fact to take the actions the Audit Management Party deems necessary or
appropriate to implement the responsibilities of the Audit Management Party under this Agreement.
Each Party also shall (or shall cause its Subsidiaries to) execute and deliver to the Audit
Management Party a power of attorney, and such other documents as are reasonably requested from
time to time by the Audit Management Party (or its designee).
Section 9.3 Payment of Audit Amounts.
(a) ITT Federal Income Tax Audits. In connection with any ITT Federal Income Tax
Audit:
(i) ITT shall pay all additional Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit that relate
to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period (as determined under Section 11.2(a)) beginning after the
Distribution Date.
(ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of additional Taxes due and payable with respect
to all ITT Federal Income Tax Audits for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to the
portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)) (the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount) does not exceed $27,100,000, ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority all additional
Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to
the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)).
(iii) To the extent that the ITT Federal Income Tax Audit Amount exceeds $27,100,000:
|
1) |
|
ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the
applicable Taxing Authority an amount equal to the ITT
Federal Sharing Percentage of the additional Taxes due
and payable as a result of such Audit for a
Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to the
portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending
on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)). |
|
|
2) |
|
Defense shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to ITT an
amount equal to the Defense Federal Sharing Percentage
of the additional Taxes |
25
|
|
|
due and payable as a result of
such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that
relate to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on
the Distribution Date, as determined under Section
11.2(a) (and ITT shall pay or cause to be paid such
amounts to the applicable Taxing Authority). |
|
3) |
|
Water shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to ITT an
amount equal to the Water Federal Sharing Percentage of
the additional Taxes due and payable as a result of such
Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate
to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the
Distribution Date, as determined under Section 11.2(a)
(and ITT shall pay or cause to be paid such amounts to
the applicable Taxing Authority). |
(b) ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audits. In connection with any ITT U.S. State Income
Tax Audit:
(i) ITT shall pay all additional Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit that relate
to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period (as determined under Section 11.2(a)) beginning after the
Distribution Date.
(ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of additional Taxes due and payable with respect
to all ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audits for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to the
portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)) (the ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount) does not exceed $8,600,000, ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority all additional
Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to
the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)).
(iii) To the extent that the ITT U.S. State Income Tax Audit Amount exceeds $8,600,000:
|
1) |
|
ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the
applicable Taxing Authority an amount equal to the ITT
U.S. State Sharing Percentage of the additional Taxes
due and payable as a result of such Audit for a
Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that
relate to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending
on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)). |
|
|
2) |
|
Defense shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to ITT an
amount equal to the Defense U.S.
|
26
|
|
|
State Sharing
Percentage of the additional Taxes due and payable as a
result of such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period
or that relate to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period
ending on the Distribution Date, as determined under
Section 11.2(a) (and ITT shall pay or cause to be paid
such amounts to the applicable Taxing Authority). |
|
3) |
|
Water shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to ITT an
amount equal to the Water U.S. State Sharing Percentage
of the additional Taxes due and payable as a result of
such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that
relate to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on
the Distribution Date, as determined under Section
11.2(a) (and ITT shall pay or cause to be paid such
amounts to the applicable Taxing Authority). |
(c) ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audits. In connection with any ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax
Audit:
(i) ITT shall pay all additional Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit that relate
to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period (as determined under Section 11.2(a)) beginning after the
Distribution Date.
(ii) To the extent that the aggregate amount of additional Taxes due and payable with respect
to all ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audits for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to the
portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)) (the ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit Amount) does not exceed $10,600,000, ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the applicable Taxing Authority all additional
Taxes due and payable as a result of such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate to
the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)).
(iii) To the extent that the ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit Amount exceeds $10,600,000:
|
1) |
|
ITT shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the
applicable Taxing Authority an amount equal to the ITT
Non-U.S. Sharing Percentage of the additional Taxes due
and payable as a result of
such Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that
relate to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending
on the Distribution Date (as determined under Section
11.2(a)). |
27
|
2) |
|
Water shall be
liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to ITT an
amount equal to the Water Non-U.S. Sharing Percentage of
the additional Taxes due and payable as a result of such
Audit for a Pre-Distribution Tax Period or that relate
to the portion of a Straddle Tax Period ending on the
Distribution Date, as determined under Section 11.2(a)
(and ITT shall pay or cause to be paid such amounts to
the applicable Taxing Authority). |
(d) Audit True-Up Payment. If on the Audit True-Up Date the ITT Income Tax Audit
Amount is below $46,300,000, then ITT shall pay or cause to be paid (i) to Water an amount equal to
(a) thirty-five percent (35%) multiplied by (b) the amount of the difference between the ITT Income
Tax Audit Amount and $46,300,000 and (ii) to Defense an amount equal to (a) twenty-three percent
(23%) multiplied by (b) the amount of the difference between the ITT Income Tax Audit Amount and
$46,300,000. Any additional Taxes in connection with an ITT Federal Income Tax Audit, ITT U.S.
State Income Tax Audit, or ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Audit that are due and payable after the Audit
True-Up Date shall be subject to Section 9.3(a)(iii), Section 9.3(b)(iii), or Section 9.3(c)(iii),
as the case may be.
(e) Audits of Water Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax
Returns, Post-Distribution Income Tax Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns, and Non-Income Tax
Returns. In connection with any Audits of ITT Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, Water Separate
U.S. Income Tax Returns, Defense Separate U.S. Income Tax Returns, Post-Distribution Income Tax
Returns, Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns (other than ITT Non-U.S. Income Tax Returns), and Non-Income
Tax Returns, the Party whose Group contains the entity that is primarily liable under applicable
Law for the relevant Taxes shall be liable for and shall pay or cause to be paid to the applicable
Taxing Authority the amounts due and payable as a result of such Final Determination.
(f) Payment Procedures. In connection with any Audit or the determination of the ITT
Income Tax Audit Amount pursuant to Section 9.3(d) that results in an amount to be paid pursuant to
Section 9.3, (b), (c), or (d), the Audit Management Party shall, within thirty (30) Business Days
following a final resolution of such Audit or such determination pursuant to Section 9.3(d), submit
in writing to the other Parties a preliminary determination (calculated and explained in detail
reasonably sufficient to enable the Parties to fully understand the basis for such determination
and to permit such Parties and their Affiliates to satisfy their financial reporting requirements)
of the portion of such amount to be paid by each of the Parties pursuant to Section 9.3(a), (b),
(c), or (d), as applicable. Each of the Parties and its Affiliates shall have access to all data
and information necessary to calculate such amounts and the Parties and their Affiliates shall
cooperate fully in the determination of such amounts. Within twenty (20) Business Days following
the receipt by a Party of the information described in this Section
9.3(f), such Party shall have the right to object only to the calculation of the amount of the
payment (but not the basis for the payment) by written notice to the other Parties; such written
notice shall contain such disputed item or items and the basis for its objection. If no Party
objects by proper written notice to the other Parties within the time period described in this
Section 9.3(f), the calculation of the amounts due and owing from each Party shall be deemed to
have
28
been accepted and agreed upon, and final and conclusive, for purposes of this Section 9.3(f).
If any Party objects by proper written notice to the other Parties within such time period, the
Parties shall act in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as practicable in
accordance with Article XIII. The Party or its Affiliate responsible for paying to the applicable
Taxing Authority under applicable Law amounts owed shall make such payments to such Taxing
Authority prior to the Due Date for such payments. The other Parties shall reimburse the paying
Party in accordance with Article VIII for the portion of such payments for which such other Parties
are liable pursuant to this Section 9.3. The time periods specified above for submitting a
preliminary determination and objecting may be shortened to a time period determined by a Majority
of the Parties if these Parties ascertain that such shortened time period is necessary to meet the
Audit obligations of the Parties and their Affiliates.
ARTICLE X
COOPERATION AND EXCHANGE OF INFORMATION
Section 10.1 Cooperation and Exchange of Information. The Parties shall each cooperate fully (and each shall cause its respective Affiliates to
cooperate fully) and in a timely manner (considering the other Partys normal internal processing
or reporting requirements) with all reasonable requests from another Party hereto, or from an
agent, representative, or advisor to such Party, in connection with the preparation and filing of
Tax Returns, claims for refund, Audits, determinations of Tax Attributes and the calculation of
Taxes or other amounts required to be paid hereunder, and any applicable financial reporting
requirements of a Party or its Affiliates, in each case, related or attributable to or arising in
connection with Taxes or Tax Attributes of any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries
covered by this Agreement. Such cooperation shall include, without limitation:
(a) the retention until the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations or, if later,
until the expiration of all relevant Tax Attributes (in each case taking into account all waivers
and extensions), and the provision upon request, of Tax Returns of the Parties and their respective
Subsidiaries for periods up to and including the Distribution Date, books, records (including
information regarding ownership and Tax basis of property), documentation, and other information
relating to such Tax Returns, including accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents
relating to rulings or other determinations by Taxing Authorities;
(b) the execution of any document that may be necessary or reasonably helpful in connection
with any Audit of any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries, or the filing of a Tax
Return or refund claim of the Parties or any of their respective Subsidiaries (including the
signature of an officer of a Party or its Subsidiary);
(c) the use of the Partys reasonable best efforts to obtain any documentation and provide
additional facts, insights or views as requested by another Party that may be necessary or
reasonably helpful in connection with any of the foregoing (including without limitation any
information contained in Tax or other financial information databases); and
(d) the use of the Partys reasonable best efforts to obtain any Tax Returns (including
accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents), documents, books,
29
records, or other
information that may be necessary or helpful in connection with any Tax Returns of any of the
Parties or their Affiliates.
Each Party shall make its and its Subsidiaries employees and facilities available on a
reasonable and mutually convenient basis in connection with the foregoing matters. Except for costs
and expenses otherwise allocated among the Parties pursuant to this Agreement, including costs
incurred under Article II and Article IX, no reimbursement shall be made for costs and expenses
incurred by the Parties as a result of cooperating pursuant to this Section 10.1.
Water and Defense shall have the right to access, retrieve, and utilize any and all Tax data
and information as it relates to members of the Water Group and Defense Group, respectively, from
ITTs existing Tax data and information systems until the time each establishes its own Tax data
and information systems.
Section 10.2 Retention of Records. Subject to Section 10.1, if any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries intends to
dispose of any documentation relating to the Taxes of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries
for which another Party to this Agreement may be responsible pursuant to the terms of this
Agreement (including, without limitation, Tax Returns, books, records, documentation, and other
information, accompanying schedules, related work papers, and documents relating to rulings or
other determinations by Taxing Authorities), such Party shall or shall cause written notice to the
other Parties describing the documentation to be destroyed or disposed of sixty (60) Business Days
prior to taking such action. The other Parties may arrange to take delivery of the documentation
described in the notice at their expense during the succeeding sixty (60) day period.
ARTICLE XI
ALLOCATION OF TAX ATTRIBUTES
AND OTHER TAX MATTERS
Section 11.1 Allocation of Tax Attributes. ITT shall in good faith advise each Spinco in writing of the portion, if any, of any Tax
Attributes, earnings and profits, or other consolidated, combined or unitary attribute that ITT
determines shall be allocated or apportioned to each Group under applicable Law; provided, however,
that such determination shall be made in a manner that is (a) reasonably consistent with the past
practices of the Parties; (b) in accordance with the rules prescribed by applicable Law, including
the Code and the Treasury Regulations; and (c) consistent with the IRS Ruling, the Tax
Representation Letters, and the Tax Opinions. ITT agrees to provide the other Parties with all of
the information supporting the Tax Attribute and other determinations made by ITT pursuant to
this Section 11.1.
Section 11.2 Allocation of Tax Items.
(a) All determinations for purposes of Section 4.1 and Section 9.3 regarding the allocation of
Tax items (other than Tax items arising after the Distribution Date outside the ordinary course of
business) between the portion of a Straddle Tax Period that ends on the Distribution Date and the
portion that begins the day after the Distribution Date shall be made based on a closing of the
books method unless the Parties unanimously agree otherwise. Any
30
such allocation of Tax items shall
initially be made by ITT. To the extent that Defense or Water disagrees with such determination,
the dispute shall be resolved pursuant to the provisions of Article XIII. For purposes of
preparing any Income Tax Returns for the year of the Distributions that require an allocation of
Tax items between a Pre-Distribution Tax Period and a Post-Distribution Tax Period, Tax items shall
be allocated based on a closing of the books method unless the Parties unanimously agree otherwise.
(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if any Party or any of its
Affiliates is responsible for and pays any amount after the Distribution Date but on or before
September 15, 2012 (the Paying Party) that gives rise to a Tax Benefit Actually Realized for
another Party or any of its Affiliates (the Claiming Party), then the Claiming Party shall be
required to promptly pay to the Paying Party an amount equal to such Tax Benefit Actually Realized
(a Post-Distribution Payment Tax Benefit). Such payment shall only be required to be paid with
respect to a given item if and when the Tax Benefit Actually Realized attributable to such item
exceeds $10,000,000 in the aggregate, provided that an amount equal to the entire Tax
Benefit Actually Realized (and not merely the excess over $10,000,000) shall be required to be paid
in such event. Subsequent payments shall be made between the Parties if necessary to reflect any
subsequent increase or decrease in the amount of the Post-Distribution Payment Tax Benefit realized
by the Claiming Party. The Paying Party and the Claiming Party agree to consult with each other
regarding the determination and calculation of any Post-Distribution Payment Tax Benefit. In the
event such Parties are unable to agree on the amount of any Post-Distribution Payment Tax Benefit,
then any disputed issues shall be submitted to an independent Big Four Accounting Firm for a final
binding resolution. The fees and expenses of such Big Four Accounting Firm shall be shared equally
between the Paying Party and the Claiming Party.
ARTICLE XII
DEFAULTED AMOUNTS
Section 12.1 General. In the event that one or more Parties defaults on its obligation to pay Distribution Taxes
for which it is liable pursuant to Article V to another Party, then each non-defaulting Party shall
be required to pay an equal portion of such Distribution Taxes to such other Party;
provided, however, that no payment obligation shall exist under this Section
12.1 with respect to Distribution Taxes that are attributable to the Fault of one or more Parties;
provided, further, that any payment of Distribution Taxes by a non-defaulting Party pursuant to
this Section 12.1 shall in no way release the defaulting Party from its obligations to pay such
Distribution Taxes and any non-defaulting Party may exercise any available legal remedies available
against such defaulting Party; provided, further, that interest shall accrue on any such payment by
a non-defaulting Party at a rate per annum equal to the then applicable LIBOR. In connection with
the foregoing, it is expressly understood that any defaulting Partys rights to any amounts to be
received by such defaulting Party hereunder may be used via a right of offset to satisfy, in whole
or in part, the obligations of such defaulting Party to pay the Distribution Taxes that are borne
by the non-defaulting Parties; such rights of offset shall be applied in favor of the
non-defaulting Party or Parties in proportion to the additional amounts paid by any such
non-defaulting Party or Parties.
31
Section 12.2 Subsidiary Funding. Without limitation of the Parties rights and obligations otherwise set forth in this
Agreement and provided that no other Party has defaulted on any of its obligations pursuant to this
Agreement, each Party agrees to provide or cause to be provided such funding as is necessary to
ensure that its respective Subsidiaries are able to satisfy their respective Tax liabilities to a
Taxing Authority that arise as a result of a Final Determination under Section 9.3 of this
Agreement, including any such Tax liabilities that, upon default by a Partys Subsidiary, may
result in another Partys Subsidiary paying or being required to pay the defaulted Tax liabilities
to a Taxing Authority.
ARTICLE XIII
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
Section 13.1 Resolution in Accordance with Distribution Agreement. In the event of a controversy, dispute or claim arising out of, in connection with, or in
relation to the interpretation, performance, nonperformance, validity or breach of this Agreement
or otherwise arising out of, or in any way related to this Agreement or the transactions
contemplated hereby, including any claim based on contract, tort, statute or constitution
(Dispute), such Dispute shall be subject to the provisions of Article IX of the Distribution
Agreement.
ARTICLE XIV
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 14.1 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in more than one counterpart, all of which shall be
considered one and the same agreement, and shall become effective when one or more such
counterparts have been signed by each of the Parties and delivered to the other Parties.
Section 14.2 Survival. Except as otherwise contemplated by this Agreement or the Distribution Agreement, all
covenants and agreements of the Parties contained in this Agreement shall survive the Distribution
Date and remain in full force and effect in accordance with their applicable terms;
provided, however, that all indemnification for Taxes shall survive until ninety
(90) days following the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations (taking into account
all extensions thereof), if any, of the Tax that gave rise to the indemnification; provided,
further, that, in the event that notice for indemnification has been given within the applicable
survival period, such indemnification shall survive until such time as such claim is finally
resolved.
Section 14.3 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands, and other communications under this Agreement shall
be in English, shall be in writing and shall be given or made (and shall be deemed to have been
duly given or made upon receipt) by delivery in person, by overnight courier service, by facsimile
with receipt confirmed (followed by delivery of an original via overnight courier service), or by
registered or certified mail (postage prepaid, return receipt requested) to the respective Parties
at the following addresses (or at such other address for a Party as shall be specified in a notice
given in accordance with this Section 14.3):
32
To ITT:
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: (914) 696-2970
To Water:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: []
To Defense:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard, Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: []
Section 14.4 Waivers. Any consent required or permitted to be given by any Party to the other Parties under this
Agreement shall be in writing and signed by the Party giving such consent and shall be effective
only against such Party (and its Group).
Section 14.5 Assignment. This Agreement shall not be assignable, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, by any
Party hereto without the prior written consent of the other Parties, and any attempt to assign any
rights or obligations arising under this Agreement without such consent shall be void.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement shall be assignable in whole in connection with a
merger or consolidation or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Party hereto so
long as the resulting, surviving or transferee entity assumes all the obligations of the relevant
Party hereto by operation of law or pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably
satisfactory to the other Parties to this Agreement.
Section 14.6 Successors and Assigns. The provisions of this Agreement and the obligations and rights hereunder shall be binding
upon, inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by (and against) the Parties and their respective
successors and permitted transferees and assigns.
Section 14.7 Termination and Amendment. This Agreement (including indemnification obligations hereunder) may be terminated, modified
or amended and each Distribution may be amended, modified or abandoned at any time prior to the
Effective Time by and in the sole discretion of ITT without the approval of Water or Defense or the
shareholders of ITT. In the event of such termination, no Party shall have any liability of any
kind to any other Party or any other Person. After the Effective Time, this Agreement may not be
terminated
33
except by an agreement in writing signed by a duly authorized representative of each of
ITT, Water, and Defense.
Section 14.8 No Circumvention. The Parties agree not to directly or indirectly take any actions, act in concert with any
Person who takes an action, or cause or allow any member of any such Partys Group to take any
actions (including the failure to take a reasonable action) such that the resulting effect is to
materially undermine the effectiveness of any of the provisions of this Agreement, the Distribution
Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement (including adversely affecting the rights or ability of
any Party to successfully pursue indemnification or payment pursuant to the provisions of this
Agreement).
Section 14.9 Subsidiaries. Each of the Parties shall cause to be performed, and hereby guarantees the performance of,
all actions, agreements and obligations set forth herein to be performed by any Subsidiary of such
Party or by any entity that becomes a Subsidiary of such Party on and after the Effective Time, to
the extent such Subsidiary remains a Subsidiary of the applicable Party.
Section 14.10 Third Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement is solely for the benefit of the Parties and should not be deemed to confer
upon third parties any remedy, claim, liability, reimbursement, claim of action or other right in
excess of those existing without reference to this Agreement.
Section 14.11 Title and Headings. Titles and headings to sections herein are inserted for the convenience of reference only
and are not intended to be a part of or to affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
Section 14.12 Exhibits and Schedules. The Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed with and as an integral part of this
Agreement to the same extent as if the same had been set forth verbatim herein.
Section 14.13 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws, but not the
Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General
Obligations Law), of the State of New York; provided that the Indiana Business Corporation
Law, including the provisions thereof governing the fiduciary duties of directors of a Indiana
corporation, shall govern, as applicable, the internal affairs of ITT, Exelis and Xylem, as the
case may be.
Section 14.14 Consent to Jurisdiction. Subject to the provisions of Article XIII, each of the Parties irrevocably submits to the
exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, or (b)
the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York (the New York Courts), for
the purposes of any suit, action, or other proceeding to compel arbitration or for provisional
relief in aid of arbitration in accordance with Article XIII or to prevent irreparable harm, and to
the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the enforcement of any award issued
thereunder. Each of the Parties further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice, or
document by U.S. registered mail to such Partys respective address set forth above shall be
effective service of process for any action, suit, or proceeding in the New York Courts with
respect to any matters to which it has submitted
34
to jurisdiction in this Section 14.14. Each of the
Parties irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action,
suit, or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in the
New York Courts, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead
or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has
been brought in an inconvenient forum.
Section 14.15 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY WAIVES TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW ANY
RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY
WITH RESPECT TO ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HEREBY
(A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS
AGREEMENT AND THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT, AS APPLICABLE, BY, AMONG OTHER
THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 14.15.
Section 14.16 Force Majeure. No Party (or any Person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility
for failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) under this Agreement so
long as and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated,
hindered, or delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement). A Party claiming the benefit of this provision shall, as soon as
reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event: (a) notify the other applicable
Parties of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition and (b) use due diligence to
remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as soon as feasible.
Section 14.17 Interpretation. The Parties have participated jointly in the negotiation and drafting of this Agreement.
This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction
or interpretation against the party drafting or causing any instrument to be drafted.
Section 14.18 Changes in Law.
(a) Any reference to a provision of the Code, Treasury Regulations, or a Law of another
jurisdiction shall include a reference to any applicable successor provision or Law.
(b) If, due to any change in applicable Law or regulations or their interpretation by any
court of Law or other governing body having jurisdiction subsequent to the date hereof, performance
of any provision of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby shall become
impracticable or impossible, the Parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable best
efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same
result as that contemplated by such provision.
35
Section 14.19 Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in this Agreement should be held
invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the
remaining provisions contained herein and therein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby. The Parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to
replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect
of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
Section 14.20 Tax Sharing Agreements. All Tax sharing, indemnification and similar agreements, written or unwritten, as between
any of the Parties or their respective Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Party or its
respective Subsidiaries, on the other hand (other than this Agreement or in any other Ancillary
Agreement), shall be or shall have been terminated as of the Distribution Date and, after the
Distribution Date, none of such Parties (or their Subsidiaries) to any such Tax sharing,
indemnification or similar agreement shall have any further rights or obligations under any such
agreement.
Section 14.21 Exclusivity. Except as specifically set forth in the Distribution Agreement or any other Ancillary
Agreement, all matters related to Taxes or Tax Returns of the Parties and their respective
Subsidiaries shall be governed exclusively by this Agreement. In the event of a conflict between
this Agreement, the Distribution Agreement or any Ancillary Agreement with respect to such matters,
this Agreement shall govern and control.
Section 14.22 No Waiver. No failure to exercise and no delay in exercising, on the part of any Party, any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver hereof or thereof; nor shall any
single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or
further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege.
Section 14.23 No Duplication; No Double Recovery. Nothing in this Agreement is intended to confer to or impose upon any Party a duplicative right,
entitlement, obligation, or recovery with respect to any matter arising out of the same facts and
circumstances.
36
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed the day and
year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATION |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXELIS INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
Schedules to the
TAX MATTERS AGREEMENT
by and among
ITT CORPORATION,
XYLEM INC.,
and
EXELIS INC.
Dated as of , 2011
Schedule 1.1(6)
List of ATOB Entities
1. |
|
ITT Italia Srl |
|
2. |
|
ITT Water & Wastewater AB |
|
3. |
|
ITT Defence Ltd. |
|
4. |
|
Goulds Pumps (Philippines), Inc. |
|
5. |
|
Goulds Pumps, Inc. |
|
6. |
|
Evolutionary Concepts, Inc. |
|
7. |
|
ITT Enidine, Inc. |
Schedule 1.1(27)
List of Distributions
|
|
|
|
|
Equity Distributed |
|
Distributing Entity |
|
Distributee(s) |
Common stock and
convertible preferred equity
certificates of Remainco
International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Industries Sàrl
|
|
ITT International Sàrl |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and
convertible preferred equity
certificates of Missions
Systems International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Industries Sàrl
|
|
ITT International Sàrl |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and
convertible preferred equity
certificates of Remainco
International Sàrl
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Water Technology
Delaware, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock and
convertible preferred equity
certificates of Missions
Systems International Sàrl
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Water Technology
Delaware, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of ITT
International Holdings, Inc.
|
|
ITT Water Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Industries Holdings, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of ITT Water
Technology Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Industries Holdings, Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of Exelis Inc.
|
|
ITT Water Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of Xylem Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation
|
|
ITT Corporation shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of Exelis Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation
|
|
ITT Corporation shareholders |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of Water
Technology Philippines Holding,
Inc.
|
|
Goulds Pumps, Inc.
|
|
GP Holding Company, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of Water
Technology Philippines Holding,
Inc.
|
|
GP Holding Company, Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock of
Evolutionary Concepts, Inc.
|
|
International Motion
Control, Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation |
Schedule 1.1(88)
List of Section 355 Entities
1. |
|
ITT Corporation |
|
2. |
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
3. |
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
4. |
|
Remainco International Sàrl |
|
5. |
|
Missions Systems International Sàrl |
|
6. |
|
ITT Industries Sàrl |
|
7. |
|
ITT International Sàrl |
|
8. |
|
ITT International Holdings, Inc. |
|
9. |
|
ITT Water Technology Delaware, Inc. |
|
10. |
|
ITT Industries Holdings, Inc. |
|
11. |
|
Water Technology Philippines Holding, Inc. |
|
12. |
|
Goulds Pumps, Inc. |
|
13. |
|
GP Holding Company, Inc. |
|
14. |
|
Evolutionary Concepts, Inc. |
|
15. |
|
International Motion Control, Inc. |
Schedule 6.1
List of GRAs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name of Transferred |
Date of Transfer |
|
Name of Transferor |
|
Name of Transferee |
|
Entity |
January 5, 2009
|
|
ITT Corporation
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Canada Company |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
January 7, 2009, and
December 21, 2009
|
|
ITT Water
Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Industries Sàrl |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
ITT Water
Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Germany GmbH
|
|
BVE Controls GmbH |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
ITT Water
Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Germany GmbH
|
|
Enidine Trading
Company GmbH (later
merged with BVE
Controls GmbH) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 23, 2009
|
|
ITT Water
Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT Germany GmbH
|
|
ITT Control
Technologies GmbH
(f/k/a Cleveland
Motion Controls
GmbH) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 30, 2009
|
|
ITT Water
Technology
Delaware, Inc.
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Germany GmbH
(f/k/a Enidine
GmbH) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 12, 2010
|
|
Nova Analytics
Corporation
|
|
ITT International Sàrl
|
|
ITT Analytics
Deutschland GmbH |
exv10w3
Exhibit 10.3
MASTER TRANSITION SERVICES AGREEMENT
This Master Transition Services Agreement (this Agreement) is entered into as of
[], 2011, by and among ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation (ITT), Exelis Inc., an
Indiana corporation (Exelis) and Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (Xylem).
Each of ITT, Exelis and Xylem is sometimes referred to herein as a Party and collectively as the
Parties. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings given
to such terms in the Distribution Agreement of even date herewith, by and among ITT, Exelis and
Xylem (as such may be amended from time to time, the Distribution Agreement).
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of ITT has determined that it is appropriate, desirable and in
the best interests of ITT, ITTs shareholders and ITTs other constituents, to separate, pursuant
to and in accordance with the Distribution Agreement, ITT into three separate, publicly traded
companies, one for each of (i) the ITT Retained Business, which shall be owned and conducted,
directly or indirectly, by ITT, (ii) the Defense Business, which shall be owned and conducted,
directly or indirectly, by Exelis and (iii) the Water Business, which shall be owned and conducted,
directly or indirectly, by Xylem.
WHEREAS, in order to provide for an orderly transition under the Distribution Agreement, each
of ITT, Exelis and Xylem desire to provide to the other certain services for specified periods
following the Distribution Date, all in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions set
forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements of the Parties
contained herein, the Parties agree as follows:
1. Services Provided.
(a) With respect to each Service (as defined in Section 1(b)), the Party required to
provide such Service is the Service Provider and the other Party is the Service
Recipient. In performing the Services, Service Provider and each of its Affiliates shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide, or to ensure that any Third Party Provider (as defined
in Section 1(b)) shall provide, the Services in the same manner, within the same amount of
time and at the same level of service (including, as applicable, with respect to type, frequency,
quality, and quantity), with the same degree of reasonable skill and care and with the same level
of security and control as provided and used in providing the Services during the twelve month
period prior to the Distribution Date (excluding any actions taken in contemplation of the
Distribution). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if there is an increase in the complexity of a
Service (whether as a result of increased quantity or quality, changing frequency or regulatory
requirements or otherwise), Service Recipient acknowledges and agrees that such Service may not be
provided within the same amount of time as it had previously taken during such period, and, in
such a case, Service Provider and each of its Affiliates shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to provide, or to ensure that any Third Party Provider shall provide, such Service in a timely
manner. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Services are to be provided
in a manner that does not disparately treat Service Recipient (or its Subsidiaries or its or
their
personnel or business) as compared to Service Providers treatment of itself (or its
Affiliates or its or their personnel or business) in connection with the provision of a
Self-Service (as defined in Section 2(a)(v)).
(b) During the period commencing on the Distribution Date and ending on the date that is two
(2) years from the date hereof, unless an earlier or later date is otherwise specified for a
Service on Schedule A, Schedule B or Schedule C hereto (for each such Service, such end date being
herein referred to as the Termination Date, with Schedule A, Schedule B and Schedule C
being herein referred to as the Services Schedules), Service Provider shall provide, or
shall cause one or more of its Affiliates or a contractor, subcontractor, vendor or other
third-party service provider (each, a Third Party Provider) to provide, upon the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the services described on the Services Schedules,
including under the headings General Services Description and Scope of Services (the
Services); provided, Service Provider shall obtain the consent of Service
Recipient (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned) in the event any such Service
is to be provided by a Third Party Provider or Affiliate if such Services were not provided by such
Third Party Provider or Affiliate to Service Recipient during the twelve month period prior to the
Distribution Date; provided further, Service Provider shall remain primarily
responsible for the performance by any such Affiliate or Third Party Provider of its obligations
hereunder. Irrespective of whether Service Provider, an Affiliate or a Third Party Provider is
providing a Service, Service Recipient may direct that any such Service be provided directly to
Service Recipient or any other member of such Partys Group.
(c) Each Service provided hereunder shall be terminated on its applicable Termination Date (as
defined in Section 1(b)), unless otherwise terminated earlier by Service Recipient pursuant
to Section 11. Service Provider shall be under no obligation to provide a Service to
Service Recipient after the Termination Date applicable to such Service, except to the extent
otherwise agreed in writing by Service Provider and Service Recipient.
2. Consideration.
(a) Costs and Fees.
(i) For each Service, Service Recipient shall pay (in accordance with Section
2(b)) Service Provider an amount equal to the Monthly Costs (as defined in Section
2(a)(i)(1)); provided that (i) for any Service performed from and after January
1, 2012 through and including the day before the expiration date of the Minimum Service
Period (as defined in Section 11(b)) for such Service, Service Recipient shall pay,
along with and in addition to such Monthly Costs, an amount equal to 2% of such Monthly
Costs and (ii) for any Service performed from and after the expiration date of the Minimum
Service Period for such Service through and including the date as of which the provision of
such Service hereunder has been terminated, Service Recipient shall pay, along with and in
addition to the Monthly Costs, an amount equal to 10% of such Monthly Costs, unless, upon
request by Service Recipient to terminate a Service, Service Provider is unable to
transition the Service to Service Recipient or its designated Subsidiary in a commercially
reasonable manner which does not unduly disrupt the Service and as a result, Service
Recipient is unable to terminate such Service on or after the date on which
2
the Minimum
Service Period expires (in which case any third party, out-of-pocket costs resulting to
Service Recipient shall be shared in accordance with Section 11(b)).
(1) The Monthly Costs for each Service shall be an amount equal to the sum of
(A) the costs or expenses incurred as set forth on the applicable Services Schedule;
provided that if a Services Schedule is silent regarding costs and expenses,
the amount under this subsection (A) shall be equal to Service Providers allocated
costs (including salary, wages and benefits, but excluding severance and retention
costs, which shall be handled pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii)) for any of its
(or its Affiliates) employees involved in providing Services, plus (B) any
reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with retaining
Third Party Providers, including any fees for any Third Party Consent or Alternate
Method, or pursuing any warranty or indemnity against a Third Party Provider in
accordance with Section 3(d); provided that Service Recipient shall only be
responsible for 50% of the fees for any Third Party License, with Service Provider
responsible for the other 50%, plus (C) any sales, transfer, goods,
services, value added, gross receipts or similar taxes, fees, charges or assessments
(including any such taxes that are required to be withheld); provided that
the Parties agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize any such tax
with respect to the Services, plus (D) other reasonable miscellaneous
out-of-pocket costs and expenses; provided, however, that any such
expenses exceeding $5,000 per month for each Service (other than routine business
travel and related expenses) shall require advance approval of Service Recipient.
The Monthly Costs for a Service shall not include any severance and retention costs
incurred by Service Provider as a result of retaining the necessary employees to
supply such Service to Service Recipient in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, which costs shall be handled pursuant to Section 2(a)(ii) below.
(2) Any costs and expenses provided for on a Services Schedule shall be subject
to an increase of 4.5% per annum beginning on January 1, 2012 in order to adjust for
inflation.
(3) Service Provider shall notify Service Recipient of any event that may
reasonably be expected to increase the Monthly Costs by more than 5%.
(ii) Subject to the terms of this Section 2(a)(ii), Service Provider shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to retain its workforce required to provide the Services
and, consistent with its severance and retention policies then in effect, may make severance
and retention payments to employees providing the Services. As provided for on Annex
A (the Severance and Retention Schedule), Service Recipient shall be
responsible for the percentage as therein provided of Service Providers actual severance
and retention costs (which are estimated in the Severance and Retention Schedule) for those
individuals or job descriptions as set forth therein; provided that Service
Recipient shall only be so responsible for its portion of severance costs if such costs were
incurred as a result of terminating such an employee in connection with the termination of a
Service; provided further that (a) if the severance and retention costs
change from the
3
estimates provided in the Severance and Retention Schedule, Service
Recipient shall be responsible for its percentage of such costs so long as such change in
costs is consistent with the Service Providers severance and retention policies as then in
effect and (b) any such employee is actually terminated and not rehired for at least ninety
(90) days following such termination. Service Provider shall prepare and deliver, within
thirty (30) days following the end of each quarterly period ending each March 31, June 30,
September 30 and December 31 (it being understood that the first such period shall be
shorter than one quarter), to Service Recipient an invoice setting forth the amount of
severance and retention costs to be paid by Service Recipient in accordance with the
foregoing provisions of this Section 2(a)(ii), which invoice Service Recipient shall
pay pursuant to the terms of Section 2(b).
(iii) Unless the Parties otherwise agree in writing, (i) where Services are provided in
a country outside of the United States by a Person located in the same country, amounts
shall be invoiced and paid in the local currency of the entity providing the Services and
(ii) if payments are to be made between legal entities not within the same country, such
amounts shall be invoiced and paid in U.S. Dollars. To the extent necessary, local currency
conversion on any such invoice shall be based on Service Providers internal exchange rate
for the then-current month, based upon the average for such month, as calculated
consistently with how such local currency conversion was calculated in the twelve month
period prior to the Distribution Date.
(iv) All charges based on a monthly or other time basis will be pro-rated based on
actual calendar days elapsed during the period of service.
(v) With respect to any service that a Service Provider provides or causes an Affiliate
to provide to itself or its Affiliates that is the same or substantially similar to a
Service provided to Service Recipient or its Subsidiaries hereunder (such service, a
Self-Service), if Service Provider determines to no longer provide such Self
Service to itself or its Affiliates, Service Provider shall notify Service Recipient of
such termination no later than the number of days prior to such termination as is provided
in Section 11(b) for terminating the corresponding Service. If Service Provider
terminates a Self-Service prior to the end of the Minimum Service Period applicable for the
corresponding Service, the Monthly Costs of such Service following any such termination and
up to but not including date on which the Minimum Service Period expires shall be calculated
as if Service Provider had not terminated such Self-Service. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Service Provider shall continue to provide the Service in accordance with the provisions of
this Agreement, unless such Service is otherwise terminated pursuant to Section 11,
and Service Provider shall not be permitted to terminate any Self-Service prior to the
Termination Date for the applicable Service if such termination would adversely affect the
level of service, security or control of such Service or the scope or content thereof
required pursuant to Sections 1(a) and 4(a).
(b) Invoices and Payment.
(i) Service Provider shall invoice Service Recipient for the amounts owed hereunder in
arrears on a calendar monthly basis or, in the case of Section 2(a)(ii), as
4
provided
therein, and shall provide reasonable documentation supporting such amounts owed pursuant to
Section 2(a), except to the extent such amounts are set forth on the Services
Schedules. Service Recipient shall pay the amount of such invoice by electronic transfer of
immediately available funds not later than thirty (30) days after of the date of such
invoice. Neither Party nor any of its respective Subsidiaries shall have a right of set-off
against the other Party or its Subsidiaries, except in connection with any amounts billed
hereunder. In the event Service Recipient does not pay Service Provider in accordance with
the terms hereof (i) all amounts so payable and past due shall accrue interest from the
31st day after the date of the invoice to the receipt of payment at a rate per
annum equal to the six (6)-month LIBOR rate (as quoted in the Money Rates section of The
Wall Street Journal or any other similarly reputable published source on the 31st
day after the date of the invoice, or the next Business Day, if such day is not a Business
Day) plus 3% (the Interest Rate, with the applicable rate to be
recalculated every six months), until such amounts, together with all accrued and unpaid
interest thereon, are paid in full, and (ii) Service Recipient shall pay, as additional
fees, all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Service Provider in
attempting to collect and collecting amounts due under this Section 3, including all
reasonable attorneys fees and expenses.
(ii) In the event that Service Recipient in good faith disputes an invoice submitted by
Service Provider, Service Recipient may withhold payment of any amount subject to the
dispute; provided, however, that (x) Service Recipient shall continue to pay
all undisputed amounts in accordance with the terms hereof, (y) Service Recipient shall
notify Service Provider, in writing, of any disputed amounts and the reason for any dispute
by the due date for payment of the invoice containing any disputed charges and (z) in the
event any dispute is resolved in the Service Providers favor, any amount that the Service
Recipient should have paid shall be deemed to have accrued interest at the Interest Rate
from the date such payment should have been made. In the event of a dispute regarding the
amount of any invoice, the Parties shall use all reasonable efforts to resolve such dispute
within thirty (30) days after Service Recipient provides written notification of such
dispute to Service Provider. Each Party shall provide full supporting documentation
concerning any disputed amount or invoice within thirty (30) days after written notification
of the dispute. Unpaid fees that are under good faith dispute shall not be considered a
basis for default hereunder. To the extent that a dispute regarding the amount of any
invoice cannot be resolved pursuant to this Section 2(b)(ii), the dispute resolution
procedures set forth in Section 9 herein shall apply.
3. Cooperation.
(a) Service Recipient and Service Provider shall cooperate and work together in good faith to
develop a global transition plan in order to facilitate a smooth and orderly termination of a
Service by its applicable Termination Date or at such earlier time as Service Recipient terminates
Service Providers performance of the Services in accordance with Section 11. In
furtherance of the foregoing, Service Provider will, if requested and at Service Recipients
expense, provide Service Recipient with reasonable support necessary to transition or migrate
the services to Service Recipient or any third party or parties chosen by the Service
5
Recipient,
which may include consulting and training and providing reasonable access to data and other
information and to Service Providers employees; provided, however, that such
activities shall not unduly burden or interfere with Service Providers business and operations.
(b) It is understood that it will require significant efforts by the Parties to implement this
Agreement and ensure performance hereunder. Service Recipient shall (i) cooperate with and provide
Service Provider with such information and documentation as is reasonably necessary for Service
Provider to perform the Services; and (ii) perform such other duties and tasks as may be reasonably
required to permit Service Provider to perform the Services, including (x) cooperating in obtaining
any consents or approvals from third parties necessary to facilitate Service Providers ability to
provide the Services and (y) upon thirty (30) days prior written notice by the Service Provider,
conducting such testing as may be reasonably required by Service Provider in connection with any
updates or changes to the applicable systems or processes involved in providing a Service. A
Service Provider shall not be deemed to be in breach of its obligations to provide or make
available any Service to the extent that Service Recipient has not provided information and access
to appropriate personnel that is reasonably necessary for the performance of such Service.
(c) Service Recipient shall use commercially reasonable efforts to make or obtain any
approvals, permits and licenses and implement any systems as may be necessary for it to perform the
Services independently in each country and applicable jurisdiction as soon as practicable following
the Distribution Date.
(d) Upon Service Recipients written request and without prejudice to Service Recipients
direct rights against a Third Party Provider, Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to pursue any warranty or indemnity under any contract Service Provider or its Subsidiaries
may have with a Third Party Provider with respect to any Service provided to Service Recipient by
such Third Party Service Provider.
(e) Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain, if required, the
consent of any relevant Third Party Provider (a Third Party Consent) or a license from
any relevant Third Party Provider (a Third Party License), and Service Recipient shall,
as necessary, cooperate with Service Provider in obtaining any such Third Party Consent or Third
Party License. If a Third Party Consent or Third Party License cannot be obtained on reasonable
terms, the Parties will use commercially reasonable efforts to arrange for an alternative method of
obtaining any such Service on Service Recipients behalf (Alternative Method), which may
include Service Provider providing such Service itself. If there is any Third Party Consent or
Third Party License which was not required as of the date hereof but will subsequently be required
before the Minimum Service Period expires for a particular Service, Service Provider shall identify
in writing to Service Recipient such Third Party Consent or Third Party License within sixty (60)
days of the date hereof.
(f) The Parties shall use the fiscal month, quarter and year ends as set forth in Schedule D
in connection with the provision and receipt of applicable Services hereunder, for so long as such
Services are being provided.
6
(g) In connection with the provision of Services hereunder, except as provided pursuant to
Section 2(a)(iii) for local currency conversion for invoices, the Parties shall use the
same methodology to determine the appropriate foreign exchange conversion rate as used in the
twelve month period prior to the Distribution Date, which may be determined or based upon the
average for the month or other applicable period or the spot rate at the end of such month or
period or otherwise.
4. Performance Standard; Reports; Personnel.
(a) Except as otherwise provided in the Services Schedule and Section 1(a) herein,
nothing in this Agreement shall require or be interpreted to require Service Provider to provide a
Service to Service Recipient beyond the scope and content of such Service as provided by Service
Provider to the ITT Retained Business, Water Business or Defense Business, as the case may be,
during the twelve month period prior to the Distribution Date, excluding any actions taken in
contemplation of the Distribution.
(b) Service Provider shall not make changes in the manner of providing a Service
unless (i) Service Provider is making similar changes in a Self-Service being performed for
itself or its Subsidiaries or such changes are de minimus, in each case so long as such changes do
not adversely affect the level of service, security or control of such Service or the scope or
content thereof required pursuant to Sections 1(a) and 4(a) above, (ii) such
changes are required by Service Provider or Service Recipient pursuant to applicable Law (including
changes required by Service Provider or Service Recipient in connection with the provision of the
Services to the other Party) or (iii) Service Recipient provides its prior written consent (which
shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) to such changes (in each case, for the
avoidance of doubt, with the costs of any such change to be included in the calculation of Monthly
Costs). In the event Service Provider determines to change the location of delivery of any
Service, Service Provider shall provide Service Recipient with thirty (30) days prior written
notice. All Services shall be performed in compliance with applicable Law, including all
applicable U.S. and non-U.S. laws and regulations relating to export controls, sanctions, and
imports, including without limitation those regulations maintained by the U.S. Department of the
Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets Control, the Export Administration Regulations maintained by
the U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security, and the International Traffic in
Arms Regulations maintained by the U.S. Department of State, Directorate of Defense Trade Controls.
(c) In performing the Services, Service Provider shall prepare and furnish to Service
Recipient reports concerning the Services with such reports to contain substantially the same data,
in substantially the same format, and prepared and delivered on substantially the same timetable,
as reports prepared during the twelve month period prior to the Distribution Date (excluding any
reports solely prepared in contemplation of the Distribution), except as may be otherwise required
by Service Recipient or Service Provider pursuant to applicable Law. Upon Service Recipients
written request for modifications to the reporting and data transfer practices
reasonably required to assist Service Recipient in transitioning off the Service, Service
Provider shall cooperate and consult in good faith with Service Recipient to make such
modifications; provided that if Service Provider reasonably determines in its sole
discretion that any such
7
modification may cause Service Provider to be in breach of its obligations
to the other Party hereunder (including as a result of breaching its obligations as a Service
Provider to the other Party as Service Recipient), then Service Provider shall not be under any
obligation to make such modifications.
(d) Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice
to make available such personnel as may be required to provide the Services. Service Provider shall
have the right to designate which personnel it will assign to perform the Services. Service
Provider also shall have the right to remove and replace any such personnel at any time or
designate any of its Subsidiaries or a Third Party Provider (subject to Section 1(a)
herein) at any time to perform the Transition Services; provided, however, that
Service Provider shall use its commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past practice to
limit the disruption to Service Recipient in the transition of the Services to different personnel.
Subject to and consistent with Section 2(a)(ii), Service Provider shall have no obligation
to retain any individual employee for the sole purpose of providing a particular Transition
Service.
(e) In the event Service Recipient or any of it Subsidiaries hires away an employee of Service
Provider or its Subsidiaries, and such employee was providing Services to Service Recipient and
will not continue to provide such Service, Service Provider shall have the option, in its sole
discretion (in addition to any other remedies available to it under the Distribution Agreement or
otherwise), upon ten (10) Business Days written notice to Service Recipient to reduce its
obligations with respect to such Service (with a proportionate reduction in the applicable Monthly
Costs) effective on the date of such employees termination of employment with Service Provider.
Any provision of Service thereafter pursuant to such a reduction in Service Providers obligations
shall be deemed to be consistent with Service Providers obligations under this Agreement, so long
as Service Provider satisfies the other obligations contained in this Section 4 with
respect to such Service.
(f) Each Party agrees that it shall take appropriate action by instruction of or agreement
with its personnel (including any Third Party Provider) to ensure that all such personnel
performing or otherwise involved with Services shall be bound by and comply with all of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement.
(g) In the event Service Provider has received a notice of default or breach in the
performance of a Service hereunder (including as a result of substantial errors in the performance
of such Service), it will use its commercially reasonable efforts to cure such default or breach.
In the event Service Provider is unable to cure such default within thirty (30) days from receipt
of notice thereof, in addition to the rights available under Section 11, there shall be an
adjustment to Monthly Costs to reflect the costs to Service Recipient associated with such default,
breach or error, including any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by Service
Recipient in retaining any Third Party Provider to provide such Service or in providing the such
Service itself.
(h) Each Party shall notify the applicable other Party as promptly as practicable after
becoming aware of any breach of this Agreement committed by either it or the applicable other
Party. Service Provider shall notify Service Recipient of any event that may reasonably be
expected to materially impact a Service provided hereunder, which may include a
8
Termination Notice (as defined in Section 11(b)) provided by the other Party as
Service Recipient hereunder or a notice of termination of a Self-Service, issued pursuant and in
accordance with, Section 2(a)(v).
(i) In the event of any conflict, as reasonably determined by Service Provider in its sole
discretion, between requests for modification or termination of Services made by the two other
Parties and each properly delivered hereunder, Service Provider shall determine which request it
received first and, subject to the other terms and conditions of this Agreement, make such
modifications or terminations pursuant to the request that was first received before making any
modifications or terminations pursuant to any requests received afterwards.
5. New Services.
If, after the date hereof and on or prior to March 31, 2012, or, with respect to Services
provided in connection with any Transfer that, pursuant to Section 2.6(a) of the Distribution
Agreement, is not consummated at or prior to the Effective Time, one hundred (100) days following
the actual date of such Transfer (notwithstanding that under Section 2.6(b) of the Distribution
Agreement such Transfer may be deemed to have occurred on the Effective Time) the Parties determine
that a service required by Service Recipient and provided by Service Provider or one of its
Subsidiaries prior to the Distribution Date was inadvertently omitted from the Services Schedules,
Service Recipient may request that Service Provider perform such service (New Service) in
addition to the Services being provided hereunder. Service Provider shall promptly begin
performing any New Service consistent with past practice upon a timely written request from Service
Recipient (which request may be in the form of email) including (i) a description of the work
Service Recipient anticipates being performed by Service Provider in connection with such New
Service and (ii) a schedule for commencing and completing such New Service, and Service Provider
and Service Recipient shall enter into good faith negotiations to agree to an amendment to the
Services Schedules providing for such New Service; provided that if no agreement for an
Additional Service Schedule Amendment has been reached in writing in thirty (30) days, such New
Service shall be deemed to have a Minimum Service Period expiring on June 30, 2012 and a
Termination Date of two years from the Distribution Date, with Monthly Costs as provided for in
Section 2(a)(i), calculated as if the amendment to the Services Schedule for such New
Service were silent regarding costs and expenses (such amendment or deemed amendment pursuant to
the foregoing proviso, an Additional Service Schedule Amendment). Any New Service shall
be considered a Service hereunder and the Services Schedules shall incorporate, and be deemed to be
duly amended by, such Additional Service Schedule Amendment.
6. Intellectual Property; IT Security.
(a) Except as provided in the Services Schedules, the Monthly Costs shall include the
allocable portion of any amounts that are required to be paid by Service Provider to
any third party licensors of software that is used by Service Provider in connection with the
provision of any Services hereunder, including (i) license, right-to-use and royalty fees and (ii)
any amounts required to obtain the consent of such licensors to allow Service Provider to provide
any of the Services hereunder. Service Recipient agrees to comply and cause its Subsidiaries to
comply with the terms of any license or other agreement of Service Provider or
9
any of its
Subsidiaries relating to software that is provided to Service Recipient and is used in connection
with the provision of any Services hereunder; provided that in the event that Service
Provider enters into new software licenses after the Distribution Date, Service Recipient shall
have the prior opportunity to review and confirm its ability to comply therewith, which it shall do
in good faith. In the event that Service Recipient provides notice of its inability to comply
therewith, Service Provider may at its sole discretion discontinue its provision of any Services
under such new software licenses effective after thirty (30) days notice of the same, and Service
Recipient shall indemnify Service Provider for any claims by third parties arising out of or in
connection with Service Recipients noncompliance or violation of such software licenses. Subject
to the foregoing, Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any consent
that may be required from such licensors in order to provide any of the Services hereunder and the
Parties shall cooperate to identify any material licenses or consents necessary for such provision
and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to minimize the costs associated therewith.
(b) If the receipt or provision of any Service hereunder requires the use by a Party of the
Intellectual Property (other than Trademarks) of the other Party, then such Party and its
Subsidiaries shall have the non-exclusive, royalty-free, non-sublicensable (except as required for
its and its Subsidiaries receipt or provision of Services) right and license to use such
Intellectual Property for the sole purpose of, and only to the extent necessary for, the receipt or
provision of such Services hereunder, pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement. This
license does not permit a Party to access, possess, or modify the source code of the other Party or
to reverse engineer the software of the other Party. Upon the Termination Date applicable to such
Service, or the earlier termination of any Services in accordance with Section 11, the license
herein to the applicable Intellectual Property will terminate; and the applicable Service Recipient
and/or Service Provider shall cease all use of the Intellectual Property licensed hereunder.
Nothing in this Section 6(b) shall be deemed to limit, modify or terminate any License
Agreement between the Parties.
(c) Subject to the limited licenses granted in Section 6(b), each Party shall
exclusively own any Intellectual Property that it creates, develops or invents in connection with
the provision of any Services hereunder.
(d) While using or accessing any computers, systems, software, networks, information
technology or related infrastructure or equipment (including any data stored thereon or transmitted
thereby) (Systems) of the other Party (whether or not a Service), each Party shall and
shall cause each of its Subsidiaries to, adhere in all respects to the other Partys controlled
processes, policies and procedures (including any of the foregoing with respect to Confidential
Information, data, communications and system privacy, operation, security and proper use) as in
effect on the Distribution Date or as communicated to such Party from time to time in writing.
(e) Those employees of Service Recipient and Service Provider (or their respective Affiliates)
having access to the other Partys Systems may be required by Service Provider or Service
Recipient, as the case may be, to enter into a customary non-disclosure agreement in connection
with, and as a condition to, such access.
10
7. Records.
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient, taking into consideration the financial
reporting, internal controls and other public company requirements of Service Recipient, all
information and records reasonably required to maintain full and accurate books relating to the
provision of Services to the extent any such information and/or records were provided or maintained
during the twelve month period prior to the Distribution Date, excluding any actions taken in
contemplation of the Distribution. Upon reasonable notice and reasonable request from the Service
Receiver, and at the Service Receivers cost, Service Provider shall (a) make available for
inspection and copying by Service Receivers agents or representatives such information, books and
records relating to the Services during reasonable business hours and (b) certify that the controls
in effect prior to the Distribution Date continue to be in effect, or if Service Provider is aware
of any instances where such controls are not so in effect, in lieu of certification for such
instances, provide a list of such instances and descriptions of the change in such controls
thereof.
8. Force Majeure; Reduction of Services.
No Party (or any Person acting on its behalf) shall have any liability or responsibility for
failure to fulfill any obligation (other than a payment obligation) under this Agreement so long as
and to the extent to which the fulfillment of such obligation is prevented, frustrated, hindered or
delayed as a consequence of circumstances of Force Majeure. A Party claiming the benefit of this
provision shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after the occurrence of any such event: (a)
notify the other applicable Parties of the nature and extent of any such Force Majeure condition
and (b) use due diligence to remove any such causes and resume performance under this Agreement as
soon as feasible. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Service Recipient shall be entitled to terminate
Services so affected by a Force Majeure upon fifteen (15) day prior written notice in respect of
any such delay or failure resulting from any such Force Majeure without any penalty or obligation
to pay for Services not performed; provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, Service Recipient
shall remain responsible, pursuant to and in accordance Section 2(a)(ii), for its portion
of any severance and retention costs for any such Services.
9. TSA Managers; Dispute Resolution.
(a) Each Party shall nominate in writing one representative to act as the primary contact with
respect to the provision and receipt of Services (a TSA Manager), with the initial TSA
Managers as listed on Schedule E. Each Party may, at its discretion, from time to time
select another individual to serve in these capacities during the term of this Agreement;
provided, however, each Party shall notify the other Party promptly (and in any
event within five (5) Business Days) of any change in an individual serving in this capacity,
setting forth the name
and contact information of the replacement, and stating that such replacement is authorized to
act for such Party in accordance with this Section 9(a).
(b) The TSA Managers shall meet as expeditiously as possible to resolve any dispute hereunder,
and notwithstanding anything in Article IX (Dispute Resolution) of the Distribution Agreement to
the contrary, in the event any dispute is not so resolved within thirty
11
(30) days, a TSA Manager
may provide written notice of such dispute to the Chief Financial Officer of each Party (or such
other executive as designated by the Chief Executive Officer of such Party), who shall attempt
within a period of fifteen (15) days following the end of such previous thirty (30) day period to
conclusively resolve any such issue, and in the event the dispute remains unresolved following such
fifteen (15) day period, either Party may submit the dispute to mediation in accordance with
Section 9.2 (Mediation) of the Distribution Agreement (provided that, for the avoidance
of doubt, the forty-five (45) day waiting period referenced therein shall be inapplicable), and if
any dispute remains unresolved after the Mediation Period (as defined in the Distribution
Agreement), such dispute shall be determined, at the request of either Party, by arbitration in
accordance with Section 9.3 (Arbitration) of the Distribution Agreement and the other
applicable provisions of Article IX (Dispute Resolution) of the Distribution Agreement. Each Party
may treat an act of any other Partys TSA Manager or Chief Financial Officer (or such other
executive as designated by the Chief Executive Officer of such other Party), in each case that is
consistent with the provisions of this Agreement, as being authorized by such other Party to
resolve such dispute without inquiring behind such act or ascertaining whether such TSA Manager or
Chief Financial Officer (or such other executive as designated by the Chief Executive Officer of
such other Party) had authority to so act; provided, however, that none of the TSA Managers or
Chief Financial Officer or other executives so designated shall have authority to amend this
Agreement, except as otherwise provided pursuant to Section 16.
(c) In the event of any dispute between the Parties regarding a Service, prior to the
applicable Termination Date, Service Provider shall not discontinue the supply of any such Service,
unless so provided for in a settlement agreement between the Parties or arbitral determination
pursuant to and in accordance with Section 9(b) herein and Article IX of the
Distribution Agreement or as requested by Service Recipient pursuant to a Termination Notice.
10. Disclaimer; Limited Liability.
(a) Service Recipient acknowledges that Service Provider is not in the business of providing
the Services and that the Services being provided pursuant to this Agreement are provided as an
accommodation to Service Recipient. Other than in the event of Service Providers gross negligence
or willful misconduct, Service Provider will not be liable for any error or omission in rendering
Services under this Agreement, or for any defect in Services so rendered; provided that if
there is a substantial error in any of the Services, Service Provider shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to attempt to correct the error, or if Service Provider is unable to so correct
such error, to provide an adjustment to the Monthly Cost for such Service in reasonable proportion
to that which the error bears to the Service provided for such month, which adjustment may,
pursuant to Section 4(g), include any reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred
by Service Recipient in retaining a Third Party Provider to provide such
Service or in providing such service itself. Other than in the event of Service Recipients
gross negligence or willful misconduct, and other than for the Monthly Costs, severance and
retention costs owed under Section 2(a)(ii) and other amounts expressly owed hereunder,
Service Recipient will not be liable for any damages caused in connection with the Services
provided under this Agreement.
12
(b) Service Provider shall have no responsibility to maintain insurance to cover any loss or
damage to goods or equipment to which Service Recipient has title that are in the possession or
control of Service Provider, its Subsidiaries or a Third Party Provider as a result of this
Agreement and the risk of loss with respect to such goods or equipment shall be solely with Service
Recipient. Service Recipient shall obtain from its insurance company a waiver of subrogation on
behalf of Service Provider and its Subsidiaries effective as of Distribution Date. Service
Recipient shall have no responsibility to maintain insurance to cover any loss or damage to goods
or equipment to which Service Provider has title that are in the possession or control of Service
Recipient or its Subsidiaries as a result of this Agreement and the risk of loss with respect to
such goods or equipment shall be solely with Service Provider. Service Provider shall obtain from
its insurance company a waiver of subrogation on behalf of Service Recipient and its Subsidiaries
effective as of the Distribution Date.
(c) NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING WARRANTIES
OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTIBILITY, ACCURACY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE OR CONFORMITY TO ANY REPRESENTATION OR DESCRIPTION), ARE MADE BY SERVICE PROVIDER OR ANY OF
ITS AFFILIATES WITH RESPECT TO THE PROVISION OF SERVICES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT AND, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ALL SUCH REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES ARE HEREBY WAIVED AND
DISCLAIMED. WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF THE FOREGOING, UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES, INCLUDING THE
FAILURE OF THE ESSENTIAL PURPOSE OF ANY REMEDY, SHALL SERVICE PROVIDER BE LIABLE FOR, INCLUDING BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, ANY LOST PROFITS, REMITTANCES, COLLECTIONS, INVOICES, PENALITIES, INTEREST OR
SPECIAL, INCIDENTIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES CAUSE BY THE PERFORMANCE OF, ANY DELAY IN
THE PERFORMING, FAILURE TO PERFORM OR DEFECTS IN THE PERFORMANCE OF, THE SERVICES CONTEMPLATED TO
BE PERFORMED BY SERVICE PROVIDER PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT, REGARDLESS OF WHETHER A PARTY HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
11. Term and Service Termination Dates.
(a) This Agreement (other than Sections 9, 10, 11 and 13)
shall terminate upon the last of the Termination Dates in respect of all Services to be provided
hereunder; provided that the rights of the parties in respect of any claims that have
accrued prior to such termination shall survive such termination.
(b) For each Service, the minimum service period (Minimum Service Period) during
which Service Provider is obligated to provide such Service to Service Recipient is set forth on
the Services Schedule. The Parties agree to cooperate if necessary to adjust such Minimum Service
Period (and the applicable Termination Date) to end on a date that is the end of a calendar or
fiscal month, as deemed appropriate. Service Recipient may terminate any Service prior to its
Termination Date by providing to Service Provider written notice of termination, which shall be
deemed irrevocable upon delivery (a Termination Notice), not less
13
than (i) thirty (30)
days before the date of such earlier termination if the Service is to be terminated on or before
December 31, 2011, (ii) sixty (60) days before the date of such earlier termination if the Service
is to be terminated after December 31, 2011 but on or before June 30, 2012, (iii) ninety (90) days
before the date of such earlier termination if Service is to be terminated after June 30, 2012 but
on or before December 31, 2012 and (iv) one hundred and twenty (120) days before the date of such
earlier termination if Service is to be terminated on or after January 1, 2013; provided
that if the Services Schedule indicates that any Service is dependent on one or more other
Services, then each such Service must be terminated together; provided further that
any termination may be on a location by location basis if so indicated on the Services Schedules.
In the event a Service is terminated prior to the end of its Minimum Service Period pursuant to
Service Recipients Termination Notice, Service Recipient shall pay a make-whole fee equal to the
actual out-of-pocket costs and any additional costs that would have been incurred by Service
Provider if such Service had not been terminated (which costs, for the avoidance of doubt, exclude
the 2% and 10% increases described in Section 2(a)(i)) between the actual date of
termination of the Service and the applicable date on which the Minimum Service Period expires
(subject to Service Provider exercising commercially reasonable efforts to mitigate such costs).
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the receipt of a Termination Notice, if Service Provider is
unable to transition the applicable Service to the Service Recipient or its designee in a
commercially reasonable manner which does not unduly disrupt the Service on the requested
termination date, Service Provider shall use commercially reasonable efforts consistent with past
practice to transition such Service as soon as possible, and any resulting third party,
out-of-pocket costs to Service Recipient shall be shared equally between Service Provider and
Service Recipient.
(c) In the event either Party defaults in the performance of any of its obligations under this
Agreement, and if such default is not excused and not cured within thirty (30) days after written
notice from the other Party specifying such default, then the non-defaulting Party may at any time
thereafter terminate, at its option, any such Service that is the subject of such default by giving
five (5) days prior written notice; provided that if no such termination notice is given
within fifteen (15) days after the end of the thirty (30) day cure period, then the non-defaulting
Party waives all rights to terminate such Service with respect to such default; provided
further, that such fifteen (15) day period referred to in the immediately foregoing proviso
shall be extended if (x) the Parties dispute whether there has been a default hereunder or (y)
agree that there has been a default hereunder and have a dispute related to such default, and in
either case are attempting to resolve such dispute pursuant to Section 9(b) until ten (10)
days after there has been a final determination pursuant to the procedures in Section 9(b).
12. Independent Contractor.
The Parties hereto understand and agree that this Agreement does not make either of them an
agent or legal representative of the other for any purpose whatsoever. No Party is granted, by
this Agreement or otherwise, any right or authority to assume or create any obligation or
responsibilities, express or implied, on behalf of or in the name of any other Party, or to bind
any other Party in any manner whatsoever. The Parties expressly acknowledge (i) that Service
Provider is an independent contractor with respect to Service Recipient in all respects,
14
including
the provision of the Services, and (ii) that the parties are not partners, joint venturers,
employees or agents of or with each other.
13. Confidentiality.
(a) Any Confidential Information of either Party shall be subject to Section 8.6 of
the Distribution Agreement. With respect to any information disclosed by one Party to another
Party for the purpose of this Agreement or otherwise accessible to such other Party during the
performance hereunder (Confidential Information), the Party receiving such Confidential
Information agrees that it will use the same skill and care as set forth in Section 4(a)
to prevent the disclosure or accessibility to others of the disclosing Partys Confidential
Information and will use such Confidential Information only for the purposes of this Agreement, the
Distribution Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. The receiving Party and its employees,
representatives and agents (including any Third Party Provider) (collectively, the Recipient
Parties) shall only disclose and permit access to the others Partys Confidential Information
to such Recipient Parties who have a need to know such Confidential Information for the purposes of
this Agreement, the Distribution Agreement and the Ancillary Agreements. For Confidential
Information provided with respect to any Service, the obligations of the Recipient Parties pursuant
to this Section 13 shall expire on the date that is five (5) years from the termination of
such Service. Each Party shall provide prompt written notice of any breach of the obligations
under this Section 13 by such Party or its Recipient Parties and shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to assist the other Party in remedying any such breach.
(b) Specifically excluded from the definition of Confidential Information is any and all
information that:
(i) is independently developed by or on behalf of a Recipient Party without use of or
reference to Confidential Information;
(ii) is or becomes available to the public, other than as the result of a breach by a
Recipient Party of the confidentiality obligations under this Agreement; or
(iii) is rightfully received from a third party not known by the Recipient Party to be
bound by an obligation of confidentiality to the disclosing Party.
(c) If the Recipient Party is required to disclose Confidential Information by law, process or
regulation, to the extent legally permissible, such Recipient Party shall promptly notify the
disclosing Party, reasonably cooperate with the disclosing Party to the extent it may seek to limit
such disclosure and, insofar as a protective order or waiver from the disclosing Party is not
obtained, only disclose such Confidential Information as is required to be disclosed.
(d) In connection with any permitted disclosure of this Agreement to any third party, each
Party shall redact the portions of the Services Schedules that are not relevant to such third
partys inquiry.
(e) It is further understood and agreed that money damages may not be a sufficient remedy for
any breach of this Section 13 and that each Party shall be entitled to seek
15
equitable relief,
including injunction and specific performance, as remedy for any such breach. Such remedies shall
not be deemed to be the exclusive remedies for a breach, but shall be in addition to all other
remedies herein described available at law or equity.
14. Beneficiary of Services; No Third Party Beneficiaries.
This Agreement is for the sole benefit of the Parties hereto, and nothing expressed or implied
shall give or be construed to give any person any legal or equitable rights hereunder, whether as a
third-party beneficiary or otherwise. Each Party agrees, and each Party in its capacity as a
Service Recipient represents and warrants, that the Services shall be provided solely to, and shall
be used solely by, Service Recipient and its Subsidiaries. Service Recipient shall not resell or
provide the Services to any other Person, or permit the use of the Services by any Person other
than Service Recipient and its Subsidiaries.
15. Entire Agreement.
This Agreement, together with the Distribution Agreement and the other Ancillary Agreements,
constitutes the entire agreement of the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and
supersedes all prior agreements, understandings and negotiations, both written and oral, between
the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. In the event and to the extent that there
shall be a conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of the Distribution
Agreement or any other Ancillary Agreement, the Parties agree that this Agreement shall govern. The
Parties agree that, in the event of an express conflict between the terms of this Agreement and a
Services Schedule, the terms of the Services Schedule shall govern.
16. Amendment; Waiver.
This Agreement and the Services Schedules may be amended, and any provision of this Agreement
may be waived, if but only if such amendment or waiver is in writing and signed, in the case of an
amendment, by each of the Parties, or in the case of a waiver, by the Party against whom the waiver
is effective. No failure or delay by either Party in exercising any right, power or privilege
under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof nor shall any single or partial exercise
thereof preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or
privilege.
17. Notices.
All notices, requests and other communications to any Party hereunder shall be in writing
(including telecopy or similar writing) and shall be given as follows:
if to ITT or to any of its Affiliates:
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
16
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile: (914) 696-2970
if to Exelis or to any of its Affiliates:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attn: Chief Legal Officer
Facsimile:
if to Xylem or to any of its Affiliates:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: General Counsel
Facsimile:
or to such other address or telecopy number and with such other copies, as such
Party may hereafter specify for the purpose of notice to the other parties. Each such notice,
request or other communication shall be effective (i) if given by fax, when such fax is transmitted
to the fax number specified in this Section 17 and evidence of receipt is received or (ii)
if given by any other means, upon delivery or refusal of delivery at the address specified in this
Section 17.
18. Non-Assignability.
Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations of either Party
hereunder may be assigned or transferred by any such Party without the prior written consent of the
other Party (not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned), and any purported
assignment, without such prior written consent shall be null and void; provided a Party may
assign or transfer all its rights hereunder without such consent to an acquirer in connection with
a sale of all or substantially all of its assets or other similar change in control of such Party.
19. Further Assurances.
From time to time after the date hereof, without further consideration, each Party shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all appropriate action, do or cause
to be done all things reasonably proper or advisable under applicable Law, and execute and deliver
such documents as may be required or appropriate to carry out the provisions of this Agreement and
to consummate, perform and make effective the transition contemplated hereby.
17
20. Definitions and Rules of Construction.
(a) Defined terms used in this Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them by
definition in this Agreement or in the Distribution Agreement.
(b) This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule
requiring construction or interpretation against the Party drafting or causing any
instrument to be drafted.
(c) Whenever the words include, including, or includes appear in this Agreement,
they shall be read to be followed by the words without limitation or words having similar
import.
(d) As used in this Agreement, the plural shall include the singular and the singular
shall include the plural.
21. Counterparts; Effectiveness.
This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to
be an original and all of which together shall be deemed to be one and the same instrument. Copies
of executed counterparts transmitted by telecopy, telefax or other electronic transmission service
shall be considered original executed counterparts for purposes of this Section 21,
provided that receipt of copies of such counterparts is confirmed. This Agreement shall become
effective when each Party has received a counterpart hereof signed by the other Party hereto.
22. Section Headings.
The section headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not
affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
23. Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement shall be declared by any court of competent jurisdiction to
be illegal, void or unenforceable, all other provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected and
shall remain in full force and effect, and the Parties shall negotiate in good faith to replace
such illegal, void or unenforceable provision with a provision that corresponds as closely as
possible to the intentions of the parties as expressed by such illegal, void, or unenforceable
provision.
24. Governing Law.
This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the Laws, but not the
Laws governing conflicts of Laws (other than Sections 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the New York General
Obligations Law), of the State of New York.
18
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the day and year
first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXELIS INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
19
Schedule AB1
eBuyITT INVOICE PROCESSING
SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, expect where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS Business
Relationships & Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary Marts
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Sr. Financial Analyst,
Fluid and Motion Control
|
|
|
|
mary.marts@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform eBuyITT Invoice Processing Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide eBuyITT Invoice Processing Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice Review The
Service Provider will receive designated
invoice submissions from the Service
Receivers eBuyITT enabled Suppliers (via
EDI transaction or manual entry) and prep
invoices and feed the submitted invoices to
Perfect Commerce. The Service Provider will
use the daily invoice feeds from Perfect
Commerce to prep invoices for financial
back office operations.
|
|
4,174 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 16,501 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Exception Handling and
Resolution The Service Provider will
reconcile and re-validate invoices flagged
with validation errors. Once the invoice
is validated, the Service Provider will
process it as stated above. Mismatched
invoices will not be paid without
resolution.
|
|
1,300 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice Recording & Payment
Processing Service Provider will send the
balanced invoices to an internal business
unit within the Service Provider, on a
daily basis, for additional Accounts
Payable recording and payment processing
for the Service Receiver.
|
|
4,174 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 16,501 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT01
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
|
|
Vendor File Maintenance The
Service Provider will receive vendor master
data for new vendor setup from an internal
business unit to perform Vendor File
Maintenance.
|
|
As Needed Basis
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Exempt Certificate File
Maintenance The Service Provider will
receive Service Receiver Suppliers tax
exempt vendor certificates from an internal
business unit to maintain tax exempt master
file.
|
|
4,174 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 16,501 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost Distribution Services
Service Provider will use validated
invoices as documented above to provide
Service Receiver a cost distribution file
transmitted via FTP and/or email, or
transmitted to an internal business unit
data and centralized tax services via the
current Purchase to pay distribution
process to all Service Receivers business
units that are currently on Purchase to
Pay. The Service Provider will provide cost
distribution and taxability indicators, per
agreed frequency to the Service Receivers
business units that are not currently
supported by the Shared Services Accounts
Payable (P2P) process).
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Aged-Invoice Workflow
Notification Service Provider will
perform routine communication of aged open
invoices requiring Service Receiver triage
and action.
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: The BAU transaction volume for hard copy invoices, and not the total invoice volume
(i.e., both electronic and hard copy), will be used as the pre-distribution date baseline to
calculate changes in service volumes (plus or minus 10%) as defined in the next section. |
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes (e.g., Benefits provider change) are not
included as part of the scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes,
Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event
modifications to the services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such
modifications increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the
modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service
Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT-02
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, and
current state
functional data
mapping
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT-03
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to eBuyITT
services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to eBuyITT Invoice Processing by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing
operating costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii)
that it is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain current Cost Distribution data
delivery methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt). |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver or their suppliers provides inaccurate
information to Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service
Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the
issue. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the GSCS Service
Agreement from Global Supply Chain Services (GSCS) and utilize Perfect
Commerce as the eProcurement platform for the duration this agreement is in
effect. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
5
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AB2
P-CARD TRANSACTION PROCESSING
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS Business
Relationships &
Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary Marts
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Sr. Financial Analyst,
Fluid and Motion Control
|
|
|
|
mary.marts@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform P-Card Transaction Processing Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide P-Card Transaction Processing Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card Invoice Review The Service
Provider will receive a notification and data
file from US Bank once monthly containing
transaction details and Company information
for Service Receivers P-Card holders. In
addition, the Service Provider will receive
from an internal business unit an
authorization to proceed with the P-Card File
download. The Service Provider will review
the file, format data for financial
processing, and validate invoices for
completeness and accuracy. The Service
Provider will flag invoices with validation
errors. The Service Provider will use booked
AP invoices to generate proprietary data files
to be sent via email to Service Receivers
Treasury Department for payment settlement.
|
|
125 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-01
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing Services
|
|
P-Card Exception Handling and
Resolution The Service Provider will
reconcile and re-validate invoices flagged
with validation errors. Once the invoice is
validated, the Service Provider will process
it as stated above. Mismatched invoices will
not be paid without resolution. For
processing credits, the Service Provider will
insure that management accounts have monthly
debit balances prior to transmission to
Service Receivers Treasury Department. If a
management account is received as a zero or
credit balance, the Service Provider will
remove credit transactions from being
processed in ascending order until the
management account reflects a debit balance.
The Service Provider will communicate the
removed credits to the internal business unit
for resolution.
|
|
40 Transactions
Annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card Cost Distribution The
Service Provider will use validated invoices
as documented above to provide Service
Receiver a Cost Distribution file transmitted
via File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and/or email.
|
|
15 Transactions per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card File Maintenance The Service
Provider will perform file maintenance based
on internal business unit approval for new
and/or changes to P-Card holders. Only valid,
internal business unit-approved cardholder
transactions are processed. Three (3)
business days prior notice is required to
maintain P-Card file.
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-02
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing
Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, and
functional data
mapping |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-03
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to P-Card
Transaction
Processing services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to P-Card Transaction Processing by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL, USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or their Supplier(s), provides inaccurate information
to Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service
Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the
issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must
utilize US Bank as the P-Card supplier for the duration this agreement is in
effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the GSCS Service
Agreement from Global Supply Chain Services (GSCS) for the duration this
agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must maintain current Cost Distribution data delivery
methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt) and payment
settlement interface (Treasury) for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
5
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AB3
TELECOM INVOICE PROCESSING
SERVICES (TAPS)
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS Business
Relationships & Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mary Marts
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Sr. Financial Analyst,
Fluid and Motion Control
|
|
|
|
mary.marts@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Telecom Invoice Processing Services (TAPS), for Long Distance
Voice and Data Circuitry, for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Telecom
Invoice Processing
(TAPS) Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS supplier
statements The
Service Provider will
receive Service
Receivers current
Primary Telecom
Service Supplier
statements monthly.
The statements are
transmitted via EDI,
or entered manually
via paper statements,
to the Service
Provider. To produce
balanced TAPS
statements, the
Service Provider will
perform various
validation and
duplication
protection routines
with criteria
including Master
Control Number,
Account number, and
AT&T Statement
numbers. Only total
current charges are
recognized in the
TAPS system for
processing each
month.
|
|
2,100 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-01
|
|
Telecom Invoice
Processing Services
(TAPS)
|
|
|
TAPS
Exception Handling
and Resolution -
Service Provider will
reconcile accounts
that failed
validation. The
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
gain resolution from
the Service Receiver,
to produce resolved
accounts that are
ready for financial
processing. Accounts
that fail validation
are not paid without
resolution.
|
|
60
Transactions
Annually
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice
Recording & Payment
Processing Service
Provider will send
the balanced invoices
to an internal
business unit within
the Service Provider,
on a monthly basis,
for additional
Accounts Payable
recording and payment
processing for the
Service Receiver.
|
|
2,100 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS Cost
Distribution The
Service Provider will
transmit to the
Service Receiver a
Cost Distribution
file from the
processed validated
Statements, Service
Provider will
transmit this file
via FTP and/or email
to the Service
Receiver.
|
|
15
Transactions per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS Customer
File Maintenance
The Service Provider
will perform Customer
File Maintenance
after receiving a
Change Request from
the Service Receiver.
Only valid, ITT
Customer accounts and
Statements are
processed. Three (3)
business days prior
notice are required
to maintain the
Customer file.
|
|
30
Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for requisite service as
documented in this
agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-02
|
|
Telecom Invoice
Processing (TAPS)
Migration
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes and
functional data
mapping
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-03
|
|
Telcom Invoice
Processing (TAPS)
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to Telecom
Invoice Processing
(TAPS) services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Telecom Invoice Processing Services (TAPS) by
Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL, USA to other USA
locations and select EU and Asia locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or their Supplier(s), sends inaccurate data to
Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to
rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged in the circuitry
configuration and inventory control of their networks and have Subject Matter
Experts (SME) available to assist with statement processing discrepancies. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must utilize
AT&T as the telecommunication data vendor. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain current Cost Distribution data delivery
methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt). |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own
discretion. Such classifications shall be consistent with the
priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of
services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year.
These rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be
5
rerquired, the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior
to execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AB4
U.S
ACTIVE SALARIED ELIGIBLE
EMPLOYEES MEDICAL, PHARMACY
AND DENTAL PROGRAM
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact
|
|
Mgr, Benefits Planning and Administration
|
|
|
|
Deb.macchia@itt.com |
ITT Corporation
Deborah Macchia |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lisa.munoz@itt.com |
Lisa Munoz
|
|
Benefits Analyst |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas Hickey
|
|
Manager, Benefits Financial Reporting
|
|
[ ]
|
|
Thomas.hickey@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director, Global Benefits |
|
|
|
|
Keith Dick
|
|
|
|
|
|
Keith.dick@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation White Plains, NY
Service Recipient: Xylem Inc. White Plains, NY
TERM
Services provided hereunder shall terminate December 31, 2013; provided that for the
avoidance of doubt the coverages provided hereunder and described below only apply to
Claims (as defined herein) made by Service Recipients Covered Employees (as defined
herein) and incurred on or before December 31, 2011.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider currently provides active medical, pharmacy(Rx) and dental administration for
coverages provided through Empire and Anthem (medical), Medco(Rx), MetLife(dental) and SHPS (FSA)
(Empire, Anthem, Medco, MetLife and SHPS collectively, the Vendors) for its U.S. Active,
Salaried, Eligible Employees (Covered Employees). Service Provider shall keep the current
contracts with the Vendors and the ITT CORPORATION SALARIED MEDICAL AND DENTAL PLAN (PLAN NUMBER
502 EIN 13-5158950) and the ITT Salaried Medical Plan and Salaried Dental Plan General Plan Terms
(collectively, the Plans) and all coverage thereunder in full force through December 31, 2011 for
Service Recipients Covered Employees. All claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made
under the Plans and incurred on or prior to December 31, 2011 the (2011 Plan Year) will be
adjudicated in accordance with the current contract and Service Provider will continue to take such
actions on behalf of Service Recipients Covered Employees as if such employees are employees of
Service Provider.
All medical, dental, pharmacy and FSA claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under
the Plans (the Claims) will be paid by the Vendors on behalf of the Service Provider. Service
Recipient will pay Service Provider for coverage based on 2011 budget premium rates previously set
for the calendar year 2011 and described in the Pricing section below. Service Recipient will
pay Service Provider monthly premium payments for this service, for any full or partial months,
based on actual enrollment for the months covered post-spin using enrollments as of the first
(1st) calendar day of the month, commencing on the day after the Distribution Date.
Service Recipient will prepare and deliver to Service Provider a monthly self bill containing cost
breakdown by business unit and plan tier as set forth on Attachment A, within five (5) Business
Days after the beginning of each calendar month. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the
Service Provider the monthly premium payments within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of
each calendar month. A detailed listing of Service Recipients employees covered, including the
Plans and enrollment tier in which they are enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider
upon its reasonable request.
Service Provider will retain responsibility for executing funding of Claim payments and eligibility
management with Vendors through December 31, 2013.
2
Service Provider will conduct a Headcount True-Up (as defined below) of the monthly premiums and
establish an Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) claims reserve for Claims incurred prior to
December 31, 2011 date, but paid after that date, and conduct a reconciliation of such reserve. See
Headcount True-Up and IBNR Reconciliation sections under Additional Pricing for details.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below or described
above (collectively, the Services).
|
|
|
Monthly Premium billing. |
|
|
|
|
Monthly administrative services billing (for administrative services billed on an hourly
basis. See Additional Pricing section for Hourly Rates). |
|
|
|
|
See General Service Description for a description of payments and billing hereunder. See
Pricing for a description of the Headcount True-Up (as defined below) and reconciliation
for IBNR (as defined below) Claims. |
|
|
|
|
Claims processing |
|
|
|
All Vendor Claims process will remain unchanged from the process as used during
the 12-month period prior to the Distribution Date. |
|
|
|
|
The Claims appeal process will not change from the process as used during the
12-month period prior to the Distribution Date. Empire/Anthem/Medco, MetLife and
SHPS will handle all appeals as provided under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act. Once all such appeals have been exhausted, escalations will be
handled by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will pay all Claims incurred during the 2011 Plan Year. |
|
|
|
All eligibility adjustments (adding dependents, new hires, ect.) will
be handled by local Service Recipient HR through the Infinium interface. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Recipient may add or remove employees/dependants to
coverage in accordance with the terms of the Plans, generally upon a qualifying
event, new hire or termination. These rules will be the same rules in effect
immediately prior to Distribution Date and will remain in effect until January 31,
2012. |
|
|
|
|
Manual adjustments to eligibility will be handled directly with the
Vendors by authorized Service Recipient local HR. These adjustments will be one off
type adjustments that cannot be made through Infinium due to timing. |
|
|
|
|
All file transmissions to Vendors will be handled by the Exelis Inc.
Fort Wayne Shared Service team under the HR/Payroll/Benefits Transition Services
Agreement. |
3
|
|
|
All files normally maintained manually by the Service Recipient local
HR departments during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Distribution Date
will remain unchanged. |
|
|
|
|
COBRA qualifying events notices will be handled by SHPS. Service
Recipient Local HR department will notify SHPS of termination of employment (as is
the current practice in the twelve (12) months prior to Distribution Date). SHPS
will provide election notice to Covered Employees with appropriate coverages. There
is a separate Letter of Intent with SHPS, attached as Appendix B. |
|
|
|
All Covered Employee Claims made under the Plans and incurred for the
2011 Plan Year will be paid by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Vendor administrative service charges for the 2011 Plan Year will be
paid by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Empire and MetLife maintain bank accounts which Service Provider funds
daily to pay claims. Each Vendor will separate claims paid by claims incurred
date. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will pay all Medical and Dental Claims incurred for
the 2011 Plan Year, but submitted for payment after the end of the 2011 Plan Year
but no later than allowed under the terms of the applicable Plan. |
|
|
|
|
MEDCO invoices bi-weekly for claims paid. Service Provider will pay
for all MEDCO claims incurred for the 2011 Plan Year. |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
Service Recipient Responsibilities
|
|
|
Service Recipient will provide accurate and timely employee enrollments
via Infinium. |
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient will research eligibility issues as needed. |
|
|
|
|
In case of inaccurate data sent to Service Provider it will be the
responsibility of the Service Recipient to rectify any problems and assessments
incurred. |
|
|
|
|
Local Human Resources/Benefits departments will support Covered
Employees. |
4
BILLING LOCATION
Service Recipient will provide Service Provider a self billed invoice and payment
to their address set forth below. The bill will cover all charges for Services under
this Schedule provided by Service Provider. The invoice will contain the number of
enrolled employees per tier per coverage, as set forth in Schedule A. A detailed list
of Covered Employees will be provided by the Service Provider upon reasonable request
of the Service Recipient. All administrative functions handled by the Service
Provider in the twelve (12) month period prior to the Distribution Date are contained
in the fee structure set forth below. The Service Provider and Service Recipient
agree to negotiate in good faith for any additional services related to the Service
provided hereunder that are outside the normal course of business.
SERVICE LEVEL
The Service Provider will provide the same service level to the Service Recipient
as it provides to its Covered Employees.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Deborah Macchia
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Keith Dick
Termination notices are not required. Service Provider will pay Claims incurred during the 2011
Plan Year, during the period from November 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 with no further
premium billed to the Service Recipient. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans there is a twenty-four
(24) month Claim filing limit.
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Recipient shall also pay all
routine business travel expenses relating to such Services. The below table contains the monthly
premium rates the Service Provider shall charge. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the
Service Provider the monthly premium payments within ten (10) Business Days after the
5
beginning of each calendar month. A detailed listing of Service Recipients Covered Employees,
including the Plans and enrollment tier in which they are enrolled, will be made available to
Service Provider upon its reasonable request. Each business unit has been banded 1 through 5.
Depending on the assigned band the appropriate budget amount is charged to that business unit. The
amounts in the table are per employee per month, by plan and coverage tier. See General Service
Description for further detail on payment and billing for the monthly premium payments.
Medical and Pharmacy Premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Rating Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+ 1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 2 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 3 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 4 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 5 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enhanced |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Rating Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+ 1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 2 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 3 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 4 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 5 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EPO |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Rating Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+ 1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 2 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 3 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 4 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 5 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HDHP |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Rating Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+ 1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 2 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 3 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 4 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Band 5 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
6
Dental Premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MetLife Dental |
|
|
|
|
EE |
|
EE+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
Add FSA pricing
Additional Pricing
Hourly Rates
Hourly Rates for Services not specified or normally provided by Service Provider in the twelve (12)
month period prior to the Distribute Date but otherwise provided by Service Provider employees
(including but not limited to modification, consulting, exit strategy development, transition,
etc.) are documented below. The employee category is defined by Service Provider. The rates
documented below apply to Service Provider employees only, should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Recipient prior to
execution of the project.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following rates shall not be subject
to (a) the 4.5% increase for inflation in 2012 described in Section 2(a)(3) (but such rates shall
be subject to such increase in 2013) or (b) the 2% or 10% increases described in the proviso to
Section 2(a)(i) of the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
General Category of Employee |
|
Hourly Rate |
|
1. Secretarial/Administrative |
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
2. Non-Executive |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
3. Executive |
|
$ |
150.00 |
|
Headcount True-Up
Service Provider shall conduct a headcount true-up by March 31, 2012 (the Headcount True-Up),
based on actual enrollment during the period beginning on the day after the Distribution Date and
ending on December 31, 2011. The Headcount True-Up will be based on reviewing the actual monthly
Infinium enrollment by Plan and coverage tier, by unit, but, for the avoidance of doubt, no true-up
of actual Claims will be conducted. The Service Provider shall promptly provide the results of the
Headcount True-Up to Service Recipient together with any supporting
7
data reasonably requested by Service Recipient. Within ten (10) Business Days after the parties
reach agreement on the amount of the Headcount True-Up, the appropriate party shall pay to the
other the amount so due.
IBNR Reconciliation
|
|
|
Reconciliation for Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) Claims |
|
|
|
The premiums collected from Service Recipient hereunder will be
credited to Service Providers active medical ledger. |
|
|
|
|
The amount that Service Provider should hold in reserve to cover
payment for all IBNR Claims incurred for the 2011 Plan Year shall be calculated in
accordance with the following procedures: |
|
|
|
This calculation will be made by June 30, 2012 using the same methods,
assumptions, processes, etc. as used during the 12-month period prior to
the Distribution Date to calculate the IBNR Claim reserve remaining to
pay Claims incurred before January 1, 2012, but paid after June 30, 2012. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider and Service Recipient will engage Towers Watson, or
such other person as the parties may agree to engage (the Calculation
Agent), to calculate the target level of the IBNR claim reserve, whose
determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Service Provider and
Service Recipient. |
|
|
|
|
The IBNR Claim reserve will have its final reconciliation calculated
the Calculation Agent by June 30, 2012. |
|
|
|
If the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve is greater than the
target level of the IBNR Claim reserve, as determined herein, within ten (10)
Business Days of Service Provider being notified of such determination by the
Calculation Agent, Service Provider shall pay its proportionate amount to Service
Recipient (based upon Service Recipients number of Covered Employees (as of
December 31, 2011) in relation to the total number of Covered Employees (for all of
the Parties to the Agreement) in the IBNR Claim reserve pool (as of December 31,
2011) (the Proportionate Amount)), required, when included with the Proportionate
Amounts to be paid to the other Parties to the Agreement, required to bring the
amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve to its targeted level, as determined by the
Calculation Agent. |
|
|
|
|
If the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve is less than the target
level of the IBNR claim reserve, as determined herein, within ten (10) Business
Days of Service Recipient being notified of such determination by the Calculation
Agent and its Proportionate Amount by the Service Provider, Service Recipient shall
pay its Proportionate Amount to Service Provider, required, when included with the
Proportionate Amounts to be paid by the other Parties to the Agreement, |
8
|
|
|
necessary to bring the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve to its targeted level,
as determined by the Calculation Agent. |
9
Attachment A
(Monthly self bill example)
|
|
|
|
|
Unit |
|
Value Center |
|
Grand Total |
FTC-HQ
|
|
HQ |
|
|
Motion and Flow Controls HQ
|
|
HQ |
|
|
ITT Heat Transfer
|
|
RCW |
|
|
ITT Bell & Gossett Division
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Rule Industries
|
|
Flow Controls |
|
|
Sanitaire (WPCC)
|
|
WWW |
|
|
AC Custom Pump
|
|
IP |
|
|
Flo-Jet
|
|
Flow Controls |
|
|
Sanitaire Royce
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Sanitaire WET
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Flowtronex
|
|
RCW |
|
|
RCW
|
|
RCW |
|
|
ITT Water Technology, Inc.
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Texas Turbine Operations-Lubbock
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Flygt Florida
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Leopold Salary
|
|
WWW |
|
|
WEDECO
|
|
WWW |
|
|
ITT Flygt Corp.
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Flygt-Indiana
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Laing
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Nova Analytics
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Global Water Instruments
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Bellingham and Stanley
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Aanderaa Data Instruments
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
10
Attachment B
May 20, 2011
Ms. Deb Macchia
Manager, Benefits Planning and Communication
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
|
|
|
RE: |
|
Trivestiture of ITT Corporation |
Dear Ms. Macchia:
As you know, SHPS Human Resource Solutions, Inc. (Company) currently provides ITT Corporation
(Client) spending account administration (SAM) and COBRA services (collectively Services)
pursuant to a Service Agreement dated January 1, 2008 (the Service Agreement). This letter
acknowledges the intent of Client to separate into three different entities; namely, Defense Co.
(Defense), ITT Co. (ITT) and Water Co. (Water). As part of this restructuring, you have
requested we perform certain implementation services in order to set up ITT and Water as separate
entities. It is the intent of the parties that Defense will assume the Service Agreement and that
ITT and Water will enter into a transition services agreement with Defense through December 31,
2011. Existing services provided by the Company to Defense, ITT and Water will continue through
December 31, 2011. Effective January 1, 2012, ITT and Water will enter into separate agreements
with the Company. The Company agrees to (i) continue performing ongoing Service and (ii) provide
implementation services, pursuant to terms and conditions of the Service Agreement and the
following:
|
|
|
1. Services
|
|
Beginning on or about June 1,
2011, Company will begin implementation
services to setup ITT and Water. Company will continue providing ongoing Services to
the Client, including Defense, ITT and Water populations, until the Separation Date. |
|
|
|
2. Termination Fee
|
|
Company agrees to defer implementation Fees in an amount of
$ . Of this amount, $ shall be with respect to ITT ($ for COBRA and
$ for FSA, respectively) and $ shall be with respect to Water ($ for
COBRA and $ for FSA, respectively) (the Deferred Implementation Fees) over the
period between January 1, 2012 and December 31, 2012, which will be included in the new
agreements. In the event the Service Agreement is terminated for any reason prior to
the expiration the Separation Date the Client shall pay Company the
Deferred Implementation Fees in accordance with the payment terms set
forth in the Service Agreement. |
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding of the parties, please acknowledge your acceptance of this Agreement by signing both copies of this letter at the place provided below and return one to my attention.
11
SCHEDULE AB5
XYLEM RETIREE MEDICAL AND
FINANCIAL SHARED SERVICES (FSS)
ACTIVE MEDICAL AND DENTAL
ADMINISTRATION
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
Conrad Arnold
|
|
Director Human Resources
|
|
|
|
Conrad.arnold@itt.com |
|
Service Recipients
Contact
Xylem Inc.
Dawn DeRue
|
|
Human Resources Mgr.
|
|
|
|
Dawn.derue@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation Seneca Falls, NY (IP)
Service Recipient: Xylem Inc. Auburn, NY and ITT Water Technologies, Inc. Seneca
Falls, NY (Financial Shared Services)) (collectively, Service Recipients)
TERM
Services provided hereunder shall terminate June 30, 2012; provided that for the
avoidance of doubt the coverages provided hereunder and described below only apply to
Claims (as defined herein) made by Service Recipients Covered Employees (as defined
herein) and incurred on or before December 31, 2011.
1
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider currently provides administration for the Financial Shared Services active
medical through Excellus Blue Cross\Blue Shield BluePoint2 E Plan,
Group ,
dept. 0007 and active Dental through Excellus Dental plan, Group
dept. 0007 and
Retiree medical (pre 65 MVP), Group
(collectively, the Benefit Plans) for Service
Recipients employees covered under such Benefit Plans (such employees, the Covered Employees).
Service Provider shall keep the Benefit Plans and all coverage thereunder in full force through
December 31, 2011 for Service Recipients Covered Employees. Each Service Recipient may add or
remove Covered Employees to or from coverage under the Benefit Plans as outlined under the terms of
the Benefit Plans. All claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under the Benefit
Plans (the Claims) and incurred on or prior to December 31, 2011 the (2011 Plan Year) will be
adjudicated in accordance with the current contract and Service Provider will continue to take such
actions on behalf of Service Recipients Covered Employees as if such employees are employees of
Service Provider.
All Claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under the Benefit Plans will be paid on
behalf of the Service Provider.
Service Recipients will pay Service Provider for coverage based on 2011 budget premium rates
previously set for the calendar year 2011 and described in the Pricing section below. Service
Recipients will pay Service Provider monthly premium payments for this service, for any full or
partial months, based on actual enrollment for the months covered post-spin using enrollments as of
the first (1st) calendar day of the month, commencing on the day after the Distribution
Date.
The Service Recipients will be required to pay the Service Provider the monthly premium payments
within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of each calendar month. A detailed listing of
Service Recipients employees covered, including the Plans and enrollment tier in which they are
enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider upon its reasonable request.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below or described
above (collectively, the Services).
|
|
|
Monthly premium billing. |
|
|
|
|
Monthly administrative services billing (for administrative services billed on an hourly
basis. See Additional Pricing section for Hourly Rates). |
See General Service Description for a description of payments and billing hereunder
The following services listed below will be provided by experts, who are employees of Service
Provider, (the Experts) with the following persons the initial Experts: Cindy Jansen, Porzia
Quinn and Conrad Arnold.
2
|
|
|
Administration as needed on daily basis for the Benefit Plans. The Service Provider will
provide all services that were provided during the twelve (12) months prior to the
Distribution Date. The Service Provider will maintain the same level of service provided
during the twelve (12) months prior to the Distribution Date. |
|
|
|
Answer any questions pertaining to medical coverage. |
|
|
|
|
Assist in resolving any issues that may arise regarding, medical
coverage, ex. Claims, Medicare questions, etc. |
|
|
|
|
Add employees/dependents to the Medical coverage as needed. |
|
|
|
|
Reconcile and pay premiums from Medical carriers pertaining to the
Exelis employees. |
|
|
|
Should the Service Recipient need services not provided during the twelve (12) months
prior to the Distribution Date, the parties will negotiate in good faith to determine any
additional cost involved in the services |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Recipients
acknowledge and agree that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the
Experts and the Experts have the ability to terminate their employment with
Service Provider. In the event the initially named Experts are no longer
employed by Service Provider, Service Providers then current benefit manager
(or such other person as has the skill and knowledge to so provide such
Services) will, at the request of the Service Recipients, provide such Service
as described herein.
The Service Recipients human resources department shall cooperate with the
Service Provider, including the Experts, in order for the Service Provider and
Experts to provide such Service under this Schedule.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide ITT Water Technologies, Inc. and Xylem, Inc.
FSS each with separate invoices to their address set forth below. The bill
will cover all charges for services under this Schedule provided by Service
Provider to both Service Recipients and, to the extent reasonably feasible,
will be itemized between the two Service Recipients. The invoice will contain
the number of Covered Employees per tier per coverage. A detailed list of
Covered Employees and dependents covered will be provided by the Service
Provider upon reasonable request of the Service Recipient. All
administrative functions handled by the Service Provider in the twelve (12)
month period prior to the Distribution Date are contained in the fee structure
3
set forth below. The Service Provider and Service Recipients agree to
negotiate in good faith for any additional services related to the Service
provided hereunder that are outside the normal course of business.
SERVICE LEVEL
The Service Provider, including the Experts, will provide the same service
level to the Service Recipients as it provides to its own Covered Employees.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
ITT Corporation
240 Falls Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Xylem Inc.
1 Goulds Drive
Auburn, NY 13021
ITT Water Technologies, Inc
1 Goulds Drive
Auburn, NY 13021
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Recipients shall also pay all
routine business travel expenses relating to the Services. The Service Recipients shall pay the
Service Provider based on the number of Covered Employees as of the first (1st) calendar day of the
month. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the Service Provider the monthly premium
payments within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of each calendar month. A detailed
listing of Service Recipients Covered Employees, including the Plans and enrollment tier in which
they are enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider upon its reasonable request.
See General Service Description for further detail on payment and billing for the monthly
premium payments. The below table are the rates the Service Provider shall charge.
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage |
|
|
|
Employee |
|
(Invoicing for medical/dental premiums
Only as noted below): |
|
|
|
|
BluePoint POS (FSS) Active |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Employee + 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Employee + Child(ren) |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Family |
|
$ |
|
|
Dental (FSS) Active |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Employee + 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Family |
|
$ |
|
|
MVP (Retirees Pre 65) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Employee + 1 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
Family |
|
$ |
|
|
Additional Pricing
Hourly Rates for Services not specified or normally provided by Service Provider in the twelve
(12) month period prior to the Distribute Date but otherwise provided by Service Provider employees
(including but not limited to modification, consulting, exit strategy development, transition,
etc.) are documented below. The employee category is defined by Service Provider. The rates
documented below apply to Service Provider employees only, should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Recipient prior to
execution of the project.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following rates shall not be subject
to (a) the 4.5% increase for inflation in 2012 described in Section 2(a)(3) (but such rates shall
be subject to such increase in 2013) or (b) the 2% or 10% increases described in the proviso to
Section 2(a)(i) of the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
General Category of Employee
|
|
Hourly Rate
|
1. Secretarial/Administrative
|
|
$ |
50.00 |
2. Non-Executive
|
|
$ |
100.00 |
3. Executive
|
|
$ |
150.00 |
5
SCHEDULE AB6
EPICOR 9 AND MFG PRO
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Kevin Loucks
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, Transition
Management Office
|
|
|
|
kevin.loucks@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eva Jakubowska
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW IT Director
|
|
|
|
eva.jakubowska@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Epicor 9 and MFG Pro Application Support Services for the
Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Epicor 9
Application support
required to support
Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
Epicor 9 Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application for
authorized service
receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
Service Provider
after receiving an
emailed Access
Request Form from the
Service Receiver,
will create new
application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
production
Interfaces, execute
batch jobs, assess
impact of failed
batch jobs, and
adjust schedule to
account for batch job
failures and delays.
Service Provider will
execute web server
and application
server configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration. The
lead-time required
for these activities
is one day.
|
|
Three Requests per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Epicor 9-01
|
|
Epicor 9
Application
Support
Services
|
|
Epicor 9
Application Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
monitor incident
resolution requests,
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Provider after
receiving an emailed
Epicor 9 Modification
Request Form from the
Service Receiver,
will create or modify
for the Service
Receiver Crystal
Reports, Business
Process Management
(BPM) procedures,
Business Activity
Queries (BAQ),
Dashboard, User
Defined fields, and
or propose and create
an alternate solution
as necessary. A
lead-time of 4 days
is required for these
Program Change
Requests.
|
|
40 Hours per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Provider after
receiving an emailed
request will provide
training and
consulting on process
and Epicor 9 modules,
to the Service
Receivers users, as
needed and requested.
|
|
Two sessions per year, for 8 hours per session |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Epicor 9
Application Database
Support Service
Provider on receipt
of an emailed Service
Request Form, will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents,
maintain
database schema if
necessary, bounce
databases as
required, perform
data cleanup
activities as needed,
monitor and maintain,
and provide support
for all database
issues in test/dev
environments, archive
and truncate database
tables as required,
compact databases as
required, backup,
restore, compress,
and delete old log
files as needed, and
conduct scheduled
maintenance
activities.
|
|
Daily Backups are performed
One Restore per week |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Provider, after
receiving an emailed
Service Request Form
from the Service
Receiver, will create
or modify the
following: Progress
SQL database
interfaces,
Electronic Invoice
process, SQL
Reporting, and
Application tuning.
The lead-time for
these services will
be three weeks.
|
|
2 Service Requests per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
SICAF Electronic
Invoicing for Epicor
9 Application
Service Provider will
provide access to
application for
authorized service
receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
Service Provider
after receiving an
emailed Access
Request Form from the
Service Receiver,
will create new
application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays.
|
|
2 Service Requests per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SICAF
Electronic Invoicing
Application Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
monitor incident
resolution requests,
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system.
The Service Provider
will utilize the
SICAF Vendor for all
activities to develop
solutions and
approach to address
break in application.
The SICAF Vendor will
implement fixes to
resolve break in
application. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide MFG Pro
Application support
required to support
Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP)
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to MFG
Pro Application
Service Provider will
provide access to
application for
authorized service
receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
Service Provider
after receiving an
emailed Access
Request Form from the
Service Receiver,
will create new
application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
production
Interfaces, execute
batch jobs, assess
impact of failed
batch jobs, and
adjust schedule to
account for batch job
failures and delays.
Service Provider will
execute web server
and application
server configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration. The
lead-time required
for these activities
is one day.
|
|
One Request per Month
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-MFG Pro-01
|
|
MFG Pro
Application
Support
Services
|
|
MFG Pro
Application Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
monitor incident
resolution requests,
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MFG Pro
Application Database
Support Service
Provider on receipt
of an emailed Service
Request Form, will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents, maintain
database schema if
necessary, bounce
databases as
required, perform
data cleanup
activities as needed,
monitor and maintain,
and provide support
for all database
issues in test/dev
environments, archive
and truncate database
tables as required,
compact databases as
required, backup,
restore, compress,
and delete old log
files as needed, and
conduct scheduled
maintenance
activities.
|
|
Daily Backups are performed
One Restore per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note: The costs incurred by the Service Provider from a 3rd Party necessary to
troubleshoot, maintain or resolve failures in the systems environment for Epicor 9 will be
allocated evenly between the Service Provider and Service Receiver as an additional charge. All of
the costs incurred by the Service Provider from a 3rd Party necessary to troubleshoot,
maintain or resolve failures in the systems environment for MFG Pro will be passed on to the
Service Receiver as an additional charge.
4
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this
agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good
faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are
required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service
Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs
including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
5
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Epicor 9-03
|
|
Epicor 9 and MFG
Pro Application
Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Epicor 9-04
|
|
Epicor 9 and MFG
Pro Application
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Epicor 9 and MFG Pro
Application and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Epicor 9 and MFG Pro by Service Receiver not
mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement, Service
Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service Provider using
the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
6
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Tizayuca, Mexico, to sites in
Queteretaro and Mexico City, Mexico.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and
interfaces documented
in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the current data delivery methodologies
(e.g., FTP drop site/email) ensuring they are accessible and reachable to the
Service Provider for the period of this TSA. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
Service Provider must keep the TSA Gateway active and accessible to the
Service Receiver as needed for the period of this TSA. |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service
Provider, it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any
problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Support for Epicor 9 and MFG Pro will be provided Monday through Friday, 8:30am to 5:30pm Mexico
time. For emergencies Epicor 9 and MFG Pro support staff is available by contacting Manuel Moreno,
via his mobile phone.
All incidents will be handled and responded to as they have been during the 12 months prior to the
Distribution Date. In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
7
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA
|
|
$75
|
|
$100
|
|
$125 |
Greece
|
|
$35
|
|
$46
|
|
$58 |
Mexico
|
|
$19
|
|
$25
|
|
$31 |
Sweden
|
|
$75
|
|
$100
|
|
$125 |
8
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Source System |
|
Destination System |
|
|
Service Providers
Epicor 9
application will
create 2 flat
files, one
containing Sales
Order header and
one with Sales
Order detail
information. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales Orders
|
|
This interface is
executed from a
daily Batch
schedule, and runs
at 3am Daily.
|
|
Epicor 9
|
|
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The flat files are
transmitted with
FTP to a Service
Receivers FTP
site. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Providers
Epicor 9
application will
generate 2 flat
files, one
containing Invoice
header and one with
Invoice detail
information. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoicing
|
|
This interface is
executed from a
daily Batch
schedule, and runs
at 3am Daily.
|
|
Epicor 9
|
|
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The flat files are
transmitted with
FTP to a Service
Receivers FTP
site. |
|
|
|
|
9
Schedule AB7
ePrism
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Vassilis Gerardos
ITT Corporation
|
|
Knowledge
Management
Supervisor, Athens
Group
|
|
|
|
vasilis.gerardos@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Doug Olson
Xylem Inc.
|
|
eBusiness Manager
ITT Residential &
Commercial Water
|
|
|
|
doug.olson@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform ePrism Application Support Services for the Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide ePrism
Application support
services required to
support Integrated
Sales and
Manufacturing,
including a WEB based
Sales and
Manufacturing
configuration
capability set of
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ePrism
Knowledge Engineering
Service Provider,
after receiving a
service request from
the Service Receiver,
will update the
appropriate
information within
ePrism. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ePrism Data
and Curve Management
Service Provider,
after receiving a
service request,
validated data, and
specifications will
maintain the
information within
ePrism.
|
|
350 Knowledge
Engineer Hours per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ePrism-01
|
|
ePrism Application
Support Services
|
|
ePrism
Application Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
provide System
Administration
services to the
Service Receivers
ePrism application.
Service Provider will
provide Break/Fix
support and monitor
incident resolution
requests, and
recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
Service Level
Agreement (SLA)
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application. |
|
|
|
24*
|
|
Cost plus
2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider
will only provide
modifications to the
Service Receivers
ePrism code in the
following situations
for the redesign and
modification of
existing products, as
listed in Attachment
A.
|
|
305 Programmer
Hours per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Provider will perform
code changes to the
Service Receivers
ePrism code stream if
the Service Provider
determines it is
appropriate and
necessary to address
with Product Specific
Requests that have
been approved by the
Joint ePrism
Committee. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider
will deliver these
changes to the
Service Receiver in a
Quarterly release
cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Beyond the minimum service period this agreement can be extended for another 12 months on a
month-to-month basis |
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities
2
on a time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then
apply following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this
agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good
faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are
required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service
Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs
including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ePrism-02
|
|
ePrism Application
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ePrism-03
|
|
ePrism Application
Data Migration
|
|
Service Provider will
provide data and rule
extraction services
in a common
understandable format
to assist the Service
Receiver to migrate
from the ePrism
application.
|
|
No Charge |
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
IT-ePrism-04
|
|
ePrism Application
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
ePrism application
support services and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to ePrism by Service Receiver not mentioned in this
Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement, Service Receiver will
provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service Provider using the formalized
Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Athens, Greece to global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain applications and interfaces required
for the services documented in this agreement. |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider, it will
be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear
any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
4
|
|
Service Receiver must provide access to secure VPN for the Service
Providers staff, required at all times, for the period of this TSA. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must implement the necessary hardware and have the
appropriate support personnel in place. |
|
|
|
Service Provider must complete the in-process ePrism enhancements and
projects as specified in Attachment B, prior to the Distribution Date, or as
determined by the Joint ePrism Committee. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver, on termination of this TSA, must and will remove all
versions of the ePrism executable code from the Service Receivers environment,
located on online or offline storage. Service Receiver will provide
appropriate notification upon removal completion to Service Provider. |
|
|
|
Service Provider, on termination of this TSA, must and will remove all
versions and copies of the Service Receivers versions of the ePrism executable
code, data and rule information, located online or offline storage. Service
Provider will provide appropriate notification upon removal completion to the
Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
The Service Provider will provide support to the Service Receiver, 12 hours per day, 8:30 am to
8:30 pm Greece time, Monday through Friday except on Greek and U.S. holidays as appropriate.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be
5
required, the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior
to execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
ATTACHMENT A
List of Existing Products/Models to be supported:
|
2. |
|
Vertical Turbine Products |
|
a. |
|
All Vertical Turbine Products for Water and Industrial Applications |
7
ATTACHMENT B
This is the list of ePrism Enhancements and Projects that will be completed by October 3,
2011, unless specifically noted otherwise. The actual release schedule for these enhancements will
be determined by the joint ePrism steering committee:
8
SCHEDULE AB8
ERP-LX & TANGO APPLICATION
INDIA
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Kevin Loucks
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, Transition
Management Office
|
|
|
|
kevin.loucks@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eva Jakubowska
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW IT Director
|
|
|
|
eva.jakubowska@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform ERP-LX & Tango Application Support Services for Baroda, India
and Hong Kong for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide hosting and
ongoing application
support for ERP-LX
and Tango
(Sarbanes-Oxley
Auditing) for Baroda,
India and the Hong
Kong Trading Company: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
ERP-LX &Tango
Applications
Service Provider will
provide access to the
application for
authorized service
receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
Service Provider will
create new
application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes; and monitor
and maintain
application
administration. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP- LX & Tango
India -01
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application Support
Services
|
|
ERP-LX &Tango
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests,
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application. |
|
38 ERP-LX named
users
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP-LX &
Tango Database
Support Service
Provider will trouble
shoot database
related incidents,
maintain database
schema if necessary,
bounce databases as
required, perform
data cleanup
activities as needed,
monitor and provide
support for all
database issues in
test/dev
environments, archive
and truncate database
tables as required,
compact databases as
required, backup,
compress, and delete
old log files as
needed, and conduct
scheduled maintenance
activities. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP-LX &
Tango Hosting
Services Service
Provider will provide
hosting for ERP-LX
environment from
Seneca Falls Data
Center (SFDC).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this
agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good
faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are
required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service
Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs
including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP- LX & Tango
India -02
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP- LX & Tango
India -03
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
ERP-LX and Tango
applications and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to ERP-LX & Tango Applications by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Seneca Falls, NY, USA to Baroda,
India and Hong Kong.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and
interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service
Provider, it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to
rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have eLogia System active and maintained
for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services. Incidents classified using this
methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment B.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year.
These rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be
required, the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior
to execution of the project.
5
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Program Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Owner |
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
Frequency |
eLogia
|
|
ORDZ761C
|
|
Perform product
configuration
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ePrism
|
|
ORD789
|
|
Perform product
configuration
|
|
ITT Co.
|
|
Wintel ITT Co.
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier Portal
|
|
PUR500
|
|
Issue Purchase
Orders via a Portal
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier Portal
|
|
PUR500
|
|
Issue Purchase
Orders via a Portal
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
ATTACHMENT B
Production Support Break Fix Service Level Agreement
A Remedy help desk request must be entered for each incident. For Urgent incidents, a phone call
may also be initiated directly to the Service Providers Support Team. The primary support number
for North America is +1-219-405-9459 (available 24 hours/day) and the secondary support number is
+ (available 8:00 AM 5:00 PM Eastern Time, Monday through Friday). All support
calls will be returned within 15 minutes.
|
|
|
|
|
Severity |
|
Description |
|
Resolution |
Urgent
|
|
Service Receiver is unable to
enter orders or ship product.
No work around is available
for the issue.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a work around or
permanent solution within
four (4) hours for 95% of
these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
enter orders and ship
product, but in a degraded
mode and productivity is
seriously impacted.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a work around or
permanent solution within
two (2) working days for 95%
of these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
Medium
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
function normally with minor
impact from problem.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a permanent solution
within five (5) working days
for 95% of these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
Low
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
function normally. Issue is
an inconvenience.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a permanent solution
within 30 working days for
95% of these issues. |
8
SCHEDULE AB9
MyITT.COM APPLICATION
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Ken Gill
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager , Web, Social
Media & Collaboration
Solutions
|
|
|
|
ken.gill@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beth Davidovich
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Director, Corporate IT
& Collaboration COE
|
|
|
|
beth.davidovich@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform myITT.com Portal Application Support Services for Service
Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
The Service Receiver may request changes or enhancements to such systems and the Service Provider
shall implement those changes provided (i) such changes or enhancements do not materially and
negatively impact the Service Provider (acting as a service recipient) or any other service
receiver, (ii) Service Receiver agrees to pay for such changes or enhancements in accordance with
the pricing schedule below, (iii) such changes do not increase the ongoing operating costs for the
Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver and (iv) Service Provider,
in its discretion, deems that it is capable of making such changes with its current staff during
the time period requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service
receiver. Notwithstanding the forgoing, Service Provider is required to make any changes required
by law.
1
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Transaction Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide hosting and
ongoing myITT.com
application support: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
myITT.com Application
Service Provider
will use help desk
tickets from Service
Receiver and provide
access to myITT.com
application for an
unlimited number of
authorized Service
Receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
One business day is
required to respond
to the ticket after
receiving the
request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT- myITT.com
Portal-01
|
|
myITT.com
Maintenance Support
Services
|
|
myITT.com
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will use help desk
tickets from Service
Receiver to support
closing the help
ticket within 1
business day of
request. Service
Provider will monitor
incident resolution
requests, and
recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
|
|
40calls/month
|
|
3
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
Services that will not be provided as part of this agreement are:
|
|
Creating new sites (on myITT.com) |
|
|
|
Updating functionality in existing sites |
|
|
|
Updating functionality or providing support on sites migrated to Connect beyond initial
functionally ported over from myITT.com |
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities
2
on a time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as documented in this
agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver or
third parties
authorized to act on
behalf of the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT- myITT.com
Portal-02
|
|
myITT.com
Migration |
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, functional
data mapping, and
impacts of design
decisions
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
Provider will support
Service Receiver or
third parties
authorized to act on
behalf of Service
Receiver in project
managing the
myITT.com site
migration |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT- myITT.com
Portal-03
|
|
myITT.com Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to myITT
services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
3
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to myITT Applications by Service Receiver not
mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement, Service
Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service Provider using
the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Seneca Falls, NY, USA and White
Plains, NY, USA and by on-shore and off-shore consultants to global
participants.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain site, content and
applications within the Oracle Webcenter Interaction Suite (formerly
Plumtree) and interfaces to AD domains. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate independent agreement, must have
project management, migration architect, developer etc. services active
with Avanade for the period of time to complete the migration project. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will use its resources to support migration
services for data clean up, testing and cleaning in a timely manner. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider it
will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any
problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
4
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services. Incidents classified using this
methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment A. |
In the event incidents cannot be resolve in the time outlined in Attachment A,
Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver and work together to
try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth above, Service Receiver shall also pay
commercially reasonable business travel expenses relating to the Services.
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including but
not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
5
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
Response Time |
|
Description |
Non-Critical Remedy
ticket assignment on
Weekdays during Business
hours
|
|
3 Hrs.
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members within
3 hrs. |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical Remedy ticket
assignment on Weekdays
during Business hours
|
|
1 Hr.
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members within
1 hr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Critical Remedy
ticket assignment on
Weekdays during
off-hours
|
|
Next Business Day
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members on Next
Business Day |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical Remedy ticket
assignment on Weekdays
during off-hours
|
|
2 Hr.
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members within
2 hr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Critical Remedy
ticket assignment on
Weekends and Holidays
|
|
Next Business Day
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members on Next
Business Day |
|
|
|
|
|
Critical Remedy ticket
assignment on Weekends
and Holidays
|
|
2 Hr.
|
|
Ticket will be picked-up
or assigned to one of
the team members within
2 hr. |
|
|
|
|
|
Note: |
|
1. |
|
Business hours are 8:00 am 5:00 pm ET |
|
2. |
|
Critical Incident The portal is completely down or inaccessible |
|
3. |
|
Non-Critical Incident All incidents which are not classified as critical as defined in
this agreement |
6
SCHEDULE AB10
P2P DELIVERY ENVIRONMENT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Tom Restaino
ITT Corporation
|
|
Director, Information
Technology Financial Shared Services
|
|
|
|
tom.restaino@ittcorp.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eva Jakubowska
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW IT Director
|
|
|
|
eva.jakubowska@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Purchase-to-Pay (P2P) Delivery Environment Application Support
Services for the Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide application
support services for
P2P Delivery
Environment, which
consists of SAP,
Vendor Portal,
Taxware, OpenText,
and Interface
Infrastructure MQ and
XI (MQ support is
only on Providers
MQ): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to P2P
Delivery Environment
Service Provider
will provide access
to applications
through user request
form(s) submitted by
Service Receiver via
Service Provider P2P
Help Desk tickets for
authorized service
receiver users.
Service Provider will
maintain and reset
SAP user passwords
and application
security through
Provider P2P Help
Desk requests. ,
Service Provider will
monitor and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. User
add/update/delete
requests will be
completed within
three (3) business
days of receipt of
complete, approved
form. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-P2P-01
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment
Application Support
Services
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
monitor incident
resolution requests;
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution. Service
Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application, develop
solution to address
break, and implement
fixes to resolve
break. Service
Provide reserves the
right to charge time
and material for a
Service Receiver
initiated break which
requires greater than
8 hours to resolve.
Service Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes; and monitor
and maintain
application
administration.
Service Provider will
provide SAP Basis
support, development
support for the P2P
Delivery Environment,
and configuration
management in support
of business as usual
activities (excludes
enhancement requests
by Service Receiver).
Requests for support
and maintenance will
be submitted and
tracked via Service
Provider Help Desk
ticket. |
|
219 SAP Users
122,741 Invoice
Postings per Year
64,008 New Purchase
Orders Created per
Year
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
publish scheduled
down time which will
allow for normal
maintenance of the
P2P environment
including operating
system upgrades;
database maintenance,
and other tasks
required in order to
keep environment
running efficiently.
Ad-Hoc down time will
be communicated to
Service Receiver with
72 hours advance
notice where
possible. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment Testing
Support Support of
Receiver requested
testing cycles are
included in services
during the TSA with
the following
exceptions to be
treated as
supplemental services
and charged via Time
and Materials Based
on Additional Pricing
Section: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Testing requiring a
client refresh more
than twice a year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Testing requiring
run and verification
of a full month-end
close where Provider
and Receiver arent
in consensus that the
change has an impact
to month-end close. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SAP Shared
Services Application
Master Programs,
Tables and Data
Maintenance The
Service Provider
reserves the right to
be the sole owner and
administrator of
Master Programs,
Tables, Data, and
Application Security
and Access controls
will as necessary get
joint approval from
all Service Receivers
for those proposed
changes that will
impact another
Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the
Provider will provide
the following
services: Complete
SAP Month End jobs
and reports to
support postings
(Vendor Banking
Approvals).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 3% (such activity, including any such 3% deviation, Business
as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will accommodate
Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a time and
materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party
3
relationships which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the
scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to
negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the
services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-P2P-02
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-P2P-03
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the P2P
Delivery Environment
and related
interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to P2P Delivery Environment by Service Receiver not
mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement, Service
Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service Provider using
the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing
4
operating costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii)
that it is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Seneca Falls, NY, USA to other USA and
Canada locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or the Service Receivers Supplier(s), provides
inaccurate information to Service Provider, it will be the responsibility of the
Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the
issue. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have one of following the ERP systems active and
maintained along with associated interfaces for the duration this agreement is in
effect: Business Planning and Control System (BPCS), and PRMS. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have MQ Series active and maintained for the duration
this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must submit requests, into the Service Providers P2P Help
Desk system. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will support testing as required for changes implemented by
Service Provider. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master
Services Agreement. |
5
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services. |
The P2P Delivery Environment scheduled downtime will be Mondays and Tuesdays from 10:00 PM to
3:30 AM ET and Sundays from 1:00 AM to 8:00 AM ET. |
Service Provider P2P Help Desk support is available 8:00 AM 5:00 PM ET Monday through Friday
except for holidays. Items are assessed for priority within one (1) hour of receipt. Barring
circumstances outside of Service Providers control, urgent priority items are addressed within one
(1) hour. High priority items will be responded to within one (1) business day and medium priority
within two (2) business days. Priority is assessed by the helpdesk staff with direction from
Service Receiver.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
Frequency |
Vendor
|
|
Central Vendor Master
Maintenance
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Order
|
|
Purchase Order add,
change, delete
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receipts
|
|
Receipt posting and
reversals
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice Posting
|
|
Invoice posting and
reversals
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice Payment
|
|
Payment posting and
reversals
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month End Reconciliation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_APRECLS
|
|
ME A/P trade reclass
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_FCREVAL
|
|
ME Foreign Currency revaluation
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_HCR
|
|
ME Headquarter cash
reclearing
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_ICRECFX
|
|
MW Intercompany FX
reclass
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_ICRECLS
|
|
ME Intercompany Payables
reclass
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_OCR
|
|
ME Uncleared Cash reclass
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_SMLDIFF
|
|
ME Small Difference
balancing
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_SSF
|
|
ME Shared Service Fee -
2PP
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_SSFEBUY
|
|
ME Shared Service Fee
eBuyITT
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_TAXRCLS
|
|
ME Sales & Use tax
reclass (for
self-assessed tax)
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_VDPFX
|
|
MW Vendor down payment
|
|
Service Provider
|
|
Service Receiver
|
|
Month End |
7
SCHEDULE AB11
PRMS SHARED SERVICES AND ERP
APPLICATION SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
PRMS Shared Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tom Restaino
ITT Corporation
|
|
Director, Information Technology
Financial Shared Services
|
|
|
|
tom.restaino@ittcorp.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shashank Patel
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW Controller
|
|
|
|
shashank.patel@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS ERP Services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Loucks
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, Transition
Management Office
|
|
|
|
kevin.loucks@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eva Jakubowska
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW IT Director
|
|
|
|
eva.jakubowska@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will provide PRMS Shared Services and ERP Application Support Services for
Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
1
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide PRMS Shared Services Application Support
services e.g., Customer Master, Accounts Receivable
(AR), General Ledger (GL), Cash Application, and
Order Release: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-PRMS-01
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application Support
Services
|
|
Access to PRMS Shared Services Application
Service Provider will provide access to
application for authorized Service Receiver per the
security guidelines outlined in the Master Services
Agreement. Service Provider will receive the PRMS
Shared Services Application User Access forms and
menu sets from Service Receiver to update menu sets
and user profiles; Service Provider will provide
periodic SOX access reports to allow Service
Receiver to conduct internal SOX user access
compliance certifications. Service Provider will
create new application and database users
pre-approved by Service Recipient, maintain
application and database passwords, maintain
application and database security to meet security
and controls guidelines identified in Master
Services Agreement, as well as monitor and restrict
unauthorized access to source code and data.
Security access will need a five day lead time, and
the SOX access reports will be performed no more
than twice a year. |
|
15 new or modified
Users per Month
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to PRMS Shared Services AutoClear
Service Provider will provide access to application
for authorized Service Receiver per the security
guidelines outlined in the Master Services
Agreement. Service Provider will use the PRMS Shared
Services AutoClear user access forms and menu sets
from Service Receiver to update menu sets and user
profiles; Service Provider will provide periodic SOX
access reports to allow Service Receiver to conduct
internal SOX user access compliance certifications.
Service Provider will create new application and
database users pre-approved by Service Recipient,
maintain application and database passwords,
maintain application and database security to meet
security and controls guidelines identified in
Master Services Agreement, as well as monitor and
restrict unauthorized access to source code and
data. Security access will need a five day lead
time, and the SOX access reports will be performed
no more than twice a year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
PRMS Shared Services Application Support &
Maintenance Service Provider will monitor Help
Desk incident resolution requests from the Service
Receiver, and recommend and implement incident
resolution per the SLA outlined in the Service Level
section of this agreement. Service Provider will
receive Help Desk ticket from Service Receiver to
update applications and ensure regulatory and
security compliance. Service Provider will identify
and communicate breaks in application discovered by
automated or monitoring system, develop solution and
approach to address break in application, and
implement fixes to resolve break in application.
Service Provider will maintain production batch
schedule, execute batch jobs, assess impact of
failed batch jobs, and adjust schedule to account
for batch job failures and delays. Service Provider
will execute web server and application server
configuration changes, monitor and maintain
application administration Robot and CL programs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS Shared Services Application Master
Programs, Tables and Data Maintenance The Service
Provider reserves the right to be the sole owner and
modifier of PRMS Master Programs, Tables and Data.
The Service Provider on receiving a Help Desk Master
Data change ticket form from the Service Receiver
will as necessary get joint approval from all
Service Receivers for those proposed changes that
will impact another Service Receiver, and then
maintain the PRMS Master Programs, Tables and Data
appropriately. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS Shared Services Database Support
Service Providers IT staff and data center will
monitor incident resolution requests, and recommend
and implement incident resolution per the SLA
outlined in the Service Level section of this
agreement. Service Provider will identify and
communicate breaks in application discovered by
automated or monitoring system, develop solution and
approach to address break in application, and
implement fixes to resolve break in application. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS Shared Service Application Capacity
Management The Service Provider will monitor the
environment and make recommendations for capacity
changes to the Service Receiver as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-PRMS-02
|
|
PRMS ERP
Application Support
Services
|
|
Provide PRMS ERP Support services e.g. Materials
Resource Planning (MRP), Enterprise Resource
Planning (ERP), Order Processing and Invoicing,
Debit and Credit Memo, Inventory, Forecasting,
Purchasing and Receiving, Costing and Shipping and
Manufacturing Operations: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Access to PRMS ERP Application Service
Provider will provide access to application for
authorized Service Receiver per the security
guidelines outlined in the Master Services
Agreement. Service Provider will use the PRMS Shared
Services Application user access forms and menu sets
from Service Receiver to update menu sets and user
profiles; Service Provider will provide periodic SOX
access reports to allow Service Receiver to conduct
internal SOX user access compliance certifications.
Service Provider will create new application and
database users pre-approved by Service Recipient,
maintain application and database passwords,
maintain application and database security to meet
security and controls guidelines identified in
Master Services Agreement, as well as monitor and
restrict unauthorized access to source code and
data. Security access will need a five day lead
time, and the SOX access reports will be performed
no more than twice a year.
|
|
25 new or modified
Users per Month
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS ERP Support & Maintenance Service
Provider will monitor Help Desk incident resolution
requests from the Service Receiver, and recommend
and implement incident resolution per the SLA
outlined in the Service Level section of this
agreement. Service Provider will address all things
other than Applications incidents, identify and
communicate breaks in application discovered by
automated or monitoring system, develop solution and
approach to address break in application, and
implement fixes to resolve break in application.
Service Provider will maintain production batch
schedule, execute batch jobs, notification of failed
batch jobs, and adjust schedule to account for batch
job failures and delays. Service Provider will
execute web server and application server
configuration changes, monitor and maintain
application administration Robot and CL programs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider after receiving Help Desk
production control requests and tested objects from
the Service Receiver will move the tested objects
into the PRMS ERP production environment. Should
the object fail in the process of being moved into
production, the Service Provider will work with the
Service Receiver to triage and troubleshoot the
issues, and move the corrected objects into the PRMS
ERP production environment. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
PRMS ERP Operating System and Database
Support Service Provider will monitor incident
resolution requests, and recommend and implement
incident resolution per the SLA outlined in the
Service Level section of this agreement. Service
Provider will identify and communicate breaks in OS
discovered by automated or monitoring system,
develop solution and approach to address break in
OS, and implement fixes to resolve break in OS. The
Service Provider on receiving Help Desk service
requests from the Service Receiver will perform the
following: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Create, add files to and Manage Journals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perform program and database backups |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Perform program and database restores |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reorganize Files |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Create and add to Data Mirrors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRMS ERP Capacity Management The Service
Provider will monitor the environment and make
recommendations for capacity changes to the Service
Receiver as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
Service Provider will actively monitor CPU and storage utilization of AS400 based applications in
the Seneca Falls Data Center. Costs associated with increasing capacity of CPU and Storage within
the AS400 environment will be split and allocated to each AS400 based applications by the Service
Provider and an applicable portion of costs borne by the Service Receiver. Service Provider is
required to provide Service Receiver with 30 days prior notice in advance of any increases in costs
related to incremental allocation of CPU and storage costs.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume greater or less than BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this
5
agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good
faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are
required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service
Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs
including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-PRMS-03
|
|
PRMS Application
Migration
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-PRMS-04
|
|
PRMS Application
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
PRMS Shared Services
Application and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to PRMS Application by Service Receiver not
mentioned in this Schedule, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit
such request to Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for
consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently
engaged in at the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If
6
Service Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing
operating costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii)
that it is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Seneca Falls, NY, USA to global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Service Receiver will for the period of this TSA, maintain and have active the
applications and interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
If Service Receiver, or the Service Receivers Supplier(s), sends inaccurate information
to Service Provider, it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any
problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
Service Receiver must have bank accounts in place prior to the Distribution Date.
Changes or new bank accounts must be communicated to Service Provider and completed on a
time and materials basis. |
|
|
Service Receiver must have DDM, FTP, GetPaid and Custom.net Applications active and
maintained for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have Websphere MQ
systems active and maintained with the correct interfaces and data feeds to the Supplier
Portal by the Service Receiver for the period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
Service Receiver must have Elogia, system active and maintained for the duration this
agreement is in effect. |
|
|
Service Receiver must have Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) active and maintained
during the period in which this agreement is in effect. |
7
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment B.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved in the time outlined in Attachment B, Service Provider
shall promptly notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
8
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
Frequency |
Credit Held Orders
|
|
Credit held orders
for review and
release (approval)
by FSS
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
Real-Time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order Value
Synchronization
|
|
Weekly open order
value
synchronization
with VCs to
re-compute credit
values
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
Real-Time
Weekly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoices
|
|
Invoice posting and
reversals
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
Daily |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
|
|
Central customer
master
administration
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
Real-Time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Values
|
|
Central credit
administration
(gross$, open
orders, net
available$)
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
Real-Time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Held Orders
Released
|
|
Release (approval)
to ship previously
credit held order
|
|
PRMS Shared
Services
Application
|
|
VC ERP System(s)
|
|
Real-Time |
9
ATTACHMENT B
|
|
|
COST & SERVICE METRICS |
|
TARGET PERFORMANCE |
System Availability Percentage of hours the Seneca
Falls (SFDC) administered AS/400 processors were available
during production workdays for both batch and interactive
utilization, Monday through Saturday, 24 hours per day.
|
|
99.90% |
|
|
|
Interactive Service Availability Percentage of hours
the Seneca Falls (SFDC) administered AS/400 processors were
available during production workdays for interactive
utilization; Monday through Friday ( 20 hours per day ) and
Saturday ( 14 hours per day ).
|
|
99.90% |
|
|
|
|
|
85.0% < Day |
|
|
90.0% < Days |
|
|
95.0% < Days |
|
iSeries Service Requests
1) Running Robot Jobs
2) Requesting a Restore
3) Running Batch Jobs
4) Requesting a File Copy
5) Printing/ Re-Printing Reports
6) Permission to use EZVIEW and Query Commands
7) Requesting a Back Up
8) New printer configurations
|
|
Service Commitment: Service requests are
processed Monday through Friday between the hours
of 6:00 AM to 9:00 PM (EST). Response Time is
measured from the time the request is received and
logged in at the Seneca Falls Data Center (SFDC).
Turn around for ROBOT jobs is 2 weeks. No
production changes will be made from the Wednesday
before M/E until M/E processing is complete. No
production changes will be made in December. |
|
|
|
|
|
98.0% < Days |
|
|
99.0% < Days |
|
|
100.0% < Days |
|
iSeries User Profile Requests
1) Create new user accounts or
2) Change a current user account or
3) Deactivate a user account on the Seneca Falls AS/400s.
|
|
Service Commitment: Service requests are
processed Monday through Friday between the hours
of 6:00 AM to 9:00 PM (EST). Response Time is
measured from the time the request is received and
logged in at the Seneca Falls Data Center (SFDC).
Turn around time for user profiles is 3 business
days |
Note: Service Level Objectives/Targets are measured during the following service window:
6:00 AM to 2:00 AM (EST) ; Monday through Friday
6:00 AM to 8:00 PM (EST) ; Saturday
10
Need More Information?
Points of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jean Lindsley |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Datacenter Services, |
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Chief of Technology |
|
Supervisor Name |
|
TBD |
Telephone Number
|
|
|
|
Telephone Number |
|
|
Email Address
|
|
jean.lindsley@itt.com
|
|
Email Address |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer Info Link |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
SCHEDULE AB12
POST SPIN HYPERCARE
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Karla Viglasky
ITT Corporation
|
|
Chief Information
Officer
|
|
|
|
karla.viglasky@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peter Olive
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Chief Information
Officer
|
|
|
|
peter.olive@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Post Spin Hypercare Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Post Spin Hypercare support services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility Shutdown Services Service Provider
will provide Service Receiver with Facility Shutdown
services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposition of network and computer assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposition of furniture and miscellaneous
equipment; boxing of HR files, ITT logo, posters, etc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain working environment for remaining
employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control the activation and deactivation of
access cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Close all third party contracts with vendors,
such as food, vending machines, cable, printers,
cleaning, etc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program Shutdown Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with Program Shutdown services
that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Hypercare-01
|
|
Hypercare Support
Services
|
|
|
Crisis management for final cutover, to ensure
all projects go live on spin date
|
|
|
|
|
3 * |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command center support and ramp down |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to TPMO and IT-SS Connect sites through
ITT Co. Active Directory and VPN accounts for up to 20
people |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Support Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with financial support
services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Order (invoice payment) and Contract
management for suppliers assisting with separation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous Support Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with supplemental and
miscellaneous project support services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project management, strategy development,
infrastructure consulting, etc. Prioritization and
resource allocation for these services will be jointly
agreed to by CIOs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All requests for support will be directed to and
coordinated through Cindy Hoots. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
TSA duration will end on 12/31/2011 regardless of actual spin-date. |
|
** |
|
Costs represent salary expense (no retention or severance) and additional facility charges for
the Hanover location. |
2
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Hanover, MD, USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Travel and expenses will be paid by the requesting organization. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
3
SCHEDULE AB13
SERVICES TSA SCHEDULE FOR
MEXICO
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
Aracili Europa
Service Recipient
Anna Guerrero
|
|
Controller IP Mexico
Bombas Goulds de
Mèxico, S. de R.L.
de C.V
Controller, WWW Mexico
ITT Water Technology
Mexico, S. de R.L. de
C.V.
|
|
|
|
Araceli.europa@ittcorp.net
Anna.Guerrero@fluidtechnology.net |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
1. |
|
Service Provider Bombas Goulds de Mèxico , S. de R.L. de C.V |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient ITT Water Technology Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V. |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
1. |
|
Finance & Accounting Services |
|
2. |
|
Payroll Services |
|
3. |
|
Accounts Payables Services |
|
4. |
|
Billing and Accounts Receivables Services |
|
5. |
|
Cost Accounting Services |
TERM AND OPTION
1. |
|
Minimum Service Period 9 months Commencing on the Distribution Date |
|
2. |
|
The Monthly Costs are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. The Service
Recipient and Service Provider agree that, except as set forth in this Services TSA
Schedule for Mexico (this TSA) no additional 2%, 10% or 4.5% increase in such pricing
should be applied as set forth in Section 2 of the Agreement. |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient shall have the option to renew at 1.10 times the monthly fixed charge
as noted below for an additional 3 months if written notice is provided 60 days prior to
the end of the Minimum Service Period. |
|
4. |
|
Service Recipient will have the option to terminate this agreement at any time, with no
additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b) of the Agreement, after the
1st 3 months with 2 months advance written notice to the Service Provider |
J-1
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
1. |
|
Finance and accounting services |
|
a. |
|
Maintain general ledger and chart of accounts |
|
|
b. |
|
Reconcile balance sheet accounts at a minimum of once per quarter |
|
|
c. |
|
Reconcile Service Recipient legal entity bank accounts a minimum of
once a month |
|
|
d. |
|
Close books and prepare local financial statements monthly on a timely
basis |
|
i. |
|
US GAAP financial statements will be prepared as
required by the Mexican Government |
|
|
ii. |
|
Prepare all required JVs required to close the
books on a monthly basis |
|
|
iii. |
|
File required local statutory financial statements
with the authorities in a timely manner |
|
|
iv. |
|
File required US GAAP financial statements (P&L and
Balance Sheet) in both local currency and on a US FAS 52 basis with the
Service Recipients parent company by the 1st Monday after the
closing date |
|
e. |
|
Request cash when needed from the Service Recipients parent company in
order to support business activities |
|
|
f. |
|
Analyze cash requirements at a minimum of once per month and allocate
funds to bank accounts (vendor invoices / purchase orders, payroll, tax payments,
customer receipts, special unusual items) |
|
|
g. |
|
Perform all bank account related maintenance (signatory changes,
relationship management etc) |
|
|
h. |
|
Prepare, file and pay (provided Service Recipient has made available to
Service Provider sufficient funds) all required local statutory tax returns
(including but not limited to income tax, sales tax, VAT, GST, payroll related,
social security, housing, property taxes). Provide information to Service
Recipient tax advisor in this regard. |
|
|
i. |
|
Prepare and file all required statutory reports with the
appropriate governmental authorities on a timely basis |
|
|
j. |
|
Fixed Asset accounting |
|
i. |
|
Maintain detailed fixed asset subsidiary ledger and
reconcile to general ledger |
|
k. |
|
Provide required support to Service Recipients internal & external
auditors |
|
|
l. |
|
Provide required support for government audits |
|
|
m. |
|
Respond to special requests from service recipients legal advisors |
|
|
n. |
|
Prepare monthly financial forecasts |
|
|
o. |
|
Prepare annual budget, strategic plan, and operating plan financial
statements |
|
|
p. |
|
Prepare required business review meeting materials on a monthly basis |
|
|
q. |
|
Respond to Service Recipients ad hoc requests for financial data in a
timely manner within reason |
|
a. |
|
Process payroll on a bi weekly basis (provided Service Recipient has
made available to Service Provider sufficient funds) |
|
|
b. |
|
Download employee time clock information |
|
|
c. |
|
Input employee information obtained from Service Recipients HR
function |
|
ii. |
|
Terminations |
|
|
iii. |
|
Vacations |
|
|
iv. |
|
Salary changes |
|
|
v. |
|
Validate approvals |
|
d. |
|
Maintain and update payroll related files |
|
i. |
|
Vacations |
|
|
ii. |
|
Salary advances |
|
|
iii. |
|
Child support |
|
|
iv. |
|
Housing withholdings |
|
|
v. |
|
Employee savings |
|
|
vi. |
|
Leaving indemnity |
|
e. |
|
Provide employees with bank cards |
|
|
f. |
|
Calculate payroll via payroll software |
|
|
g. |
|
Review printed payroll reports for accuracy |
|
|
h. |
|
Make net pay file and submit to bank & validate deposits to employee
bank accounts on a timely basis |
|
|
i. |
|
Print and distribute pay stubs / advices to employees on a timely basis |
|
|
j. |
|
File copies of pay stubs and file payroll booklet |
3. |
|
Accounts Payable Services |
|
a. |
|
Process vendor invoices for payment twice per week (provided Service
Recipient has made available to Service Provider sufficient funds) |
|
|
b. |
|
Perform 3 way match in Accounts payable system |
|
|
c. |
|
Review invoice approvals |
|
|
d. |
|
Maintain PO balance when partial shipments |
|
|
e. |
|
Maintain form control over purchase orders (Note: all other purchasing
department activities to be performed by the Service Recipient) |
|
|
f. |
|
Invoice coding to general ledger account |
|
|
g. |
|
Process vendor check run once per week |
|
|
h. |
|
Process vendor wire transfers twice per week |
|
|
i. |
|
Review and process travel expense reports and travel advances twice per
week |
|
|
j. |
|
Process payroll child support withholding payments on a weekly basis |
|
|
k. |
|
Process employee savings fund withdrawal requests twice per week |
4. |
|
Billing and Accounts Receivables Services |
|
a. |
|
Generate customer invoices from ERP system on a daily basis |
|
|
b. |
|
Review invoices for accuracy |
|
|
c. |
|
Charge taxes (VAT, Sales) as required by law |
|
|
d. |
|
Update and control customer master file based on information provided
by Service Recipient |
|
|
e. |
|
Recommend customer credit terms. |
|
|
f. |
|
Maintain accounts receivable subsidiary ledger and reconcile to general
ledger |
|
|
g. |
|
Post billings to accounts receivable ledger on a daily basis |
|
|
h. |
|
Post cash receipts to open accounts receivable ledger on a timely basis
and follow up with customers when unable to identify cash received to open accounts
receivables |
|
|
i. |
|
Follow up as required with customers via telephone and email on past
due receivables to ensure cash is collected as quickly as possible |
|
|
j. |
|
Travel to customers in special circumstances only to facilitate
collection of open accounts receivables |
|
|
k. |
|
Recommend customers be places on credit hold or shipping hold when
appropriate. Service Recipient must approve Service Providers recommendation |
|
l. |
|
Prepare and analyze aged accounts receivables report and review monthly
with Service Recipient |
|
|
m. |
|
Recommend write offs of overdue accounts receivables |
5. |
|
Cost Accounting Services |
|
a. |
|
Prepare and review all plant inventory and manufacturing variance
journal entries on a monthly basis |
|
|
b. |
|
Reconciliation of perpetual inventory to general ledger |
|
|
c. |
|
Prepare instructions and oversee annual physical inventory including
test count audits |
|
|
d. |
|
Reconcile physical inventory and record appropriate book to physical
adjustment to general ledger |
|
|
e. |
|
Coordination and oversight of cycle count program |
|
|
f. |
|
Review of cycle count program adjustments and record adjustments in
general ledger |
|
|
g. |
|
Review and analysis of manufacturing variances on a monthly basis |
|
|
h. |
|
Review of financial statement inventory balances on a monthly basis
with comparison to prior month balances |
|
|
i. |
|
Establish and substantiate appropriate inventory reserves (Excess and
Obsolete, Lower of Cost or Market, Inventory revaluation) |
|
|
j. |
|
Develop new standard costs once per year in Q4 of each year |
|
|
k. |
|
Prepare annual cost of production statement for the Mexico Government
in Q1-Q2 of each year |
|
|
l. |
|
Prepare annual transfer price analysis in support of annual statutory
audit in Q1-Q2 of each year |
LOCATIONS
1. |
|
IP facility located at the following address; |
Bombas Goulds de Mèxico , S. de R.L. de C.V
Avenida eje Oriente Poniente Lote 4 Manzana 9
Ciudad Industrial Tizayuca , Hidalgo
Mexico
Z.C 43800
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
1. |
|
Power of Attorney is granted to the IP Mexico Controller to execute
banking transactions, and access RCW IT systems only. If approval
is required from Service Recipient in advance of any filing with any
governmental agency and approval is not obtained in a timely manner, the
Service Recipient, in addition to its waiver of liability as set forth in
Section 10 of the Agreement, waives all rights to make any claim for
damages resulting from the late filing and agrees to pay and fines or
penalties that result from the late filing(s).The Power of Attorney that
is granted to the IP Mexico Controller will cease the date that this
agreement is terminated |
|
2. |
|
Both the Service Provider and the Service Recipient agree to the month
end closing dates for the 3 month period of this agreement |
|
3. |
|
If US GAAP compliant reporting is required by the Service Recipient,
then the Service Recipient agrees to provide the Service Provider with
the software to facilitate this reporting and to install the software and
train Service Providers employees at Service Recipients cost prior to
the commencement date of this agreement |
|
4. |
|
After the termination of this agreement, it may be necessary from time
to time for the Service Provider, on behalf of the Service Recipient, to
respond to inquiries made by government authorities about Service
Recipients financial statements and tax filings, including providing
support for audits. In this event, the Service Provider will contact the
Service Recipient and agree on an appropriate course of action and
response. To the extent that Service Providers resources are to be used
to respond to the inquiries, the Service Provider will be entitled to
invoice the Service Recipient at the following rates per hour provided if
assistance is needed under this section after 2012, the parties will
renegotiate such rates in good faith; |
|
a. |
|
Clerical US$20.00 |
|
|
b. |
|
Professional US$30.00 |
|
|
c. |
|
Management US$77.00 |
5. |
|
To the extent that the Service Provider is required to terminate any
of its employees who are providing services solely to the Service
Recipient (and not supporting any other aspect of the Service Providers
business) under this agreement at the end of this agreement because of
lack of work, the Service Recipient agrees to reimburse the Service
Provider for any one time termination costs that are required to be paid
as per government regulation or company policy. |
|
6. |
|
At the termination of this agreement, the Service Recipient will
provide the necessary support at its own expense to transfer data to its
own systems. The Service Provider will agree to provide training to the
Service Recipients employees on the Service Providers premises or via
conference call / web ex prior to the termination of the agreement. The
Service Provider will not be required to send any of its employees to any
other Service Recipient location. |
7. |
|
Service Recipient is precluded from hiring Service Providers
employees that provide the services under this agreement for the duration
of this agreement plus for an additional two years after the agreement is
terminated. |
|
8. |
|
In the event of 3rd party claims against the Service
Recipient which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient
agrees to indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service
Provider may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to
also claim damages against the Service Provider because of their
relationship with the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also
agrees to defend the Service Provider at its sole cost to the extent
permitted to do so under Mexican Law |
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms
of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in Mexico |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in Mexico |
|
3. |
|
VAT of 15% of the invoice amount will be charged by the service
provider to the service recipient |
BILLING LOCATION
NOTICES
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following;
1. |
|
Service Provider Joanne Scalard
1133 Westchester Ave
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Dan Kelly
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10605 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
No.
|
|
Third Party Provider
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to
Terminate Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
None required
|
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The monthly fixed charge for all services provided under this TSA will be $13,000 for
the 1st 9 months of this agreement Payable in US Dollars |
|
2. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service provider via email. |
|
3. |
|
There will be no additional backup attached to these invoices |
|
4. |
|
The 1st invoice will be dated the Commencement Date |
|
5. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
6. |
|
Subsequent invoices will follow every 30 days |
|
7. |
|
Exit costs as well as costs incurred to respond to inquiries by the authorities by the
Service Provider on behalf of the Service Recipient will be billed by the Service Provider
as soon as practicable with appropriate backup documentation |
SCHEDULE AB14
SERVICES TSA SCHEDULE FOR
NOGALES
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
Arnulfo Soto
|
|
Controller ICS Nogales
Mexico
|
|
|
|
Arnulfo.soto@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
John Sullivan
|
|
Controller, Flow Control
|
|
|
|
John.sullivan@fluidtechnology.net. |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
|
1. |
|
Service Provider ITT Cannon de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Jabsco Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital
Variable |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
|
1. |
|
Finance & Accounting Services |
|
|
2. |
|
Payroll Services |
|
|
3. |
|
Accounts Payables Services |
|
|
4. |
|
Import / Export Services |
TERM AND OPTION
|
1. |
|
Minimum Service Period 12 months Commencing on the Distribution Date |
|
|
2. |
|
The Monthly Costs are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. The Service
Recipient and Service Provider agree that, except as set forth in this Services TSA
Schedule for Nogales (this TSA) no additional 2%, 10% or 4.5% increase in such pricing
should be applied as set forth in Section 2(a) of the Agreement. |
|
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient shall have the option to renew at 1.15 times the monthly fixed charge
as noted below for an additional 3 months if written notice is provided 60 days prior to
the end of the Minimum Service Period. Service Recipient will have the option to terminate
this agreement at any time, with no additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b)
of the Agreement, after the 1st 6 months with 6 months advance written notice to
the Service Provider |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
1. Finance and accounting services
|
a. |
|
Maintain general ledger and chart of accounts |
|
|
b. |
|
Reconcile balance sheet accounts at a minimum of once per quarter |
|
|
c. |
|
Reconcile banks accounts a minimum of once a month |
|
|
d. |
|
Close books and prepare local financial statements monthly on a timely
basis |
|
i. |
|
US GAAP financial statements will be prepared as
required by the Mexican Government |
|
|
ii. |
|
Prepare all required JVs required to close the
books on a monthly basis |
|
|
iii. |
|
File required local statutory financial statements
with the authorities in a timely manner |
|
|
iv. |
|
File required US GAAP financial statements (P&L and
Balance Sheet) in both local currency and on a US FAS 52 basis with the
Flow Control USA LLC parent company by the 1st Monday after
the closing date |
|
e. |
|
Request cash when needed from the Flow Control USA LLC parent company
in order to support business activities via creation of maquilladora services
invoice on a monthly basis |
|
|
f. |
|
Analyze cash requirements at a minimum of once per month and allocate
funds to bank accounts (vendor invoices / purchase orders, payroll, tax payments,
customer receipts, special unusual items) |
|
|
g. |
|
Perform all bank account related maintenance (signatory changes,
relationship management etc) |
|
|
h. |
|
Prepare, file and pay (provided Service Recipient has made available to
Service Provider sufficient funds) all required local statutory tax returns
(including but not limited to income tax, sales tax, VAT, GST, payroll related,
social security, housing, property taxes). Provide information to Service
Recipient tax advisor in this regard. |
|
|
i. |
|
Prepare and file all required statutory reports with the
appropriate governmental authorities on a timely basis |
|
|
j. |
|
Fixed Asset accounting (leasehold improvements only) |
|
|
i. |
|
Maintain detailed fixed asset subsidiary ledger and
reconcile to general ledger |
|
|
k. |
|
Provide required support to Tenants internal & external auditors |
|
|
l. |
|
Provide required support for government audits |
|
a. |
|
Process payroll on a weekly basis (provided Service Recipient has made
available to Service Provider sufficient funds) |
|
|
b. |
|
Download employee time clock information |
|
|
c. |
|
Input employee information obtained from Service Recipients on site HR
manager |
|
i. |
|
New Hires |
|
|
ii. |
|
Terminations |
|
|
iii. |
|
Vacations |
|
|
iv. |
|
Salary changes |
|
|
v. |
|
Validate approvals |
|
d. |
|
Prepare and print weekly hours report |
|
|
e. |
|
Distribute weekly hours report to employee supervisors and obtain |
|
i. |
|
Employee signature |
|
|
ii. |
|
Supervisor approvals |
|
f. |
|
Maintain and update payroll related files |
|
i. |
|
Vacations |
|
|
ii. |
|
Salary advances |
|
|
iii. |
|
Child support |
|
|
iv. |
|
Housing withholdings |
|
|
v. |
|
Employee savings |
|
|
vi. |
|
Leaving indemnity |
|
g. |
|
Provide employees with bank cards |
|
|
h. |
|
Calculate payroll via payroll software |
|
|
i. |
|
Review printed payroll reports for accuracy |
|
|
j. |
|
Review time clocked vs. payroll report and resolve differences |
|
|
k. |
|
Make net pay file and submit to bank & validate deposits to employee
bank accounts on a timely basis |
|
|
l. |
|
Print and distribute pay stubs / advices to employees on a timely basis |
|
|
m. |
|
File copies of pay stubs and file payroll booklet |
3. |
|
Accounts Payable Services |
|
a. |
|
Process vendor invoices for payment, twice per month on the
10th and 25th of each month through the Peso ledger (provided
Service Recipient has made available to Service Provider sufficient funds) |
|
|
b. |
|
Perform 3 way match in Accounts payable system |
|
|
c. |
|
Review invoice approvals |
|
|
d. |
|
Maintain PO balance when partial shipments |
|
|
e. |
|
Maintain form control over purchase orders and assignment of PO numbers
(Note: all other purchasing department activities to be performed by the Service
Recipient) |
|
|
f. |
|
Invoice coding to general ledger account |
|
|
g. |
|
Process vendor check run twice per month on the 10th and
25th of each month |
|
|
h. |
|
Process vendor wire transfers |
|
|
i. |
|
Review and process travel expense reports and travel advances as
required |
|
|
j. |
|
Review and process employee salary advances once per week |
|
|
k. |
|
Process payroll child support withholding payments on a weekly basis |
4. |
|
Import / Export Services |
|
a. |
|
Supervise activities of Service Recipients personnel (Service
Recipients personnel are required to perform the following activities) |
|
1. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
2. |
|
Input parts and data to CAM system |
|
|
3. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list,
pedimento |
|
|
4. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
5. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
3. |
|
Input parts and data to CAM system |
|
|
4. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list,
pedimento |
|
|
6. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
7. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
iii. |
|
Other Shipments (Chihuahua, Durango, Guadalajara)
|
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
3. |
|
Input parts and data to CAM system |
|
|
4. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list,
pedimento |
|
|
6. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
7. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
iv. |
|
Virtual imports exports |
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
3. |
|
Input parts and data to CAM system |
|
|
4. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list,
pedimento |
|
|
6. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
7. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
v. |
|
In cases of customs inspection, coordinate with
inspector for clearance of goods |
|
|
vi. |
|
Tracking of open and close Pedimentos |
|
|
vii. |
|
Process complimentary Pedimentos to pay duties |
|
|
viii. |
|
Prepare paperwork required to comply with Anexo 24 |
|
|
ix. |
|
Import / export record keeping |
|
b. |
|
Provide support for classification of merchandise for US & Mexico
customs purposes |
|
|
c. |
|
Review import export shipment information for accuracy |
|
|
d. |
|
Coordinate shipments and carriers to Service Recipient
factories/customers in Mexico (Chihuahua, Durango, Guadalajara) |
|
|
e. |
|
Coordinate virtual import/exports |
|
i. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
ii. |
|
Review documentation for accuracy |
|
|
iii. |
|
Agree with data to be submitted |
|
f. |
|
Coordination of customs shipment inspection activities to ensure timely
resolution and clearance of goods |
|
|
g. |
|
Record keeping |
|
i. |
|
Ensure customs related documents are filed on a
timely basis |
|
|
ii. |
|
Assure easy access to customs documentation when
needed |
|
h. |
|
Coordinate with broker to ensure timely opening and closing of Mexican
Pedimentos |
|
|
i. |
|
Ensure Mexican Pedimento duties are paid on a timely basis |
|
|
j. |
|
Maintain relationship with the Mexico Secretary of the Economy. Provide
information as required. |
|
|
k. |
|
Insure timely compliance with Anexo 24 |
|
|
l. |
|
Completion and filing of annual report of Foreign Business Trnsactions |
|
|
m. |
|
Process and file amendment applications for the Maquila Program |
|
|
n. |
|
Provide information to the tax authorities as required or requested |
|
|
o. |
|
Support D&T audits of customs activities |
|
i. |
|
Attend meetings |
|
|
ii. |
|
Provide information |
|
|
iii. |
|
Maintain control over audits |
|
p. |
|
Support customs audits |
|
i. |
|
Attend meetings |
|
|
ii. |
|
Provide information & review audit findings and
comments |
5. IT Services
|
a. |
|
CAM applications support |
|
|
b. |
|
Qualisys applications support |
|
|
c. |
|
Timekeeping system support |
LOCATIONS
1. |
|
ICS Nogales Mexico facility located at the following address; |
ITT Cannon de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Avenida del Libre Comercio S/N
Entre Calzada Industrial Nuevo Nogales y
Calzeda del Raquet Club
Col. Parque Industrial Nuevo Nogales
Nogales, Sonora C.P. 84093
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
1. |
|
New Flow Control Mexico legal entity is established and fully capable
of legally conducting business by the commencement date of this
agreement |
|
2. |
|
New Flow Control Mexico legal entity has registered with all of the
appropriate governmental agencies and secured required permits (including
but not limited to US and Mexico customs permits)
|
|
3. |
|
New Flow Control Mexico legal entity Bank account(s) are established
by the commencement date of this agreement |
|
4. |
|
Nogales Mexico Financial, HR/Payroll, and Import export hardware and
software platforms are separated by the commencement date of this
agreement. |
|
5. |
|
Power of Attorney is granted to the ICS Nogales Controller to execute
banking transactions and access Flow Control IT systems for the purpose
of providing all services contained in this agreement. The ICS Nogales
Controller will not be granted Power of Attorney to file appropriate
reports and tax returns with governmental authorities. If approval is
required from Service Recipient in advance of any filing with any
governmental agency and approval is not obtained in a timely manner, the
Service Recipient, in addition to its waiver of liability as set forth in
Section 10 of the Agreement, waives all rights to make any claim for
damages resulting from the late filing and agrees to pay and fines or
penalties that result from the late filing(s) The Power of Attorney that
is granted to the ICS Nogales Controller under this provision will cease
on the date that this agreement is terminated |
|
6. |
|
The Service Recipient agrees to provide Power of Attorney privileges
to 2 of its employees as of the commencement date of this TSA, for the
purpose of reviewing, authorizing and signing, tax returns and other
statutory reports which are prepared by the Service Provider as per the
services described in this agreement |
|
7. |
|
Both the Service Provider and the Service Recipient agree to the month
end closing dates for the 1 year period of this agreement
8. If US GAAP compliant reporting is required by the Service Recipient,
then the Service Recipient agrees to provide the Service Provider with
the software to facilitate this reporting and to install the software and
train Service Providers employees at Service Recipients cost prior to
the commencement date of this agreement |
|
9. |
|
Service Recipient contracts with a tax advisor prior to the
commencement of this agreement |
|
10. |
|
The Service Recipient will hire its own local Nogales HR Manager and
Import Export Broker prior to the commencement date of this TSA. The
Service Provider will assist in the proper training of these individuals
prior to the commencement date of this TSA. If the Service Recipient
fails to hire these employees by the commencement date of this agreement,
the monthly fixed charge will increase based upon good faith negotiations |
|
|
between the parties, until such time as the positions are filled and
Service Provider agrees to provide the services that would have been
performed by these individuals during the time that the positions are
vacant. |
11. |
|
If during the term of this agreement, the Service Recipients HR
Manager or Import Export clerical positions become vacant, the monthly
fixed charge will increase based upon good faith negotiations between the
parties, until such time as both positions are filled and Service
Provider agrees to provide the services that would have been performed by
these individuals during the time that the positions are vacant. |
|
12. |
|
After the termination of this agreement, it may be necessary from
time to time for the Service Provider, on behalf of the Service
Recipient, to respond to inquiries made by government authorities about
Service Recipients financial statements and tax filings, including
providing support for audits. In this event, the Service Provider will
contact the Service Recipient and agree on an appropriate course of
action and response. To the extent that Service Providers resources are
to be used to respond to the inquiries, the Service Provider will be
entitled to invoice the Service Recipient at the following rates per
hour, provided if assistance is needed under this section 12 after 2012,
the parties will renegotiate such rates in good faith; |
|
a. |
|
Clerical 255 Mexico Pesos ($20.00 notional US$) |
|
|
b. |
|
Professional 382.00 Mexico Pesos ($30.00 notional US$) |
|
|
c. |
|
Management 980.00 Mexico Pesos($77.00 notional US$) |
13. |
|
To the extent that the Service Provider terminates any of its
employees who are providing services solely to the Service Recipient (and
not supporting any other aspect of the Service Providers business) under
this TSA at the end of this agreement because of lack of work, the
Service Recipient agrees to reimburse the Service Provider for any one
time termination costs that are required to be paid as per government
regulation or company policy. |
|
14. |
|
At the termination of this agreement, the Service Recipient will
provide the necessary support at its own expense to transfer data to its
own systems. The Service Provider will agree to provide training to the
Service Recipients employees on the Nogales premises or via conference
call / web ex prior to the termination of the agreement. The Service
Provider will not be required to send any of its employees to any other
Service Recipient location. |
|
15. |
|
Service Recipient is precluded from hiring Service Providers
employees that provide the services under this TSA for the duration of
this TSA plus for an additional one year after the TSA is terminated.
Notwithstanding the above, the Service Recipient will have the right to
hire the ICS 2 import export clerks that are providing services to the
Service Recipient under the terms of this agreement, upon termination of
this agreement |
|
16. |
|
The Service Providers IT department will be allowed access to
tenants designated areas as per the floor plan that forms a part of the
Nogales facility rental TSA for purposes of providing the services that
are included in this agreement. The landlords IT department will have
the right to access the tenants IT data in order to provide the services
that are included in this agreement The Service Recipient will hire an
onsite IT support to oversee all of the Service Recipients IT
operations. To the extent that the IT services listed in the services
provided section of this TSA are required from the Service Provider, for
whatever reason including but not limited to the inexperience of the
Service Recipients IT Manager or the failure to the Service Recipient to
hire an IT Manager by the commencement date of this agreement, the
Service Recipient agrees that they will accept charges for services
provided in accordance with the Pricing and Payment Terms provision #3 as
shown in this agreement. |
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in Mexico |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in Mexico |
BILLING LOCATION
1. |
|
Nogales, Sonora, Mexico |
NOTICES
|
|
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following; |
|
1. |
|
Service Provider Suzy Lee |
|
|
|
|
666 East Dyer Road |
|
|
|
|
Santa Ana, Ca. 92705 |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Dan Kelly |
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
Suite 2000 |
|
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Terminate Service |
|
|
None required
|
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRICING & Payment Terms
1. |
|
The monthly fixed charge for finance, accounting, accounts payable and payroll services
will be 216,393 Mexico Pesos ($16,998 notional US$) for the term of this agreement
Payable in Mexico Pesos |
|
2. |
|
The monthly fixed charge for import and export services will be 126,696 Mexico Pesos
($9,952 notional US$) for the term of this agreement Payable in Mexico Pesos |
|
3. |
|
IT Services, as defined in this agreement, will be charged on a time and materials
basis. Materials will be charged at Service Providers cost and required labor will be
charged at a rate of 318.00 Mexico Pesos ($25.00 notional US$) per hour. Invoices will be
prepared monthly and mailed to the Service Recipient via email. |
|
4. |
|
There will be no additional backup attached to these invoices for items 1 and 2 above.
For item 3 copies of vendor invoices will be attached to the invoice to support the
materials charges and timesheets showing the number of hours and dates worked by person
will be attached to support labor charges |
|
5. |
|
VAT of 11% will be added to all invoices |
|
6. |
|
The 1st invoice will be dated the same date as the Distribution Date |
|
7. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
8. |
|
Subsequent invoices will follow every 30 days |
|
9. |
|
Exit costs as well as costs incurred to respond to inquiries by the authorities by the
Service Provider on behalf of the Service Recipient will be invoiced & billed by the
Service Provider as soon as practicable with appropriate backup documentation. |
SCHEDULE AB15
SUBCONTRACT ARRANGEMENT IN WUXI
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paul Chen
and
|
|
Finance Controller
Motion Tech Wuxi
|
|
|
|
paul.chen@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stephen Chan
|
|
China Share Service Manager
|
|
|
|
stephen.chan@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Meng Hing Chua
|
|
Vice President and
Director of Finance
|
|
|
|
menghing.chua@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT High Precision Manufactured Products (Wuxi) Co.,
Ltd. of No. 570 Yangda Road, Meicun, New District, Wuxi City, the PRC
Service Recipient: ITT (Shanghai) Trading Co. Ltd. of Suite 3011-3014, Floor
30, Tower A, Hongqiao Shanghai City, 100 Zunyi Road, Changning District,
Shanghai, the PRC
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will operate and manage (the Service) Service
Recipients flow control business at the premises (the Business) currently
located in the Premises during the term of this transition services agreement in a
substantially similar manner, with the same level of customer service and response time
with the same degree of reasonable skill and care and with the same level of security and
control as the Business was operated and managed during the twelve month period prior to
the Distribution Date. Service Provider will provide various services in connection with
the operation and management of the Business including but not limited to the services set
forth in Services to be Provided.
1
TERM AND OPTION
1. |
|
Term. The Minimum Service Period for this Schedule commences on the Distribution
Date to March 31, 2012 and, if Service Recipient has not served a notice on Service Provider
to terminate the Service, shall be further extended to May 31, 2012 (the term of Service is
hereinafter referred as the Term). Service Recipient may terminate the Service at
any time prior to the end of the Term by providing thirty (30) days prior written notice
without any additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b) of the Agreement. |
2. |
|
Surviving clause. The following provisions of this Schedule shall survive the
termination of this Schedule: (a) Indemnification, (b) paragraphs 6 and 7 of Pricing,
Payment Terms (Audit, Post-termination Revenues and Expenses), (c) paragraph 4 of Term and
Option (Access to Business Records After the Term,) (d) Insurance with respect to managing
post Term claims and (e) Tax Status. |
3. |
|
Access to the Premises and Business Records during the Term. In addition to the
right of access given to Service Recipient pursuant to Section 3(a) of the Agreement, during
the Term, Representatives of Service Recipient (or its designee) shall be given access to the
Premises during regular business hours if and to the extent reasonably necessary to: |
|
3.1 |
|
provide or receive any of the Services; |
|
|
3.2 |
|
examine, copy or photocopy, at Service Recipients expense, the Business Records, the
Business Contracts and the purchase orders, customer invoices and any other contracts
and/or agreements signed with the relevant customers, suppliers, distributors and agents
relating to or in connection with the Business, during business hours and on reasonable
prior written notice, to enable Service Recipient to verify the information contained in
the monthly balance sheet and the monthly profit and loss accounts that Service Provider
furnishes to Service Recipient in accordance with Services to be Provided and to
determine the amount of the Monthly Costs payable by Service Provider or Service Recipient,
as the case may be; and |
|
|
3.3 |
|
to inspect or examine the Assets, or otherwise transfer the Assets out of the Premises,
as the case may be. |
4. |
|
Access to Business Records after the Term. For a period of seven (7) years from the
expiration date of the Term: |
|
4.1 |
|
Service Provider shall make available, and allow Service Recipient (or its designee) to
make copy of at Service Recipients expense, any books, accounts, returns and records (not
delivered to Service Recipient (or its designee) prior to the expiration date of the Term
(including, without limitation, Service Providers statutory books and accounting records,
tax records, and all other records relating to the Business) which contain information
which should be provided to Service Recipient (or its designee) or which is required for
the purpose of the Business, any annual, tax or other returns, audits in connection with it
for inspection by Representatives of Service Recipient (or its designee) during working
hours on reasonable advance notice being given; |
|
|
4.2 |
|
If any Business Information is not in the possession of Service Recipient (or its
designee) or readily discoverable by Service Recipient (or its designee) but is in the
possession or under the control of or available to Service Provider or any other member of
its Group, Service |
2
|
|
|
Provider shall deliver copies of such Business Information to the Service Recipient
promptly on request. |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
3. |
|
Material and Logistics |
5. |
|
Warehouse (excluding bonded material) |
10. |
|
Accounts Payable Invoice Processing including bank disbursements and reconciliations |
11. |
|
Accounts Receivable Invoice processing and collection |
12. |
|
Manufacturing and assembly of the products the Business produces |
13. |
|
Certain administrative and tax preparation/filing services |
14. |
|
Facility and related services that enable to the Business to continue operations |
15. |
|
Payroll and all HR services, for the employees Service Provider utilizes to operate and
manage the Business |
16. |
|
Foreign exchange verification |
17. |
|
External audit and relating consulting services |
18. |
|
Vendor and customer data maintenance |
19. |
|
Accounting services to maintain accounting records |
21. |
|
Environmental, health and safety services |
22. |
|
Administrative services, including office supplies and equipment, location assistant,
reception and shuttle bus/car service |
23. |
|
All other services which were provided to Service Recipient in the last twelve months |
24. |
|
Invoice and payment. Service Provider shall maintain separate accounts for the
Business during the Term. As promptly as practicable and in any event within ten (10)
Business Days after the beginning of each calendar month, Service Provider shall prepare and
deliver to Service Recipient a balance |
3
|
|
sheet as at the end of the preceding calendar month and the profit and loss account in respect
of the preceding calendar month (including separate line items for the Monthly Costs, Monthly
Expenses and Monthly Revenues) in respect of the Business, prepared in accordance with the
Generally Accepted Accounting Principles of the PRC and certified by the Finance Manager of
Service Provider. |
|
25. |
|
Affixation of company chop. To the extent that any documents of Service Recipient
(or its designee) need to be affixed with the company chop of Service Provider, Service
Provider shall render all assistance to execute or affix its company chop on all such
documents as Service Recipient (or its designee) may from time to time reasonably request for
the purpose of vesting in it the full benefit of the Business, provided such request has been
approved by the General Manager of Wuxi Flow Control Business and the Legal Counsel of Service
Recipient (or its designee). |
EMPLOYEES
1. |
|
In addition to the Services to be provided by Service Provider to Service Recipient above,
during the Term Service Provider shall supervise the Employees in accordance with the terms in
this section. |
2. |
|
Service Provider shall: |
|
2.1 |
|
continue the employment of the Employees with Service Provider to ensure that the
Business shall be carried on in the ordinary course of business; and |
|
|
2.2 |
|
allow the Employees to perform their duties under the supervision of, fully comply with
directions and instructions received from, and promptly carry out orders and assignments
given by, any of the Representative of Service Recipient. Notwithstanding the forgoing,
the Parties acknowledge and agree that the Employees shall comply with or otherwise subject
to the policy (including compensation and benefits policy), handbook or guidelines as
applicable to other employees of Service Provider. |
3. |
|
Service Recipient and Service Provider acknowledge the importance of Employees to the ongoing
success of the Business subsequent to the Distribution Date. |
4. |
|
Upon Service Recipients request, Service Provider shall terminate, or procure its staffing
agency to terminate, any of the Employees during the Term. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Service Provider may, without the prior approval of Service Recipient, terminate the
employment of any Employee in good faith on reasonable grounds pursuant to the employment laws
and regulations of the PRC provided that Service Provider shall notify Service
Recipient forthwith its decision of termination. |
TRANSFER OF EMPLOYEES
4
2. |
|
Service Provider and Service Recipient (or its designee) shall within fifteen (15) Business
Days before the end of the Term jointly issue a written notice to all Employees, confirming
the Employee Transfer Date and enclosing the new employment contract to be signed by Service
Recipient (or its designee) with each of the Employees. |
3. |
|
Service Provider shall pay Employees wages, bonuses, overtime pay, social insurance,
statutory severance and housing fund contributions and other payments and benefits of such
Employee in relation to his or her employment with Service Provider in accordance with the
employment laws and regulations of the PRC during the Term up to and including the expiration
date of the Term, provided that Service Recipient shall reimburse Service Provider all such
payment incurred during the Term in accordance with Pricing and Payment Terms. |
INSURANCE
1. |
|
Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 10(b) of the Agreement and without prejudice to
its express obligations under this Schedule, Service Provider agrees that during the Term, it
will maintain, at Service Recipients expenses, insurance policies covering the Business
similar in scope, amount and coverage as Service Provider maintained during the twelve month
period prior to the Distribution Date. In the event any claim needs to be made under these
insurance policies, Service Provider will make such claim on Service Recipients behalf and
transfer to Service Recipient all funds received less any out of pocket costs incurred in
collection of such funds. |
5
\
INDEMNIFICATION
1. |
|
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the indemnification obligations
and procedures set forth in Article VII of the Distribution Agreement shall apply to any
Indemnifiable Losses (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) Service Provider or any member
of its Group incurs as a result of or in connection with providing the Services described in
this Schedule. For the avoidance of doubt, Service Provider (or such member of its Group that
has suffered an Indemnifiable Loss) shall be the Indemnitee and Service Recipient the
Indemnifying Party, as such terms are defined in the Distribution Agreement. Notwithstanding
the foregoing or anything in the Distribution Agreement to the contrary, Service Provider
shall be permitted to consent to entry of judgment or settle any claim without the consent of
Service Recipient and remain entitled to indemnification from Service Recipient;
provided, that any such judgment or settlement is for a monetary amount under
USD5,000; provided further that any such consent, judgment or settlement does not
permit or provide for any injunction, declaratory relief, other order or other non-monetary
relief to be entered against Service Recipient or any member of its Group. |
2. |
|
For the period of seven (7) years from the expiration date of the Term, upon any claim being
made against Service Provider, Service Recipient shall give such information and assistance to
Service Provider for the purpose of avoiding, disputing, resisting, compromising, defending or
contesting any such claim and liability, including: |
|
2.1 |
|
assignment of a legal advisor or a Representative appointed by Service Recipient to
work with Service Provider or its professional advisors in avoiding, disputing, resisting,
compromising, defending or contesting any such claim and liability; and |
|
|
2.2 |
|
access (during business hours and on reasonable prior written notice) such access to
its personnel and to any relevant records and information in relation to the Business as
Service Provider or its professional advisers reasonably request. |
LOCATIONS
|
|
The premises of Service Provider located at
Building 3, No. 570 Yangda Road, Meicun, New District,
Wuxi City, the PRC (Premises). |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
1. |
|
Service Provider and Service Recipient shall enter into an Asset
Purchase Agreement dated _____________________, 2011 pursuant to which
Service Recipient shall agree to purchase from Service Provider all of
the Assets and assume all of the liabilities related to the Business. |
|
|
|
|
|
6
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Monthly Costs received by Service Provider under this Schedule
during the Term shall be considered taxable income in China. Service
Provider shall: |
|
1.1 |
|
duly file all tax returns and provided all information required
or requested to be delivered to any tax authority. All such
returns and information remain correct and complete and none is, or
is likely to become, the subject of any investigation or dispute by
or with any tax authority; |
|
|
1.2 |
|
prepare, keep and preserve complete, accurate and up-to-date
records both as required by law and to enable it to deliver correct
and complete tax returns and to calculate any present or, so far as
possible, future tax liability of Business or the entitlement of
the Business to claim any relief. |
2. |
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any tax payable by Service Provider
arising from the provision of Service or the operation of the Business
shall be borne by Service Recipient (or its designee) in accordance with
Pricing and Payment Terms. |
BILLING LOCATION
NOTICES
|
|
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following: |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
2405-6, 24/F, ING tower, 308 Dec Voeux Road Central, Hong Kong |
|
|
For the attention of: Mr. Stephen Chan, China Share Service Manager |
|
|
Suite 3011-3014, Floor 30, Tower A, Hongqiao Shanghai City, 100 Zunyi Road, Changning
District, Shanghai, the Peoples Republic of China |
|
|
For the attention of: Mr. Meng Hing Chua, Vice President and Director of Finance |
7
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The Parties agree that, notwithstanding the provisions of Section 2(a) of the Agreement,
Service Recipient (or its designee) shall be entitled to all economic rights and benefits, and
shall assume all economic loss, arising from and in connection with the conduct of the
Business by Service Provider during the Term. |
2. |
|
During the Term, Service Recipient or Service Provider, as the case may be, shall pay an
amount equal to the Monthly Costs (Monthly Costs) to the other Party calculated in
accordance with the following formula: |
|
|
|
Monthly Costs = Monthly Expenses plus RMB20,000 minus Monthly Revenues |
|
|
|
|
where: |
|
|
|
|
Monthly Expenses means the aggregate of: |
|
(a) |
|
all documented, reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by
Service Provider which are necessary to provide Services, provided,
however, that any such expenses exceeding USD5,000 per month for each
Service shall require advance approval of Service Recipient; plus |
|
|
(b) |
|
all wages, bonuses, overtime pay, social insurance and housing fund
contributions, and other payments, benefits, retention and severance payments due
to any of the Employees retained by Service Provider for the purpose of providing
the Services; plus |
|
|
(c) |
|
all rents, rates, gas, water, electricity and other outgoings
(including management fees) relating to or payable in respect of the
Premises; plus |
|
|
(d) |
|
any sales, services, value added or similar taxes, fees, charges,
assessments, or income taxes (including any such taxes that are required to be
withheld) arising from or in connection with the provision of Services; and |
|
|
|
|
Monthly Revenues means the aggregate of: |
|
|
(a) |
|
all revenues, rebates, refunds or otherwise payments collected or received by
Service Provider arising from or in connection with the Business, as the case may
be, during the Term; plus |
|
|
(b) |
|
all rents, rates, gas, water, electricity and other outgoings (including
management fees) relating to the premises located at Room 902, E3
Building, Oriental Plaza, No.1 Changan Avenue, Beijing 100738, PRC and payable by
ITT (China) Investment Company Limited in the amount of RMB32,060.82 per calendar
month for the period from 31 October 2011 to 31 December 2011 and RMB34,173.63 per
calendar month for the period from 1 January 2012 to the expiration date of the
Term. In the event a total of RMB 511,059 is not added to Monthly Revenue over the
life of the Term by the month prior to the end of the Term, the last month of the
Term shall include that amount such that the total amount included in Monthly
Revenue under this subsection (b) during the whole Term will equal RMB 511,059. |
8
3. |
|
An amount equal to the Monthly Costs shall be paid by Service Recipient or Service Provider,
as the case may be, to the other Party in the following manner: |
|
3.1 |
|
If the Monthly Costs is a positive number, then Service Recipient shall pay to Service
Provider the Monthly Costs in accordance with section 2(b) of the Agreement |
|
|
3.2 |
|
If the Monthly Costs is zero, then no payment is due from Service Recipient or Service
Provider to the other Party. |
|
|
3.3 |
|
If the Monthly Costs is a negative number, then Service Provider shall pay to Service
Recipient the Monthly Costs in accordance with Section 2(b) of the Agreement. |
4. |
|
For the avoidance of doubt, no additional mark-up or inflation rate, as specified in Section
2(a)(i) of the Agreement, shall apply to any sum payable by Service Recipient to Service
Provider under this Schedule. |
5. |
|
Taxes related to sums payable. Each Party shall pay all sums payable by it under
this Schedule free and clear of all deductions or withholdings unless the law requires a
deduction or withholding to be made. If a deduction or withholding is so required, the
relevant Party shall pay such additional amount as will ensure that the net amount the payee
receives equals the full amount which it would have received had the deduction or withholding
not been required. |
6. |
|
Audit. Service Provider and Service Recipient shall, as promptly as practicable and
in any event within fifteen (15) Business Days following the expiration date of the Term,
jointly appoint Deloitte & Touche, or such other accounting firm as may be agreed to
(Auditors) to conduct an audit of the accounts of the Business. The auditor shall,
within thirty (30) days from its engagement, prepare and deliver to the Parties an audited
balance sheet to be made up as at the expiration date of the Term and an audited profit and
loss account for the period from the Distribution Date to the expiration date of the Term in
respect of the Business, in accordance with the Generally Accepted Accounting Principles of
the PRC. The costs and expenses of engaging the Auditors shall be borne by Service Recipient
(or its designee). The balance sheet and profit and loss account prepared by the Auditors
shall, in the absence of manifest error, be final and binding on the Parties. The Auditors
shall be deemed to act as an expert and not as an arbitrator. |
7. |
|
Post-termination Revenues and Expenses. To the extent that any payment, rebate or
refund is made to Service Provider in respect of the Business after the expiration date of the
Term, Service Provider shall receive the same as trustee, place the same in a separate bank
account, record the payment separately in its books, and account to Service Provider for the
same within five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar month for all funds
collected during such calendar month. To the extent that any cost or expense is paid by
Service Provider after the expiration date of the Term in connection with the Business arising
from an act, event or circumstance that occurs during the Term, Service Provider shall provide
Service Recipient with all relevant invoices, receipts and contracts, as the case may be, and
Service Recipient shall, upon verifying the documents provided, pay to Service Provider within
five (5) Business Days after the end of each calendar month for all payments made by Service
Provider arising from or in connection with the Business during such calendar month. |
9
Definitions
1. |
|
Definitions and interpretation of words and expressions used in this Schedule shall be as
set forth below: |
|
|
Auditors has the meaning set out in Pricing and Payment Terms. |
|
|
Assets means the assets of Service Provider relating primarily to, used primarily in,
or arising primarily from, the Business, to be transferred to Service Recipient pursuant to the
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated ___________________, 2011 between Service Provider and Service
Recipient. |
|
|
Business has the meaning set out in General Service Description. |
|
|
Business Days means, for the purpose of this Schedule, a day (excluding Saturdays,
Sundays and public holidays) on which banks generally are open in the PRC for the transaction of
normal banking business. |
|
|
Business Contracts means customer contracts, supplier contracts, and all other
contracts and engagements entered into and orders placed or received (a) on or before the
Distribution Date by or on behalf of Service Provider in connection with the Business and which
at Distribution Date remain (in whole or in part) to be performed; and (b) during the Term. |
|
|
Business Information means all information relating to the Business, existing at
the Distribution Date or otherwise arising during the Term, including but not limited to details
of customers, suppliers, distributors and agents, sales targets, sales statistics, market share
statistics, market surveys and information relating to future business development or planning,
information relating to discounts, commissions and rebates received and/or paid and litigation
or legal advice, in whatever form (including computer disks or tapes) that information may be
recorded or stored. |
|
|
Business Records means all books and records in whatever form (including computer
disks or tapes) containing or relating to Business Information or on which Business Information
is recorded or stored. |
|
|
Employees means the employees physically located at the Premises, employed by
Service Provider to support the Business immediately prior to the Distribution Date, a list of
whom is stated in the Annex. |
|
|
Employees Transfer Date has the meaning set out in Transfer of Employees. |
|
|
Monthly Costs has the meaning set out in Pricing and Payment Terms. |
|
|
Parties mean collectively, Service Provider and Service Recipient of this
Schedule, and a Party means either of them. |
|
|
PRC means the Peoples Republic of China excluding, for the purpose of this
Agreement, Hong Kong Special Administrative Region, Macau Special Administrative Region, and
Taiwan. |
|
|
Premises has the meanings set out in Location. |
10
|
|
Representatives means, the Service Owners identified under the section entitled
Service Owner or such other person(s) designated by Service Recipient (or its designee) from
time to time. |
|
|
RMB means Renminbi, the lawful currency of the PRC. |
|
|
Service has the meaning set out in General Service Description. |
|
|
Term has the meaning set out in Term and Option. |
|
|
USD means United States Dollars, the lawful currency of the United States of
America. |
11
Annex
List of Flow Control Employees in Wuxi
The employees who are retained by Service Provider to provide the Services are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date of Commencement of Employment with |
Name of Employees |
|
Position |
|
Service Provider |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
SCHEDULE AB16
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service
Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daryl Bowker
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
Office:
|
|
Daryl.bowker@ittcorp.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tim Coogan
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
Office
|
|
Tim.Coogan@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation
Service Receiver: Xylem Inc.
TERM AND OPTION
The Term shall be 18 months commencing on the Distribution Date. There shall be no
Minimum Service Period
1
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services upon reasonable notice and request from the
Service Receiver on a time and materials basis from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013
(the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers
acknowledge and agree that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the
Experts and the Experts have the ability to terminate their employment with
Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer
2
employed by Service Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver, use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if
Service Receivers or an affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific
service requested under this Schedule can be terminated by the Service
Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days notice
to the Service Receiver.
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the
Service Receiver shall pay such tax along with the payment for the service
provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its
address set forth below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where
services are provided outside of the United States, in which case invoices will
be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the country where the
services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal
entity that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency.
The bill will cover all charges for services under this Schedule from Service
Provider and, to the extent reasonably feasible, will be itemized among
Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service Receiver when
requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each
Expert worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar
amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other
proper method such as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service
Provider agrees that the time sheets will accompany the invoice that is sent to
the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the requested services are
expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will be
allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred
to date.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedule.
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
ITT Corporation
240 Fall Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Attention: Daryl R. Bowker
3
Notices and bills to the Service Receiver should be sent to:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: Tim Coogan
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below includes a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and
shall be applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial.
|
|
$50 per hour |
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive
|
|
$100 per hour |
Hourly Rate for an Executive
|
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates
should be converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is
prepared. |
4
SCHEDULE AB17
MANUFACTURING SERVICES TSA
SCHEDULE FOR VADODARA INDIA
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
|
|
General Manager, ITT
|
|
|
|
|
Rabi Burman
|
|
Corporation India Pvt Ltd. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plot No 731A, GIDC Savli, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manjusar, Savli Road. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770 |
|
|
|
Rabi.Burman@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
|
|
President, Xylem Water
|
|
|
|
|
Sam Yamdagni
|
|
Solutions India Pvt Ltd. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plot No 731B, GIDC Savli, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Manjusar, Savli Road. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770 |
|
|
|
Sam.Yamdagni@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
|
1. |
|
Service Provider ITT Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Xylem Water Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
|
1. |
|
Manufacturing of Xylem products |
|
|
2. |
|
Finance & Accounting Services |
|
|
3. |
|
Accounts Payables Services |
TERM AND OPTION
|
1. |
|
Minimum Service Period 2 months Commencing on the Distribution Date |
|
|
2. |
|
The Monthly Costs are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. The Service
Recipient and Service Provider agree that, except as set forth in this Manufacturing
Services TSA Schedule for India (this TSA) no additional 2%, 10% or 4.5% increase in such
pricing should be applied as set forth in Section 2 of the Agreement. |
|
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient shall have the option to renew at 1.0 times the monthly fixed charge
as noted below for an additional 3 months if written notice is provided 15 days prior to
the end of the Minimum Service Period. |
1
|
4. |
|
Service Recipient will have the option to terminate this agreement at any time, with no
additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b) of the Agreement, after the
1st 3 months with 1 month advance written notice to the Service Provider |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
|
1. |
|
Manufacturing of Xylem products |
|
a. |
|
Provide order acknowledgement to Xylem India for the orders placed |
|
|
b. |
|
Manufacture Xylem products based on orders placed by Xylem India and
supervised by Xylem India employees seconded to ITT |
|
|
c. |
|
Use Xylem assets and processes currently employed in Baroda and
manufacture products per SOPs |
|
|
d. |
|
Manage the factory employees seconded to ITT by Xylem |
|
|
e. |
|
Place orders to suppliers on a timely manner and manage inventories in
order to properly supply & fulfill customer orders |
|
|
f. |
|
Ship finished goods directly to Xylem customers as requested in the
purchase order |
|
|
g. |
|
Maintain records of purchase cost based on latest purchase price as per
BOM, stores and spares and packing material purchased for products manufactured by
Xylem Water Solutions India Private Limited |
|
|
h. |
|
Invoice Xylem for the manufacturing services on a monthly basis |
|
2. |
|
Finance and accounting services |
|
a. |
|
Maintain general ledger and chart of accounts |
|
|
b. |
|
Reconcile balance sheet accounts at a minimum of once per quarter |
|
|
c. |
|
Close books and prepare local financial statements monthly on a timely
basis |
|
i. |
|
US GAAP financial statements will be prepared as
required by the Indian Government |
|
|
ii. |
|
File required local statutory financial statements
with the authorities in a timely manner |
|
|
iii. |
|
File required US GAAP financial statements (P&L and
Balance Sheet) in both local currency and on a US FAS 52 basis with the
Service Recipients parent company by the 1st Monday after the
closing date |
|
d. |
|
Prepare and file all required statutory reports with the
appropriate governmental authorities on a timely basis |
|
|
e. |
|
Fixed Asset accounting |
|
i. |
|
Maintain detailed fixed asset subsidiary ledger and
reconcile to general ledger |
|
f. |
|
Provide required support to Service Recipients internal & external
auditors |
|
|
g. |
|
Provide required support for government audits |
|
|
h. |
|
Respond to special requests from service recipients legal advisors |
|
|
i. |
|
Prepare monthly financial forecasts |
|
|
j. |
|
Respond to Service Recipients ad hoc requests for financial data in a
timely manner within reason |
2
|
3. |
|
Accounts Payable Services |
|
a. |
|
Process vendor invoices for payment twice per week (provided Service
Recipient has made available to Service Provider sufficient funds) |
|
|
b. |
|
Perform 3 way match in Accounts payable system |
|
|
c. |
|
Review invoice approvals |
|
|
d. |
|
Maintain PO balance when partial shipments |
|
|
e. |
|
Maintain form control over purchase orders (Note: all other purchasing
department activities to be performed by the Service Recipient) |
|
|
f. |
|
Invoice coding to general ledger account |
|
|
g. |
|
Process vendor check run once per week |
|
|
h. |
|
Process vendor wire transfers twice per week |
|
|
i. |
|
Review and process travel expense reports and travel advances twice per
week |
|
|
j. |
|
Process payroll child support withholding payments on a weekly basis |
|
|
k. |
|
Process employee savings fund withdrawal requests twice per week |
3
LOCATIONS
|
1. |
|
IP facility located at the following address; |
Plot No 731A, GIDC Savli, Manjusar, Savli Road.
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770, India
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
1. |
|
After the termination of this agreement, it may be necessary from
time to time for the Service Provider, on behalf of the Service
Recipient, to respond to inquiries made by government authorities about
Service Recipients financial statements and tax filings, including
providing support for audits. In this event, the Service Provider will
contact the Service Recipient and agree on an appropriate course of
action and response. To the extent that Service Providers resources are
to be used to respond to the inquiries, the Service Provider will be
entitled to invoice the Service Recipient at the following rates per hour
provided if assistance is needed under this section after 2012, the
parties will renegotiate such rates in good faith; |
|
a. |
|
Clerical US$20.00 |
|
|
b. |
|
Professional US$30.00 |
|
|
c. |
|
Management US$77.00 |
|
2. |
|
At the termination of this agreement, the Service Recipient will
provide the necessary support at its own expense to transfer data to its
own systems. The Service Provider will agree to provide training to the
Service Recipients employees on the Service Providers premises or via
conference call / web ex prior to the termination of the agreement. The
Service Provider will not be required to send any of its employees to any
other Service Recipient location. |
|
3. |
|
In the event of 3rd party claims against the Service
Recipient which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient
agrees to indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service
Provider may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to
also claim damages against the Service Provider because of their
relationship with the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also
agrees to defend the Service Provider at its sole cost to the extent
permitted to do so under Indian Law. |
TAX STATUS
|
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this
agreement will be considered taxable income in India |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in India |
|
|
3. |
|
Service Provider takes credit of service tax paid on employee
secondment |
4
BILLING LOCATION
NOTICES
|
|
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following; |
|
1. |
|
Service Provider Joanne Scalard |
|
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Ave |
|
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Dan Kelly |
|
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to Terminate |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Service |
|
|
None required
|
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
|
1. |
|
The monthly charges for contract manufacturing services provided under this TSA will be
calculated on actual basis and the Service Provider will add 15% margin to the actual costs
incurred. |
|
a. |
|
Service Recipient has an option to extend the TSA for another 3 months
at the same monthly rate |
|
|
b. |
|
Service provider calculates all variable costs monthly direct
material and other costs (PPV, packaging, stores & spares, freight, customs,
related to the manufacturing activity) and invoices the Service Recipient |
|
|
c. |
|
Service Recipient will charge as service fee 5% of the cost of Direct
Labor and Indirect Labor being supplied (seconded) to the Service Provider |
|
|
d. |
|
Service Provider will credit Service Recipient labor fees from the
overall monthly charges |
|
|
e. |
|
Refer to the table below for monthly calculation for the contract
manufacturing fees |
|
2. |
|
All Invoices are payable in Indian Rupees (INR). |
|
|
3. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service recipient via email or
regular mail. |
|
|
4. |
|
Service Provider to attach additional backup of all variable costs (direct materials,
attached to these invoices |
|
|
5. |
|
The 1st invoice will be dated on the last day of the financial closing in
November |
|
|
6. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
|
7. |
|
Subsequent invoices will follow every 30 days |
6
SCHEDULE AB18
SERVICES TSA ANNEX FOR
AXMINSTER
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to: John Veness
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
John Veness
|
|
General Manager
|
|
|
|
John.Veness@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
Duncan Lewis
|
|
General Manager
|
|
|
|
Duncan.Lewis@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Service Provider: ITT Industries Ltd. |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient: Lowara (UK) Ltd. |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
|
1. |
|
Operations Services |
|
|
2. |
|
Import/Export Services |
|
|
3. |
|
INTRASTAT Compliance Services |
TERM AND OPTION
|
1. |
|
24 months Commencing on the date of the separation into 3 companies |
|
|
2. |
|
The 24 month Term shall not be extended. Service Recipient will have the option to
terminate this agreement at any time after the 1st 12 months with 6 months
advance written notice to the Service Provider. |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
|
a. |
|
Lowara may need the services of ITTs personnel for assistance with
operations reporting. |
|
|
b. |
|
Lowara may need the services of ITTs personnel for assistance with
operational processes including quality control. |
|
2. |
|
Import/Export Services |
1
|
a. |
|
Lowara may require the assistance of ITT personnel in the matters of
export and import processes. |
|
|
b. |
|
Lowara may require the assistance of ITT personnel in the matters of
export and import regulatory compliance. |
|
a. |
|
Lowara may require the assistance of ITT personnel for collecting
information for INTRASTAT. |
|
|
b. |
|
Lowara may require the assistance of ITT personnel for reporting
information to the governmental authorities for INTRASTAT. |
2
LOCATIONS
1. |
|
Lowara facility located at the following address: |
Lowara (UK) Ltd.
Millwey Rise Industrial Estate
Axminster EX13 5HU, United Kingdom
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
1. |
|
Real Estate Sublease is in effect. |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient will follow all of Service Providers Environmental,
Safety, & Health (ES&H) policies and procedures while using the pump
testing facilities. Service Provider will provide its ES&H written
policies to Service Recipient at the outset of this agreement and agrees
to provide overview training prior to the Service Recipients use of the
pump testing facilities. |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipients customers will be granted access to the test
facility along with Service Recipients representatives for a customer
witnessed pump test. |
|
4. |
|
Service recipient is precluded from hiring Service Providers
employees that may provide these services under this agreement for the
duration of this agreement plus an additional 1 year after the agreement
is terminated. |
|
5. |
|
In the event of 3rd party claims against Service Recipient
which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient agrees to
indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service Provider
may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to also claim
damages against the Service Provider because of their relationship with
the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also agrees to defend the
Service Provider at is sole cost the extent permitted to do so under
United Kingdom law. |
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms
of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in the United Kingdom |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in the United Kingdom |
|
3. |
|
VAT of the current rate % of the invoice amount will be charged by the
service provider to the service recipient |
BILLING LOCATION
|
|
Lowara (UK) Ltd. Millwey Rise Industrial Estate
Axminster EX13 5HU,
United Kingdom |
3
SERVICE LEVEL
|
1. |
|
Service Provider agrees to use reasonable care and diligence in the
fulfillment of all services described above. Service Provider also
agrees that it will promptly carry out services based on reasonable
business practices and judgment. |
NOTICES
|
|
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above. |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Terminate Service |
N/A
|
|
None required
|
|
See Term and Option above |
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for Operations services, Import/Export services, and INTERSTAT
Compliance services will be Cost plus 2% - 10% per hour for the term of this agreement Payable in
British Pounds. |
|
2. |
|
The fixed hourly rate of Cost plus 2% - 10% per hour shall be the minimum charge. Partial
hour charges will be rounded up to include the entire hour. For example, a service
provided in 2 hours and 20 minutes will be charged at 3 hours or Cost plus 2% - 10%. |
|
3. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service provider via email.
Invoices shall include the date services were provided, the name(s) of the person(s) who
provided the service, and the number of hours spent providing the service. |
|
4. |
|
There will be no additional backup attached to these invoices. |
|
5. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
4
SCHEDULE AB19
TESTING SERVICES TSA SCHEDULE FOR INDIA
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
Rabi Burman
|
|
General Manager, ITT
Corporation India Pvt
Ltd.
Plot No 731A, GIDC
Savli, Manjusar, Savli
Road.
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770
|
|
|
|
Rabi.Burman@itt.com
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
Sam Yamdagni
|
|
President, Xylem Water
Solutions India Pvt Ltd.
Plot No 731B, GIDC
Savli, Manjusar, Savli
Road.
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770 |
|
|
|
Sam.Yamdagni@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
1. |
|
Service Provider ITT Corporation India Pvt. Ltd. |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Xylem Water Solutions India Pvt. Ltd. |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
1. |
|
Testing services for Xylem products using IP test bed infrastructure in the Baroda plant |
TERM AND OPTION
1. |
|
Minimum Service Period 22 months Commencing on the Date of physical separation of
Service Provider and Service Recipient. Physical separation occurs when Xylem manufacturing
operations move in to the new Service Recipient plant. |
|
2. |
|
The Hourly Costs are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient will have the option to terminate this agreement at any time, with no
additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b) of the Agreement, after the
1st 12 months with 1 month advance written notice to the Service Provider |
|
4. |
|
This Agreement cannot be extended beyond 24 months after the Distribution Date. |
1
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
1. Testing of Xylem products
|
a. |
|
Service Provider provides Service Recipient full access to the test bed
and infrastructure to fully test pumps and other related products |
|
|
b. |
|
Service Provider also provides tools, equipment and personnel to fully
validate a product |
|
|
c. |
|
Service Provider also fully tests the products per instructions from
Service Recipient or its customers or its agents |
|
|
d. |
|
Service Provider provides full report(s) on the results of the test and
performance of the products |
|
|
e. |
|
Service Provider personnel will take control of the products at the
loading dock and transfer the products to the test bed, install them on the test
bed, fully test the products, remove the products and package them and return as
required by Service Recipient |
|
|
f. |
|
Service Recipient or its agents or its customers will have access to
the products while they are being prepared for testing, while products are being
tested and while the products are being processed for return to Xylem |
|
|
g. |
|
Service Recipient or its agents or its customers will have access to
the control room in order to witness the test. |
|
|
h. |
|
Only Service Provider personnel are allowed to run the test and operate
all tools, machinery and controls related to the testing of these products |
2
LOCATIONS
1. IP facility located at the following address;
Plot No 731A, GIDC Savli, Manjusar, Savli Road.
Vadodara, Gujarat 391 770, India
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
1. |
|
After the termination of this agreement, it may be necessary from time
to time for the Service Provider, on behalf of the Service
Recipient, to respond to inquiries made by customers or government
authorities about Service Recipients financial statements and tax
filings, including providing support for audits. In this event, the
Service Provider will contact the Service Recipient and agree on an
appropriate course of action and response. To the extent that Service
Providers resources are to be used to respond to the inquiries, after
the TSA ends, the Service Provider will be entitled to invoice the
Service Recipient at the following rates per hour provided if assistance
is needed under this section after 2012, the parties will renegotiate
such rates in good faith; |
|
a. |
|
Clerical US$20.00 |
|
|
b. |
|
Professional US$30.00 |
|
|
c. |
|
Management US$77.00 |
2. |
|
At the termination of this agreement, the Service Recipient will
provide the necessary support at its own expense to transfer data to its
own systems. The Service Provider will agree to provide training to the
Service Recipients employees on the Service Providers premises or via
conference call / web ex prior to the termination of the agreement. The
Service Provider will not be required to send any of its employees to any
other Service Recipient location.
3. In the event of 3rd party claims against the Service
Recipient which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient
agrees to indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service
Provider may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to
also claim damages against the Service Provider because of their
relationship with the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also
agrees to defend the Service Provider at its sole cost to the extent
permitted to do so under Indian Law. |
TAX STATUS
|
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in India |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in India |
3
BILLING LOCATION
NOTICES
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following;
1. |
|
Service Provider Joanne Scalard |
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Ave |
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Dan Kelly |
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to Terminate |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Service |
|
|
None required |
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for testing services provided under this TSA will be cost
plus 10% to 15% handling charges. |
|
a. |
|
Year 1 handling charges: 10% to 15%. Year 2 handling charges: 10% to
15% |
2. |
|
Refer to the table below for the pricing details |
|
3. |
|
All Invoices are payable in Indian Rupees (INR). |
|
4. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service recipient via email or
regular mail. |
|
5. |
|
The 1st invoice will be dated on the last day of the financial closing in
December 2011 |
|
6. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
7. |
|
Subsequent invoices will follow every 30 days as long as there is activity. If Service
Recipient doesnt use any testing services in any given month, Service Provider doesnt
have to provide an invoice. |
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Details |
|
INR |
|
|
USD |
|
|
Source |
|
|
|
|
|
Sale Value (To end Customer) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add |
|
Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Sales Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
Actual Cost of Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
PPV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
Actual Cost of Packing Material |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
Actual Cost of Stores & Spares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
Actual Cost of Freight |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less |
|
Actual Customs cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Cost |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Margin |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
% |
|
Manpower Deputation Charges |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debit Note Basic Value |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add |
|
Service Tax |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem DN to ITTCo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Notes
|
|
|
1 |
|
Invoices shall be raised on a monthly basis |
|
2 |
|
All data will be from ERP Lx |
|
3 |
|
Freight & Customs data will be based on actual bills booked |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Manpower Deputation Charges |
|
|
|
|
|
(INR) |
|
Salary Cost |
|
Cost - Aug |
|
|
Margin |
|
DL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Overheads |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S&M |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
G&A |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
Schedule AC1
ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, SUPPLIER
PAYMENT AND SALES & USE TAX
SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, expect where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Kim Acker
ITT Corporation
|
|
ITT Shared Service
Working Capital
Manager
|
|
|
|
kim.acker@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Elizabeth Webster
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Senior Business Analyst
|
|
|
|
elizabeth.webster@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Accounts Payable, Supplier Payment and Sales and Use Tax
Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Accounts Payable, Supplier Payment and
Sales and Use Tax Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sales and Use Tax Services The Service Provider
will provide: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-AP-SP -01
|
|
Accounts Payable
and Supplier
Payment Processing
Services
|
|
The Service Provider based on Sales and Use
tax data received in a predefined form from the
Service Receivers Business Units, will prepare the
Sales and Use Tax Returns. A list of all valid
Service Receiver Business Units is found in
Attachment A.
|
|
720 Returns per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will file all required
Sales and Use Tax Returns together with payments
that are required. The Service Provider will send
copies of the Returns to the appropriate Service
Receiver Business Units.
|
|
720 Returns per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider, on receipt of phone
calls and emails, will respond to routine inquiries
and correspondence from the various jurisdictions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Taxware Configuration Support The
Service Provider on receiving Jurisdiction Change
information from the Service Receiver will
configure jurisdictional tax obligations. The
Service Provider on receipt of a request from the
Service Receiver will provide Use Tax information
(via the ZUSE_TAX report) to the Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value Added Tax (VAT) Recovery Support
The Service Provider will review vendor invoices
for VAT charges, and submit VAT included invoices
to 3rd party (Meridian) for submission
to VAT Taxing Authorities. Upon receipt of a VAT
refund check from the Service Receivers
3rd party (Meridian), Service Provider
will provide the funds to the Service Receivers
Business Unit.
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Vendor Master
Data Maintenance: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receiving Service
Receiver approved remit-to vendor set-ups and
update requests submitted via the vendor portal,
will utilize address standardization and duplicate
checking to review and approve or reject the vendor
request. If approved, the add/changed Vendor
information will be updated in the vendor master
within 1 hour between the hours of 8:00am and
5:00pm EST. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receiving a Credit
Reference Request form, will forward the request to
the Service Providers Banking partner (Citibank)
where they process the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider after receiving
electronic banking details from the Service
Receiver or their Vendor, adds all Banking Details.
The Service Provider requires complete (per
banking requirement instructions) electronic
banking details be sent to the Vendor
Administrator, and will be processed within 48
hours. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider reserves the right to
be the sole owner and administrator of Master
Programs, Tables, Data, and Application Security
and Access controls will as necessary get joint
approval from all Service Receivers for those
proposed changes that will impact another Service
Receiver. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Provider will provide the
following services: Complete SAP Month End jobs and
reports to support postings. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Document
Management and Processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will pick up mail from
the Service Receivers Seneca Falls Post Office
Box.
|
|
159,878 Documents
per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receiving incoming
documents (e.g., mail, fax, non-Service Receiver
email) from the Service Receiver or Service
Receivers Suppliers, are opened, reviewed, and
scanned into SAP within 1 business day, and are
indexed within 2 business days. Priority documents
are indexed within 1 business day. The Service
Providers Document Processing and Help Desk Teams
determine priority. Upon completion of indexing,
the documents route to either the Check Request
portal for further input by the Service Receiver or
on to Document Processing for matching by the
Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compliant workflow handling Accounts
Payable document received by the Service Provider,
which does not contain sufficient information to be
indexed, is routed to the Service Receiver for
Non-Compliant Workflow review. The Service
Receiver must provide direction to the Service
Provider prior to any additional processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Duplicate Checking The Service Provider
for each Accounts Payable document received
compares it to previously received and processed
documents to ensure no duplicate invoices are
processed, and will delete duplicate as necessary. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will store all Service
Receivers Invoices and attachment information
onsite and off-site with an external document
storage vendor (Iron Mountain). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Document
Processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will for all Purchase
Order related invoices either 2 or 3 way match
them. Any documents found by the Service Provider
having exceptions or needing approvals, are parked
for review by the Service Receiver, all matched
documents are posted.
|
|
241,547 Documents
per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider receives electronic
documents via interface from the Service Receiver
or an internal business group within Provider.
Documents are received and posted automatically
unless an exception exists. A combination of one
or more of these components: PO, tax review, and an
Accounts Payable document can be received from the
Service Receiver or an internal business group
within Provider. The Service Provider will retain
all hard copy invoices for DCAA audit requirements.
|
|
84,587 Documents
per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Service Receivers Business Units that
cannot support foreign currency payments through
Receivers Purchase Order systems, the Service
Provider requires additional processing prior to
payment. Invoices received in a currency other
than USD and CAD require an update to the Purchase
Order prior to invoice posting. The Service
Provider will provide the Service Receiver the
converted USD or CAD value, so that the Purchase
Order can be updated to match the provided amount. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider determining any
Accounts Payable document that does not pass the 2
or 3 way match or requires approval, must be parked
for review by the Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receiving returned
parked documents from the Service Receiver, will: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process the returned corrective actions for
each parked document, specified by the Service
Receiver. The Service Receiver must review each
parked document. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Review the directions provided by the
Service Receiver and either post, delete, delete
and recreate, or re-park the document based on the
comments provided by the Service Receiver and the
ability to match the document |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
No item in the processing queue should
remain in the queue greater than 5 business days.
On a daily basis the processing team will also work
priorities based on status and due date. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will review upon
receipt of a One-Time Vendor check request
submitted via the check request portal from the
Service Receiver, will be reviewed by the Service
Provider, and sent to the Service Receivers
approver regardless of approval limit. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receiving Stop
Payment and Void notifications from the Service
Receivers bank, will process Stop payments and
voids within SAP (in conjunction with Treasury
processing with the bank) and Invoice reversals
when necessary.
|
|
521 Requests per
Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Vendor
Payment Processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will execute Payment
runs on Mondays, Wednesdays, and Fridays (excluding
USA and Canadian holidays) at 8:00am EST, for those
invoices, which have reached to their Due Dates,
and transmit Payment file to the Service Receivers
Bank.
|
|
1,368 Payment Runs
per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will review any
exceptions from the payment process, and will
update the system accordingly. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receipt of a Vendor
Refund request from the Service Receiver, or a
returned payment from the Post Office, will process
them appropriately |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider on receipt of an
Emergency request, will provide to the Service
Receiver Emergency payment services. These
services are processed from Seneca Falls, between
1:00pm and 2:00pm EST daily excluding USA/Canadian
Holidays. All overnight instructions are to be
provided in advance. This service should be
reserved for true emergencies only based on the
urgency of the transaction (shut-offs which
severely impact business operations) subject to
approval by Service Provider. Emergency Check
requests received by the Service Provider after
2:00pm EST are subject to additional charges. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will process
Intercompany Payments twice each month. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Help Desk
Processing The Service Provider will provide
Help Desk services to the Service Receiver: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will receive inquiries
via Issuetrak from the Service Receiver or their
Vendors are received and recorded centrally. The
Service Provider will create Tickets, assign
priority and will be resolved by the Service
Provider Help Desk staff or appropriate resources.
|
|
4,376 Internal User
Inquiries per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will receive approved
User ID requests through Issuetrak from the Service
Receiver, and will update the appropriate user
access information necessary to provide user
access. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will provide access to
applications through user request form(s) submitted
by Service Receiver via Service Provider P2P Help
Desk tickets for authorized service receiver users.
Service Provider will maintain and reset SAP user
passwords and application security through Provider
P2P Help Desk requests. Service Provider will
monitor and restrict unauthorized access to source
code and data. User add/update/delete requests will
be completed within three (3) business days of
receipt of complete, approved form.
|
|
176 Requests (Adds,
Deletes, and
Updates) per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Tickets are assigned a priority of High,
Medium and Urgent. High tickets are resolved
within 1 business day, and Medium tickets are
resolved within 2 business Days. Urgent priority
tickets are responded to within 1 hour, during
normal Service Provider business day. Tickets
classified as User set-ups and others are completed
within 3 days. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will receive approved User ID
requests through Issuetrak from the Service
Receiver and will update the appropriate user. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Reporting and
Processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daily Reporting The Service Provider will
continue to provide any daily reports currently
provided to the Service Receiver automatically
through email or SAP inbox.
|
|
11 Postings per
Business Unit per
Month (month-end
processing) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month-End Processing All transactions
posted throughout the month are accounted for at
month end and updates sent to the Service
Receivers Business Units for posting on their
ledger. Reports are sent to Service receiver via
an email or SAP inbox. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-End Processing All parked documents
as of 12/31 are completed and recreated in the new
fiscal year via an electronic message. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1099s Service Provider will consolidate
all transactions posted against vendors labeled as
1099 vendors throughout the year for 1099 issuance
and filing. Service Receiver must continue to
provide any non SAP 1099 data to the Service
Provider and review and obtain W-9 for all One Time
Vendor requests for 1099 compliance. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Audit Support: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider will continue to
provide existing reporting, invoice copies, and
payment information (in conjunction with Treasury)
upon audit request. Service Receiver will be
responsible for transactions for which Service
Provider systems are not the system of record. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide application support services for P2P
Delivery Environment, which consists of SAP, Vendor
Portal, Taxware, OpenText, and Interface
Infrastructure MQ and XI (MQ support is only on
Providers MQ): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-AP-SP -02
|
|
P2P Delivery
Environment
Application Support
Services
|
|
P2P Delivery Environment Support &
Maintenance Service Provider will monitor
incident resolution requests; and recommend and
implement incident resolution. Service Provider
will identify and communicate breaks in
application, develop solution to address break, and
implement fixes to resolve break. Service Provide
reserves the right to charge time and material for
a Service Receiver initiated break which requires
greater than 8 hours to resolve. Service Provider
will maintain production batch schedule, assess
impact of failed batch jobs, and adjust schedule to
account for batch job failures and delays. Service
Provider will execute web server and application
server configuration changes; and monitor and
maintain application administration. Service
Provider will provide SAP Basis support,
development support for the P2P Delivery
Environment, and configuration management in
support of business as usual activities (excludes
enhancement requests by Service Receiver).
Requests for support and maintenance will be
submitted and tracked via Service Provider Help
Desk ticket.
|
|
534 SAP Users
241,547 Invoice
Postings per Year
44,022 New Purchase
Orders Created per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will publish scheduled down time
which will allow for normal maintenance of the P2P
environment including operating system upgrades;
database maintenance, and other tasks required in
order to keep environment running efficiently.
Ad-Hoc down time will be communicated to Service
Receiver with 3 business days advance notice where
possible. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P2P Delivery Environment Testing Support -
Support of Receiver requested testing cycles are
included in services during the TSA with the
following exceptions to be treated as supplemental
services and charged via Time and Materials Based
on Additional Pricing Section: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Testing requiring a client refresh more
than twice a year. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Test requiring run and verification of a
full month-end close where Provider and Receiver
are not in consensus that the change has an impact
to month-end close. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 3% (such activity, including any such 3% deviation, Business
as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will accommodate
Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a time and
materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided
prior to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will
use commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory
or legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service
Receiver in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as
described in the Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party
relationships which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the
scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to
negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the
services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
8
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
SS-AP-SP -03
|
|
Accounts Payable
and Supplier
Payment & P2P
Delivery
Environment
Migration
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include:
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, and
current state
functional data
mapping |
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-AP-SP -04
|
|
Accounts Payable
and Supplier
Payment & P2P
Delivery
Environment
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to
Accounts Payable and
Supplier Payment;
Sales and Use Tax;
and P2P Delivery
Environment services |
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Accounts Payable and Supplier Payment Processing
by Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in
this agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
9
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Seneca Falls, USA to other USA and Canada locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
If Service Receiver or their Supplier(s) provides inaccurate
information to Service
Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any
problems and bear extraordinary cost and external fees incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver, will strive to see that all invoices sent by their Suppliers
are sent directly to Seneca Falls and must reference a valid Purchase Order number (where
applicable), in order for the Service Provider to meet existing Service Levels. |
|
|
|
Any external fees associated with late returns due to the Service Receiver missing
these requirements (3 bullets below) is the responsibility of the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will furnish to the Service Provider relevant and accurate Sales
and Use tax data by the end of the second week after each month end closing or the
10th of the month, whichever comes first. |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will be responsible to register with appropriate Taxing
Authorities for any new locations (Business Units). The Service Receiver will ensure that the
applicable tax registration information will be provided to the Service Provider in a timely
fashion. |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will be responsible for updating and maintaining any changes
with existing registrations with Taxing Authorities. Notification of changes will be
provided to the Service Provider, if applicable. |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver is required to ensure accuracy of the vendor master records used
in the transactions including: address, and terms from the vendor master or Purchase Order.
The Service Provider is responsible for vendor remit to maintenance and accuracy. |
|
|
|
The Service Receiver is responsible for the cost and outstanding liabilities of any
additional Service Receiver location, not found in Attachment A, prior to the Service
Provider providing services. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the interfaces documented in Attachment B. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have one of following the ERP systems active and maintained
along with associated interfaces for the duration this agreement is in effect: Order
Management System (OMS) and Infinium. |
10
|
|
Service Receiver must have MQ Series active and maintained for the duration this
agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will support testing as required for changes implemented by Service
Provider for BAU enhancements or where mandated by any 3rd party vendor support,
e.g. SAP. Where enhancements require extensive testing by the Service Receiver, Service
Provider will get approval from Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications
shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of
services.
The P2P Delivery Environment scheduled downtime will be Mondays and Tuesdays from 10:00 PM to
3:30 AM ET and Sundays from 1:00 AM to 8:00 AM ET.
Service Provider P2P Help Desk support is available 8:00 AM 5:00 PM ET Monday through
Friday except for holidays. Items are assessed for priority within one (1) hour of receipt.
Barring circumstances outside of Service Providers control, urgent priority items are
addressed within one (1) hour. High priority items will be responded to within one (1)
business day and medium priority within two (2) business days. Priority is assessed by the
helpdesk staff with direction from Service Receiver.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service
Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
11
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
12
ATTACHMENT A
The Service Provider will perform services on behalf of the Service Receiver, to the following
Service Receiver Business Units:
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-day 1 |
|
|
|
|
Company Codes |
|
Company name |
|
City |
1005
|
|
ITT Communication Systems
|
|
Fort Wayne |
|
|
|
|
|
1010
|
|
ITT Electronic Warfare/Electronic Systems
|
|
Clifton |
|
|
|
|
|
1018
|
|
ITT Defense HQ
|
|
Seneca Falls |
|
|
|
|
|
1160
|
|
ITT Advanced Engineering & Sciences
|
|
Reston |
|
|
|
|
|
1165
|
|
ITT Radar Systems (Gilfillan)
|
|
Van Nuys |
|
|
|
|
|
1170
|
|
ITT Defense HQ
|
|
McLean |
|
|
|
|
|
1180
|
|
Night Vision
|
|
Roanoke |
|
|
|
|
|
1185
|
|
SSD
|
|
Rochester |
|
|
|
|
|
1186
|
|
SSD
|
|
Rochester |
|
|
|
|
|
1190
|
|
ITT Communication Information Systems
(CIS)
|
|
Colorado Springs |
|
|
|
|
|
1191
|
|
Systems HQ
|
|
Colorado Springs |
|
|
|
|
|
1195
|
|
Systems SSI
|
|
Colorado Springs |
|
|
|
|
|
1198
|
|
Systems FSIC
|
|
Colorado Springs |
|
|
|
|
|
1199
|
|
ITT Communication Systems Colorado Springs
|
|
Colorado Springs |
|
|
|
|
|
1200
|
|
ITT Communication Systems CNS
|
|
Charleston |
NOTES:
|
1) |
|
All times noted are U.S. Eastern Time Zone |
|
|
2) |
|
Hours quoted are business hours (i.e. Monday Friday excluding local
Holidays) only, excludes Saturday and Sunday |
|
|
3) |
|
A business day equals 24 hours |
13
ATTACHMENT B
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
Frequency |
Vendor |
|
Central Vendor Master Maintenance |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Real-time |
Purchase Order |
|
Purchase Order add, change, delete |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Service Provider |
|
Real-time |
Receipts |
|
Receipt posting and reversals |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Service Provider |
|
Real-time |
Invoice Posting |
|
Invoice posting and reversals |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Real-time |
Invoice Payment |
|
Payment posting and reversals |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Real-time |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month End Reconciliation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ME_APRECLS |
|
ME A/P trade reclass |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_FCREVAL |
|
ME Foreign Currency revaluation |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_HCR |
|
ME Headquarter cash reclearing |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_ICRECFX |
|
MW Intercompany FX reclass |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_ICRECLS |
|
ME Intercompany Payables reclass |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_OCR |
|
ME Uncleared Cash reclass |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_SMLDIFF |
|
ME Small Difference balancing |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_SSF |
|
ME Shared Service Fee P2P |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_SSFEBUY |
|
ME Shared Service Fee eBuyITT |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_TAXRCLS |
|
ME Sales & Use tax reclass
(for self-assessed tax) |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
ME_VDPFX |
|
MW Vendor down payment |
|
Service Provider |
|
Service Receiver |
|
Month End |
14
Schedule AC2
eBuyITT INVOICE PROCESSING
SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, expect where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS
Business
Relationships &
Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
joe.daniel@itt.com |
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform eBuyITT Invoice Processing Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide eBuyITT Invoice Processing Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice Review The
Service Provider will receive designated
invoice submissions from the Service
Receivers eBuyITT enabled Suppliers (via
EDI transaction or manual entry) and prep
invoices and feed the submitted invoices to
Perfect Commerce. The Service Provider will
use the daily invoice feeds from Perfect
Commerce to prep invoices for financial
back office operations.
|
|
8,418 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 34,693 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Exception Handling and
Resolution The Service Provider will
reconcile and re-validate invoices flagged
with validation errors. Once the invoice
is validated, the Service Provider will
process it as stated above. Mismatched
invoices will not be paid without
resolution.
|
|
2,800 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT- -01
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
|
|
Invoice Recording & Payment
Processing Service Provider will send the
balanced invoices to an internal business
unit within the Service Provider, on a
daily basis, for additional Accounts
Payable recording and payment processing
for the Service Receiver.
|
|
8,418 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 34,693 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vendor File Maintenance The
Service Provider will receive vendor master
data for new vendor setup from an internal
business unit to perform Vendor File
Maintenance.
|
|
As Needed Basis
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Exempt Certificate File
Maintenance The Service Provider will
receive Service Receiver Suppliers tax
exempt vendor certificates from an internal
business unit to maintain tax exempt master
file.
|
|
8,418 Hard Copy
Invoices Annually*
/ 34,693 Invoices
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost Distribution Services
Service Provider will use validated
invoices as documented above to provide
Service Receiver a cost distribution file
transmitted via FTP and/or email, or
transmitted to an internal business unit
data and centralized tax services via the
current Purchase to pay distribution
process to all Service Receivers business
units that are currently on Purchase to
Pay. The Service Provider will provide cost
distribution and taxability indicators, per
agreed frequency to the Service Receivers
business units that are not currently
supported by the Shared Services Accounts
Payable (P2P) process).
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
eBuyITT Aged-Invoice Workflow
Notification Service Provider will
perform routine communication of aged open
invoices requiring Service Receiver triage
and action.
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: The BAU transaction volume for hard copy invoices, and not the total invoice volume
(i.e., both electronic and hard copy), will be used as the pre-distribution date baseline to
calculate changes in service volumes (plus or minus 10%) as defined in the next section. |
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships
which require interface modifications or re-writes (e.g., Benefits provider change) are not
included as part of the scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes,
Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event
modifications to the services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such
modifications increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the
modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service
Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT-02
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, and
current state
functional data
mapping
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-eBuyITT-03
|
|
eBuyITT Invoice
Processing Services
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to eBuyITT
services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to eBuyITT Invoice Processing by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain current Cost Distribution data
delivery methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt). |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver or their suppliers provides inaccurate
information to Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service
Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the
issue. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the GSCS Service
Agreement from Global Supply Chain Services (GSCS) and utilize Perfect
Commerce as the eProcurement platform for the duration this agreement is in
effect. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
5
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AC3
P-CARD TRANSACTION PROCESSING
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS
Business
Relationships &
Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Daniel
Exelis Inc.
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
joe.daniel@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform P-Card Transaction Processing Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide P-Card Transaction Processing Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card Invoice Review The Service
Provider will receive a notification and data
file from US Bank once monthly containing
transaction details and Company information
for Service Receivers P-Card holders. In
addition, the Service Provider will receive
from an internal business unit an
authorization to proceed with the P-Card File
download. The Service Provider will review
the file, format data for financial
processing, and validate invoices for
completeness and accuracy. The Service
Provider will flag invoices with validation
errors. The Service Provider will use booked
AP invoices to generate proprietary data files
to be sent via email to Service Receivers
Treasury Department for payment settlement.
|
|
410 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-01
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing Services
|
|
P-Card Exception Handling and
Resolution The Service Provider will
reconcile and re-validate invoices flagged
with validation errors. Once the invoice is
validated, the Service Provider will process
it as stated above. Mismatched invoices will
not be paid without resolution. For
processing credits, the Service Provider will
insure that management accounts have monthly
debit balances prior to transmission to
Service Receivers Treasury Department. If a
management account is received as a zero or
credit balance, the Service Provider will
remove credit transactions from being
processed in ascending order until the
management account reflects a debit balance.
The Service Provider will communicate the
removed credits to the internal business unit
for resolution.
|
|
130 Transactions
Annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card Cost Distribution The
Service Provider will use validated invoices
as documented above to provide Service
Receiver a Cost Distribution file transmitted
via File Transfer Protocol (FTP) and/or email.
|
|
21 Transactions per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card File Maintenance The Service
Provider will perform file maintenance based
on internal business unit approval for new
and/or changes to P-Card holders. Only valid,
internal business unit-approved cardholder
transactions are processed. Three (3)
business days prior notice is required to
maintain P-Card file.
|
|
As Needed Basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
3
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-02
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, and
functional data
mapping
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PCard
Processing-03
|
|
P-Card Transaction
Processing
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to P-Card
Transaction
Processing services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to P-Card Transaction Processing by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL, USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or their Supplier(s), provides inaccurate
information to Service Provider it will be the responsibility
of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs
incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must
utilize US Bank as the P-Card supplier for the duration this agreement is
in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the GSCS Service
Agreement from Global Supply Chain Services (GSCS) for the duration this
agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must maintain current Cost Distribution data
delivery methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt) and
payment settlement interface (Treasury) for the duration this agreement
is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be
required, the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior
to execution of the project.
5
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AC4
TELECOM INVOICE PROCESSING
SERVICES (TAPS)
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Philip Galluzzi
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, TDS Business
Relationships &
Corporate Travel
|
|
|
|
phil.galluzzi@ittcorp.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Randy McElvain
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Director, Enterprise
Infrastructure Operations
|
|
|
|
randy.mcelvain@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Telecom Invoice Processing Services (TAPS), for Long Distance
Voice and Data Circuitry, for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Telecom
Invoice Processing
(TAPS) Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS supplier
statements The
Service Provider will
receive Service
Receivers current
Primary Telecom
Service Supplier
statements monthly.
The statements are
transmitted via EDI,
or entered manually
via paper statements,
to the Service
Provider. To produce
balanced TAPS
statements, the
Service Provider will
perform various
validation and
duplication
protection routines
with criteria
including Master
Control Number,
Account number, and
AT&T Statement
numbers. Only total
current charges are
recognized in the
TAPS system for
processing each
month.
|
|
2,700 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-01
|
|
Telecom Invoice
Processing Services
(TAPS)
|
|
TAPS
Exception Handling
and Resolution -
Service Provider will
reconcile accounts
that failed
validation. The
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
gain resolution from
the Service Receiver,
to produce resolved
accounts that are
ready for financial
processing. Accounts
that fail validation
are not paid without
resolution.
|
|
90 Transactions
Annually
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice
Recording & Payment
Processing Service
Provider will send
the balanced invoices
to an internal
business unit within
the Service Provider,
on a monthly basis,
for additional
Accounts Payable
recording and payment
processing for the
Service Receiver.
|
|
2,700 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS Cost
Distribution The
Service Provider will
transmit to the
Service Receiver a
Cost Distribution
file from the
processed validated
Statements, Service
Provider will
transmit this file
via FTP and/or email
to the Service
Receiver.
|
|
27 Transactions per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TAPS Customer
File Maintenance
The Service Provider
will perform Customer
File Maintenance
after receiving a
Change Request from
the Service Receiver.
Only valid, ITT
Customer accounts and
Statements are
processed. Three (3)
business days prior
notice are required
to maintain the
Customer file.
|
|
45 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented in this
agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
3
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-02
|
|
Telecom Invoice
Processing (TAPS)
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes and
functional data
mapping
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
SS-TAPS-03
|
|
Telcom Invoice
Processing (TAPS)
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to Telecom
Invoice Processing
(TAPS) services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Telecom Invoice Processing Services (TAPS) by
Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
4
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Palm Coast, FL, USA to other USA
locations and select EU and Asia locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or their Supplier(s), sends inaccurate data to
Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to
rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the Accounts Payable and
Supplier Payment TSA for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged in the circuitry
configuration and inventory control of their networks and have Subject Matter
Experts (SME) available to assist with statement processing discrepancies. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must utilize
AT&T as the telecommunication data vendor. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain current Cost Distribution data delivery
methodologies (e.g., FTP drop site/email attachment receipt). |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
5
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE AC5
U.S
ACTIVE SALARIED ELIGIBLE
EMPLOYEES MEDICAL, PHARMACY
AND DENTAL PROGRAM
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact
ITT Corporation
Deborah Macchia
Lisa Munoz
Thomas Hickey
Service
Recipients
Contact
Exelis Inc.
Bill Bonk
John Brown
|
|
Mgr, Benefits
Planning and
Administration
Benefits Analyst
Manager, Benefits
Financial Reporting
Director of Global
Benefits
Manager of Benefits
Administration.
|
|
[ ]
|
|
Deb.macchia@itt.com
Lisa.munoz@itt.com
Thomas.hickey@itt.com
Bill.bonk@itt.com
John.Brown@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation White Plains, NY
Service Recipient: Exelis Inc. White Plains
TERM
Services provided hereunder shall terminate December 31, 2013; provided that for the
avoidance of doubt the coverages provided hereunder and described below only apply to
Claims (as defined herein) made by Service Recipients Covered Employees (as defined
herein) and incurred on or before December 31, 2011.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider currently provides active medical, pharmacy(Rx) and dental administration for
coverages provided through Empire and Anthem (medical), Medco(Rx), MetLife(dental) and SHPS (FSA)
(Empire, Anthem, Medco, MetLife and SHPS collectively, the Vendors) for its U.S. Active,
Salaried, Eligible Employees (Covered Employees). Service Provider shall keep the current
contracts with the Vendors and the ITT CORPORATION SALARIED MEDICAL AND DENTAL PLAN (PLAN NUMBER) and the ITT Salaried Medical Plan and Salaried Dental Plan General Plan Terms
(collectively, the Plans) and all coverage thereunder in full force through December 31, 2011 for
Service Recipients Covered Employees. All claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made
under the Plans and incurred on or prior to December 31, 2011 the (2011 Plan Year) will be
adjudicated in accordance with the current contract and Service Provider will continue to take such
actions on behalf of Service Recipients Covered Employees as if such employees are employees of
Service Provider.
All medical, dental, pharmacy and FSA claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under
the Plans (the Claims) will be paid by the Vendors on behalf of the Service Provider. Service
Recipient will pay Service Provider for coverage based on 2011 budget premium rates previously set
for the calendar year 2011 and described in the Pricing section below. Service Recipient will
pay Service Provider monthly premium payments for this service, for any full or partial months,
based on actual enrollment for the months covered post-spin using enrollments as of the first
(1st) calendar day of the month, commencing on the day after the Distribution Date.
Service Recipient will prepare and deliver to Service Provider a monthly self bill containing cost
breakdown by business unit and plan tier as set forth on Attachment A, within five (5) Business
Days after the beginning of each calendar month. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the
Service Provider the monthly premium payments within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of
each calendar month. A detailed listing of Service Recipients employees covered, including the
Plans and enrollment tier in which they are enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider
upon its reasonable request.
Service Provider will retain responsibility for executing funding of Claim payments and eligibility
management with Vendors through December 31, 2013.
2
Service Provider will conduct a Headcount True-Up (as defined below) of the monthly premiums and
establish an Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) claims reserve for Claims incurred prior to
December 31, 2011 date, but paid after that date, and conduct a reconciliation of such reserve. See
Headcount True-Up and IBNR Reconciliation sections under Additional Pricing for details.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below or described
above (collectively, the Services).
|
|
|
Monthly Premium billing. |
|
|
|
|
Monthly administrative services billing (for administrative services billed on an hourly
basis. See Additional Pricing section for Hourly Rates). |
|
|
|
|
See General Service Description for a description of payments and billing hereunder. See
Pricing for a description of the Headcount True-Up (as defined below) and reconciliation
for IBNR (as defined below) Claims. |
|
|
|
|
Claims processing |
|
|
|
All Vendor Claims process will remain unchanged from the process as used during
the 12-month period prior to the Distribution Date. |
|
|
|
|
The Claims appeal process will not change from the process as used during the
12-month period prior to the Distribution Date. Empire/Anthem/Medco, MetLife and
SHPS will handle all appeals as provided under the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act. Once all such appeals have been exhausted, escalations will be
handled by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will pay all Claims incurred during the 2011 Plan Year. |
|
|
|
All eligibility adjustments (adding dependents, new hires, ect.) will
be handled by local Service Recipient HR through the Infinium interface. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Recipient may add or remove employees/dependants to
coverage in accordance with the terms of the Plans, generally upon a qualifying
event, new hire or termination. These rules will be the same rules in effect
immediately prior to Distribution Date and will remain in effect until January 31,
2012. |
|
|
|
|
Manual adjustments to eligibility will be handled directly with the
Vendors by authorized Service Recipient local HR. These adjustments will be one off
type adjustments that cannot be made through Infinium due to timing. |
|
|
|
|
All file transmissions to Vendors will be handled by the Exelis Inc.
Fort Wayne Shared Service team under the HR/Payroll/Benefits Transition Services
Agreement. |
3
|
|
|
All files normally maintained manually by the Service Recipient local
HR departments during the twelve (12) month period prior to the Distribution Date
will remain unchanged. |
|
|
|
|
COBRA qualifying events notices will be handled by SHPS. Service
Recipient Local HR department will notify SHPS of termination of employment (as is
the current practice in the twelve (12) months prior to Distribution Date). SHPS
will provide election notice to Covered Employees with appropriate coverages. There
is a separate Letter of Intent with SHPS, attached as Appendix B. |
|
|
|
All Covered Employee Claims made under the Plans and incurred for the
2011 Plan Year will be paid by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Vendor administrative service charges for the 2011 Plan Year will be
paid by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Empire and MetLife maintain bank accounts which Service Provider funds
daily to pay claims. Each Vendor will separate claims paid by claims incurred
date. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will pay all Medical and Dental Claims incurred for
the 2011 Plan Year, but submitted for payment after the end of the 2011 Plan Year
but no later than allowed under the terms of the applicable Plan. |
|
|
|
|
MEDCO invoices bi-weekly for claims paid. Service Provider will pay
for all MEDCO claims incurred for the 2011 Plan Year. |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
Service Recipient Responsibilities
|
|
|
Service Recipient will provide accurate and timely employee enrollments
via Infinium. |
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient will research eligibility issues as needed. |
|
|
|
|
In case of inaccurate data sent to Service Provider it will be the
responsibility of the Service Recipient to rectify any problems and assessments
incurred. |
|
|
|
|
Local Human Resources/Benefits departments will support Covered
Employees. |
4
BILLING LOCATION
Service Recipient will provide Service Provider a self billed invoice and payment
to their address set forth below. The bill will cover all charges for Services under
this Schedule provided by Service Provider. The invoice will contain the number of
enrolled employees per tier per coverage, as set forth in Schedule A. A detailed list
of Covered Employees will be provided by the Service Provider upon reasonable request
of the Service Recipient. All administrative functions handled by the Service
Provider in the twelve (12) month period prior to the Distribution Date are contained
in the fee structure set forth below. The Service Provider and Service Recipient
agree to negotiate in good faith for any additional services related to the Service
provided hereunder that are outside the normal course of business.
SERVICE LEVEL
The Service Provider will provide the same service level to the Service Recipient
as it provides to its Covered Employees.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Deborah Macchia
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
Termination notices are not required. Service Provider will pay Claims incurred during the 2011
Plan Year, during the period from November 1, 2011 through December 31, 2013 with no further
premium billed to the Service Recipient. Pursuant to the terms of the Plans there is a twenty-four
(24) month Claim filing limit.
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Recipient shall also pay all
routine business travel expenses relating to such Services. The below table contains the monthly
5
premium rates the Service Provider shall charge. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the
Service Provider the monthly premium payments within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of
each calendar month. A detailed listing of Service Recipients Covered Employees, including the
Plans and enrollment tier in which they are enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider
upon its reasonable request. Each business unit has been banded 1 through 5. Depending on the
assigned band the appropriate budget amount is charged to that business unit. The amounts in the
table are per employee per month, by plan and coverage tier. See General Service Description for
further detail on payment and billing for the monthly premium payments.
Medical and Pharmacy Premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic |
|
Rating |
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sand 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sand 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enhanced |
|
Rating |
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EPO |
|
Rating |
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HDHP |
|
Rating |
|
Employee |
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
Band |
|
Only |
|
|
+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
Band 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sand 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Band 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
Dental Premium
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MetLife Dental |
|
|
|
EE |
|
|
EE+1 |
|
|
Family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Add FSA pricing
Additional Pricing
Hourly Rates
Hourly Rates for Services not specified or normally provided by Service Provider in the twelve (12)
month period prior to the Distribute Date but otherwise provided by Service Provider employees
(including but not limited to modification, consulting, exit strategy development, transition,
etc.) are documented below. The employee category is defined by Service Provider. The rates
documented below apply to Service Provider employees only, should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Recipient prior to
execution of the project.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following rates shall not be subject
to (a) the 4.5% increase for inflation in 2012 described in Section 2(a)(3) (but such rates shall
be subject to such increase in 2013) or (b) the 2% or 10% increases described in the proviso to
Section 2(a)(i) of the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
General Category of Employee |
|
Hourly Rate |
|
1. Secretarial/Administrative |
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
2. Non-Executive |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
3. Executive |
|
$ |
150.00 |
|
Headcount True-Up
Service Provider shall conduct a headcount true-up by March 31, 2012 (the Headcount True-Up),
based on actual enrollment during the period beginning on the day after the Distribution Date and
ending on December 31, 2011. The Headcount True-Up will be based on reviewing the actual monthly
Infinium enrollment by Plan and coverage tier, by unit, but, for the avoidance of doubt, no true-up
of actual Claims will be conducted. The Service Provider shall promptly provide the results of the
Headcount True-Up to Service Recipient together with any supporting
7
data reasonably requested by
Service Recipient. Within ten (10) Business Days after the parties
reach agreement on the amount of the Headcount True-Up, the appropriate party shall pay to the
other the amount so due.
IBNR Reconciliation
|
|
|
Reconciliation for Incurred But Not Reported (IBNR) Claims |
|
|
|
The premiums collected from Service Recipient hereunder will be
credited to Service Providers active medical ledger. |
|
|
|
|
The amount that Service Provider should hold in reserve to cover
payment for all IBNR Claims incurred for the 2011 Plan Year shall be calculated in
accordance with the following procedures: |
|
|
|
This calculation will be made by June 30, 2012 using the same methods,
assumptions, processes, etc. as used during the 12-month period prior to
the Distribution Date to calculate the IBNR Claim reserve remaining to
pay Claims incurred before January 1, 2012, but paid after June 30, 2012. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider and Service Recipient will engage Towers Watson, or
such other person as the parties may agree to engage (the Calculation
Agent), to calculate the target level of the IBNR claim reserve, whose
determination shall be binding and conclusive on the Service Provider and
Service Recipient. |
|
|
|
|
The IBNR Claim reserve will have its final reconciliation calculated
the Calculation Agent by June 30, 2012. |
|
|
|
If the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve is greater than the
target level of the IBNR Claim reserve, as determined herein, within ten (10)
Business Days of Service Provider being notified of such determination by the
Calculation Agent, Service Provider shall pay its proportionate amount to Service
Recipient (based upon Service Recipients number of Covered Employees (as of
December 31, 2011) in relation to the total number of Covered Employees (for all of
the Parties to the Agreement) in the IBNR Claim reserve pool (as of December 31,
2011) (the Proportionate Amount)), required, when included with the Proportionate
Amounts to be paid to the other Parties to the Agreement, required to bring the
amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve to its targeted level, as determined by the
Calculation Agent. |
|
|
|
|
If the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve is less than the target
level of the IBNR claim reserve, as determined herein, within ten (10) Business
Days of Service Recipient being notified of such determination by the Calculation
Agent and its Proportionate Amount by the Service Provider, Service Recipient shall
pay its Proportionate Amount to Service Provider, required, when included with the
Proportionate Amounts to be paid by the other Parties to the Agreement, |
8
|
|
|
necessary
to bring the amount held for the IBNR Claim reserve to its targeted level, as
determined by the Calculation Agent. |
9
Attachment A
Monthly self bill Example
|
|
|
|
|
Unit |
|
Value Center |
|
Grand Total |
FTC-HQ
|
|
HQ
|
|
|
Motion and Flow Controls HQ
|
|
HQ |
|
|
ITT Heat Transfer
|
|
RCW |
|
|
ITT Bell & Gossett Division
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Rule Industries
|
|
Flow Controls |
|
|
Sanitaire (WPCC)
|
|
WWW |
|
|
AC Custom Pump
|
|
IP |
|
|
Flo-Jet
|
|
Flow Controls |
|
|
Sanitaire Royce
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Sanitaire WET
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Flowtronex
|
|
RCW |
|
|
RCW
|
|
RCW |
|
|
ITT Water Technology, Inc.
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Texas Turbine Operations-Lubbock
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Flygt Florida
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Leopold Salary
|
|
WWW |
|
|
WEDECO
|
|
WWW |
|
|
ITT Flygt Corp.
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Flygt-Indiana
|
|
WWW |
|
|
Laing
|
|
RCW |
|
|
Nova Analytics
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Global Water Instruments
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Bellingham and Stanley
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
Aanderaa Data Instruments
|
|
ITT Analytics |
|
|
10
Attachment B
May 20,
2011
Ms. Deb Macchia
Manager, Benefits Planning and Communication
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
RE: Trivestiture of ITT Corporation
Dear Ms. Macehia:
As you know, SHPS Human Resource Solutions, Inc. (Company) currently provides ITT Corporation
(Client) spending account administration (SAM) and COBRA services (collectively Services)
pursuant to a Service Agreement dated January 1, 2008 (the Service Agreement). This letter
acknowledges the intent of Client to separate into three different entities; namely, Defense Co.
(Defense), ITT Co. (ITT) and Water Co. (Water). As part of this restructuring, you have
requested we perform certain implementation services in order to set up ITT and Water as separate
entities. It is the intent of the parties that Defense will assume the Service Agreement and that
ITT and Water will enter into a transition services agreement with Defense through December 31,
2011. Existing services provided by the Company to Defense, ITT and Water will continue through
December 31, 2011. Effective January 1, 2012, ITT and Water will enter into separate agreements
with the Company. The Company agrees to (i) continue performing ongoing Service and (ii) provide
implementation services, pursuant to terms and conditions of the Service Agreement and the
following:
|
|
|
1. Services
|
|
Beginning on or about June 1, 2011, Company will begin
implementation services to set up ITT and Water. Company will
continue providing ongoing Services to the Client, including
Defense, ITT and Water populations, until the Separation Date. |
|
|
|
2. Termination
Fee
|
|
Company agrees to defer implementation Fees in an amount of
. Of this amount, shall be with respect to ITT
( for COBRA and for FSA, respectively) and
shall be with
respect to Water (for COBRA and
for FSA, respectively) (the Deferred Implementation
Fees) over the period between January 1, 2012 and December
31, 2012, which will be included in the new agreements. In the
event the Service Agreement is terminated for any reason prior
to the expiration the Separation Date the Client shall pay
Company the Deferred Implementation Fees in accordance with
the payment terms set forth in the Service Agreement. |
If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding of the parties, please acknowledge your
acceptance of this Agreement by signing both copies of this letter at the place provided below and
return one to my attention.
11
SCHEDULE AC6
FINANCIAL SHARED SERVICES (FSS)
ACTIVE MEDICAL AND DENTAL
ADMINISTRATION
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
Conrad Arnold
|
|
Director Human Resources
|
|
|
|
Conrad.arnold@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc.
Caroline Hunt
|
|
Sr. Mgr., Benefits.
|
|
|
|
Caroline.hunt@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation Seneca Falls, NY (IP)
Service Recipient: Exelis Inc. Ft. Wayne, IN and Financial Shared Services, Rochester,
NY) (collectively, Service Recipients)
TERM
Services provided hereunder shall terminate June 30, 2012; provided that for the
avoidance of doubt the coverages provided hereunder and described below only apply to
Claims (as defined herein) made by Service Recipients Covered Employees (as defined
herein) and incurred on or before December 31, 2011.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider currently provides administration for the Financial Shared Services active
medical through Excellus Blue Cross\Blue Shield BluePoint2 E Plan, Group
1
dept. 0007 and active Dental through Excellus Dental plan, Group (collectively, the Benefit Plans) for Service Recipients U.S. active, eligible employees covered
under such Benefit Plans (such employees, the Covered Employees). Service Provider shall keep the
Benefit Plans and all coverage thereunder in full force through December 31, 2011 for Service
Recipients Covered Employees. Each Service Recipient may add or remove Covered Employees to or
from coverage under the Benefit Plans as outlined under the terms of the Benefit Plans. All claims
of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under the Benefit Plans (the Claims) and incurred
on or prior to December 31, 2011 the (2011 Plan Year) will be adjudicated in accordance with the
current contract and Service Provider will continue to take such actions on behalf of Service
Recipients Covered Employees as if such employees are employees of Service Provider.
All Claims of Service Recipients Covered Employees made under the Benefit Plans will be paid on
behalf of the Service Provider.
Service Recipients will pay Service Provider for coverage based on 2011 budget premium rates
previously set for the calendar year 2011 and described in the Pricing section below. Service
Recipients will pay Service Provider monthly premium payments for this service, for any full or
partial months, based on actual enrollment for the months covered post-spin using enrollments as of
the first (1st) calendar day of the month, commencing on the day after the Distribution
Date.
The Service Recipients will be required to pay the Service Provider the monthly premium payments
within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of each calendar month. A detailed listing of
Service Recipients employees covered, including the Plans and enrollment tier in which they are
enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider upon its reasonable request.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below or described
above (collectively, the Services).
|
|
|
Monthly premium billing. |
|
|
|
|
Monthly administrative services billing (for administrative services billed on an hourly
basis. See Additional Pricing section for Hourly Rates). |
See General Service Description for a description of payments and billing hereunder
The following services listed below will be provided by experts, who are employees of Service
Provider, (the Experts) with the following persons the initial Experts: Cindy Jansen, Porzia
Quinn and Conrad Arnold.
|
|
|
Administration as needed on daily basis for the Benefit Plans. The Service Provider will
provide all services that were provided during the twelve (12) months prior to the |
2
|
|
|
Distribution Date. The Service Provider will maintain the same level of service provided
during the twelve (12) months prior to the Distribution Date. |
|
|
|
Answer any questions pertaining to medical coverage. |
|
|
|
|
Assist in resolving any issues that may arise regarding, medical
coverage, ex. Claims, Medicare questions, etc. |
|
|
|
|
Add employees/dependents to the Medical coverage as needed. |
|
|
|
|
Reconcile and pay premiums from Medical carriers pertaining to the
Exelis employees. |
|
|
|
Should the Service Recipient need services not provided during the twelve (12) months
prior to the Distribution Date, the parties will negotiate in good faith to determine any
additional cost involved in the services |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Recipients
acknowledge and agree that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the
Experts and the Experts have the ability to terminate their employment with
Service Provider. In the event the initially named Experts are no longer
employed by Service Provider, Service Providers then current benefit manager
(or such other person as has the skill and knowledge to so provide such
Services) will, at the request of the Service Recipients, provide such Service
as described herein.
The Service Recipients human resources department shall cooperate with the
Service Provider, including the Experts, in order for the Service Provider and
Experts to provide such Service under this Schedule.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Recipients a monthly invoice to
their addresses set forth below through December 31, 2011. The bill will cover
all charges for Services under this Schedule provided by Service Provider to
Service Recipients. The invoice will contain the number of Covered Employees
per tier per coverage. A detailed list of Covered Employees and dependents
covered will be provided by the Service Provider upon reasonable request of the
Service Recipient. All administrative functions handled by the
Service Provider in the twelve (12) month period prior to the Distribution Date
are contained in the fee structure set forth below. The Service Provider and
Service Recipients agree to negotiate in good faith for any additional services
related to the Service provided hereunder that are outside the normal course of
business.
3
SERVICE LEVEL
The Service Provider, including the Experts, will provide the same service
level to the Service Recipients as it provides to its own Covered Employees.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attn: Deborah Macchia
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Recipients shall also pay all
routine business travel expenses relating to the Services. The Service Recipients shall pay the
Service Provider based on the number of Covered Employees as of the first (1st) calendar day of the
month. The Service Recipient will be required to pay the Service Provider the monthly premium
payments within ten (10) Business Days after the beginning of each calendar month. A detailed
listing of Service Recipients Covered Employees, including the Plans and enrollment tier in which
they are enrolled, will be made available to Service Provider upon its reasonable request.
See General Service Description for further detail on payment and billing for the monthly
premium payments. The below table are the rates the Service Provider shall charge.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coverage |
|
|
|
Employee |
(Invoicing for medical/dental premiums
Only as noted below): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
BluePoint POS (FSS) Active |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee + 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee + Child(ren) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Family |
|
|
|
|
Dental (FSS) Active |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee + 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Family |
|
|
|
|
4
Additional Pricing
Hourly Rates for Services not specified or normally provided by Service Provider in the twelve
(12) month period prior to the Distribute Date but otherwise provided by Service Provider employees
(including but not limited to modification, consulting, exit strategy development, transition,
etc.) are documented below. The employee category is defined by Service Provider. The rates
documented below apply to Service Provider employees only, should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Recipient prior to
execution of the project.
Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, the following rates shall not be subject
to (a) the 4.5% increase for inflation in 2012 described in Section 2(a)(3) (but such rates shall
be subject to such increase in 2013) or (b) the 2% or 10% increases described in the proviso to
Section 2(a)(i) of the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
General Category of Employee |
|
Hourly Rate |
|
1. Secretarial/Administrative |
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
2. Non-Executive |
|
$ |
100.00 |
|
3. Executive |
|
$ |
150.00 |
|
5
SCHEDULE AC7
POST SPIN HYPERCARE
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Karla Viglasky
ITT Corporation
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
karla.viglasky@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ray DeLuke
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Chief Information Officer
|
|
|
|
ray.deluke@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Post Spin Hypercare Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Post Spin Hypercare support services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facility Shutdown Services Service Provider
will provide Service Receiver with Facility Shutdown
services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposition of network and computer assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disposition of furniture and miscellaneous
equipment; boxing of HR files, ITT logo, posters, etc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maintain working environment for remaining
employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control the activation and deactivation of
access cards |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Close all third party contracts with vendors,
such as food, vending machines, cable, printers,
cleaning, etc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program Shutdown Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with Program Shutdown services
that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Hypercare-01
|
|
Hypercare Support
Services
|
|
Crisis management for final cutover, to ensure
all projects go live on spin date
|
|
|
|
3*
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Command center support and ramp down |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to TPMO and IT-SS Connect sites through
ITT Co. Active Directory and VPN accounts for up to 20
people |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Support Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with financial support
services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Order (invoice payment) and Contract
management for suppliers assisting with separation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Miscellaneous Support Services Service Provider will
provide Service Receiver with supplemental and
miscellaneous project support services that include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Project management, strategy development,
infrastructure consulting, etc. Prioritization and
resource allocation for these services will be jointly
agreed to by CIOs. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All requests for support will be directed to and
coordinated through Cindy Hoots. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
TSA duration will end on 12/31/2011 regardless of actual spin-date. |
|
** |
|
Costs represent salary expense (no retention or severance) and additional facility charges for
the Hanover location. |
2
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Hanover, MD, USA to other USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Travel and expenses will be paid by the requesting organization. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
3
SCHEDULE AC8
FINANCIAL & SYSTEM
DOCUMENTATION REQUIREMENTS TO
SUPPORT DCAA AUDITS OF ITT HQ
AND ITT SHARED
SERVICES
(2006 2011)
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daryl Bowker
|
|
Director, ITT Shared
Services
|
|
|
|
Daryl.Bowker@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Feher
|
|
VP, ITT Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
William.Feher@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Daniel
|
|
ITT Exelis, Asst Controller
|
|
|
|
Joe.Daniel@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Quirk
|
|
ITT Exelis, Senior
Compliance Mgr
|
|
|
|
Mark.Quirk@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation
Service Receiver: Exelis Inc.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
As a government contractor, the Service Receiver has a requirement to support future DCAA
audits of open audit years 2006 through 2011. In order for Service Receiver to support DCAAs
future audits of ITT Corporations (including its Shared Service) Residual and Directly-Allocated
Incurred Costs, Service Receiver needs copies of ITT Corporations (including its Shared Service)
records, as defined by FAR 4.703
A-1
Service Receiver needs assistance from Service Provider to provide compliance services similar to
those provided to the Service Receiver during the four years prior to October 1, 2011, for 24
months (Minimum Term), but not longer than 36 months from the date hereof (Maximum Term.
In addition, to the other services provided above, Service Provider will provide office space for
three Service Receiver employees (SREEs) to its facilities at 1133 Westchester Avenue, White
Plains, NY (the Premises) for a minimum term of three months (the Minimum Occupancy Term) and a
maximum term of nine months (the Maximum Occupancy Term). Service Provider will attempt to
accommodate the Service Provider and the SREEs needs but the space provided at the Premises and the
miscellaneous services described below under 1133 Premises will not be similar to the space or
services provided to such employees prior to October 1, 2011.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The following services will be provided on a time and materials basis by Service Provider.
|
|
|
Related to the Service Provider Head Quarters (White Plains) records: |
|
|
|
The attached work plan (Schedule XX.xls) has been developed to ensure
all required records are copied prior to the separation of the Company. Continued
access to these records are required after the split. |
|
|
|
|
Access to the above identified Service Provider (White Plains NY)
records is to enable Service Receiver personnel to retrieve, copy, and scan these
records (2006 through 2011) to support future DCAA/DCMA audits. |
|
|
|
|
In addition, the Service Provider agrees to provide supporting
documentation in cases where the aforementioned work plan did not meet the needs of
future DCAA/DCMA audit scope (i.e. DCAA asks for a consulting agreement or journal
entry support that was not part of the scope the Service Receiver Data Retention
Work Plan). See attached worksheet called DCAA Audit Records Work Plan. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider agrees to retain, to the maximum extent possible,
the contracts/consultant agreements that have been booked to the ITTHQ Incurred
Cost General Ledger for the open audit years 2006 through 2011, as these documents
as part of the DCAA audit universe. |
|
|
|
|
The SREEs require a copier/scanner in order that the records can be
copied and scanned. The ability to electronically scan records to an ITTCo archive
location will also be required. |
|
|
|
Related to the ITT Shared Services data and records, the following has been agreed upon: |
|
1. |
|
Service Provider (ITT Shared Services which includes ITT Transportation and
Distribution Services (TDS), ITT Financial Shared Services (FRC), ITT Enterprise
Infrastructure (EI), and ITT Global Strategic Sourcing (GSS)) to provide the
following system-generated General Ledgers in PDF format to Service Receiver, within 36
months after the Distribution Date: |
|
|
|
Company 20 (TDS) GL Summary by Account CYs 2006 2011 |
|
|
|
|
Company 30 (FRC) GL Summary by Account CYs 2006 2011 |
|
|
|
|
Company 50 (EI) GL Summary by Account CYs 2006 2011 |
|
|
|
|
Company 40 (GSS) GL Summary by Account CYs 2006-2011 (where applicable). |
|
|
|
The Service Provider and Service Receiver will work together to investigate the
commercial feasibility of replicating and licensing an instance of PRMS to enable
Service Receiver to obtain a soft copy of the General Ledgers by Account for the Shared
Service Companies noted in 1 above (Companies 20. 30 50, and 40). All costs, including
but not limited to, third party costs, costs for licensing, costs for pruning the data
of IP & WTG data which also resides in the shared files, and costs incurred by the
Provider for this effort shall be born 100% by the Service Receiver. |
|
|
2. |
|
The Service Provider (ITT Shared Services) will provide the mapping and
supporting documentation to the Service Receiver, as described in this Schedule for CYs
2008 through 2011. |
|
|
3. |
|
Service Provider (ITT Shared Services) will provide Data Custodian Audit
Support (supporting the DCAA audit without mapping and copying the supporting
documentation for all applicable costs) for CYs 2006 2007. Service Provider will
provide supporting documentation on a DCAA audit as required basis for CYs 2006
2007. |
|
|
4. |
|
The Service Provider will provide the Service Receiver Knowledge Transfer as
it relates to research, retrieval, explanation, and replication of the items listed in
Section #s 6 through # 8 below for CYs 2008 through 2011. The Service Provider will
use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer the knowledge held by its employees as
it relates to research, retrieval, explanation and replication of the items listed in
Sections 6 through 8 below for calendar years 2008 through 2011. The knowledge
transfer shall take place through multiple meetings at the Service Providers location
at mutually convenient times over the term of this Schedule. |
|
|
5. |
|
The following items related to the Shared Service GLs listed above will be
delivered in hardcopy or scanned format to Service Provider, within 36 months after the
Distribution Date: |
|
a. |
|
Company 20/30/40/50 Intercompany Statements for each year CY
2008 2011 for allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense Business Units. |
|
|
b. |
|
Allocations process mapping, which includes the budgeted
allocations, interim preliminary true up allocations, Final Year-end true ups,
and adjustments throughout the year. |
|
c. |
|
Both Parties will work together to jointly determine the items
that make up the significant portion of the allocation (which shall not be less
than 80% of the actual annual cost) in order that those items be copied/scanned
and provided to the Service Receiver. This effort will be a Best Efforts Level
of Effort, which means the Service Provider would be empowered to hire
additional employees or temporary workers and contract for significant overtime
to accomplish the effort and all such costs would be born 100% by the Service
Receiver, but in no case is the Service Provider required to focus so much
effort on this task that its business is disrupted. In addition, the Service
Provider will provide supporting documentation in cases where the
aforementioned work plan did not meet the needs of future DCAA/DCMA audit scope
(i.e. DCAA asks for a consulting agreement or journal entry support that was
not part of the scope the ITT Exelis Data Retention Work Plan). |
|
|
d. |
|
Supporting Journal Entries (JE) and JE Source data for the
Intercompany Statements listed in 6.a. above for those units that submit annual
incurred cost submissions to the US Government. |
|
i. |
|
This list of units is identified in the
attachment called List of Defense Units for DCAA TSA. |
|
e. |
|
Mapping of how the Annual GL amounts relate to the True-ups
performed and allocated to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense BUs. |
|
|
f. |
|
Related to the GL Summaries listed in 1 above, the Service
Provider will provide the following JEs and documentation that supports the
annual GLs for the respective Shared Service companies, the following is also
required to be provided by the Service Provider: |
|
i. |
|
Mapping and documenting the process of how
the JEs were booked into each GL. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Supporting JEs for each Cost Centers costs
that were allocated to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense BUs. This list
of Cost Centers is included in this TSA as an attachment called List
of Defense Units for DCAA TSA.xls in Section 6.d.i. above. |
|
6. |
|
Related to P2P and SAP invoices, for the years 2006-2011: |
|
a. |
|
Service Provider will provide electronic SAP P2P Annual Reports
of AP Detail by business unit to include such detail as SAP Document #, Invoice
#, Account, Vendor, Date, Amount, et al. |
|
|
b. |
|
Service Receiver will provide these SAP P2P reports, as needed,
for the units in the attachment called Defense-SAP.xls, which will not
include any additional units other than those supported in similar efforts in
the past. |
|
|
c. |
|
Service Receiver will develop at its own cost a process that
will enable Service Receiver to retrieve the PDF version of the Invoice that is
attributable to the specific SAP Document Number. These PDF invoices will be
electronically copied from the FRC P2P System and maintained on a Service
Receiver server for future use. |
|
d. |
|
Service Provider will retain the original invoices (prior to
scanning) for potential DCAA audits of the SAP P2P Imaging system and process
until such time that those open audit years are closed., as required by FAR
regulations. |
|
|
e. |
|
A report will be developed jointly by Service Receiver and
Service Provider to enable an audit trail linking the aforementioned SAP
Document Number to the Citibank ACH for proof of payment to the DCAA auditors. |
|
|
f. |
|
Service Provider will copy and provide Bank Statements to
Service Receiver for use as 3rd party proof of payment for the DCAA
auditors. |
|
7. |
|
Related to Program BEST: |
|
a. |
|
Service Provider will provide the basis of allocation of
Program BEST CY 2008 through 2010 actuals to the 4 Defense Value Centers. |
|
i. |
|
Service Provider will provide copies of GL
ledger details (and supporting JEs and source documentation) to
support the future DCAA audit of these Program BEST costs. |
|
b. |
|
Service Provider to provide details and support for the
disposition of Program BEST |
1133 Westchester Avenue Premises
In addition to the services provided above, Service Provider will provide office space for the SREEs at the
Premises. Access will include approximately 150 square feet of work space, 2 desks and access to the internet, and
phone (SREEs Space). Included within the rental rate will be electrical, housekeeping, and pantry, however, a
if a printer or scanner needs to be separately leased, Service Receiver will pay the extra charge. Mail and
reception service will not be provided.
The Service Provider will also provide office space for the Government auditors (DCAA) until such time the
Government auditors have completed their open audits. Access will include approximately 150 square feet of work
space, desks and access to the internet, phone, and a printer, as is currently provided to the Government auditors
(DCAAs Space), until such time that its ongoing audits are complete, tentatively scheduled audit completion date
is December 31, 2011. Such amounts will be billed to Service Receiver as set forth below.
General
|
|
|
Fixed assets on the books of the Service Provider as of the date of the Distribution Date will remain
the property of the Service Provider during and at the end of the term. |
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets on the books of the Service Receiver as of the Distribution Date will remain the
property of the Service Receiver during and at the end of the term. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver shall have the reasonable right to use, and Service Provider shall at all times have
exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the common areas including the pantry in the manner Service
Provider may reasonably determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
|
SREEs will be permitted in the common areas and the specific location assigned to them. They will be
provided with ID badges which they must wear at all times. |
Prohibitions
Service Receiver is prohibited from the following without the Service Providers consent:
|
|
|
Making any changes to the physical layout of the Premises or any capital improvements. |
|
|
|
|
Inviting or permitting any other employee or agent or guest of Service Recipient to enter the
Premises, other than employees who were former Service Provider employees.- Why would that make a difference?
I would think they could not bring any additional folks on site without express written approval from
Provider. Service Receiver assumes all responsibility for actions of its employees, agents and guests on the
Premises. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will not be allowed to access the ITT computer network, except where is has been
agreed that the Service Receiver will have a Guest ID in order to retrieve audit data/documents scanned to
secure archive folders on the ITTCo network. This will be accomplished through the Service Receiver
Employees having access to the aforementioned secure archive folder via an ITTCo laptop, setup for these
purposes only. The SREEs will also be allowed to access Service Receivers own computer network via wireless
or landline data connections on the Premises. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver has no right to sublease, assign or transfer their space, except upon a change of
control of Service Receiver in which case only former Service Provider employees will be permitted access to
the Premises. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees not to put up any external or internal signs during the term of the agreement. |
Service Receivers Responsibilities
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required to move
out of the Premises at the end of the term. If Service Receiver requires contractors to assist them in moving
out of the Premises, Service Receiver agrees to provide Service Provider with proof of adequate contractor
insurance coverage prior to contractor entering into the facility and to perform such moves at a mutually
agreeable time to the Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees to remove all of their personal property from the Premises at the end of the
term. Service Receiver must return rented space to pre move in condition, with the exception of the offices,
which should be left in an as is condition. |
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees to abide by all rules and regulations of the 1133 building set by the
landlord including but not limited to those included in the lease between the landlord of the Premises and
the Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees that all cabling that is used to attach Service Receivers PCs to the IT
infrastructure will remain the property of the Service Provider and will not be removed by the Service
Receiver at the end of the term. |
|
|
|
|
The SREEs will be required to show proper identification to enter the Premises as determined by the
Service Provider |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will enter into its own contract for phone service at the Premises and all costs
associated with this contract will be paid for by Service Receiver. |
Pricing for Space at the Premises
|
|
|
During 2011
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% per month for SREEs space |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% per month for DCAAs space |
|
|
|
From January 1, 2012 through the
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% per month for SREEs space |
Maximum Occupancy Term
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% per month for DCAAs space |
|
|
|
No early termination fee or make-whole fee will be due if the Service Receipient or the DCAA
determines to leave the Premises early. The aforementioned pricing does not include the cost of a
separate printer or scanner that may need to be separately leased. |
LOCATIONS
White Plains, NY
Seneca Falls, NY
Palm Coast, FL
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
BILLING
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its address set forth above.
The invoice provided must contain the following detail:
|
|
|
Direct hours billed by level |
|
|
|
|
T&M Billing rate |
|
|
|
|
Detail of other direct reimbursable charges |
|
|
|
|
Scope of work performed |
In addition, upon request, the Service Provider must provide supporting documentation for the invoiced costs and
rates in order to support a DCAA audit.
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will provide the same service level to the Service Receiver as they provide to their employer
and the same service level as provided during the 12 month period prior to the Distribution Date.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
Service Receiver shall notify Service Provider at least 90 days in advance of the Minimum Term
if it wants to extend or terminate this Schedule, other than for the Premises, but such extension
shall not be for longer than the Maximum Term. If notification is not received by the Service
Provider, the service will terminate at the end of the Minimum Term. Service Receiver shall notify
Service Provider at least 30 days in advance of the date it desires to vacate the Premises.
Service Receiver must vacate the Premises no later than the date of the Maximum Occupancy Term.
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses incurred by the Service Provider relating to the Services.
Total and Annual Total costs as set forth below do not include various hourly costs, which will
be assessed on an as-needed basis.
Shared Service Data Custodial Support for CYs 2006 though 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
One (1) Staff-level Individual T&M Rate
|
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
One (1) Management-level Individual T&M Rate
|
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
Shared Service Data Duplication: Support for CYs 2008 though 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
One (1) Staff-level Individual T&M Rate
|
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
One (1) Management-level Individual T&M Rate
|
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
DCAA Audit Records Work Plan
Financial & System Documentation Requirements to Support DCAA Audits of ITT HQ and ITT Shared Services (2006 2011)
Work Plan with Tasks/Activities and time phasing
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
1
|
|
Provide PMO (Gerstner) with1!st Draft of Work Plan
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
DEHQ
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
2
|
|
Send mass eMail to all affected parties, stating general
overview
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
ALL
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
3
|
|
Meet with FRC to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
4
|
|
Meet with FWSS (Acctg) to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Meet withFWSS (Payroll)to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Meet with FWSS (Travel)to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Meet with HQ Controllers to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
8
|
|
Meet withHQ Corp Responsibility to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
9
|
|
Meet with HQ Flight Ops Dept to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Meet with HQ Human Resources to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
11
|
|
Meet with Hq Internal Audit to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
12
|
|
Meet with HQ Legal Dept l to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
13
|
|
Meet with HQ Pension/Benefits Dept to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
14
|
|
Meet with HQ Tax Dept to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
15
|
|
Meet with HQ Treasury Dept to discuss scope
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
16
|
|
Initiate contract with Interns to copy in-house ITT
Records
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
18
|
|
Initiate contract with NOVA to copy Archived ITT Records
|
|
|
N/A |
|
|
GSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Download ITT HQ General Ledger (Company 600) (.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
25
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Summary Report (Company 600)(.PDF &
..txt formats)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
36
|
|
Download ITT HQ A&G Detail Report (Company 600)(.PDF & .txt
formats)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Copy ITT HQ Infinuim Voucher Registers (Hardcopy)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
Copy ITT HQ Infinuim Voucher Registers (Hardcopy)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Original Hardcopy Invoices/Checks to support ITTHQ Infinium
Voucher Registers (and .txt or .xls version, if available)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
Original Hardcopy Invoices/Checks to support ITTHQ Infinium
Voucher Registers (and .txt or .xls version, if available)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for ITTHQ (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for ITTHQ (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for ITTHQ (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for ITTHQ (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for ITTHQ (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
46
|
|
Original SAP Hardcopy and PDF Invoices for ITTHQ Co # 600
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
Original SAP Hardcopy and PDF Invoices for ITTHQ Co # 600
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
|
|
Original SAP Hardcopy and PDF Invoices for ITTHQ Co # 600
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
Original SAP Hardcopy and PDF Invoices for ITTHQ Co # 600
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Original SAP Hardcopy and PDF Invoices for ITTHQ Co # 600
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
ITT HQ Co 600 Voucher Reg Invoice Proof of Payment (check,
EFT, etc) in SAP system
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
ITT HQ Co 600 Voucher Reg Invoice Proof of Payment (check,
EFT, etc) in SAP system
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
ITT HQ Co 600 Voucher Reg Invoice Proof of Payment (check,
EFT, etc) in SAP system
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
ITT HQ Co 600 Voucher Reg Invoice Proof of Payment (check,
EFT, etc) in SAP system
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
ITT HQ Co 600 Voucher Reg Invoice Proof of Payment (check,
EFT, etc) in SAP system
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
56
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
All Journal Entries for ITTHQ General Ledger (Co # 600)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
All Supporting Source Documentss for the ITTHQ JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
69
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
ITT HQ Co # 600 INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(System-generated PDF & .xls formats)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
74
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for ITTHQ Intercompany
Statement of Account
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
80
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
82
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
83
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
All supporting Source Docs and DC Advices for the ITTHQ
I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Internal Audit Plans /Schedules (ALL)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
97
|
|
Internal Audit Reports, Including COSO
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
Internal Audit Generic WPs, including COSO
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
107
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
108
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
Internal Audit Completed WPs, including COSO for all
Defense, HQ, & FRC sites
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
110
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
Binders that support the COSO Audit Reports
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
Internal Audit Risk Assessments
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
122
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
126
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
127
|
|
Internal Audit Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
128
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
132
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Mgmt Testing Memos
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
138
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
139
|
|
internal Audit Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
142
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
Binders that support the IA Year-end Fraud Testing Memos
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
148
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
ITTHQ Generic SOX Templates
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
152
|
|
ITTHQ Code of Conduct 2006 (PDF version)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
Located in Finance-DEHQ\DCAA Audit Records Retention Requirements (06-11)\HQ Corporate Responsibility |
|
|
153
|
|
ITTHQ Code of Conduct 2009 (PDF version)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
Located in Finance-DEHQ\DCAA Audit Records Retention Requirements (06-11)\HQ Corporate Responsibility |
|
|
154
|
|
ITTHQ Code of Conduct 2011 (PDF version)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
155
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
159
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
160
|
|
A copy of the Annual Code of Conduct Training Material
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
164
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
Training Records to support that every ITT Employee has
taken the Code of Conduct Training each year.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
167
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
168
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172
|
|
Evidence of CCRB Meetings (i.e. Agenda & Signed Roster of
Attendees)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
173
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
176
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
178
|
|
All Quarterly E&C Metrics Reports (Raven/Longo)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
179
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
|
Evidence of Hotline Posters & Ombudsman Info, and
EthicsPoiint Mechanisms (i.e. Policy, Memo, & actual
posters)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
185
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
186
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
189
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
190
|
|
E&C Policies & Procedures/ Thud Book
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
194
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Listing of All ITT Board of Directors and their affiliations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
197
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
201
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
202
|
|
ITT Board of Director Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
203
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
204
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
205
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
206
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
207
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208
|
|
ITT Board of Director Audit Committee Minutes (See Comments)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
209
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
210
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
213
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
ITT Year-end Financial Report, including 10K & Proxy (4
copies)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
Y
|
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
220
|
|
Federal Income Tax Returns (2 copies)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
221
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
222
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
223
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
225
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
226
|
|
IRS Form 8109 (Federal Tax Deposit Coupon), Electronic
Federal Tax Payment System (EFTPS), or other information to
support ITTs timely payment of payroll taxes.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
227
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
228
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
229
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
230
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
232
|
|
ITT Contract with Deloitte & Touche (External Auditors)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
233
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
234
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
236
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
238
|
|
ITT Contract with Ernst & Young (Internal Auditors)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Internal Audit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
239
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
243
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
244
|
|
Organization Charts for ALL ITTHQ Departments
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
245
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
247
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
248
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
250
|
|
Listing of All IITT HQ Employees by Department
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
251
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
252
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
254
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
255
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
256
|
|
Floor/Office Layout of ITTHQ Office
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
ITT Lease for 4 Red Oak Lane, White Plains NY
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
258
|
|
ITT Lease for 1133 Wesrchester Ave, White Plains NY
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
259
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
261
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
262
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
264
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All ITTHQ Executives (19 & above)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
265
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
266
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
267
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
268
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
270
|
|
ITT HQ W-2s fpr All Remaining ITTHQ Employees (18 & below)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
271
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
274
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
275
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
ITTHQ Co 600 Payroll Register (System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
278
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
279
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
280
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
281
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
282
|
|
ITT Executive Compensation Surveys, Bencharking, Analyses
performed by ITT, and any other data used to justify
the reasonableness of Executive Compensation (L. Thumen)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
284
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
285
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
286
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
287
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
ITTHQ Corporate Policies & Procedures (ALL)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Corp Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
289
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
290
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
291
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
SAS 70 Reports & Contract/Agreements for all 3rd Party
Service Providers that ITTHQ uses.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
296
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
297
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
298
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
299
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
300
|
|
HFM Data Suppiort for 3 Factor Formala Calculations
(System-generated PDF format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
306
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for ALL ITTHQ Employess
(Non-Execs)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
307
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
308
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
309
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
310
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Bonus Agreements/Approvals for All ITT Executives (HQ, SS,
DEF)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
313
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
316
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
317
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
318
|
|
TSR Statements for ALL ITT HQ, SS, & DEFENSE Employees
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
319
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
320
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
321
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
322
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
323
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
LTIP Calculations (M Hahn) w/supporting source documentation
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
325
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
326
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
327
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
328
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
329
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
330
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Service Recognition
Awards (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
331
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
332
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
333
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
335
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
336
|
|
Approvals/Supporting Docs for ALL ITTHQ Tuition
Reimburesments (To support expense booked in Co 600 A&G)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
337
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
600
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
338
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
601
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
339
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
602
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
603
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
604
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
342
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software Acquisiitions at ITTHQ Co #
605
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
345
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
346
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
347
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Capital Expebdiures/Acquisiitions at
ITT HQ Co 600 Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
350
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
351
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
353
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354
|
|
Fixed Assets Register for all ITT HQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
357
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
359
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360
|
|
Depreciation Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 601
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
363
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 602
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
364
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 603
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
365
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 604
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers at ITTHQ Co 605
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
368
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
369
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
371
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
372
|
|
Leasehold Improvememt Register for all ITT HQ Co 600
Leasehold Imps
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
373
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
374
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
375
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
376
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
Amortization Basis for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Leasehold Improvs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
380
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
382
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
384
|
|
Invoices for All Leasehold Improvs at ITTHQ Co 600
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
385
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
386
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
387
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all Acct 451/455 Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
391
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
392
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
393
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
394
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
396
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Temporary Help & Temp Agencies
(Acct 738)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
397
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
399
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
400
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
402
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Employment Agencies, Search
Agencies, and Executive Searches (i.e. Acct 741), for ALL
employment searches
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
403
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
405
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
406
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
408
|
|
Relocation Expense Supprting Docs (Acct 744)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
409
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
412
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
413
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
414
|
|
Contracts/Agreements for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
419
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
420
|
|
Supporting Docs for ALL ITT BOARD OF DIRECTORS FEES (Acct
750)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Legal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
422
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
423
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
424
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
425
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
G/L Support for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severance Expense
(System-generated PDF and xls format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Payroll
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
428
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
429
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
430
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
432
|
|
Termination Agreements for ALL ITTHQ Co 600 Severed
Employees
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Human Resources
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
434
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
435
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
436
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
437
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
438
|
|
Concur Reports for ALL EXPENSES that are charged through
Concur at ITTHQ (System-generated?) See Comments)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
440
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
441
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
442
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
443
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444
|
|
Supporting Docs/Receipts fo ALL EXPENSES that are charged
through Concur at ITTHQ
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Travel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
446
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
447
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
448
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
450
|
|
ALL Consultant Agreements/Contracts at ITTHQ Co 600 (Acct
734 & 735)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Mulitple HQ Depts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
451
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
452
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
453
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
456
|
|
Pension Buck Reports
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
457
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
458
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
459
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
460
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
461
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
Supporting Data that ITTHQ sent to Buck for the actualials
to calculate CAS Complaint Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
464
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
IRS Form 5500
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
469
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
470
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
471
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
472
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
473
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
474
|
|
Trustee Report (Northern Master Trust?) and explanations
for any significant withdrawals of pension assets. Need to
ensure that Government contributed pension assets are
protected.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
475
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
476
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
478
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
479
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
480
|
|
Calculations of Post-Retirement Benefits (PRB) Allocation
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
481
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
482
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
483
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
485
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
486
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of PRBs Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS emails? |
|
487
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
488
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
489
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
490
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
492
|
|
Support for the Medical & Dental Cost (i.e. Statements
from the Trust and Proof of ITT Payment to fund the trust,,
etc)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
494
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
495
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
496
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
497
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
498
|
|
Listing of Participants in the PRBs to support PRB
eligibility
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
499
|
|
Acturial Reports for EDO Frozen Pension Costs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
500
|
|
Acturial Reports for EDO Frozen Pension Costs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
501
|
|
Acturial Reports for EDO Frozen Pension Costs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
502
|
|
Acturial Reports for EDO Frozen Pension Costs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
503
|
|
Acturial Reports for EDO Frozen Pension Costs
|
|
|
2012 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
504
|
|
Supporting Data that ITT sent to Actuariials to calculate
CAS Complaint EDO Frozen Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
505
|
|
Supporting Data that ITT sent to Actuariials to calculate
CAS Complaint EDO Frozen Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
506
|
|
Supporting Data that ITT sent to Actuariials to calculate
CAS Complaint EDO Frozen Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
507
|
|
Supporting Data that ITT sent to Actuariials to calculate
CAS Complaint EDO Frozen Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
508
|
|
Supporting Data that ITT sent to Actuariials to calculate
CAS Complaint EDO Frozen Pension Expenses & Contributions
|
|
|
2012 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
509
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
510
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
511
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
512
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
513
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
514
|
|
Agreements with Empire for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
515
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
516
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
517
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
518
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
521
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
523
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
524
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
526
|
|
Calculations of Healthcare Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
527
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
528
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
529
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
531
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
532
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of IHealthcare Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
533
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
534
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
535
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
536
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
538
|
|
Support for the Healthcare Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
539
|
|
Dependant Eligilbility Healthcare 3rd Party Audit and
Results
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
540
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
541
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
544
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
545
|
|
Agreements with Met Life for the Administrtion of ITT
Healthcare Costs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
546
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
547
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
548
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
550
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
551
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Allocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
554
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
555
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
556
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
557
|
|
Calculations of Met Life Rates (ii.e. EE, EE +1, EE
+Family) for all types of H/C types
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
559
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
560
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
561
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
562
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
563
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of MetLife Dental Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
564
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
565
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
566
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
567
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
568
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
569
|
|
Support for the Met Life Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570
|
|
Dependant Eligilbility Dental 3rd Party Audit and Results
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
572
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
573
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
574
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
575
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
576
|
|
ISP/401k Allocation Worksheets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
577
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
578
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
579
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
580
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
581
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
582
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of ISP/401k Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
583
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
584
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
585
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
587
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
588
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k Partipants by BU.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
589
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
590
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
591
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
592
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
593
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
594
|
|
Support for the ISP/401k ITT Matching Payments (proof of
payment)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
595
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
596
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
599
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
3rd Party Provider agreements/contracts related to the
Administration of ITT ISP/401k costs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Pension Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
601
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
602
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
603
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
604
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
605
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
606
|
|
Copy of the Recurring Jourmal Entry Binders (S. Agustin)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
607
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
608
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
609
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
610
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
611
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
612
|
|
Excel Spreadshhet that supports the Recurring Jourmal Entry
Binders (C. Lupincci)), including Y/E Trueups
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
613
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
614
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
615
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
616
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
617
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
618
|
|
Executive Forum. HR Conference, Geneen Award, et al
Charge-outs to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense BUs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
619
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
621
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
622
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
623
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the respectiuve
traning expenses incurred and allocated to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
626
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
627
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
629
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each Recurring JE Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
631
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
Y |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
632
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
633
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
635
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
636
|
|
Clayton Young Spreadsheets detailing the calculatioan and
alloction of the BIG 5 INSURANCE CATEGORIES (WAG/DBA,,
Aircraft Products Lability, Property, Umbrella,
Fiduciary/Other)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
637
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
638
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
639
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
641
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
642
|
|
Allocation Basis and Experience Support for each element of
the Big 5 Insurance Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, & Defense
VCs & BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
643
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
645
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
646
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
648
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Insurance Policies
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
650
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
651
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
652
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
654
|
|
Copies of Big 5 Broker Agreements
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
655
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
656
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
657
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
659
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
660
|
|
ITT HQ General Ledger Print-outs of the Insurance Charges
(Big 5) and allocations to Def BUs (System-generated)
(Fullan)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
661
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
662
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
663
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
664
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
665
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
666
|
|
JEs and Support for all Big 5 Insrance Charges on the GL
and allocations to Defense
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
668
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
670
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
671
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
Documentation that shows that the Big 5 Insurance Polcies
that ITT chose was a sound busniess decision (i.e. was it
competed, analyses performed, etc)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Treasury
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
673
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
677
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
681
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
682
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
683
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
684
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of FICA/FUTA/SUI Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
685
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
686
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
687
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
688
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
689
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
FICA/FUTA/SUI tax returns that support the expense
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
691
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
692
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
693
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
695
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
696
|
|
Supporting Source Doumentation that supports the
FICA/FUTA/SUI Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
697
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
698
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
699
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
701
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective FICA?FUTA/SUI
Tax expense
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
703
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
704
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
705
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
706
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
708
|
|
State Income & Franchise TaxI Allocations to ITTHQ, DEHQ,
and Defense BUs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
709
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
711
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
712
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
713
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
714
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the
Calculations of State Income & Franchine Tax Alllocations
to HQ, DEHQ, Defense BUs.
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
715
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
717
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
718
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
719
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
720
|
|
State Income & Franchise tax returns that support the
expense, with Supporting Source Doumentation that supports
the respective State Income & Franchise Tax Retruns
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
721
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
723
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
724
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
726
|
|
Proof of Payment to support the respective State Income &
Franchise Tax expense
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
727
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
728
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
730
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
731
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
732
|
|
Environmental Database that supports the Enviromental
Chargeouts to Defense BUs, including actual invoices, proof
of payment, and any documentation that describes the
requirement that this remediaiton is necessary
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Controllers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
733
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
734
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
736
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
737
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
738
|
|
Flight Logs 2 Corporare Jets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
739
|
|
Lease Agreements for each Corporate Jet (assumption same
jets since 2006), with lease amirization schedule &
justification
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
740
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
741
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
742
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
743
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
744
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
Supporting Source Documents for Major CC 85100 (Aviation)
expense accts (>$50k)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
746
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet ( )
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
747
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet ( )
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
748
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet (K Donnelly)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
749
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet (K Donnelly)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
750
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet (K Donnelly)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
751
|
|
Source Data related to # of miles flown by each Corporate
Jet (K Donnelly)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
HQ Flight Ops Dept
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
752
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
753
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
754
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
755
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
756
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
757
|
|
Fort Wayne Shared Service (FWSS) General Ledgers for all
costs incurred by Cost Center/Department (System-generated
PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
758
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
759
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
761
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
763
|
|
All Journal Entries for FWSS Location Operations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
764
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
765
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
766
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
767
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
768
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
769
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FWSS JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
770
|
|
FWSS Infinuim Voucher Registers (CY 2006-2007?)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
FWSS Infinuim Voucher Registers (CY 2006-2007?)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
772
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FWSS (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
773
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FWSS (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FWSS (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FWSS (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
776
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FWSS (CY
2007 -2011?)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
777
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
778
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
779
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
780
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
781
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
FWSS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof of
Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
783
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
784
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
785
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
787
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
788
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
789
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
791
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
792
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
793
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
794
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
796
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
797
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
798
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
800
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FWSS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
801
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
802
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
803
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
804
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
805
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
806
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FWSS Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
807
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
808
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
809
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
810
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
811
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
812
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
813
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
815
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
816
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
817
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
818
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
820
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
821
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
822
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
823
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
824
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FWSS Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
826
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
827
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
828
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
829
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
830
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
831
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
832
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
833
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
834
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
835
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
836
|
|
FWSS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ and
ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
837
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
838
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
839
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
840
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
841
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FWSS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FWSS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
843
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
844
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
845
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
846
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
847
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FWSS allocations and True-ups to
ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including the
following FWSS allocations:
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS AP Allocation, Concur Travel User Fees, Defense Apps,
Enterprise Apps, Payroll Alloc, 401(k) Hourly, ISP
Salaried, ISP Salaried Excess, Metlife (STD & LIFE)
Salaried, FICA/FMHI, FUTA, SUI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
849
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
850
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
851
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
852
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
853
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
854
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FWSS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ, Defense
BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active Directory
Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FWSS Acctg
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
855
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
856
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
857
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
858
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
859
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
860
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Service (FRC/EI/TDS) General Ledgers
for all costs incurred by Cost Center/Department
(System-generated PDF & xls format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
861
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
862
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
863
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
864
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
865
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
866
|
|
All Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Location Operations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
867
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
868
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
869
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
870
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
871
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
872
|
|
All Supporting Docs for the FRC/EI/TDS JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
873
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
874
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
876
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
877
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
878
|
|
SAP P2P Voucher Register Invoice Listings for FRC/EI/TDS
(CY 2006 -2011?)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
879
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
880
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
882
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
883
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
884
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS SAP & Infinium Hardcopy Invoices & Invoice Proof
of Payment (check, EFT, etc)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
885
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
886
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
887
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
888
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
889
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
890
|
|
Agreements/Contracts with Consultants, 3rd Part Service
Providers, S/W & H/W Contracts, etc
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
891
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
892
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
893
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
895
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
896
|
|
PARs/Approvals for ALL Software/Hardware Acquisiitions amd
ALL Capital Expenditures/Acquisitions at All FRC/EI/TDS
Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
897
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
898
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
899
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
900
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
901
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
902
|
|
Fixed Assets & Lease Register (incl Amortization sched),
including any Leasehold Improvements, for all FRC/EI/TDS
Locations Fixed Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
903
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
904
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
905
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
906
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
907
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
908
|
|
Depreciation Schedule and Basis for All FRC/EI/TDS Fixed
Assets
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
909
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
910
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
911
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
912
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
913
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
914
|
|
Invoices for All Fixed Assers & Leasehold Improvements at
All FW Shared Service Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
916
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
917
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
919
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
920
|
|
Rental Agreements that support all FW Shared Service Rental
Expenses
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
921
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
922
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
923
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
924
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
925
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
926
|
|
Payroll Registers for All FRC/EI/TDS Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
927
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
928
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
929
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
931
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
932
|
|
Concur Reports (with receiipts) related to all FW Shared
Service Locations
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
933
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
934
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
935
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
936
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
937
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
938
|
|
FRC/EI/TDS INTERCOMPANY STATEMENT OFF ACCOUNT -to ITTHQ
and ALL Defense Sites(Group, VCs, BUs), Entire Year
(Syste,-generated PDF & XLS format)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
939
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
941
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
942
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
944
|
|
All Supporting Journal Entries for FRC/EI/TDS Intercompany
Statement of Account, including ALL supporting Source Docs
and DC Advices for the FRC/EI/TDS I/C Statement JEs
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
945
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
946
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
947
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
948
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
949
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
950
|
|
Supporting Allocation Calculations (with references to
JEs/DCs by month) to all FRC/EI/TDS allocations and
True-ups to ITTHQ, DEHQ, and the Defense VCs/BUs, including
the following FRC/EI/TDS allocations:
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Freight, Corp Incentives (net any expense for entire TDS),
Household Goods, TAPS/Telecom, Travel, EbuyITT,
Collections, Credit, Cash Applications, Treasury Svces
(Cash Mgmt), Acct Payable (P2P Fees), AP Special Projects,
Mgmt Reporting, Unclaimed Prop, Sales & Use Tax, Data
Center Midwest, Wintell (Midwest), Network Mgmt, Svc Center
(Help Desk/Remedy System, Ent Sys/Svcs (email/MS), GSS,
Network VPN, Global Directory Svcs, Voice Telecom,
Collaborative System, InfoSec (EI & GIS Portion) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
951
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2006 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
952
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2007 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
953
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2008 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
954
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
955
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
956
|
|
Supporting Source Docs for each element of the Basis of
Allocation for each FRC/EI/TDS Alllocation to HQ, DEHQ,
Defense BUs listed above (i.e. System-generated Active
Directory Listing, et al)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
Seneca Falls Shared Services (FRC/EI/TDS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
957
|
|
Program BEST (GL, Approved PARs, Consultants
Contracts/Agreements, SAP Agreements/Contracts/Invoices,
Due Dilligence Reports, AP Docs, Travel Docs, Org Chart,
Time Keeping Records, et al)
|
|
|
2009 |
|
|
FRC (Prog Best)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
958
|
|
Program BEST (GL, Approved PARs, Consultants
Contracts/Agreements, SAP Agreements/Contracts/Invoices,
Due Dilligence Reports, AP Docs, Travel Docs, Org Chart,
Time Keeping Records, et al)
|
|
|
2010 |
|
|
FRC (Prog Best)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year, if |
|
Dept |
|
|
|
Complete |
|
|
# |
|
Description |
|
applicable |
|
Affected |
|
|
|
(Y/N) |
|
Comments |
959
|
|
Program BEST (GL, Approved PARs, Consultants
Contracts/Agreements, SAP Agreements/Contracts/Invoices,
Due Dilligence Reports, AP Docs, Travel Docs, Org Chart,
Time Keeping Records, et al)
|
|
|
2011 |
|
|
FRC (Prog Best)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Tasks/Activities
|
|
|
|
|
Count of |
|
|
Tasks/Acti |
Department Affected |
|
vities |
ALL |
|
1 |
DEHQ |
|
1 |
FWSS Acctg |
|
104 |
FWSS Payroll |
|
25 |
FWSS Travel |
|
13 |
GSS |
|
1 |
HQ Controllers |
|
208 |
HQ Corp Responsibility |
|
46 |
HQ Flight Ops Dept |
|
20 |
HQ Human Resources |
|
68 |
HQ Internal Audit |
|
73 |
HQ Legal |
|
31 |
HQ Pension Dept |
|
151 |
HQ Tax |
|
67 |
HQ Treasury |
|
31 |
Mulitple HQ Depts |
|
12 |
Seneca Falls Shared Serv |
|
104 |
FRC (Prog Best) |
|
3 |
Grand Total |
|
959 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Count of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tasks/Acti |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Department Affected |
|
vities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Column |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Count of Dept Affected |
|
Labels |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Seneca |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Falls |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shared |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ |
|
|
HQ |
|
|
HQ |
|
|
Hum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Con |
|
|
Corp |
|
|
Flight |
|
|
an |
|
|
HQ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pens |
|
|
|
|
|
|
HQ |
|
|
Mulitpl |
|
|
s |
|
|
FRC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
FWSS |
|
|
Payro |
|
|
FWSS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
troll |
|
|
Respon |
|
|
Ops |
|
|
Reso |
|
|
Internal |
|
|
HQ |
|
|
ion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Treasu |
|
|
e HQ |
|
|
(FRC/EI |
|
|
(Prog |
|
|
Grand |
|
Row Labels |
|
Acctg |
|
|
ll |
|
|
Travel |
|
|
GSS |
|
|
ers |
|
|
sibility |
|
|
Dept |
|
|
urces |
|
|
Audit |
|
|
Legal |
|
|
Dept |
|
|
HQ Tax |
|
|
ry |
|
|
Depts |
|
|
/TDS) |
|
|
Best) |
|
|
Total |
|
A Davidson |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
40 |
|
B Fealing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
B Williams |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
C Chan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
C Clark |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
C Whisler |
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 |
|
C Young |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
31 |
|
C
Young/?J Brown |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Chan/Brown |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Complete |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
D Chandler |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
D Faron |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
J Browm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
116 |
|
K Donnelly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
L Parker |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19 |
|
L Thuman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43 |
|
M Barlow |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
M Hahn |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
M Markle |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
M. Quirk |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
P Stellato |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
73 |
|
S Cooperman |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
S Marshall |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
S Nixon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
104 |
|
S. Marshall |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147 |
|
T McDaniel |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
V Carey |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
Grand Total |
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
208 |
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
68 |
|
|
|
73 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
151 |
|
|
|
67 |
|
|
|
31 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
104 |
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
|
959 |
|
|
List of Defense Units for DCAA TSA
Cost Centers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FRC co. 30 |
|
|
|
|
|
TDS co. 20 |
300216
|
|
Collections
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
Freight |
300217
|
|
Credit
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
Corporate
Incentives net
Expenses for entire
TDS |
300215
|
|
Cash Application
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
Household Goods |
300220
|
|
Corporate Services
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
Taps/Telecom |
300230
|
|
Operations Management
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
Travel |
300222
|
|
Treasury Services (Cash Management)
|
|
|
200101 |
|
|
EbuyIT |
300226
|
|
Accounts Payable (P2P Service Fees) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
300512
|
|
AP Special Projects |
|
|
|
|
|
|
300225
|
|
Management Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
300235
|
|
Unclaimed Property |
|
|
|
|
|
|
300214
|
|
Sales and Use tax Compliance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EI - co. 50 |
|
GSS - co. 40 |
CC 500201
|
|
Data Center East
|
|
400201 GSS Leadership |
CC 500202
|
|
Wintel Hosting East
|
|
400301 GSS Americas |
CC 500203
|
|
Data Center Midwest
|
|
400302 GSS Brazil |
CC 500204
|
|
Wintel Hosting Midwest
|
|
400305 GSS China |
CC501251
|
|
Voice Comm
|
|
400306 GSS Poland |
CC 501201
|
|
Network Americas
|
|
400307 GSS India |
CC 501211
|
|
Network EMEA
|
|
400308 GSS Italy |
CC 501221
|
|
Network ASPAC
|
|
400401 GSS indirect |
CC501261
|
|
Directory Services
|
|
400407 GSS Buying Channel
Support |
CC 502241
|
|
Enterprise Systems
|
|
400409 GSS Global Logistics |
CC 503201
|
|
Global Help Desk
|
|
400413 GSS Supplier Quality |
CC 501231
|
|
Enterprise Infrastructure |
|
|
CC 83000
|
|
Global Info. Services |
|
|
CC 83400
|
|
Connect |
|
|
Defense -SAP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Defense vs. |
|
|
|
|
Co # |
|
Commercial |
|
New Company |
|
|
1005
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
CS |
1009
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
Defense Custodials |
1010
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
ES EWS |
1101
|
|
CM
|
|
Defense
|
|
GIS |
1160
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
AES |
1165
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
ES/RDR Gil |
1170
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
Defense HQ |
1185
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
SSD Old |
1186
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
SSD |
1190
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
CIS |
1191
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
Systems HQ |
1195
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
SSI |
1198
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
Systems FSIC |
1199
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
CIS_CS |
1200
|
|
DEF
|
|
Defense
|
|
CNS |
|
|
|
|
|
Co # |
|
ITT HQ & FSS |
|
New Company |
1003
|
|
FSS
|
|
ITT |
1001
|
|
ITT HQ
|
|
ITT |
SCHEDULE AC9
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service
Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
Daryl Bowker
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
Office:
|
|
Daryl.bowker@ittcorp.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc.
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
Office:
|
|
Joe.daniel@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Corporation
Service Receiver: Exelis Inc.
TERM AND OPTION
The Term shall be 18 months commencing on the Distribution Date. There shall be no
Minimum Service Period.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services, including specifically the services listed
in Annex A, upon reasonable notice and request from the Service Receiver on a time and materials
basis from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013 (the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers
acknowledge and agree that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the
Experts and the Experts have the ability to terminate their employment with
Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer
2
employed by Service
Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver, use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if
Service Receivers or an affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific
service requested under this Schedule can be terminated by the Service
Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days notice
to the Service Receiver.
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the
Service Receiver shall pay such tax along with the payment for the service
provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its
address set forth below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where
services are provided outside of the United States, in which case invoices will
be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the country where the
services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal
entity that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency.
The bill will cover all charges for services under this Schedule from Service
Provider and, to the extent reasonably feasible, will be itemized among
Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service Receiver when
requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each
Expert worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar
amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other
proper method such as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service
Provider agrees that the time sheets will accompany the invoice that is sent to
the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the requested services are
expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will be
allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred
to date.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedule
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
ITT Corporation
240 Fall Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Attention: Daryl R. Bowker
3
Notices and bills to the Service Receiver should be sent to:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below include a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and
shall be applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial.
|
|
$50 per hour |
|
|
|
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive
|
|
$100 per hour |
|
|
|
Hourly Rate for an Executive
|
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates
should be converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is
prepared. |
The pricing for the services described in Annex A will be as set forth in Annex A.
4
Annex A
Service Provider (ITT) will provide Service Receiver (Defense) with the services of
during the period from the Distribution Date through December 31, 2011. Defense
will pay ITT Cost plus 2% - 10% per month for Mr. services and expect that Mr. will
dedicate 50% of his time to the needs of the Service Receiver. Defense will continue to
provide Mr. with his current office and access to a phone, though his computer
connectivity will be terminated. Mr. will have access to the common areas in Fort
Wayne and to his office and well as other areas if invited by Defense personnel. Defense
will not charge ITT for space rental. In the event Mr. can no longer or chooses not to provide
services, this Exhibit A and the services of Mr. will be terminated and Mr. will
no longer have access to the Fort Wayne facility. No make-whole fee will be paid under this
Ennex A.
Mr. will provide the following services:
Serve as a confidant/advisor and provide guidance and assistance to the ITT Exelis labor
relations and human resources staff on the delivery of a broad range of proactive human
resources and labor relations activities and initiatives. Specifically:
Provides assistance with HR functional strategic/operations planning
Draft and vet HR policies as requested
Conducting and or mentoring staff on training activities including conducting needs
assessments to identify training needs, formulates recommendations and executes training
program development as requested
Provide consulting support to ITT Exelis management on matters of policy development,
contract administration and negotiation, maintenance of union free operations, and
negotiation objectives development
Provide assistance with the development of timely and strategically aligned prep documents
and the development of bargaining proposals
5
SCHEDULE BA1
UK BENEFITS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service
Providers Contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barbara West
|
|
UK Benefits Manager
|
|
|
|
barbara.west@fluidtechnology.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service
Recipients Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Roger Wearn |
|
Shared Services Manager
|
|
|
|
Roger Wearn@itt.com
|
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: Water Process Ltd
Service Receiver: ITT Industries Limited
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Benefits for Service Receivers in England have been managed pre-spin by Service Provider based
in Basingstoke. Service Receivers need assistance from Barbara West and/or Linda Frawley
(collectively, the Experts) on a time and materials basis to provide services similar to those
provided to the Service Receiver or its affiliates during the 12 month period prior to October 1,
2011, including continuity of Benefits Administration, training and advice for 18 months (Minimum
Term), but not longer than 24 months from the date hereof (Maximum Term).
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The following services will be provided on a time and materials basis by the Experts.
|
|
Launch Flexible Benefits Package for Service Receivers United Kingdom locations
including administration, communications, etc. |
|
|
|
Assistance in establishing Service Receivers policy for enrollment in Private Medical |
|
|
|
Assistance with administering the share incentive plan for the Service Receiver. |
|
|
|
Assistance with the administration and preparation for cessation of Service Receivers
Defined Benefit Plan (General Pension Plan) and movement to a Defined Contribution Plan
(ITT Retirement Savings Plan). |
|
|
|
Provide guidance in negotiating premiums with various Benefit Brokers to include
interfacing with appropriate Benefits Vendors on behalf of Service Receiver, but not
executing agreements on Service Receivers behalf. |
|
|
|
Facilitate the transition of the Benefits Vendor relationship to designated Service
Receivers HR Benefits Manager |
|
|
|
Facilitate the transition of the daily benefit activities to the HR staff of Service
Receiver in the United Kingdom |
|
|
|
Provide guidance on applicable British Laws versus Benefits provided, but not legal
advice. |
|
|
|
All communications initially prepared by the Experts to Service Receivers employees
will be reviewed by the Service Receivers Sr. Manager of Benefits and Service Receivers
Vice President, Human Resources, or such other person as may be designated by Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
The Experts will provide employees designated by the Service Receiver with monthly
status reports. The Experts will work under a schedule mutually agreed to prior to October
1, 2011 which will average approximately four (4) hours per week during the first three (3)
to six (6) months and then two (2) to four (4) hours thereafter. The Experts will utilize
their current office and equipment at Service Provider, Basingstoke, England, unless
Service Provider moves such employees, at its discretion. |
|
|
|
Such other services as the Experts have provided to ITT Corporations commercial
business during the twelve (12) month period prior to October 1, 2011 and requested by
Service Receiver, which shall not include legal or tax advice or the execution of any
documentation for any governmental authority. |
LOCATIONS
United Kingdom
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receiver acknowledges and agrees
that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the Experts and the Experts have the ability to
terminate their employment with Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed
by Service Provider, Service Providers then current benefit manager will, at the request of the
Service Receiver, provide similar services at an agreed to hourly rate, based on such benefit
managers all in cost to the Service Provider (total compensation plus allocated overhead).
However, if Service Receiver or an affiliate employs any of the Experts, this Schedule can be
terminated by the Service Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days
notice to the Service Receiver. In the event the Experts are no longer employed by Service
Provider or no longer capable of providing services due to disability, and the Experts are not
replaced by another benefits leader, this Schedule shall terminate with no further obligations of
either party.
The Service Receivers human resources department shall cooperate with the Experts as the Experts
provide service under this Schedule.
TAX STATUS
VAT will be charged as determined by the Service Provider
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide ITT Industries Limited with an invoice to its address set
forth below. The bill will cover all charges for services under this Schedule from Service
Provider to Service Receiver and, to the extent reasonably feasible. The invoice will contain the
number of hours each Expert worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the British Pound
amount per Expert.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
Service Receiver shall notify Service Provider at least 90 days in advance of the Minimum Term
if it wants to extend or terminate this Schedule, but such extension shall not be for longer than
the Maximum Term. If notification is not received by the Service Provider, the service will
terminate at the end of the Minimum Term. There shall be no make-whole fee in the event of an
early termination under this Schedule.
Notices to the Service Provider should be sent to
Water Process Ltd, Jays Close,
Viables Estate, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4BA
Attention: Barbara West
Notices to the Service Receiver should be sent to
ITT Industries Limited
Jays Close, Viables Estate,
Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4BA
Attention: Roger Wearn
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services.
The hourly rates below include a 4.5% increase each year for inflation and a 2% increase for a
profit margin. In the event the service continues past the Minimum Term, the rate will increase by
8%
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate |
Hourly Rate for Ms. West. |
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2011 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2012 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2013 |
|
|
|
|
|
Hourly Rate for Ms. Frawley |
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2011 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2012 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2013 |
SCHEDULE BA2
ERP-LX & TANGO APPLICATION NANJING
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Eva Jakubowska
Xylem Inc.
|
|
RCW IT Director
|
|
|
|
eva.jakubowska@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Loucks
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager, Transition
Management Office
|
|
|
|
kevin.loucks@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform ERP-LX & Tango Application Support Services for Nanjing, China
for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide ongoing
application support
for ERP-LX and Tango
(Sarbanes-Oxley
Auditing) for
Nanjing, China: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP-LX- Tango
Nanjing-01
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application Support
Services
|
|
Access to
ERP-LX & Tango
Application
Service Provider will
provide access to
application for
authorized service
receiver users per
the security
guidelines outlined
in the Master
Services Agreement.
Service Provider will
create new
application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes; and monitor
and maintain
application
administration. |
|
28 ERP-LX named
users
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP-LX &
Tango Application
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests,
and recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ERP-LX &
Tango Database
Support Service
Provider will trouble
shoot database
related incidents,
maintain database
schema if necessary,
bounce databases as
required, perform
data cleanup
activities as needed,
monitor and provide
support for all
database issues in
test/dev
environments, archive
and truncate database
tables as required,
compact databases as
required, backup,
compress, and delete
old log files as
needed, and conduct
scheduled maintenance
activities.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities
2
on a time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then
apply following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests, which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations, will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in
the Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party
relationships, which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the
scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to
negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the
services provided are required by law for only Service Recipient and such modifications increase
the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the
additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP-LX-TangoNanjing-02
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application
Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, functional
data mapping, and
impacts of design
decisions
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-ERP-LX-TangoNanjing-03
|
|
ERP-LX & Tango
Application
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
ERP-LX and Tango
applications and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to ERP-LX & Tango Application by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Morton Grove, IL, USA to Nanjing, China.
4
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and interfaces
documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate information to Service
Provider, it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to
rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment B.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
5
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface Name |
|
Program Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Owner |
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
Frequency |
eLogia
|
|
ORDZ761C
|
|
Perform product
configuration
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
ePrism
|
|
ORD789
|
|
Perform product
configuration
|
|
ITT Co.
|
|
Wintel ITT Co.
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
Supplier Portal
|
|
PUR500
|
|
Issue Purchase
Orders via a Portal
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
Supplier Portal
|
|
PUR500
|
|
Issue Purchase
Orders via a Portal
|
|
Water Co.
|
|
iSeries Emmaboda
|
|
Wintel Emmaboda
|
|
Continuous |
6
ATTACHMENT B
Production Support Break Fix Service Level Agreement
A Remedy help desk request must be entered for each incident. For Urgent incidents, a phone call
may also be initiated directly to the Service Providers Support Team. The primary support number
for North America is +1-716-862-4145 (available 24 hours/day) and the secondary support number is
+1-847-983-5537 (available 8:00 AM 5:00 PM Eastern Time, Monday through Friday). All support
calls will be returned within 15 minutes.
|
|
|
|
|
Severity |
|
Description |
|
Resolution |
Urgent
|
|
Service Receiver is unable to
enter orders or ship product.
No work around is available
for the issue.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a work around or
permanent solution within
four (4) hours for 95% of
these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
High
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
enter orders and ship
product, but in a degraded
mode and productivity is
seriously impacted.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a work around or
permanent solution within
two (2) working days for 95%
of these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
Medium
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
function normally with minor
impact from problem.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a permanent solution
within five (5) working days
for 95% of these incidents. |
|
|
|
|
|
Low
|
|
Service Receiver is able to
function normally. Issue is
an inconvenience.
|
|
Service Provider will
provide a permanent solution
within 30 working days for
95% of these issues. |
7
SCHEDULE BA3
GLOBAL ENTERPRISE
CONTENT MANAGEMENT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Vikram Nanwani
|
|
GECM Supervisor,
|
|
|
|
vikram.nanwani@itt.com |
Xylem Inc.
|
|
GECM Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ken Gill
|
|
Manager , Web, Social Media &
|
|
|
|
ken.gill@itt.com |
ITT Corporation
|
|
Collaboration Solutions |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Global Enterprise Content Management (GECM) Application and
Business Process Support Services for the Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide content
management and
translation
management services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
Installation
Operation &
Maintenance Manuals
(IOM) Service
Provider receives a
request from Service
Receiver for access
to IOMs. Service
Provider will work
with 3rd
party to provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Receiver will have
access to IOMs in the
IOM Library in high
resolution PDF
format. Service
Receiver will have
access to IOMs listed
in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-GECM-01
|
|
GECM Application &
Business Process
Support Services
|
|
Creation/Update
of
IOMs Service
Provider receives a
request from Service
Receiver to
create/update IOMs
listed in Attachment
A. Service Receiver
will collaborate with
Service Provider on
creation and/or
updating of IOMs.
Service Provider will
make available to the
Service Receiver the
updated IOM. Service
Provider will only
support IOMs for the
languages listed in
Attachment B.
|
|
35 Requests per
6-months
|
|
6*
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training/Mentoring
Service Provider will
provide training,
mentoring, and
knowledge transfer
for up to three
Service Receiver
staff as it relates
to Global Enterprise
Content Management.
|
|
60 Hours per
6-months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
See Attachment C for 6-month transition plan for supported IOMs. |
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
2
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests in PDF or
RTF formats from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-GECM-02
|
|
GECM Business
Process Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state Global
Enterprise Content
Management
application and
business process
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-GECM-03
|
|
GECM Business
Process Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to Global
Enterprise Content
Management
application and
business process
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
3
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Global Enterprise Content Management by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Stockholm, Sweden; Baroda, India;
Seneca Falls, NY, USA; and White Plains, NY, USA to Seneca Falls, NY, USA and
Lancaster, PA, USA.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
If Service Receiver, or the Service Receivers
Supplier(s), provides
inaccurate information to Service Provider, it will be the
responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any
costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
4
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
Service Level Agreements (SLA) provided by 3rd parties will be made available to Service
Receiver, as documented in Attachment D, however all liabilities related to such SLAs lie with the
3rd parties and not the Service Provider. It is understood that the Service Provider
has no control over the service levels provided by 3rd parties and as such will not
warrant any 3rd party services. In the event an incident related to 3rd
party services cannot be resolved, Service Provider will work in good faith with Service Receiver
and the appropriate 3rd party to assist in the resolution of the incident.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
5
ATTACHMENT A
List of Product Installation, Operation & Maintenance Manuals (IOMs) Supported
6
ATTACHMENT B
List of Supported Languages:
Arabic
Chinese
Dutch
Finnish
French France
French Canada
German
Italian
Portuguese Portugal
Portuguese Brazil
Russian
Spanish Spain
Spanish Latin America
Swedish
Polish
8
ATTACHMENT C
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valve |
|
English Bookmap |
|
English PDF |
|
Total # of Manuals |
|
Due Date |
|
Engineering Due Date |
|
Comment |
|
Status |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/18/2011
|
|
Completed
|
|
Spanish needed for
project in May
James Gillespie
|
|
Completed English and
Spanish for Project.
Never released or posted
on the website. 3/24/11
- Sent to Hoffa and
Steward for approval,
4/20 sent reminder |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/18/2011
|
|
Completed
|
|
Spanish needed for
project in May
James Gillespie
|
|
Completed English and
Spanish for Project.
Never released or posted
on the website. 3/24/11
- Sent to Hoffa and
Steward for approval,
4/20 sent reminder |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/1/2011
|
|
3/18/2011
|
|
Previously part of
C132 IOM
|
|
Need recommended
fasteners in
Preinstallation section.
3/24/11 Sent to Hoffa
and Steward for
approval, 4/29 Sent
final to Brian, John &
Brandon for review |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/15/2011
|
|
4/1/2011
|
|
Chinese needed for
project in March
|
|
Got new drawing from
Engineering. Made
corrections from Grant.
4/21 Sent to Hoffa and
Steward for approval |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
4/29/2011
|
|
4/15/2011
|
|
|
|
Draft created 4/2010.
Waiting for list of
parts and drawing from
Engineering |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
5/6/2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
Draft IOM will be used
for Jorge Diaz. Need new
steps for set the
stroke for release of
new product. Brian
approved draft for
temporary use |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5/13/2011
|
|
5/3/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5/13/2011
|
|
5/3/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
5/13/2011
|
|
4/29/2011
|
|
|
|
Draft created 9/2009.
Items still needed are
listed in Outlook task. |
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valve |
|
English
Bookmap |
|
English
PDF |
|
Total # of
Manuals |
|
Due
Date |
|
Engineering
Due Date |
|
Comment |
|
Status |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7/29/2011
|
|
6/10/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7/29/2011
|
|
5/27/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/12/2011
|
|
7/8/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/12/2011
|
|
6/24/2011
|
|
|
|
Started May 2008. Need
ID tag, exploded view
and parts list to
complete. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/26/2011
|
|
8/5/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/26/2011
|
|
7/22/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8/26/2011
|
|
8/5/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/9/2011
|
|
8/19/2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9/16/2011
|
|
9/2/2011
|
|
Previously same as
C37 IOM
|
|
Not started. Same as CF37 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
Completed; Updated draft
OK from Brian |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
Started October 2007
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed. Need to make
changes before product
launch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed. Need to make
changes before product
launch |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
May-11
|
|
|
|
|
|
Draft from 7/2009 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sep-11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In Production
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dec-11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
English
Bookmap |
|
English
PDF |
|
Total #
of Manuals |
|
Due
Date |
|
Engineering
Due Date |
|
Comment |
|
Status |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
This was part of
the Advantage
Actuator manual and
will be updated at
the same time
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
This was part of
the Advantage
Actuator manual and
will be updated at
the same time
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed
|
|
|
|
This was part of
the Advantage
Actuator manual and
will be updated at
the same time
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pumps |
|
English
Bookmap |
|
English
PDF |
|
Total #
of Manuals |
|
Due
Date |
|
Engineering
Due Date |
|
Comment |
|
Status |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
done
|
|
translations in
production
|
|
July
|
|
|
|
|
|
In production.
Close to completion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
done
|
|
translations in
production
|
|
July
|
|
|
|
|
|
In production.
Close to completion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
done
|
|
translations in
production
|
|
July
|
|
|
|
|
|
In production.
Close to completion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pumps |
|
English
Bookmap |
|
English PDF |
|
Total # of Manuals |
|
Due Date |
|
Engineering Due Date |
|
Comment |
|
Status |
|
|
Published
|
|
done
|
|
translations in
production
|
|
July
|
|
|
|
|
|
In production.
Close to completion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Published
|
|
done
|
|
14 languages
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Completed |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEW and working on now: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August/September
|
|
August/Sept
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
October
|
|
technical data and
drawings October
|
|
close to IC
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August/September
|
|
August/Sept
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
October
|
|
technical data and
drawings October
|
|
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FUTURE IOMs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September
|
|
Sept
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
September
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September/October
|
|
Sept
|
|
?
|
|
October
|
|
|
|
exist in words
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September/October
|
|
Sept
|
|
?
|
|
October
|
|
|
|
exist in words
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
|
|
October
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
October
|
|
October
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not started |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
November
|
|
November
|
|
7-8 languages
|
|
December
|
|
|
|
|
|
Not started |
12
ATTACHMENT D
Service Level as Provided by Astoria Software
Astoria shall make the Service available at least 99.0%, calculated on a monthly basis, 24 hours a
day, 7 days a week, 365 days per year, except for: a) planned downtime (for which Astoria shall
give at least 8 hours notice and which Astoria shall schedule to the extent reasonably practicable
during a weekly maintenance window between Tuesdays 6:00 PM PT and Wednesdays 12:00 AM PT); or b)
downtime caused by circumstances beyond Astorias reasonable control. Initial service outage
report response time is one (1) hour. Initial application support response time is one (1) hour.
Response time is defined as the time it takes to acknowledge the problem to the Customer. It is
not defined as the time to resolve the problem.
Priority Codes are used to manage Astoria Software Support Cases to insure timely resolution to
support issues. Support Cases with a higher priority order receive attention faster than Support
Cases with a lower priority.
|
|
|
|
|
Priority |
|
Description |
|
Resolution |
Priority 1
|
|
A stop work condition
which is any business
critical function in
which work cannot be
performed by the Customer |
|
If a Support Specialist
cannot resolve a Priority
1 support request during
the first contact with
the Customer, the
following escalation plan
is employed: |
|
|
|
|
Support
Specialist researches the
request and contacts
Customer by phone or
email within one (1) hour
to report status. This
is done during Astoria
Softwares Support hours
of 8am 5pm (Pacific
Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved, Support
Specialist escalates
request to Support
Coordinator for review.
Customer is contacted by
phone or email within one
(1) hour to report
status. This is done
during Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved, the Support
Coordinator escalates the
request to the
appropriate service or
development manager, the
Customer is contacted by
phone or email within one
(1) hour, and a
resolution plan is
communicated to the
Customer. This is done
during Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved the day it is
received, the Customer is
contacted by phone twice
daily (once at the
beginning of the business
day and once at the end
of the business day) for
status reports until
resolution is reached. |
13
|
|
|
|
|
Priority |
|
Description |
|
Resolution |
Priority 2
|
|
A business critical
problem with a work
around. This is any
business critical
function in which work
cannot be performed by
the Customer according to
the Services specified
manner but in which there
is a way to complete the
work by some other
manner.
|
|
If a Support Specialist
cannot resolve a Priority
2 support request during
first contact with the
Customer, the following
escalation plan is
employed: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support
Specialist researches
request and contacts
Customer by phone or
email within four (4)
hours to report status.
This is done during
Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved, Support
Specialist escalates
request to Support
Coordinator for review.
Customer is contacted by
phone or email within
four (4) hours to report
status. This is done
during Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved, the Support
Coordinator escalates the
request to the
appropriate service or
development manager, the
Customer is contacted by
phone or email within
four (4) hours, and a
resolution plan is
communicated to the
Customer. This is done
during Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If the request is
not resolved the 2nd day
the request is received,
the Customer is contacted
by web portal, email or
phone once daily (either
at the beginning of the
business day or at the
end of the business day,
whichever the customer
prefers) for status
reports until resolution
is reached. |
|
|
|
|
|
Priority 3
|
|
A non-critical business
problem. This is a
non-critical business
function in which work is
impaired or cannot be
performed by the Customer
|
|
If a Support Specialist
cannot resolve a Priority
3 support request during
first contact with the
Customer, the following
escalation plan is
employed: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support
Specialist researches
request and contacts
Customer by the next
business day to report
status. This is done
during Astoria Softwares
Support hours of 8 am
5 pm (Pacific Time). |
|
|
|
|
|
If request is not
resolved, Support
Specialist escalates
request to Support
Coordinator for review.
Customer is contacted by
web portal, phone or
email as needed until
resolution. |
14
Service Level as Provided by Idiom Technologies, Inc. for WorldServer
For Technical Support, contact Idioms Idioms Customer Support Center located at
http://www.idiominc.com/support, via email (support@Idiominc.com), or by phone.
For North American support, Technical Support business hours are 09:00 to 17:30 EST Monday through
Friday, excluding office closures for U.S. holidays or unforeseen circumstances (weather, power
outage, etc.). For European support, Technical Support business hours are 09:00 to 17:00 Central
European Time Monday through Friday, excluding office closures for recognized Belgian public
holidays or unforeseen circumstances (weather, power outage, etc.).
Idiom will assign each Technical Support request a Severity Level, which level will dictate the
timing of Idioms response.
|
|
|
|
|
Severity |
|
Description |
|
Initial Response Time |
Level 1
|
|
Software has experienced a
significant production
system problem that
prevents operation or
severely limits or is
reasonably expected to
severely limit the
performance of the
Subscriber causing
significant loss to the
customers business. No
workaround appears to be
available
|
|
Within four (4) hours |
|
|
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Software has experienced a
significant non-conformity
that does not prevent or
severely limit use of the
Software, but prevents the
Software from performing
one or more material
functions making use of
the Software significantly
inconvenient and
substantially reducing the
value of the Software to
the Subscriber.
|
|
Within one (1)
business day |
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Software has experienced a
problem that does not
significantly affect
performance, but does not
function as described in
documentation.
|
|
Within two (2)
business days |
|
|
|
|
|
Level 4
|
|
General questions about
Software that either are
not covered in
Documentation or require
clarification.
|
|
Within five (5)
business days |
Hours and business days are counted based on the hours during which Technical Support is
available. The response times listed above are applicable to hardware and software configurations
currently classified as supported by Idiom and assume timely cooperation from Subscriber.
15
SCHEDULE BA4
GLOBAL VAULT PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Jason Pratt
Xylem Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
jason.pratt@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ray Schussler
ITT Corporation
|
|
Global Engineering
Systems Manager
|
|
|
|
ray.schussler@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will provide Global Vault Professional Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Global Vault
Professional Services
to support the
Windchill/PDMLink,
ProjectLink, and
MPMLink FMC Standard
Product Data
Lifecycle Management
(PDLM) Platform: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Windchill/PDMLink,
ProjectLink and
MPMLink FMC Standard
Product Data
Lifecycle Management
(PDLM) Platform
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will receive ticket
requests from Service
Receiver, monitor
incident resolution
requests, and
recommend and
implement incident
resolution per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
|
|
Up to 30 hours per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-
Global
Vault-01
|
|
Global Vault
Professional
Services
|
|
Windchill/PDMLink,
ProjectLink and
MPMLink Standard
Product Data
Lifecycle Management
(PDLM) Platform
Database Support
Service Provider will
receive ticket
requests from Service
Receiver and will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents, maintain
database schema if
necessary, bounce
databases as
required, perform
data cleanup
activities as needed,
monitor and maintain,
provide support for
all database issues
in test/dev
environments, archive
and truncate database
tables as required,
compact databases as
required, compress,
and delete old log
files as needed, and
conduct scheduled
maintenance
activities.
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
Time and Materials
based on the
Additional Pricing
Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Training/Mentoring
-
The Service Provider
after receiving a
request from the
Service Receiver,
will provide
Training, Mentoring,
and knowledge about
the ITT
implementation of
Windchill/ PDMLink to
the Service Receiver
|
|
Up to 20
hours per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will be required to:
|
|
|
Maintain staff of United States persons only |
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
2
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within BAU [Note:
BAU already includes +/- 10% of pre-
distribution date volumes]
|
|
No incremental one-time fees when
Service Receiver utilizes services and
structure as-is with no changes under
this agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee structure for requisite
service as documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will develop a
commercially reasonable quote for
acceptance by the Service Receiver
provided the Service Receiver utilizes
services and structure as-is with no
significant changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will develop a
commercially reasonable quote for
acceptance by the Service Receiver
incremental to the base service costs
documented below for the requisite
service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Global Vault-02
|
|
Global Vault
Professional
Services Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details |
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Global Vault-03
|
|
Global Vault
Professional
Services Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Global Vault
Application and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Global Vault Professional Services by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or the Service Receivers Supplier(s),
sends inaccurate information to Service Provider, it will be the
responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear
any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will remove all Service Receiver data from the
Service Providers Global Vault instance. These services are included at
$0 cost. |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will remove all Service Provider data from the
Service Receivers Global Vault instance. These services are included at
$0 cost. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide VPN access for specific Service
Provider users to the Service Receivers servers. Service Provider must
provide VPN access for specific Service Receiver users to the Service
Providers servers. VPN access will be provided |
4
|
|
|
to allow data cleanup and removal. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide access, via secure VPN at all times
or additional ports, to allow up to 10 Service Provider staff members to
gain access to the Global Vault environment. The Service Receiver will
need to provide these Service Provider staff members with the appropriate
elevated privileges needed to complete the services requested, this will
be required for the period of this TSA and should be consistent with the
policies and procedures set forth by Service Receivers Service Delivery
organization. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
5
SCHEDULE BA5
SUPPLIER PORTAL
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Cecilia Akesson
|
|
Team Leader
|
|
|
|
cecilia.akesson@itt.com |
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Loucks
|
|
Manager, Transition
|
|
|
|
kevin.loucks@itt.com |
ITT Corporation
|
|
Management Office |
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Supplier Portal Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide ongoing
Supplier Portal
service and
application support: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier
Portal Processing
The Service Provider
will operate the
Supplier Portal such
that the Service
Receivers staff and
Suppliers can access
the Supplier Portal
via the Web. The
Service Receivers
Suppliers access the
Supplier Portal to
review, create and
update various types
of Purchasing and
Shipping information
necessary to review
Purchase Orders;
create and send Order
Response, receive
Order Changes, review
Order
Acknowledgements,
review Supplier Data,
create Dispatch
Advice, and review
Goods Received
messages that
transmit to and from
the Service
Receivers ERP/MRP
system. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Supplier
Portal-01
|
|
Supplier Portal
Application Support
Services
|
|
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal will receive
Supplier Data
messages from the
Service Receivers
ERP/MRP system, and
create or update
Supplier Information
within the Supplier
Portal. An email is
sent back to the
Service Receiver
acknowledging the
updates. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal will receive
Purchase Order
Register, Change and
Cancel messages from
the Service
Receivers ERP/MRP
system, to create or
change Purchase Order
information within
the Supplier Portal.
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal sends an email
notification to the
designated Service
Receivers Supplier.
|
|
93,000 Purchase
Orders Annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Portal
will allow the
Service Receivers
Suppliers to
acknowledge the
Orders on the
Supplier Portal, and
will send Order
Response messages to
the Service
Receivers ERP/MRP
system. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Portal
will receive Order
Acknowledgement
messages from the
Service Receivers
ERP/MRP system, and
update and reflect
this on the Supplier
Portal. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal allows the
Receivers Suppliers
to create and update
Dispatch Advice
information in the
Supplier Portal, the
Supplier Portal sends
Dispatch Advice
messages to the
Service Receivers
ERP/MRP system. The
Supplier Portal, for
Bookings with No
Invoice Control,
will generate a PDF
report file, and
print it to a
designated default
printer at the
Service Receivers
Suppliers Forwarder.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
In addition, the
Supplier Portal will,
once a Supplier has
created a shipment
and dispatched it,
create a packing
information
(Flag/Label) PDF
report and print it
on the designated
default printer that
the Supplier has set
up within the
Supplier Portal. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal will receive
Goods Received
messages and create
and update this
information in the
Supplier Portal. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service
Providers Supplier
Portal allows the
Service Receivers
Supplier to create
and update an Invoice
within the Service
Providers Supplier
Portal, the Supplier
Portal transmitts the
Invoice to the
Service Receivers
ERP/MRP system. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
When the Service
Providers Supplier
Portal identifies a
corrupt message or
one with invalid or
bad data, the Service
Providers Supplier
Portal will generate
and send an email to
the designated
Service Receiver
contact. The Service
Receiver determines
how best to correct
the invalid message.
|
|
1,700 emails Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Access to
Supplier Portal
Application
Service Provider will
provide access to
application for
authorized Service
Receiver Suppliers
and staff per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier
Portal Support &
Maintenance
Service Provider will
monitor incident
resolution requests
from the Service
Receivers Superusers
and Staff, and
recommend and
implement incident
resolution
per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
|
|
150 Incidents
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplier
Portal Database
Support Service
Provider will monitor
incident resolution
requests, and
recommend and
implement incident
resolution |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU Transaction |
|
Period |
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Service Charge |
|
|
|
|
per the
SLA outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
4
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Supplier
Portal-03
|
|
Supplier Portal
Migration
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
education and
training services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Supplier
Portal-04
|
|
Supplier Portal
Training |
|
Provide
training and
education to the
Service Receivers
staff to enhance
their capability to
stand alone and
manage a Portal
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
IT-Supplier
Portal-05
|
|
Supplier Portal
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Supplier Portal
Application and
related interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Supplier Portal Applications by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If
Service Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing
5
operating costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii)
that it is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Emmaboda, Sweden to ITT co. global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and interfaces
documented in Attachment A, within the Service Receivers systems and
applications. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver, or the Service Receivers Supplier(s), sends
inaccurate data to Service Provider, it will be the responsibility of the
Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify
the issue. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will continue to utilize and have available a
Supplier Portal Superuser (senior buyer and business expert) to provide first
line support for the Supplier Portal. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Receivers Staff will need to have the Citrix client
installed on their PC devices. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Receivers must have one of the following ERP/MRP systems
active in order to utilize the Service Providers Supplier Portal: Business
Planning and Control System (BPCS), Planning Resource Management System (PRMS)
or IDMS B&G systems. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have
Websphere MQ systems active and maintained with the correct interfaces and data
feeds to Supplier Portal by the Service Receiver for the period of time in which
this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
6
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
The Service Provider will provide support services during Swedish Office Hours, Monday
through Thursday from 7:30am to 4:30pm, and on Friday from 7:30am to 1:30pm Swedish
time. Incidents logged after Swedish Office Hours will be addressed on the start of
the next support day.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
7
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Message Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Source System |
|
Destination System |
Supplier
|
|
Service Receiver
Creates and
Maintain Supplier
data in the
Supplier Portal
|
|
Service Receiver
MRP/ERP
|
|
Supplier Portal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Orders
|
|
Service Receiver
submits Purchase
Orders to their
Suppliers, via the
Supplier Portal
|
|
Service Receiver
MRP/ERP
|
|
Supplier Portal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order Response
|
|
Supplier
communicates to
Service Receiver
that the Order has
been acknowledged
|
|
Supplier Portal
|
|
Service Receiver
MRP/ERP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Order Response
Acknowledgement
|
|
Service Provide
communicates to
their Supplier that
the Service
Provider
acknowledges the
Response from their
Supplier
|
|
Service Receiver
MRP/ERP
|
|
Supplier Portal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dispatch advice
|
|
Supplier
communicates to the
Service Receiver
when the Purchase
Order has been
fulfilled,
manufactured and/or
Packed. Supplier
communicates to the
Service Receiver
Pickup Orders, Ship
Dates, and VMI
Goods collection
notifications
|
|
Supplier Portal
|
|
Service Receiver
ERP/MRP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Good Received
|
|
Service Receiver
communicates to
their Supplier that
the Shipment has
been received
|
|
Service Receiver
ERP/MRP
|
|
Supplier Portal |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Invoice
|
|
Supplier
communicates to the
Service Receiver a
Invoice for payment
|
|
Supplier Portal
|
|
Service Receiver
ERP/MRP |
8
SCHEDULE BA6
SERVICES TSA ANNEX FOR
AXMINSTER
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to: Duncan
Lewis
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
Duncan Lewis
|
|
General Manager
|
|
|
|
Duncan.Lewis@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
John Veness
|
|
General Manager
|
|
|
|
John.Veness@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
|
|
|
|
|
1. |
|
Service Provider: Lowara (UK) Ltd. |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient: ITT Industries Ltd. |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
1. |
|
Pump Testing Services |
|
2. |
|
Information Technology Services |
|
3. |
|
Finance Support Services |
TERM AND OPTION
1. |
|
24 months Commencing on the date of the separation into 3 companies |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient will have the option to terminate this agreement at any time after
the 1st 12 months with 6 months advance written notice to the Service Provider. |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
|
a. |
|
ITT personnel shall follow Lowaras written pump test procedures when
conducting tests. |
|
|
b. |
|
ITT personnel who will use the test area must regularly attend an
induction course on Lowaras environmental, safety & health (ESH) procedures. |
|
|
c. |
|
Only the ITT personnel who have been trained in these regular ESH
induction courses shall be eligible to carry out pump tests. |
1
|
d. |
|
All ITT personnel and items/pumps that will use the test area must be
logged into and out of the Lowara facility in accordance with Lowaras entrance and
exit policies for non Lowara personnel. |
|
|
e. |
|
Service recipient shall carry out a risk assessment in accordance with
service providers on each occasion that recipient utilizes the test area. |
|
|
f. |
|
The test area must be left in the same condition post testing as it was
prior to the testing. |
|
|
g. |
|
Lowara personnel working near the test area will not oversee or assist
in the pump testing. |
2. |
|
Information Technology Services |
|
a. |
|
Provide day-to-day on-site IT support |
|
i. |
|
If ITT BPCS network is not functioning properly
provide troubleshooting and support. |
|
|
ii. |
|
Provide BPCS permissions locally (rather than
contacting Lowara support center in Italy). |
|
|
iii. |
|
Provide troubleshooting and support for ITT
employee laptop and desktop computers. |
|
|
iv. |
|
Assist ITT with installing new software as needed. |
3. |
|
Finance Services (Lowara support for ITT) |
|
a. |
|
Provide day-to-day on-site Finance support related to the BPCS IT
system |
|
i. |
|
ITT is installing a new BPCS system. They have
been relying on a similar system hosted by Lowara in Italy. |
|
|
ii. |
|
ITT likely needs the system to collect the same
information that the Lowara system generates today. |
|
|
iii. |
|
ITT may require assistance from Lowara to collect
information from the ITT Co / IP BPCS system. |
2
LOCATIONS
1. |
|
Lowara facility located at the following address: |
Lowara (UK) Ltd.
Millwey Rise Industrial Estate
Axminster EX13 5HU, United Kingdom
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
1. |
|
Real Estate Sublease is in effect. |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient will follow all of Service Providers Environmental,
Safety, & Health (ES&H) policies and procedures while using the pump
testing facilities. Service Provider will provide its ES&H written
policies to Service Recipient at the outset of this agreement and agrees
to provide overview training prior to the Service Recipients use of the
pump testing facilities. |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipients customers will be granted access to the test
facility along with Service Recipients representatives for a customer
witnessed pump test. |
|
4. |
|
Service recipient is precluded from hiring Service Providers
employees that may provide these services under this agreement for the
duration of this agreement plus an additional 1 year after the agreement
is terminated. |
|
5. |
|
In the event of 3rd party claims against Service Recipient
which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient agrees to
indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service Provider
may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to also claim
damages against the Service Provider because of their relationship with
the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also agrees to defend the
Service Provider at is sole cost the extent permitted to do so under
United Kingdom law. |
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in the United Kingdom |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in the United Kingdom |
|
3. |
|
VAT of the current rate % of the invoice amount will be charged by the
service provider to the service recipient |
BILLING LOCATION
|
|
Lowara (UK) Ltd. Millwey Rise Industrial Estate
Axminster EX13 5HU,
United Kingdom |
3
SERVICE LEVEL
1. |
|
Service Provider agrees to use reasonable care and
diligence in the
fulfillment of all services described above. Service Provider also
agrees that it will promptly carry out services based on reasonable
business practices and judgment. |
NOTICES
|
|
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above. |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Terminate Service |
N/A
|
|
None required
|
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for use of the pump testing area
shall be Cost plus 2% - 10% per hour for the
term of this agreement payable in British Pounds. |
|
2. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for Information Technology services and Finance Support
services will be Cost plus 2% - 10% per hour for the term of this agreement Payable in British
Pounds. |
|
3. |
|
The fixed hourly rate of Cost plus 2% - 10% per hour shall be the minimum charge. Partial
hour charges will be rounded up to include the entire hour. For example, a service
provided in 2 hours and 20 minutes will be charged at 3 hours or Cost plus 2% - 10%. |
|
4. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service provider via email.
Invoices shall include the date services were provided, the name(s) of the person(s) who
provided the service, the number of hours spent providing the service, and the description
of the product that was tested where applicable. |
|
5. |
|
There will be no additional backup attached to these invoices. |
|
6. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
4
SCHEDULE BA7
TEST AND PAINT SERVICES TSA IN
NANJING
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact
Harald Rach
|
|
General Manager
ITT Nanjing Co., Ltd.
(Xylem Nanjing)
Longyang Road, Luhe
Economic Development
Area, Luhe District,
Nanjing, Jiangsu
Province, China
|
|
|
|
Harald.rach@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact
Carter Chan
|
|
General Manager, IP China
ITT (China) Investment
Company Limited
30F Tower A, City
Center of Shanghai, 100
Zunyi Road Shanghai
200051
|
|
|
|
Carter.Chan@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
|
1. |
|
Service Provider ITT Nanjing Co., Ltd (Xylem Nanjing) |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient IP China / Shanghai Goulds Pump |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider to provide pump testing and pump painting services to Service Recipient.
Pumping testing and pump painting; Agreement to last until October 31, 2013
Testing service for VIT pumps and other pumps; Painting service for all pumps
TERM AND OPTION
|
1. |
|
Maximum Service Period 24 months Commencing on the Distribution date. |
1
|
2. |
|
The Hourly rates are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. There is an
escalation in price after the 1st 12 months, as set forth in the pricing terms. |
|
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient will have the option to terminate this agreement, with no additional
make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b) of the Agreement, after the 1st 12
months with 1 month advance written notice to the Service Provider |
|
|
4. |
|
This agreement cannot be extended beyond the term of 24 months. |
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
|
1. |
|
Testing of IP China / SGP products |
|
a. |
|
Service Provider provides Service Recipient full access to the test bed
and infrastructure to fully test pumps and other related products |
|
|
b. |
|
Service Provider also provides tools, equipment and personnel to fully
validate a product as required by Service Recipient. |
|
|
c. |
|
Service Provider also fully tests the products per instructions from
Service Recipient or its customers or its agents |
|
|
d. |
|
Service Provider provides full report(s) on the results of the test and
performance of the products |
|
|
e. |
|
Service Provider personnel will take control of the products at the
loading dock and transfer the products to the test bed, install them on the test
bed, fully test the products, remove the products and package them and return as
required by Service Recipient |
|
|
f. |
|
Service Recipient or its agents or its customers will have access to
the products while they are being prepared for testing, while products are being
tested and while the products are being processed for return to Service Recipient |
|
|
g. |
|
Service Recipient or its agents or its customers will have access to
the control room in order to witness the test. |
|
|
h. |
|
Only Service Provider personnel are allowed to run the test and operate
all tools, machinery and controls related to the testing of these products |
|
2. |
|
Painting of IP China / SGP products |
|
a. |
|
Service Provider provides paint services to Service Recipient utilizing
existing paint booths at the Nanjing factory |
|
|
b. |
|
Service Provider provides paint services according to Service Recipient
requirements as agreed in the individual orders placed by Service Recipient |
|
|
c. |
|
Service Provider personnel will take control of the products at the
loading dock and transfer the products to the paint booth, prep the products
properly before installing them in the paint booth, fully paint the products,
remove the products from the paint booth and package them and return as required by
Service Recipient |
|
|
d. |
|
Service Recipient or its agents will have access to the products before
and after the painting process in order to witness and accept the painted product. |
|
3. |
|
Service Provider and Service Recipient agree on lead-times for testing and painting of
each product at the time of placing of the order. Service Provider will make reasonable
efforts to comply with the agreed lead-time and will communicate with the Service Recipient
if there are any delays in fulfilling the order. |
2
LOCATIONS
Service Provider factory is located at the following address:
Longyang Road, Luhe Economic Development Area, Luhe District, Nanjing, Jiangsu
Province, China
TAX STATUS
|
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this agreement
will be considered taxable income in China |
|
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement
will be tax deductible in China |
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
1. |
|
After the termination of this agreement, it may be necessary from time
to time for the Service Provider, on behalf of the Service
Recipient, to respond to inquiries made by customers or government
authorities about Service Recipients financial statements and tax
filings, including providing support for audits. In this event, the
Service Provider will contact the Service Recipient and agree on an
appropriate course of action and response. To the extent that Service
Providers resources are to be used to respond to the inquiries, after
the TSA ends, the Service Provider will be entitled to invoice the
Service Recipient at the following rates per hour provided if assistance
is needed under this section after 2012, the parties will renegotiate
such rates in good faith; |
|
a. |
|
Clerical US$20.00 |
|
|
b. |
|
Professional US$30.00 |
|
|
c. |
|
Management US$77.00 |
|
2. |
|
At the termination of this agreement, the Service Recipient will
provide the necessary support at its own expense to transfer data to its
own systems. The Service Provider will agree to provide training to the
Service Recipients employees on the Service Providers premises or via
conference call / web ex prior to the termination of the agreement. The
Service Provider will not be required to send any of its employees to any
other Service Recipient location. |
|
|
3. |
|
In the event of 3rd party claims against the Service
Recipient which are unrelated to this agreement, the Service Recipient
agrees to indemnify the Service Provider for any costs that the Service
Provider may incur in the event that the 3rd party elects to
also claim damages against the Service Provider because of their
relationship with the Service Recipient. The Service Recipient also
agrees to defend the Service Provider at its sole cost to the extent
permitted to do so under Chinese Law. |
3
BILLING LOCATION
NOTICES
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following;
1. |
|
Service Provider Dan Kelly |
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
|
Suite 2000 |
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Joanne Scalard |
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Ave |
|
|
|
Suite 3000 |
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Terminate Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for testing services provided under this TSA |
|
a. |
|
Specified by model as described in the attached table |
|
|
b. |
|
The hourly rate has an escalation as described in the table |
2. |
|
The hourly fixed charge for painting services provided under this TSA |
|
a. |
|
Specified by model as described in the attached table |
|
|
b. |
|
The hourly rate has an escalation as described in the table |
3. |
|
Refer to the attached MS-Excel pricing document for the pricing details |
|
4. |
|
All Invoices are payable in Chinese Yuan (RMB). |
|
5. |
|
Invoices will be prepared monthly and mailed to the service recipient via email or
regular mail. |
|
6. |
|
The 1st invoice will be dated on the last day of the financial closing in
November 2011 |
|
7. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
8. |
|
Subsequent invoices will follow every 30 days as long as there is activity. If Service
Recipient dont use any testing services in any given month, Service Provider doesnt have
to provide an invoice. |
5
Performance test routing time for IP products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Need |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
hoisting |
|
Total time |
|
TSA Rate 2011 |
|
TSA Testing |
|
TSA Rate 2012 |
|
TSA Testing |
|
TSA Rate 2013 |
|
TSA Testing |
Model |
|
machine |
|
(Hr.s) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
3196Sti
|
|
No
|
|
1.67
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3196Mti/Lti
|
|
|
|
1.67
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3196X17/XLti
|
|
|
|
1.67
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3185S
|
|
No
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185M
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185L
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185XL
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3180S
|
|
No
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180M
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180L
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180XL
|
|
|
|
1.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3409S
|
|
No
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3409M
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3410S
|
|
No
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3410M
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3410L
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3171S/ST
|
|
No
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3171M/MT
|
|
|
|
2.07
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIT 6~13
|
|
NO
|
|
4.67
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
VIT14~20
|
|
No
|
|
4.67
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
VIT 20 ~34
|
|
yes, when the length
|
|
7.87
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
Painting routing time for IP products
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Painting Time |
|
TSA Rate 2011 |
|
TSA Painting |
|
TSA Rate 2012 |
|
TSA Painting |
|
TSA Rate 2012 |
|
TSA Painting |
Model |
|
(Hr.s) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
|
(USD/hr) |
|
Price (USD) |
3196Sti
|
|
0.6
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3196Mti/Lti
|
|
0.7
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3196X17/XLti
|
|
0.8
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3185S
|
|
0.7
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185M
|
|
0.8
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185L
|
|
0.9
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3185XL
|
|
1.2
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3180S
|
|
0.7
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180M
|
|
0.8
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180L
|
|
0.9
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3180XL
|
|
1.2
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3409S
|
|
1
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3409M
|
|
1.5
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3410S
|
|
0.8
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3410M
|
|
1
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3410L
|
|
1.2
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3171S/ST
|
|
0.6
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
3171M/MT
|
|
0.8
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIT 6~13
|
|
3
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
VIT14~20
|
|
4
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
VIT 21 ~34
|
|
4.5
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10%
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
6
SCHEDULE BA8
SERVICES TSA SCHEDULE FOR
CHIHUAHUA
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Provider
Kacy Litzy
|
|
VP Director Global
Operations
|
|
|
|
Kacy.litzy@fluidtechnology.net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipient
Alan Gilden
|
|
Valencia Director of
Operations
|
|
|
|
Alan.gilden@ittcorp.net |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
1. |
|
Service Provider Flow Control LLC |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Aerospace Controls LLC |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
1. |
|
Pass through of American Industries shelter plan expenses |
|
2. |
|
IT Services |
|
3. |
|
Environmental Health and Safety Services |
TERM AND OPTION
1. |
|
Minimum Service Period 6 months Commencing on the Distribution Date |
|
2. |
|
The Monthly Costs are set forth below under Pricing & Payment Terms. The Service
Recipient and Service Provider agree that, except as set forth in this Services TSA
Schedule for Chihuahua (this TSA) no additional 2%, 10% or 4.5% increase in such pricing
should be applied as set forth in Section 2(a)(i) of the Agreement. |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient shall have the option to renew at 1.15 times the monthly fixed charge
as noted below for an additional 3 months if written notice is provided 60 days prior to
the end of the Minimum Service Period. Service Recipient will have the option to terminate
this agreement at any time, with no additional make-whole fee as required by Section 11(b)
of the Agreement, after the 1st 6 months with 1 months advance written notice to
the Service Provider |
J-1
SERVICES TO BE PROVIDED
1. |
|
Pass through of American Industries (the Shelter Plan Company) expenses including but not
limited to the following; |
|
a. |
|
Manage relationships with all Mexico government agencies |
|
|
b. |
|
Human Resources |
|
i. |
|
Recruit, selection and hiring of required personnel |
|
|
ii. |
|
Labor administration |
|
1. |
|
Employee contracts |
|
|
2. |
|
Employee badge administration |
|
|
3. |
|
Compensation package |
|
|
4. |
|
Promotion policies & employee transfers |
|
|
5. |
|
Maintain employee records |
|
|
6. |
|
Employee conflict resolution |
|
|
7. |
|
Manage relationship with Labor Board |
|
|
8. |
|
Instruct personnel supervisors |
|
|
9. |
|
Develop and manage collective work agreement |
|
|
10. |
|
Ensure compliance with labor laws |
|
|
11. |
|
Negotiate with labor union |
|
|
12. |
|
Xpat support and administration |
|
iii. |
|
Conduct required personnel training |
|
|
iv. |
|
Payroll Services |
|
1. |
|
Collect weekly payroll and timekeeping data |
|
|
2. |
|
Gather supervisor approvals |
|
|
3. |
|
Process payroll |
|
|
4. |
|
Input of new hires into payroll system |
|
|
5. |
|
Process employee terminations |
|
|
6. |
|
Manage savings fund program |
|
|
7. |
|
Administer food coupons |
|
|
8. |
|
Make required payroll tax payments |
|
|
9. |
|
Provide cost per hour reports on line |
|
|
10. |
|
Timely payments to employees |
|
|
11. |
|
Maintain payroll and HR software |
|
v. |
|
Employee retention programs |
|
1. |
|
Administer all employee retention programs
(cafeteria, social security, medical, loans, day care etc) |
|
vi. |
|
Infirmary Coordination |
|
1. |
|
Manage dispensary services |
|
|
2. |
|
Manage disability cases |
|
|
3. |
|
Maintain medical records |
|
|
4. |
|
Inspect cafeteria services |
|
1. |
|
Hire and manage cafeteria services |
|
2. |
|
Hire and manage transportation services |
|
|
3. |
|
Control access to facility through time and
attendance system |
|
|
4. |
|
Address maintenance and cleanliness concerns |
|
|
5. |
|
Address any employee related issues with
government agencies |
|
c. |
|
Procurement, Accounting and Fiscal |
|
i. |
|
Payment of all required Mexico corporate taxes |
|
|
ii. |
|
Payment of all required payroll taxes |
|
|
iii. |
|
Calculation and administration of employee profit sharing program |
|
|
iv. |
|
Maintain fixed asset records |
|
|
v. |
|
Process accounts payables (MR0) invoices on a timely basis
and pay suppliers |
|
|
vi. |
|
Obtain bids and proposals from suppliers and evaluate in a
timely manner |
|
|
vii. |
|
Manage vendor relationships |
|
|
viii. |
|
Issue Purchase Orders to suppliers |
|
|
ix. |
|
Track open purchase orders |
|
|
x. |
|
Obtain required invoice approvals |
|
|
xi. |
|
Code vendor invoices to proper account numbers |
|
|
xii. |
|
Process and administrate employee travel expenses |
|
|
xiii. |
|
Provide budget and actual spending reports |
|
|
xiv. |
|
Maintain relationship with banks and bank account administration |
|
|
xv. |
|
Prepare Shelter plan invoices that are sent to the service
provider and pro rate expenses if necessary between the service provider and
the service recipient |
|
|
xvi. |
|
Resolve issues with government auditors |
|
|
xvii. |
|
Keep required backup for statutory and audit purposes |
|
|
xviii. |
|
Prepare required statutory financial statements and file on a timely basis |
|
|
xix. |
|
Maintain general ledger software |
|
d. |
|
Freight forwarding activities |
|
1. |
|
Receive and unload goods in port of entry |
|
|
2. |
|
Verify identification data |
|
|
3. |
|
Prepare wrap and weigh pallets |
|
|
4. |
|
Forward documentation to Mexico customs broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Prepare detailed reports on quantity of bundles
on each truck |
|
|
6. |
|
Ensure efficient customs clearance |
|
1. |
|
Coordinate with service recipient for disposal
of waste material returned from Mexico |
|
1. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list, pedimento |
|
|
2. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
3. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
|
4. |
|
Traffic (Follow of the truck) |
|
|
5. |
|
Invoice review for carriers and Customs brokerage |
|
|
6. |
|
Payment requisitions for services |
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
3. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
4. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list, pedimento |
|
|
5. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
6. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
iii. |
|
Other Shipments (Valencia) |
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
3. |
|
Input parts and data to SOE system |
|
|
4. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list, pedimento |
|
|
6. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
7. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
iv. |
|
Virtual imports exports |
|
1. |
|
Review list of goods |
|
|
2. |
|
Classify merchandise |
|
|
3. |
|
Input parts and data to SOE system |
|
|
4. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
5. |
|
Process pro forma invoice, packing list, pedimento |
|
|
6. |
|
Review above for accuracy |
|
|
7. |
|
Dispatch truck |
|
v. |
|
In cases of customs inspection, coordinate with inspector for clearance of goods |
|
|
vi. |
|
Tracking of open and close Pedimentos |
|
|
vii. |
|
Process complimentary Pedimentos to pay duties |
|
|
viii. |
|
Prepare paperwork required to comply with Anexo 24 |
|
|
ix. |
|
Import / export record keeping |
|
|
b. |
|
Provide support for classification of merchandise for US & Mexico customs purposes |
|
|
c. |
|
Review import export shipment information for accuracy |
|
|
d. |
|
Coordinate shipments and carriers to Service Recipient factories/customers in Mexico |
|
|
e. |
|
Coordinate virtual import/exports |
|
i. |
|
Coordinate with counterpart broker |
|
|
ii. |
|
Review documentation for accuracy |
|
|
iii. |
|
Agree with data to be submitted |
|
f. |
|
Coordination of customs shipment inspection activities to ensure timely resolution and clearance of goods |
|
|
g. |
|
Record keeping |
|
|
i. |
|
Ensure customs related documents are filed on a timely basis |
|
|
ii. |
|
Assure easy access to customs documentation when needed |
|
|
h. |
|
Coordinate with broker to ensure timely opening and closing of Mexican Pedimentos |
|
|
i. |
|
Ensure Mexican Pedimento duties are paid on a timely basis |
|
|
j. |
|
Maintain relationship with the Mexico Secretary of the Economy. Provide information as required. |
|
|
k. |
|
Insure timely compliance with Anexo 24 |
|
l. |
|
Completion and filing of annual report of Foreign Business Transactions |
|
|
m. |
|
Process and file amendment applications for the Maquila Program |
|
|
n. |
|
Provide information to the tax authorities as required or requested |
|
|
o. |
|
Support D&T audits of customs activities |
|
i. |
|
Attend meetings |
|
|
ii. |
|
Provide information |
|
|
iii. |
|
Maintain control over audits |
|
|
p. |
|
Support customs audits |
|
|
i. |
|
Attend meetings |
|
|
ii. |
|
Provide information & review audit findings and comments |
|
Note: For a complete list of pass through services to be provided by the
service provider to the service recipient please refer to the service
providers contract with the Shelter Plan Provider- Scope of Shelter
Services section of the contract |
|
a. |
|
Technical on site support for PCs, software and services as requested by
Service Recipient |
3. |
|
Environment Health and Safety Services (EH&S) |
|
a. |
|
Water Management services |
|
|
b. |
|
Reporting to government agencies in a timely and accurate manner |
|
|
c. |
|
Obtain required permits |
|
|
d. |
|
Chemical handling process |
|
|
e. |
|
Sale of scrap handling |
|
|
f. |
|
Ensure compliance with statutory legislation |
LOCATIONS
1. |
|
Flow Control Chihuahua Mexico facility located at the following
address; |
Av. Washington # 3701, Edificio 8
Parque Industrial las Americas
C.P. 31114
Chihuahua, Chihuahua. Mexico 31200
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
1. |
|
The service provider will enter into a new shelter plan agreement with American
Industries (the Shelter Plan Company) prior to the Distribution Date |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient will sign all required EHS filings, permits etc. NO POA
will be provided to the Service Provider |
|
3. |
|
Service Recipient is precluded from hiring Service Providers employees
that provide the services under this TSA for the duration of this TSA plus for
an additional one year after the TSA is terminated. |
|
4. |
|
At the expiration of this agreement, the Service Provider may hire any of
the Service Recipients shelter plan (American Industries) employees, if it
chooses to do so. |
|
5. |
|
The Service Providers IT department will be allowed access to service
recipients designated areas as per the floor plan that forms a part of the
Chihuahua facility rental TSA for purposes of providing the services that are
included in this agreement. The Service Providers IT department will have the
right to access the Service Recipients IT data in order to provide the
services that are included in this agreement |
|
6. |
|
To the extent that the Shelter Plan Company does not fulfill its
obligations to the service provider under the terms of its agreement with the
service provider, the service provider will have a reasonable period of time
to prepare and to implement an alternative action plan to provide the services
as described in this TSA. Both parties will make good faith efforts to
cooperate with each other in the foregoing process and will mutually agree on
the alternative approach with regard to the provision of services, due to the
nonperformance of the Shelter Plan Company. The failure of the Shelter Plan
Company to fulfill its obligations will not excuse the service provider from
providing the services that are being passed through to the service recipient
under the terms of this TSA. |
|
7. |
|
Service recipient agrees to continue to pay any pass through expenses as
per the Services To be Provided Item 1 section of this agreement that may be
presented for payment by the service provider after this agreement is
terminated due to logistical or other issues, provided appropriate backup
documentation is sent with the service provider invoice |
|
8. |
|
To the extent that the Service Provider or the Shelter Plan Company
terminates any of its employees who are providing services solely to the
Service Recipient (and not supporting any other aspect of the Service
Providers business) under this TSA at the end of this agreement because of
lack of work, the Service Recipient agrees to reimburse the Service Provider
for any one time termination costs that are required to be paid as per
government regulation or company policy. |
TAX STATUS
1. |
|
Service Provider Payments received under the terms of this agreement will
be considered taxable income in the United States |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Payments made under the terms of this agreement will be
tax deductible in the United States |
BILLING LOCATION
1. |
|
Flow Control LLC Glouchester, Mass. USA |
NOTICES
All correspondence with respect to this agreement should be sent to the Service Owners
listed above with copies to the following;
1. |
|
Service Provider Dan Kelly |
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
|
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
2. |
|
Service Recipient Alan Gilden |
|
|
|
28150 Industry Drive |
|
|
|
Valencia, Ca. 91355 |
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior Notice Requirement to |
No. |
|
Third Party Provider |
|
Terminate Service |
|
|
American Industries
|
|
See Term and Option above |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
PRICING & PAYMENT TERMS
1. |
|
American Industries (the Shelter Plan Company) pass through expenses |
|
a. |
|
Service Provider will invoice Service Recipient once a month
immediately following receipt of invoices from the Shelter Plan Company and
obtaining timely invoice approval from both the service provider and service
recipient Mexico General Mangers. The monthly invoice from the service provider
will be accompanied by all of the Shelter Plan Company invoices as substantiation
for the invoice. All invoices will be payable in US Dollars. |
|
|
b. |
|
There will be no changes to proration percentages used by the Shelter
Plan Company to allocate pass through expenses between the service provider and
service recipient during term of this agreement. The proration percentages used by
the Shelter Plan Company immediately prior to the Distribution Date will be used
for the term of this agreement. |
|
|
c. |
|
The Service Recipients Mexico General Manager agrees that invoice
approval must be completed within 5 days of receipt of the invoices from the
Service Provider or reasons for non approval disclosed to the Service Provider. |
2. |
|
IT Services, as defined in this agreement, will be charged on a time and materials
basis. Materials will be charged at Service Providers cost and required labor will be
charged at a rate of $25.00 per hour, payable in US Dollars. Invoices will be prepared
monthly. Copies of vendor invoices will be attached to the invoice to support the materials
charges and timesheets showing the number of hours and dates worked by person will be
attached to support labor charges |
|
3. |
|
EH&S Services, as defined in this agreement, will be charged on a time and materials
basis. Materials (example permit fees) will be charged at Service Providers cost and
required labor will be charged at a rate of $25.00 per hour, payable in US Dollars.
Invoices will be prepared monthly. Copies of vendor invoices will be attached to the
invoice to support the materials charges and timesheets showing the number of hours and
dates worked by person will be attached to support labor charges |
|
4. |
|
Invoices as per items 1-3 above and the associated backup will be physically mailed in
one package once a month by the service provider to the service recipient. |
|
5. |
|
There will be no additional backup attached to these invoices for items 1 and 2 above.
For item 3 copies of vendor invoices will be attached to the invoice to support the
materials charges and timesheets showing the number of hours and dates worked by person
will be attached to support labor charges |
|
6. |
|
Sales taxes will be charged if required by USA state law |
|
7. |
|
Invoice payment terms are net 30 days from invoice date. |
|
8. |
|
Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate of 10% per annum |
|
9. |
|
Exit costs as well as costs incurred to respond to inquiries by the authorities by the
Service Provider on behalf of the Service Recipient which occur after this agreement has
been terminated will be invoiced & billed by the Service Provider as soon as practicable
with appropriate backup documentation. |
SCHEDULE BA9
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tim Coogan
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Tim.Coogan@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daryl Bowker
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Daryl.bowker@ittcorp.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: Xylem Inc.
Service Receiver: ITT Corporation
TERM AND OPTION
The Term shall be 18 months commencing on the Distribution Date. There shall be no
Minimum Service Period.
1
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services upon reasonable notice and request from the
Service Receiver on a time and materials basis from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013
(the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers acknowledge and agree
that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the Experts and the Experts have the ability to
terminate their employment with Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed
by Service Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver,
use commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if Service Receivers or
an affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific service requested under this Schedule can be
terminated by the Service Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days
notice to the Service Receiver.
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the Service Receiver shall
pay such tax along with the payment for the service provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its address set forth
below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where services are provided outside of the United
States, in which case invoices will be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the
country where the services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal entity
that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency. The bill will cover all
charges for services under this Schedule from Service Provider and, to the extent reasonably
feasible, will be itemized among Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service
Receiver when requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each Expert
worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other proper method such
as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service Provider agrees that the time sheets
will accompany the invoice that is sent to the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the
requested services are expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will
be allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred to date.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedule
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
ITT Corporation
240 Fall Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Attention: Daryl R. Bowker
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: Tim Coogan
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below include a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and
shall be applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial. |
|
$50 per hour |
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive |
|
$100 per hour |
Hourly Rate for an Executive |
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates should be
converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is prepared. |
SCHEDULE BC2
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service
Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tim Coogan
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Tim.Coogan@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Joe.daniel@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: Xylem Inc.
Service Receiver: Xylem Inc.
TERM AND OPTION
The Term shall be 18 months commencing on the Distribution Date. There shall be no
Minimum Service Period.
1
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services, upon reasonable notice and request from the
Service Receiver on a time and materials basis from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013
(the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
2
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers acknowledge and agree
that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the Experts and the Experts have the ability to
terminate their employment with Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed
by Service Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver, use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if Service Receivers or an
affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific service requested under this Schedule can be
terminated by the Service Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days
notice to the Service Receiver.
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the Service Receiver shall
pay such tax along with the payment for the service provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its address set forth
below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where services are provided outside of the United
States, in which case invoices will be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the
country where the services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal entity
that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency. The bill will cover all
charges for services under this Schedule from Service Provider and, to the extent reasonably
feasible, will be itemized among Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service
Receiver when requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each Expert
worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other proper method such
as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service Provider agrees that the time sheets
will accompany the invoice that is sent to the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the
requested services are expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will
be allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred to date.
3
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedue
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: Tim Coogan
Notices and bills to the Service Receiver should be sent to:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below include a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and shall be
applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial.
|
|
$50 per hour |
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive
|
|
$100 per hour |
Hourly Rate for an Executive
|
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates should be
converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is prepared. |
4
SCHEDULE BC3
SINGAPORE PERSONNEL SERVICES
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gary Jollow
|
|
HR Director
Water and
Wastewater
Singapore |
|
|
|
Gary.Jollow@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Receivers
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Douglas Parks
|
|
Geospacial Systems,
HR Director
|
|
|
|
Douglas.Parks@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: ITT Water and Wastewater Singapore PTE LTD
Service Receiver: Exelis Inc.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
ITT Water and Wastewater Singapore PTE LTD (WWW), now known as _________________, entered
into a Tenancy Agreement (the Tenancy Agreement), commencing on April 27th 2011 with
Prof Tan Teck Koon (Landlord) with respect to an apartment located at 41a Bedok Ria Crescent
#01-30 Stratford Court, Singapore 489929 (the Premises) for the benefit of employee (Ron Davis)
and his family (collectively, the Tenants) to be transferred to Service Receiver. The Service
Receiver and Tenants desire to terminate the Tenancy Agreement effective as of November 20, 2011
(the Termination Date) pursuant to an agreement between the Service Provider and the Landlord
(the Buy-out Agreement).
The negotiations of the Buy-out Agreement were led by the Service Receiver. Pursuant to the
Buy-Out Agreement, the Service Provider agreed to pay the landlord a certain sum of money that
would cover all known obligations of Service Provider to the Landlord (the Buy-out Amount). In
addition, the Buy-out Agreement also provides that the Landlord is directed to pay the Deposit, as
defined in the Tenancy Agreement, directly to the Service Receiver.
1
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Service Provider shall not do anything to disrupt or terminate the Tenancy
Agreement prior to the Termination Date. Service Provider shall, within 30
days of receipt, deliver to the Service Receiver any and all amounts received
from the Landlord with respect to the Premises.
Service Receiver shall indemnify and hold the Service Provider harmless for any
and all actual costs or expenses incurred by Service Provider or paid by
Service Provider to the Landlord in connection with the Premises, any remaining
tax claims/issues associated with the sponsorship of Ron Davis or any claims
Ron Davis may have with respect to his sponsorship by Service Provider or with
respect to termination of his sponsorship by Service Provider. (the
Indemnified Amounts). Service Receiver shall pay the Indemnified Amounts
within 30 days of receipt of a notice describing the amount and reason Service
Provider paid Landlord or any third party any amount in connection with the
Premises. If such amount is greater than $5,000, Service Provider shall notify
Service Receiver 5 business days in advance of such payment to the Landlord or
third party in connection with the Premises and shall allow the Service
Receiver to contest the payment or the claim. Service Receiver will be liable
for any and all actual damages, costs or expenses incurred by Service Provider
in the event Service Provider contests the payment or the claim.
LOCATIONS
Singapore
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
None
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its address set forth below.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
Notices under this Schedule should be sent to the following addresses (with an email copy to
the Service Owners set forth above):
If to Service Provider:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: Dan Kelly
2
If to Service Receiver
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Blvd #1700
McLean, VA 22102-4827
Attention: Rachel Semanchik
PRICING
Service Receiver shall pay all miscellaneous expenses (telephone, broadband, utilities)
charged to and paid by Service Provider with respect to Ron Davis and his family. Service Provider
shall provide Service Receiver with an invoice detailing such amounts and Service Receiver shall
pay such amounts within 30 days of the date of such invoice.
3
SCHEDULE BC1
UK BENEFITS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barbara West
|
|
UK Benefits Manager
|
|
|
|
barbara.west@fluidtechnology.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Caroline Hunt
|
|
Senior Benefits Manager
|
|
|
|
Caroline.hunt@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Provider: Water Process Ltd
Service Receivers: collectively, ITT Defense, Ltd and EDO MBM Technology Ltd.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receivers have two business locations in England Brighton and Basingstoke.
Benefits for Service Receivers in England have been managed pre-spin by Service Provider based in
Basingstoke. Service Receivers need assistance from Barbara West and/or Linda Frawley
(collectively, the Experts) on a time and materials basis to provide services similar to those
provided to the Service Receivers during the 12 month period prior to October 1, 2011, including
continuity of Benefits Administration, training and advice for 18 months (Minimum Term), but not
longer than 24 months from the date hereof (Maximum Term).
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The following services will be provided on a time and materials basis by the Experts.
|
|
|
Completion of Harmonization of Benefits for Service Receivers Brighton location |
|
|
|
|
Launch Flexible Benefits Package for Service Receivers Brighton and Basingstoke
locations including administration, communications, etc. |
|
|
|
|
Assistance in establishing Service Receivers policy for enrollment in Private Medical |
|
|
|
|
Assistance with establishing, implementing and administering a share incentive plan for
the Service Receivers. |
|
|
|
|
Assistance with the administration and preparation for cessation of Service Receivers
Defined Benefit Plan (General Pension Plan) and movement to a Defined Contribution Plan
(ITT Retirement Savings Plan) |
|
|
|
|
Provide guidance in negotiating premiums with various Benefit Brokers to include
interfacing with appropriate Benefits Vendors on behalf of Service Receivers, but not
executing agreements on Service Receivers behalf. |
|
|
|
|
Facilitate the transition of the Benefits Vendor relationship to designated Service
Receivers HR Benefits Manager |
|
|
|
|
Facilitate the transition of the daily benefit activities to the HR staff of both
Service Receivers in Basingstoke, UK and Brighton, UK |
|
|
|
|
Provide guidance on applicable British Laws versus Benefits provided, but not legal
advice. |
|
|
|
|
All communications initially prepared by the Experts to Service Receivers employees
will be reviewed by the Service Receivers Sr. Manager of Benefits and Service Receivers
Vice President, Human Resources, or such other person as may be designated by Service
Receivers |
|
|
|
|
The Experts will provide employees designated by the Service Receivers with monthly
status reports. The Experts will work under a schedule mutually agreed to prior to October
1, 2011 which will average approximately eight (8) hours per week during the first three
(3) to six (6) months and then two (2) to four (4) hours thereafter. The Experts will
utilize their current office and equipment at Service Provider, Basingstoke, England,
unless Service Provider moves such employees, at its discretion. |
|
|
|
|
Such other services as the Experts have provided to ITT Corporations Defense business
during the twelve (12) month period prior to October 1, 2011 and requested by Service
Receiver, which shall not include legal or tax advice or the execution of any documentation
for any governmental authority. |
LOCATIONS
Basingstoke, UK
Brighton, UK
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers acknowledge and agree
that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the Experts and the Experts have the ability to
terminate their employment with Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed
by Service Provider, Service Providers then current benefit manager will, at the request of the
Service Receivers, provide similar services at an agreed to hourly rate, based on such benefit
managers all in cost to the Service Provider (total compensation plus allocated overhead).
However, if Service Receivers or an affiliate employ any of the Experts, this Schedule can be
terminated by the Service Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days
notice to the Service Receiver. In the event the Experts are no longer employed by Service
Provider or no longer capable of providing services due to disability, and the Experts are not
replaced by another benefits leader, this Schedule shall terminate with no further obligations of
either party.
The Service Receivers human resources department shall cooperate with the Experts as the Experts
provide service under this Schedule.
TAX STATUS
VAT will be charged as determined by the Service Provider
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide ITT Defense, Ltd. with an invoice to its address set forth
above. The bill will cover all charges for services under this Schedule from Service Provider to
both Service Receivers and, to the extent reasonably feasible, will be itemized between the two
Service Receivers. The invoice will contain the number of hours each Expert worked, a short
paragraph describing the services and the British Pound amount per Expert.
SERVICE LEVEL
To the extent necessary data is available after the date hereof, the Experts will provide
the same service level to the Service Receiver as they provide to their employer.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
Service Receiver shall notify Service Provider at least 90 days in advance of the Minimum Term
if it wants to extend or terminate this Schedule, but such extension shall not be for longer than
the Maximum Term. If notification is not received by the Service Provider, the service will
terminate at the end of the Minimum Term. There shall be no make-whole fee in the event of an
early termination under this Schedule.
Notices to the Service Provider should be sent to
Water Process Ltd, Jays Close,
Viables Estate, Basingstoke, Hampshire RG22 4BA
Attention: Barbara West
Notices to the Service Receiver should be sent to
ITT Defense, Ltd and EDO MBM Technology Ltd.
C/O Exelis Inc.
1919 W Cook Rd
Fort Wayne, Indiana 46818
Attention: Caroline Hunt
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services.
The hourly rates below include a 4.5% increase each year for inflation and a 2% increase for a
profit margin. In the event the service continues past the Minimum Term, the rate will increase by
8%
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate |
Hourly Rate for Ms. West. |
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2011 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2012 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2013 |
Hourly Rate for Ms. Frawley |
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2011 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2012 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% during 2013 |
SCHEDULE CA1
GENERAL LEDGER ACCOUNTING
ITT HQ
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Misty Markle
|
|
Accounting Manager
|
|
|
|
misty.markle@itt.com |
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Catherine Lupinacci
ITT Corporation
|
|
Manager of
Corporate Accounting &
Planning
|
|
|
|
catherine.lupinacci@ittcorp.net |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform General Ledger Accounting Services for ITT Corp Headquarters for
Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize the Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
1
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide General Ledger Accounting Services to ITT
Corp Headquarters: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance and Post Payroll Journal Entries
The Service Provider will use the Completed
Payroll Cycles from the Service Receiver to post
the Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger. This will occur
three (3) business days after the payroll cycle
completes.
|
|
155 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Payroll Accrual Report The
Service Provider will receive a notification from
Service Receiver to produce the Payroll Accrual
Report in PDF format from Infinium for Service
Receiver. The report will be completed one (1)
business day after notification is received.
|
|
4 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-GLHQ-01
|
|
General Ledger
Accounting Services
ITT Co. HQ
|
|
Prepare Journal Entries for Infinium
Enterprise Application and Payroll Service Charges
The Service Provider will use the TSA Costs
from Service Receiver to post the Journal on ITT
Co. HQ ledger. This will be completed prior to
month end close.
|
|
50 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Journal Entries for Fringe The
Service Provider will use the Payroll Month End
Close from Service Receiver to post the Journal on
ITT Co. HQ ledger. This will be completed prior
to month end close.
|
|
24 Annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Journal Entries for Environmental
Reserve The Service Provider will use the
Payroll Month End Close from Service Receiver to
post the Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger. This will
be completed prior to month end close.
|
|
12 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Journal Entries for Medical
Insurance and Investment Savings Plan The
Service Provider will use the interface files as
documented in Attachment A to remit payment to
Vendor and post the Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger.
This will be completed prior to month end close.
|
|
68 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Journalize ISP Surcharges The Service
Provider will use the interface files as
documented in Attachment A to remit payment to
Vendor and post the Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger.
This will be completed prior to month end close.
|
|
52 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Prepare Flexible Spending Account Report
and Create Journal Entry The Service Provider
will use the Payroll Month End Close to post the
Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger and provide Service
Receiver with the report. This will be completed
15 days after the calendar month.
|
|
12 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Journalize CELCO Medical Premium Checks
The Service Provider will use a copy of Medical
Checks related to retirees paying their premium
from an internal business unit within Service
Provider which in-turn receives the actual check
from the retiree for Service Provider to post the
Journal on ITT Co. HQ ledger. This will be
completed prior to month end close.
|
|
12 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assist in Payroll Salaries Account
Reconciliation The Service Provider will use
the (Month, Year) Payroll Reconciliation
spreadsheet from Service Receiver to create
queries to support general ledger account
reconciliation. This will be completed one (1)
business day after the request is received.
|
|
12 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liability Calculation for Short Term
Disability The Service Provider will use a
query provided from an internal business unit
within Service Provider to calculate the liability
for short term disability and provide a report in
spreadsheet format.
|
|
1 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Clearing Journal Entries for
Entities within ITT Co. The Service Provider
will use the final month end intercompany balances
provided from an internal business unit within
Service Provider to prepare the clearing journal
entries for ITT Co. HQ ledger. This will be
posted before the last day of fiscal month.
|
|
12 Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide General Ledger Accounting Services for ITT
Co. HQ to close GIS GL: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-GLHQ-02
|
|
General Ledger
Accounting Services
ITT Co.
HQ to close GIS GL
|
|
Provide eBuyITT Admin Services The
Service Provider will use monthly Transaction
Detail Reports from Service Receiver to post
journal entry in general ledger.
|
|
1 per Week |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide P-Card Admin Services The
Service Provider will use monthly Transaction
Detail Reports from Service Receiver to post
journal entry in general ledger.
|
|
1 per Month
|
|
|
6 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
P-Card Online Approval Services The
Service Provider will receive e-mail notification
to approve P-Card transactions from Service
Receiver. Service Provider will review online and
approve P-Card transactions.
|
|
2 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Delegation of Authority Admin
Services The Service Provider will receive an
e-mail notification from Manager or Director of
Service Receivers organization to update the
Delegation of Authority document. The Service
Provider will provide the approved Delegation of
Authority Document. This will be provided within
one (1) business day of receiving the e-mail
notification request.
|
|
1 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reconcile Balance Sheet Accounts The
Service Provider will use the month end close
documents from Service Receiver to reconcile
General Ledger Accounts.
|
|
70 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete Month End General Ledger
Processing The Service Provider will use Month
End Checklist, Month End JE List, Month End Close,
Chart of Account Request Form, and other reports
from Service Receiver to provide Month End Close
services and feed this information to Hyperion.
|
|
1 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Month End Prepare and post all journal
entries, setup and maintain chart of accounts,
maintain company controls and period controls. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o ZDAP Report Review and process accruals. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete Year End Close The Service
Provider will use the Completed Year End Close
data from Service Receiver to create Year End
journals, update retained earnings, and roll
forward of asset and liability account balances
for the next year.
|
|
1 per Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tracking and Transfers of Fixed Assets
The Service Provider will receive request from
Service Receivers management to transfer assets
to New Co or impair and will provide journal entry
and/or invoice to the New Co.
|
|
5 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete Concur Journals and Transfers due
to Employee Movement The Service Provider will
use Concur feed data from Service Receiver to
provide journal entries and transfers due to
employee movement.
|
|
1 per Week |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Purchasing related services |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Complete Finance Approval on Purchase
Requisitions The Service Provider will use
Purchase Requisition information from Service
Receiver to provide finance approval on Purchase
Requisitions. This will be provided within one
(1) business.
|
|
5 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Review Purchase Order Commitment and Close
Active Purchase Orders The Service Provider
will use the Purchase Order Reconciliation Report
|
|
535 Open Purchase |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
from Service Receiver to e-mail Buyers requesting
action to close purchase orders. All Purchase
Orders will be closed by end of TSA period.
|
|
Order Lines |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Load Financials & Intercompany Balances
for Hyperion The Service Provider will use
completed Month End Close information from Service
Receiver to reconcile intercompany balances and
perform financial review.
|
|
1 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prepare Cost Center Variance Monthly
Reports The Service Provider will use completed
Month End Close information from Service Receiver
to produce a monthly G&A expense detail report to
Managers.
|
|
1 per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented in this
agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the
scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to
negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the
services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
5
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-GLHQ-02
|
|
General Ledger
Accounting Support
Services ITT Co. HQ
Migration
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state business
processes, functional
data mapping, and
impacts of design
decisions
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-GLHQ-03
|
|
General Ledger
Accounting ITT Co.
HQ Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to this
agreement
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to General Ledger Accounting by Service Receiver
not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement,
Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service
Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service
Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
6
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to White Plains, NY, USA.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service Provider
it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems
and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the Infinium Application
TSA for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the HR/Payroll/Benefits TSA
for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver (ITT HQ) general ledger must be in the current
reporting period in order for the Service Provider to complete the services
documented within this agreement. Service Receiver and Service Provider will
work together to ensure that the current period is open to process
transaction(s). |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
7
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
8
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Journal Entry Type |
|
Interface Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
Source |
|
Frequency |
Medical Insurance
MetLife
|
|
|
|
Report withholdings
and premiums to the
record keeper
|
|
JP MORGAN CHASE
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Medical Insurance
Health Savings
Account (HSA)
|
|
|
|
Report withholdings
and premiums to the
record keeper
|
|
Mellon
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Weekly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Plan
Savings (ISP) and
ISP Surcharges
|
|
|
|
Report withholdings
and premiums to the
record keeper
|
|
Wells Fargo / ACS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Weekly |
9
SCHEDULE CA2
HR/PAYROLL/BENEFITS
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, expect where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
joe.daniel@itt.com |
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daryl Bowker
|
|
Director, Shared Services
|
|
|
|
daryl.bowker@itt.com |
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Payroll, Payroll Tax, HR, Garnishment and Benefit Services for
Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide payroll and tax configuration support
required to support payroll services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Codes Service Provider will use the
Income Request Form from the Service Receiver to
update tax, garnishment, eligibility, pension, and
401K with the provided income codes. 5 business
days prior notice are required to make the income
code changes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deduction Codes Service Provider will use
the Deduction Request Form from the Service Receiver
to update tax, Group Term Life (GTL), and other
accumulator requirements with the provided deduction
codes. 5 business days prior notice are required to
make the deduction code changes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid Time Off (PTO) Accrual Controls
Service Provider will use the PTO Policy document
from the Service Receiver to accrual code and
schedule setups requested by the Service Receiver.
10 business days prior notice are required to make
the requested PTO Accrual Controls changes. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-Payroll-01
|
|
Payroll Services
|
|
Federal/State/Local Tax Table Service
Provider will use the Notification of
Federal/State/Local Tax Change provided by the
Service Receiver to update the local tax setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request.
|
|
100/month for all
SS-Payroll-01
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal/State/Local Tax Service Provider
will use the Request for Level Control provided by
automated systems to update the level control setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer Codes Service Provider will use
the Request for New Employer Codes from the Service
Receiver to update employer codes in systems managed
by Service Provider within 5 business days of the
request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
User Defined Field Service Provider will
use the Request for User Defined Field provided by
the Service Receiver to update the necessary fields
within 5 business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level Control Service Provider will use
the Request for Level Control provided by the
Service Receiver to update the level control setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pay Cycle Service Provider will use the
Request Pay Cycle from the Service Receiver to setup
the pay cycle with the pay calendar where
applicable. 5 business days are |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
required to make
the pay cycle changes. Pre-distribution date pay
cycle configuration is defined in Attachment B. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employer Group Service Provider will use
the Request for Employer Group provided by the
Service Receiver to update the Employer Group within
systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cycle Group Service Provider will use the
Request for Cycle Group provided by the Service
Receiver to update the cycle group setup within
systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Authorization Group Service
Provider will use the Request for Payroll
Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver
to update the Payroll Authorization Group setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income Authorization Group Service
Provider will use the Request for Income
Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver
to update the income authorization group setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deduction Authorization Group Service
Provider will use the Request for Deduction
Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver
to update the deduction authorization group setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto Pay Groups Service Provider will use
the Request for Auto Pay Groups provided by the
Service Receiver to update the auto pay groups setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Labor/Income Cross Reference Table
Service Provider will use the Request for
Labor/Income Cross Reference Table Maintenance
provided by the Service Receiver to update the
Labor/Income Cross Reference Table setup within
systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
General Ledger Cross Reference Table
Service Provider will use the Request for General
Ledger Cross Reference Table maintenance provided by
the Service Receiver to update the general ledger
cross reference table setup within systems managed
by Service Provider within 5 business days of the
request. |
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide garnishment, child support, tax levy,
interrogatory correspondence, withholding and
payments support required for payroll services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garnishment Letter Service Provider will
use the Garnishment Notification to provide a
garnishment letter to the garnishing agency during
the latter of 7 days after notification and the next
applicable payment cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garnishment Withholding Service Provider
will use the Garnishment Notification to adjust the
employee garnishment deduction setup during the
latter of 7 days after notification and the next
applicable payment cycle. |
|
New Transactions 200, Monthly Payments 700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garnishment Payments Service Provider
will use the Garnishment Notification to update the
garnishment payments to agency during the latter of
7 days after notification and the next applicable
payment cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stop Garnishments Service Provider will
use the Garnishment Stop Notification to deactivate
the employee garnishment deduction and process
refund of any over-withholding during the latter of
7 days after notification and the next applicable
payment cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide employee maintenance support where
appropriate to support payroll processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W-4 Service Provider will use the W-4
Form from the Service Receiver to update employee
W-4 information with the provided information.
Service Receiver must provide such information at
least 2 business days prior to processing of payroll
to ensure inclusion in the current payroll run. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home/Work State Update Service Provider
will use the employee change request for home/work
state maintenance from the Service Receiver to make
requested updates. Service Receiver must provide
such information at least 2 business days prior to
processing of payroll to ensure inclusion in the
current payroll run.
|
|
600/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct Deposit Service Provider will use
the Direct Deposit Form from the Service Receiver to
update employee direct deposit information with the
provided information. Service Receiver must provide
such information at least 2 business days prior to
processing of payroll to ensure inclusion in the
next payroll run. |
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide college fund employee direct deposit
maintenance required to support payroll processing
upon receipt of notification of enrollment or change
via email. Request will be processed within 7 days
of notification in the next applicable payment
cycle.
|
|
30/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive excess savings plan updates to
employee deduction code maintenance required to
support payroll processing upon receipt of Service
Receiver notification of employee. Request will be
processed within 7 days of notification in the next
applicable payment cycle.
|
|
30/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide ACS 401k Interface Processing required to
support payroll processing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service
Provider will use the ACS ISP Feedback File from the
Service Receivers 3rd party to update
employee deduction code information with the
provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information
by Friday evening the week prior to requested
update. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service
Provider will use the ACS ISP Feedback File from the
Service Receivers 3rd party to update
employee deduction code information with the
provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information
by Friday evening the week prior to requested
update. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS Error Report Review Service Provider
will review the ACS ISP Feedback File from the
Service Receivers 3rd party provider to
review any fallout which may have occurred. Upon
fallout Service Provider will notify ACS to conduct
maintenance to rectify documented fallouts.
|
|
10 Monthly Interfaces Files & Reports
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS New Hire Service Provider will use a
report created from the ACS Interface File from the
Service Receivers 3rd party to validate
new hire processing. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information
by Friday evening the week prior to requested
validation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS ISEV Service Provider will use the
ACS ISEV Status Change from the Service Receivers
3rd party to update employee deduction
code information with the provided information.
Service Receivers 3rd party must provide
such information by Friday evening the week prior to
requested update. |
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide JPMorgan 401k Interface Processing required
to support payroll processing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service
Provider will use the JP Morgan ISP Feedback File
from the Service Receivers 3rd party to
update employee deduction code information with the
provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information
by Friday evening the week prior to requested
update. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service
Provider will use the JP Morgan ISP Feedback File
from the Service Receivers 3rd party to
update employee deduction code information with the
provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information
by Friday evening the week prior to requested
update. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JP Morgan Error Report Review Service
Provider will review the JP Morgan ISP Feedback File
from the Service Receivers 3rd party
provider to review any errors which may have
occurred. Upon fallout Service Provider will notify
ACS to conduct maintenance to rectify documented
fallouts.
|
|
10 Monthly Interfaces Files & Reports |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JP Morgan New Hire Service Provider will
use a report created from the JP Morgan Interface
File from the Service Receivers 3rd
party to validate new hire processing. Service
Receivers 3rd party must provide such
information by Friday 5 pm EST or Thursday 5 pm EST
if Friday is not a business day the week prior to
requested validation. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JP Morgan ISEV Service Provider will use
the JP Morgan ISEV Status Change from the Service
Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided
information. Service Receivers 3rd
party must provide such information by Friday
evening the week prior to requested update. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Principal Loan Processing required to
support payroll processing upon receipt of
notification by secured email and make the required
employee deduction code changes.
|
|
Weekly Interface
Files |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Marsh Benefit Processing required to support
payroll processing upon receipt of interface file
and make deduction code changes. Files must be
received by the 17th of the month for
processing by the end of the month.
|
|
Two Interface Files
Per Month |
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide John Hancock LTC Processing required to
support payroll processing upon receipt of interface
file and make deduction code changes. Files must be
received by the 17th of the month for
processing by the end of the month.
|
|
Two Interface Files
Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Runzheimer Fix and Variable Auto Processing
required to support payroll processing upon receipt
of interface file and make employee negative
deduction transactions for payroll Files must be
received by the 9th of the month.
|
|
One Interface File
Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Concur Travel Expense Reimbursement required
to support payroll processing upon receipt of
interface file and make employee negative deduction
transactions. Files must be received by Thursday
morning at 6 am EST to be processed in the next
applicable pay cycle.
|
|
Weekly Interface
Files |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive deferral payment upon receipt of
notification from Service Receiver for payout and
make employee deferral payment. Files must be
received by the 9th of the month.
|
|
One Monthly
Deferral Processing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide excess group term life calculations upon
receipt of notification from Service Receiver for
payout and make employee deferral payment. Files
must be received by the 9th of the month.
|
|
240 Batch
Processing Runs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete nightly Infinium Benefit Deduction updates.
|
|
240 Batch
Processing Runs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide payroll processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Automated Labor Upload Service
Provider
will use the interface from the Service Receivers
labor system and create the Infinium labor file for
payroll processing. Labor Code to Infinium Income
code cross reference file updated as required. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Labor Interface Validation Service
Provider will use the interface from the Service
Receivers labor system to get totals. Service
Provider will then match the Infinium and Service
Receivers Labor System file. Should discrepancies
exist, Service Provider will work with Service
Receiver to resolve the issue.
|
|
240 Pay Processing Cycles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Cycle Processing
Service Provider
will then create Employee Processing Cycle |
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
File, listing of employees with pay, benefit, leave of
absence and terminations. A review of employee
changes will be conducted by Service Receiver and
corrections made if applicable. Employee changes
will be added to cycle validation routine for
balancing. Delays in Service Receiver
responsibilities will delay payroll processing.
Service Provider will not be liable for such Service
Receiver caused delays. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Close Upload Labor to Payroll Cycle
Service Provider will upload employee labor to
payroll cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross to Net Calculation
Once Infinium
releases time sheet data Service Provider will
produce the payroll trial balance. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Adjustments Service
Provider will
update employee pay information and add adjustments
to validation routine for balancing as required. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print Trial Balance/Approve
Payroll Using
the Infinium trial balance Service Provider will
create a trial balance report to post payroll and
print pay stubs. If Trial Balance does not balance
or has errors it must be corrected via update checks
and Trial Balance Reran until error free and
balanced. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide on-demand payroll processing of off-cycle
check requests upon receipt of on-demand check
request form from Service Provider. Form must be
received by 5 pm for next day direct deposit or
check delivery.
|
|
570 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide bonus cycle payroll processing of off-cycle
bonus payments upon receipt of bonus specification
from Service Recipient. Form must be received 5
business days prior to date of required bonus
payment.
|
|
7000 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide manual W-2 earnings and deductions updates
upon receipt of written notice and tax detail from
Service Provider
|
|
325 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide stock option manual payroll upon receipt of
Smith Barney stock transaction file using the daily
interface from Service Provider
|
|
80 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide restricted stock manual payroll upon receipt
of Smith Barney restricted stock transaction file
using the daily interface from Service Provider
|
|
110 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide quarterly tax dividend payment upon receipt
of Smith Barney dividend transaction file using the
quarterly interface from Service Provider
|
|
440 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Cartus quarterly relocation manual payroll
upon receipt of Cartus Relocation Transaction file
using the quarterly interface from Service Provider
|
|
140 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Process payment for unused PTO time upon receipt of
notification from systems during year-end
|
|
1700 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Void or re-issue employee checks upon receipt of
notification from Service Receiver. May be processed
with current payroll or via separate check
processing. For inclusion with regular payroll
request must be received two business days prior to
start of payroll processing. Five business days
notice is required for issuing as separate payroll
process. [Service Provider will not be liable if
funds have been disbursed prior to voidance.]
|
|
850 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make adjustments to employee pay upon receipt of
notification from Service Receiver. Notification
must be received 2 business days prior to the next
pay cycle.
|
|
325 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process retro-active payments for delayed merit
increase processing after receipt of notification
from Service Receiver. May be processed with current
payroll or via separate check processing. For
inclusion with regular payroll request must be
received Two business days prior to start of payroll
processing. Five business day notice required for
issuing as separate payroll process.
|
|
350 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process special employee payments upon receipt of
notification from Service Receiver. May be processed
with current payroll or via separate check
processing. For inclusion with regular payroll
request must be received 2 days prior to start of
payroll processing. Five day notice required for
issuing as separate payroll process.
|
|
900 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process relocation payment from employee paycheck
upon receipt of notification from Service Receiver
Processed with normal payroll. May be repaid over
multiple payrolls or from one payroll per
specification of Service Receiver.
|
|
200 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive excess savings plan distribution
upon receipt of notification from Service Receiver
May be processed with current payroll or via
separate check processing. For inclusion with
regular payroll request must be received 2 days
prior to start of payroll processing. Five day
notice required for issuing as separate payroll
process.
|
|
50 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will use commercially reasonable
efforts to provide post-payroll |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Print/Distribute Check,
Vouchers, & Reports
Printed Checks and Vouchers sealed and prepared
for shipping distribution per business units
instructions.
|
|
250 Cycles Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACH Processing ACH transmitted
to clearing
house using the Infinium ACH extraction
process |
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Bank Funding Wire Transfer to cover
payroll using the bank funding report option |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Union Processing File Transmission
to Credit Union using the Infinium direct deposit
extract |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Union Reporting Union report transmitted
using the Union employees and Union dues report |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Bond Processing Transmission of
Canadian Bond File to Royal Bank of Canada using the
Canadian bond extract |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Positive Pay Positive pay file transmitted
to Wells Fargo using the positive pay extract file |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Direct Deposit Fund Pullback Employee
funds pulled back or error report with insufficient
funds upon Service Receivers request to pull back
employee direct deposit. Service Provider will use
the Shared Service form submission to Wells Fargo to
pull back employee direct deposit. Insufficient
funds notices are communicated to employees HR
administrator for review of how to recover money |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium month end close once a month
rolling month totals, update monthly benefits (Marsh
& John Hancock), and update monthly limit
processing. This service will be performed after
final payroll for month and prior to first payroll
of new month.
|
|
20 Companies Per
Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process Infinium quarter end close once a quarter
rolling quarter totals, update quarterly limit
|
|
20 Companies Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium year-end processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wage & Tax Balancing Using the wage Base
Report balance Employee Earnings and Taxes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United Way Deduction Infinium United Way
Deduction Change for deduction codes 00800 & 0805
clearing the United Way deduction for the new year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401K Limit Update -Deduction limit updated
with values for year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year End Payroll Register Use the
Infinium Year End Payroll Register to archive
historical payroll registers
|
|
20 Companies Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hartford-JP Morgan Year End Use the
Infinium Save File to archive Hartford-JP Morgan
year end 401K values |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS Use the Infinium Save File to archive
ACS year end 401K values |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium W2 Box Updates Use the Infinium
Income & Deduction Reporting Groups to make W2 Box
Reporting Reports |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium ADP W2 Box Update Use the ADP
interface for W2 Reporting to create the ADP W2 Box
Interface File |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Local Tax Update Use the notification
from locality or Service Receiver to update the
local tax table |
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Transfers Clear Q1 Information captured
for tax & 401K Limit processing for use in the W2
tax report |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vinny 1st day report Use the Infinium Day
1 Report for forecasting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Calendar Use the Infinium Cycle
Maintenance to create Service Receiver Payroll
Calendars |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W2 Pension for Group Term Life (GTL)
Service Receiver provides files from ACS & Hartford
and Service Provider updates Pensioners W2s |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Highly Compensated Employee Listing Using
an AS400 Query, employees meeting IRS Highly
Compensated Listing are found and 401K providers
updated with list of highly compensated employees |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Executive Excess Saving Plan Employee Update
Service Receiver provides list of eligible
employees for executive excess saving plan which
Service Provider uses to update the Executive Excess
Saving Plan Employee List provided for roll over
into Excess Savings Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New Jersey Disability Year End Update
Using the New Jersey Final Disability Report;
Service Provider will update the New Jersey year end
payroll entries to record New Jersey final
disability entries. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium Year End Close Year end close
rolls year to day information to previous year and
clear year-to-date dollars |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP 4th Quarter & Year End Extract Using
the ADP Extract Program an ADP Year End Interface
File is created |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Balance Year Using the ADP Year End
Reports Year End Statutory Reports & W2 are output |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W2Cs Using the value center post
year-end close entries to update the W2C |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amended Year End Use the ADP Extract
Program to amended statutory reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide US Tax Processing.
|
|
Registrations 10 per month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Company Profile Update Use the ADP
Tax Header Spreadsheet to update ADP tax reporting
set up
|
|
Interfaces daily |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Code Mapping Use the ADP Mapping
Document to map ADP Tax Code to Infinium Tax Code
|
|
Tax Payments Daily & Quarterly Per Requirements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium ADP Deduction Table Maintenance
Use the Infinium ADP Tax Code file to output ADP
Interface File including the new tax code
|
|
Cobra Reporting Quarterly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Daily Interface File Use the ADP
Infinium Payroll Tax Extract to create the ADP
Receipt of Tax Payment Detail
|
|
Quarterly Reporting |
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Daily Tax Audit Report Use the Query: ADP
Tax Audit Report to validate ADP Daily Tax Interface
File |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Daily Tax Funding Use the ADP
Invoice to create ADP Wire Payment
|
|
Tracer Transactions 20 Monthly
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Unemployment Rate Change Use the ADP
Tax Header Spreadsheet to calculate ADP -
Unemployment Payments with New Rate
|
|
Amendments 10 Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Monthly Charges Use the ADP Invoice
to process ADP Payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Barnett Monthly Charges Use the Barnett
Invoice to process Barnett Payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Quarterly Communication Use the ADP
Quarterly Updates to update the Quarterly Calendar
Close Schedule |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cobra Quarterly Tax Credit Entry Use the
SHPS Cobra Detail summarized and entered into ADP
Payroll Tax Input to update the 941 Cobra Credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Interface File Use the ADP
Infinium Quarterly Tax Extract to create the ADP
Quarterly Tax Reporting File |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP TAX Reconciliation Use the Infinium
Quarterly Tax Report to reconcile ADP Quarterly Tax
Reports |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarter Close & Statutory Reporting Use
Service Receiver approval to ADP for Quarterly
Processing to make quarterly statutory payments and
reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Report Distribution ADP Use the
Quarterly Reports Posted to Web Site to distribute
Statement of Deposits, 941Cobra Credit, State &
Local Wage Detail |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Invoice Payments Use ADP
Invoice to make ADP Wire Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Federal & State Tax Amendments
Use Quarterly Amendment Filing to amended reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amendment Payment Use the invoice to
create ADP Wire Payment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tracers Use agency notices to conduct ADP
research |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tracer Payments ADP agency notice research
to make payment of Agency Notices |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Close Tax ID Use ADP header to close
company so no future reporting in ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Close Tax ID Use the Agency notification
of account closed to conduct final reconciliation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Canadian Tax Processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Tax Withholding Using Canadian
Tax Deductions provided by Service Receiver input
Service Provider will complete Employee/Employer Tax
Withholding/Liability
|
|
Weekly Tax Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Canadian Tax Payments Using Payroll
Registers provided by Service Receiver, Service
Provider will make Canadian Tax Payment
|
|
Annually T4, T4A & RL Reporting |
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Year End Pension Calculation Using the
Canadian Pension Plan Policy provided by Service
Receiver, Service Provider will compute Pension Plan
Calculation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RL1 & T4 Reporting Using the Infinium
Canadian Year End Process, Service Provider will
complete T4 & RL1 Forms & XML Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Puerto Rico Tax Processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Puerto Rico Tax Withholding Using Tax
Deductions Service Provider will calculate tax
withholding for Service Receiver
|
|
Weekly Tax Payments |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Puerto Rico Tax Payments Using Payroll
Registers provided by Service Receiver, Service
Provider will make Puerto Rico Tax Payments
|
|
Annual W2P & W3P Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Puerto Rico Year End Reporting Using W2 &
W3 Reporting Service Provider will make Employee &
Employer Year End Tax Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support the legal/regulatory audits documented below. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACE Worker Compensation Audit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Audits |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D&T Benefit Audit
|
|
4 Audits/Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SOX Audit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Disaster Recovery |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ACS 401K Compliance Testing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JP Morgan 401K Compliance Testing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data Mining Payroll |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will run the custom queries
documented in Attachment C once a month
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Guam Tax Processing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUAM Tax Withholding Using Tax Deductions
provided by Service Receiver, Service Provider will
calculate Tax withholding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUAM Tax Payments Using the payroll
registers Service Provider will make GUAM tax
payments |
|
Annual W2G & W3G
Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUAM Year End Reporting Using W2 & W3
Reporting, Service Provider will make Employee &
Employer Year End Tax Reporting
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HR-Benefits-02
|
|
Human Resources,
Benefits, Training,
|
|
Infinium and HRSS Support/Communication for handling
of Service Receiver questions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
& Compliance
Support |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Daily Service Receiver Issue Handling -
Service Receiver users can make a phone call or send
an email to ask questions related to
employee data and/or transactional history
stored in Infinium/HRSS; M-F 8-5pm EST except U.S.
holidays;
|
|
201/month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data Input Questions Covered in User Manual |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
System Requirements-Upgrades/System Changes
Maintenance (Federal/State/Local) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium Canned Reports are available for
the service receiver to access and review. Service
Provider will be responsible for ensuring that |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
reports required for legal or regulatory
requirements run. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Coordinate issue resolution as needed with
IT, Payroll, SS Accounting, HQ Benefits and/or third
party vendors. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anything not covered above is considered a
special request to be handled using on a Time &
Materials basis as outlined in the Additional
Pricing Section of this document. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Administration and Reporting
Internal/External: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weekly vendor file feed resolution to
national carriers - Service Provider will accept
phone or email from Service Receiver or external
benefits provider and resubmit corrected file feed
or corrected actual employee record based on
request. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salaried Pension Eligibility file feed
questions from field Service Receiver HR staff will
be triaged by Service Provider and assist Service
Receiver in data correction.
|
|
327/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Validation Reports from Health & Welfare and
Pension - Service Provider will receive reports
from 3rd party providers listing errors
related to health & welfare data and Service
Provider will assist Service Receiver HR field staff
to make appropriate changes |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services for Service Receiver supervisors on
payrolls that are not administered via the Fort
Wayne Infinium System: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will create and/or update
Job/Position Codes upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will add an international
supervisor as a new hire upon request from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will attach an
international supervisor to an Infinium Employee
record upon request from the Service Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will add an international
supervisors Concur ID to the appropriate record
upon request from the Service Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services for Service Receiver Business Units and/or
Infinium Companies that are not supported by local
HR staff but administered by HRMS staff in Fort
Wayne: |
|
50/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will create and or update
Job/Position Code upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will enter new hires on
personnel side as well as on payroll side upon
request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will enter salary
changes/address changes/title
changes/transfers/terminations upon request from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will perform annual merit
increase uploads upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will communicate with
Service Receiver HR contacts from other Service
Receiver business units to coordinate both
transferring in and out of employees upon request
from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will enter payroll changes
including withholding changes/benefit deductions and
catch-ups upon request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will enter benefit updates
including urgent updates upon request from the
Service Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will make Address & Phone number
changes upon request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will make Benefit Changes
due to qualifying event & Annual Open Enrollment
upon request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will make Annual Salary
Merit Increases upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will make Annual Reviews
(if applicable) upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will make inquiries
relating to benefits and/or personnel information
upon request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will produce Infinium
Canned Reports upon request from the Service
Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-end Standard Benefit Enrollment Copy to
New Plan Year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year-end Vendor Meetings for open enrollment
file feeds |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Data Input Questions Covered in User Manual |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support Special Year End File Feeds to
National H&W Vendors |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Standard Communication regarding Annual
Enrollment & Year End Dates
|
|
Each item in this table will be completed once a year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collaborate with Payroll, Finance and IT for
Year End Closing Processes using all input from
years changes and develop project plan to prepare
system for enrollment and year-end processing.
Project will then be started in July, and meetings
with vendors conducted as needed depending on data
from customers. ** Changing benefits providers in
2011 will be a special project using Time &
Materials rates with specific notification on
change. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HR-Benefits-03
|
|
Training
|
|
Service Provider will take requests from Service
Receiver HR manager to conduct periodic WebEx
training of how to use Infinium systems and conduct
the training for the Service Receiver.
|
|
1/month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Time and Materials |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-Payroll Acct-04
|
|
Payroll Accounting
|
|
Provide Payroll Accounting services. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Journals Service Provider will use
the payroll register summary from the Service
Receiver to balance and post payroll journals for
each payroll cycle for the Service Receiver
|
|
1972 annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Payroll Balance Sheet Accounts Service
Provider will use the payroll month end close
document from the Service Receiver to reconcile the
payroll balance sheet accounts for the Service
Receiver
|
|
3060 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Deductions Service Provider will
use completed payroll cycles document from Service
Receiver to remit employee deductions for the
Service Receiver
|
|
364 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee Benefits for ISP,401 (K) and
Insurances Service Provider will use completed
payroll cycles document and payroll queries from
Service Receiver to validate, reconcile and remit
employee benefits for ISP, 401(k) and insurances for
the Service Receiver
|
|
205 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Payroll Taxes Service Provider will
use completed payroll cycles, payroll queries, and
ADP invoices from the Service Receiver to validate,
reconcile, and remit all Payroll Taxes to ADP
|
|
240 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface File Transmission - Service
Provider will use completed payroll cycles and
payroll queries from the Service Receiver to
transmit interface files to 3rd party vendors on
behalf of the Service Receiver
|
|
195 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits Reporting Service Provider will
use the year end close information from the Service
Receiver to provide annual reporting of benefits to
the Service Receiver
|
|
10 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Federal and State Taxes Service
Provider will use tax extract and file feed from ADP
from Service Receiver to journalize ADP Federal and
State Tax Activity for the Service Receiver
|
|
240 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADP Mid Year Conversions Service Provider
will use YTD tax amounts information from Service
Receiver to perform ADP midyear conversions for the
Service Receiver
|
|
5 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-supported ADP Service Provider will
use completed payroll cycles information from
Service Receiver to remit non-supported ADP taxes
for the Service Receiver
|
|
12 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control Files for 401(k) and ISP- Service
Provider will use information from business units or
HQs from the Service Receiver to maintain and
control files for 401(k) and ISP for the Service
Receiver
|
|
30 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll Bank Account Service Provider will
use bank account statements from the Service
Receiver to reconcile payroll bank accounts for the
Service Receiver
|
|
24 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unclaimed Payroll Property- Service Provider
will use bank account statements from Service
Receiver to manage unclaimed payroll property for
the Service Receiver
|
|
200 annually |
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Automated Bank Functions- Service Provider
will use cleared bank files from the Service
Receiver to process post cleared checks in the
Infinium payroll
|
|
12 annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year to Date Analysis for 401k The Service
Provider will use the Year End Payroll Close from an
internal business unit within the Service Provider
to calculate 401k Year to Date totals for employee,
employer, and loans and provide report by vendor to
the Service Receiver.
|
|
3 annually |
|
|
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party
relationships which require interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the
scope of this agreement. Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to
negotiate in good faith with regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the
services provided are required by law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
17
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable best
efforts to assist
Service Receiver in
exiting of this
agreement. These
efforts include:
|
|
|
SS-Payroll-05
|
|
HR/Payroll/Benefits
Migration
|
|
Support
of data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current state
business processes,
functional data
mapping, and impacts
of design decisions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will provide the following
knowledge transfer services:
|
|
|
SS-Payroll-06
|
|
HR/Payroll/Benefits
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by Service
Provider will be
given to the Service
Receiver as it
relates to
Payroll/HR/Benefit
services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to HR, Benefits and Payroll by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in
this agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such
request to Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for
consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by
Service Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as
received during such business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially
reasonable period, provide a price quote to be commercially reasonable based on the
current cost of the Services to Service Receiver taking into account, such items as the
specific time the request was made, service delivery volumes, exit planning activities,
and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at the time of the request,
but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service Provider, in its sole
discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating costs for
Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service
receiver. Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services.
Where a price quote is provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested
upon acceptance of the price.
18
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to Canada and USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will provide accurate and timely employee maintenance,
time and attendance data and payroll adjustments required to produce
pay checks. In conjunction with the preceding, Service Receiver will maintain the
applications and interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be responsible for providing new tax registration
requirements to Service Provider. Applicable tax registration information will be
provided to Service Provider as required to complete tax registration. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be responsible for providing configuration changes to
Service Provider including taxes, income, deductions, banking and benefits using
the change request process and forms provided by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider it will be
the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any
costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will setup and make available to Service Provider a
disbursement account from which Service Provider utilizes draft authorization to
process payroll.
Service provider will request funding for payroll checks, payroll direct
deposits, payroll taxes, and other benefit remittances from the Service
Receiver Treasury Headquarter location. Service Provider will open and own
payroll bank accounts for the payroll transactions. Funding is required in
the bank account one day prior to the value date. Late funding of the
payroll account by the Service Receiver may result in delay of payroll
checks, applied 401(k) funds, and benefit payments. Any outstanding
liabilities associated to payroll tax and benefits will remain on Service
Providers general ledger at month end. Service Provider will retain
interest earned, if any, on residual account balances and will pay all
standard account related service fees. Any service fee associated with Non
Sufficient Funds due to the Service Receiver will be the responsibility of
the Service Receiver. Service provider will remit employee deductions from
the Service Provider Accounts Payable bank account. Service Provider will
collect the funds from the Service Receiver thru a 3rd party invoice. |
Dependencies
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the Infinium Application TSA
and related Business Objects Universe for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
19
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have the
ADP application and interface active for the period of time in which this agreement
is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have Concur
and other Time and Attendance systems listed in Attachment A active and maintained
with the correct interfaces and data feeds to Infinium by the Service Receiver for
the period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master
Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
The services documented within this agreement must be exited at the same
time and as such cannot be exited in parts. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion which are received
using High, Medium, or Low. Such classifications shall be consistent with the priorities
Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services. Incidents classified using
this methodology will be triaged as documented below for SS-Payroll-01, HR-Benefits-02,
and HR-Benefits-03:
|
|
|
|
|
SLA |
|
Response Time |
|
Resolution |
High
|
|
Within 24 hours of receiving
notification during normal
business hours
|
|
Within 24 48 hours of
response during normal
business hours |
|
|
|
|
|
Medium
|
|
Within 48 hours of receiving
notification during normal
business hours
|
|
Within 48 120 hours of
response during normal
business hours |
|
|
|
|
|
Low
|
|
Within 120 or more hours of
receiving notification or as
scheduled during normal
business hours
|
|
Within 120 hours of response
during normal business hours |
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
20
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
21
ATTACHMENT A
Inbound Interfaces:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
Interface Name |
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
|
XRCISPDP
|
|
Dependents
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ACS |
|
|
XYCISP XYCISP2
|
|
ACS Salary ISP and Pension
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ACS |
|
|
XPRCADPCHK
|
|
Create ADP Tax Journal
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
XPRGMADPC
|
|
Maintain ADP Tax Controls
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
XPYCADPDWN
|
|
ADP Periodic &Qtrly File Downld
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
XPYGADPBAL
|
|
ADP Balance Report
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
XPYGADPCHG
|
|
Refresh ADP Employee Number
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
XECBRUC
|
|
Unemployement emps
|
|
Barnett
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Barnett |
|
|
|
|
US__RELOWAGE__UPDATE.CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CARTUS |
|
|
XPYPCTWRC
|
|
Send Cartus Receipt of gr
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CARTUS |
|
|
XPYCEEMT
|
|
Concur Employee Master File Feed
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
TEG002C
|
|
Employee information
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur E-Xpense |
|
|
XPYCEEMT
|
|
FTP Employee information
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
XCHCEXTEMP
|
|
Export Employees to Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
US Bank Concur Travel
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
Garnishments
|
|
County Government
|
|
Infinium
|
|
County Government |
|
|
XECEMED
|
|
Empire Eligbility and HDHP Mellon pass thru
|
|
Empire/Blue
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Empire/Blue |
|
|
XPYGKRONOS
|
|
800 EVHR employee Infinium Data feed to
(800)(Kronos) System
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Kronos |
|
|
NPYPCIMA
|
|
Employee feed 500
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Cannon |
|
|
NPYCCIM1ST
|
|
Cannons Full Employee Master Update To Cim
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Cannon |
|
|
XYCEEMIPG
|
|
Download Employee Date to IPG Daily (ER 810 92SHR) |
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Goulds |
22
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
Interface Name |
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
|
XPYG880D
|
|
Prudential Demographics 880
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYG881D
|
|
Prudential Demographics 881
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYPRUDEM
|
|
Send Prudential Demographics Systems
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYP880D, 881D,
882D, 883D
|
|
Prudential Systems Demographics(ENI, CAP, CMC, ECI)
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XECNHC
|
|
Cobra New Hire
|
|
SHPS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SHPS |
|
|
XRCFSA
|
|
FSA Deduction feed to SHPS
|
|
SHPS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SHPS |
|
|
XPYCSBBLD
|
|
Stock Options Eligibility
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney CODES FILE
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney EMAIL ADDRESSES
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney PARTICIPANTS
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XPEGNH
|
|
New Hire
|
|
State of Indiana
|
|
Infinium
|
|
State of Indiana |
|
|
XPEGWEBMD
|
|
WebMD ELIGIBILITY
|
|
WebMD
|
|
Infinium
|
|
WebMD |
|
|
CCHCPWFTP
|
|
FTP CCUSECHD2 Well Fargo password change
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XPYCWFPAY
|
|
CLP to send payroll ACH file to Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XPYCWFPOS
|
|
CLP to run entire Wells Fargo pos pay process
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XYGEXTCA
|
|
modified International ACH file for ALL of CANADA
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
NWBPAYTRN
|
|
Direct deposit transmission
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
NWBCHK01
|
|
Send Check Recon to bank
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
CCUCPWDR
|
|
Re-send check recon to bank
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XPYCCTACH
|
|
Payroll ACH
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
Interface Name |
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
|
XRCECEMP1
|
|
Active Directory
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ITT |
|
|
XEMGP2E
|
|
HM Update Health Mast Defense Companies
|
|
ITT-HM
|
|
Infinium
|
|
HM |
|
|
XPEGHYPR
|
|
Hyperion Planning- Build Transmission file
|
|
ITT Hyperion
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Hyperion |
|
|
XPYGMXLP
|
|
SAP AUTO PAY Benefit Deductions sent to
Seneca Fall SAP system
|
|
ITT SAP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SAP P2P |
|
|
XPECJHUP
|
|
Send file to Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
XECJHLT
|
|
John Hancock Eligbility
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
NEW Development
|
|
401K Feedback file from JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
Infinum
|
|
JP Morgan |
|
|
XECKMED
|
|
KAISER ELIGIBILITY
|
|
Kaiser Permanete
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Kaiser Permanete |
|
|
XECUBSOUT
|
|
Transmit file to Life Plus for Marsh
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
XPYCJH08
|
|
Upload Life Plus file
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
XECLP
|
|
LifePlus Eligibility
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
XPYCHSA2
|
|
HSA Send Extract File From Robot Job
|
|
Mellon
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Mellon |
|
|
XPYCMM
|
|
Medco Prescription
|
|
Merck Medco
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Merck Medco |
|
|
XPRCMLE
|
|
Metlife ltd/std mth - GL Advices
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
XPRCML5SGL
|
|
Metlife LTD/STD ( Menu option)
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
XRCMETDTF
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife Dental |
|
|
XRGVA1 XRGVA3 XRGVA4
|
|
Print Voluntary Accident Monthly report data
|
|
National Union Fire
|
|
Infinium
|
|
National Union Fire |
|
|
XECPMED
|
|
PACIFICARE ELIG
|
|
PACIFICARE
|
|
Infinium
|
|
PACIFICARE |
|
|
XPYPRURL1
|
|
Prudential Loans Systems
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYC880O
|
|
ENI Prudential Dollar Send - 800
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYC881O
|
|
CAP Prudential Dollar Send - 881
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XPYC883O
|
|
ECI Prudential Dollar Send - 883
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
24
ATTACHMENT B
The following table documents the process day for the in-scope pay cycles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
|
GOULDS PUMPS CANADA (IPG)
|
|
CGOBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CGO
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
ONTARIO PRO SERVICES CENTER
|
|
CONBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CON
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
ITT CANNON
|
|
BIWBW
|
|
BIW BI WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CANNON
|
|
BIWHR
|
|
BIW HOURLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CANNON
|
|
BWCAN
|
|
BI WEEKLY CANNON
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CANNON
|
|
HRCAN
|
|
CANNON HOURLY EMPLOYEES
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT VEAM, LLC
|
|
BWVEA
|
|
VEAM SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT VEAM, LLC
|
|
HRVEA
|
|
HOURLY VEAM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
BWIND
|
|
ITT INDUSTRIES BI - WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
COMPUTER & EQUIP LEASING CORP
|
|
CELBW
|
|
COMPUTER & EQUIP LEASING
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT TRANSPORTATION DIST SVCS
|
|
BWGRP
|
|
TDS BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AERHR
|
|
AEROSPACE HOURLY AH
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AESAL
|
|
AEROSPACE SALARY AP
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AMOHR
|
|
AMORY HOURLY FH
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AMSAL
|
|
AMORY SALARY FS |
|
B
|
|
|
|
X |
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
CYCLE CODE |
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
CTBW
|
|
CTREAT BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
EVHR
|
|
ENG VALVES HOURLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
EVSAL
|
|
ENG VALVES SALARY EV
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
GRSAL
|
|
GRINDEX SALARY GR
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
MFCBW
|
|
MOTION FLOW CONTROL SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
SHBW
|
|
SHEROTEC BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
SHHR
|
|
SHEROTEC HOURLY ST
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
WTBW
|
|
WET
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
CARBN
|
|
CARBON INDUSTRIES
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
EVZHR
|
|
DIV- IPG, UNITS VU,PJ,QU WEEKLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
H9WPS
|
|
PRO SHOP SALARY TX - BI- WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
PROBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CYCLE
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
9XLCS
|
|
CITY OF INDUSTRY SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
9XLSA
|
|
GOULDS IPG BI-WEEKLY SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
92SHR
|
|
SF UNION - IPG- SU,CPG- WU WKLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
|
ITT CORPORATION(FRC)
|
|
FRCSA
|
|
GOULD SHARED SERVICES
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS PA
|
|
H9XSA
|
|
ASHLAND SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT GOULDS PUMPS IPG
|
|
H9YSA
|
|
IPG SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION(ENIDINE)
|
|
EAHR
|
|
ENIDINE WEEKLY HOURLY EA
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION (ENIDINE)
|
|
EASAL
|
|
ENIDINE BI-WEEKLY SALARY EA
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION (CAP)
|
|
CAHR
|
|
CAP WEEKLY HOURLY CA
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION (CAP)
|
|
CASAL
|
|
CAP BI-WEEKLY SALARY CA
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
BIHR
|
|
BILLERICA HOURLY CM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
BISAL
|
|
BILLERICA BI-WEEKLY SALARY
CM
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
CMHR
|
|
CMC BI-WEEKLY HOURLY CM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
CMSAL
|
|
CMC BI-WEEKLY SALARY CM
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT-KALIBURN INC.
|
|
KBHR
|
|
KALIBURN HOURLY (BI-WEEKLY)
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT-KALIBURN INC.
|
|
KBSAL
|
|
KALI BURN SALARY (BI-WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT KONI
|
|
BWFRI
|
|
KONI FRICTION SALARIED
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
ITT KONI
|
|
BWKON
|
|
Bl WEEKLY KONI
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
27
ATTACHMENT C
Custom Queries to be run once a month by service provider:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Used to Produce |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Query/Report Name |
|
Information |
|
Provider |
|
Information Supplied |
|
Frequency of Request |
DWA87200_MonthYear
|
|
Infinium Query
|
|
Debbie Weeks
|
|
Salaries Information of
employees on Severance (Income
Codes 00140 and 00270)
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll by Individual
|
|
Business Objects
|
|
Carol Whisler
|
|
Payroll information of HQ
Employees with names and cost
centers
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headcount
|
|
Business Objects
|
|
Idania Miro
|
|
Payroll information of HQ
Employees with names and cost
centers
|
|
Monthly |
28
SCHEDULE CA3
SECURITY OPERATIONS CENTER
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Phil Zaleski Exelis Inc.
|
|
Business Area Manager, Cyber
Security Programs
|
|
|
|
phil.zaleski@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bill Lavalette ITT
Corporation
|
|
Chief Information Security Officer
|
|
|
|
bill.lavalette@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Information Technology Security Operations Center (IT-SOC)
Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
IT-SOC-01
|
|
Security Operations
Center Support
Services
|
|
Provide IT Security event monitoring and intrusion
detection; and serves as a single point for information
security related issues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental Awareness Service Provider
will provide environmental awareness activities,
including Risk/Threat Analysis
|
|
Analysis per Month
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management and Administration of Global IDS/IDP
Security Devices Service Provider will manage and
administer Global IDS/IDP Security Devices.
|
|
Modifications per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Network Data Aggregation, Normalization, and
Correlation .Service Provider will provide network
data aggregation, normalization, and correlation for
the Service Receiver. Service Provider will provide
centralized management of network and security event
logs collected from multiple sources. Log and/or event
monitoring sources will include, but not limited to,
technologies such as:
|
|
Security Events per Second |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Firewalls |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o VPN concentrators |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Intrusion Detection/Prevention appliances |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Content filters |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o As well as other approved and agreed upon controlled
points that can provide insight and/or generate alerts
that detect real time threats to the enterprise |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will also leverage multiple levels of
alerting and threat identification to include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Predefined alerts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Network anomaly detection rules |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Emerging cyber threat monitoring |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will ensure compliance with legal,
regulatory, and internal policies regarding records
management, incident documentation, and data retention
requirements for data within Service Providers
control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Help Desk Service Provider will make
available the IT-SOC Help Desk, via phone or email, to
provide assistance for security-related issues or
concerns to the Service Receivers IT and/or Management
staff.
|
|
Contacts per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metrics/KPIs Reporting Service Provider will
provide metrics to communicate overall effectiveness of
IT-SOC activities and investigations. Service Provider
is able to organize, manage, and visualize data, as
well as produce reports that identify baselines and
projected targets; trending; and standardized key
metrics tailored to Service Receivers business needs.
|
|
Status Report per Week |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Provider will have the necessary United States Government security clearances to
enable and leverage interaction with Federal/State/Local Government and Department of Defense
Agencies in support of investigations, compliance issues, and/or threat related activity and
information sharing at the request of Service Receiver. Such interaction can include, but not
limited to, agencies such as:
|
|
|
Federal/State/Local Law Enforcement (Investigations) |
|
|
|
|
Department of State / Department of Commerce (Compliance) |
|
|
|
|
Department of Defense |
|
|
|
|
The Defense Industrial Base (DIBNet-U and DIBNet-S) Interaction and Information Sharing |
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
3
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
IT-SOC-02
|
|
Security Operations
Center Migration
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include:
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state of the Security
Operations Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-SOC-03
|
|
Security Operations
Center Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Security Operations
Center |
|
|
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Information Technology Security Operations
Center by Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs
documented in this agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit
such request to Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for
consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
4
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Rome, NY, USA to global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service Provider, it will
be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any
costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must coordinate with Service Provider to ensure that either direct
access to Receivers network is available, or access to a data collector in Receivers
network is available for the period of this TSA. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must configure its appliances in order to forward data logs to
Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide appropriate global administrative credentials to
Service Provider in order to manage intrusion prevention system. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide a list of appropriate contacts and points of
escalation. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
5
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall
be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment A.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
ATTACHMENT A
The IT-SOC staff is accessible, based on need and criticality, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week,
365 days a year, through the usage of on-call staff to assist with any IT Security related
incident.
The IT-SOC Help Desk can be reached by phone or email and is ready to provide assistance for any
information security related and concerns. Depending on the urgency, severity, and scope of the
problem, there are two recommended contact methods:
|
1. |
|
ITT IT Security Operations Center:
Phone: (Mondays Fridays; 7 am5 pm ET)
Email: |
|
2. |
|
In instances where there is an emergency or suspected situation occurring, please
contact the IT-SOC Director and/or Assistant Director directly, 24/7, utilizing the contact
information below: |
|
|
|
Director | ITT IT Security Operations Center
|
|
|
|
Assistant Director | ITT IT Security Operations Center
|
7
SCHEDULE CA4
BUSINESS OBJECTS PROFESSIONAL
SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Chris Westrick
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Senior Systems Analyst
|
|
|
|
chris.westrick@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mike Salvatore
ITT Corporation
|
|
Global data and Reporting Services Manager |
|
|
|
michael.salvatore@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Business Objects Professional Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
1
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
IT-BO-01
|
|
Business Objects Support Services
|
|
Provide Business
Objects Professional
Services to support
Business Intelligence
and Extract Transform
Load (ETL) toolset
support:
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Universe
Design & Architecture
- The Service
Provider, on receipt
of a Universe Design
& Architecture
request initiated by
phone or email from
the Service Receiver,
will record and track
the request in the
Service Providers
ticketing (ISR)
system. Included
with a request, the
Service Provider will
provide to the
Service Provider
source database
schema, end user
participation input
and other reporting
requirements in order
for the Service
Provider to provide
the Service Receiver
with a document
outlining best
practices and
recommendations for a
universe design,
given the provided
criteria. The
Service Receiver will
implement any and all
changes that they
deem necessary.
Note: Universe Design
& Architecture
service for one
Universe may take
between two weeks and
three months of
effort, depending on
complexity. |
|
Unlimited |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Security
Administration The
Service Provider, on
receipt of a Security
Administration
request initiated by
phone or email from
the Service Receiver,
will record and track
the request in the
Service Providers
ticketing (ISR)
system. The Service
Receiver will provide
to the Service
Provider access to
the CMC or a Service
Receiver BOE Admin,
with detailed
knowledge of current
security
configuration. Using
this access, resource
and information,
Service Provider will
analyze and trouble
shoot the Service
Receivers issue, and
provide a document
with recommendations
for security
configurations to the
Service Receiver.
The Service Receiver
will implement any
and all changes that
they deem necessary.
|
|
10-15/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Database
Utilization Analysis
The Service
Provider, on receipt
of a Database
Analysis request
initiated by phone or
email from the
Service Receiver,
will record and track
the request in the
Service Providers
ticketing (ISR)
system. Service
Receiver will provide
source database
schema, end user
participation input
and other reporting
requirements with
Source Database
Administrator
participation. Using
this information, the
Service Provider will
provide the Service
Receiver a document
detailing possible
adjustments to
improve performance
or accuracy if any
are able to be
determined.
|
|
1/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Connectivity
Troubleshooting
The Service Provider,
on receipt of a
Connectivity
Troubleshooting
request initiated by
phone or email from
the Service Receiver,
will record and track
the request in the
Service Providers
ticketing (ISR)
system. The Service
Receiver will provide
to the Service
Provider access and
use of Source
Database
Administrator,
Service Receiver BOE
Admin and possible
Network Administrator
participation to
exhaust all known
troubleshooting steps
and document
resolution of Service
Receivers complaint.
The Service Receiver
will implement any
and all changes that
they deem necessary.
|
|
1-3/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Business
Objects
Administration The
Service Provider, on
receipt of a Business
Objects
Administration
request, initiated by
phone or email from
the Service Receiver,
will record and track
the request in the
Service Providers
ticketing (ISR)
system. The Service
Provider will work
with any applicable
policy or standard
procedures and
reporting
expectations with
Service Receiver BOE
Admin or Server Admin
participation, to
provide the Service
Receiver with a
document detailing
recommendations for
settings,
configurations and
the set-up for
Business Objects
Enterprise. The
Service Receiver will
implement any and all
changes that they
deem necessary.
|
|
1-5/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
Service Volumes Greater Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented in this
agreement |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
IT-BO-02
|
|
Business Objects
Knowledge Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Business Objects |
|
|
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Business Objects Professional services support
by Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in
this agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently
4
engaged in at the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If
Service Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing
operating costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii)
that it is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA, to USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the Business Objects
application. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service
Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify
any problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the
Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide admin level rights to Service
Provider as needed to Service Receivers maintained Business Objects
application server. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must keep the TSA Gateway active and accessible to
the Service Provider as needed for the period of this TSA. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for
itself as a recipient of services.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify
Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
5
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
SCHEDULE CA5
INFINIUM APPLICATION SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Dan Johnston
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Enterprise
Applications
Manager
|
|
|
|
dan.johnston@itt.com |
Ron DeBoer
ITT Corporation
|
|
Application
Services Manager
|
|
|
|
ron.deboer@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will provide Infinium Application Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
IT-Infinium-01
|
|
Infinium
Application HR,
Payroll and related
GL Support Services |
|
Provide Infinium
Application HR,
Payroll, and General
Ledger Related
Support Services: |
|
65 calls/ month
6 calls/ month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost will be passed
through as part of
the HR/ Payroll/Benefits
TSA |
|
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments.
Custom
reports and data
extracts will be
provided as necessary
to support legal,
audit and |
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
compliance
tasks when requested
by authorized
individuals.
Ad-Hoc
development/services
or processing of
reports consistent
with what was
provided in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any new
Ad-Hoc reporting
requirements will be
considered
out-of-scope and will
be provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
Any
modification of
3rd Party
Interfaces consistent
with support of BAU
or seasonal business
processes which were
provided with
existing internal
resources in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any
changes to 3rd party
relationships which
require new interface
modifications or
re-writes are not
included as part of
the scope of this
agreement and will be
provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium
Application General
Ledger Support for
Enterprise Accounting
Function: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-02 |
|
Infinium
Application GL
Services for
Enterprise
Accounting Function
Support Services |
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution |
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost will be passed
through as part of
General Ledger
Accounting ITT
HQ TSA |
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments.
Custom
reports and data
extracts will be
provided as necessary
to support legal,
audit and compliance
tasks when requested
by authorized
individuals.
Ad-Hoc
development/services
or processing of
reports consistent
with what was
provided in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any new
Ad-Hoc reporting
requirements will be
considered
out-of-scope and will
be provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
Any
modification of
3rd Party
Interfaces consistent
with support of BAU
or seasonal business
processes which were
provided with
existing internal
resources in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any
changes to 3rd party
relationships which
require new interface
modifications or
re-writes are not
included as part of
the scope of this
agreement and will be
provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
|
|
65 calls/ month
6 calls/ month
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-03 |
|
Infinium
Application AP and
CM Support Services |
|
Provide Infinium
Accounts Payable and
Currency Management
Support for
Enterprise Accounting
Function: |
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost will be passed
through as part of
General Ledger
Accounting ITT
HQ TSA |
|
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments.
|
|
20 calls/ month
6 calls/ month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
BAU volumes will be calculated on a rolling 12-month average to account for seasonal
fluctuations and any temporary spike in service volumes post-spin. |
|
* |
|
For BAU volumes, one incident will be considered the equivalent of one call (regardless of the
number of phone conversations related to the same issue). |
Services that will not be provided as part of this agreement are:
|
|
|
Employee Self Service Module (including Online Benefits Enrollment) |
5
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the
one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply following the completion of the one-time
set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee structure for requisite service
as documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
6
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
IT-Infinium-04
|
|
Infinium Migration
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable best
efforts to assist
Service Receiver in
exiting of this
agreement. These
efforts include:
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-05
|
|
Infinium Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Infinium Application
and related
interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Infinium Application support services by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
7
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to Canada and USA locations for HR
and payroll, and White Plains, NY for GL, AP, and CM.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and interfaces documented in
Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
Any IT services required to support business services outlined in the
HR/Payroll/Benefits TSA and which were provided in the 12 months prior to the distribution
date will be supported as part of this agreement. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider it will be the
responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred
to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall be
consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment B.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved in the time outlined in Attachment B, Service Provider
shall promptly notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
8
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
9
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
Source System |
|
Destination System |
|
|
XYCISPACPU XYCISPAC
|
|
AC ISP Rate change file
|
|
ACS
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCCT200
|
|
Load and List wage request file from Cartus
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCCT200C
|
|
Load Cartus file and process-batch job
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCCT200P
|
|
Bring in Cartus Wage Request file
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCCT300C
|
|
Load Cartus Gross Ups
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XYGCONCUP
|
|
Re-Apply Concur (PYPME History) to Payroll
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XCHGLDEMP
|
|
Concur - Load Employees from INFIN
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCEEMTIN
XYCEEMTIN XCHCCRTPA
|
|
Expense transations
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XYCEEMTIN
|
|
CONCUR - travel process expense records
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCACFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Aerospace
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCAMFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Amory
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
NPYCCNFTP
|
|
Labor feed 500
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Cannon
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
NPRCNE
|
|
Cannon Salary Non-Exempt Employees
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Cannon
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCCAPFTP
|
|
Load Labor to Daily Time (CAP)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CAP
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCBWSFTP
|
|
Lead Labor to Daily Time (CMC- BWS)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CMC
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCFT8FTP
|
|
Load Labor to Daily Time (CMC- Ft8)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CMC
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCEVFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Engvl
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYVCENIFTP
|
|
Load Labor to Daily Time (ENI)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ENI
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCGPFTP3 |
|
Labor Feed to Infinium - Gould Pumps 3 -
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCGPFTP
|
|
Labor feed
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould
|
|
Infinium |
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
Source System |
|
Destination System |
|
|
FPYCGPFTP1
|
|
Labor feed 810
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould Pumps -92S
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCGPFTP2
|
|
Labor feed 810
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould Pumps -9XL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCGPFTP3
|
|
Labor feed 810
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould Pumps -EVZ
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
FPYCKBHFTP
|
|
KAL hourly payroll feed
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Kalburn
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
?
|
|
Labor feed 905
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Koni Hr
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
?
|
|
Labor feed 905
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Koni Sal
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPEGPR
|
|
Promotions
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
CPYCB1WBW
|
|
Labor Load (BIWBW)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
BIWBW
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
CPYCBIWHR
|
|
Labor Load (BIWHR)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
BIWHR
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPEG5C3
|
|
Salary Changes
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
NEW Development
|
|
401K Hourly to JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCHCK01
|
|
Receive Long Term Care file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
Receive Long Term Care Billing file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCJH01
|
|
Copy from Tape J&HKVI data to file
XPYPJHI
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCJH07
|
|
Receive life plus file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XECUBSI
|
|
Receive Life Plus Input File
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium |
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interface
Name |
|
Program Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
Source System |
|
Destination System |
|
|
|
|
Infinum HR Data to Payroll Vendor
|
|
Payroll Vendor
|
|
Infinium /SAP
|
|
Payroll Vendor |
|
|
|
|
Defense Labor feed to Payroll Vendor
|
|
Payroll Vendor
|
|
iSeries
|
|
Payroll Vendor |
|
|
|
|
ITT Labor Feed to Payroll Vendor
|
|
Payroll Vendor
|
|
iSeries
|
|
Payroll Vendor |
|
|
|
|
Water Labor Feed to Payroll Vendor
|
|
Payroll Vendor
|
|
iSeries
|
|
Payroll Vendor |
|
|
XYCRME
|
|
Receive and process autotime - car allowance
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XYCRMEC
|
|
Receive and process Can AT- car allowance
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runiheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYGRNZH MR
|
|
Re-Apply Runzheimer (PYPME History) to
Payroll
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYSBOPT1
|
|
Receive Smith Barney Options
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYSBRES1
|
|
Receive Smith Barney Restricted
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPRGUNWA
|
|
United Way Upload to PYPDE
|
|
United Way
|
|
United Way
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCWFREC
|
|
CLP to receive check recon file from Wells F
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XFVCWFREC
|
|
Receive Check recon
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
12
ATTACHMENT B
Following are the incident priorities and expected resolution target times:
|
|
|
|
|
Priority |
|
Accept |
|
Resolve Incidents |
Urgent
|
|
30 mins
|
|
1 hr |
High
|
|
1 hr
|
|
4 hrs |
Medium
|
|
2 hrs
|
|
8 hrs |
Low
|
|
4 hrs
|
|
48 hrs |
Priority of Incidents
Urgent: System/Component or Program is inoperable, Multiple users effected. No alternatives
or backup is available.
High: Single user with a System/Component or Program that is inoperable. Component degraded with
limited access or functionality. A Workaround is available.
Medium: Job functions can be performed with some restricted functionality. Training, questions or
concerns need to be addressed but production is not affected.
Low: Attention is needed to assist in non-critical situations. A workaround is available.
Recovery Times
In the event of a hardware failure, the hardware vendor will be engaged for repair or replacement.
The anticipated outage period for an event of this nature is 16 hours.
In the event of a failure which results in the database having to be restored, the anticipated
outage would be 6+ hours.
13
SCHEDULE CA6
ITT.COM EMAIL FORWARDING
INFRASTRUCTURE
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Suleiman Walker
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Messaging Manager
|
|
|
|
sule.walker@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Larry Gremaux
ITT Corporation
|
|
Senior Technical
Support Specialist
|
|
|
|
larry.gremaux@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform ITT.com Email Forwarding Services for Service Receiver.
The primary service is to provide a computer processing platform that supports the business
applications of the Business, which includes IT support for technology infrastructure.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
Duration |
|
Charge |
IT-Email
Forwarding-01
|
|
Email Forwarding
Support Services
|
|
Provide Email
Forwarding services
for email messages
sent to ITT.com.
Service Provider will
forward messages to
new Service Receiver
domain addresses.
|
|
Unlimited number of
emails forwarded
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
maintain Exchange
contact objects in
their Active
Directory for all
legacy ITT.com SMTP
addresses. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Service Provider
will add additional
contact objects
within 48 hours of
receiving the request
from the Service
Receiver. Escalations
for 4 hour turnaround
will be allowed for
high profile users
and accounts. Each
escalation will
require Exelis and
ITT Corp Messaging
Manager agreement
before the committed
4 hour turnaround can
be processed. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services that will not be provided as part of this agreement are:
|
|
|
Filtering of spam beyond SenderBase reputation level |
|
|
|
|
Legal holds Emails will not be saved as they will be forwarded to the Service
Receiver, and it is the Service Receivers obligation to save emails if required by their
legal counsel |
|
|
|
|
Updating of Service Receivers domain changes |
Service Provider reserves the right to temporary halt the service, provided notification is given
to Service Receiver using commercially reasonable efforts, due to:
|
|
|
Unusual increase in volume of emails |
|
|
|
|
Threats to security |
|
|
|
|
Constraints to network resources |
Should the Service Receiver require changes to the documented services, Parties agree to negotiate
in good faith with regard to such modification.
Exit Services
No exit services will be provided under this agreement.
2
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will provide a list of obsolete contact
objects that can be removed by the Service Provider on a monthly basis. |
|
|
|
|
Service Providers Exchange Organization must be authoritative
for the ITT.com (Simple Mail Transfer Protocol) SMTP address space and
the Service Receivers Exchange Organization must not add itt.com to its
Email Address Policy for the period of time which this agreement is in
effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must continue to allow Service Provider to
remain the mail exchanger (MX) and entry point for all ITT.com email for
the period of time which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will not use the domain email.itt.com for
the period of time which this agreement is in effect |
|
|
|
|
The Service Receiver will coordinate all legacy messaging DNS
record changes with the Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Cisco Iron Port hardware and software
licenses active and maintained for the period of time in which this
agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Transport Layer Security (TLS) enabled
and maintained for the period of time in which this agreement is in
effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Microsoft Exchange active and
maintained for the period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have a Technical Assistance Agreement in
place with the U.S. Government for the period of time in which this TSA
agreement is in effect for any non-US citizens who are Exchange Org
Administrators and Enterprise Administrators administrating (or give
themselves permission to) the Americas site from outside the US. |
3
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion and will
make commercially reasonable efforts to resolve incidents with service
delivery.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly
notify Service Receiver and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
4
SCHEDULE CA7
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service
Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc.
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
office:
|
|
Joe.daniel@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Recipients
Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
Daryl Bowker
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
Office:
|
|
Daryl.bowker@ittcorp.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Receiver: Exelis Inc.
Service Receiver: ITT Corporation
TERM AND OPTION
The Term shall be 18 months commencing on the Distribution Date. There shall be no
Minimum Service Period.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services, including specifically the services listed
in Appendix A, upon reasonable notice and request from the Service Receiver on a time and materials basis
from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013 (the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world
2
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers
acknowledge and agree that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the
Experts and the Experts have the ability to terminate their employment with
Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed by Service
Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver, use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if
Service Receivers or an affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific
service requested under this Schedule can be terminated by the Service
Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days notice
to the Service Receiver.
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the
Service Receiver shall pay such tax along with the payment for the service
provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its
address set forth below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where
services are provided outside of the United States, in which case invoices will
be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the country where the
services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal
entity that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency.
The bill will cover all charges for services under this Schedule from Service
Provider and, to the extent reasonably feasible, will be itemized among
Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service Receiver when
requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each
Expert worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar
amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other
proper method such as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service
Provider agrees that the time sheets will accompany the invoice that is sent to
the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the requested services are
expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will be
allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred
to date.
3
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedule
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
ITT Corporation
240 Fall Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Attention: Daryl R. Bowker
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below includes a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and shall be
applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial.
|
|
$50 per hour |
|
|
|
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive
|
|
$100 per hour |
|
|
|
Hourly Rate for an Executive
|
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates
should be converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is
prepared. |
The pricing for the services described in Annex A will be as set forth in Appendix A.
4
Appendix A
Due Diligence Manager Software Application
Draft Base Statement of Work
Version 1.0 Draft
September 20, 2011
Draft Base Statement of Work
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Scope |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
Technical Support Requirements |
|
3 |
|
|
2.1 Routine Application Maintenance |
|
3 |
|
|
2.1.1 Routine Tasks |
|
3 |
|
|
2.1.2 Outages |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.2 Change and Improvement Process |
|
4 |
|
|
2.2.1 Change Request Analysis |
|
4 |
|
|
2.2.2 Change Request Processing |
|
4 |
|
|
2.3 Testing |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
Deliverables |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
Training and Support |
|
4 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
Place of Performance |
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
6 |
|
Period of Performance |
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
Project Management |
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
Labor Categories and Rates |
|
5 |
ITT Proprietary Information Page II
Draft Base Statement of Work
1 Scope
|
|
The software application Due Diligence Manager (DDM) is a web-based, data-driven
software application that provides the ITT Due Diligence staff with the capabilities that
directly support the due diligence process. The SOW describes approach for identifying,
scoping, estimating, developing, testing, deploying, and maintaining the software and
application operation of the DDM application. |
|
|
|
This document describes the requirements for maintaining and modifying the ITT Due
Diligence Manager software application, including the underlying database. |
2 Technical Support Requirements
2.1 Routine Application Maintenance
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will perform all routine application sofware maintenance tasks to
ensure that the DDM software application is available to the user community on an
continuous basis. |
2.1.1 Routine Tasks
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will periodically identify and correct latent issues discovered
during normal operations. These tasks include Application Server settings, configuration,
software upgrades and patches. These tasks are typically background and housekeeping tasks
that should not affect active users. |
2.1.2 Outages
|
|
In the event of a failure (outage, defined as non-availability of DDM application software
functionality), the develop staff will make every attempt to restore software
availability. |
|
|
|
For software-related outages, ITT AIS Development Staff will investigate the reported
issue, determine the cause, correct the issue source, deploy a corrective update, verify
the correction, and notify the issue initiator of the resolution. |
|
|
|
Outages that are not immediately identifiable as due to a DDM software issue, must be
directed to the ITT organizations IT data center help desk, who will initiate a support
ticket and process that ticket to resolve the issue based on internal processes defined by
that organization. ITT AIS Development Staff will support that effort to determine the
source of the outage. |
ITT Proprietary Information Page 3
Draft Base Statement of Work
2.2 Change and Improvement Process
|
|
Requests for modifying the design, functionality or configuration of the DDM software
application shall be presented to the development staff by the user community through a
change request document. |
2.2.1 Change Request Analysis
|
|
The ITT AIS development staff will review each request and develop an estimate for the
level of effort required to implement the requested change. This activity may include
dialogue with the initiating organization in order to ensure understanding of the
objectives and outcomes of the requested change. |
2.2.2 Change Request Processing
|
|
ITT AIS staff will process the final RFC proposal through internal contracting offices,
ultimately to be released to the requesting activity as a proposal for implementing the
final change request. Once the requesting organization approves a proposal and the
requisite contractual documentation is finalized, ITT AIS development staff will schedule
and execute the finalized change request. Once the change is completed, ITT AIS will deploy
the change to the live DDM server for review by the requesting organization. After
completing a comprehensive review of the deployed application software change, and after
providing ITT AIS Development Staff with approval, ITT AIS Development Staff will close the
change request by initiating a contract closure letter to the requesting organization. |
2.3 Testing
|
|
Prior to deployment of all requested and approved changes, DDM software changes will be
thoroughly tested using ITT AIS Development Staffs internal test process. The test
objectives, steps, and results will be documented in an appropriate format to ensure that
testing has been conducted and that any resultant software bugs have been resolved. |
3 Deliverables
|
|
For Change Requests that impact the DDM User Guide or DDM Administrator Guide ITT AIS
Development Staff will update the affected documentation and release to the requesting
organization an update in pdf format. |
4 Training and Support
|
|
For Change Requests that include signification changes where training on new fieatures and
functionality are requested as part of the Change Request, ITT AIS Development Staff will
schedule and conduct an on-line training course to cover the |
ITT Proprietary Information Page 4
Draft Base Statement of Work
|
|
areas affected. Training will be addressed and included in the proposal for each Change
Request as needed. |
|
|
|
If requested, the ITT AIS Development Staff will provide technical training to ITTs IT
staff for further support and build-out the DDM application source code and application web
server. This support will be estimated and quoted through the same process described above
for change requests. |
5 Place of Performance
|
|
All development tasks will be performed at ITT AIS site in Chesapeake, VA. |
6 Period of Performance
|
|
The proposed project schedule will be provided on a case by case basts. The final schedule
will be updated once the project is accepted by the requesting organization. |
7 Project Management
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will identify DDM project manager who will be responsible for
ensuring that the agreed-upon tasks identified in the final accepted proposal are
scheduled, tracked, and completed in accordance with the project schedule. Any issues
affecting cost, schedule, or technical performance will be brought to the attention of the
client as soon as possible for resolution. |
8 Labor Categories and Rates
|
|
Labor categories to be applied to tasks under this SOW are listed below. These rates are
estimates. Each task order will require a formal quote issued by ITT AIS Contracts Office
based on the level of effort estimates as described in paragraph 2.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
Labor Category |
|
Estimated labor Rate |
Project Manager |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
Sr. Software Engineer |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
Software Engineer |
|
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
ITT Proprietary Information Page 5
SCHEDULE CB1
HR/PAYROLL/BENEFITS
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such term in
the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, expect where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
joe.daniel@itt.com |
Exelis Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John Connolly
|
|
Director, Technical Accounting
|
|
|
|
john.connolly@itt.com |
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Payroll, Payroll Tax, HR, Garnishment and Benefit Services for
Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens and documents that support Service Providers
business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution Date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, Service
Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively, the
Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
SS-Payroll-01
|
|
Payroll Services
|
|
Provide payroll and tax configuration support required to support payroll services:
Income Codes Service Provider will use the Income Request Form from the
Service Receiver to update tax, garnishment, eligibility, pension, and 401K with
the provided income codes. 5 business days prior notice are required to make the
income code changes.
Deduction Codes Service Provider will use the Deduction Request Form
from the Service Receiver to update tax, Group Term Life (GTL), and other
accumulator requirements with the provided deduction codes. 5 business days prior
notice are required to make the deduction code changes.
Paid Time Off (PTO) Accrual Controls Service Provider will use the PTO
Policy document from the Service Receiver to accrual code and schedule setups
requested by the Service Receiver. 10 business days prior notice are required to
make the requested PTO Accrual Controls changes.
Federal/State/Local Tax Table Service Provider will use the Notification
of Federal/State/Local Tax Change provided by the Service Receiver to update the
local tax setup within systems managed by Service Provider within 5 business days
of the request.
Federal/State/Local Tax Service Provider will use the Request for Level
Control provided by automated systems to update the level control setup within
systems managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
Employer Codes Service Provider will use the Request for New Employer
Codes from the Service Receiver to update employer codes in systems managed by
Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
User Defined Field Service Provider will use the Request for User
Defined Field provided by the Service Receiver to update the necessary fields
within 5 business days of the request.
Level Control Service Provider will use the Request for Level Control
provided by the Service Receiver to update the level control setup within systems
managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
Pay Cycle Service Provider will use the Request Pay Cycle from the
Service Receiver to setup the pay cycle with the pay calendar where applicable. 5
business days are required to make the pay cycle changes. Pre-distribution date
pay cycle configuration is defined in Attachment B.
|
|
100/month for all
SS-Payroll-01
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
TBD |
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Employer Group Service Provider will use the Request for Employer Group
provided by the Service Receiver to update the Employer Group within systems
managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
Cycle Group Service Provider will use the Request for Cycle Group
provided by the Service Receiver to update the cycle group setup within systems
managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
Payroll Authorization Group Service Provider will use the Request for
Payroll Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver to update the Payroll
Authorization Group setup within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request.
Income Authorization Group Service Provider will use the Request for
Income Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver to update the income
authorization group setup within systems managed by Service Provider within 5
business days of the request.
Deduction Authorization Group Service Provider will use the Request for
Deduction Authorization Group provided by the Service Receiver to update the
deduction authorization group setup within systems managed by Service Provider
within 5 business days of the request.
Auto Pay Groups Service Provider will use the Request for Auto Pay
Groups provided by the Service Receiver to update the auto pay groups setup
within systems managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
Labor/Income Cross Reference Table Service Provider will use the
Request for Labor/Income Cross Reference Table Maintenance provided by the Service
Receiver to update the Labor/Income Cross Reference Table setup within systems
managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
General Ledger Cross Reference Table Service Provider will use the
Request for General Ledger Cross Reference Table maintenance provided by the
Service Receiver to update the general ledger cross reference table setup within
systems managed by Service Provider within 5 business days of the request.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide garnishment, child support, tax levy, interrogatory correspondence,
withholding and payments support required for payroll services:
|
|
New Transactions 200,
Monthly Payments 700 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Garnishment Letter Service Provider will use the Garnishment
Notification to provide a garnishment letter to the garnishing agency during the
latter of 7 days after notification and the next applicable payment cycle.
Garnishment Withholding Service Provider will use the Garnishment
Notification to adjust the employee garnishment deduction setup during the latter
of 7 days after notification and the next applicable payment cycle.
Garnishment Payments Service Provider will use the Garnishment
Notification to update the garnishment payments to agency during the latter of 7
days after notification and the next applicable payment cycle..
Stop Garnishments Service Provider will use the Garnishment Stop
Notification to deactivate the employee garnishment deduction and process refund
of any over-withholding during the latter of 7 days after notification and the
next applicable payment cycle. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide employee maintenance support where appropriate to support payroll
processing
W-4 Service Provider will use the W-4 Form from the Service Receiver to
update employee W-4 information with the provided information. Service Receiver
must provide such information at least 2 business days prior to processing of
payroll to ensure inclusion in the current payroll run.
Home/Work State Update Service Provider will use the employee change
request for home/work state maintenance from the Service Receiver to make
requested updates. Service Receiver must provide such information at least 2
business days prior to processing of payroll to ensure inclusion in the current
payroll run.
Direct Deposit Service Provider will use the Direct Deposit Form from
the Service Receiver to update employee direct deposit information with the
provided information. Service Receiver must provide such information at least 2
business days prior to processing of payroll to ensure inclusion in the next
payroll run.
|
|
600/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide college fund employee direct deposit maintenance required to support
payroll processing upon receipt of notification of enrollment or change via email.
Request will be processed within 7 days of notification in the next applicable
payment cycle.
|
|
30/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive excess savings plan updates to employee deduction code
maintenance required to support payroll processing upon receipt of Service
Receiver notification of employee. Request will be processed within 7 days of
notification in the next applicable payment cycle.
|
|
30/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide ACS 401k Interface Processing required to support payroll processing
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service Provider will use the ACS ISP
Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information by Friday evening the week
prior to requested update.
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service Provider will use the ACS ISP
Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information by Friday evening the week
prior to requested update.
ACS Error Report Review Service Provider will review the ACS ISP
Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party provider to review
any fallout which may have occurred. Upon fallout Service Provider will notify
ACS to conduct maintenance to rectify documented fallouts.
ACS New Hire Service Provider will use a report created from the ACS
Interface File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to validate new
hire processing. Service Receivers 3rd party must provide such
information by Friday evening the week prior to requested validation.
ACS ISEV Service Provider will use the ACS ISEV Status Change from the
Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee deduction code
information with the provided information. Service Receivers 3rd
party must provide such information by Friday evening the week prior to requested
update. |
|
10 Monthly Interfaces
Files & Reports |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide JPMorgan 401k Interface Processing required to support payroll processing
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service Provider will use the JP Morgan ISP
Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information by Friday evening the week
prior to requested update.
Saving Plan Deferral & Loan Service Provider will use the JP Morgan ISP
Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information by Friday evening the week
prior to requested update.
|
|
10 Monthly Interfaces
Files & Reports |
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
JP Morgan Error Report Review Service Provider will review the JP
Morgan ISP Feedback File from the Service Receivers 3rd party provider
to review any errors which may have occurred. Upon fallout Service Provider will
notify ACS to conduct maintenance to rectify documented fallouts.
JP Morgan New Hire Service Provider will use a report created from the
JP Morgan Interface File from the Service Receivers 3rd party to
validate new hire processing. Service Receivers 3rd party must
provide such information by Friday 5 pm EST or Thursday 5 pm EST if Friday is not
a business day the week prior to requested validation.
JP Morgan ISEV Service Provider will use the JP Morgan ISEV Status
Change from the Service Receivers 3rd party to update employee
deduction code information with the provided information. Service Receivers
3rd party must provide such information by Friday evening the week
prior to requested update.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Principal Loan Processing required to support payroll processing upon
receipt of notification by secured email and make the required employee deduction
code changes
|
|
Weekly Interface Files |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Marsh Benefit Processing required to support payroll processing upon
receipt of interface file and make deduction code changes. Files must be received
by the 17th of the month for processing by the end of the month.
|
|
Two Interface Files
Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide John Hancock LTC Processing required to support payroll processing upon
receipt of interface file and make deduction code changes. Files must be received
by the 17th of the month for processing by the end of the month.
|
|
Two Interface Files
Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Runzheimer Fix and Variable Auto Processing required to support payroll
processing upon receipt of interface file and make employee negative deduction
transactions for payroll Files must be received by the 9th of the
month.
|
|
One Interface File
Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Concur Travel Expense Reimbursement required to support payroll processing
upon receipt of interface file and make employee negative deduction transactions.
Files must be received by Thursday morning at 6 am EST to be processed in the next
applicable pay cycle.
|
|
Weekly Interface Files |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive deferral payment upon receipt of notification from Service
Receiver for payout and make employee deferral payment. Files must be received by
the 9th of the month.
|
|
One Monthly Deferral
Processing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide excess group term life calculations upon receipt of notification from
Service Receiver for payout and make employee deferral payment. Files must be
received by the 9th of the month.
|
|
240 Batch Processing
Runs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Complete nightly Infinium Benefit Deduction updates.
|
|
240 Batch Processing
Runs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide payroll processing.
Automated Labor Upload Service Provider will use the interface from the
Service Receivers labor system and create the Infinium labor file for payroll
processing. Labor Code to Infinium Income code cross reference file updated as
required.
Labor Interface Validation Service Provider will use the interface from
the Service Receivers labor system to get totals. Service Provider will then
match the Infinium and Service Receivers Labor System file. Should discrepancies
exist, Service Provider will work with Service Receiver to resolve the issue.
Payroll Cycle Processing Service Provider will then create Employee
Processing Cycle File, listing of employees with pay, benefit, leave of absence
and terminations. A review of employee changes will be conducted by Service
Receiver and corrections made if applicable. Employee changes will be added to
cycle validation routine for balancing. Delays in Service Receiver
responsibilities will delay payroll processing. Service Provider will not be
liable for such Service Receiver caused delays.
Close Upload Labor to Payroll Cycle Service Provider will upload
employee labor to payroll cycle.
Gross to Net Calculation Once Infinium releases time sheet data Service
Provider will produce the payroll trial balance.
Payroll Adjustments Service Provider will update employee pay
information and add adjustments to validation routine for balancing as required.
Print Trial Balance/Approve Payroll Using the Infinium trial balance
Service Provider will create a trial balance report to post payroll and print pay
stubs. If Trial Balance does not balance or has errors it must be corrected via
update checks and Trial Balance Reran until error free and balanced.
|
|
240 Pay Processing
Cycles |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide on-demand payroll processing of off-cycle check requests upon receipt of
on-demand check request form from Service Provider. Form must be received by 5 pm
for next day direct deposit or check delivery.
|
|
570 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide bonus cycle payroll processing of off-cycle bonus payments upon receipt of
bonus specification from Service Recipient. Form must be received 5 business days
prior to date of required bonus payment.
|
|
7000 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide manual W-2 earnings and deductions updates upon receipt of written notice
and tax detail from Service Provider
|
|
325 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide stock option manual payroll upon receipt of Smith Barney stock transaction
file using the daily interface from Service Provider
|
|
80 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide restricted stock manual payroll upon receipt of Smith Barney restricted
stock transaction file using the daily interface from Service Provider
|
|
110 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide quarterly tax dividend payment upon receipt of Smith Barney dividend
transaction file using the quarterly interface from Service Provider
|
|
440 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Cartus quarterly relocation manual payroll upon receipt of Cartus
Relocation Transaction file using the quarterly interface from Service Provider
|
|
140 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process payment for unused PTO time upon receipt of notification from systems
during year-end
|
|
1700 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Void or re-issue employee checks upon receipt of notification from Service
Receiver. May be processed with current payroll or via separate check processing.
For inclusion with regular payroll request must be received two business days
prior to start of payroll processing. Five business days notice is required for
issuing as separate payroll process. [Service Provider will not be liable if
funds have been disbursed prior to voidance.]
|
|
850 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Make adjustments to employee pay upon receipt of notification from Service
Receiver. Notification must be received 2 business days prior to the next pay
cycle.
|
|
325 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process retro-active payments for delayed merit increase processing after receipt
of notification from Service Receiver. May be processed with current payroll or
via separate check processing. For inclusion with regular payroll request must be
received Two business days prior to start of payroll processing. Five business
day notice required for issuing as separate payroll process.
|
|
350 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process special employee payments upon receipt of notification from Service
Receiver. May be processed with current payroll or via separate check processing.
For inclusion with regular payroll request must be received 2 days prior to start
of payroll processing. Five day notice required for issuing as separate payroll
process.
|
|
900 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Process relocation payment from employee paycheck upon receipt of notification
from Service Receiver Processed with normal payroll. May be repaid over multiple
payrolls or from one payroll per specification of Service Receiver.
|
|
200 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide executive excess savings plan distribution upon receipt of notification
from Service Receiver May be processed with current payroll or via separate check
processing. For inclusion with regular payroll request must be received 2 days
prior to start of payroll processing. Five day notice required for issuing as
separate payroll process.
|
|
50 Transactions
Annually |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will use commercially reasonable efforts to provide post-payroll
Print/Distribute Check, Vouchers, & Reports Printed Checks and Vouchers
sealed and prepared for shipping distribution per business units instructions.
ACH Processing ACH transmitted to clearing house using the Infinium ACH
extraction process
Bank Funding Wire Transfer to cover payroll using the bank funding
report option
Credit Union Processing File Transmission to Credit Union using the
Infinium direct deposit extract
Union Reporting Union report transmitted using the Union employees and
Union dues report
Canadian Bond Processing Transmission of Canadian Bond File to Royal
Bank of Canada using the Canadian bond extract
Positive Pay Positive pay file transmitted to Wells Fargo using the
positive pay extract file
Direct Deposit Fund Pullback Employee funds pulled back or error report
with insufficient funds upon Service Receivers request to pull back employee
direct deposit. Service Provider will use the Shared Service form submission to
Wells Fargo to pull back employee direct deposit. Insufficient funds notices are
communicated to employees HR administrator for review of how to recover money |
|
250 Cycles Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium month end close once a month rolling month totals, update monthly
benefits (Marsh & John Hancock), and update monthly limit processing. This service
will be performed after final payroll for month and prior to first payroll of new
month.
|
|
20 Companies Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Process Infinium quarter end close once a quarter rolling quarter totals, update
quarterly limit
|
|
20 Companies Per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium year-end processing.
Wage & Tax Balancing Using the wage Base Report balance Employee
Earnings and Taxes
United Way Deduction Infinium United Way Deduction Change for deduction
codes 00800 & 0805 clearing the United Way deduction for the new year
401K Limit Update -Deduction limit updated with values for year
Year End Payroll Register Use the Infinium Year End Payroll Register to
archive historical payroll registers
Hartford-JP Morgan Year End Use the Infinium Save File to archive
Hartford-JP Morgan year end 401K values
ACS Use the Infinium Save File to archive ACS year end 401K values
Infinium W2 Box Updates Use the Infinium Income & Deduction Reporting
Groups to make W2 Box Reporting Reports
Infinium ADP W2 Box Update Use the ADP interface for W2 Reporting to
create the ADP W2 Box Interface File
Local Tax Update Use the notification from locality or Service Receiver
to update the local tax table
Transfers Clear Q1 Information captured for tax & 401K Limit processing
for use in the W2 tax report
Vinny 1st day report Use the Infinium Day 1 Report for forecasting
Payroll Calendar Use the Infinium Cycle Maintenance to create Service
Receiver Payroll Calendars
W2 Pension for Group Term Life (GTL) Service Receiver provides files
from ACS & Hartford and Service Provider updates Pensioners W2s
Highly Compensated Employee Listing Using an AS400 Query, employees
meeting IRS Highly Compensated Listing are found and 401K providers updated with
list of highly compensated employees
Executive Excess Saving Plan Employee Update Service Receiver provides
list of eligible employees for executive excess saving plan which Service Provider
uses to update the Executive Excess Saving Plan Employee List provided for roll
over into Excess Savings Plan
New Jersey Disability Year End Update Using the New Jersey Final
Disability Report; Service Provider will update the New Jersey year end payroll
entries to record New Jersey final disability entries.
Infinium Year End Close Year end close rolls year to day information to
previous year and clear year-to-date dollars
|
|
20 Companies Per Month
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
ADP 4th Quarter & Year End Extract Using the ADP Extract Program an ADP
Year End Interface File is created
ADP Balance Year Using the ADP Year End Reports Year End Statutory
Reports & W2 are output
W2Cs Using the value center post year-end close entries to update the
W2C
Amended Year End Use the ADP Extract Program to amended statutory
reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide US Tax Processing.
ADP Company Profile Update Use the ADP Tax Header Spreadsheet to update
ADP tax reporting set up
ADP Code Mapping Use the ADP Mapping Document to map ADP Tax Code to
Infinium Tax Code
Infinium ADP Deduction Table Maintenance Use the Infinium ADP Tax Code
file to output ADP Interface File including the new tax code
ADP Daily Interface File Use the ADP Infinium Payroll Tax Extract to
create the ADP Receipt of Tax Payment Detail
Daily Tax Audit Report Use the Query: ADP Tax Audit Report to validate
ADP Daily Tax Interface File
ADP Daily Tax Funding Use the ADP Invoice to create ADP Wire Payment
ADP Unemployment Rate Change Use the ADP Tax Header Spreadsheet to
calculate ADP Unemployment Payments with New Rate
ADP Monthly Charges Use the ADP Invoice to process ADP Payment
Barnett Monthly Charges Use the Barnett Invoice to process Barnett
Payment
ADP Quarterly Communication Use the ADP Quarterly Updates to update the
Quarterly Calendar Close Schedule
Cobra Quarterly Tax Credit Entry Use the SHPS Cobra Detail summarized
and entered into ADP Payroll Tax Input to update the 941 Cobra Credit
Quarterly Interface File Use the ADP Infinium Quarterly Tax Extract to
create the ADP Quarterly Tax Reporting File
ADP TAX Reconciliation Use the Infinium Quarterly Tax Report to
reconcile ADP Quarterly Tax Reports
Quarter Close & Statutory Reporting Use Service Receiver approval to ADP
for Quarterly Processing to make quarterly statutory payments and reporting
Quarterly Report Distribution ADP Use the Quarterly Reports Posted to
Web Site to distribute Statement of Deposits, 941Cobra Credit, State & Local Wage
Detail
|
|
Registrations 10
per month
Interfaces daily
Tax Payments Daily
& Quarterly Per
Requirements
Cobra Reporting
Quarterly
Quarterly Reporting
Tracer Transactions
20 Monthly
Amendments 10 Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Quarterly Invoice Payments Use ADP Invoice to make
ADP Wire Payments
Quarterly Federal & State Tax Amendments Use Quarterly Amendment
Filing to amended reporting
Amendment Payment Use the invoice to create ADP Wire Payment
Tracers Use agency notices to conduct ADP research
Tracer Payments ADP agency notice research to make payment of Agency
Notices
Close Tax ID Use ADP header to close company so no future reporting in
ADP
Close Tax ID Use the Agency notification of account closed to conduct
final reconciliation |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Canadian Tax Processing.
Canadian Tax Withholding Using Canadian Tax Deductions provided by
Service Receiver input Service Provider will complete Employee/Employer Tax
Withholding/Liability
Canadian Tax Payments Using Payroll Registers provided by Service
Receiver, Service Provider will make Canadian Tax Payment
Year End Pension Calculation Using the Canadian Pension Plan Policy
provided by Service Receiver, Service Provider will compute Pension Plan
Calculation
RL1 & T4 Reporting Using the Infinium Canadian Year End Process,
Service Provider will complete T4 & RL1 Forms & XML Reporting
|
|
Weekly Tax Payments
Annually T4, T4A & RL
Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Puerto Rico Tax Processing.
Puerto Rico Tax Withholding Using Tax Deductions Service Provider will
calculate tax withholding for Service Receiver
Puerto Rico Tax Payments Using Payroll Registers provided by Service
Receiver, Service Provider will make Puerto Rico Tax Payments
Puerto Rico Year End Reporting Using W2 & W3 Reporting Service Provider
will make Employee & Employer Year End Tax Reporting
|
|
Weekly Tax Payments
Annual W2P & W3P
Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support the legal/regulatory audits documented below.
ACE Worker Compensation Audit
Tax Audits
D&T Benefit Audit
SOX Audit
Disaster Recovery
ACS 401K Compliance Testing
JP Morgan 401K Compliance Testing
Data Mining Payroll
|
|
4 Audits/Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will run the custom queries documented in Attachment C
once a month
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Guam Tax Processing.
GUAM Tax Withholding Using Tax Deductions provided by Service Receiver,
Service Provider will calculate Tax withholding
GUAM Tax Payments Using the payroll registers Service Provider will
make GUAM tax payments
GUAM Year End Reporting Using W2 & W3 Reporting, Service Provider will
make Employee & Employer Year End Tax Reporting
|
|
Annual W2G & W3G
Reporting |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infinium and HRSS Support/Communication for handling of Service Receiver questions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HR-Benefits-02
|
|
Human Resources,
Benefits, Training,
& Compliance
Support
|
|
Daily Service
Receiver Issue Handling Service Receiver users can make a
phone call or send an email to ask questions related to employee data and/or
transactional history stored in Infinium/HRSS; M-F 8-5pm EST except U.S. holidays;
Data Input
Questions Covered in User Manual
System Requirements-Upgrades/System Changes Maintenance
(Federal/State/Local)
Infinium Canned Reports are
available for the service receiver to access
and review. Service Provider will be responsible for ensuring that reports
required for legal or regulatory requirements run.
Coordinate issue resolution as needed
with IT, Payroll, SS Accounting, HQ
Benefits and/or third party vendors.
Anything not covered above is considered a special request to be handled
using on a Time & Materials basis as outlined in the Additional Pricing Section of
this document.
|
|
201/month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit Administration and Reporting Internal/External:
Weekly vendor file feed resolution to national carriers - Service
Provider will accept phone or email from Service Receiver or external benefits
provider and resubmit corrected file feed or corrected actual employee record
based on request.
Salaried Pension Eligibility file feed questions from field Service
Receiver HR staff will be triaged by Service Provider and assist Service Receiver
in data correction.
Validation Reports from Health & Welfare and Pension - Service Provider
will receive reports from 3rd party providers listing errors related to
health & welfare data and Service Provider will assist Service Receiver HR field
staff to make appropriate changes
|
|
327/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services for Service Receiver supervisors on payrolls that are not administered
via the Fort Wayne Infinium System:
|
|
50/month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will create and/or update Job/Position Codes upon request
from the Service Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will add an international supervisor as a new hire upon
request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will attach an international supervisor to an Infinium
Employee record upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will add an international supervisors Concur ID to the
appropriate record upon request from the Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Services for Service Receiver Business Units and/or Infinium Companies that are
not supported by local HR staff but administered by HRMS staff in Fort Wayne:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will create and or update Job/Position Code upon request
from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will enter new hires on personnel side as well as on
payroll side upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will enter salary changes/address changes/title
changes/transfers/terminations upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will perform annual merit increase uploads upon request
from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will communicate with Service Receiver HR contacts from
other Service Receiver business units to coordinate both transferring in and out
of employees upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will enter payroll changes including withholding
changes/benefit deductions and catch-ups upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will enter benefit updates including urgent updates upon
request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will make Address & Phone number changes upon request from the
Service Receiver
Service Provider will make Benefit Changes due to qualifying event &
Annual Open Enrollment upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will make Annual Salary Merit Increases upon request from
the Service Receiver
Service Provider will make Annual Reviews (if applicable) upon request
from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will make inquiries relating to benefits and/or personnel
information upon request from the Service Receiver
Service Provider will produce Infinium Canned Reports upon request from
the Service Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Year-end Standard Benefit Enrollment Copy to New Plan Year
Year-end Vendor Meetings for open enrollment file feeds
Data Input Questions Covered in User Manual
Support Special Year End File Feeds to National H&W Vendors
Standard Communication regarding Annual Enrollment & Year End Dates
Collaborate with Payroll, Finance and IT for Year End Closing
Processes using all input from years changes and develop project plan to prepare system for
enrollment and year-end processing. Project will then be started in July, and
meetings with vendors conducted as needed depending on data from customers. **
Changing benefits providers in 2011 will be a special project using Time &
Materials rates with specific notification on change.
|
|
Each item in this
table will be
completed once a year |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
HR-Benefits-03
|
|
Training
|
|
Service Provider will take requests from Service Receiver HR manager to conduct
periodic WebEx training of how to use Infinium systems and conduct the training
for the Service Receiver.
|
|
1/month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Time and Materials |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SS-PayrollAcct-04
|
|
Payroll Accounting
|
|
Provide Payroll Accounting services.
Payroll Journals Service Provider will use the payroll register summary
from the Service Receiver to balance and post payroll journals for each payroll
cycle for the Service Receiver
Payroll Balance Sheet Accounts Service Provider will use the payroll
month end close document from the Service Receiver to reconcile the payroll
balance sheet accounts for the Service Receiver
Employee Deductions Service Provider will use completed payroll cycles
document from Service Receiver to remit employee deductions for the Service
Receiver
Employee Benefits for ISP,401 (K) and Insurances Service Provider will
use completed payroll cycles document and payroll queries from Service Receiver to
validate, reconcile and remit employee benefits for ISP, 401(k) and insurances for
the Service Receiver
ADP Payroll Taxes Service Provider will use completed payroll cycles,
payroll queries, and ADP invoices from the Service Receiver to validate,
reconcile, and remit all Payroll Taxes to ADP
Interface File Transmission - Service Provider will use completed payroll
cycles and payroll queries from the Service Receiver to transmit interface files
to 3rd party vendors on behalf of the Service Receiver
Benefits Reporting Service Provider will use the year end close
information from the Service Receiver to provide annual reporting of benefits to
the Service Receiver
|
|
1616 annually
3060 annually
220 annually
205 annually
240 annually
195 annually
10 annually
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Minimum |
|
|
Service |
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Service Period |
|
Service |
# |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
ADP Federal and State Taxes Service Provider will use tax extract and
file feed from ADP from Service Receiver to journalize ADP Federal and State Tax
Activity for the Service Receiver
ADP Mid Year Conversions Service Provider will use YTD tax amounts
information from Service Receiver to perform ADP midyear conversions for the
Service Receiver
Non-supported ADP Service Provider will use completed payroll cycles
information from Service Receiver to remit non-supported ADP taxes for the Service
Receiver
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Control Files for 401(k) and ISP- Service Provider will use information
from business units or HQs from the Service Receiver to maintain and control files
for 401(k) and ISP for the Service Receiver
Payroll Bank Account Service Provider will use bank account statements
from the Service Receiver to reconcile payroll bank accounts for the Service
Receiver
Unclaimed Payroll Property- Service Provider will use bank account
statements from Service Receiver to manage unclaimed payroll property for the
Service Receiver
Automated Bank Functions- Service Provider will use cleared bank files
from the Service Receiver to process post cleared checks in the Infinium payroll
Year to Date Analysis for 401k The Service Provider will use the Year
End Payroll Close from an internal business unit within the Service Provider to
calculate 401k Year to Date totals for employee, employer, and loans and provide
report by vendor to the Service Receiver.
|
|
240 annually
5 annually
12 annually
30 annually
24 annually
200 annually
12 annually
3 annually
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities
on a time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then
apply following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/- 10% of
pre-distribution date volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services
and structure as-is
with no changes
under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service
as documented below |
16
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume greater or less than BAU
|
|
Service Provider
will develop a
commercially
reasonable quote
for acceptance by
the Service
Receiver provided
the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is
with no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider
will develop a
commercially
reasonable quote
for acceptance by
the Service
Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below
for the requisite
service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior to the
distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
SS-Payroll-05
|
|
HR/Payroll/Benefits
Migration
|
|
Service Provider will make commercially reasonable best efforts to assist
Service Receiver in exiting of this agreement. These efforts include:
Support of data extraction requests from the Service Receiver
Providing Subject Matter Expertise in helping the Service
Receiver understand current state business processes, functional data
mapping, and impacts of design decisions
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
SS-Payroll-06
|
|
HR/Payroll/Benefits
|
|
Service Provider will provide the following knowledge transfer services:
Existing non-sensitive documentation maintained by Service
Provider will be given to the Service Receiver as it relates to
Payroll/HR/Benefit services
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
17
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to HR, Benefits and Payroll by Service Receiver not
mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this agreement, Service
Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to Service Provider using
the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period requested
without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service
Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is provided,
Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to Canada and USA locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will provide accurate and timely employee maintenance, time and attendance data and payroll adjustments required to produce pay checks. In conjunction
with the preceding, Service Receiver will maintain the applications and interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be responsible for providing new tax registration requirements to Service Provider. Applicable tax registration information will be provided to
Service Provider as required to complete tax registration. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be responsible for providing configuration changes to Service Provider including taxes, income, deductions, banking and benefits using the change
request process and forms provided by Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider it will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any costs incurred
to rectify the issue. |
18
|
|
|
Service Receiver will setup and make available to Service Provider a disbursement account from which Service Provider utilizes draft authorization to process payroll.
Service provider will request funding for payroll checks, payroll direct deposits, payroll taxes, and other benefit remittances from the Service Receiver Treasury
Headquarter location. Service Provider will open and own payroll bank accounts for the payroll transactions. Funding is required in the bank account one day prior to
the value date. Late funding of the payroll account by the Service Receiver may result in delay of payroll checks, applied 401(k) funds, and benefit payments. Any
outstanding liabilities associated to payroll tax and benefits will remain on Service Providers general ledger at month end. Service Provider will retain interest
earned, if any, on residual account balances and will pay all standard account related service fees. Any service fee associated with Non Sufficient Funds due to the
Service Receiver will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver. Service provider will remit employee deductions from the Service Provider Accounts Payable bank
account. Service Provider will collect the funds from the Service Receiver thru a 3rd party invoice. |
Dependencies
|
|
|
Service Receiver must actively be engaged on the Infinium Application TSA and related Business Objects Universe for the duration this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have the ADP application and interface active for the period of time in which this agreement is in
effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service receiver, in a separate and independent agreement, must have Concur and other Time and Attendance systems listed in Attachment A active and maintained with the
correct interfaces and data feeds to Infinium by the Service Receiver for the period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
The services documented within this agreement must be exited at the same time and as such cannot be exited in parts. |
19
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion which are received using High, Medium, or Low. Such classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service
Provider set for itself as a recipient of services. Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented below for SS-Payroll-01, HR-Benefits-02, and
HR-Benefits-03:
|
|
|
|
|
SLA |
|
Response Time |
|
Resolution |
High
|
|
Within 24 hours of receiving notification during normal business hours
|
|
Within 24 48 hours of response during normal business hours |
|
|
|
|
|
Medium
|
|
Within 48 hours of receiving notification during normal business hours
|
|
Within 48 120 hours of response during normal business hours |
|
|
|
|
|
Low
|
|
Within 120 or more hours of receiving notification or as scheduled during normal business hours
|
|
Within 120 hours of response during normal business hours |
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
Premises at Fort Wayne
In addition to the services provided above, Service Provider will provide office space for two Service Receiver employees (SREEs) to its facilities at 1950 West Cook road, Fort
Wayne, IN 46818 (the Premises). Access will include approximately 200 square feet of work space, and 2 desks located at the Premises and access to the internet, phone, and a
printer. Included within the rental rate will be electrical, housekeeping, and pantry. Mail and reception service will not be provided.
General
|
|
|
Fixed assets on the books of the Service Provider as of the date of the ITT separation will remain the property of the Service Provider during and at the end of the
term. |
|
|
|
|
Fixed assets on the books of the Service Receiver as of the date of the ITT separation will remain the property of the Service Receiver during and at the end of the
term. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver shall have the reasonable right to use, and Service Provider shall at all times have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the common areas
including the pantry in the manner Service Provider may reasonably determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
|
|
SREEs will be permitted in the common areas and the specific location assigned to them. They will be provided with ID badges which they must wear at all times. |
20
Prohibitions
Service Receiver is prohibited from the following without the Service Providers consent:
|
|
|
Making any changes to the physical layout of the Premises or any capital improvements |
|
|
|
|
Inviting or permitting any other employee or agent or guest of Service Recipient to enter the Premises, other than employees who were former ITT Corporation employees.
Service Receiver assumes all responsibility for actions of its employees, agents and guests on the Premises. SREEs and their visitors must adhere to the facilitys access
requirements at all times. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver will not be allowed to access Service Providers computer network. The SREEs will be allowed to access Service Receivers own computer network via
wireless or landline data connections on the Premises. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver has no right to sublease, assign or transfer their space, except upon a change of control of Service Receiver in which case only former ITT Corporation
employees will be permitted access to the Premises. Assignment of this agreement requires landlord approval in writing. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees not to put up any external or internal signs during the term of the agreement. |
Service Receivers Responsibilities
|
|
|
Service Receiver will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required to move out of the facility at the end of the term. If Service Receiver
requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the facility, Service Receiver agrees to provide Service Provider with proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage
prior to contractor entering into the facility. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees to remove all of their personal property from the Premises at the end of the term. Tenant must return rented space to pre move in condition,
with the exception of the offices, which should be left in an as is condition. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees to abide by all rules and regulations set by the landlord including but not limited to those included in the lease between the landlord of the
Premises and the Service Provider |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver agrees that all cabling that is used to attached Service Receivers PCs to the IT infrastructure will remain the property of the Service Provider and
will not be removed by the Service Receiver at the end of the term. |
21
|
|
|
The SREEs will be required to show proper identification to enter the Premises as determined by the Service Provider |
Term
|
|
|
The TSA for the Premises shall automatically expire 3 months after this TSA for Payroll Services, unless terminated earlier by notice to the Service Provider at least
90 days in advance of the date Service Receiver desires to terminate this portion of the TSA for space at the Premises. There shall be no make-whole or other fee due to Service
Provider for early termination. |
Pricing for Space at the Premises
|
|
|
During 2011
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
From January 1, 2012 through December 31, 2012
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
From January 1, 2013 through the end of the Term
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
The prices set forth above solely with respect to space at the Premises include the 2% or 10% increase for profit and the 4.5% annual increase for inflation. Sales and use or other
taxes are not included in the above mentioned pricing.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including but
not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
22
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
23
ATTACHMENT
A
Inbound Interfaces:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XRCISPDP |
|
Dependents |
|
ACS |
|
Infinium |
|
ACS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCISP XYCISP2 |
|
ACS Salary ISP and Pension |
|
ACS |
|
Infinium |
|
ACS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCADPCHK |
|
Create ADP Tax Journal |
|
ADP |
|
Infinium |
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRGMADPC |
|
Maintain ADP Tax Controls |
|
ADP |
|
Infinium |
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCADPDWN |
|
ADP Periodic & Qtrly File Downld |
|
ADP |
|
Infinium |
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGADPBAL |
|
ADP Balance Report |
|
ADP |
|
Infinium |
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGADPCHG |
|
Refresh ADP Employee Number |
|
ADP |
|
Infinium |
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECBRUC |
|
Unemployement emps |
|
Barnett |
|
Infinium |
|
Barnett |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US RELOWAGE UPDATE.CARTUS |
|
CARTUS |
|
Infinium |
|
CARTUS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYPCTWRC |
|
Send Cartus Receipt of gr |
|
CARTUS |
|
Infinium |
|
CARTUS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCEEMT |
|
Concur - Employee Master File Feed |
|
Concur |
|
Infinium |
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TEG002C |
|
Employee information |
|
Concur |
|
Infinium |
|
Concur E-Xpense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCEEMT |
|
FTP Employee information |
|
Concur |
|
Infinium |
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XCHCEXTEMP |
|
Export Employees to Concur |
|
Concur |
|
Infinium |
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US Bank - ConcurTravel |
|
Concur |
|
Infinium |
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garnishments |
|
County Government |
|
Infinium |
|
County Government |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECEMED |
|
Empire Eligbility and HDHP Mellon pass thru |
|
Empire/Blue |
|
Infinium |
|
Empire/Blue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
800 EVHR employee Infinium Data |
|
ITT |
|
Infinium |
|
Kronos |
|
|
XPYGKRONOS |
|
feed to (800) (Kronos) System |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPYPCIMA |
|
Employee feed 500 |
|
ITT |
|
Infinium |
|
Cannon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cannons Full Employee Master |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPYCCIM1ST |
|
Update To Cim |
|
ITT |
|
Infinium |
|
Cannon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Download Employee Date to IPG |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCEEMIPG |
|
- Daily (ER 810 92SHR) |
|
ITT |
|
Infinium |
|
Goulds |
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XPYG880D |
|
Prudential Demographics 880 |
|
Prudential |
|
Infinium |
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYG881D |
|
Prudential Demographics 331 |
|
Prudential |
|
Infinium |
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYPRUDEM |
|
Send Prudential Demographics |
|
Prudential |
|
Infinium |
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
Systems |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYP880D, 881D, |
|
Prudential Systems |
|
Prudential |
|
Infinium |
|
Prudential |
|
|
882D,883D |
|
Demographics (ENI, CAP, CMC, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ECI) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECNHC |
|
Cobra - New Hire |
|
SHPS |
|
Infinium |
|
SHPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCFSA |
|
FSA - Deduction feed to SHPS |
|
SHPS |
|
Infinium |
|
SHPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCSBBLD |
|
Stock Options Eligibility |
|
Smith Barney |
|
Infinium |
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP |
|
Smith Barney CODES FILE |
|
Smith Barney |
|
Infinium |
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP |
|
Smith Barney EMAIL ADDRESSES |
|
Smith Barney |
|
Infinium |
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP |
|
Smith Barney PARTICIPANTS |
|
Smith Barney |
|
Infinium |
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGNH |
|
New Hire |
|
State of Indiana |
|
Infinium |
|
State of Indiana |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGWEBMD |
|
WebMD ELIGIBILITY |
|
WebMD |
|
Infinium |
|
WebMD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCHCPWFTP |
|
FTP CCUSECHD2-Well Fargo |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
password change |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFPAY |
|
CLP to send payroll ACH file |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
to Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFPOS |
|
CLP to run entire Wells Fargo |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
pos pay process |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYGEXTCA |
|
modified International ACH |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
file for ALL of CANADA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NWBPAYTRN |
|
Direct deposit transmission |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NWBCHK01 |
|
Send Check Recon to bank |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCUCPWDR |
|
Re-send check recon to bank |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCTACH |
|
Payroll ACH |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Infinium |
|
Wells Fargo |
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XRCECEMP1
|
|
Active Directory
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ITT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XEMGP2E
|
|
HM Update Health Mast - Defense
Companies
|
|
ITT - HM
|
|
Infinium
|
|
HM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGHYPR
|
|
Hyperion Planning - Build
Transmission file
|
|
ITT Hyperion
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Hyperion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGMXLP
|
|
SAP AUTO PAY Benefit Deductions
sent to Seneca Fall SAP system
|
|
ITT SAP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SAP P2P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPECJHUP
|
|
Send file to Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECJHLT
|
|
John Hancock Eligibility
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
NEW
Development
|
|
401K Feedback file from JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
Infinium
|
|
JP Morgan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECKMED
|
|
KAISER ELIGIBILITY
|
|
Kaiser Permanete
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Kaiser Permanete |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECUBSOUT
|
|
Transmit file to Life Plus for Marsh
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCJH08
|
|
Upload Life Plus file
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECLP
|
|
LifePlus Eligibility
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCHSA2
|
|
HSA Send Extract File From Robot Job
|
|
Mellon
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Mellon |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCMM
|
|
Medco Prescription
|
|
Merck Medco
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Merck Medco |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCMLE
|
|
Metlife ltd/std mth - GL Advices
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCML5SGL
|
|
Metlife LTD/STD (Menu option)
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCMETDTF
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife Dental |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRGVA1
XRGVA3
XRGVA4
|
|
Print Voluntary Accident Monthly
report data
|
|
National Union Fire
|
|
Infinum
|
|
National Union Fire |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECPMED
|
|
PACIFICARE ELIG
|
|
PACIFICARE
|
|
Infinium
|
|
PACIFICARE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYPRURL1
|
|
Prudential Loans Systems
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYC880O
|
|
ENI Prudential Dollar Send - 800
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYC881O
|
|
CAP Prudential Dollar Send - 881
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYC883O
|
|
ECI Prudential Dollar Send - 883
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XYCISPACPU XYCISPAC
|
|
AC ISP Rate change file
|
|
ACS
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCISPDP
|
|
Dependents
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ACS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCISP XYCISP2
|
|
ACS Salary ISP and Pension
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ACS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCADPCHK
|
|
Create ADP Tax Journal
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRGADPQ1
|
|
ADP Qtrly Unempl Process
|
|
ADP
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infiniium GL |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRGMADPC
|
|
Maintain ADP Tax Controls
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCADPDWN
|
|
ADP Periodic & Qtrly File Downld
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGADPBAL
|
|
ADP Balance Report
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGADPCHG
|
|
Refresh ADP Employee Number
|
|
ADP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ADP |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCBSND
|
|
SAVINGS BOND CONT FL
|
|
BANK OF CANADA
|
|
Infinium
|
|
BANK OF CANADA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECBRUC
|
|
Unemployement emps
|
|
Barnett
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Barnett |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CPEGHERH CPEGHERU
|
|
To update Infinium HR; contains
pension data
|
|
Buck
|
|
Buck
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCT200
|
|
Load and List wage request file
from Cartus
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCT200C
|
|
Load Cartus file and
process-batch job
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCT200P
|
|
Bring in Cartus Wage Request file
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCT300C
|
|
Load Cartus Gross Ups
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US_RELOWAGE - UPDATE.CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CARTUS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYPCTWRC
|
|
Send Cartus Receipt of gr
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CARTUS |
27
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XYGCONCUR
|
|
Re-Apply Concur (PYPME
History) to Payroll
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XCHGLDEMP
|
|
Concur - Load Employees from INFIN
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCEEMTIN
XYCEEMTIN
XCHCCRTPAY
|
|
Expense transations
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCEEMTIN
|
|
CONCUR - travel process
expense records
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCEEMT
|
|
Concur - Employee Master File
Feed
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TEG002C
|
|
Employee information
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur EXpense |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCEEMT
|
|
FTP Employee information
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XCHCEXTEMP
|
|
Export Employees to Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
US Bank - Concur Travel
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinum
|
|
Concur |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Garnishments
|
|
County Government
|
|
Infinium
|
|
County
Government |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECEMED
|
|
Empire Eligbility and HDHP
Mellon pass thru
|
|
Empire/Blue
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Empire/Blue |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCBGFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
B&G
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NPYCCAFTP
|
|
Labor feed CQC
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Canada
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCKINT
|
|
Canadian Kronos Labor
interface to Infinium
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Canada Krono
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCCPSFTP
|
|
Labor To Daily Time (CPSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CPSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCFFSFTP
|
|
Labor Load (FFSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FFSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCFISFTP
|
|
Labor Load(FISAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FISAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCFTFTP
|
|
Labor feed 831
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FLOBW
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCJOFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Flojet
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCFLSFTP
|
|
labor laod(FLSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FLSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTP6
|
|
Labor Load (GPH9V)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
G9H
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTP7
|
|
Labor load (GPH9W)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
G9H
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTPA
|
|
Labor feed 835
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould Pumps -WTG
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCHTFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Heat
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCGUN
|
|
After Posting CL-Create GL
Interface Files
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCLESFTP
|
|
Time(LEOSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
LEOSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCPISFTP
|
|
Time(PISAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
PISAL
|
|
Infinium |
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
FPYCRUHR
|
|
Labor feed 860
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Rule Hr
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCRUSAL
|
|
Labor feed 860
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Rule Sal
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCWPCFTP
|
|
Time(WPC)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
WCP
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCWBWFTP
|
|
Time(WEDBW)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
WEDBW
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGPR
|
|
Promotions
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGSC3
|
|
Salary Changes
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCEEMDLY
|
|
FTC Employee Master to be FTP
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGLID
|
|
FTC GL to be sent out to FTC
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGLIG
|
|
Goulds GL to be FTP
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FPYCGLIGFL
|
|
Goulds Flowtronex GL to be FTP
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SPYCGLID
|
|
Creates and Builds GL recs for a
Cycle code
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYC800WK
|
|
Employee information 800
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
B&G |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FRPECSV
|
|
Kronos employee download CQC
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Canadian companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCGLIG
|
|
Generic GL Interface File
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCECEMP1
|
|
Active Directory
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
ITT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FLYGT EMP FEED
|
|
ITT FLYGT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FLYGT |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XEMGP2E
|
|
HM Update Health Mast - Defense
Companies
|
|
ITT HM
|
|
Infinium
|
|
HM |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGHYPR
|
|
Hyperion Planning - Build
Transmission file
|
|
ITT Hyperion
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Hyperion |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGMXLP
|
|
SAP AUTO PAY Benefit Deductions
sent to Seneca Fall SAP system
|
|
ITT SAP
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SAP P2P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPECJHUP
|
|
Send file to Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECJHLT
|
|
John Hancock Eligbility
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCHCK01
|
|
Receive Long Term Care file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receive Long Term Care Billing file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCJH01
|
|
Copy from Tape J&HKVI data to file
XPYPJHI
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCJH07
|
|
Receive life plus file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEW Development
|
|
401K Feedback file from JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
Infinum
|
|
JP Morgan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEW Development
|
|
401K Hourly to JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
JP Morgan
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECKMED
|
|
KAISER ELIGIBILITY
|
|
Kaiser Permanete
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Kaiser Permanete |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECUBSOUT
|
|
Transmit file to Life Plus for Marsh
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCJH08
|
|
Upload Life Plus file
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECLP
|
|
LifePlus Eligibility
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECUBSI
|
|
Receive Life Plus Input File
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium |
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program
Name |
|
Business
Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
Source
System |
|
Destination
System |
|
|
XPYCMM
|
|
Medco Prescription
|
|
Merck Medco
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Merck Medco |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCMLE
|
|
Metlife ltd/std mth - GL Advices
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRCML5SGL
|
|
Metlife LTD/STD ( Menu option)
|
|
Metlife Advices
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCMETDTF
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Metlife Dental
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Metlife Dental |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRGVA1 XRGVA3
XRGVA4
|
|
Print Voluntary Accident
Monthly report data
|
|
National Union Fire
|
|
Infinum
|
|
National Union
Fire |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECPMED
|
|
PACIFICARE ELIG
|
|
PACIFICARE
|
|
Infinium
|
|
PACIFICARE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCRME
|
|
Receive and process autotime - car
allowance
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYCRMEC
|
|
Receive and process Can AT - car
allowance
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGRNZHMR
|
|
Re-Apply Runzheimer (PYPME
History) to Payroll
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XECNHC
|
|
Cobra - New Hire
|
|
SHPS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SHPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCFSA
|
|
FSA - Deduction feed to SHPS
|
|
SHPS
|
|
Infinium
|
|
SHPS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCSBBLD
|
|
Stock Options Eligibility
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney CODES FILE
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney EMAIL ADDRESSES
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney PARTICIPANTS
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYSBOPT1
|
|
Receive Smith Barney Options
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYSBRES1
|
|
Receive Smith Barney Restricted
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGNH
|
|
New Hire
|
|
State of Indiana
|
|
Infinium
|
|
State of Indiana |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPRGUNWA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYGUNF
|
|
United Way Upload to PYPDE
|
|
United Way
|
|
United Way
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPEGWEBMD
|
|
WebMD ELIGIBILITY
|
|
WebMD
|
|
Infinium
|
|
WebMD |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCHCPWFTP
|
|
FTP CCUSECHD2 - Well Fargo
password change
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFPAY
|
|
CLP to send payroll ACH file
to Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFPOS
|
|
CLP to run entire Wells Fargo
pos pay process
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYGEXTCA
|
|
modified International ACH
file for ALL of CANADA
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NWBPAYTRN
|
|
Direct deposit transmission
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NWBCHK01
|
|
Send Check Recon to bank
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
CCUCPWDR
|
|
Re-send check recon to bank
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCCTACH
|
|
Payroll ACH
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFREC
|
|
CLP to receive check recon
file from Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
XPYCWFREC
|
|
Receive Check recon
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
30
ATTACHMENT B
The following table documents the process day for the in-scope pay cycles:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
GOULDS PUMPS CANADA (IPG)
|
|
CGOBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CGO
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ONTARIO PRO SERVICES CENTER
|
|
CONBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CON
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CANNON
|
|
BIWBW
|
|
BIW BI WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CANNON
|
|
BIWHR
|
|
BIW HOURLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CANNON
|
|
BWCAN
|
|
BI WEEKLY CANNON
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CANNON
|
|
HRCAN
|
|
CANNON HOURLY
EMPLOYEES
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT VEAM, LLC
|
|
BWVEA
|
|
VEAM SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT VEAM, LLC
|
|
HRVEA
|
|
HOURLY VEAM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATION
|
|
BWIND
|
|
ITT INDUSTRIES
BI-WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPUTERS, EQUIP LEASING
CORP
|
|
CELBW
|
|
COMPUTER & EQUIP
LEASING
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT TRANSPORTATlON DIST
SVCS
|
|
BWGRP
|
|
TDS BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AERHR
|
|
AEROSPACE HOURLY AH
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AESAL
|
|
AEROSPACE SALARY AP
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AMOHR
|
|
AMORY HOURLY FH
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
AMSAL
|
|
AMORY SALARY FS
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
ITT R&CW CANADA
|
|
FPCAS
|
|
FLUID PRODUCTS
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT WATER & WASTEWATE
|
|
FLCAN
|
|
BI WEEKLY FLYGT
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Mon - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATI
|
|
BWIND
|
|
ITT INDUSTRIES
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week - Tuesday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPUTER & EQUIP
|
|
CELBW
|
|
COMPUTER & EQUIP
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT
|
|
BWGRP
|
|
TDS BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
BGSAL
|
|
BELL & GOSSETT
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT
FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
BGUN
|
|
BBLL & GOSSETT
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
CONHR
|
|
CONOFLOW HOURLY CH
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
COSAL
|
|
CONOFLOW SALARY CN
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
CPSAL
|
|
CUSTOM PUMPS SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
FLOBW
|
|
FLOJET BI WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
FTCBW
|
|
FTC BI WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
GRSAL
|
|
GRINDEX SALARY GR
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
HTUN
|
|
HEAT TRANSFER
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID
|
|
RCSAL
|
|
R&CW HQ
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID
|
|
SHBW
|
|
SHEROTEC
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
SHHR
|
|
SHEROTEC HOURLY ST
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID
|
|
WTBW
|
|
WET
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LAING
|
|
LTSAL
|
|
LAING
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CORPORATI
|
|
FRCSA
|
|
GOULD SHARED
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS PA
|
|
H9XSA
|
|
ASHLAND SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS TEXAS
|
|
H9WSA
|
|
TX TURBINE & PRO
SHOP SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Thursday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FLOWTRONEX PSI INC
|
|
FLOBW
|
|
FLOWTRONEX PSI BW
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT WATER
|
|
9XLWS
|
|
WATER TEC
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
ITT WATER TECHNOLOG
|
|
92WTG
|
|
WATER TECH WEEKLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GODWIN PUMPS OF
|
|
WKGWP
|
|
GODWIN PUMP
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GODWIN PUMPS OF
|
|
BWGWP
|
|
GODWIN PUMP BI -
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT WATER & WASTE WATER
IN LLC
|
|
FISAL
|
|
MINERVA SALARY BI-WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week - Friday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT WATER & WASTEWATE
|
|
FFSAL
|
|
FLYGT FLORDA SAL
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT RULE
|
|
RUSAL
|
|
RULE SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ADVANCED WATER
|
|
WPC
|
|
WATER POLUTION
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SRP ACQUISITION CORP
|
|
ROYCE
|
|
SRP ACQUISITON CORP
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WEDECO INC
|
|
WEDBW
|
|
WEDECO BW
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE FB LEOPOLD
|
|
LEOSA
|
|
LEOPOLD BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOVA ANALYTICS
|
|
BWEXE
|
|
Bi-Weekly Executive
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOVA ANALYTICS EUROPE LLC
|
|
BWNAE
|
|
BW NOVA ANALYTICS EUROPE LLC
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
GLOBAL WATER
INSTRUMENTATION
|
|
BWGWI
|
|
BW GLOBAL WATER
INSTRUMENTATION
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Non Pay Week Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BELLINGHA M &
|
|
BWBSI
|
|
BELLINGHA M &
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
AANDERAA DATA INSTRUMEN
|
|
BWADI
|
|
BW AANDERAA DATA
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
WaterCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
ITT FLUID
TECHNOLOGY
|
|
CTBW
|
|
C TREAT BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
EVHR
|
|
ENG VALVES HOURLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
EVSAL
|
|
ENG VALVES SALARY EV
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
GRSAL
|
|
GRINDEX SALARY GR
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
MFCBW
|
|
MOTION FLOW CONTROL SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
SHBW
|
|
sherotec BW
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
SHHR
|
|
SHEROTEC HOURLY ST
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT FLUID TECHNOLOGY
|
|
WTBW
|
|
WET
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
CARBN
|
|
CARBON INDUSTRIES
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
EVZHR
|
|
DIV-IPG, UNITS VU,PJ,QU WEEKLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
H9WPS
|
|
PRO SHOP SALARY TX-BI-WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
PROBW
|
|
BI WEEKLY CYCLE
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
9XLCS
|
|
CITY OF INDUSTRY SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
9XLSA
|
|
GOULDS IPGBI-WEEKLY SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS
|
|
92SHR
|
|
SF UNION -IPG-SU, CPG WU WKLY
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid |
|
|
|
|
|
Required |
EMPLOYER |
|
CYCLE CODE |
|
NAME |
|
FREQ |
|
Paid Lag |
|
Current |
|
Process Day |
|
NEWCO |
|
By |
ITT CORPORATION(FRC)
|
|
FRCSA
|
|
GOULD SHARED SERVICES
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week
-Thursday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS PA
|
|
H9XSA
|
|
ASHLAND SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
Unknown
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT GOULDS PUMPS IPG
|
|
H9YSA
|
|
IPG SALARY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week
-Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT ENERGY
ABSORPTION(ENIDINE)
|
|
EAHR
|
|
ENIDINE WEEKLY HOURLY EA
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT ENERGY
ABSORPTION(ENIDINE)
|
|
EASAL
|
|
ENIDINE BI-WEEKLYSALARY
EA
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION (CAP)
|
|
CAHR
|
|
CAP WEEKLY HOURLY CA
|
|
W
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Monday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT ENERGY ABSORPTION (CAP)
|
|
CASAL
|
|
CAP BI-WEEKLY SALARY CA
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Non Pay Week -Friday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
BIHR
|
|
BILLERICA HOURLY CM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
BISAL
|
|
BILLERICA BI-WEEKLY
SALARY CM
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
CMHR
|
|
CMC BI-WEEKLY HOURLY CM
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT CONTROLS (CMC)
|
|
CMSAL
|
|
CMC BI-WEEKLY SALARY CM
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT-KALIBURN INC.
|
|
KBHR
|
|
KALIBURN
HOURLY(BI-WEEKLY)
|
|
B
|
|
X
|
|
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT-KALIBURN INC.
|
|
KBSAL
|
|
KALIBURN
SALARY(BI-WEEKLY
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Pay Week -Tuesday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT KONI
|
|
BWFRI
|
|
KONI FRICTION SALARIED
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week
-Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT KONI
|
|
BWKON
|
|
BI WEEKLY KONI
|
|
B
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
Non Pay Week
-Thursday
|
|
ITTCO
|
|
Tues - 2pm |
35
ATTACHMENT C
Custom Queries to be run once a month by service provider:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Application Used to Produce |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Query/Report Name |
|
Information |
|
Provider |
|
Information Supplied |
|
Frequency of Request |
DWA87200___ MonthYear
|
|
Infinium Query
|
|
Debbie Weeks
|
|
Salaries
Information of
employees on
Severance (Income
Codes 00140 and
00270)
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payroll by Individual
|
|
Business Objects
|
|
Carol Whisler
|
|
Payroll information
of HQ Employees
with names and cost
centers
|
|
Monthly |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Headcount
|
|
Business Objects
|
|
Idania Miro
|
|
Payroll information
of HQ Employees
with names and cost
centers
|
|
Monthly |
36
SCHEDULE CB2
SECURITY OPERATIONS CENTER
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Phil Zaleski
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Business Area
Manager, Cyber
Security Programs
|
|
|
|
phil.zaleski@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Germain
Xylem Inc.
|
|
Director,
Information
Security
Architecture,
Engineering &
Operations
|
|
|
|
john.germain@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform Information Technology Security Operations Center (IT-SOC)
Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
IT-SOC-01
|
|
Security Operations
Center Support
Services
|
|
Provide IT Security event monitoring and intrusion
detection; and serves as a single point for information
security related issues:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Environmental Awareness Service Provider
will provide environmental awareness activities,
including Risk/Threat Analysis
|
|
1 Analysis per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Management and Administration of Global IDS/IDP
Security Devices Service Provider will manage and
administer Global IDS/IDP Security Devices.
|
|
40 Modifications per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Network Data Aggregation, Normalization, and
Correlation .Service Provider will provide network
data aggregation, normalization, and correlation for
the Service Receiver. Service Provider will provide
centralized management of network and security event
logs collected from multiple sources. Log and/or event
monitoring sources will include, but not limited to,
technologies such as:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Firewalls |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o VPN concentrators |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Intrusion Detection/Prevention appliances |
|
1500 Security Events per Second |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Content filters |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o As well as other approved and agreed upon controlled
points that can provide insight and/or generate alerts
that detect real time threats to the enterprise |
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will also leverage multiple levels of
alerting and threat identification to include:
o Predefined alerts |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Network anomaly detection rules |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
o Emerging cyber threat monitoring |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will ensure compliance with legal,
regulatory, and internal policies regarding records
management, incident documentation, and data retention
requirements for data within Service Providers
control. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Help Desk Service Provider will make
available the IT-SOC Help Desk, via phone or email, to
provide assistance for security-related issues or
concerns to the Service Receivers IT and/or Management
staff.
|
|
30 Contacts per Month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Metrics/KPIs Reporting Service Provider will
provide metrics to communicate overall effectiveness of
IT-SOC activities and investigations. Service Provider
is able to organize, manage, and visualize data, as
well as produce reports that identify baselines and
projected targets; trending; and standardized key
metrics tailored to Service Receivers business needs.
|
|
1 Status Report per Week |
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
Service Provider will have the necessary United States Government security clearances to
enable and leverage interaction with Federal/State/Local Government and Department of Defense
Agencies in support of investigations, compliance issues, and/or threat related activity and
information sharing at the request of Service Receiver. Such interaction can include, but not
limited to, agencies such as:
|
|
|
Federal/State/Local Law Enforcement (Investigations) |
|
|
|
|
Department of State / Department of Commerce (Compliance) |
|
|
|
|
Department of Defense |
|
|
|
|
The Defense Industrial Base (DIBNet-U and DIBNet-S) Interaction and Information Sharing |
Service Volumes Greater or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
|
|
|
|
|
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite service |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications
3
increase the cost for Service Provider, Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay
all the additional costs including the costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
IT-SOC-02
|
|
Security Operations
Center Migration
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable efforts to
assist Service
Receiver in exiting
of this agreement.
These efforts
include:
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state of the Security
Operations Center |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-SOC-03
|
|
Security Operations
Center Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Security Operations
Center |
|
|
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Information Technology Security Operations
Center by Service Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs
documented in this agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit
such request to Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for
consideration by Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required action by Service
Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to be counted as received during such
business day. Service Provider shall, within a commercially reasonable period, provide a price
quote to be commercially reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver
taking into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service delivery
volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service Provider is currently engaged in at
the time of the request, but not later than 30 days after the request was made. If Service
Provider, in its sole discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service receiver or (ii) that it
is not capable of making such changes with its current staff during the time period
4
requested without interrupting the Services provided to itself or any other service receiver.
Service Provider need not provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Rome, NY, USA to global locations.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver provides inaccurate information to Service Provider, it will
be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any problems and bear any
costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must coordinate with Service Provider to ensure that either direct
access to Receivers network is available, or access to a data collector in Receivers
network is available for the period of this TSA. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must configure its appliances in order to forward data logs to
Service Provider. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide appropriate global administrative credentials to
Service Provider in order to manage intrusion prevention system. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must provide a list of appropriate contacts and points of
escalation. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such classifications shall
be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set for itself as a recipient of services.
Incidents classified using this methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment A.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
5
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
6
ATTACHMENT A
The IT-SOC staff is accessible, based on need and criticality, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week,
365 days a year, through the usage of on-call staff to assist with any IT Security related
incident.
The IT-SOC Help Desk can be reached by phone or email and is ready to provide assistance for any
information security related and concerns. Depending on the urgency, severity, and scope of the
problem, there are two recommended contact methods:
|
1. |
|
ITT IT Security Operations Center:
Phone: 800 (Mondays Fridays; 7 am5 pm ET)
Email: |
|
2. |
|
In instances where there is an emergency or suspected situation occurring, please
contact the IT-SOC Director and/or Assistant Director directly, 24/7, utilizing the contact
information below: |
|
|
|
Director | ITT IT Security Operations Center
|
|
|
|
Assistant Director | ITT IT Security Operations Center
|
7
SCHEDULE CB3
INFINIUM APPLICATION SERVICES
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Dan Johnston
Exelis Inc.
|
|
Enterprise
Applications Manager
|
|
|
|
dan.johnston@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Donna Sanabria
Xylem Inc.
|
|
IT Director, Corporate Functions and PMO
|
|
|
|
donna.sanabria@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will provide Infinium Application Support Services for Service Receiver.
Service Receiver and its Subsidiaries will utilize Service Providers resources based on the
functionality, processes, input and output screens, and documents that support the Service
Providers business and business processes in the twelve months prior to the Distribution date.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement,
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium
Application HR,
Payroll, and General
Ledger Related
Support Services: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-01
|
|
Infinium
Application HR,
Payroll and related
GL Support Services
|
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments.
Custom
reports and data
extracts will be
provided as necessary
to support legal,
audit and compliance
tasks when requested
by authorized
individuals.
|
|
65 calls/ month
6 calls/ month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Costs will be
passed through as
part of the HR/Payroll/Benefits
TSA |
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Ad-Hoc
development/services
or processing of
reports consistent
with what was
provided in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any new
Ad-Hoc reporting
requirements will be
considered
out-of-scope and will
be provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
Any
modification of
3rd Party
Interfaces consistent
with support of BAU
or seasonal business
processes which were
provided with
existing internal
resources in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any
changes to 3rd party
relationships which
require new interface
modifications or
re-writes are not
included as part of
the scope of this
agreement and will be
provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium
Application General
Ledger Support for
Enterprise Accounting
Function: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-02
|
|
Infinium
Application GL
Services for
Enterprise
Accounting Function
Support Services
|
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
|
|
65 calls/ month
6 calls/ month
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Costs will be
passed through as
part of General
Ledger Accounting
ITT HQ TSA |
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments.
Custom
reports and data
extracts will be
provided as necessary
to support legal,
audit and compliance
tasks when requested
by authorized
individuals.
Ad-Hoc
development/services
or processing of
reports consistent
with what was
provided in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any new
Ad-Hoc reporting
requirements will be
considered
out-of-scope and will
be provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement.
Any
modification of
3rd Party
Interfaces consistent
with support of BAU
or seasonal business
processes which were
provided with
existing internal
resources in the 12
months prior to the
distribution date
will be supported as
part of this
agreement. Any
changes to 3rd party
relationships which
require new interface
modifications or
re-writes are not
included as part of
the scope of this
agreement and will be
provided on a time
and materials basis
as described in the
Additional Pricing
section of this
agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provide Infinium
Accounts Payable and
Currency Management
Support for
Enterprise Accounting
Function: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-03
|
|
Infinium
Application AP and
CM Support Services
|
|
Access to
Infinium Application
Service Provider
will provide access
to application
through form(s)
signed off by the
appropriate signing
authority or
designated Executive
per the Master
Services Agreement,
and submitted through
Remedy tickets.
Service Provider will
give access to the
requested menu
options. Service
Provider will provide
access to application
for authorized
service receiver
users per the
security guidelines
outlined in the
Master Services
Agreement. Service
Provider will create
new application and
database users
pre-approved by
Service Recipient,
maintain application
and database
passwords, maintain
application and
database security to
meet security and
controls guidelines
identified in Master
Services Agreement,
as well as monitor
and restrict
unauthorized access
to source code and
data. Service
Provider will
maintain production
batch schedule,
execute batch jobs,
assess impact of
failed batch jobs,
and adjust
|
|
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Costs will be
passed through as
part of General
Ledger Accounting
ITT HQ TSA |
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Minimum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BAU |
|
Service |
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
Period |
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
(in mo.) |
|
Charge |
|
|
|
|
schedule
to account for batch
job failures and
delays. Service
Provider will execute
web server and
application server
configuration
changes, monitor and
maintain application
administration Cron
jobs and shell
scripts. Time
required to provide
access to the
application will be
within (5) five
business days.
Infinium
Support & Maintenance
Service Provider
will monitor incident
resolution requests
as reported via
Remedy tickets,
recommend and notify
Service Receiver, and
implement incident
resolution or
expected fix from
vendor per the SLA
outlined in the
Service Level section
of this agreement.
Service Provider will
identify and
communicate breaks in
application
discovered by
automated or
monitoring system,
develop solution and
approach to address
break in application,
and implement fixes
to resolve break in
application.
Infinium
Database Support
Service Provider will
trouble shoot
database related
incidents as reported
via Remedy tickets.
These activities
include maintaining
database schemas if
necessary, performing
data cleanup
activities as well as
scheduled maintenance
activities,
requesting
database/file
restores, and
providing support for
all database issues
in production and
test/development
environments. |
|
20 calls/ month
6 calls/ month |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
BAU volumes will be calculated on a rolling 12-month average to account for seasonal
fluctuations and any temporary spike in service volumes post-spin. |
|
* |
|
For BAU volumes, one incident will be considered the equivalent of one call (regardless of the
number of phone conversations related to the same issue). |
Services that will not be provided as part of this agreement are:
|
|
|
Employee Self Service Module (including Online Benefits Enrollment) |
Service Volumes Greater Than or Less Than Observed Pre-Distribution Date
Service Provider will deliver the same volume of Services as delivered in the 12 months prior to
the Distribution Date, plus or minus 10% (such activity, including any such 10% deviation,
Business as Usual activities or BAU) at no additional cost per unit. Service Provider will
accommodate Service Receivers inorganic (Mergers, Acquisitions, and Divestitures) activities on a
time and materials basis with respect to the one-time set-up fees. The table below will then apply
following the completion of the one-time set-up activities.
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume within
BAU [Note: BAU
already includes +/-
10% of
pre-distribution date
volumes]
|
|
No incremental
one-time fees when
Service Receiver
utilizes services and
structure as-is with
no changes under this
agreement
|
|
Steady-State fee
structure for
requisite service as
documented below |
5
|
|
|
|
|
Scenario |
|
One-Time Setup Fees |
|
Monthly Fees |
Service Volume
greater or less than
BAU
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
provided the Service
Receiver utilizes
services and
structure as-is with
no significant
changes under this
agreement
|
|
Service Provider will
develop a
commercially
reasonable quote for
acceptance by the
Service Receiver
incremental to the
base service costs
documented below for
the requisite
service. |
Ad-Hoc development/services or processing of reports consistent with what was provided prior
to the distribution date will be supported as part of this agreement. Service Provider will use
commercially reasonable efforts based on providers current abilities to accommodate regulatory or
legal ad-hoc requests. Ad-hoc requests which may need to be performed to assist Service Receiver
in meeting new legal obligations will be provided on a time and materials basis as described in the
Additional Pricing section of this agreement. Any changes to 3rd party relationships which require
interface modifications or re-writes are not included as part of the scope of this agreement.
Should the Service Receiver require such changes, Parties agree to negotiate in good faith with
regard to such modification. In the event modifications to the services provided are required by
law for only the Service Recipient and such modifications increase the cost for Service Provider,
Service Recipient that requires the modifications shall pay all the additional costs including the
costs for the other Service Recipients.
Exit Services
The following services will be provided upon receipt of a Termination Notice to exit from this
Service.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service # |
|
Service Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Service Charge ($/hour) |
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
make commercially
reasonable best
efforts to assist
Service Receiver in
exiting of this
agreement. These
efforts include: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-04 |
|
Infinium Migration |
|
Support of
data extraction
requests from the
Service Receiver |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Providing
Subject Matter
Expertise in helping
the Service Receiver
understand current
state data schema and
configuration details
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Provider will
provide the following
knowledge transfer
services:
|
|
|
IT-Infinium-05
|
|
Infinium Knowledge
Transfer
|
|
Existing
non-sensitive
documentation
maintained by the
Service Provider will
be given to the
Service Receiver as
it relates to the
Infinium Application
and related
interfaces
|
|
Time and Materials
Based on Additional
Pricing Section |
6
Supplemental Services
For requests for supplemental services relating to Infinium Application support services by Service
Receiver not mentioned in this Schedule or not included within the costs documented in this
agreement, Service Receiver will provide a discreet project request and submit such request to
Service Provider using the formalized Change Request attached as Annex A for consideration by
Service Provider.
Where notice is required a number of business days prior to some required
action by Service Provider, notice must be received by 12 noon Eastern Time to
be counted as received during such business day. Service Provider shall, within
a commercially reasonable period, provide a price quote to be commercially
reasonable based on the current cost of the Services to Service Receiver taking
into account, such items as the specific time the request was made, service
delivery volumes, exit planning activities, and other activities Service
Provider is currently engaged in at the time of the request, but not later than
30 days after the request was made. If Service Provider, in its sole
discretion determines (i) such request would increase the ongoing operating
costs for Service Provider (as a service recipient) or any other service
receiver or (ii) that it is not capable of making such changes with its current
staff during the time period requested without interrupting the Services
provided to itself or any other service receiver. Service Provider need not
provide a price quote or perform the services. Where a price quote is
provided, Service Provider shall provide the service requested upon acceptance
of the price.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to Canada and USA
locations for HR and payroll, and White Plains, NY for GL, AP, and CM.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver will maintain the applications and
interfaces documented in Attachment A. |
|
|
|
|
Any IT services required to support business services outlined in
the HR/Payroll/Benefits TSA and which were provided in the 12 months
prior to the distribution date will be supported as part of this
agreement. |
|
|
|
|
If Service Receiver sends inaccurate data to Service Provider it
will be the responsibility of the Service Receiver to rectify any
problems and bear any costs incurred to rectify the issue. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in
the Master Services Agreement. |
7
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion. Such
classifications shall be consistent with the priorities Service Provider set
for itself as a recipient of services. Incidents classified using this
methodology will be triaged as documented in Attachment B.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved in the time outlined in Attachment B,
Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver and work together to
try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
|
Medium |
|
|
High |
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
8
ATTACHMENT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XYCISPACPU
XYCISPAC
|
|
AC ISP Rate change file
|
|
ACS
|
|
ACS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
CPEGHERH
CPEGHERU CPEGSERA
|
|
To update Infinium HR; contains
pension data
|
|
Buck
|
|
Buck
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCCT200
|
|
Load and List wage request file
from Cartus
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCCT200C |
|
Load Cartus file and process-batch job |
|
CARTUS |
|
CARTUS |
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCCT200P
|
|
Bring in Cartus Wage Request file |
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCCT300C
|
|
Load Cartus Gross Ups
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
CARTUS
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XYGCONCUR
|
|
Re-Apply Concur (PYPME History)
to Payroll
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XCHGLDEMP
|
|
Concur Load Employees from INFIN |
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCEEMTIN
XYCEEMTIN
XCHCCRTPAY
|
|
Expense transations
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XYCEEMTIN
|
|
CONCUR travel process expense records
|
|
Concur
|
|
Concur
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCBGFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
B&G
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
NPYCCAFTP
|
|
Labor feed CQC
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Canada
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCKINT
|
|
Canadian Kronos Labor interface to
Infinium
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Canada
Krono
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCCPSFTP
|
|
Labor To Daily Time (CPSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
CPSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCFFSFTP
|
|
Labor Load (FFSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FFSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCFISFTP
|
|
Labor Load(FISAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FISAL
|
|
Infinium |
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
FPYCFTFTP
|
|
Labor feed 831
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FLOBW
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCJOFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Flojet
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCFLSFTP
|
|
labor laod(FLSAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
FLSAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTP6
|
|
Labor Load (GPH9V)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
G9H
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTP3
|
|
Labor feed 810
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould
Pumps - EVZ
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCGPFTPA
|
|
Labor feed 835
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Gould
Pumps -
WTG
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCHTFTP
|
|
Labor feed 800
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Heat
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
?
|
|
Labor feed 905
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Koni Sal
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCKBSFTP
|
|
Labor feed for Olympic
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Olympic
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCPISFTP
|
|
Time(PISAL)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
PISAL
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCRUHR
|
|
Labor feed 860
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Rule Hr
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCRUSAL
|
|
Labor feed 860
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Rule Sal |
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCWPCFTP
|
|
Time(WPC)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
WCP |
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
CPYCBIWHR
|
|
Labor Load (BIWHR)
|
|
Infinium
|
|
BIWHR |
|
Infinium |
10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Program |
|
|
|
|
|
Source |
|
Destination |
|
|
Name |
|
Business Purpose |
|
Vendor |
|
System |
|
System |
|
|
XPEGPR
|
|
Promotions
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPEGSC3
|
|
Salary Changes
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Excel
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCEEMDLY
|
|
FTC Employee Master to be FTP
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCGLID
|
|
FTC GL to be sent out to FTC
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
FPYCGLIG
|
|
Goulds GL to be FTP
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
NPYCCIM1ST
|
|
Cannons Full Employee Master
Update To Cim
|
|
ITT
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Cannon |
|
|
|
XPECJHUP
|
|
Send file to Hancock
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
|
XECJHLT
|
|
John Hancock Eligbility
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
Infinium
|
|
John Hancock |
|
|
|
XPYCHCK01
|
|
Receive Long Term Care file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John
Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
|
|
Receive Long Term Care Billing file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John
Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCJH07
|
|
Receive life plus file
|
|
John Hancock
|
|
John
Hancock
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
|
XPYCJH08
|
|
Upload Life Plus file
|
|
Marsh
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Marsh |
|
|
|
XPYPRUDEM
|
|
Send Prudential Demographics
Systems
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
|
XPYP880D,
881D,
882D, 883D
|
|
Prudential Systems
Demographics(ENI, CAP, CMC, ECI)
|
|
Prudential
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Prudential |
|
|
XYCRME
|
|
Receive and process autotime car
allowance
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Runzheimer
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney EMAIL ADDRESSES
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XRCSBP
|
|
Smith Barney PARTICIPANTS
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Smith Barney |
|
|
XPYSBRES1
|
|
Receive Smith Barney Restricted
|
|
Smith Barney
|
|
Smith
Barney
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
CCUCPWDR
|
|
Re-send check recon to bank
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XPYCCTACH
|
|
Payroll ACH
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium
|
|
Wells Fargo |
|
|
XPYCWFREC
|
|
CLP to receive check recon file from Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
|
|
XPYCWFREC
|
|
Receive Check recon
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Wells Fargo
|
|
Infinium |
11
ATTACHMENT B
Following are the incident priorities and expected resolution target times:
|
|
|
|
|
Priority |
|
Accept |
|
Resolve Incidents |
Urgent
|
|
30 mins
|
|
1 hr |
High
|
|
1 hr
|
|
4 hrs |
Medium
|
|
2 hrs
|
|
8 hrs |
Low
|
|
4 hrs
|
|
48 hrs |
Priority of Incidents
Urgent: System/Component or Program is inoperable, Multiple users effected. No alternatives
or backup is available.
High: Single user with a System/Component or Program that is inoperable. Component degraded with
limited access or functionality. A Workaround is available.
Medium: Job functions can be performed with some restricted functionality. Training, questions or
concerns need to be addressed but production is not affected.
Low: Attention is needed to assist in non-critical situations. A workaround is available.
Recovery Times
In the event of a hardware failure, the hardware vendor will be engaged for repair or replacement.
The anticipated outage period for an event of this nature is 16 hours.
In the event of a failure which results in the database having to be restored, the anticipated
outage would be 6+ hours.
12
SCHEDULE CB4
ITT.COM EMAIL FORWARDING
INFRASTRUCTURE
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assign such
term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Suleiman Walker Exelis Inc.
|
|
Messaging Manager
|
|
|
|
sule.walker@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Jakob Jakobsson Xylem Inc
|
|
Manager Directory Services & Messaging
|
|
|
|
jakob.jakobsson@itt.com |
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Provider will perform ITT.com Email Forwarding Services for Service Receiver.
The primary service is to provide a computer processing platform that supports the business
applications of the Business, which includes IT support for technology infrastructure.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
Upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Services Schedule and the Agreement, the
Service Provider shall provide to Service Recipient the services identified below (collectively,
the Services).
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
|
|
|
Transaction |
|
|
|
|
|
Service |
Service # |
|
Name |
|
Description of Service |
|
Volume |
|
Duration |
|
Charge |
IT-Email
Forwarding-01
|
|
Email Forwarding
Support Services
|
|
Provide Email
Forwarding services
for email messages
sent to ITT.com.
Service Provider will
forward messages to
new Service Receiver
domain addresses.
|
|
Unlimited number of
emails forwarded
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% |
Services that will not be provided as part of this agreement are:
|
|
|
Filtering of spam beyond SenderBase reputation level |
|
|
|
|
Legal holds Emails will not be saved as they will be forwarded to the Service
Receiver, and it is the Service Receivers obligation to save emails if required by their
legal counsel |
|
|
|
|
Updating of Service Receivers domain changes |
Service Provider reserves the right to temporary halt the service, provided notification is given
to Service Receiver using commercially reasonable efforts, due to:
|
|
|
Unusual increase in volume of emails |
|
|
|
|
Threats to security |
|
|
|
|
Constraints to network resources |
Should the Service Receiver require changes to the documented services, Parties agree to negotiate
in good faith with regard to such modification.
Exit Services
No exit services will be provided under this agreement.
LOCATIONS
Services are initially provided from Fort Wayne, IN, USA to global locations.
2
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
|
|
|
Service Receiver cannot create additional ITT.com email addresses |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Cisco Iron Port hardware and software licenses active and
maintained for the period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Transport Layer Security (TLS) enabled and maintained for the
period of time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have Microsoft Exchange active and maintained for the period of
time in which this agreement is in effect. |
|
|
|
|
Security and access controls will be maintained as set forth in the Master Services
Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
Service Receiver must have a Technical Assistance Agreement in place with the U.S.
Government for the period of time in which this TSA agreement is in effect for any non-US
citizens who are Exchange Org Administrators and Enterprise Administrators administrating
(or give themselves permission to) the Americas site from outside the US. |
SERVICE LEVEL
Service Provider will classify incidents at its own discretion and will make commercially
reasonable efforts to resolve incidents with service delivery.
In the event incidents cannot be resolved, Service Provider shall promptly notify Service Receiver
and work together to try and resolve such incidents.
ADDITIONAL PRICING
Hourly Rate for Services Not Specified but Provided by Service Provider Employees (including
but not limited to modifications, consulting, exit strategy development, transition, etc.) are
documented below. Such services will be provided solely at the Service Providers discretion.
Service Provider is not obligated to provide additional services not specified in this agreement.
The employee category is defined by the Service Provider. The rates documented below shall be
commercially reasonable and designated by the Service Provider, closest to its current cost to
provide the service. The hourly rates below include the 4.5% amount for inflation each year. These
rates apply to internal Service Provider employees only, and should external resources be required,
the costs for those external resources will be reviewed with the Service Receiver prior to
execution of the project.
3
Additional Pricing Rates (All in USD)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Location |
|
Low |
|
Medium |
|
High |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
USA |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
|
Greece |
|
$ |
35 |
|
|
$ |
46 |
|
|
$ |
58 |
|
|
Mexico |
|
$ |
19 |
|
|
$ |
25 |
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
|
Sweden |
|
$ |
75 |
|
|
$ |
100 |
|
|
$ |
125 |
|
|
4
SCHEDULE CB5
BASIC TIME AND MATERIALS SUPPORT
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning assigned to
such term in the Agreement. The Services provided hereunder are subject in all respects to the
terms and conditions of the Agreement, except where expressly noted.
SERVICE OWNER
All service matters and general inquiries regarding this Service should be directed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name |
|
Title |
|
Phone |
|
e-mail |
Service Providers Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exelis Inc. Joe Daniel
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Joe.daniel@itt.com |
Service Recipients Contact |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc. Tim Coogan
|
|
TSA Manager
|
|
|
|
Tim.Coogan@itt.com |
PARTIES TO THE AGREEMENT
Service Receiver: Exelis Inc.
Service Receiver: Xylem Inc.
GENERAL SERVICE DESCRIPTION
Service Receiver may need assistance after the Distribution Date from the Service Provider for
miscellaneous services, including but not limited to consulting, advisory, knowledge transfer and
other similar services in various areas including, but not limited to finance, tax, accounting,
insurance, treasury, human resources and communications, which are not already provided for under
all of the other TSAs between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc., and Exelis Inc.
The Service Provider hereby agrees to cause its and its affiliates employees (collectively,
Experts) to provide a reasonable amount of services, including specifically the services listed
in Appendix A, upon reasonable notice and request from the Service Receiver on a time and materials
basis from the Distribution Date through June 30, 2013 (the Minimum Term and the Maximum Term).
To utilize this TSA Schedule, employees of Service Receiver should request such services via email
or telephonically where both parties have a clear expectation of the estimated number of hours of
assistance being requested. For projects that are expected to require more than 5 to 10 hours of
assistance a one or two paragraph project plan should be agreed to in order to avoid
misunderstandings. The project plan should be put together by the Service Providers Expert with
respect to the requested services.
Employees of Service Receiver should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been
made together with a description of such services requested and the estimated number of hours
requested.
The Expert should advise their TSA manager that a request for services has been made and the
estimated number of hours requested.
SCOPE OF SERVICES
The scope of services will depend on the needs of the Service Recipient and the capabilities
and availability of the Experts.
LOCATIONS
All locations around the world.
PREREQUISITES/DEPENDENCIES
The Experts remain employees of Service Provider. Service Receivers acknowledge and agree
that Service Provider has discretion to terminate the Experts and the Experts have the ability to
terminate their employment with Service Provider. In the event the Experts are no longer employed
by Service Provider, Service Provider will, at the request of the Service Receiver, use
commercially reasonable efforts to provide similar services. However, if Service Receivers or an
affiliate employ any of the Experts, the specific service requested under this Schedule can be
terminated by the Service Provider, at the Service Providers sole discretion on 5 business days
notice to the Service Receiver.
2
TAX STATUS
Sales tax will be charged as determined by the Service Provider and the Service Receiver
shall pay such tax along with the payment for the service provided.
BILLING LOCATION
Service Provider will provide Service Receiver with an invoice to its address set forth
below under Notice Requirements, except in cases where services are provided outside of the United
States, in which case invoices will be created by the Service Providers legal entity in the
country where the services are being performed and invoiced to the Service Receivers legal entity
that requested the services in the Service Providers local currency. The bill will cover all
charges for services under this Schedule from Service Provider and, to the extent reasonably
feasible, will be itemized among Service Receivers legal entities if identified by the Service
Receiver when requesting the service. The invoice will contain the number of hours each Expert
worked, a short paragraph describing the services and the US dollar amount per Expert.
The Experts shall track their time on either a time sheet or any other proper method such
as the utilizing the time sheet attached hereto and Service Provider agrees that the time sheets
will accompany the invoice that is sent to the Service Recipient for payment. In cases where the
requested services are expected to take longer than 30 days to complete, the Service Provider will
be allowed to invoice the Service Receiver once per month for all costs incurred to date.
NOTICE REQUIREMENTS
No notice of Termination is required under this Schedule and there shall be no make-whole fee
under this Schedule
Notices and bills to the Service Provider should be sent to:
Exelis Inc.
1650 Tysons Boulevard
Suite 1700
McLean, VA 22102
Attention: Joe Daniel
Notices and bills to the Service Receiver should be sent to:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: Tim Coogan
3
PRICING
In addition to the costs specifically set forth below, Service Receivers shall also pay all
business travel expenses relating to the Services in accordance with Service Providers documented
travel policies and any incremental out of pocket costs incurred by the Service Provider in order
to provide the requested services that are invoiced by unaffiliated 3rd parties. Service
Provider agrees to provide vendor invoices as backup to the Service Receiver when invoicing the
Service Receiver under the terms of this TSA.
The hourly rates below includes a 4.5% increase for inflation and the 2% profit margin and shall be
applicable in 2011 and 2012. The rates shall increase by 4.5% in 2013.
|
|
|
Service |
|
Hourly Rate* |
Hourly Rate Administrative/Secretarial
|
|
$50 per hour |
Hourly Rate for a Non Executive
|
|
$100 per hour |
Hourly Rate for an Executive
|
|
$150 per hour |
|
|
|
* |
|
Note: In cases where invoicing is done outside the United States, the above rates should be
converted to local currency based on the exchange rate on the date the invoice is prepared. |
The pricing for the services described in Annex A will be as set forth in Appendix A.
4
Appendix A
Due Diligence Manager Software Application
Draft Base Statement of Work
Version 1.0 Draft
September 20, 2011
Draft Base Statement of Work
Table of Contents
|
|
|
|
|
1 Scope |
|
|
3 |
|
2 Technical Support Requirements |
|
|
3 |
|
2.1 Routine Application Maintenance |
|
|
3 |
|
2.1.1 Routine Tasks |
|
|
3 |
|
2.1.2 Outages |
|
|
3 |
|
|
2.2 Change and Improvement Process |
|
|
4 |
|
2.2.1 Change Request Analysis |
|
|
4 |
|
2.2.2 Change Request Processing |
|
|
4 |
|
2.3 Testing |
|
|
4 |
|
3 Deliverables |
|
|
4 |
|
4 Training and Support |
|
|
4 |
|
5 Place of Performance |
|
|
5 |
|
6 Period of Performance |
|
|
5 |
|
7 Project Management |
|
|
5 |
|
8 Labor Categories and Rates |
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Proprietary Information
|
|
Page ii |
Draft Base Statement of Work
|
|
The software application Due Diligence Manager (DDM) is a web-based, data-driven
software application that provides the ITT Due Diligence staff with the capabilities that
directly support the due diligence process. The SOW describes approach for identifying,
scoping, estimating, developing, testing, deploying, and maintaining the software and
application operation of the DDM application. |
|
|
This document describes the requirements for maintaining and modifying the ITT Due
Diligence Manager software application, including the underlying database. |
2 |
|
Technical Support Requirements |
2.1 |
|
Routine Application Maintenance |
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will perform all routine application sofware maintenance tasks to
ensure that the DDM software application is available to the user community on an
continuous basis. |
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will periodically identify and correct latent issues discovered
during normal operations. These tasks include Application Server settings, configuration,
software upgrades and patches. These tasks are typically background and housekeeping tasks
that should not affect active users. |
|
|
In the event of a failure (outage, defined as non-availability of DDM application software
functionality), the develop staff will make every attempt to restore software
availability. |
|
|
For software-related outages, ITT AIS Development Staff will investigate the reported
issue, determine the cause, correct the issue source, deploy a corrective update, verify
the correction, and notify the issue initiator of the resolution. |
|
|
Outages that are not immediately identifiable as due to a DDM software issue, must be
directed to the ITT organizations IT data center help desk, who will initiate a support
ticket and process that ticket to resolve the issue based on internal processes defined by
that organization. ITT AIS Development Staff will support that effort to determine the
source of the outage. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Proprietary Information
|
|
Page 3 |
Draft Base Statement of Work
2.2 |
|
Change and Improvement Process |
|
|
Requests for modifying the design, functionality or configuration of the DDM software
application shall be presented to the development staff by the user community through a
change request document. |
2.2.1 |
|
Change Request Analysis |
|
|
The ITT AIS development staff will review each request and develop an estimate for the
level of effort required to implement the requested change. This activity may include
dialogue with the initiating organization in order to ensure understanding of the
objectives and outcomes of the requested change. |
2.2.2 |
|
Change Request Processing |
|
|
ITT AIS staff will process the final RFC proposal through internal contracting offices,
ultimately to be released to the requesting activity as a proposal for implementing the
final change request. Once the requesting organization approves a proposal and the
requisite contractual documentation is finalized, ITT AIS development staff will schedule
and execute the finalized change request. Once the change is completed, ITT AIS will deploy
the change to the live DDM server for review by the requesting organization. After
completing a comprehensive review of the deployed application software change, and after
providing ITT AIS Development Staff with approval ITT AIS Development Staff will close the
change request by initiating a contract closure letter to the requesting organization. |
|
|
Prior to deployment of all requested and approved changes, DDM software changes will be
thoroughly tested using ITT AIS Development Staffs internal test process. The test
objectives, steps, and results will be documented in an appropriate format to ensure that
testing has been conducted and that any resultant software bugs have been resolved. |
|
|
For Change Requests that impact the DDM User Guide or DDM Administrator Guide ITT AIS
Development Staff will update the affected documentation and release to the requesting
organization an update in pdf format. |
|
|
For Change Requests that include signification changes where training on new fieatures
and functionality are requested as part of the Change Request, ITT AIS Development Staff
will schedule and conduct an on-line training course to cover the |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Proprietary Information
|
|
Page 4 |
Draft Base Statement of Work
|
|
areas affected. Training will be addressed and included in the proposal for each
Change Request as needed. |
|
|
If requested, the ITT AIS Development Staff will provide technical training to ITTs IT
staff for further support and build-out the DDM application source code and application web
server. This support will be estimated and quoted through the same process desciribed above
for change requests. |
|
|
All development tasks will be performed at ITT AIS site in Chesapeake, VA. |
|
6 |
|
Period of Performance |
|
|
The proposed project schedule will be provided on a case by case basis. The final
schedule will be updated once the project is accepted by the requesting organization. |
|
|
ITT AIS Development Staff will identify DDM project manager who will be responsible
for ensuring that the agreed-upon tasks identified in the final accepted proposal are
scheduled, tracked, and completed in accordance with the project schedule. Any issues
affecting cost, schedule, or technical performance will be brought to the attention of the
client as soon as possible for resolution. |
8 |
|
Labor Categories and Rates |
|
|
Labor categories to be applied to tasks under this SOW are listed below. These rates
are estimates. Each task order will require a formal quote issued by ITT AIS Contracts
Office based on the level of effort estimates as described in paragraph 2.2. |
|
|
|
|
|
Labor Category |
|
Estimated Labor Rate |
Project Manager |
|
|
Cost Plus 2% -10% |
|
Sr. Software Engineer |
|
|
Cost Plus 2% -10% |
|
Software Engineer |
|
|
Cost Plus 2% -10% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Proprietary Information
|
|
Page 5 |
SCHEDULE D
Fiscal Calendar
SCHEDULE E
The initial TSA Managers for ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. and Xylem Inc. shall be Daryl Bowker,
Joseph Daniel and Tim Coogan, respectively.
Annex A
Severance and Retention Schedule
1. |
|
Payroll TSA = Payroll Processor, Cost, ITT 33.3%, Exelis 33.3%, Xylem 33.3%. |
|
2. |
|
Payroll TSA = Payroll Processor, Cost, ITT 33.3%, Exelis 33.3%, Xylem 33.3%. |
|
3. |
|
AP TSA = AP Processor, Cost, 100% Exelis. |
|
4. |
|
AP TSA, PRMS TSA, PAYROLL TSA, eBUYITT TSA, TELECOM TSA, PCARD TSA = Project Manager, Cost,
ITT 33.3%, Exelis 33.3%, Xylem 33.3%. |
|
5. |
|
DATA CUSTODIAN TSA = Data Custodial Analyst, Cost, 100% Exelis. |
|
6. |
|
DATA CUSTODIAN TSA = Data Custodial Lead, Cost, 100% Exelis. |
|
7. |
|
AP TSA, PRMS TSA, PAYROLL TSA, eBUYITT TSA, TELECOM TSA, PCARD TSA = Business Analyst,
Cost, ITT 33.3%, Exelis 33.3%, Xylem 33.3%. |
|
8. |
|
AP TSA, PRMS TSA, PAYROLL TSA, eBUYITT TSA, TELECOM TSA, PCARD TSA = Business Analyst,
Cost, ITT 33.3%, Exelis 33.3%, Xylem 33.3%. |
|
9. |
|
Nogales Services TSA = General Accounting Manager Cost, Xylem 100% |
|
10. |
|
Nogales Services TSA = Payroll Accountant, Cost, Xylem 100% |
exv10w4
Exhibit 10.4
MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS MASTER LEASE AGREEMENT (this Lease), made as of the day of , 2011,
between each of the landlords (each a Landlord) identified on ScheduleI attached hereto
and made a part hereof and each of the tenants (each a Tenant) identified on Schedule I.
W I T N E S S E T H:
WHEREAS, ITT Corporation (ITT) and certain of its subsidiaries have entered into a
Distribution Agreement dated on or about the date hereof (the Distribution Agreement);
WHEREAS, the board of directors of ITT has determined that it is appropriate,
desirable and in the best interests of ITT, ITTs stockholders and its other constituents
to separate the Water Business (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) and the Defense
Business (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) from ITT pursuant to and in accordance with the
Distribution Agreement;
WHEREAS, in connection with the separation of the Water Business and the Defense Business from
ITT, ITT desires to transfer, and to cause certain of its subsidiaries to transfer, (i) certain
Assets and Liabilities (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) associated with the Water
Businesses, to the Water Group (as defined in the Distribution Agreement), and (ii) certain Assets
and Liabilities associated with the Defense Businesses, to the Defense Group (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement); and
WHEREAS, in connection therewith, each of ITT and Xylem Inc. desire that certain members of
the ITT Group (as defined in the Distribution Agreement) and Water Group (as defined in the
Distribution Agreement), as applicable, lease certain real property to certain other members of
such Groups, as more fully set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, for themselves, their heirs, distributees, executors,
administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, hereby covenant as follows:
1. PREMISES
1.1 Each Landlord, in consideration of the rents herein reserved and of the terms, provisions,
covenants and agreements on the part of each Tenant to be kept, observed and performed, does hereby
lease and demise unto each Tenant, and each Tenant does hereby hire and take from each Landlord,
the premises (Premises) more particularly described in Exhibit L attached hereto and made
a part hereof located in the building (Building) identified on Schedule I described
opposite the applicable Landlords and Tenants name.
1.2 All references herein to Landlord and Tenant shall apply to each Landlord and Tenant
identified on Schedule I and all references herein to Premises, Term, Expiration
Date, and Rent, shall apply to each Landlord and Tenant in accordance with the
corresponding material terms set forth in Exhibit L applicable to such parties
Premises. In the event of any inconsistencies or conflicts between the terms of provisions of this
Lease and the material terms set forth in Exhibit L, the material terms set forth in
Exhibit L shall control.
TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Premises for the term, at the rent and upon the conditions hereinafter
provided.
2. TERM AND POSSESSION
The term of this Lease shall commence on the date identified on Exhibit L (the
Commencement Date) and shall be for the period set forth on Exhibit L (the
Term), unless renewed or sooner terminated pursuant to any provision set forth herein
(the Expiration Date), unless terminated earlier as provided in this Lease.
3. RENT
3.1 Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rent (the Rent) for the Premises during Term the
Rent identified on Exhibit L.
3.2 The Rent shall be payable in equal monthly installments within five (5) days of the first
day of each and every month during the Term, without previous demand therefor and without offset or
deduction of any kind whatsoever, except as herein specifically set forth. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Tenant shall pay the first months installment of Rent within five (5) days of the
execution of this Lease and, if the Commencement Date occurs on other than the first day of a
calendar month, Tenant shall pay its pro rata share of Rent for such calendar month.
3.3 All Rent payable hereunder shall be made payable to Landlord and sent to Landlords
address set forth on the corresponding Exhibit L, or to such other person or persons or at
such other place as may be designated by written notice from Landlord to Tenant, from time to time,
and shall be made in local currency in which the Premises is located (or as otherwise agreed to by
Landlord and Tenant in writing) which shall be legal tender for all debts, public and private. At
Tenants option, Rent may be payable when due by wire transfer or other payment of immediately
available funds to an account designated from time to time by Landlord. Landlord shall be deemed
to receive such payments when Landlords bank actually receives the wire transfer from Tenants
bank for the account of Landlord.
3.4 Tenant shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and shall not
take any action to terminate, rescind or avoid this Lease except as expressly permitted in this
Lease, notwithstanding any action for bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation,
dissolution or other proceeding affecting Landlord or any assignee of Landlord or any action with
respect to this Lease which may be taken by any trustee, receiver or liquidator or by any court.
Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant hereby waives all right (i) to terminate this Lease,
or (ii) to surrender this Lease, or (iii) to any abatement, deferment, reduction, set-off,
counterclaim or defense with respect to any Rent payable hereunder. Except as expressly set forth
herein, Tenant shall remain obligated under this Lease in accordance with its terms and Tenant
hereby waives any and all rights now or hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise to modify or to
avoid strict compliance with its obligations under this Lease. Notwithstanding any such statute or
otherwise, Tenant shall be bound by all the terms and provisions contained in this Lease.
4. INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
5. USE OF PREMISES
5.1 Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises for the same purposes and in the same manner as
used immediately prior to the Commencement Date. Any proposed change of use of the Premises by
Tenant must be approved by Landlord in writing, which may by granted or denied, in Landlords sole
discretion.
6. CONDITION OF PREMISES, ALTERATIONS AND REPAIRS
6.1 Except as otherwise set forth herein, Tenant agrees to accept the Premises in its present
as is condition, and Landlord makes no representation as to the condition of the Premises, except
as otherwise set forth herein. Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that: (i) Landlord is
the owner of fee simple title to the Premises and all improvements located thereon, (ii) the
certificate of occupancy for the Premises permits the uses conducted at the Premises as of the
Commencement Date; and (iii) to Landlords knowledge, as of the Commencement Date, the Premises are
in compliance with all applicable laws, statutes, ordinances, regulations, orders, and
requirements, including without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (as amended). If
during the course of any Alterations done by Tenant, Tenant discovers any structural defects or
conditions that will prevent Tenant from performing Tenants Alterations pursuant to Tenants
approved plans or if Tenant discovers any condition which is a breach of any representation of
Landlord set forth in this Lease that will prevent Tenant from performing Tenants Alterations
pursuant to Tenants approved plans (if any), Tenant shall give Landlord notice of the same.
Landlord at its option, may choose to cure the same within thirty (30) days after notice from
Tenant. In the event that Landlord does not cure or commence to cure and is diligently prosecuting
such cure, within such thirty (30) day period, Tenant may cure such condition at Landlords cost
and expense. Landlord shall reimburse Tenant for Tenants actual out-of-pocket expenses incurred in
curing any such defective condition within thirty (30) days following Landlords receipt of
Tenants demand therefore. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in no event
shall Tenant be deemed to be prevented from performing any approved Alterations if there is a
commercially reasonable alternative that will not be prevented by any structural defect.
6.2 Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall make any Landlord Repairs. When used in
this Section, the term Landlord Repairs shall mean capital repairs and replacements to
the Premises, including, without limitation, repairs and replacements to the roof, floors,
foundation, exterior walls, structural components, existing parking lots, adjoining sidewalks and
curbs, if any, and shall perform all maintenance, necessary to maintain the Premises and any
sidewalks and curbs in substantially the same condition and repair as existed as of the date
hereof, ordinary wear and tear excepted or existing walkways of the Premises, and HVAC, plumbing
and electrical systems or other mechanical systems of the Building. Notwithstanding anything set
forth herein to the contrary, any Landlord Repairs required by the negligence or misconduct of
Tenant and/or its employees, agents or invitees shall be performed by Landlord at Tenants sole
cost and expense, less any insurance proceeds actually received by Landlord, net all of Landlords
costs and expenses associated with any such insurance claims.
6.3 Except as expressly set forth herein, Tenant shall have no right to make any changes,
alterations, additions, improvements or repairs in or to the interior of the Premises
without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlords
sole discretion.
6.4 Landlord and Tenant shall cooperate and mutually agree upon any Separation Work (as herein
defined) as may be reasonably necessary to lease the Premises to Tenant. Subject to any required
Landlord approvals, Tenant shall use commercially reasonable efforts to physically demise and
separate the Premises, but only to the extent Landlord and Tenant have mutually agreed upon any
required Separation Work, from the remaining portion of Premises (the Remaining Portion) at
Tenants sole cost and expense. Such demising and separation work is referred to herein as the
Separation Work. The Separation Work shall include the following, as required and applicable: (i)
installation of one or more code-compliant sheetrock demising walls between the Remaining Portion
and the Premises or such other demising and partition materials as shall be reasonably sufficient
to separate the Premises from the Remaining Portion, finished to match the wall finishes on the
Premises to the extent practicable; and (ii) any reconfiguration of HVAC distribution, sprinkler
system distribution, electrical outlets, and lighting necessary as a consequence of installation of
such demising wall(s). All Separation Work must comply with all applicable fire, safety, health,
and building codes provided, however, it shall not be a default hereunder if Tenant does
not commence or complete the Separation Work on or before the Commencement Date.
7. INSURANCE
7.1 Throughout the Term, Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, provide and keep in force,
for the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and any mortgagee or lessor of a Superior Lease, (a) general
public liability insurance protecting and indemnifying Landlord, Tenant and any mortgagee and
lessor of a Superior Lease against all third party claims for damages to person or property or for
loss of life or of property occurring upon, in, or about the Premises, if any, in limits of at
least $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury, death and property
damage, $5,000,000 in the aggregate per policy year or such greater limits as may be required from
time to time by any mortgagee or lessor of a Superior Lease or as may be reasonably required from
time to time by Landlord consistent with insurance coverage on properties similarly constructed,
occupied and maintained, and (b) Workers Compensation insurance (including Employers Liability
Insurance) covering all employees of the Tenant employed at the Premises to the extent required by
the laws and statutes of the State in which the Premises are located, including, without
limitation, during the course of work to the Premises so as to protect Landlord, Tenant and the
Premises against all workers compensation claims (collectively, Tenants Required
Insurance). Throughout the Term, Landlord, at Tenants sole cost and expense, shall provide
and keep in force for the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and any mortgagee or lessor of a Superior
Lease (a) property/fire, and casualty insurance in respect of the Premises and all installations,
additions and improvements which may now or hereafter be erected thereon, insuring against loss or
damage by fire, water, lightning and such other risks as are now or hereafter embraced by
all-risk, in an amount sufficient to prevent Landlord and Tenant from becoming coinsurers and in
any event in an amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual replacement value
thereof (i.e., including the cost of debris removal but excluding foundations and excavations) as
reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time; and (b) boiler insurance, if applicable, in an
amount not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the actual replacement value thereof (including
the cost of debris removal but
excluding foundations and excavations) as reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time
(collectively, Landlords Required Insurance).
7.2 Landlord shall be an additional insured in all Tenants Required Insurance (other than
Workers Compensation insurance) and Tenant shall be an additional insured in all Landlords
Required Insurance. In the event that the Premises shall be subject to any mortgage or Superior
Lease, the public liability insurance shall, if required by such mortgage or Superior Lease, name
the mortgagee and lessor of a Superior Lease as additional named insureds and all other insurance
provided hereunder shall name the mortgagee as an additional named insured under a standard
noncontributory mortgagee endorsement or its equivalent. Tenant shall provide Landlord copies of
any policies or certificates evidencing the Tenants Required Insurance. Landlord shall provide
Tenant copies of any policies or certificates evidencing the Landlords Required Insurance. Both
Tenants Required Insurance and Landlords Required Insurance shall contain endorsements to the
effect that such policies will not be materially changed, modified, altered or cancelled without at
least thirty (30) days prior written notice to other party.
7.3 All of the above-mentioned insurance policies and/or certificates shall be written by
insurance companies of recognized responsibility, licensed to do business in the state or
jurisdiction where the Premises are located, which are reasonably satisfactory to Landlord or
Tenant, as applicable, and well rated by national rating organizations.
7.4 At least thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of any policy or policies of such
insurance, the responsible party shall renew such insurance, and shall deliver to the other party
within the said period of time, copies of such policies or certificates of insurance, together with
proof of payment of all premiums therefor. If Tenant fails to renew such insurance at least three
(3) days prior to the expiration of any policy or policies of such insurance, Landlord shall have
the right, but not the obligation, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation, to
procure Tenants Required Insurance at Tenants cost and expense and the cost thereof shall be
payable on demand as Rent, together with interest thereon at the rate equal to lesser of ten
percent (10%) per annum and the highest rate permitted by law (the Applicable Rate).
7.5 Neither party shall violate, or permit to be violated, any of the conditions of any of the
said policies of insurance, and each party shall perform and satisfy the requirements of the
companies writing such policies so that companies of good standing, reasonably satisfactory to the
other party, shall be willing to write and/or continue such insurance.
7.6 At the option of either party, the Tenants Required Insurance or the Landlords Required
Insurance, as applicable, may be effected by blanket and/or umbrella policies covering the Premises
and other properties owned or leased by Tenant or owned by Landlord, respectively, provided that
the policies otherwise comply with the provisions of this Lease and allocate to the Premises the
specified coverage, without coinsurance by reason of, or damage to, any other property named
therein, and if the insurance required by this Lease shall be effected by any such blanket or
umbrella policies, each party shall furnish to the other party certified copies or duplicate
originals of such policies in place of the originals, with schedules thereto attached showing the
amount of insurance afforded by such policies applicable to the Premises, but not necessarily
reflect the entire limit for the Tenant, but only for the portion applicable to the Premises.
7.7 Tenant hereby releases Landlord with respect to any claim (including a claim for
negligence) which it might otherwise have against Landlord for loss, damages or destruction with
respect to its property by fire or other peril (including rental value or business interest, as the
case may be) occurring during the Term. This waiver of subrogation and release shall extend to the
agents of Landlord and its employees.
8. DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
8.1 Insured Casualty. If, at any time after the execution of this Lease, the
Premises, or any portion thereof, should be damaged or destroyed by any casualty insured or
required to be insured hereunder by Landlords Required Insurance, the following provisions shall
govern the rights and obligations of Landlord and Tenant:
i. If such damage or destruction occurs and is to the extent of twenty-five
percent (25%) or more of the then current replacement cost of the Improvements,
Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving at least fifteen (15)
days written notice of its said election to the other party, such notice to be given
within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. If neither
Landlord nor Tenant shall elect to terminate this Lease, Landlord shall repair,
reconstruct or restore the Demised Premises in accordance with the provisions of
subparagraph ii, below.
ii. Except as provided in subparagraph (i) above, in the event the Demised
Premises, or any portion thereof, should be damaged or destroyed by any casualty
insured or required to be insured hereunder by Landlords Required Insurance, this
Lease shall nevertheless continue in full force and effect (except as otherwise
herein provided) and Landlord shall promptly commence and with due diligence
complete the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the Demised Premises so far as
practicable to the condition in which the Premises were immediately prior to such
damage or destruction.
8.2 Uninsured Casualty. If at any time after the execution of this Lease, the Demised
Premises, or any portion thereof, should be damaged or destroyed by any casualty not required on
the part of the Landlord to be insured against hereunder and such damage or destruction is to the
extent of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the then current replacement cost of the
Improvements, Landlord or Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by giving at least fifteen (15)
days written notice of its said election to the other party, such notice to be given within thirty
(30) days after the date of such damage or destruction. If at any time after the execution of this
Lease the improvements on the Demised Premises or any portion thereof should be damaged or
destroyed by any casualty not required on the part of the Landlord to be insured against hereunder
and Landlord or Tenant has not elected to terminate this Lease as provided herein, then Landlord
shall repair, reconstruct or restore the Demised Premises. If Landlord elects to repair,
reconstruct or restore the Demised Premises after such damage or destruction thereto, this Lease
shall continue in full force and effect (except as otherwise herein provided) and Landlord shall
promptly commence and with due diligence complete the repair, reconstruction or restoration of the
Demised Premises so far as practicable to the condition to which the Demised Premises were
immediately prior to such damage or destruction. If Landlord fails to make such election, then
this Lease shall be deemed terminated as of the date of such damage or destruction,
and all amounts paid or payable by Tenant to Landlord shall, where applicable, be prorated
between Landlord and Tenant.
8.3 Abatement of Rent. Tenant agrees at all times after any damage to or destruction
of the improvement on the Demised Premises, or any portion thereof, to continue the operation of
its business therein to the extent practicable from the standpoint of good business, and in the
event Landlord is required or elects to make any repairs, reconstruction or restoration of any
damage or destruction to the Demised Premises under any of the provisions of this Paragraph, Tenant
shall not be entitled to any damages by reason of any inconvenience or loss sustained by Tenant as
a result thereof. Provided that the damage or destruction was not caused in whole or in part by
the negligence or misconduct of Tenant and/or its employees, agents or invitees, during the period
commencing with the date of any such damage or destruction which Landlord is required or elects
hereunder to repair, reconstruct or restore, and ending with the completion of such repairs,
reconstruction or restoration, the Rent shall be proportionately abated in an amount equal to the
proportion thereof which the number of square feet of gross floor area in the Demised Premises
rendered untenable by Tenant (and is actually not used or occupied by Tenant) thereby bears to the
total number of square feet of gross floor area in the Demised Premises immediately prior to such
damage or destruction. Payment of the full amount of Rent and all other charges shall resume upon
the completion of such work of repair, reconstruction or restoration.
8.4 Effect of Termination. In the event this Lease is terminated under any of the
provisions of this Paragraph, such termination shall become effective at the time and in accordance
with the respective provisions herein contained for the termination of this Lease; provided,
however, that all rentals and other charges on the part of Tenant to be paid hereunder shall be
prorated and paid either as of the date of such damage or destruction, or as of the date Tenant
ceases doing any business in, upon or from the Demised Premises, whichever last occurs.
8.5 Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any different procedure for the
Restoration of the Premises or disbursement of insurance proceeds which may be required under any
mortgage or Superior Lease (defined below) shall take precedence over and be in addition to any
contrary procedure provided for in this Lease.
9. CONDEMNATION
9.1 If (a) the whole of the Premises shall be lawfully taken by condemnation or other eminent
domain proceedings pursuant to any law, general or special, or (b) substantially all of the
Premises (hereinafter defined) shall be taken in or by such proceedings, and within thirty (30)
days after receipt from Landlord of a notice of a pending condemnation Tenant shall have given
notice to Landlord of its intention to terminate this Lease if such taking is effected, this Lease
shall terminate, in the case of a taking of the whole of the Premises, on the date of such taking,
and, in the case of the taking of substantially all of the Premises on the first Rent payment date
occurring not less than thirty (30) days after such taking. All Rent required to be paid by Tenant
under this Lease shall be paid up to the date of such termination and upon such termination this
Lease shall be of no further force and effect, except that any obligation or liability of either
party, actual or contingent, under this Lease which has accrued on or prior to such termination
date shall survive and any prepayment of Rent shall be prorated between the parties. For purposes
of this Article substantially all of the Premises shall be deemed to mean such portion of the
Premises as, when so taken, would leave remaining a balance of the Premises which, due either
to the area so taken or the location of the part so taken in relation to the part not so taken,
would not under economic conditions, applicable zoning laws, building regulations then existing or
prevailing, readily accommodate a new building or buildings of a nature similar to the Building
existing at the date of such taking and after performance of all covenants, agreements, terms and
provisions herein and by law provided to be performed and paid by Tenant. Tenant, in cooperation
with Landlord, shall have the right to participate in any condemnation proceedings and be
represented by counsel, at Tenants sole cost, for the purpose of protecting its interests
hereunder. Landlord agrees that it will not enter into any agreement with any condemning authority
in settlement of or on the threat of any condemnation or other eminent domain proceeding affecting
the Premises without the consent of Tenant, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed.
9.2 If only a portion of the Premises shall be so taken and Section 9.1 does not
apply, this Lease shall be unaffected by such taking, except that Rent payable by Tenant pursuant
to the provisions of this Lease shall be equitably reduced to a just and appropriate amount
according to the nature and extent of the taking.
9.3 Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire award in any proceeding with respect to
any taking provided for in this Article without deduction therefrom for any estate vested in Tenant
by this Lease and Tenant shall receive no part of such award, except that, in the case of a partial
taking which does not result in a termination of this Lease. Tenant hereby assigns to Landlord all
of its right, title and interest in or to every such award. Nothing herein contained shall be
deemed to prohibit Tenant from making a separate claim, to the extent permitted by law, for the
value of Tenants inventory, movable trade fixtures, machinery and moving expenses, provided that
the making of such claim does not adversely affect or diminish Landlords award.
9.4 In the event of any taking of the Premises which does not result in a termination of this
Lease, Landlord at Landlords expense, subject to the provisions of Articles 6 and 8 and whether or
not any award or awards shall be sufficient for the purpose, shall proceed with reasonable
diligence to repair, alter and restore the remaining parts of the Premises to substantially the
condition existing immediately prior to the date of taking to the extent that the same may be
feasible and so as to constitute a complete and tenantable Premises. If the proceeds of such award
or awards are not sufficient to pay the full cost thereof, Landlord shall pay such deficit.
9.5 Anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding, any different procedure for the
Restoration of the Premises or disbursement of proceeds which may be required under any mortgage or
Superior Lease shall take precedence over and be in addition to any contrary procedure provided for
in this Lease.
9.6 In case of any governmental action, not resulting in the taking or condemnation of any
portion of the Premises but creating a right to compensation therefor, such as the changing of the
grade of any street upon which the Premises abut, this Lease shall continue in full force and
effect without reduction or abatement of Rent and the award shall be paid to Landlord, provided
such action does not have a material adverse effect on Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises.
10. ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
10.1 Tenant shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of
law or otherwise, assign, mortgage, pledge or encumber this Lease, or underlet or suffer or permit
all or any part of the Premises to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent
of Landlord, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each
instance. Neither party shall sublease, license or otherwise permit the occupancy of any portion
of the Building or Premises to a competitor of the other party. Notwithstanding any of the
foregoing, without the consent of Landlord, Tenant may assign or sublease this Lease to any
Affiliate, as defined herein; provided, however, that (i) Tenant provides Landlord at least
thirty (30) days prior written notice of such assignment or sublease and (ii) Tenant and any such
Affiliate both remain jointly and severally liable for all obligations and liabilities under this
Lease. Affiliate shall mean (i) Tenants parent or any other entity that is wholly owned by
Tenant, or under common control with Tenant; (ii) any entity acquiring all or substantially all of
the Tenants assets or stock; or (iii) any successor entity to Tenant following a merger, provided,
in each instance, such assignee or sublessee is not a competitor of Landlord, as determined by
Landlord in Landlords reasonable judgment.
11. SUBORDINATION
11.1 Subject to the provisions of Section 11.3 below, all rights and interests of Tenant under
this Lease are subject, subordinate and inferior to all existing and future superior ground or
underlying leases (a Superior Lease) and mortgages encumbering the Premises or any part
thereof, and to all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any
such Superior Leases and mortgages. The right of the holder of any such Superior Lease or mortgage
shall at all times be and remain prior and superior to all rights and interest of Tenant. This
provision shall constitute a self-operative subordination agreement with respect to all such
Superior Leases and mortgages and all renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and
extensions thereof. If the holder of any such Superior Lease or mortgage shall require confirmation
of any subordination or a separate subordination agreement, Tenant shall execute such confirmation
or subordination agreement, within ten (10) days of Landlords request, in the form required by the
lessor under such Superior Lease or holder of such mortgagee, as applicable, and reasonably
satisfactory to Tenant; provided, however, such subordination shall be upon the express condition
that the validity of the Lease shall be recognized by the mortgagee, and that, notwithstanding any
default by the mortgagor with respect to said mortgage or any foreclosure thereof, Tenants
possession and right of use under this Lease in and to the Premises shall not be disturbed by such
mortgagee unless and until Tenant shall breach any of the provisions hereof and this Lease or
Tenants right to possession hereunder shall have been terminated in accordance with the provisions
of this Lease.
11.2 In the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of
exercise of power of sale under, any first mortgage covering Landlords interest in the Premises,
and such holder takes possession of the Premises, either as the result of foreclosure of such
mortgage or by accepting a deed to the Premises in lieu of foreclosure, or the Premises shall be
purchased at such a foreclosure by a third party, and such holder or third party shall furnish
Tenant satisfactory evidence that it has acquired title to the Premises subject to no liens or
encumbrances superior to this Lease, other than taxes not yet due and payable, Tenant shall attorn
to such holder or third party and recognize it as its landlord under this Lease, and such
holder or third party will in such event recognize and accept Tenant as its tenant hereunder,
whereupon this Lease shall continue in full force and effect as a direct lease between such holder
or third party and Tenant for the term of this Lease and such holder or third party shall,
henceforth, be subject to all of the terms of this Lease and perform all of the obligations of
Landlord hereunder with the same force and effect as if it were originally named as Landlord
hereunder; provided, however, that if conflicting claims should be made to the rent payable
hereunder, Tenant shall have the right to institute an interpleader suit for the purpose of
determining who is entitled to payment of such rent and to pay the rent in accordance with the
judicial determination rendered in such proceeding.
11.3 At Tenants request, Landlord further agrees that, it shall obtain a written
non-disturbance and attornment agreement from any current or future mortgagee, lienholder, trustee
or encumbrancer whose interest shall be prior to this Lease as of the Commencement Date and
Landlord shall furnish Tenant with a copy of such agreement. Said non-disturbance agreement shall
expressly provide, inter alia, that (i) the parties thereto are executing such
agreement for the benefit of Tenant herein; and (ii) so long as Tenant shall be not then in default
under this Lease, no action or proceeding shall be taken at any time during the lease term or any
extension thereof, which shall disturb Tenants possession, quiet enjoyment, or any other
beneficial use of the demised premises as provided for in this Lease. The subordination of
Tenants interest hereunder to any mortgage or Superior Lease shall be expressly conditioned upon
Tenants receipt of such non-disturbance agreement.
11.4 Landlord represents and warrants to Tenant that there is no mortgage or Superior Lease
affecting the Premises as of the date hereof.
12. OBLIGATIONS OF TENANT
12.1 Tenant shall promptly comply, in all material respects, with all laws, ordinances,
orders, rules, regulations, and requirements or requests of all Federal, state, municipal or other
governmental or quasi-governmental authorities or bodies then having jurisdiction over the Premises
(or any part thereof) applicable to the use and occupation thereof by Tenant, of every nature and
kind (each, a Requirement), and Tenant shall so perform and comply, whether or not such
laws, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations or requirements shall now exist or shall hereafter be
enacted or promulgated and whether or not the same may be said to be within the present
contemplation of the parties hereto; provided, however, that Tenant is under no obligation to
remedy or to render compliant any violations of applicable laws or Requirements, now existing or
hereafter promulgated, applicable to the Premises, unless and to the extent such violation or
non-compliance is a result of Tenants particular use of the Premises. Except to the extent the
same is Tenants responsibility hereunder, Landlord shall comply in all material respects with all
Requirements applicable to the ownership of the Premises.
12.2 Tenant agrees to give Landlord notice of any law, ordinance, rule, regulation or
requirement enacted, passed, promulgated, made, issued or adopted after the Commencement Date by
any of the governmental departments or agencies or authorities hereinbefore mentioned affecting the
Premises or Tenants use thereof, a copy of which is served upon or received by Tenant, or a copy
of which is posted on, or fastened or attached to the Premises, or otherwise brought to the
attention of Tenant, by mailing within five (5) business days after such service, receipt, posting,
fastening or attaching or after the same otherwise comes to the attention of
Tenant, a copy of each and every one thereof to Landlord. At the same time, Tenant will
inform Landlord as to the Work which Landlord is required to do or take in order to comply
therewith, provided, however if such Work is necessitated by Tenants particular use of the
Premises, Tenant shall notify Landlord as to the Work which Tenant proposes to do or take in order
to comply therewith, subject to Landlords reasonable approval. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
however, if such Work would require any Alterations which would, in Landlords opinion, reduce the
value of the Premises or change the general character, design or use of the Building or other
improvements thereon, and if Tenant does not desire to contest the same, Tenant shall, if Landlord
so requests, defer compliance therewith in order that Landlord may, if Landlord wishes, contest or
seek modification of or other relief with respect to such Requirements, but nothing herein shall
relieve Tenant of the duty and obligation, at Tenants expense, to comply with such Requirements,
or such Requirements as modified, whenever Landlord shall so direct, provided, however, if
Landlords decision to defer such compliance materially disrupts Tenants ability to operate its
business in the manner historically operated, Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease
upon ninety (90) days written notice to Landlord.
12.3 Landlord and Tenant shall defend, indemnify and save harmless each other, any partners or
members of each other, any partners or members of any partners or members of each other and any
officers, stockholders, directors or employees of any of the foregoing (collectively,
Indemnified Parties), on an after-tax basis from (a) any and all liabilities, claims,
causes of actions, suits, damages and expenses (collectively, Claims) arising from (i)
any work or thing whatsoever done, or any condition created in or about the Premises during the
Term, (ii) any use, non-use, possession, occupation, Alteration, repair, condition, operation,
management or maintenance of the Premises or any part thereof; (iii) any negligent or otherwise
wrongful act or omission of Landlord or Tenant or any of their employees, agents, contractors or
subcontractors, (iv) any accident, injury (including death) or damage to any person or property
occurring in, on or about the Premises or any part thereof or in, on or about any street, alley,
sidewalk, curb, vault, passageway, common area or space comprising a part thereof or adjacent
thereto, and (v) any breach, violation or non-performance of any covenant, condition or agreement
in this Lease to be fulfilled, kept, observed or performed by Landlord or Tenant; and (b) all
costs, expenses and liabilities incurred, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees
and disbursements through and including appellate proceedings, in or in connection with any of such
Claims. If any action or proceeding shall be brought against any of the Indemnified Parties by
reason of any such Claims, Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, upon notice from any of the
Indemnified Parties, shall resist and defend such action or proceeding, at its sole cost and
expense by counsel chosen by the indemnifying party who shall be satisfactory to such Indemnified
Party. The indemnifying party or its counsel shall keep each Indemnified Party fully apprised at
all times of the status of such defense. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Indemnified Party may
retain its own attorneys to defend or assist in defending any claim, action or proceeding involving
potential liability in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000), and the indemnifying
party shall pay the reasonable fees and disbursements of such attorneys. The provisions of this
Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
12.4 If at any time prior to, or during the Term (or within the statutory period thereafter if
attributable to Tenant), any mechanics or other lien or order for payment of money, which shall
have been either created by, caused (directly or indirectly) by, or suffered against Tenant, shall
be filed against the Premises or any part thereof, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall
cause the same to be discharged by payment, bonding or otherwise, as provided by law, within
ten (10) business days after the filing thereof. Tenant shall, upon notice and request in writing
by Landlord, defend for Landlord, at Tenants sole cost and expense, any action or proceeding which
may be brought on or for the enforcement of any such lien or order for payment of money, and will
pay any damages and satisfy and discharge any judgment entered in such action or proceeding and
save, indemnify and hold harmless Landlord, on an after tax basis from any liability, claim or
damage resulting therefrom. In default of Tenants procuring the discharge of any such lien as
aforesaid Landlord may, without notice, and without prejudice to its other remedies hereunder,
procure the discharge thereof by bonding or payment or otherwise, and all cost and expense which
Landlord shall incur shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord as Rent forthwith.
12.5 LANDLORD SHALL NOT UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES BE LIABLE TO PAY FOR ANY WORK, LABOR OR
SERVICES RENDERED OR MATERIALS FURNISHED TO OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF TENANT UPON OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THE PREMISES, AND NO MECHANICS OR OTHER LIEN FOR SUCH WORK, LABOR OR SERVICES OR MATERIAL
FURNISHED SHALL, UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES, ATTACH TO OR AFFECT THE REVERSIONARY INTEREST OF LANDLORD
IN AND TO THE PREMISES OR ANY ALTERATIONS, REPAIRS, OR IMPROVEMENTS TO BE ERECTED OR MADE THEREON.
NOTHING CONTAINED IN THIS LEASE SHALL BE DEEMED OR CONSTRUED IN ANY WAY AS CONSTITUTING THE REQUEST
OR CONSENT OF LANDLORD, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, TO ANY CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, LABORER OR
MATERIALMAN FOR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY LABOR OR THE FURNISHING OF ANY MATERIALS FOR ANY SPECIFIC
IMPROVEMENT, ALTERATION TO OR REPAIR OF THE PREMISES OR ANY PART THEREOF, NOR AS GIVING TENANT ANY
RIGHT, POWER OR AUTHORITY TO CONTRACT FOR OR PERMIT THE RENDERING OF ANY SERVICES OR THE FURNISHING
OF ANY MATERIALS ON BEHALF OF LANDLORD THAT WOULD GIVE RISE TO THE FILING OF ANY LIEN AGAINST THE
PREMISES.
12.6 Neither Landlord nor its agents shall be liable for any loss of or damage to the Premises
of Tenant or others by reason of casualty, theft or otherwise, or for any injury or damage to
persons or property resulting from any cause of whatsoever nature, unless caused by or due to the
negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants or employees.
12.7 Except as otherwise set forth on Exhibit L attached hereto, Landlord shall
continue to deliver the same customary real estate related services to Tenant as Tenant had
previously and customarily enjoyed prior to Commencement Date at levels substantially comparable to
the level of services enjoyed by Tenant during the twelve (12) month period immediately preceding
the Commencement Date.
13. DEFAULT BY TENANT
13.1 Each of the following shall be deemed an event of default (an Event of Default)
and a breach of this Lease by Tenant:
A. If Tenant shall fail to pay the Rent to be paid by Tenant hereunder for a period of five
(5) business days after written notice of such default by Landlord to Tenant.
B. If Tenant shall default in the performance or observance of any of the other agreements,
conditions, covenants or terms herein contained, and such default shall continue for thirty (30)
days after written notice by Landlord to Tenant, or if such default is of such a nature that it
cannot be completely remedied with said thirty (30) day period and Tenant shall not commence within
said thirty (30) day period to remedy such default and thereafter diligently prosecute the same to
completion.
C. If Tenant abandons the Premises, except as may be permitted in the case of any casualty,
damage or condemnation.
D. If this Lease or the estate of Tenant hereunder shall be assigned, sublet, transferred,
mortgaged or encumbered without compliance with the provisions of this Lease applicable thereto.
E. If (i) Tenant shall commence any case, proceeding or other action (A) under any existing or
future law of any jurisdiction, domestic or foreign, relating to bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization or relief of debtors, seeking to have an order for relief entered with respect to
Tenant, or seeking to adjudicate Tenant a bankrupt or insolvent, or seeking reorganization,
arrangement, adjustment, liquidation, dissolution, composition or other relief with respect to
Tenant or Tenants debts, or (B) seeking appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian or other
similar official for Tenant or for all or any substantial part of Tenants property; or (ii) Tenant
shall make a general assignment for the benefit of Tenants creditors; or (iii) there shall be
commenced against Tenant any case, proceeding or other action of a nature referred to in clause (i)
above or seeking issuance of a warrant of attachment, execution, distraint or similar process
against all or any substantial part of Tenants property, which case, proceeding or other action
(x) results in the entry of an order for relief or (y) remains undismissed, undischarged or
unbonded for a period of thirty (30) days; or (iv) Tenant shall take any action consenting to or
approving of any of the acts set forth in clause (i) or (ii) above; or (v) Tenant shall generally
not, or shall be unable to, pay Tenants debts as they become due or shall admit in writing
Tenants inability to pay Tenants debts.
13.2 To the extent permitted by applicable law, if an Event of Default shall occur, Landlord
may elect to declare all Rent for the remainder of the Term due and payable and, if Landlord shall
make such an election, the present value of the Rent shall be due and payable ten (10) days after
notice by Landlord to Tenant of such election. The aforesaid present value shall be determined by
discounting each monthly installment of Rent for the remainder of the Term from the date such
installment would have been due and payable to the date of Landlords election to accelerate, by a
rate of one (1%) percent per annum less than the interest rate paid under a United States Treasury
Bill of comparable duration. Landlord also may elect to proceed by appropriate judicial
proceedings, either at law or in equity, to enforce performance or observance by Tenant of the
applicable provisions of this Lease and/or to recover damages for breach thereof.
13.3
A. If an Event of Default shall occur and Landlord, at any time thereafter, at its option,
gives written notice to Tenant stating that this Lease and the Term shall expire and terminate on
the date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than three (3) days after the
giving of such notice, and if, on the date specified in such notice, Tenant shall have
failed to cure the default which was the basis for the Event of Default, then, all rights of
Tenant under this Lease and to the Term herein demised shall expire and terminate as if the date
specified in the notice given were the date herein definitely fixed for the expiration of the Term
and Tenant immediately shall quit and surrender the Premises, which termination shall not relieve
Tenant from any liability then or thereafter accruing hereunder.
B. If an Event of Default described in Sections 13.1(A) or (B) hereof shall
occur, or this Lease shall be terminated as provided in Section 13.3(A) hereof, Landlord,
without notice, and with or without court proceedings, (i) may re-enter and repossess the Premises
using such force for that purpose as may be necessary without being liable to indictment,
prosecution or damages therefor or (ii) may dispossess Tenant by summary proceedings or otherwise,
which reentry and repossession by Landlord shall not relieve Tenant from any liability then or
thereafter accruing hereunder.
13.4 If this Lease shall be terminated as provided in Section 13.3(A) hereof and/or
Tenant shall be dispossessed by summary proceedings or otherwise as provided in Section
13.3(B) hereof,
A. Tenant shall pay to Landlord all Rent payable under this Lease by Tenant to Landlord to the
date upon which this Lease and the Term shall have expired and come to an end or to the date of
re-entry upon the Premises by Landlord, as the case may be;
B. Landlord may repair and alter the Premises in such manner as Landlord may deem necessary or
advisable without relieving Tenant of any liability under this Lease or otherwise affecting any
such liability, and/or let or re-let the Premises or any parts thereof for the whole or any part of
the remainder of the Term or for a longer period, in Landlords name or as agent of Tenant, and out
of any rent and other sums collected or received as a result of such re-letting Landlord shall:
(i) first, pay to itself the cost and expense of terminating this Lease, re-entering, retaking,
repossessing, repairing and/or altering the Premises, or any part thereof, and the cost and expense
of removing all persons and property therefrom, including in such costs brokerage commissions,
legal expenses and attorneys fees and disbursements, (ii) second, pay to itself the cost and
expense sustained in securing any new tenants and other occupants, including in such costs
brokerage commissions, legal expenses and attorneys fees and disbursements and other expenses of
preparing the Premises for re-letting, and, if Landlord shall maintain and operate the Premises,
the cost and expense of operating and maintaining the Premises, and (iii) third, pay to itself any
balance remaining on account of the liability of Tenant to Landlord. Landlord in no way shall be
responsible or liable for any failure to re-let the Premises or any part thereof, or for any
failure to collect any rent due on any such re-letting, and no such failure to re-let or to collect
rent shall operate to relieve Tenant of any liability under this Lease or to otherwise affect any
such liability;
C. Tenant shall be liable for and shall pay to Landlord, as damages, any deficiency (referred
to as Deficiency) between the Rent reserved in this Lease for the period which otherwise
would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term and the net amount, if any, of rents
collected under any re-letting effected pursuant to the provisions of Section 13.4(B)
hereof for any part of such period (first deducting from the rents collected under any such
re-letting all of the payments to Landlord described in Section 13.4(B) hereof); any such
Deficiency shall be paid in installments by Tenant on the days specified in this Lease for payment of
installments of Rent, and Landlord shall be entitled to recover from
Tenant each Deficiency installment as the same shall arise, and no suit to collect the amount of
the Deficiency for any installment period shall prejudice Landlords right to collect the
Deficiency for any subsequent installment period by a similar proceeding; and
D. Whether or not Landlord shall have collected any Deficiency installments as aforesaid,
Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on demand, in
lieu of any further Deficiencies, as and for liquidated and agreed final damages (it being agreed
that it would be impracticable or extremely difficult to fix the actual damage), a sum equal to the
amount by which the Rent reserved in this Lease for the period which otherwise would have
constituted the unexpired portion of the Term exceeds the then fair and reasonable rent value of
the Premises for the same period, both discounted to present worth at the rate of one percent (1%)
per annum less than the interest rate paid under a United States Treasury Bill of comparable
duration less the aggregate amount of Deficiencies theretofore collected by Landlord pursuant to
the provisions of Section 13.4(C) hereof for the same period; it being agreed that before
presentation of proof of such liquidated damages to any court, commission or tribunal, if the
Premises, or any part thereof, shall have been re-let by Landlord for the period which otherwise
would have constituted the unexpired portion of the Term, or any part thereof, the amount of rent
reserved upon such re-letting shall be deemed, prima facie, to be the fair and
reasonable rental value for the part or the whole of the Premises so re-let during the term of the
re-letting.
13.5 No termination of this Lease pursuant to Section 13.3(A) hereof, and no taking
possession of and/or re-letting the property, or any part thereof, pursuant to Sections
13.3(B) and 13.4(B) hereof, shall relieve Tenant of its liabilities and obligations
hereunder, all of which shall survive such expiration, termination, repossession or re-letting.
13.6 To the extent not prohibited by law, Tenant hereby waives and releases all rights now or
hereafter conferred by statute or otherwise which would have the effect of limiting or modifying
any of the provisions of this Article. Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver any
instruments which Landlord may request, whether before or after the occurrence of an Event of
Default, evidencing such waiver or release.
13.7 The Rent payable by Tenant hereunder and each and every installment thereof, and all
costs, attorneys fees and disbursements and other expenses which may be incurred by Landlord in
enforcing the provisions of this Lease or on account of any delinquency of Tenant in carrying out
the provisions of this Lease shall be and they hereby are declared to constitute a valid perfected
lien upon the interest of Tenant in this Lease and in the Premises, and the rents, issues and
profits therefrom.
13.8 Suit or suits for the recovery of damages, or for a sum equal to any installment or
installments of Rent payable hereunder or any Deficiencies or other sums payable by Tenant to
Landlord pursuant to this Article, may be brought by Landlord from time to time at Landlords
election, and nothing herein contained shall be deemed to require Landlord to await the date
whereon this Lease or Term would have expired by limitation had there been no Event of Default by
Tenant and termination.
13.9 Nothing contained in this Article shall limit or prejudice the right of Landlord to prove
and obtain as liquidated damages in any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
reorganization or dissolution proceeding an amount equal to the maximum allowed by a statute
or rule of law governing such proceeding and in effect at the time when such damages are to be
proved, whether or not such amount shall be greater than, equal to or less than the amount of the
damages referred to in any of the preceding Sections of this Article.
13.10 No receipt of moneys by Landlord from Tenant after the termination of this Lease, or
after the giving of any notice of the termination of this Lease shall reinstate, continue or extend
the Term or affect any notice theretofore given to Tenant, or operate as a waiver of the right of
Landlord to enforce the payment of Rent payable by Tenant hereunder or thereafter falling due, or
operate as a waiver of the right of Landlord to recover possession of the Premises by proper
remedy, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, it being agreed that after the service of
notice to terminate this Lease or the commencement of any suit or summary proceedings, or after a
final order or judgment for the possession of the Premises, Landlord may demand, receive and
collect any moneys due or thereafter falling due without in any manner affecting such notice,
proceeding, order, suit or judgment, all such moneys collected being deemed payments on account of
the use and occupation of the Premises or, at the election of Landlord, on account of Tenants
liability hereunder.
13.11 Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as prohibited by applicable law, Tenant
hereby expressly waives the service of any notice to quit or notice of Landlords intention to
re-enter provided for in any statute, or of the institution of legal proceedings to that end, and
Tenant, for and on behalf of itself and all persons claiming through or under Tenant, also waives
any and all right of redemption provided by any law or statute now in force or hereafter enacted or
otherwise, or re-entry or repossession or to restore the operation of this Lease in case Tenant
shall be dispossessed by a judgment or by warrant of any court or judge or in case of re-entry or
repossession by Landlord or in case of any expiration or termination of this Lease, and Landlord
and Tenant waive and shall waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by
either of the parties hereto against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any
way connected with this Lease, the relationship of Landlord and Tenant, Tenants use or occupancy
of the Premises, or any claim of injury or damage. The terms enter, re-enter, entry or
re-entry, as used in this Lease are not restricted to their technical legal meaning.
13.12 No failure by Landlord to insist upon the strict performance of any covenant, agreement,
term or condition of this Lease or to exercise any right or remedy consequent upon a breach
thereof, and no acceptance of full or partial Rent during the continuance of any such breach, shall
constitute a waiver of any such breach or of such covenant, agreement, term or condition. No
covenant, agreement, term or condition of this Lease to be performed or complied with by Tenant,
and no breach thereof, shall be waived, altered or modified except by a written instrument executed
by Landlord. No waiver of any breach shall affect or alter this Lease, but each and every
covenant, agreement, term and condition of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect with
respect to any other then existing or subsequent breach thereof.
13.13 Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount net to Landlord on an after-tax basis equal to
all costs and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and
disbursements, incurred by Landlord in any action or proceeding to which Landlord may be made a
party by reason of any act or omission of Tenant. Tenant also shall pay to Landlord all costs and
expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements, incurred by
Landlord in enforcing any of the covenants and provisions of this Lease and incurred
in any action brought by Landlord against Tenant on account of the provisions hereof, and all
such costs, expenses, and attorneys fees and disbursements may be included in and form a part of
any judgment entered in any proceeding brought by Landlord against Tenant on or under this Lease.
All of the sums paid or obligations incurred by Landlord as aforesaid, with interest and costs,
shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord on demand.
13.14 If an Event of Default shall occur under this Lease or Tenant shall fail to comply with
its obligations under this Lease, Landlord may (a) perform the same for the account of Tenant if
the same arises out of any obligation owed by Tenant to a third party or (b) make any expenditure
or incur any obligation for the payment of money in connection with any obligation owed to
Landlord, including, but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees and disbursements in
instituting, prosecuting or defending any action or proceeding, with interest thereon at Applicable
Rate and such amounts shall be deemed to be Rent hereunder and shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord
immediately upon demand therefor.
13.15 In the event that Tenant shall fail to pay Rent within five (5) days after its due date,
then from and after the sixth (6th) day until the date Tenant finally pays the Rent, Tenant shall
pay Landlord a late charge at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum with respect to the
delinquent amount, provided, however, no late charges shall be assessed against Tenant prior to
January 1, 2012.
14. NO WAIVER
The failure of Landlord or Tenant to enforce any agreement, condition, covenant or term, by
reason of its breach by Tenant or Landlord, as the case may be, shall not be deemed to void, waive
or affect the right of Landlord or Tenant to enforce the same agreement, condition, covenant or
term on the occasion of a subsequent default or breach. The specific remedies to which Landlord
may resort under the terms of this Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any
other remedies or means of redress to which Landlord may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach
or threatened breach by Tenant of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease. The
failure of Landlord or Tenant to insist in any one or more cases upon the strict performance of any
of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease, or to exercise any right or remedy herein
contained, shall not be construed as a waiver or relinquishment for the future of such terms,
covenants and conditions. The receipt by Landlord, or payment by Tenant, of Rent with knowledge of
the breach of any of such terms, covenants and conditions shall not be deemed a waiver of such
breach. The acceptance of any check or payment bearing or accompanied by any endorsement, legend
or statements shall not, of itself, constitute any change in or termination of this Lease. No
surrender of the Premises by Tenant (prior to any termination of this Lease) shall be valid unless
consented to in writing by Landlord or in accordance with the express terms of this Lease. In
addition to the other remedies in this Lease provided, Landlord shall be entitled to the restraint
by injunction of the violation or attempted or threatened violation of any of the terms, covenants
and conditions of this Lease or to a decree compelling performance of any of such terms, covenants
and conditions.
15. ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE
Landlord and Tenant agree that they shall, at any time and from time to time, within twenty
(20) days of request by the other party execute, acknowledge and deliver to the requesting party a
statement in writing certifying: (i) that this Lease is unmodified and in full
force and effect (or if there have been any modifications, that the Lease is in full force and
effect as modified and stating the modifications), (ii) the dates to which the Rent has been paid,
(iii) the address to which notices to Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, should be sent, (iv)
stating whether or not either party is in default in keeping, observing or performing any term,
covenant, agreement, provision, condition or limitation contained in this Lease and, if in default,
specifying each such default, (v) whether or not there are any offsets or defenses against the
enforcement of any provisions of the Lease by either party and if so, specifying the same, (vi) the
Commencement Date and the date of expiration for the current term of the Lease, (vii) that Tenant
is in possession of the Premises and (viii) any other matters reasonably requested by the other
party; it being intended that any such statement delivered pursuant to this Article may be relied
upon by the requesting party or any prospective purchaser of the Premises or any mortgagee thereof
or any assignee of any mortgage upon the Premises.
16. QUIET ENJOYMENT
Tenant, upon payment of the Rent herein reserved and upon the due performance and observance
of all the covenants, conditions and agreements herein contained on Tenants part to be performed
and observed, shall and may at all times during the Term peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy
the Premises in the same manner in which Tenant enjoyed the Premises immediately prior to the
Commencement Date without any manner of suit, trouble or hindrance of and from any person claiming
by, through or under Landlord, subject, however, to the terms and provisions of this Lease.
17. SURRENDER
17.1 Tenant shall, on the last day of the Term, or upon the sooner termination of the Term,
quit and surrender to Landlord the Premises vacant, free of all equipment, furniture and other
personal property, and in good order and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and Tenant
shall remove or demolish all of the fixtures, structures and other improvements which Landlord
shall elect pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.4 hereof. Any property not so
removed shall become the property of Landlord, and Landlord may cause such property to be removed
from the Premises and disposed of, but the cost of any such removal and disposition and of
repairing any damage caused by such removal shall be borne by Tenant. Tenants obligation to
observe and perform this covenant shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Term.
17.2 Tenant acknowledges that possession of the Premises must be surrendered to Landlord at
the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Lease. Tenant agrees to indemnify
Landlord against and save Landlord harmless from all costs, claims, loss or liability resulting
from the failure or delay by Tenant in so surrendering the Premises, including, without limitation,
any claims made by any succeeding tenant founded on such failure or delay. Tenant therefore agrees
that if possession of the Premises is not surrendered to Landlord upon the expiration or sooner
termination of the term of this Lease, then Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as liquidated damages for
each month and for each portion of any month during which Tenant holds over in the Premises after
the expiration or sooner termination of the term of this Lease, in addition to any sums payable
pursuant to the foregoing indemnity, a sum equal to one hundred-fifty percent (150%) the aggregate
of the Rent which was payable under this Lease with respect to the last month of the term hereof.
Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to permit Tenant
to retain possession of the Premises after the expiration or sooner termination of the term of
this Lease. If Tenant holds over in possession after the expiration or termination of the term of
the Lease, such holding over shall not be deemed to extend the term or renew this Lease, but the
tenancy thereafter shall continue as a tenancy from month to month upon the terms and conditions of
this Lease at the Rent as herein increased. This provision shall survive the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease.
18. ACCESS
Landlord shall have the right and privilege at all times during the last six (6) months of the
Term to display a customary (as would be customary for similar buildings in the surrounding area)
For Sale sign on the Building and during the last six (6) months of the Term, Landlord shall have
the right and privilege to enter the Premises at reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice
during business hours for the purpose of exhibiting the same to prospective new tenants, but no
more than once a month, and to display the customary To Let signs on the Building. Landlord
shall also, at all reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice during the Term (the parties
acknowledge and agree that no prior notice shall be required in the event of an emergency), have
the right to enter the Premises or any part thereof for the purpose of making such repairs or
Alterations therein as Landlord is required to make under the terms of this Lease. Throughout the
Initial Term and any Extend Term of this Lease, Tenant shall have access to the Premises 24 hours a
day, seven days a week.
19. ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS
19.1 Tenant covenants that (i) Tenant shall not cause or contribute to, and shall not permit
or direct any other Person to cause or contribute to, any contamination from any Hazardous
Substances (hereinafter defined) at, on, under or emanating from the Premises (ii) Tenant shall
not, and, (subject to Tenants contractual obligations to permit Landlord and its Affiliates or the
predecessors thereof, if applicable, to perform any necessary investigation, remediation or
corrective action regarding environmental matters), shall not cause or permit any other Person to,
use manufacture, store, generate, treat or Release any Hazardous Substances at, on, under or from
the Premises, except where such use, manufacture, storage, generation, treatment or Release or
threatened release is in material compliance with applicable Environmental Law (as defined below)
and is reasonably related to the conduct of Tenants business, (iii) in the event that Tenants (or
its subtenants or assignees) operations at or near the Premises result in the imposition of a
Lien on the Premises under any Environmental Law resulting from a matter for which Tenant would be
obliged to indemnify Landlord pursuant to Section 19.2 hereof, Tenant shall promptly and
expeditiously take all necessary steps to have such Lien removed, and (iv) Tenant shall not, and
shall not cause or permit any other Person to, install or operate any underground tanks for the
storage of any Hazardous Substances, including fuel oil, gasoline, waste oils, and/or other
petroleum products or by-products.
19.2 Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify Landlord, any mortgagee and any lessor under a Superior
Lease and hold Landlord, any mortgagee and any lessor of a Superior Lease harmless from and against
any and all losses, liabilities (including strict liability), damages, injuries, expenses
(including reasonable attorneys and consulting fees), costs of any settlement or judgment and
claims of any and every kind whatsoever (collectively Losses) paid, incurred or suffered
by, or asserted against Landlord, any mortgagee and any lessor of a Superior Lease
by any person or governmental authority for, with respect to, or as a direct or indirect
result of, either (i) the presence or Release or threatened release at, on or under, or from the
Premises of any Hazardous Substance (including, without limitation, any such Losses or claims
asserted or arising under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act,
as amended, any so-called federal, state or local Superfund or Superlien laws) or (ii) the
violation of any applicable Environmental Law, to the extent such presence or Release or threatened
release or violation is caused by Tenants or any subtenants or assignees (or any of their
representatives) use of the Premises.
19.3 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Lease regarding indemnification of Landlord
by Tenant (other than Tenants obligations to indemnify Landlord pursuant to Section 19.6),
Landlord hereby agrees to indemnify Tenant and hold Tenant harmless from and against any and all
Losses paid, incurred or suffered by, or asserted against Tenant for, with respect to, or
as a direct or indirect result of, either (i) the presence or Release or threatened release at, on
or under, or from the Premises of any Hazardous Substance (including, without limitation, any such
Losses or claims asserted or arising under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation
and Liability Act, as amended, any so-called federal, state or local Superfund or Superlien
laws) or (ii) the violation of any applicable Environmental Law, to the extent such presence or
Release or threatened release or violation is caused by: (x) Landlords or any of its Affiliates
or assignees (or any of their representatives) use or ownership of the Premises; or (y) any
environmental condition or contamination that existed on or prior to the commencement of this Lease
at, on or under, or from the Premises, except to the extent exacerbated by Tenants, any
subtenants, assignees or representatives negligence. With respect to asbestos containing
building materials, Landlord acknowledges and agrees that Tenant shall have no liability or
obligations concerning the removal or replacement thereof on the Premises, which are the sole
responsibility of the Landlord, provided, however, that Tenant shall be responsible for all costs
of any removal, replacement or abatement of asbestos containing building materials on the Premises
to the extent required pursuant to applicable Environmental Law as a result of Tenants (or any of
its subtenants or assignees) negligence or undertaking any modifications, maintenance, repairs,
or other activities on the Premises that results in any disturbance of asbestos containing building
materials, but only if the location of such materials have been previously identified with
reasonable specificity in writing by Landlord to Tenant.
19.4 In the event that an obligation to investigate or remediate the Premises arises under any
and all applicable environmental transaction trigger statutes or otherwise as a result of the
termination of the Lease or the cessation of operations at the subject Premises, Tenant shall be
primarily responsible for the completion of such investigation or remediation, unless such
termination or cessation is in connection with a sale or other transfer of the Premises or of the
Landlord or any other entity that directly or indirectly owns or controls the Premises, in which
case the transferor shall have such primary responsibility; provided, however, that the
foregoing shall in no way alter the allocation of liability for any such investigation or
remediation provided for under Sections 19.2 and 19.3 of this Lease. Each of Landlord and Tenant
agree to cooperate in good faith with each other to facilitate the completion of any obligations
under this Section 19.4, including, but not limited to: (i) promptly executing any applications,
filings, certifications, or other documents reasonably requested by the other party; (ii) providing
reasonable access to the other party (including representatives, consultants or agents) during
normal business hours to the Premises and relevant information and personnel; (iii) taking
commercially reasonable efforts at its own cost and expense to reasonably mitigate interference
with the conduct of any such
investigation or remediation or with the current operation or use of the Premises; (iv)
accepting the use of cost-efficient remediation strategies (as reasonably determined by party
principally liable for the remediation under Sections 19.3 and 19.4), including the use of
risk-based remediation standards based on continued industrial use of the property or imposition of
restrictive deed notices or other institutional or engineering controls (as long as such
cost-efficient remediation strategies would not materially interfere with or otherwise materially
impede the operation or use of the Premises); (v) providing prompt notification of all meetings
with consultants and Governmental Authorities and an opportunity to participate, at its own
expense, in such meetings; (vi) promptly providing copies of all material documents related to the
investigation or remediation and affording the other party a reasonable opportunity to review and
provide comments, at its own expense, on all reports, correspondence, work plans or other materials
submitted to any Governmental Authority and (vii) allowing the other party to observe and monitor,
at its own expense, the conduct of any investigative or remedial work being done at the Premises.
19.5 For purposes hereof:
A. Hazardous Substances shall mean any material, substance or waste that is listed,
classified, regulated, characterized or otherwise defined as hazardous, toxic, or radioactive,
or as pollutants or contaminants (or words of similar intent or meaning) under applicable
Environmental Laws; and any petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof), petroleum
products or by-products and any constituents thereof, asbestos or asbestos-containing material,
urea formaldehyde insulation, toxic mold, polychlorinated biphenyls, flammable or explosive
substances, radon, or pesticides.
B. Environmental Laws shall mean all foreign, federal, state or local statutes,
laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations, judgments, orders or decrees or other binding
directives of relevant governmental agencies or authorities regulating, relating to, or imposing
liability or standards of conduct concerning pollution or protection of the environment or human
health and safety (to the extent related to pollution or exposure to harmful or deleterious
substances), including those relating to the use, manufacture, distribution, storage, recycling,
treatment, transport or Release or threatened release of any hazardous, toxic or dangerous wastes,
substances or materials as now or at any time hereunder in effect .
C. Release shall mean any Release or threatened release, spill, emission, leaking,
pumping, pouring, injection, escaping, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, dumping, leaching
or migration into the indoor or outdoor environment (including the abandonment or disposal of any
barrels, containers or other closed receptacles containing any Hazardous Substance).
19.6 Tenant shall not conduct any intrusive environmental investigation of the Premises
(including any collection or analysis of groundwater, surface water, soil or building materials) or
disclose the existence of any known or suspected environmental condition to any governmental
authority, unless such investigation or disclosure is: (i) required by applicable Environmental
Law or any other applicable Requirement, (ii) required by an enforceable order (or reasonably
believed by Tenant to be an enforceable order), directive or demand of a governmental authority,
acting within its jurisdiction (or reasonably believed by Tenant to be acting within its
jurisdiction), (iii) reasonably undertaken to facilitate the defense of a pending
third party claim or a third party claim reasonably anticipated based upon written
communications from a person who is not a party to this Lease or an Affiliate thereof, (iv)
reasonably undertaken in an emergency to protect against a threat to human health or the
environment, (v) reasonably undertaken in connection with repairs to or maintenance of the
Premises, (vi) reasonably undertaken in connection with the expansion of the Premises to
accommodate additional operations or uses reasonably consistent with those currently present,
provided that such expansion or alteration has been approved by Landlord pursuant to Article 6 of
this Lease and the Tenant has received Landlords prior written approval for the proposed
investigation, sampling, analysis, report or disclosure. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord if
it reasonably believes that an intrusive environmental investigation or disclosure to a
governmental authority is required and shall allow Landlord a reasonable opportunity to assume
control over or, at Landlords discretion, to participate in the conduct of, the investigation or
disclosure, except that if, due to exigent circumstances, Tenants action is reasonably undertaken
without such notice to or allowance of or participation by Landlord, Tenant may inform the Landlord
of the environmental condition and Tenants conduct with respect to it as soon as practicable
thereafter. To the extent that Tenant conducts an investigation or makes a disclosure that is not
in compliance with this provision, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for the cost
of any remedial action arising or resulting from any conditions of contamination identified as a
result of such investigation or disclosure.
19.7 If Tenant receives (i) any notice of any material event involving the presence, Release
or threatened release, investigation or remediation of any Hazardous Substance at, on, under or
from the Premises or in connection with Tenants, or Tenants representatives, agents or
subtenants, use or operations thereon, or (ii) any complaint, order, citation or notice with regard
to any material violation of or material obligation under Environmental Law pertaining to the
Premises (an Environmental Complaint) from any governmental authority or other person,
then Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord orally and in writing of said notice. Without in any
way limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Tenant receives any notice of any lien filed as
security for amounts paid to clean up Hazardous Substances at the Premises, then Tenant shall
promptly notify Landlord and Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to discharge
such lien upon not less than ten (10) days notice to Tenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
so long as Landlord is an Affiliate of Principal Stockholder, Tenant shall have no obligation to
notify Landlord of any notice, complaint, order, or citation received from or on behalf of the
Principal Stockholder or any Affiliate thereof, or from any other person in connection with the
implementation of any obligations of Principal Stockholder set forth in the Environmental Annex
that indicates the Principal Stockholder or any Affiliate thereof has also received such notice,
complaint, order, or citation. Tenant shall provide Landlord with immediate notification of and
indemnification for any notice of deficiency, notice of violation or citation issued by any
governmental agency.
19.8 After providing Tenant with notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure, Landlord shall
have the right (but not the obligation) to enter onto the Premises or to take such other actions as
it deems necessary or advisable to cleanup, remove, resolve or minimize the impact of, or otherwise
remediate or correct the presence or Release or threatened release of a Hazardous Substance or an
Environmental Complaint, provided that Landlord shall not unreasonably interfere with Tenants use
of the Premises. All costs and expenses reasonably incurred by Landlord in the exercise of any
such rights shall be payable by Tenant upon demand, provided
and to the extent that such presence or Release or threatened release or Environmental
Complaint is subject to Tenants duty to indemnify Landlord under Section 19.2 hereof.
19.9 Landlord has the right from time to time, upon reasonable prior notice and without undue
interference in Tenants operations, to perform (at its own expense, unless it reasonably believes
that Tenant has breached Section 19.1 hereof, in which case with respect to such breach it will be
at Tenants expense and in which case Landlord may request that Tenant perform) an environmental
audit, environmental site assessment, or, if reasonably deemed necessary by Landlord, an
environmental risk assessment, each in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord, of the
Premises, hazardous waste management practices and/or hazardous waste disposal sites used by
Tenant. Said audit, site assessment and/or risk assessment must be by an environmental consultant
reasonably satisfactory to Landlord and Tenant.
19.10 The provisions of this Article shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease.
20. LANDLORD GENERALLY NOT LIABLE FOR INJURY OR DAMAGE, ETC.
20.1 Tenant is and shall be in exclusive control and possession of the Premises, and subject
to Section 19.3 of this Lease, Landlord shall not, in any event whatsoever, be liable for any
injury or damage to any property or to any person happening in, on or about the Premises, nor for
any injury or damage to any property of Tenant, or of any other person or persons contained
therein, nor for any injury or damage to the Premises or to any property belonging to Tenant or any
other person which may be caused by any fire or breakage, or which may arise from any other cause
whatsoever unless caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents or
employees. The provisions hereof permitting Landlord to enter and inspect the Premises are made
for the purpose of enabling Landlord to be informed as to whether Tenant is complying with the
agreements, terms, covenants and conditions hereof, and if Landlord so desires, to do such acts as
Tenant shall fail to do at Tenants sole cost and risks. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and
subject to Section 19.3, Landlord agrees to defend and to indemnify and save Tenant harmless from
and against all liability, and all losses, damages, claims and expenses (including, without
limitation, reasonable attorneys fees) arising out of injury to or death of persons, damage to or
destruction or loss of property, that directly or indirectly is caused by or results from
Landlords use of and operations on, in and about the Premises. Landlords obligations hereunder
shall survive the expiration or early termination of this Lease, unless Tenant purchases the
Premises, in which case Landlord shall cease to have any obligation hereunder to Tenant upon the
closing of the sale unless the parties agree otherwise in writing.
20.2 In the event of any default by Landlord of its obligation hereunder, if any, Tenants
exclusive remedy shall be an action for damages (Tenant hereby waiving the benefit of any laws
granting it a lien upon the property of Landlord and/or upon rent due Landlord), but prior to any
such action Tenant will give Landlord written notice specifying such default with particularity,
and Landlord shall thereupon have thirty (30) days (plus such additional reasonable period as may
be required in the exercise by Landlord of due diligence) in which to cure any such default.
Unless and until Landlord fails to so cure any default after such notice, Tenant shall not have any
remedy or cause of action by reason thereof. All obligations of Landlord
hereunder will be construed as covenants, not conditions, all such obligations will be binding
upon Landlord only with respect to the period of its ownership of the Premises and not for any
period prior thereto or thereafter. Under no circumstances whatsoever shall Landlord or Tenant
ever be liable hereunder for consequential damages or special damages.
20.3 Subject to Tenants rights under Article 19, Tenant shall look only to Landlords estate
and interest in the Premises (or the proceeds thereof) for the satisfaction of Tenants remedies
for the collection of any judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by
Landlord in the event of any default by Landlord under this Lease, and no other property or other
assets of Landlord, any member or partner of Landlord or any member or partner of any member or
partner of Landlord, or any officer, director, stockholder or employee of any of the foregoing
shall be subject to levy, execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Tenants
remedies under or with respect to this Lease, the relationship of landlord and tenant hereunder or
Tenants use and occupancy of the Premises. However, nothing contained herein shall be construed
to permit Tenant to offset, and Tenant agrees that Tenant shall not offset, against rents due a
successor landlord, any judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by
reason of any default of a prior landlord. If Tenant is required to report information concerning
the Premises to any governmental agency, Landlord shall have no claim against Tenant for any
diminution in value of the Premises resulting from such report, except to the extent such
diminution in value is caused by a change in the physical condition of the Premises caused by
Tenant (or, with respect to any change in physical condition that involves exacerbation of any
environmental condition or contamination that existed on or prior to the commencement of this
Lease, where Landlord would be entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 19.2 of this Lease).
21. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
21.1 It is mutually agreed by and between Landlord and Tenant that the respective parties
shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by
either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any
way connected with this Lease, Tenants use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or any claim of
injury or damage excluding any claim for personal injury or property damage.
21.2 Tenant shall have the right to place one or more signs on the Premises to indicate the
nature of the business of Tenant. The sign shall be lawful under applicable sign codes and
subdivision covenants and all signs shall be reasonably approved by Landlord before being placed on
the Premises.
21.3 The term Landlord as used herein shall mean only the owner or the mortgagee in
possession for the time being of the applicable Premises, so that in the event of any sale,
transfer or conveyance of the Premises, Landlord shall be and hereby is entirely freed and relieved
of all agreements, covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder, and it shall be deemed and
construed without further agreement between the parties or their successors in interest or between
the parties and the purchaser, transferee or grantee at any such sale, transfer or conveyance that
such purchaser, transferee or grantee has assumed and agreed to carry out any and all agreements,
covenants and obligations of Landlord hereunder.
21.4 The term Tenant as used herein shall mean the tenant identified on Schedule
I an applicable to the corresponding Premises, and from and after any valid assignment or
transfer
in whole of said Tenants interest under this Lease, with respect to the applicable Premises,
pursuant to the provisions of Article 10, shall mean only the assignee or transferee thereof; but
the foregoing shall not release the assignor or transferor from liability under this Lease.
21.5 The words re-enter and re-entry as used herein shall not be restricted to their
technical legal meaning.
21.6 The use herein of the neuter pronoun in any reference to Landlord or Tenant shall be
deemed to include any individual Landlord or Tenant, and the use herein of the words successor and
assigns or successors or assigns of Landlord or Tenant shall be deemed to include the heirs,
executors, administrators, representatives and assigns of any individual Landlord or Tenant.
21.7 The headings herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in
no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Lease nor in any way affect this
Lease.
21.8 This Lease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State in
which the Premises are located.
21.9 This Lease contains the entire agreement between the parties and may not be extended,
renewed, terminated or otherwise modified in any manner except by an instrument in writing executed
by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification is sought. All prior understandings
and agreements between the parties and all prior working drafts of this Lease are merged in this
Lease, which alone expresses the agreement of the parties. The parties agree that no inferences
shall be drawn from matters deleted from any working drafts of this Lease or against the party
preparing drafts hereof. The parties took equal part in drafting this Lease and no rule of
construction that would cause any of the terms hereof to be construed against the drafter shall be
applicable to the interpretation of this Lease.
21.10 The agreements, terms, covenants and conditions herein shall bind and inure to the
benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective heirs, personal representatives, successors
and, except as is otherwise provided herein, their assigns.
21.11 Notice whenever provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be given either by
nationally recognized overnight courier, facsimile or by certified or registered mail, return
receipt requested, to:
|
|
|
To Landlord:
|
|
as set forth on Exhibit L |
|
|
|
w/copy to:
|
|
as set forth on Exhibit L |
|
|
|
To Tenant:
|
|
as set forth on Exhibit L |
|
|
|
w/copy to:
|
|
as set forth on Exhibit L |
or to such other persons or at such other addresses as may be designated from time to time by
written notice from either party to the other. Notices shall be deemed given on the date of
delivery thereof and shall be deemed delivered on the date delivery is refused if properly sent and
addressed in accordance with the terms of this Section.
21.12 If any provision of this Lease shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the
provisions of this Lease shall not be affected thereby and each and every provision of this Lease
shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
21.13 Landlord and Tenant represents and warrants to each other that they have not dealt with
any real estate broker in connection with this Lease and both agree to indemnify each other
harmless from any and all claims arising out of any breach of this representation and warranty.
The provisions of this Section shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
21.14 If any officer, servant or employee of Landlord renders assistance at the request of
Tenant or on the request of any officer, servant, employee, guest or licensee of Tenant, then that
employee shall be deemed the agent of the person making such request and Landlord is hereby
expressly released from any and all liability or loss in connection therewith.
21.15 This Lease shall not be recorded but the parties hereto agree, upon the request of
either party, to execute and deliver for recording a memorandum of lease incorporating the basic
terms and conditions hereof but deleting any statement or mention of the rental payments.
21.16 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Tenant shall reimburse
Landlord, within five (5) business days after demand, as Rent hereunder, for any and all reasonable
costs that may be incurred by Landlord (including, without limitation, its attorneys, accountants
and other professional fees, costs and disbursements) in connection with any request by Tenant for
Landlords consent, review or approval relating to any matter hereunder.
21.17 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, each right and remedy
of Landlord or Tenant provided for in this Lease shall be cumulative and shall be in addition to
every other right or remedy provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter existing at law or in
equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by any party
hereto of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or now or hereafter
existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the simultaneous or
later exercise by such party of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in this Lease or
now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
21.18 Landlord and Tenant represent and warrant to each other that their respective execution
and delivery of the Lease has been duly authorized, that the individual executing this Lease on
behalf of such party has been duly authorized to do so, and that no other action or approval is
required.
22. Confidential Information
22.1 Notwithstanding the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, for a
period of five (5) years from the date hereof, Landlord and Tenant shall hold, and shall cause each
of their
respective affiliates and subsidiaries to hold, and shall each cause their respective officers,
employees, agents, consultants and advisors (or potential buyers) to hold, in strict confidence,
and not to disclose or release or use, without the prior written consent of the other party (which
may be withheld in such partys sole and absolute discretion, except where disclosure is required
by applicable laws), any and all Confidential Information (as defined herein) concerning any other
party; provided, that the parties may disclose, or may permit disclosure of, Confidential
Information (i) to their respective auditors, attorneys, financial advisors, bankers, insurers and
other appropriate consultants and advisors who have a need to know such information and are
informed of their obligation to hold such Confidential Information confidential to the same extent
as is applicable to the parties and in respect of whose failure to comply with such obligations,
the applicable party will be responsible, (ii) if the parties or any of their respective
subsidiaries are required or compelled to disclose any such Confidential Information by judicial or
administrative process or by other requirements of applicable laws or stock exchange rule, (iii) as
required in connection with any legal or other proceeding by one party against any other party,
(iv) as necessary in order to permit a party to prepare and disclose its financial statements, tax
returns or other required disclosures, or (v) as necessary for a party to enforce its rights under
this Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any demand or request for disclosure
of Confidential Information is made pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above, each party,
as applicable, shall promptly notify the other of the existence of such request or demand and shall
provide the other a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy,
which such parties will cooperate in obtaining. In the event that such appropriate protective
order or other remedy is not obtained, the party which faces the disclosure requirement shall
furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed
and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such
Confidential Information. Confidential Information shall mean all non-public,
confidential or proprietary information concerning Landlord or Tenant, or any of their respective
affiliates or subsidiaries, or their past, current or future activities, businesses, finances,
assets, liabilities or operations, including any such information that was acquired by any party
after the date hereof, or that was provided to a party by a third party in confidence, except for
any information that is (i) in the public domain or known to the industry through no fault of the
receiving party or its affiliates or subsidiaries, (ii) lawfully acquired after the date hereof by
such party or its affiliates or subsidiaries from other sources not known to be subject to
confidentiality obligations with respect to such information or (iii) independently developed by
the receiving party after the date hereof without reference to any Confidential Information.
22.2 Each of the parties acknowledges that it and the other members of their respective
affiliates and subsidiaries may have in their possession confidential or proprietary information of
third parties that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with such third
party while part of the ITT Corporation companies. Each of the parties will hold, and will cause
the other members of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective
representatives to hold, in strict confidence the confidential and proprietary information of third
parties to which they or any other member of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries has
access, in accordance with the terms of any agreements entered into prior to the date on which
Landlord and Tenant are no longer part of the same group of companies between one or more members
of the ITT Corporation companies (whether acting through, on behalf of, or in connection with, the
separated Businesses) and such third parties.
22.3 The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the provisions of
this Section 22 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. Accordingly,
it is hereby agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to enforce
specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having
jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in
equity.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease as of the day and year first
above set forth.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corresponding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material Terms |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit |
|
Building/Premises |
|
Landlord |
|
Tenant/Sublessor |
|
Sublessee |
L-1
|
|
ITT Cannon de
Mexico, S.A. de
C.V.
Avenida del Libre
Comercio S/N
Entre Calzada
Industrial Nuevo
Nogales y
Calzeda del Raquet
Club
Col. Parque
Industrial Nuevo
Nogales
Nogales, Sonora
C.P. 84093
|
|
ITT Cannon de
Mexico, S.A. de
C.V.
|
|
Jabsco Sociedad de
Responsabilidad
Limitada de Capital
Variable
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L-2
|
|
666 East Dyer
Road
Santa Ana, Ca. USA
92705
|
|
ITT Cannon LLC
|
|
Flow Control LLC
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L-3
|
|
Millwey Rise
Industrial Estate
Axminster EX13 5HU,
United Kingdom
|
|
Lowara (UK) Ltd.
|
|
ITT Industries Ltd.
|
|
NA |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
L-4
|
|
#74 WSO
Bayard St. Seneca
Falls, NY
|
|
Xylem Inc.
|
|
ITT Corporation
|
|
NA |
1
EXHIBIT L-1
|
|
|
Building
|
|
ITT Cannon de Mexico, S.A. de C.V.
Avenida del Libre Comercio S/N
Entre Calzada Industrial Nuevo Nogales y
Calzeda del Raquet Club
Col. Parque Industrial Nuevo Nogales
Nogales, Sonora C.P. 84093 |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Not applicable facility is owned by ITT Cannon de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
ITT Cannon de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. |
|
|
|
Tenant
|
|
Jabsco Sociedad de Responsabilidad Limitada de Capital Variable |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
358,000 Sq Ft |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises
(square feet)
|
|
59,541 square feet, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto. Permitted uses general office, warehouse, computer servers, and
assembly and pump sanitation. Fabrication ( examples machining,
plating, molding, silk screening, die casting etc) activities are
expressly not allowed |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
12 months Commencing on the Commencement Date |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant will have the option to renew at 1.15 times base rent as noted
below for an additional 3 months, if written notice is provided to the
Landlord 60 days prior to the termination of this agreement. Tenant will
have the option to terminate this agreement at any time after the
1st 6 months with 6 months advance written notice to the
landlord |
|
|
|
Base Rent
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% Mexican Pesos per month (Cost plus 2% - 10% notional US Dollars) payable
in Mexican Pesos plus 11%VAT |
|
|
|
Sublessees
Proportionate Share of
Additional Rent
|
|
Not Applicable |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Landlord Suzy Lee
666 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, Ca. 92705
Tenant Dan Kelly
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10605 |
2
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
a. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord in writing, all Rent payments shall be made
to Landlord in Mexico Pesos at the address identified in the above Notice
provision. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Rent payments are to be made monthly in advance upon presentation of invoice to
the Tenant. 1st rent payment is due within 5 days after Commencement Date.. Subsequent rent payments are due every 30 days. It is tenants full responsibility
to pay rent on a timely basis. |
|
|
|
|
|
c. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate of 10% per annum |
|
|
|
Services to be
provided by
Landlord as a part
of the monthly base
rent
|
|
Building maintenance, fire protection, building security, janitorial, pest control,
tenant parking, utilities, building insurance, real property taxes, grounds
maintenance, and mail separation at the ICS reception desk. |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
a. Tenant will be required to provide, install, and pay for any capital improvements
(building, furniture, computers, and equipment) required during the term of the
agreement. Installation of capital equipment requires landlord approval in advance. |
|
|
b. Tenant agrees to provide at its own expense building reception services via its
own entrance to the facility and mail room services |
|
|
c. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required
to move out of the facility at the end of the lease term. If tenant requires
contractors to assist them in moving out of the facility, tenant agrees to provide
landlord with proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage prior to contractor
entering into the facility. |
|
|
d. Tenant agrees to remove all of their personal property from the Premises at the
end of the lease term. Tenant must return rented space to pre move in condition,
with the exception of the offices, which should be left in an as is condition. This
includes phones purchased directly by the Tenant, but excludes any phones provided by
the landlord. |
|
|
e. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required
to move into a new facility at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
f. Landlord will provide tenant with 40 unassigned parking spaces in the Landlords
parking lot located on the facility grounds |
|
|
g. Tenant agrees that all cabling that is used to attached Tenants PCs to the IT
infrastructure will remain the property of the landlord and will not be removed by
the Tenant at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
h. All PC connection equipment will be designated as the property of the Tenant and
will be removed by the Tenant at Tenants expense at the end of the term of this
agreement |
3
|
|
|
|
|
i. Fixed assets on the books of the landlord as of the Commencement date will remain
the property of the Landlord during and at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
j. Fixed assets on the books of the Tenant as of the date of the ITT separation will
remain the property of the Tenant during and at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
k. Tenant agrees to provide all IT support necessary to maintain Tenants Server Room
at its own cost. Upon termination of this agreement, Tenant will provide all required
support at its own cost to shutdown, package and remove the servers from the
Premises. |
|
|
l. Tenant agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated with Tenants personal
property located on the Premises. If Landlord is required to pay personal property
taxes on Tenants personal property, Tenant agrees to immediately reimburse Landlord. |
|
|
m. Tenant will not be allowed to access the ICS computer network. Tenants employees
will be allowed to access Tenants own computer network via wireless or landline data
connections on the Premises |
|
|
n. Tenant shall have the reasonable right to use, and Landlord shall at all times
have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the Common Areas including, but
not limited to the cafeteria in the manner Landlord may reasonably determine to be
appropriate. |
|
|
o. Tenants employees will not be allowed access to any ICS / Landlord manufacturing
areas including but not limited to ITAR restricted areas. Tenants employees will be
required to show proper identification to enter the facility as determined by the
Landlord |
|
|
p. Tenants minimum General Liability Insurance Policy and Property insurance shall
be Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and must be paid for by tenant. |
|
|
q. Tenant has no right to sublease their space. |
|
|
r. Tenant agrees not to put up any external or internal signs during the term of the
agreement, except for signs related to the production and assembly of Tenants
products, which can be displayed in Tenants assembly area. |
|
|
s. Tenant will supply at Tenants cost, a phone PBX system and phones to be used by
Tenants employees during the course of this agreement. Tenant will enter into its
own contract for phone service at the facility and all costs associated with this
contract will be paid for by Tenant |
|
|
t. Tenant also agrees to enter into a contract for cafeteria services for its
employees located at the facility and all costs associated with this contract will be
paid for by Tenant |
|
|
u. Water Discharges |
|
|
i. Tenant must provide Landlord with copy of |
4
|
|
|
|
|
analysis of water discharges, Air
Emissions, Fire Risk, Hazardous materials, Hazardous waste as often as required by
the Safety and Environmental Laws and Regulations or upon reasonable request |
|
|
ii. Tenants Water discharge analysis must be performed in coordination with
Landlords EH&S department |
|
|
v. Tenant will have the right to transfer additional assembly lines into the
facility, provided that the following criteria are met; |
|
|
a. They can be fit into the existing space that is being rented under the terms of
this Lease |
|
|
b. The additional assembly line uses an assembly line process that is already being
used by the Tenant to assemble its products as of the Commencement Date |
|
|
c. The new assembly lines do not require significant additional utilities usage at
the plant (electric, water, sewer, gas, oil etc) |
|
|
w. If the assembly line to be transferred by Tenant into the Premises does not meet
the criteria as defined in section v above, Tenant cannot install new assembly lines
or new assembly processes at the Premises without the advance approval in writing
from the Landlord. Adequate time should be given to the Landlord to review any Tenant
proposal to install new assembly lines. |
|
|
x. If Landlord chooses to sell the building during the term of this Lease it must be
sold under condition that Tenant will remain in the building under the terms of this
Lease. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
None |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
Nogales, Sonora, Mexico |
5
EXHIBIT L-2
|
|
|
Building
|
|
666 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, Ca. USA 92705 |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Not applicable facility is owned by ITT Corp, ICS Div |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
ITT Cannon LLC |
|
|
|
Tenant
|
|
Flow Control LLC |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
370,575 Sq Ft |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises
(square feet)
|
|
17,052, square feet, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto.
Permitted uses general office and laboratory work |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
3 months Commencing on the Commencement Date
Tenant will have the option to renew at 1.15 times base rent as
noted below for an additional 3 months, if written notice is
provided to the landlord 60 days prior to the termination of this
agreement |
|
|
|
Base Rent
|
|
Cost plus 2% - 10% per month |
|
|
|
Sublessees
Proportionate Share of
Additional Rent
|
|
Not Applicable |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Landlord Suzy Lee
666 East Dyer Road
Santa Ana, Ca. 92705
Tenant Dan Kelly
1133 Westchester Ave
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
a. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord in writing, all Rent
payments shall be made to Landlord at the address identified in
the above Notice provision. |
|
|
b. Rent payments are to be made monthly in advance.1st
rent payment is due within 5 days of the Commencement Date.
Subsequent rent payments are due every 30 days. No invoices will
be provided by landlord. It is tenants full responsibility to pay
rent on a timely basis. |
|
|
c. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate
of 10% per annum |
7
|
|
|
Services to be provided
by Landlord as a part
of the monthly base
rent
|
|
Building maintenance, fire protection, building security,
janitorial, pest control, tenant parking, utilities, phone PBX, PC
support, building insurance, receptionist, real property taxes,
mail room, grounds maintenance, phone usage, tenant server
maintenance and server backups, network closet support, |
Special Provisions
|
|
a. Tenant will be required to provide, install, and pay for any
capital improvements (building, furniture, computers, and
equipment) required during the term of the agreement. Installation
of capital equipment requires landlord approval in advance. |
|
|
b. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support and
services required to move out of the facility at the end of the
lease term. If tenant requires contractors to assist them in
moving out of the facility, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with
proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage prior to
contractor entering into the facility. |
|
|
c. Tenant agrees to remove all of their personal property from the
landlords premises at the end of the lease term. This includes
phones purchased directly by the tenant, but excludes any phones
provided by the landlord. |
|
|
d. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support and
services required to move into a new facility at the end of the
lease term. |
|
|
e. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with unassigned parking
spaces in the rear (south side) of the facility. Landlord agrees
to provide Tenant with 7 identified parking spaces in the front
(north side) of the facility. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant
with 1 visitor parking space in the front (north side) of the
facility. |
|
|
f. Tenant agrees that all cabling that is used to attached
tenants PCs to the IT infrastructure will remain the property of
the landlord and will not be removed by the tenant at the end of
the lease term. |
|
|
g. All PC connection equipment will be designated as the property
of the tenant and will be removed by the tenant at tenants
expense at the end of the term of this agreement |
|
|
h. Fixed assets currently on the books of the landlord as of
Commencement Date will remain the property of the Landlord during
and at the end of the lease term. This would include all of the
furniture and partitions in the executive area that the tenant
will occupy during the term of this agreement |
|
|
i. Fixed assets currently on the books of the Tenant as of the
Commencement Date will remain the property of the tenant during
and at the end of the lease term. This would include all of the
furniture and partitions in areas other than the executive area
that the tenant will occupy during the term of this agreement. |
|
|
j. As a part of Tenants move out of the facility at the
expiration of this agreement, Landlords IT department will
shutdown Tenants |
8
|
|
|
|
|
servers and other IT equipment and make a back
up copy of all the data that is on the servers immediately prior
to the shutdown of the servers. Tennant will be charged for these
services by the landlord based on a rate of $50 per hour. Tennant
will be required to package and ship the servers and other IT
equipment at Tenants cost. |
|
|
k. The landlords IT department will be allowed access to Tenants
designated areas as per the attached floor plan for purposes of
providing the services that are included in the monthly base rent.
The landlords IT department will have the right to access the
tenants IT data in order to provide the services that are
included in the monthly base rent |
|
|
l. Tenant will be required to provide workers compensation
insurance at its own expense for the employees located at
landlords facility based on State of California requirements |
|
|
m. Tenant agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated
with tenants personal property located in landlords facility. If
Landlord is required to pay personal property taxes on tenants
personal property, tenant agrees to immediately reimburse
landlord. |
|
|
n. Tenants minimum General Liability Insurance Policy and
Property insurance shall be Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and
must be paid for by tenant. |
|
|
o. Tenant will not be allowed to access the ICS computer network.
Tenants employees will be allowed to access Tenants own
computer network via wireless or landline data connections on the
Leased Premises |
|
|
p. Tenant shall have the reasonable right to use, and Landlord
shall at all times have exclusive control of, and operate and
maintain, the Common Areas in the manner Landlord may reasonably
determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
q. Tenants employees will not be allowed access the east building
with exception of the cafeteria or to areas of the west building
that are not being rented under this agreement, except to gain
access to rented space. Tenants employees will be required to
show proper identification to enter the facility as determined by
the Landlord |
|
|
r. Tenant has no right to sublease their space. |
|
|
s. Tenant agrees not to put up any external or internal signs
during the term of the agreement On or prior to the Commencement
Date, Landlord will remove at Landlords expense, all of Tenants
pictures that are presently in the west lobby reception area and
give them to Tenant |
|
|
t. If Landlord chooses to sell the building during the term of
this Lease it must be sold under condition that Tenant can remain
in the Premises under the terms of this Lease. |
9
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
Not applicable |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
State of California |
10
Santa Ana Facility Map
11
EXHIBIT L-3
|
|
|
Building
|
|
Lowara (UK) Ltd. |
|
|
Millwey Rise Industrial Estate |
|
|
Axminster EX13 5HU, United Kingdom |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Not applicable facility is owned by Lowara (UK) Ltd. |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Lowara (UK) Ltd. Division |
|
|
|
Tenant
|
|
ITT Industries Ltd. |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
57,000 Sq Ft (excludes car park) |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises
(square feet)
|
|
16,000 square feet, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto.
Permitted uses general office, warehouse, light machining, impeller
balancing, and pump assembly work which follow traditional engineering
practices and are within the parameters of the effective insurance policy. |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
24 months Commencing on date of ITT separation into 3 companies
Lease is up to 2 years. Tenant will have the option to terminate this
agreement at any time after the 1st twelve months with 6 months
advance written notice to the Landlord. |
|
|
|
Base Rent & Related Costs
|
|
Base Rent of Cost plus 2% 10% per month, to be increased 4.5% after 1 year.
The base rent excludes property taxes, property insurance, utilities (natural
gas, electricity, and water services), and common services such as building
maintenance and compressor usage. Property taxes, insurance, and utilities
shall be invoiced separately on a monthly basis at the rate of 30% of the
actual monthly cost. Common services will be invoiced at Cost plus 2% 10% per
month. |
|
|
|
Sublessees
Proportionate Share of
Additional Rent
|
|
Not Applicable |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Notice for Landlord, Lowara UK, to local controller Norbert Rosser
Notice for Tenant, ITT Industries LTD, to local controller Adrian Roberts. |
|
|
The address for Tenant and Landlord is as follows: |
|
|
Millwey Rise Industrial Estate |
|
|
Axminster EX13 5HU, United Kingdom |
|
|
|
Rent & Related Payments
|
|
1. Unless otherwise directed by Landlord in writing, all Rent
and Utility payments shall be made to Landlord in British Pounds at the
address identified in the above Notice provision.
2. Rent payments are to be made monthly in advance upon
presentation of an invoice to the Tenant. 1st rent payment is |
12
|
|
|
|
|
due
on the date of ITT separation. Subsequent rent payments are due every 30
days. It is Tenants full responsibility to pay rent on a timely basis.
3. Utility payments shall be invoiced and paid following receipt
of each months utility bills. Tenants pro-rata share of each utility bill
shall be 30%. Utility payments will be due in 30 days.
4. Property tax and insurance payments shall be invoiced and
paid following receipt of each months bills. Tenants pro-rata share of
each bill shall be 30%. Payments will be due in 30 days.
5. Common services payments are to be made monthly upon
presentation of an invoice to the Tenant.
6. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate
of 10% per annum. |
|
|
|
Services to be provided
by Landlord as a part of
the monthly base rent
|
|
Exterior structural building maintenance, fire protection, 32 tenant parking
spaces, grounds maintenance, loading bay area access. |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
1. Tenant will be required to provide, install, and pay for any
capital improvements (building, furniture, computers, and equipment) required
during the term of the agreement. Installation of capital equipment requires
landlord approval in advance.
2. Tenant shall make their own processes for fire alarm and fire
assembly point.
3. Tenant agrees to provide at its own expense building
reception services via its own entrance to the facility and its own mail room
services. These services are for admitting and discharging employees, and
authorized guests and customers visiting the facility and for providing mail
and package delivery to its own employees. This paragraph does not refer to
the construction of the reception area by the Landlord.
4. Tenant agrees to provide the following services at its own
expense: internal maintenance, shipping and receiving, janitorial services,
pest control, snow removal for its parking area ad walkways, ramp/access to
tenant loading bay area, security alarm system for tenant occupied area,
insurance for tenant owned assets, CCTV, waste removal, in/out system
connected to building fire system, upgrade and/or replace any fixtures or
fittings in tenant occupied area.
5. Tenant will supply at Tenants cost a phone system and phones
to be used by tenants employees during the course of this agreement. Tenant
will enter into its own contract for phone service at the facility and all
costs associated with this contract will be paid for by Tenant. |
13
|
|
|
|
|
6. Tenant will supply at Tenants cost an IT network and system
and personal computers to be used by tenants employees during the course of
this agreement. Tenant shall pay for all operating and maintenance costs
associated with this network during the course of this agreement. This
excludes electricity as this is provided by the Landlord in the base rent.
7. Landlord shall have entitled access to the Tenants space in
order to carry out maintenance and/or access equipment which affects the
entire building (for example, electrical junction boxes).
8. Tenant shall have entitled access to the Landlords area of
the building in order to carry out emissions tests on the spray booth.
9. Tenant will use the waste facilities on premises (belonging
to Landlord) for disposal of cardboard and wood.
10. If Landlord chooses to sell the building during the term of
this TSA it must be sold under condition that tenant will remain in the
building under the terms of this TSA.
11. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support
and services required to move out of the facility at the end of the lease
term. If Tenant requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the
facility, tenant agrees to provide landlord with proof of adequate contractor
insurance coverage prior to contractor entering into the facility.
12. Tenant agrees to remove all of their personal property from
the Landlords premises at the end of the lease term. Tenant must return
rented space to the condition of the leased area as of October 1, 2011.
13. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support
and services required to move into a new facility at the end of the lease
term.
14. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with 32 unassigned parking
spaces in the Landlords parking lot located on the facility grounds.
15. Tenant agrees that all cabling and connection equipment that
is used to attached tenants PCs to the IT infrastructure will remain the
property of the Landlord and will not be removed by the tenant at the end of
the lease term.
16. Fixed assets remaining on the books of the Landlord as of
the date of the ITT separation will remain the property of the Landlord
during and at the end of the lease term.
17. Fixed assets remaining on the books of the tenant as of the
date of the ITT separation will remain the property of the Tenant during and
at the end of the lease term.
18. Tenant will be required to provide public liability
insurance at its own expense for the employees located at landlords facility
based on UK requirements.
19. Tenant agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated
with |
14
|
|
|
|
|
Tenants personal property located in Landlords facility. If Landlord
is required to pay personal property taxes on Tenants personal property,
Tenant agrees to immediately reimburse landlord.
20. Tenant will not be allowed to access the Lowara computer
network. Tenants employees will be allowed to access Tenants own computer
network via wireless or landline data connections on the Leased Premises.
21. Tenant shall have the reasonable right to use, and Landlord
shall at all times have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the
Common Areas in the manner Landlord may reasonably determine to be
appropriate.
22. Tenants employees will not be allowed access the areas of
the building that are not being rented under this agreement, except to gain
access to the pump test facility on a pre-agreed scheduled basis. Tenants
employees will be required to show proper identification to enter the
facility and the pump testing area as determined by the Landlord
23. Tenant has no right to sublease their space.
24. Assignment of this agreement requires Landlord approval in
writing.
25. Tenant and Landlord shall agree on the posting of external
signs during the term of the agreement, except for signs related to the
production and assembly of Tenants products which can be displayed in
Tenants assembly area.
26. On the commencement date of this agreement, Landlord will
remove at Landlords expense, all of Tenants pictures that are presently in
the reception and other areas of the building
27. Water Discharges
a. Tenant must provide landlord with copy of analysis of water
discharges, Air Emissions, Fire Risk, Hazardous materials, Hazardous waste as
often as required by the Safety and Environmental Laws and
Regulations
b. Tenants Water discharge analysis must be performed in
coordination with Landlords EH&S department
28. Tenant cannot install new assembly lines or new assembly
processes at the facility without the advance approval in writing from the
Landlord. Adequate time should be given to the Landlord to review any Tenant
proposal to install new assembly lines.
29. Choice of Law: The parties irrevocably agree that the
courts of England and Wales shall have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any
dispute or claim that arises out of or in connection with this lease or its
subject matter or formation.
30. The Tenant shall keep the Landlord indemnified against all
expenses, costs, claims, damage and loss which the Landlord |
15
|
|
|
|
|
shall incur as a
consequence or any breach of any Tenant covenants in this lease, or any act
or omission of the Tennant or its workers, contractors, agents and invitees.
31. As soon as the Tenant becomes aware of any defect in the
Property, it shall give the Landlord notice of it. The Tenant shall
indemnify the Landlord against any liability in relation to the Property by
reason of failure of the Tenant to comply with any of the tenant covenants in
this lease.
32. To the extent that the same are not provided by the Landlord
as at the date hereof the Tenant shall keep the Property equipped with such
fire prevention, detection and fire-fighting equipment which shall be
required under all relevant laws or required by the insurers of the Property
or reasonably recommended by them or reasonably required by the Landlord or
the Superior Landlord and shall keep that, equipment properly maintained and
available for inspection.
33. The Tenant shall provide Landlord with access to the
Tenants space for 1) planned maintenance work, and 2) in the case of an
emergency. Planned maintenance access shall be requested 24 hours in
advance. 24 hour advance notice is not required in the case of emergency
access. Landlord shall establish a lock box where a key to the Tenants area
shall be kept. A limited number of parties from both Landlord and Tennant
shall have access to the lock box.
34. The Tenant shall carry out Health and Safety operations as
per UK Government Guidelines HSG65 and GHG (greenhouse gas) Guidelines or its
successors, as applicable, and also cooperate with the Landlord in adhering
to its health and safety plan in common areas.
35. The Tenant shall carry out their Environmental obligations
and operations as per the Environment Agencys Pollution Prevention Guidance
documents as may be relevant, and cooperate with the Landlord in adhering to
any Environmental Management System the Landlord operates. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
N/A |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
Please see paragraph 29. |
16
Axminster Facility Floor Plan
17
EXHIBIT L-4
|
|
|
Building
|
|
#74 WSO Bayard St. Seneca Falls, NY |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Not Applicable |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
One story building consisting of office, light manufacturing, and warehouse
space totaling approximately 200,000 square feet. |
|
|
|
Leased Premises (square feet)
|
|
Approximately 13,974, square feet of office space, as depicted on the
cross-hatched floor plan attached hereto. |
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Lessee shall have a minimum term commencing on the date hereof through
February 29, 2012 (Minimum Term) which may be extended through August 31,
2012, (Maximum Term) if written notice is provided to the Landlord by
January 5, 2012. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Rent |
|
Period |
|
Monthly Rent |
|
|
|
|
Through 12/31/11 |
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
|
From 1/1/12 through 8/31/12 |
|
Cost plus 2% 10% |
|
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
To: Landlord |
|
|
Dan Kelly |
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
White Plains, NY 10547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To: Tenant |
|
|
Joanne Scalard |
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
White Plains, NY 10547 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
a. Unless otherwise directed by Lessor in writing, all Rent
payments shall be made to Lessee at the address identified in the above
Notice provision.
b. Rent payments are to be made monthly in
advance.1st rent payment is due within 5 days of the Commencement
Date. Subsequent rent payments are due every 30 days. No invoices will be
provided by landlord. It is tenants full responsibility to pay rent on a
timely basis.
c. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a
rate of 10% per annum |
18
|
|
|
Services to be provided by
Landlord
|
|
Building maintenance, fire protection, building security, janitorial, pest
control, tenant parking, utilities, building insurance, receptionist, real
property taxes, mail room, grounds maintenance, and waste removal |
|
|
a. If Landlord chooses to sell the building during the term of
this Lease it must be sold under condition that Tenant can remain in the
Premises under the terms of this Lease. |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
a. Tenant will be required to provide, install, and pay for any
capital improvements (building, furniture, computers, and equipment)
required during the term of the agreement. Installation of capital equipment
requires landlord approval in advance.
b. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support
and services required to move out of the facility at the end of the lease
term. If tenant requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the
facility, Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with proof of adequate
contractor insurance coverage prior to contractor entering into the
facility.
c. Tenant agrees to remove all of their personal property from
the landlords premises at the end of the lease term. This includes phones
purchased directly by the tenant, but excludes any phones provided by the
landlord. |
|
|
d. Tenant will be required to provide and pay for all support
and services required to move into a new facility at the end of the lease
term.
e. Landlord agrees to provide Tenant with unassigned parking
spaces in the parking lot to the East side of the facility.
f. All PC connection equipment will be designated as the
property of the tenant and will be removed by the tenant at tenants expense
at the end of the term of this agreement
g. Fixed assets currently on the books of the landlord as of
Commencement Date will remain the property of the Landlord during and at the
end of the lease term.
h. Fixed assets currently on the books of the Tenant as of the
Commencement Date will remain the property of the tenant during and at the
end of the lease term.
i. Tenant will be required to provide workers compensation
insurance at its own expense for the employees located at landlords
facility based on State of New York requirements.
j. Tenant agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated
with tenants personal property located in landlords facility. If Landlord
is required to pay personal property taxes on tenants personal property,
tenant agrees to immediately reimburse landlord. |
19
|
|
|
|
|
k. Tenants minimum General Liability Insurance Policy and
Property insurance shall be Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) and must be
paid for by tenant.
l. Tenant will not be allowed to access the Xylem RCW computer
network. Tenants employees will be allowed to access Tenants own computer
network via wireless or landline data connections on the Leased Premises.
m. Tenant shall have the reasonable right to use, and Landlord
shall at all times have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the
Common Areas in the manner Landlord may reasonably determine to be
appropriate.
n. Tenants employees will not be allowed access the other
parts of the building that are not being rented under this agreement with
exception of the South cafeteria and central rest rooms, except to gain
access to rented space. Tenants employees will be required to show proper
identification to enter the facility as determined by the
Landlord
o. Tenant has no right to sublease their space.
p. Tenant agrees not to put up any external or internal signs
during the term of the agreement without prior approval of the Landlord. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
New York law shall apply |
20
MASTER SUBLEASE AGREEMENT
THIS MASTER SUBLEASE AGREEMENT (Sublease) is made as of the ___ day of ___________, 2011, by
and between the each of the sublessors (each a Sublessor) identified on Schedule I
attached hereto and made a part hereof, and each of the sublessees (each a Sublessee) identified
on Schedule I.
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, pursuant to the terms and conditions of each lease agreement described on Exhibit
S attached hereto and made a part hereof (the Prime Lease), each landlord (each a Landlord)
identified on Schedule I leased to each Sublessor certain premises (Premises) in the
building (Building) described opposite its name on Schedule I (each Sublessor has
delivered or made available upon request to each Sublessee a true and complete copy of the relevant
Prime Lease);
WHEREAS, each Sublessor in consideration of the rents herein reserved and of the terms,
provisions, covenants and agreements on the part of each Sublessee to be kept, observed and
performed, desires to sublease to each Sublessee and each Sublessee desires to sublease from each
Sublessor a portion of the Premises, shown outlined on the Floor Plan annexed to Exhibit S
(Subleased Premises), on the terms, covenants and conditions described set forth in Exhibit
S and as hereinafter provided;; and
WHEAREAS, all references herein to Sublessor and Sublessee shall apply to each Sublessor
and Sublessee identified on Schedule I and all references to Landlord, Prime Lease,
Building, Premises, Subleased Premises, Term, Base Rent, and Sublessees proportionate
share of Additional Rent shall apply to each Sublessor and Sublessee in accordance with the
corresponding material terms set forth in Exhibit S applicable to such parties Subleased
Premises.
NOW, THEREFORE, Each Sublessor and each Sublessee covenant and agree as follows:
1. Sublease
Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee, and Sublessee hereby hires and subleases from
Sublessor, the Subleased Premises.
2. Term
The term (Term) of this Sublease shall be for the period set forth on Exhibit S,
unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision set forth herein or in the Prime Lease.
3. Base Rent
During the entire Term, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor, as rent for the Subleased Premises, the
annual sums (Base Rent) set forth on Exhibit S, in equal monthly installments, within
five (5) days after the first day of each month, without prior notice or demand and without setoff
or deduction.
4. Conflicts Between Sublease and Attached Exhibits
In the event of any inconsistencies or conflicts between the terms and provisions of
this Sublease and the material terms set forth in Exhibit S, the material terms set forth
in Exhibit S shall control, provided in all instances the terms and provisions of this
Sublease, including the schedules and exhibits, remain subject to the terms and provisions of the
Prime Lease.
5. Rent Payments
All Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable by Sublessee to Sublessor
(collectively, Rent) shall be forwarded in accordance with the applicable provision set forth on
Exhibit S. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee shall pay the first months
installment of Rent upon the execution of this Sublease and, if the date upon which this Sublease
is executed occurs on other than the first day of a calendar month, Sublessee shall pay its pro
rata share of Rent for such calendar month.
6. Late Charge
In the event that Sublessee shall fail to pay Rent within five (5) days after its due date,
then from and after the sixth (6th) day until the date Sublessee finally pays the Rent, Sublessee
shall pay Sublessor a late charge at the rate of ten (10%) percent per annum with respect to the
delinquent amount, provided, however, no late charges shall be assessed against Sublessee prior to
January 1, 2012.
7. Use
Sublessee shall use and occupy the Subleased Premises for the same purposes and in the same
manner as used immediately prior to the date hereof and in a manner consistent with the provisions
of the Prime Lease.
8. Condition of Subleased Premises
Sublessee acknowledges that Sublessee is hiring the Subleased Premises in as is condition.
In making and executing this Sublease, Sublessee has not relied upon or been induced by any
statements or representations of any person with respect to the physical condition of the
Subleased Premises. Sublessee has relied solely on its own investigations, examinations and
inspections of the Subleased Premises.
9. Subordination
Sublessor and Sublessee agree that this Sublease is, and shall be, subject and subordinate to
all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease, and to the matters to which the
Prime Lease shall be subordinate.
10. Incorporation of Prime Lease Terms
10.1 The terms, covenants and conditions contained in the Prime Lease are hereby incorporated
herein and shall, as between Sublessor and Sublessee, constitute the terms, covenants and
conditions of this Sublease, except to the extent set forth below. As between the parties hereto,
Sublessor agrees to observe and perform the terms, covenants and conditions on its part to be
observed and performed hereunder and Sublessee agrees to be bound by the provisions of the Prime
Lease and to keep, observe and perform the terms, covenants and conditions on its part to be kept,
observed and performed hereunder as well as those applicable terms, covenants and conditions to be
observed and performed by Sublessor as tenant under the Prime Lease with respect to the Subleased
Premises. The remedies of the parties, as Sublessor and Sublessee hereunder, shall be the same as
the respective remedies of the Landlord and the tenant under the Prime Lease with respect to the
Subleased Premises. Sublessee shall in no case have any rights with respect to the Subleased
Premises greater than Sublessors rights as tenant under the Prime Lease, and Sublessor shall have
no liability to Sublessee for any matter or thing for which Sublessor does not have co-extensive
rights as tenant under the Prime Lease.
10.2 Sublessee agrees to perform, fulfill and observe all covenants and agreements of
Sublessor as tenant, as set forth in the Prime Lease, the extent applicable to the Subleased
Premises, except for the covenants and agreements of Sublessor set forth therein with respect to
the payment of rent and other charges to the Landlord (and except for the covenants and agreements
of Sublessor herein to be performed by Sublessor hereunder) and except with regard to any other
provision thereof, the content or context of which would render them inapplicable to Sublessee.
11. Indemnification
Sublessor and Sublessee shall indemnify each other and save the other harmless from and
against any and all claims, liability and expense for loss or damage suffered by the other to the
extent caused by (i) the negligence, or willful misconduct of the indemnifying party, its agents,
contractors or employees; (ii) any act or occurrence in the Sublet Premises unless caused by the
negligence or willful misconduct of the indemnifying party, its agents, contractors or employees;
and (iii) breach of this Sublease by the indemnifying party, its agents, contractors or employees
including, but not limited to, losses caused to the non-indemnifying party under the Sublease. The
obligations under this Paragraph 11 shall survive the termination of this Sublease.
12. Liability Insurance
At all times during the Term, Sublessee shall, at its own cost and expense, provide and keep
in force for the benefit of Landlord, Sublessee and Sublessor, comprehensive general liability
insurance against claims for bodily injury, death or property damage occurring in, on or about the
Subleased Premises, with limits as specified in the Prime Lease. The insurance to be provided and
kept in force hereunder by Sublessee shall include Sublessee, as insured, and Sublessor and
Landlord, as additional insureds. Said policy shall be obtained by Sublessee and certificates
thereof delivered to Sublessor promptly after the signing of this Sublease. Said policy shall be
for a period of not less than one year and shall contain a provision whereby the same cannot be
materially changed or canceled unless Sublessor is given at least thirty (30) days written notice
of such material change or cancellation. Sublessee shall obtain and pay for renewals of such
insurance from time to time at least thirty (30) days before the expiration thereof, and Sublessee
shall promptly deliver certificates thereof to Sublessor. Any insurance required to be provided by
Sublessee pursuant to this Sublease may be provided by blanket insurance covering the Subleased
Premises and other properties of Sublessee upon condition that (i) such blanket insurance complies
with all of the other requirements of this Sublease and is acceptable to Sublessor and Landlord,
and (ii) certificates of such insurance are delivered to Sublessor and Landlord. Sublessee shall
obtain and pay for insurance on its equipment, furnishings, furniture and other personal property
in the Subleased Premises.
13. Restriction on Assignments, etc.
Sublessee shall not, directly or indirectly, voluntarily or involuntarily, by operation of law
or otherwise, assign, mortgage, pledge or encumber this Sublease, or underlet or suffer or permit
all or any part of the Subleased Premises to be used or occupied by others, without the prior
written consent of Landlord (to the extent and in the manner required under the Prime Lease) and
Sublessor, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed, in each instance.
Sublessor shall not sublease any portion of the Premises to a competitor of Sublessee.
Notwithstanding any of the foregoing, but in each case subject to the governing terms of the Prime
Lease, without the consent of Sublessor, Sublessee may assign or sublease this Sublease to any
Affiliate, as defined herein; provided, however, that (i) such assignment or sublease does not
violate any provisions of the Prime Lease, (ii) obtains any consent or approval of Landlord
required under the Prime Lease, (iii) Sublessee provides Sublessor at least thirty (30) days prior
written notice of such assignment or sublease; and (iv) Sublessee and any such Affiliate both
remain jointly and severally liable for all obligations and liabilities under this Sublease.
Affiliate shall mean (i) Sublessees parent or any other entity that is wholly owned by
Sublessee, or under common control with Sublessee; (ii) any entity acquiring all or substantially
all of the Sublessees assets or stock; or (iii) any successor entity to Sublessee following a
merger as determined by Sublessor, in Sublessors reasonable judgment.
14. Alterations
14.1 Sublessee shall not perform any additions, alterations and improvements to the Subleased
Premises, or any part thereof, without the prior written consent of Landlord (to the extent
required under the Prime Lease) and Sublessor, and otherwise in full compliance with all of the
applicable terms, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease. Sublessee expressly understands and
agrees that in the event Landlord requires removal of improvements and alterations performed by
and/or for Sublessee and restoration of the Subleased Premises, Sublessee agrees to promptly comply
with such removal and restoration requirement of Landlord at the end of the term of the Sublease.
14.2 Sublessor and Sublessee shall cooperate and mutually agree upon any Separation Work (as
herein defined) as may be reasonably necessary to sublease the Premises to Sublessee. Subject to
any required Landlord approvals, Sublessee shall use commercially reasonable efforts to physically
demise and separate the Subleased Premises, but only to the extent Sublessor and Sublessor have
mutually agreed upon any required Separation Work, from the remaining portion of Premises (the
Remaining Portion) at Sublessees sole cost and expense. Such demising and separation work is
referred to herein as the Separation Work. The Separation Work shall include the following, as
required and applicable: (i) installation of one or more code-compliant sheetrock demising walls
between the Remaining Portion and the Subleased Premises or such other demising and partition
materials as shall be reasonably sufficient to separate the Subleased Premises from the Remaining
Portion, finished to match the wall finishes on the Premises to the extent practicable; (ii) any
reconfiguration of HVAC distribution, sprinkler system distribution, electrical outlets, and
lighting necessary as a consequence of installation of such demising wall(s); and all Separation
Work must comply with all applicable fire, safety, health, and building codes provided,
however, it shall not be a default hereunder if Sublessor does not commence or complete the
Separation Work on the date hereof.
15. Approvals
In any instance where the approval or consent of Sublessor is required hereunder, such consent
or approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. However, any refusal by
Sublessor to consent or approve any matter requested by Sublessee shall be deemed reasonable if,
inter alia, Landlord has refused to give consent or approval thereto whenever such
consent or approval is necessary under the Prime Lease. To the extent that any of the provisions
of the Prime Lease conflict with or are inconsistent with the provisions of this Sublease, whether
or not such inconsistency is expressly noted herein, the provisions of the Prime Lease shall in all
instances prevail over this Sublease.
16. Notices
16.1 Any notice, demand, bill, invoice, statement or communication which either Sublessor or
Sublessee may desire or be required to give to the other in connection with this
Sublease shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been sufficiently given if sent by (i)
Certified or Registered Mail, Return Receipt Requested, or (ii) a nationally recognized overnight
courier, such as Airborne Express, Federal Express or United Parcel, to such other party at the
Notices addresses identified on the corresponding Exhibit S.
16.2 Each such bill, invoice, statement, notice or communication shall be deemed to have been
delivered on the date when the original of same is received.
17. Time Limits
The time limits set forth in the Prime Lease for the performance of any act or the making of
any payment (other than the payment of Rent) are, for the purposes of this Sublease, changed so
that the time of Sublessee in a particular case hereunder to do or perform any act or make any
payment shall be three days less than the time of Sublessor as tenant under the Prime Lease to do
so in such case.
18. Services
Except as otherwise set forth on Exhibit S attached hereto, Sublessee shall be
entitled to receive all of the services pertaining to the Subleased Premises which Sublessor is
entitled to receive under the Prime Lease and did receive during the twelve (12) month period
immediately preceding the date hereof. Sublessee recognizes that such services are to be supplied
by Landlord and not by Sublessor. In the event that Landlord shall fail to supply such services or
shall refuse to comply with any of the provisions of the Prime Lease insofar as they affect
Sublessees occupancy of the Subleased Premises, Sublessor shall, at the written request of
Sublessee, request Landlord to so comply and if Landlord shall fail or refuse to do so then, to the
extent permitted by the terms of the Prime Lease, Sublessee shall have the right to exercise, in
its own name and in the name of Sublessor, all of the rights to enforce performance on the part of
Landlord as are available to Sublessor, provided that the same shall be without cost, expense or
liability to Sublessor. Sublessor shall be under no liability to Sublessee in the event of the
failure by Landlord to supply any services, unless the same is due to the fault of Sublessor.
19. Brokerage
Sublessor and Sublessee represent to each other that in connection with this Sublease, they
have dealt with no real estate brokers or consultants.
20. Parking and Signage; Satellite Dishes etc.
20.1 Except as otherwise set forth on Exhibit S attached hereto, Sublessor
and Sublessee agree to share proportionately all parking and signage rights granted to Sublessor
under the Prime Lease, if any, based upon Sublessors and Sublessees proportionate share of the
Premises.
20.2 Sublessor and Sublessee agree to share proportionately all rights granted to Sublessor
under the Prime Lease with respect to satellite dishes and/or antennae equipment, if any, based
upon Sublessors and Sublessees proportionate share of the Premises.
21. Termination of Prime Lease/Sublease
Sublessor agrees that it shall not exercise any options to terminate the Prime Lease during
the Term hereof without having first obtained the prior written consent of Sublessee, such consent
not to be unreasonably withheld. If the Prime Lease shall be terminated prior to the Expiration
Date of this Sublease, this Sublease shall thereupon be ipso facto terminated and
Sublessor shall not be liable to Sublessee by reason thereof, unless said termination shall have
been effected because of a default on the part of Sublessor as tenant under the Prime Lease which
was not the result of a default by Sublessee.
22. Surrender of Subleased Premises; Holding Over
22.1 This Sublease shall expire and Sublessee shall deliver up and surrender possession of the
Subleased Premises to Sublessor on the last day of the Term hereof, and Sublessee hereby waives the
right to any notice of termination or notice to quit. Upon the expiration or sooner termination of
this Sublease, Sublessee covenants to deliver up and surrender possession of the Subleased Premises
in the same condition in which Sublessee has agreed to maintain and keep the same during the term
of this Sublease and remove Sublessees equipment, furniture and other personal property in
accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and the Prime Lease, normal wear and tear and
damage by fire or other casualty excepted.
22.2 Upon the failure of Sublessee to surrender possession of the Subleased Premises to
Sublessor upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall pay to
Sublessor an amount equal to 150% of the then current Base Rent and additional rent required to be
paid by Sublessee under this Sublease, applied to any period in which Sublessee shall remain in
possession after the expiration or sooner termination of this Sublease. Acceptance by Sublessor of
Base Rent and additional rent after such expiration or earlier termination shall not constitute a
consent to a holdover hereunder or result in a renewal. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph
are in addition to and do not affect Sublessors right to reentry or any other rights of Sublessor
hereunder or otherwise provided by law.
22.3 In addition to the foregoing provisions, Sublessee hereby covenants and agrees to
indemnify and hold Sublessor harmless from and against all costs and expenses, including legal fees
and any judgment for monetary damages, incurred and/or paid by Sublessor under the Prime Lease as a
result of Sublessees holdover.
23. Successors and Assigns
This Sublease, together with the agreements, terms, covenants and conditions herein shall bind
and inure to the benefit of Sublessor and Sublessee and their respective heirs, personal
representatives, successors and, except as is otherwise provided herein, their assigns.
24. Miscellaneous
24.1 Sublessor represents that: (i) Sublessor has not received any notice of default or
termination of the Prime Lease; and (ii) Sublessor shall not enter into any agreement that will
modify or amend the Prime Lease so as to increase or materially affect the obligations of Sublessee
pursuant to this Sublease, or adversely affect Sublessees right to use and occupy the Subleased
Premises or any other rights of Sublessee under this Sublease.
24.2 It is mutually agreed by and between Sublessor and Sublessee that the respective parties
shall and they hereby do waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by
either of the parties hereto against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or in any
way connected with this Sublease, Sublessees use or occupancy of the Premises, and/or any claim of
injury or damage excluding any claim for personal injury or property damage.
24.3 The headings herein are inserted only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in
no way define, limit or describe the scope or intent of this Sublease nor in any way affect this
Sublease.
24.4 This Sublease shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State, Country or applicable province in which the Premises are located.
24.5 This Sublease contains the entire agreement between the parties and may not be extended,
renewed, terminated or otherwise modified in any manner except by an instrument in writing executed
by the party against whom enforcement of any such modification is sought. All prior understandings
and agreements between the parties and all prior working drafts of this Sublease are merged in this
Sublease, which alone expresses the agreement of the parties. The parties agree that no inferences
shall be drawn from matters deleted from any working drafts of this Sublease or against the party
preparing drafts hereof. The parties took equal part in drafting this Sublease and no rule of
construction that would cause any of the terms hereof to be construed against the drafter shall be
applicable to the interpretation of this Sublease.
24.6 If any provision of this Sublease shall be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of the
provisions of this Sublease shall not be affected thereby and each and every provision of this
Sublease shall be enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
24.7 If any officer, servant or employee of Sublessor renders assistance at the request of
Sublessee or on the request of any officer, servant, employee, guest or licensee of Sublessee,
then that employee shall be deemed the agent of the person making such request and Sublessor is
hereby expressly released from any and all liability or loss in connection therewith.
24.8 This Sublease shall not be recorded.
24.9 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, Sublessee shall
reimburse Sublessor, within five (5) business days after demand, as Additional Rent hereunder, for
any and all reasonable costs that may be incurred by Sublessor (including, without limitation, its
attorneys, accountants and other professional fees, costs and disbursements) in connection with
any request by Sublessee for Sublessors consent, review or approval relating to any matter
hereunder.
24.9 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sublease, each right and
remedy of Sublessor or Sublessee provided for in this Sublease shall be cumulative and shall be in
addition to every other right or remedy provided for in this Sublease or now or hereafter existing
at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise, and the exercise or beginning of the exercise by
any party hereto of any one or more of the rights or remedies provided for in this Sublease or now
or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise shall not preclude the
simultaneous or later exercise by such party of any or all other rights or remedies provided for in
this Sublease or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or by statute or otherwise.
25. Confidential Information
25.1 Notwithstanding the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, for a
period of five (5) years from the date hereof, Sublessor and Sublessee shall hold, and shall cause
each of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries to hold, and shall each cause their respective
officers, employees, agents, consultants and advisors (or potential buyers) to hold, in strict
confidence, and not to disclose or release or use, without the prior written consent of the other
party (which may be withheld in such partys sole and absolute discretion, except where disclosure
is required by applicable laws), any and all Confidential Information (as defined herein)
concerning any other party; provided, that the parties may disclose, or may permit
disclosure of, Confidential Information (i) to their respective auditors, attorneys, financial
advisors, bankers, insurers and other appropriate consultants and advisors who have a need to know
such information and are informed of their obligation to hold such Confidential Information
confidential to the same extent as is applicable to the parties and in respect of whose failure to
comply with such obligations, the applicable party will be responsible, (ii) if the parties or any
of their respective subsidiaries are required or compelled to disclose any such Confidential
Information by judicial or administrative process or by other requirements of applicable laws or
stock exchange rule, (iii) as required in connection with any legal or other proceeding by one
party against any other party, (iv) as necessary in order to permit a party to prepare and disclose
its financial statements, tax returns or other required disclosures, or (v) as necessary for a
party to enforce its rights under this Sublease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that
any demand or request for disclosure
of Confidential Information is made pursuant to clause (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v) above,
each party,
as applicable, shall promptly notify the other of the existence of such request or demand and shall
provide the other a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order or other remedy,
which such parties will cooperate in obtaining. In the event that such appropriate protective
order or other remedy is not obtained, the party which faces the disclosure requirement shall
furnish only that portion of the Confidential Information that is legally required to be disclosed
and shall take commercially reasonable steps to ensure that confidential treatment is accorded such
Confidential Information. Confidential Information shall mean all non-public,
confidential or proprietary information concerning Sublessor or Sublessee, or any of their
respective affiliates or subsidiaries, or their past, current or future activities, businesses,
finances, assets, liabilities or operations, including any such information that was acquired by
any party after the date hereof, or that was provided to a party by a third party in confidence,
except for any information that is (i) in the public domain or known to the industry through no
fault of the receiving party or its affiliates or subsidiaries, (ii) lawfully acquired after the
date hereof by such party or its affiliates or subsidiaries from other sources not known to be
subject to confidentiality obligations with respect to such information or (iii) independently
developed by the receiving party after the date hereof without reference to any Confidential
Information.
25.2 Each of the parties acknowledges that it and the other members of their respective
affiliates and subsidiaries may have in their possession confidential or proprietary information of
third parties that was received under confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements with such third
party while part of the ITT Corporation companies. Each of the parties will hold, and will cause
the other members of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries and their respective
representatives to hold, in strict confidence the confidential and proprietary information of third
parties to which they or any other member of their respective affiliates and subsidiaries has
access, in accordance with the terms of any agreements entered into prior to the date on which
Sublessor and Sublessee are no longer part of the same group of companies between one or more
members of the ITT Corporation companies (whether acting through, on behalf of, or in connection
with, the separated Businesses) and such third parties.
25.3 The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that the provisions of
this Section 25 were not performed in accordance with their specific terms. Accordingly,
it is hereby agreed that the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to enforce
specifically the terms and provisions hereof in any court of the United States or any state having
jurisdiction, this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in
equity.
26. Access
Sublessee shall have access to the Subleased Premises twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven (7)
days a week or as otherwise provided for in the Prime Lease, provided, however, Sublessees
employees shall be required to show proper identification reasonably required by Sublessor to enter
the Subleased Premises. Sublessor shall have the right to enter upon or obtain access to the
Subleased Premises or any part thereof without charge at all reasonable times upon
reasonable prior notice (except in the case of an emergency, in which case no notice will be
required) to inspect the Subleased Premises, or to otherwise exercise or perform any of the rights
or obligations of Sublessor under the Prime Lease or this Sublease. At any time during the Term of
this Sublease, at reasonable times upon prior reasonable notice, Sublessor may, at Sublessors
option, enter into and upon the Subleased Premises if Sublessor reasonably determines that
Sublessee is not acting within a commercially reasonable time to maintain, repair or replace
anything for which Sublessee is responsible under this Sublease, or the Prime Lease, and correct
the same after providing written notice, without being deemed in any manner guilty of trespass,
eviction or forcible entry and detainer and without incurring any liability for any damage or
interruption of Sublessees business resulting therefrom. If Sublessee shall have vacated the
Subleased Premises, has not paid Rent and is in default beyond any applicable notice and cure
period, Sublessor may at Sublessors option reenter the Subleased Premises at any time during the
last six (6) months of the then current Term of this Sublease and make any and all such changes,
alterations, revisions, additions and tenant and other improvements in or about the Subleased
Premises as Sublessor shall elect, all without any abatement of any of the Rent otherwise to be
paid by Sublessee under this Sublease.
28. Counterparts
This Sublease may be executed by one or more of the parties to this Sublease on any number of
separate counterparts, and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute
one and the same instrument.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Sublease has been executed as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUBLESSOR:
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUBLESSEE:
[ ] |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
Title |
|
|
SCHEDULE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corresponding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant/Sublessor |
|
Sublessee |
Terms Exhibit |
|
Building/Premises |
|
Landlord |
|
(TSA Provider) |
|
(TSA Receiver) |
S-1
|
|
Savli Plant-Vadodara
|
|
Todays Petrotech Ltd
|
|
ITT Corporation
India PVT. LTD.
|
|
Xylem Water
Solutions India Pvt
Ltd. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-2
|
|
Lot B, of the
agricultural and
industrial area la
Chimba at
Antofagasta,
described as Lot
Number 252 of the
year 1996, of the
State Real Estate
Record Office of
Antofagasta. Mrs.
Vilma Francisca
Ramírez Cuevas
acquired the
property from Mrs.
Magaly del R .
Cortes Ossandon
through a purchase
agreement shown at
the office of the
Public Notary from
Antofagasta of Mr.
Luis H. Chávez
Zambrano dated
June 24, 1996. The
property is
registered in page
3.406 under number
4.674 of the Real
Estate Records kept
at the State
Records of
Antofagasta in the
year 1997
Acantitita N° 597
B,Antofagasta,
Chile
|
|
Vilma Francisca
Ramirez Cuevas
Industrial Compania
Limitada
|
|
ITT Fluid
Technology S.A.
|
|
ITT Water and
Wastewater Chile
S.A. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-3
|
|
Av. Washington #
3701, Edificio 8
Parque Industrial
las Americas
C.P. 31114
Chihuahua, Chih.
Mexico 31200
|
|
Grupo American
Industries
Ave. Washington
#3701 Edificio. 18
Parque Industrial
las Americas,
Chihuahua, Chih.
Mexico 31200
|
|
Flow Control LLC
|
|
Aerospace Controls
LLC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corresponding |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Material |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant/Sublessor |
|
Sublessee |
Terms Exhibit |
|
Building/Premises |
|
Landlord |
|
(TSA Provider) |
|
(TSA Receiver) |
S4
|
|
1133 Westchester
Avenue, First
Floor, White
Plains, New York
10604
|
|
1133-399 Westchester
Avenue, LLC and and
1133-300 Westchester
Avenue, LLC.
|
|
ITT Corporation
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
S-5
|
|
New Delhi Sales
Office
|
|
Narayan Prasad
Sharma & Kailash
Chand Sharma
|
|
Xylem Water
Solutions India
Pvt. LTD.
|
|
ITT Corporation
India PVT. LTD. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBIT S-1
|
|
|
Building
|
|
Savli Plant-Vadodara |
|
|
Plot no 731, GIDC Savli, Manjusar-Savli GIDC, Vadodara 391770 |
|
|
|
Owner
|
|
Todays Petrotech Limited |
|
|
|
Sub lessor
|
|
ITT Corporation India Pvt. LTD |
|
|
|
Sub lessee
|
|
Xylem Water Solutions India Pvt Ltd. |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
3,75,000 sq. ft. including offices, shed and common area |
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Sublessee shall have a minimum term commencing on October 31, 2011 (the
Commencement Date) through November 30, 2011 (Minimum Term) which may be
extended upon 15 days prior written notice to Sublessor through March 31, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
Rent is due by day 5 of each calendar month. Sublessees obligation to pay
rent shall commence on the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
Rental Payments
|
|
Base rent: Rs. Cost + 15% handling charge per month |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Rabi Burman, General Manager |
|
|
ITT Corporation India Private Limited |
|
|
Plot No. 731, GIDC Savli, Manjusar Savli Road, Vadodara 391770 |
|
|
|
|
|
Sam Yamdagni, President & Managing Director |
|
|
Xylem Water Solutions India Private Limited |
|
|
Plot No. 731, GIDC Savli, Manjusar Savli Road, Vadodara 391770 |
|
|
|
Services to be
provided by Sub
Lessor
|
|
Common Area, Plant and Office Space to be utilized by Sub Lessee for
operations, functional management and space for employees and meetings. |
2
|
|
|
|
|
The Base rent covers the following items: |
|
|
a. Lease |
|
|
b. Security |
|
|
c. Canteen |
|
|
d. Horticulture |
|
|
e. Water |
|
|
f. Electricity |
|
|
g. Housekeeping |
|
|
h. Printing & Stationery |
|
|
i. Pantry |
|
|
j. Telephone |
|
|
k. Water |
|
|
l. DG Set |
|
|
m. Insurance |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
1. Any additional investment required for capital improvements (building,
furniture, computers, and equipment) during the period of the TSA by Sub
Lessee Limited shall need to be paid by Sub Lessee. Installation of capital
equipment requires ITT Corporation India Private Limited approval in advance. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Capital expenditures and related expenses that are incurred by Sub Lessor
to prepare facility for Sub Lessee occupancy and usage of production facility
under the terms of this TSA, prior to the commencement date of the TSA, will
be paid for by Sub Lessor and either expensed or capitalized and the related
depreciation or amortization is considered to be a part of the Base Rent as
shown in this TSA |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Sub Lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services
required to move out of the facility at the end of the lease term. If Sub
Lessee requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the facility, Sub
Lessee agrees to provide landlord with proof of adequate contractor insurance
coverage prior to contractor entering into the facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Sub Lessee agrees to remove all of their personal property from the Sub
Lessors premises at the end of the lease term. Sub Lessee must return rented
space to pre move in condition, with the exception of the offices, which
should be left in an as is condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
5. Sub Lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services
required to move into a new facility at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
6. Sub Lessor will provide Sub Lessee with sufficient Seating & parking spaces
in the parking lot. |
|
|
|
|
|
7. Sub Lessee agrees that all cabling and connection equipment that is used to
attached Sub Lessees PCs to the IT infrastructure will remain the property
of the Sub Lessor and will not be removed by the Sub Lessee at the end of the
TSA. |
3
|
|
|
|
|
8. Fixed assets on the books of the respective parties as of the date of the
ITT separation will remain the property of the respective parties during and
at the end of the TSA term. |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Sub Lessee shall have the reasonable right to use, and Sub Lessor shall at
all times have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the Common
Areas including the cafeteria in the manner Sub Lessor may reasonably
determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
|
|
|
10. Assignment of this agreement requires Sub Lessors approval in writing |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
Indian Contract Act, 1872 |
4
EXHIBIT S-2
|
|
|
Building
|
|
Lot B, of the agricultural and industrial area la Chimba at Antofagasta,
described as Lot Number 252 of the year 1996, of the State Real Estate Record Office
of Antofagasta. Mrs. Vilma Francisca Ramírez Cuevas acquired the property from
Mrs. Magaly del R . Cortes Ossandon through a purchase agreement shown at the office
of the Public Notary from Antofagasta of Mr. Luis H. Chávez Zambrano dated June 24,
1996. The property is registered in page 3.406 under number 4.674 of the Real Estate
Records kept at the State Records of Antofagasta in the year 1997
Acantitita N° 597 B
Antofagasta, Chile |
|
|
|
Prime Lease
(as amended)
|
|
(a) Leasing Contract dated Nov 1, 2002 |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Vilma Francisca Ramirez Cuevas Industrial Compania Limitada |
|
|
|
Sub Lessor
|
|
ITT Fluid Technology S.A. |
|
|
|
Sub Lessee
|
|
ITT Water and Wastewater Chile S.A. |
|
|
|
Premises
(square feet)
|
|
2,776.95 Sq Meters |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises
(square feet)
|
|
15 sq meters (office space) and 125 sq meters (warehouse space, as depicted on the
floor plan attached hereto.
Permitted uses general office, warehouse storage, packing, equipment distribution,
shipping & pump assembly |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
3 months Commencing on October 31, 2011 (the Commencement Date) |
|
|
|
|
|
Sub Lessee will have the option to renew at 1.15 times base rent as noted below for
an additional 3 months, if written notice is provided to the Sub Lessor 60 days prior
to the termination of this agreement. Sub Lessee will have the option to terminate
this agreement at any time with 1 month advance written notice to the Sub Lessor |
|
|
|
|
|
Sublessees obligation to pay rent shall commence on the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
Base Rent
|
|
Total Base Rent will be UF Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month, payable in Chilean Pesos. The Base Rent
includes a charge for other building related services 5.8% of space rent of UF Cost
plus 2% - 10% or UF Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month. The UF exchange rate to be used to convert invoices from UF to
Chilean Pesos will be the rate as published in the newspaper El Mercurio on the
invoice date. IVA taxes of 19% will be charged to sub lessee on each invoice.
Sublessees |
5
|
|
|
|
|
obligation to pay rent hereunder shall commence on the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
Sublessees
Security Deposit
|
|
Sub Lessor acknowledges that sub lessee has previously provided sub lessor with a one
month security deposit of UF29.1, which will be returned within 30 days of the
termination of this agreement, provided the sub lessee complies with the Special
Provisions clauses b, c, f, and g of this agreement that relate to moving out of the
facility |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Sub Lessor Miguel Otarola Bawdehn |
|
|
Camino de la Colina 1448 Parque Industrial, El Rosal |
|
|
Huechuraba, Santiago Chile |
|
|
Sub Lessee Javier Canala |
|
|
Alcalde Guzman 1480 |
|
|
Quilicura, Santiago Chile |
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
a. Unless otherwise directed by Sub Lessor in writing, all Rent payments shall be
made to Sub Lessor by bank wire transfer to a Sub Lessor designated bank in Chile.
Rent payments are to be made monthly in advance upon presentation of
invoice to the Sub Lessee. 1st rent payment is due within 5 days after
Commencement Date. . Subsequent rent payments are due every 30 days. It is Sub
Lessees full responsibility to pay rent on a timely basis. |
|
|
b. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate of 10% per annum |
|
|
|
Services to be
provided by Sub
Lessor as a part of
the monthly Base
Rent
|
|
Building maintenance, fire protection, building security, janitorial, pest control,
utilities, minimal kitchen services, building insurance, real property taxes, grounds
maintenance, internet access for 2 sub lessees employees, building reception service,
and incoming mail distribution |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
a. Sub Lessee will be required to provide, install, and pay for any capital
improvements (building, furniture, computers, and equipment) required during the term
of the agreement. Installation of capital equipment requires Sub Lessor approval in
advance. |
|
|
b. Sub Lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services
required to move out of the facility at the end of the lease term. If Sub Lessee
requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the facility, Sub Lessee agrees
to provide Sub Lessor with proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage prior to
contractor entering into the facility. |
|
|
c. Sub Lessee agrees to remove all of their personal property (including all
inventories) from the Premises at the end of the lease term. Sub Lessee must return
rented space to pre move in condition, with the exception of the offices, which
should be left in an as is condition. This includes phones purchased directly by
the Sub Lessee, but excludes any phones provided by the Sub Lessor. |
6
|
|
|
|
|
d. Sub Lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services
required to move into a new facility at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
e. Sub Lessee agrees to park its light trucks on the public street and will not park
these vehicles on the facility grounds |
|
|
f. Sub Lessee agrees that all cabling that is used to attached Sub Lessees PCs to
the IT infrastructure will remain the property of the Sub Lessor and will not be
removed by the Sub Lessee at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
g. All PC connection equipment will be designated as the property of the Sub Lessor
and will not be removed by the Sub Lessee at the end of the term of this agreement |
|
|
h. Sub Lessee agrees to maintain its PCs at its own cost. Sub Lessor will not
provide PC maintenance services to Sub Lessee during the term of this agreement. |
|
|
i. Fixed assets on the books of the Sub Lessor as of the Commencement date will
remain the property of the Sub Lessor during and at the end of the lease term. This
includes but is not limited to the 5 ton bridge crane and the central telephone
switching device located at the facility |
|
|
j. Fixed assets on the books of the Sub Lessee as of the date of the ITT separation
will remain the property of the Sub Lessee during and at the end of the lease term.
This includes but is not limited to the warehouse container, warehouse racking, and
furniture located in the warehouse container as well as furniture used in the office
area by sub lessees employees, and the cell phones used by sub lessees employees |
|
|
k. Minimal kitchen services are defined as coffee, hot water, sugar and other
condiments for coffee only. |
|
|
l. Sub Lessee agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated with Sub Lessees
personal property located on the Premises. If Sub Lessor is required to pay personal
property taxes on Sub Lessees personal property, Sub Lessee agrees to immediately
reimburse Sub Lessor. |
|
|
m. Sub Lessee will not be allowed to access the Sub Lessor computer network. Sub
Lessees employees will be allowed to access Sub Lessees own computer network and
the internet via wireless cell phones and USB memory stick. |
|
|
n. Sub Lessee shall have the reasonable right to use, and Sub Lessor shall at all
times have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the Common Areas
including, but not limited to the kitchen in the manner Sub Lessor may reasonably
determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
o. Sub Lessees employees will not be allowed access to any Sub Lessor manufacturing
areas. Sub Lessees employees will be required to show proper identification to enter
the facility as determined by the Sub Lessor. |
7
|
|
|
|
|
p. Sub Lessee agrees to provide the following insurance coverage for the duration of
this agreement |
|
|
Civil Responsible Coverage US$2.000.000.- (against third parties) |
|
|
Fire and Earthquake Coverage US$151.000 (physical assets), US$121.000
(equipment), US$30.000 (inventory) |
|
|
Life and accident insurance to each of our employees. UF 1000 (per person).
Equivalent to US$46.000 per person. |
|
|
q. Sub Lessee has no right to sublease their space. |
|
|
r. Sub Lessee agrees not to put up any external or internal signs during the term of
the agreement. Sub Lessee will be invoiced by Sub Lessor for the actual cost of long
distance calls made by Sub Lessee employees. Invoices will be sent monthly and Sub
Lessor will include as backup to the invoice an itemized list of the long distance
phone calls made by Sub Lessees employees as per the phone company records and phone
company invoice to the Sub Lessor. Payment will be made by the Sub Lessee via bank
wire transfer no later than 30 days after the invoice date (See Rent Payments item
a for bank account details. |
|
|
s. Sub Lessee will not have the right to transfer additional assembly lines or any
other employees or activities into the facility |
|
|
t. The Sub Lessor shall not be responsible to reimburse sub lessee in the event that
sub lessees property is stolen as a result of a robbery that may take place at the
property nor for damages that the sub lessees property may suffer as a result of
fire, floods, breakage of sewer, humidity or heat effects and all situations of
similar nature. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
None |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
Antofagasta, Chile |
8
EXHIBIT S-3
|
|
|
Building
|
|
Calle Washington # 3701 Building 8
Interior Ave de las Americas, Parque Industrial las Americas,
Chihuahua, Chihuahua Mexico 31200 |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Lease contract dated Oct 7, 2005 as amended on March 14, 2006 |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Grupo American Industries |
|
|
|
Sub Lessor
|
|
Flow Control LLC |
|
|
|
Sub Lessee
|
|
Aerospace Controls LLC |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet)
|
|
109,606 Sq Ft |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises (square feet)
|
|
16,600 square feet, as depicted on the floor plan attached hereto.
Permitted uses general office, warehouse and storage, quality labs, receiving and shipping, computer
servers, machining, fabrication, and assembly. |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
6 months Commencing on October 31, 2011, (the Commencement Date)
Sub lessee will have the option to renew at 1.15 times base rent as noted below for an additional 3 months, if
written notice is provided to the Landlord 60 days prior to the termination of this agreement.
Sub lessee will have the option to terminate this agreement at any time during, or after the 1st 6
months with 1 months advance written notice to the landlord. Sublessees obligation to pay rent hereunder
shall commence on the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
Base Rent
|
|
Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month fixed charge payable in US Dollars |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Sub Lessor Alan Gilden
28150 Industry Drive
Valencia, Ca. 91355
Sub Lessee Dan Kelly
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10605 |
|
|
|
Base Rent Payments
|
|
a. Unless otherwise directed by Sub Lessor in writing, all Base Rent payments shall be made to Sub Lessor in
US Dollars at the address identified in the above Notice provision. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Base Rent payments are
to be made monthly in advance upon presentation of invoice to the Sub lessee.
1st base rent payment is due within 5 days after Commencement Date. Subsequent base rent payments
are due every 30 days. It is sub lessees full |
10
|
|
|
|
|
responsibility to pay base rent on a timely basis. |
|
|
|
|
|
c. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate of 10% per annum |
|
|
|
Services to be provided by
Landlord as a part of the
monthly base rent
|
|
Building maintenance, fire protection, pest control, sub lessee parking, building insurance, real property
taxes, grounds maintenance, mail delivery and receptionist services, |
|
|
|
Facility Pass Through Expenses
Additional Rent Changes
|
|
a. All utilities, cafeteria, janitorial, security, waste disposal, telephone service, cell service T1 internet
line, and tutlar paging system will be passed through to sub lessee at sub lessors cost with no mark up
over and above amount charged by the landlord to the sub lessor. |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Sub lessor will invoice sub lessee once a month immediately following receipt of invoices from the landlord
and obtaining invoice approval from both the sub lessor and sub lesse Mexico General Mangers. The monthly
invoice from the sub lessor will be accompanied by all of the landlords invoices as substantiation for the
invoice. All invoices will be payable in US Dollars. |
|
|
|
|
|
c. Payment terms are net 30 days from sub lessor invoice date |
|
|
|
|
|
d. Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a rate of 10% per annum |
|
|
|
|
|
e. There will be no changes to proration percentages used by the landlord to allocate facility expenses
between the sub lessor and sub lessee during term of this agreement. The proration percentages used by the
landlord immediately prior to the Commencement Date will be used for the term of this agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
f. The sub lessees General Manager agrees that invoice approval must be completed within 5 days of receipt of
the invoices from the sub lessor or reasons for non approval disclosed to the sub lessor |
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
a) Sub lessee will be required to provide, install, and pay for any capital improvements (building,
furniture, computers, and equipment) required during the term of the agreement. Installation of capital
equipment requires sub lessor approval in advance. |
|
|
|
|
|
b) Sub lessee agrees to provide at its own expense an entrance to the facility which will be completed before
the Commencement Date. Sub lessees employees will only be allowed to enter the facility through this new
entrance. Sub lessee agrees that it will hire additional security services through the landlord in connection
with safeguarding this new entrance, and that these expenses will be paid for by the sub lessee |
|
|
|
|
|
c) Sub lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required to move out of the
facility at the end of the lease term. If sub lessee requires contractors to assist them in moving out of the
facility, sub lessee agrees to provide sub lessor with proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage prior
to contractor entering into the facility. |
11
|
|
|
|
|
d) Sub lessee agrees to remove all of their personal property from the Premises at the end of the lease term.
Sub lessee must return rented space to pre move in condition, with the exception of walls, ducting, lighting,
other plumbing, and the offices, which should be left in an as is condition. |
|
|
|
|
|
e) Sub lessee will be required to provide and pay for all support and services required to move into a new
facility at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
f) Sub Lessor will provide sub lessee with 6 assigned parking spaces in the Landlords parking lot located on
the facility grounds inside the fence on the south side of the facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
g) Sub lessee will at its own expense create parking spaces for any additional required sub lessee vehicles on
the east side of the building. |
|
|
|
|
|
h) Sub lessee agrees that all cabling that is used to attached Sub lessees PCs to the IT infrastructure
before the Sub lessees Switch will remain the property of the sub lessor and will not be removed by the sub
lessee at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
i) All PC connection equipment will be designated as the property of the Sub lessee and will be removed by the
Sub lessee at Sub lessees expense at the end of the term of this agreement less office wiring and the like. |
|
|
|
|
|
j) Fixed assets on the books of the sub lessor (including the telephone switch) as of the Commencement date
will remain the property of the sub lessor during and at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
k) Fixed assets on the books of the Sub lessee as of the date of the ITT separation will remain the property
of the Sub lessee during and at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
l) Sub lessee agrees to provide all IT support necessary to maintain Sub lessees Server Room at its own cost.
Upon termination of this agreement, Sub lessee will provide all required support at its own cost to shutdown,
package and remove the servers from the Premises. |
|
|
|
|
|
m) Sub lessee agrees to pay all personal property taxes associated with Sub lessees personal property located
on the Premises. If sub lessor is required to pay personal property taxes on Sub lessees personal property,
Sub lessee agrees to immediately reimburse sub lessor. |
|
|
|
|
|
n) Sub lessee will not be allowed to access the Flow Control computer network and vice versa. Sub lessees
employees will be allowed to access Sub lessees own computer network via wireless or landline data
connections on the Premises. |
|
|
|
|
|
o) Sub lessee shall have the reasonable right to use, and sub lessor shall at all times have exclusive control
of, and operate and maintain, the Common Areas including, but not limited to the cafeteria in the manner sub
lessor may reasonably determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
|
|
|
p) Sub lessees employees will not be allowed access to any sub lessor manufacturing areas, except on an
escorted basis (examples nurse office, cafeteria, purchasing office etc.). Sub lessees employees will be
required to show proper identification to enter the facility as determined by the sub lessor |
|
|
|
|
|
q) Sub lessees minimum General Liability Insurance Policy and Property insurance shall be Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000) |
12
|
|
|
|
|
and must be paid for by sub lessee. |
|
|
|
|
|
r) Sub lessee has no right to sublease their space. |
|
|
|
|
|
s) Sub lessee agrees not to put up any external or internal signs during the term of the agreement, except for
signs related to the production and assembly of Sub lessees products, which can be displayed in Sub lessees
assembly area. |
|
|
|
|
|
t) Sub lessor agrees to take down any signs at the facility that contain the name ITT on them at its own
expense |
|
|
|
|
|
u) Sub lessee will have the right to transfer additional production into the facility, provided that the
following criteria are met; |
|
|
|
|
|
a. They can be fit into the existing space that is being rented under the terms of this Lease |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Advance written approval required by landlord, not to be unreasonably withheld |
|
|
|
|
|
v) Prior to the Commencement Date, sub lessee will put in the following at its own expense; |
|
|
|
|
|
a. Separate employee entrance |
|
|
|
|
|
b. Fencing required to separate the landlord and sub lessee employees and work areas |
|
|
|
|
|
w) Sub lessor agrees to provide sub lessee assess to sub lessors shipping / receiving dock for truck loading
and truck unloading purposes for the duration of this agreement |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
None |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
Chihuahua, Chihuahua, Mexico |
13
EXHIBIT S-4
|
|
|
Building
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604 |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Lease Agreement, dated as of October 31, 2011, between ITT
Corporation and 1133-399 Westchester Avenue, LLC |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
1133-399 Westchester Avenue, LLC and and 1133-300
Westchester Avenue, LLC. |
|
|
|
Tenant
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
Subtenant
|
|
Xylem Inc. |
|
|
|
Premises
|
|
The space leased by ITT Corporation on or prior to the
Commencement
Date at the Building, including any additional storage space |
|
|
|
Subleased Premises (square feet)
|
|
7114 rentable square feet, as depicted on the floor plan
attached hereto as Annex A. |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant and Subtenant shall equally share and equally have
the right to use the Subleased Premises in a manner similar
to the way ITT Corporation utilized the space during the 12
months prior to October 31, 2011. |
|
|
|
Term & Option
|
|
Term: Commencing on the Distribution Date (the
Commencement Date) and ending on October 31, 2013.
Subtenant shall have the right to extend the Term through
October 31, 2014 by providing notice on the same terms it
provides the Landlord with respect to Subtenants lease of
the second floor of 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains,
NY |
|
|
|
Base Rent
|
|
Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month during 2011
Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month during 2012
Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month during the period January 1, 2013
through and including July 31, 2013
Cost
plus 2% - 10% per month from August 1, 2013 through the end of
the Term, as may be extended |
|
|
|
Sublessees Proportionate Share
of CAM Charges
|
|
Subtenant will pay 50% of the maintenance, cleaning,
heating, telephone, electrical and other utility costs,
fire protection, plant service, holiday decorations, and
shared mechanical systems for the Subleased Premises,
otherwise known as common area maintenance (CAM) charges
for the |
15
|
|
|
|
|
Subleased Premises. The Base Rent amount set forth
above includes a 2% increase above actual costs for the
calendar years 2012, 2013 and 2014. Tenant shall provide
Subtenant with reasonable documentation supporting the CAM
charges. |
|
|
|
Notices
|
|
Tenant:
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Ave
Suite 3000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
Subtenant:
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Ave
Suite 2000
White Plains, NY 10604
Attention: General Counsel |
|
|
|
|
|
Day to Day Contact Personnel |
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant Representative:
ITT Corporation
Tom McArdle
Tom.McArdle@itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
Subtenant Representative:
Xylem Inc.
Carolyn Clark
Carolyn.Clark@itt.com |
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
1) Unless otherwise directed by Landlord in writing, all
Rent payments and payments of CAM charges shall be made to
Tenant at the address identified in the above Notice
provision. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) Rent payments are to be made monthly in
advance.1st rent payment is due within 5 days of
the Commencement Date. Subsequent rent payments are due
every 30 days. It is Subtenants full responsibility to
pay rent on a timely basis. Subtenant shall pay the CAM
charges within 30 days of the date of an invoice (provided
by Tenant) describing such charges. |
|
|
|
|
|
3) Payments over 10 days late will be charged interest at a
rate of 10% per annum. |
|
|
|
Services to be provided by
Tenant as a part of the
monthly base rent
|
|
1) Tenant will maintain the Subleased Premises in a manner
similar to the way it was maintained during the twelve
months prior to October 31, 2011, including but not limited
to contracting for and providing CAM services. |
16
|
|
|
|
|
2) Tenant will provide security access to all perimeter
doors and coordinate with the Subtenant Representative,
identified above in connection with access to the Premises
and/or Sublease Premises during business and non-business
days. |
|
|
|
|
|
3) Subtenant and Tenant agree that the location and use of
the reception area of each company on the first floor of
the Subleased Premises shall be as depicted on Annex A. |
|
|
|
|
|
4) Subtenant and Tenant agree that Deloitte & Touche
(D&T) can share the space indicated on Annex A. In the
event, either Tenant or Subtenant changes it auditors, the
space currently configured for D&T shall be modified to
allow for the separation of the auditors of the Tenant and
Subtenant into equal space with equal access. The party to
this Sublease that changes their auditors shall be
responsible for all costs associated with the modification
of the Sublease Premises. |
|
|
|
|
|
5) Subtenant shall be permitted to brand a portion of the
lobby as agreed to with the Tenant and place a monument
within Tenants outdoor space in accordance with the terms
of the Prime Lease. |
|
|
|
|
|
6) Tenant and Subtenant shall cooperate and work together
in good faith to allow each other to transition into their
own space at the Premises, shall make tapes from the
security cameras available in the event of a investigation,
shall promptly return mail or other deliveries
inadvertently provided to the other and shall advise the
other party of activities or information impacting the
Premises they reasonably believe the other party would want
to know, provided, however, that such activities shall not
unduly burden or interfere with ether parties business and
operations.
|
Special Provisions
|
|
1) Within 15 days after this TSA has ended Subtenant will
remove, at its cost, its logo and any and all improvements
or modifications made for the benefit of the Subtenant to
the Subleased Premises after September 15, 2011. |
|
|
|
|
|
2) Subtenant will be required to provide, install, and pay
for any capital improvements (building, furniture,
computers, and equipment) required by it during the term of
the agreement. Installation of capital equipment may
require Landlord approval in advance. |
17
|
|
|
|
|
3) Subtenant will be required to provide and pay for all
support and services required to move out of the Subleased
Premises at the end of the Term. If Subtenant requires
contractors to assist them in making capital improvements
or moving out of the Subleased Premises, Subtenant agrees
to provide Tenant with proof of adequate contractor
insurance coverage prior to contractor entering into the
facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
4) Subtenant agrees to remove all of their personal
property from the Sublease Premises at the end of the Term.
This includes phones purchased directly by the Subtenant,
but excludes any phones provided by the Landlord or Tenant.
Subtenant will restore the Subleased Premises to the
condition it was in prior to September 15, 2011 with
respect to actions it has taken that impact the Subleased
Premises after that date. |
|
|
|
|
|
5) Subtenant will be required to provide and pay for all
support and services required to move into a new facility
at the end of the Term. |
|
|
|
|
|
6) Subtenant agrees that all cabling that is used to
attached Subtenants PCs to the IT infrastructure will
remain the property of the Tenant and will not be removed
by the Subtenant at the end of the Term. |
|
|
|
|
|
7) Fixed assets currently on the books of the Tenant as of
Commencement Date will remain the property of the Tenant
during and at the end of the Term. |
|
|
|
|
|
8) Fixed assets currently on the books of the Subtenant as
of the Commencement Date will remain the property of the
Subtenant during and at the end of the Term. |
|
|
|
|
|
9) The Subtenants IT, maintenance and other appropriate
employees will be allowed access, upon reasonable notice,
to Tenants controlled areas at 1133 Westchester Avenue,
White Plains, NY, including the Subleased Premises, for
normal business purposes. |
|
|
|
|
|
10) The Tenants IT, maintenance and other appropriate
employees will be allowed access, upon reasonable notice,
to Subtenants controlled areas at 1133 Westchester Avenue,
White Plains, NY, for normal business purposes
Subtenants minimum General Liability Insurance Policy and
Property insurance shall be Two Million Dollars
($2,000,000) and must be paid for by Subtenant. |
18
|
|
|
|
|
11) Subtenant will be permitted to use during the Term one
of Tenants reserved spots in the back of the building. |
|
|
|
|
|
12) Subtenant will install a shut-off valve for the glycol
cooling system at the end of the Term. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
Not applicable |
|
|
|
Governing Law
|
|
State of New York |
19
EXHIBIT S-5
|
|
|
Building
|
|
New Delhi India Sales Office
H-20, Bali Nagar, New Delhi-1100015 |
|
|
|
Prime Lease (as amended)
|
|
Mr. Narayan Prasad Sharma & Kailash Chand Sharma |
|
|
|
Landlord
|
|
Xylem Water Solutions India Private Limited |
|
|
|
Premises (square feet) |
|
|
|
|
|
Subleased Premises (square feet)
|
|
Commercial office space of ground floor having super covered area appr. 900 sq. ft. |
|
|
|
Term
|
|
Sublessee shall have a minimum term commencing on October 31, 2011 (the
Commencement Date) through December 31, 2011 (Minimum Term) which may be
extended upon 30 days prior written notice to Sublessor through December 31, 2012
Sublessees obligation to pay rent shall commence on the Commencement Date. |
|
|
|
Monthly Rent
|
|
Base Rent : Rs. Cost + Service Tax + 2% Handling Cost
Adm Chg : Rs. Cost + Service Tax + 2% Handling Cost |
|
Notices
|
|
Sublessee :
Rabi Burman, General Manager
ITT Corporation India Pvt Ltd. (India)
Plot No. 731, GIDC Savli, Manjusar Savli Road, Vadodara 391770 |
|
|
|
|
|
Sublessor :
Sam Yamdagni, President & Managing Director
Xylem Water Solutions India Pvt Ltd.
Plot No. 731, GIDC Savli, Manjusar Savli Road, Vadodara 391770 |
|
|
|
Rent Payments
|
|
Rent payments are to be paid in advance within 5 days after the commencement of
the lease (its pro rata share for the first month) and within 5 days of the
beginning of every other month. |
|
|
|
|
|
Unless otherwise directed by Sublessor in writing, all Rent payments shall be made
to Sublessor at the address identified in the above Notice provision. |
|
|
|
Services to be provided by Sublessor
|
|
Common Office Area to be utilized by Sublessor and Sublessee.
Permitted Common Expenses covered include the following (in quantities and quality
as provided during the 12 months period prior to October 1, 2011) : |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
Special Provisions
|
|
1. Sublessee will provide, install, and pay for any capital improvements
(building, furniture, computers, and equipment) required by it during the term of
the agreement. Installation of capital equipment requires landlord and Sublessors
approval in advance. |
|
|
|
|
|
2. Sublessee will provide and pay for all support and services required to move
out of the facility at the end of the lease term. If Sublessee requires
contractors to assist them in moving out of the facility, Sublessee agrees to
provide landlord with proof of adequate contractor insurance coverage prior to
contractor entering into the facility. |
|
|
|
|
|
3. Landlord will provide tenant with sufficient parking spaces in the parking lot.
Sublessor will provide tenant with 25% of the parking spaces in the parking lot
allotted to Sublessor. Tenant agrees that all cabling and connection equipment
that is used to attached tenants PCs to the IT infrastructure will remain the
property of the landlord and will not be removed by the tenant at the end of the
lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
4. Fixed assets on the books of the landlord as of the date of the ITT separation
will remain the property of the landlord during and at the end of the lease term. |
|
|
|
|
|
5. Fixed assets on the books of the tenant as of the date of the ITT separation
will remain the property of the tenant during and at the end of lease period |
|
|
|
|
|
6. As a part of tenants move out of the facility at the expiration of this
agreement, landlords IT department will shutdown tenants servers and make a back
up copy of all the data that is on these servers immediately prior to the shutdown
of the servers. |
|
|
|
|
|
7. Tenant shall have the reasonable right to use, and Landlord shall at all times
have exclusive control of, and operate and maintain, the Common Areas including
the cafeteria in the manner Landlord may reasonably determine to be appropriate. |
|
|
|
|
|
8. Tenant has no right to sublease their space. |
|
|
|
|
|
9. Assignment of this agreement requires landlord approval in writing. |
|
|
|
Local Law Provisions
|
|
Indian Contract Act, 1872 |
22
exv10w5
Exhibit 10.5
GOULDS TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT
This GOULDS TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT (this Agreement) dated as of [ ], 2011,
by and between GOULDS PUMPS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (GPI) and
Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (Xylem, and together with GPI, the Parties).
WHEREAS, GPI, a Subsidiary of ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation (ITT), is the
owner of the trademarks and service marks listed on Schedule C and D attached hereto
(GPI Marks and GWT Marks, respectively);
WHEREAS, GPI and Xylem are currently Affiliates of ITT and each Party, directly or indirectly
through its respective Affiliates (as defined below), has used the GOULDS brand in connection with
its respective segments of the Goulds Combined Business (as defined below). References to Xylem
and its Affiliates and Subsidiaries prior to the Effective Date includes the business conducted by
ITT and its Affiliates that will be distributed to Xylem pursuant to the Distribution Agreement;
WHEREAS, pursuant to a Distribution Agreement dated as of [____], 2011 (the Distribution
Agreement), ITT is distributing certain of its assets and liabilities to Xylem (the
Distribution);
WHEREAS, after the Distribution, the Parties will no longer be affiliated, but Xylem wishes to
continue to use the GOULDS brand in the Exclusive Field and Co-Exclusive Field (each as defined
below) and GPI has agreed to allow such use, subject to the terms and conditions herein; and
WHEREAS, this Agreement is a License Agreement that must be executed pursuant to Section
2.8 of the Distribution Agreement.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the promises and of the mutual covenants and agreements
herein contained, and for good and valuable consideration, including that recited in the
Distribution Agreement, the receipt and adequacy of which is acknowledged by both Parties, the
Parties agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions. The following capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall have the
meanings set forth below.
Affiliate shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, a Person that
directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under
common control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition, control, when
used with respect to any specified Person shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of the
power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person, whether
through the ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise.
For purposes of this Agreement post-Distribution, GPI and its Affiliates shall not be deemed
to be Affiliates of Xylem and its Affiliates, and vice-versa.
Co-Exclusive Field shall mean the products scheduled on Schedule A attached
hereto, and all past and all successor and improved versions of such products, parts and
maintenance, repair and other services related thereto.
Competitor shall mean (i) with respect to Xylem, a business having at least $500
million annual revenue (adjusted to 2011 dollars) in the immediately preceding calendar year
derived from the sale of equivalent or comparable Products in the aggregate combining the Exclusive
Field and Co-Exclusive Field, and (ii) with respect to GPI, a business having at least $500 million
annual revenue (adjusted to 2011 dollars) in the immediately preceding calendar year derived from
the sale of equivalent or comparable Products in the aggregate combining the Retained Field and
Co-Exclusive Field.
Covered Affiliates shall mean all (i) Current Affiliates of Xylem; (ii) future
Affiliates of Xylem formed as part of an internal reorganization for tax or administrative purposes
and (iii) future Affiliates acquired by, or acquiring, Xylem; provided that, with
respect to the Co-Exclusive Field only, Covered Affiliates shall not include any future Affiliate
acquired by, or acquiring, Xylem that is a Competitor of GPI. Xylem may extend its rights under
this Agreement to its Covered Affiliates and shall be liable hereunder for any breach hereof by any
Covered Affiliate.
Current shall mean with respect to Affiliates, Subsidiaries, products, fields or
uses, as applicable, those entities, products, fields or uses in existence as of the Effective
Date.
Effective Date shall be the Distribution Date set forth in the Distribution
Agreement between ITT Corporation, Xylem Inc. and Exelis Inc.
Exclusive Field shall mean the products scheduled on Schedule B attached
hereto, and all past and all successor and improved versions of such products, parts and
maintenance, repair and other services related thereto.
Goulds Combined Business shall mean the business of manufacturing pumps for the
water technologies and industrial markets, as conducted prior to the Effective Date by GPI and
Xylem and their respective Affiliates under the GOULDS brand.
GPI Marks shall mean the Source Indicators related to the Goulds Combined Business
and scheduled on Schedule C attached hereto, as may be amended pursuant to Section
4.2.
GWT Marks shall mean the Source Indicators related to the Goulds Combined Business
and scheduled on Schedule D attached hereto, as may be amended pursuant to Section
4.1.
Person shall mean any natural person, firm, individual, corporation, business trust,
joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership or other organization
or entity, whether incorporated or unincorporated, or any governmental entity.
Products shall mean centrifugal pumps, accessories, parts and services relating
thereto.
Retained Field shall mean the products scheduled on Schedule E attached
hereto, and all successor and improved versions of such products, parts and maintenance, repair and
other services related thereto.
Source Indicators shall mean trademarks, service marks, corporate names, trade
names, domain names, logos, slogans, designs, trade dress and other designations of source or
origin, together with the goodwill symbolized by any of the foregoing.
Subsidiary shall mean with respect to any Person (i) a corporation, fifty percent
(50%) or more of the voting or capital stock of which is, as of the time in question, directly or
indirectly owned by such Person and (ii) any other Person in which such Person, directly or
indirectly, owns fifty percent (50%) or more of the equity or economic interest thereof or has the
power to elect or direct the election of fifty percent (50%) or more of the members of the
governing body of such entity.
1.2 Terms Generally. The definitions in Section 1.1 shall apply equally to both
singular and plural forms of the terms defined. The words include, includes and including
shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation, unless the context expressly
provides otherwise.
ARTICLE 2 GRANT OF LICENSES
2.1 Grant of Licenses.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein, GPI grants Xylem and its Covered Affiliates an
exclusive (even as against GPI and its Affiliates), worldwide, perpetual, fully paid-up,
non-assignable (subject to Article 9 hereof), and non-sublicenseable (subject to
Section 2.2 hereof) license to use the GWT Marks as Source Indicators in the Exclusive
Field. For clarity, the above exclusive license means that GPI and its Affiliates cannot use any
Source Indicator containing Goulds in the Exclusive Field.
(b) Subject to the terms and conditions herein, GPI grants Xylem and its Covered Affiliates a
co-exclusive (i.e., exclusive against third parties, but not as against GPI and its Affiliates),
worldwide, perpetual, fully paid-up, non-assignable (subject to Article 9 hereof), and
non-sublicenseable (subject to Section 2.2 hereof) license to use the GWT Marks as Source
Indicators in the Co-Exclusive Field.
2.2 Sublicensing. Xylem and its Covered Affiliates may sublicense the licenses in
Section 2.1 without GPIs consent, solely to advertisers, distributors, vendors, dealers,
suppliers and other persons for use in connection with the operation of Xylem and its Covered
Affiliates businesses, but not for such third parties unrelated use. All other sublicenses
require the prior written consent of GPIs in its sole discretion. Xylem shall be liable to GPI
for any act or omission by a sublicensee that would constitute a breach hereof if committed by
Xylem.
2.3 Reservation of Rights. All rights in the GWT Marks not expressly granted to Xylem and
its Covered Affiliates herein are reserved to GPI.
2.4 Ownership Disclaimer. Xylem shall include the following disclaimer or equivalent
thereof Goulds is a registered trademark of Goulds Pumps, Inc. and is used under license on
all traditional, social and new media sites, and internet advertising belonging to Xylem where a
GWT mark first appears in such sites in a manner consistent with industry practice.
2.5 Consideration. The Parties agree that the consideration for the licenses in
Section 2.1 is a portion of the consideration set forth in the Distribution Agreement, and
that no further royalties are therefore due under this Agreement.
ARTICLE 3 INTERNET/NEW MEDIA
3.1 Websites. Within one-hundred-eighty (180) days after the Effective Date, Xylem shall
modify any websites which include a GWT mark to include the disclaimer set forth in Section
2.4 or an equivalent thereof. For three (3) years from the Effective Date, Xylem shall include
on the website located at goulds.com a link to gouldspumps.com according to the specifications set
forth in Schedule F. For three (3) years from the Effective Date, GPI shall include on the
website located at gouldspumps.com a link to goulds.com according to the specifications set forth
in Schedule F.
3.2 New Xylem Domain Names.
If Xylem wishes to adopt a domain name (or future equivalent) in any registry worldwide that includes the formative goulds,
Xylem shall notify GPI in advance in writing. GPI shall approve any domain name that (i) complies with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2,
and (ii) reasonably represents that its use is for products in the Exclusive Field or Co-Exclusive Field. By way of example and not of limitation, GPI agrees
that Xylem may use the domain name www.gouldswater, www.gouldswatertechnology. The Parties shall follow the
approval procedures in Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures in Section 5.6 with respect to the foregoing.
Any approved new domain name shall be deemed added to Schedule D, GWT Marks.
3.3 New GPI Domain Names. If GPI wishes to adopt a new domain name (or future equivalent)
in any registry worldwide that includes the formative goulds, GPI shall notify Xylem in advance
in writing. Xylem shall approve any domain name that (i) complies with Section 5.1 and
Section 5.2 and (ii) reasonably represents that its use is for products in the Retained
Field or Co-Exclusive Field. By way of example and not of limitation, Xylem agrees that GPI may
use the domain name www.gouldspumpsindustrialprocess, www.gouldsindustrial or
www.gouldsindustrialprocesspumps. The Parties shall follow the approval procedures in
Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures in
Section 5.6 with respect to
the foregoing. Any approved new domain name shall be deemed added to Schedule C, GPI
Marks.
3.4 Domain Name Ownership. GPI shall be sole named registrant of all domain names that
include the GWT Marks, provided that Xylem shall be the administrative and
technical contact and manage communications with all domain name registries. At Xylems
request and expense, GPI shall register (or allow Xylem to register in GPIs name) approved
new domain names containing the GWT Marks. After registration, GPI shall (or shall allow Xylem to)
maintain and renew all such domain names, unless notified otherwise in writing by GPI.
3.5 Social Media/New Media. GPI agrees that the licenses in Section 2.1 give
Xylem and its Covered Affiliates the right to use the GWT Marks to promote licensed products and
services in social media sites, social networking sites, sites featuring user-generated content and
future media formats and distribution methods. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to allow
Xylem to make such use in a manner that does not confuse the public as to the Parties current lack
of affiliation. Within one-hundred-eighty (180) days of the Effective Date hereof, Xylem shall
modify any new media sites or social media sites which display any GWT Marks to include the
disclaimer set forth in Section 2.4 or an equivalent.
ARTICLE 4 NEW MARKS
4.1 New Xylem Trademarks. Xylem agrees that, as of the Effective Date, the licenses
granted in Section 2.1 are for only the GWT Marks listed on Schedule D. Without
the prior written consent of GPI in its sole discretion, Xylem has no right to adopt or use the GWT
Marks in combination with any third-party Source Indicator to create a composite mark. If Xylem
wishes to use any variations, derivatives, stylizations or modifications (Derivative
Marks) of the GWT Marks (New Xylem Marks) in the Exclusive Field or Co-Exclusive
Field, Xylem shall notify GPI in advance in writing. GPI shall approve any New Xylem Mark that (i)
complies with Section 5.1 and Section 5.2, (ii) for logos or graphics, is not
confusingly similar to the then-current GPI Marks and/or (iii) for word marks, reasonably
represents that its use is for products in the Exclusive Field or Co-Exclusive Field. Only such
changes to the spatial arrangements, color schemes or sizes of the elements of any existing GWT
Mark that would still keep such changed mark as a specimen for maintaining the GWT Mark
registration shall not be considered as creating a Derivative Mark subject to the approval
procedure of this Section 4.1. The Parties shall follow the approval procedures in
Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures in Section 5.6 with respect to
the foregoing. Any approved New Xylem Mark shall be deemed added to the definition of GWT Marks
herein.
4.2 New GPI Trademarks. If GPI wishes to use any Derivative Marks of the GPI Marks in the
Co-Exclusive Field (New GPI Marks), GPI shall notify Xylem in advance in writing. For
the purposes of this Section 4.2, a mark shall not be considered a Derivative Mark if such
mark at the time of such adoption by GPI: (i) does not contain any of the words (other than the
word Goulds) forming any of the GWT Marks set forth in Schedule D; (ii) does not contain
any word similar in terms of sound, appearance or meaning to any word (other than the word
Goulds) forming any of the GWT Marks set forth in Schedule D; or (iii) does not adopt a
graphic appearance or logo which is similar to any of the GWT Marks set forth in Schedule
D. Xylem shall approve any New GPI Mark that (i) for word marks, reasonably represents that
its use is for GPI products in the Co-Exclusive Field and/or (ii) for logos or graphics, is not
confusingly similar to Xylems then-current GWT Marks. The Parties shall follow the approval
procedures in Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures in Section 5.6 with
respect to the foregoing. Any approved New GPI Mark shall be deemed added to the definition of
GPI Mark herein.
ARTICLE 5 QUALITY CONTROL
5.1 Quality Control. Xylem shall use the GWT Marks solely: (i) in good faith, in a
dignified manner and in accordance with good trademark practice in all applicable countries and
jurisdictions and (ii) in connection with activities, products, and services that are consistent in
all material respects with the high levels of quality associated with GPIs operation of the Goulds
Combined Business prior to the Effective Date. Xylem and its Covered Affiliates shall not take any
action (or fail to take any action) that harms or jeopardizes the value, validity or goodwill of
the GOULDS brand. GPI agrees that Xylems use of the GWT Marks as of and prior to the Effective
Date complies with this Section 5.1.
5.2 Compliance with Laws. Xylem shall (i) comply with all applicable statutes, laws,
regulations, rules and good industry practice (Laws) wherever it uses any GWT Marks and
(ii) use all notices and legends required by applicable Laws and/or that are reasonably requested
by GPI so as to preserve and maintain the validity of and GPIs rights in the GWT Marks,
provided that any notice requirements of GPI shall not (x) impose any burdens upon
Xylem that are inconsistent with or disproportionate to those employed by GPI and its own
Affiliates and/or (y) confuse consumers as to the Parties current non-affiliation.
5.3 Samples. Given Xylems longstanding satisfactory use of the GOULDS brand prior to the
Effective Date, without limiting Section 5.1 and Section 5.2, GPI agrees that Xylem
shall not be required to seek prior approval for any advertising, promotional or marketing
materials or other uses of the GWT Marks. Upon GPIs reasonable request, Xylem will make
commercially released products, services and related advertising, promotional or marketing
materials bearing the GWT Marks (or instructions on how GPI may inspect same, for any of the
foregoing that are publicly distributed or available) available for inspection by GPI where they
are normally kept, no more than once a year, unless reasonably justified under the circumstances.
If GPI finds any violations of Section 5.1 and Section 5.2, GPI shall notify Xylem
in writing, and Xylem shall correct such non-compliance within thirty (30) days and notify GPI of
same.
5.4 GPIs Obligations. With respect to the Co-Exclusive Field, GPI shall use the GPI
Marks solely: (i) in good faith, in a dignified manner and in accordance with good trademark
practice in all applicable countries and jurisdictions and (ii) in connection with activities,
products, and services that are consistent in all material respects with the high levels of quality
associated with GPIs operation of the Goulds Combined Business prior to the Effective Date. GPI
and its Affiliates shall not take any action (or fail to take any action) that harms or jeopardizes
the value, validity or goodwill of the GOULDS brand. Xylem agrees that GPIs use of the GPI Marks
as of and prior to the Effective Date complies with this Section 5.4. GPI shall (x) comply
with all applicable Laws wherever it uses any GPI Marks and (y) use all notices and legends
required by applicable Laws.
5.5 Approval Process. Any Party seeking an approval under this Agreement shall notify the
other Party in writing. The Party so notified shall have twenty (20) business days to approve or
reject such request based upon its compliance with the criteria set forth in the applicable
provision of this Agreement. If such Party fails to respond within such twenty (20) business day
period, and the notifying Party still wishes to proceed with its request,
the notifying Party shall
resend its initial notice to the address in Section 10.1 with a prominent header that
says FINAL NOTICE FOR APPROVAL or words substantially similar thereto. If the notified
Party does not respond to such second notice within ten (10) additional business days, the request
shall be deemed approved. Any rejection sent by the notified Party shall specify the reasons in
sufficient detail to allow the notifying Party to cure. The notifying Party may correct and
resubmit any rejected request in its discretion, subject to the above timetable. Any approved new
Source Indicator of either Xylem or GPI shall be deemed added to the Schedule of GPI Mark or GWT
Mark, as the case may be. If a Party disputes in good faith a rejection by the notified Party
herein, the provisions of Section 5.6 shall apply.
5.6 Resolution of Disputes. If a Party seeking approval under any provision of this
Agreement disputes in good faith a rejection by the other Party pursuant to Section 5.5,
the Parties shall first try to resolve such dispute amicably. If such dispute cannot be resolved
amicably within thirty (30) business days (or mutually-agreed extension, or shorter time, if
reasonably justified under the circumstances), the Parties shall submit the matter to binding
arbitration as set forth herein. The Parties shall agree in good faith to appoint a neutral and
independent partner with trademark expertise at a reputable U.S. law firm that does not have (and
has not had) either Party or its Affiliates as a client. If the Parties cannot agree on such a
person, each Party shall select one nominating arbitrator who satisfies the foregoing criteria, and
such persons shall select a third person who satisfies such criteria as the arbitrator. The
Parties shall set forth the procedures for facilitating the arbitrators decision in a fair, rapid
and cost-efficient manner, with a goal of making final submissions to the arbitrator within thirty
(30) days of his or her selection. The arbitrator shall set forth the reasons for his or her
finding.
ARTICLE 6 OWNERSHIP/ENFORCEMENT
6.1 Ownership/No Contest. Xylem acknowledges and agrees that, as between the Parties, GPI
owns all right, title, and interest in the GWT Marks. Xylem will not challenge or contest such
ownership or the validity of any GWT Marks and/or GPI Marks, including in any claim, dispute,
action, suit, arbitration, inquiry or proceeding (Action). Xylem shall be considered a
related company under Section 5 of the U.S. Lanham Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1055, such that its use of
the GWT Marks and the goodwill generated thereby shall inure to the sole benefit of GPI.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent Xylem is deemed to have any ownership rights in the
GWT Marks, at GPIs request, Xylem shall cause such rights to be assigned to GPI or its designee
for no consideration.
6.2 New Registrations or Uses by Xylem. Xylem acknowledges that GPI has the sole right to
use and/or apply to register or reserve, prosecute, maintain and renew all applications,
registrations and reservations for the GWT Marks, provided that GPI will not
unreasonably deny any request by Xylem to do any of the foregoing in the Exclusive Field and
Co-Exclusive Field, subject to the terms and conditions herein. If Xylem wishes (i) to request GPI
to apply for a new registration for a GWT Mark in the Exclusive Field or Co-Exclusive Field in any
country or jurisdiction and/or (ii) to use a GWT Mark in connection with new products or services
in the Exclusive Field or Co-Exclusive Field, Xylem shall notify GPI in writing. GPI will apply to
register such GWT Mark and/or permit Xylem to make such use of such GWT Mark, if such registration
or corresponding use is not reasonably likely to prompt a third-party Action or jeopardize the
validity of the GPI Marks in the Retained Field. The
Parties shall follow the approval
procedures in Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures
in Section 5.6 with respect to the foregoing. Any approved New GWT Mark shall be
deemed added to Schedule D GWT Mark Xylem will pay all prosecution and registration
expenses in the Exclusive Field, and Xylem and GPI will split evenly all out-of-pocket expenses for
prosecutions and registrations of GWT Marks in the Co-Exclusive Field.
6.3 Registration of GPI Marks. If GPI wishes (i) to apply for a new registration for a
GPI Mark in the Co-Exclusive Field in any country or jurisdiction and/or (ii) to use a GPI Mark in
connection with new products or services in the Co-Exclusive Field, GPI shall notify Xylem in
writing. Xylem has the right to prevent such use or registration if it is reasonably likely to
prompt a third-party Action or jeopardize the validity of the GWT Marks in the Exclusive Field.
The Parties shall follow the approval procedures in Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution
procedures in Section 5.6 with respect to the foregoing. Xylem and GPI will split evenly
all out-of-pocket expenses for prosecutions and registrations of GPI Marks in the Co-Exclusive
Field.
6.4 Enforcement. Each Party shall promptly notify the other Party after it becomes aware
of any actual or threatened infringement, misappropriation, dilution or other unauthorized use
(Infringement) of the GWT Marks or GPI Marks in the Co-Exclusive Field. Each of GPI and
Xylem has the sole right to assert and enforce its rights in the GPI Marks and the GWT Marks
against third parties in the Retained Field and Exclusive Field, respectively. The Parties shall
use commercially reasonable efforts to notify each other prior to commencing any enforcement
Actions. GPI has the sole initial right to assert and enforce its rights in the GPI Marks and the
GWT Marks against third parties in the Co-Exclusive Field, provided that GPI shall
not unreasonably deny any request by Xylem to do same (or grant Xylem standing to do same in its
own name) if Xylem can reasonably demonstrate to GPI that a third party is materially harming
Xylems rights in the Co-Exclusive Field. GPI will join Xylem as a plaintiff and/or grant Xylem
standing as necessary for Xylem to enforce its rights in the Exclusive Field. The Parties shall
follow the approval procedures in Section 5.5 and the dispute resolution procedures in
Section 5.6 with respect to Xylems request in the Co-Exclusive Field. Absent a later
agreement to the contrary, the Party bringing any Infringement Action shall control its prosecution
and settlement and pay all costs and expenses associated therewith. The Parties shall share any
and all damages, settlements and proceeds received in connection with any such Action on a
pro rata basis, based upon the respective injury suffered, after the prosecuting
Party recoups its out-of-pocket costs and expenses. Any joint prosecution of an Infringement
Action shall be governed by a later agreement between the Parties. The Parties shall cooperate in
good faith in all Actions brought pursuant to this Section 6.4 and shall keep each other
informed of all material developments relating thereto.
6.5 Cooperation. During the Term and for a period of five (5) years thereafter, Xylem and
its Covered Affiliates shall, upon the request of GPI, use commercially reasonable efforts to
provide free of charge and without undue delay, evidence of use of the GWT Marks that may be
reasonably required to support the renewal of relevant trademark registrations and/or defend GWT
Marks against challenges for lack of use (e.g., copies of sales & marketing material, customer
invoices and shipping documents); provided that if Xylem no longer desires to store
such materials after the Term it may notify GPI of the same and deliver (at
Xylems cost)
electronic media samples of such materials to GPI and upon acknowledgment by GPI of receipt of
such materials, and the obligations of this Section 6.5 shall cease thereafter.
ARTICLE 7 TERM AND TERMINATION
7.1 Term. The term of this Agreement (Term) commences on the Effective Date and
lasts in perpetuity, unless termination occurs pursuant to Section 7.2.
7.2 Termination by GPI. GPI may not terminate this Agreement unless and until a court of
competent jurisdiction issues a final, non-appealable judgment that termination is justified
because: (i) Xylem has committed a material and willful breach of Section 2 or Section
5.1 and (ii) such breach has materially and irreparably impaired the GWT Marks. If and only if
such judgment is issued, GPI may terminate this Agreement at any time, effective upon thirty (30)
days prior written notice to Xylem.
7.3 Termination by Xylem. Xylem may terminate this Agreement (or either license in
Section 2.1(a) or Section 2.1(b)) at any time, with or without cause, effective
upon notice to GPI.
7.4 Conversion of Co-Exclusive License. In the event a court of competent jurisdiction
issues a final, non-appealable judgment that (i) GPI has committed a material and willful
breach of Section 5.4 in the Co-Exclusive Field and (ii) such breach has materially and
irreparably impaired the GWT Marks, the license granted pursuant to Section 2.1(b) shall
automatically convert to an exclusive (even as against GPI and its Affiliates) license for Xylem
and its Covered Affiliates to use the GWT Marks in the Co-Exclusive Field.
7.5 Effect of Termination/Conversion. Upon the termination of this Agreement (or the
conversion in Section 7.4), the Party facing terminated or converted rights herein (the
Terminated Party) shall terminate all further use of the affected Source Indicators as
soon as reasonably practicable with respect to the their terminated field. Absent a later
agreement by the Parties, the Terminated Party shall (with respect to the their terminated field)
(i) apply to change all corporate names, trade names and domain names within sixty (60) days; (ii)
remove all new media references to the affected Source Indicators within ninety (90) days; (iii)
cease all use of the affected Source Indicators on disposable materials within twelve (12) months;
and (iv) cease all sales of inventory branded with the affected Source Indicators within
twenty-four (24) months. The terminated Party shall be deemed to have a transitional,
non-exclusive license to the extent necessary to accomplish the foregoing. After the above
transitional license expires, the Terminated Party may not use the affected Source Indicators,
except for neutral, non-trademark use to describe the history of its business or as required or
permitted by applicable Law.
ARTICLE 8 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
8.1 By Each Party. Each Party represents and warrants to the other Party that: (i) the
warranting Party has full power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform
its obligations under this Agreement and (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered
by the warranting Party and, assuming the due execution and delivery of this Agreement by both
Parties, constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the warranting
Party enforceable against the
warranting Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by
bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar Laws affecting the enforcement of
creditors rights generally and general equitable principles.
8.2 Disclaimer. Except as expressly set forth in Section 8.1, the licenses in
Section 2.1 are granted to Xylem and its Covered Affiliates on an as is, where is
basis, and ITT disclaims any additional representations and warranties, either express or implied,
with respect thereto, including any warranties of title, ownership, value, suitability, condition,
merchantability, fitness for use or non-infringement of third-party rights.
8.3 Indemnity. Each of Xylem and GPI shall (and shall cause each member of the Water
Group or the ITT Group, respectively to) indemnify, defend and hold harmless the ITT Indemnitees
and the Water Indemnitees, respectively, from and against any and all Indemnifiable Losses of the
ITT Indemnitees and the Water Indemnitees, respectively, relating to any third-party Action brought
against any ITT Indemnitee or Water Indemnitee, respectively, for property damage or personal
injury relating to the operation of the Water Business by the Water Group or ITT Retained Business
by the ITT Group, respectively, to the extent any such Action is brought against any ITT Indemnitee
or Water Indemnitee, respectively, due to Xylems use of the GWT Marks in the Exclusive Field and
Co-Exclusive Field and GPIs use of the GPI Marks in the Co-Exclusive Field, as applicable.
Section 7.5 of the Distribution Agreement shall apply to the indemnification procedures
herein as applicable, mutatis mutandis.
ARTICLE 9 ASSIGNMENT/SECURITY INTEREST
9.1 By Xylem. Xylem may assign this Agreement without GPIs consent (i) to an Affiliate
as part of an internal reorganization for tax or administrative purposes or (ii) to any Person,
provided that such assignment must be in connection with the sale of the business
relating to the GPI Marks, and the assignee must assume in writing all of GPIs obligations herein.
Absent any later agreement between the Parties to the contrary, if Xylem undergoes an assignment
with a Competitor of GPI, the license granted to Xylem in Section 2.1(b) shall
automatically terminate, but the license in Section 2.1(a) shall continue in full force and
effect.
9.2 By GPI. GPI may assign this Agreement without Xylems consent (i) to an Affiliate as
part of an internal reorganization for tax or administrative purposes or (ii) to any Person,
provided that such assignment must be in connection with the sale of the business
relating to the GWT Marks, and the assignee must assume in writing all of GPIs obligations herein
without Xylems consent. Absent any later agreement between the Parties to the contrary, if GPI
undergoes an assignment with a Competitor of Xylem, the license granted to Xylem in Section
2.1(b) shall convert to an exclusive license (including as against GPI and its Affiliates), but
the rights to use the GPI Marks in the Retained Field shall continue in full force and effect.
9.3 Definitions. As used in this Article 9, the term assign or assignment
shall include an assumption in bankruptcy, merger, change of control, reorganization (in bankruptcy
or otherwise), or an equity or asset sale relating to the business to which this Agreement relates,
regardless of whether the assigning party is the surviving entity. For the purposes of this
Section 9.3, control shall mean the possession, directly or indirectly,
of the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the
ownership of voting securities or other interests, by contract or otherwise, regardless of
organizational structure of the applicable parties.
9.4 Grant of Security Interest. To secure the immediate and ongoing performance of GPIs
obligations under this Agreement and to protect Xylem from and against all damages of any kind or
nature resulting from GPIs breach of this Agreement (including by a rejection in bankruptcy of the
licenses in Section 2.1), GPI hereby grants to Xylem a continuing security interest in and
first priority lien upon the GWT Marks used in the Exclusive Field and Co-Exclusive Field and the
goodwill associated therewith. Each Party consents to the filing of this Agreement, and the
execution and filing of any other documents necessary or desirable to evidence and perfect the
foregoing security interest, including with all applicable governmental entities at Xylems sole
expense. Upon termination of this Agreement (but not if GPI rejects this Agreement in bankruptcy),
the Security Interest shall automatically terminate and Xylem shall execute any documents and
perform all further acts, including with all applicable governmental entities, at GPIs sole
expense, which GPI reasonably requests in order to evidence and record such termination.
9.5 Effect of Assignment. Any purported transaction in violation of this Article
9 shall be null and void ab initio and of no force and effect. In the event
of a permitted assignment, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the
Parties and its respective permitted successors and assigns.
ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS
10.1 Notice. Any notice required hereunder shall be in writing and delivered by reputable
overnight courier, email or facsimile to the address below (which may be amended pursuant to due
notice herein):
if to Xylem, to:
General Counsel
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Facsimile: +1 914 323 5997
Email: [ ]
if to GPI, to:
President
Goulds Pumps Inc.
240 Fall Street
Seneca Falls, NY 13148
Facsimile: +1 315 568-2046
With a copy to:
General Counsel
ITT Corporation
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, NY 10604
Facsimile: +1 914 696 2970
Email: Burt.Fealing@itt.com
10.2 Amendments and Waivers. Any provision of this Agreement may be amended solely by a
writing signed by both Parties. No failure or delay by any Party in exercising any right hereunder
shall operate as a waiver of any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right herein. The rights and remedies herein provided shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any
rights or remedies provided by Law.
10.3 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with
the Law of the State of New York, and (subject to Section 5.6), any dispute arising out of
this Agreement shall be resolved solely in the state or federal courts located in the borough of
Manhattan in New York City. EACH PARTY UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN
CONNECTION WITH THE FOREGOING.
10.4 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (including by facsimile or
other electronic transmission).
10.5 Third-Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this
Agreement shall confer upon any person other than the Parties hereto any rights or remedies
hereunder.
10.6 Relationship. The Parties hereto are and shall remain independent contractors.
Nothing herein shall be deemed to establish a partnership, joint venture or agency relationship
between the Parties. Neither Party shall have the right to obligate or bind the other Party in any
manner to any third party.
10.7 Severability. If any provision of this Agreement is held to be unenforceable under
applicable Law, such provision shall be deemed to be excluded from this Agreement and the balance
of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and shall be enforced
to the maximum extent permitted by Law.
10.8 Interpretation. The headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes
only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. This Agreement shall be
construed as if drafted jointly by the Parties.
10.9 Further Assurances. The Parties agree to execute such further documents and perform
such further actions as may be reasonably requested by the other Party to evidence and effectuate
further the purposes and intents set forth in this Agreement.
[Remainder of page intentionally left blank]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of
the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
GOULDS PUMPS, INCORPORATED
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
exv10w7
Exhibit 10.7
FOUR-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND REVOLVING
CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
Dated as of [ ], 2011
among
XYLEM INC.
THE LENDERS NAMED HEREIN,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
CITIBANK, N.A.,
as Syndication Agent
BARCLAYS BANK PLC
SOCIÉTÉ GÉNÉRALE
THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD. and
WELLS FARGO BANK N.A.,
as Documentation Agents
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC
CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.,
BARCLAYS CAPITAL and
SG AMERICAS SECURITIES, LLC,
as Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I
|
|
|
|
|
|
DEFINITIONS
|
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms |
|
|
1 |
|
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally |
|
|
24 |
|
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP |
|
|
24 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE CREDITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 2.01. Commitments |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 2.02. Loans |
|
|
25 |
|
SECTION 2.03. Competitive Bid Procedure |
|
|
27 |
|
SECTION 2.04. Revolving Borrowing Procedure |
|
|
29 |
|
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit |
|
|
30 |
|
SECTION 2.06. Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans |
|
|
34 |
|
SECTION 2.07. Fees |
|
|
35 |
|
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt |
|
|
36 |
|
SECTION 2.09. Interest on Loans |
|
|
37 |
|
SECTION 2.10. Default Interest |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.12. Termination, Reduction, Extension and Increase of Commitments |
|
|
38 |
|
SECTION 2.13. Prepayment |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances |
|
|
41 |
|
SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality |
|
|
42 |
|
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity |
|
|
43 |
|
SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment |
|
|
44 |
|
SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs |
|
|
44 |
|
SECTION 2.19. Payments |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 2.20. Taxes |
|
|
45 |
|
SECTION 2.21. Duty to Mitigate; Assignment of Commitments Under Certain
Circumstances |
|
|
49 |
|
SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders |
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III
|
|
|
|
|
|
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.02. Authorization |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.03. Enforceability |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals |
|
|
52 |
|
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements and Projections |
|
|
52 |
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 3.06. Litigation; Compliance with Laws |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 3.07. Federal Reserve Regulations |
|
|
53 |
|
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Act |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.09. Use of Proceeds |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.10. Full Disclosure; No Material Misstatements |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.11. Taxes |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.12. Employee Pension Benefit Plans |
|
|
54 |
|
SECTION 3.13. OFAC |
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV
|
|
|
|
|
|
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 4.01. All Extensions of Credit |
|
|
55 |
|
SECTION 4.02. Effective Date |
|
|
56 |
|
SECTION 4.03. First Borrowing by Each Borrowing Subsidiary |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V
|
|
|
|
|
|
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 5.01. Existence |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.02. Business and Properties |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.03. Financial Statements, Reports, etc |
|
|
59 |
|
SECTION 5.04. Insurance |
|
|
60 |
|
SECTION 5.05. Obligations and Taxes |
|
|
60 |
|
SECTION 5.06. Litigation and Other Notices |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 5.09. Distribution Agreement and Related Agreements |
|
|
61 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI
|
|
|
|
|
|
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 6.01. Priority Indebtedness |
|
|
61 |
|
SECTION 6.02. Liens |
|
|
62 |
|
SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions |
|
|
63 |
|
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes |
|
|
64 |
|
SECTION 6.05. Restrictive Agreements |
|
|
64 |
|
SECTION 6.06. Leverage Ratio |
|
|
65 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII
|
|
|
|
|
|
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII
|
|
|
|
|
|
GUARANTEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX
|
|
|
|
|
|
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X
|
|
|
|
|
|
MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
|
|
|
SECTION 10.01. Notices |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.02. Survival of Agreement |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.03. Binding Effect |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.06. APPLICABLE LAW |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.07. Waivers; Amendment |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.08. Entire Agreement |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.09. Severability |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.10. Counterparts |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.11. Headings |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.12. Right of Setoff |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.13. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.15. Borrowing Subsidiaries |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.16. Conversion of Currencies |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.17. USA PATRIOT Act |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.18. No Fiduciary Relationship |
|
|
70 |
|
SECTION 10.19. Non-Public Information |
|
|
70 |
|
4
|
|
|
EXHIBITS |
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit A-1 |
|
Form of Competitive Bid Request |
Exhibit A-2 |
|
Form of Notice of Competitive Bid Request |
Exhibit A-3 |
|
Form of Competitive Bid |
Exhibit A-4 |
|
Form of Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter |
Exhibit A-5 |
|
Form of Revolving Borrowing Request |
Exhibit B |
|
Form of Assignment and Assumption |
Exhibit C-1 |
|
Form of Opinion of Dewey & LeBoeuf, Counsel for Xylem Inc. |
Exhibit C-2 |
|
Form of Opinion of Frank R. Jimenez, General Counsel and
Corporate Secretary of Xylem Inc. |
Exhibit D-1 |
|
Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement |
Exhibit D-2 |
|
Form of Borrowing Subsidiary Termination |
Exhibit E |
|
Form of Issuing Bank Agreement |
Exhibit F |
|
Form of Note |
Exhibit G |
|
Form of US Tax Certificate |
|
|
|
SCHEDULES |
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule 2.01 |
|
Commitments |
Schedule 6.01 |
|
Existing Indebtedness |
Schedule 6.02 |
|
Existing Liens |
Schedule 6.05 |
|
Existing Restrictive Agreements |
5
FOUR-YEAR COMPETITIVE ADVANCE AND REVOLVING CREDIT FACILITY AGREEMENT
(as it may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, the
Agreement) dated as of [ ], 2011, among XYLEM INC., an Indiana
corporation (the Company); each Borrowing Subsidiary party hereto; the
lenders listed in Schedule 2.01 (together with their successors and
permitted assigns, the Lenders); and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
administrative agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the
Administrative Agent).
The Lenders have been requested to extend credit to the Borrowers (such term and each other
capitalized term used but not otherwise defined herein having the meaning assigned to it in Article
I) to enable the Borrowers (a) to borrow on a standby revolving credit basis on and after the date
hereof and at any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date a principal amount not in
excess of $600,000,000 at any time outstanding and (b) to request the issuance of Letters of Credit
for the accounts of the Borrowers in a face amount not in excess of $100,000,000 at any time
outstanding. The Lenders have also been requested to provide procedures pursuant to which the
Borrowers may invite the Lenders to bid on an uncommitted basis on short-term borrowings by the
Borrowers. The proceeds of such borrowings are to be used for working capital and other general
corporate purposes (including, without limitation, commercial paper backup). The Letters of Credit
shall support payment obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business by the Borrowers.
The Lenders are willing to extend credit on the terms and subject to the conditions herein set
forth.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms. As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the
meanings specified below:
ABR Borrowing shall mean a Revolving Borrowing comprised of ABR Loans.
ABR Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to
the Alternate Base Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Accession Agreement shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(e).
Administrative Fees shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(b).
Adjusted LIBO Rate means, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing (including any notional
Eurocurrency Borrowing of one month referred to in
the definition of the term Alternate Base Rate) for any Interest Period, an interest rate
per annum (rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1%) equal to (a) the LIBO Rate for
such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate.
Administrative Questionnaire shall mean an Administrative Questionnaire in the form supplied
by the Administrative Agent.
Affiliate shall mean, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that
directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by or is under common control with the Person
specified.
Aggregate Credit Exposure shall mean the aggregate amount of all the Lenders Credit
Exposures.
Agreement Currency shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(b).
Alternate Base Rate shall mean, for any day, a rate per annum (rounded upwards, if
necessary, to the next 1/16 of 1%) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such
day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day plus 1/2 of 1% and (c) the Adjusted
LIBO Rate (which, for the avoidance of doubt, shall not include the Applicable Percentage with
respect to Eurocurrency Loans) on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately
preceding Business Day) for a deposit in dollars with a maturity of one month plus 1%. For
purposes hereof, Prime Rate shall mean the rate of interest per annum publicly announced from
time to time by the Administrative Agent as its prime rate in effect at its principal office in New
York City; each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective on the date such change is publicly
announced as effective. Federal Funds Effective Rate shall mean, for any day, the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as released on the next succeeding Business Day by the
Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so released for any day which is a
Business Day, the arithmetic average (rounded upwards to the next 1/100th of 1%), as determined by
the Administrative Agent, of the quotations for the day of such transactions received by the
Administrative Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by it. If
for any reason the Administrative Agent shall have determined (which determination shall be
conclusive absent manifest error) that it is unable to ascertain the Federal Funds Effective Rate
for any reason, including the inability or failure of the Administrative Agent to obtain sufficient
quotations in accordance with the terms thereof, the Alternate Base Rate shall be determined
without regard to clause (b) of the first sentence of this definition until the circumstances
giving rise to such inability no longer exist. Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a
change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate or the Adjusted LIBO Rate shall be
effective on the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the Federal Funds Effective Rate,
or the Adjusted LIBO Rate, respectively.
Applicable Percentage shall mean on any date, with respect to Eurocurrency Loans, ABR Loans,
the Facility Fee or the L/C Participation Fee, as the case may be, the applicable percentage set
forth below under the caption Eurocurrency
2
Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage or L/C Participation Fee
Percentage, as the case may be, based upon the Ratings in effect on such date:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eurocurrency |
|
|
Alternate Base |
|
|
Facility Fee |
|
|
L/C Participation |
|
|
|
Spread |
|
|
Rate Spread |
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
Fee Percentage |
|
Category 1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A3 or higher by Moodys;
A- or higher by S&P;
A- or higher by Fitch |
|
|
0.900 |
% |
|
|
0.000 |
% |
|
|
0.1000 |
% |
|
|
0.900 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Baa1 or higher by Moodys;
BBB+ or higher by S&P;
BBB+ or higher by Fitch |
|
|
1.000 |
% |
|
|
0.000 |
% |
|
|
0.1250 |
% |
|
|
1.000 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Baa2 by Moodys;
BBB by S&P;
BBB by Fitch |
|
|
1.100 |
% |
|
|
0.100 |
% |
|
|
0.150 |
% |
|
|
1.100 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Baa3 by Moodys;
BBB- by S&P;
BBB- by Fitch |
|
|
1.300 |
% |
|
|
0.300 |
% |
|
|
0.200 |
% |
|
|
1.300 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Category 5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lower than Baa3 by Moodys;
Lower than BBB- by S&P;
Lower than BBB- by Fitch |
|
|
1.475 |
% |
|
|
0.475 |
% |
|
|
0.275 |
% |
|
|
1.475 |
% |
For purposes of the foregoing: (a) if any Rating Agency shall merge with or into or be
acquired by another Rating Agency, or shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt
obligations, or shall otherwise cease to have a Rating in effect notwithstanding the Companys use
of commercially reasonable efforts to cause such a Rating to be maintained in effect, then the
Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee
Percentage shall be determined by reference to the Rating or Ratings remaining available or deemed
to be available as provided below; (b) if any Rating Agency shall not have a Rating in effect for a
reason other than one of the reasons set forth in the preceding clause (a), such Rating Agency
shall be deemed to have a Rating available and such Rating shall be deemed to be in Category 5; (c)
if the Ratings available or deemed to be available shall fall in different Categories, then (i) if
Ratings are available or deemed to be available from all three Rating Agencies, the Eurocurrency
Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee Percentage
shall be determined by reference to the highest Category achieved or exceeded by at least two of
the three Ratings, (ii) if Ratings are available or deemed to be available from only two Rating
Agencies, the Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base Rate Spread, Facility Fee Percentage and L/C
Participation Fee Percentage shall be determined by reference to the higher of the two Ratings or,
if the Ratings differ by more than one Category, the Category one level below that corresponding to
the higher of the two Ratings and (iii) if a Rating is available or deemed
to be available from only one Rating Agency, the Eurocurrency Spread, Alternate Base
3
Rate Spread,
Facility Fee Percentage and L/C Participation Fee Percentage shall be determined by reference to
that Rating; and (d) if any Rating shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the
rating system of the applicable Rating Agency), such change shall be effective as of the date on
which it is first announced by the Rating Agency making such change. Each change in the Applicable
Percentage shall apply to all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans and ABR Loans and to L/C Participation
Fees and Facility Fees accruing during the period commencing on the effective date of such change
and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the
rating system of any Rating Agency shall change, the parties hereto shall negotiate in good faith
to amend the references to specific ratings in this definition to reflect such changed rating
system and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Percentage shall be
determined by reference to the Rating most recently in effect from such Rating Agency prior to such
change.
Applicable Share of any Lender at any time shall mean the percentage of the Total Commitment
represented by such Lenders Commitment; provided that in the case of Section 2.22 when a
Defaulting Lender shall exist, Applicable Share shall mean the percentage of the Total
Commitments (disregarding any Defaulting Lenders Commitment) represented by such Lenders
Commitment. If the Commitments shall be terminated pursuant to Article VII, the Applicable Shares
of the Lenders shall be based upon the Commitments in effect, giving effect to any assignments and
to any Revolving Lenders status as a Defaulting Lender at the time of determination.
Approved Fund means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making,
purchasing, holding or investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the
ordinary course and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender
or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.
Assignment and Assumption shall mean an Assignment and Assumption entered into by a Lender
and an assignee in the form of Exhibit B.
Bankruptcy Event shall mean, with respect to any Person, that such Person becomes the
subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee,
administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the
reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or in the good faith judgment of
the Administrative Agent has consented to, approved of, or acquiesced in any such proceeding or
appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of (a) any
ownership interest or the acquisition of any ownership interest in, or the exercise of control
over, such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof or (b) in the case of a
solvent Lender organized under the laws of The Netherlands, the precautionary appointment of an
administrator, guardian, custodian or other similar official by a Governmental Authority or
instrumentality thereof, under or based on the law of the country where such Lender is subject to
home jurisdiction supervision, if applicable law requires that such appointment not be publicly
disclosed, provided, further, in each such case, that such ownership interest or such action, as
applicable, does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts
within the United States or from the
enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or
4
such
Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm its
obligations hereunder.
Board shall mean the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Board of Directors shall mean the Board of Directors of a Borrower or any duly authorized
committee thereof.
Borrower shall mean the Company or any Borrowing Subsidiary.
Borrowing shall mean a group of Loans of a single Type made by the Lenders (or, in the case
of a Competitive Borrowing, by the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive Bids have been accepted
pursuant to Section 2.03) on a single date and as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.
Borrowing Date shall mean any date on which a Borrowing is made or a Letter of Credit issued
hereunder.
Borrowing Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary which shall have become a Borrowing
Subsidiary as provided in Section 10.15, other than any Subsidiary that shall have ceased to be a
Borrowing Subsidiary as provided in Section 10.15.
Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit D-1 hereto
duly executed by the Company and a Subsidiary.
Borrowing Subsidiary Termination shall mean an agreement in the form of Exhibit D-2 hereto
duly executed by the Company and a Borrowing Subsidiary.
Business Day shall mean any day (other than a day which is a Saturday, Sunday or legal
holiday in the State of New York) on which banks are open for business in New York City; provided,
however, that, when used in connection with a Eurocurrency Loan, the term Business Day shall also
exclude any day on which banks are not open for dealings in deposits in the applicable currency in
the London interbank market, and, when used in connection with determining any date on which any
amount is to be paid or made available in a Non-US Currency, the term Business Day shall also
exclude any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets are not open for business in
the principal financial center in the country of such Non-US Currency or Frankfurt, Germany if such
Non-US Currency is the Euro.
Capital Lease Obligations of any Person shall mean the obligations of such Person to pay
rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or
personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and
accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP; the amount of such
obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP, and the
final maturity of such obligations shall be the date of the last payment of such or any other
amounts due under such lease (or other arrangement) prior to the first date on which such lease (or
other
5
arrangement) may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a premium or a penalty.
CFC shall mean (a) each Person that is a controlled foreign corporation for purposes of
the Code and (b) each subsidiary of any such controlled foreign corporation.
A Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred if (a) any Person or group of Persons
shall have acquired beneficial ownership of more than 30% of the outstanding Voting Shares of the
Company (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act and the applicable rules
and regulations thereunder), or (b) during any period of 12 consecutive months, commencing after
the Effective Date, individuals who on the first day of such period were directors of the Company
(together with any replacement or additional directors who were nominated or elected by a majority
of directors then in office) cease to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors of the
Company.
Change in Law shall mean the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any change in
applicable law or regulation or in the interpretation, promulgation, implementation or
administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the interpretation or
administration thereof (whether or not having the force of law); provided that, notwithstanding
anything herein to the contrary, (i) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and
(ii) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International
Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or
the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be
deemed to be a Change in Law, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, promulgated or issued.
Closing Date shall mean the date on which executed counterparts of this Agreement shall have
been delivered by the parties hereto. In the event such executed counterparts shall be held under
any escrow arrangement pending the effectiveness of this Agreement, the Closing Date shall be the
date on which this Agreement, fully executed by the parties hereto, shall be delivered by the
escrow or similar agent to the Company and the Administrative Agent.
Code shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to
time, and the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder.
Commitment shall mean, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender hereunder
as set forth in Schedule 2.01 under the heading Commitment or in an Assignment and Assumption
delivered by such Lender under Section 10.04, as such Commitment may be permanently terminated,
reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.12 or pursuant to one or more
assignments under Section 10.04. The Commitment of each Lender shall automatically and permanently
terminate on the Maturity Date if not terminated earlier pursuant to the terms hereof.
6
Competitive Bid shall mean an offer by a Lender to make a Competitive Loan pursuant to
Section 2.03.
Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter shall mean a notification made by a Borrower pursuant
to Section 2.03(d) in the form of Exhibit A-4.
Competitive Bid Rate shall mean, as to any Competitive Bid, (i) in the case of a
Eurocurrency Loan, the Margin, and (ii) in the case of a Fixed Rate Loan, the fixed rate of
interest offered by the Lender making such Competitive Bid.
Competitive Bid Request shall mean a request made pursuant to Section 2.03(a) in the form of
Exhibit A-1.
Competitive Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing consisting of a Competitive Loan or concurrent
Competitive Loans from the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive Bids for such Borrowing have been
accepted under the bidding procedure described in Section 2.03.
Competitive Loan shall mean a Loan made pursuant to the bidding procedure described in
Section 2.03. Each Competitive Loan shall be a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan
and will be denominated in either Dollars or a Non-US Currency.
Competitive Loan Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the sum of (a)
the aggregate principal amount of all outstanding Competitive Loans denominated in Dollars made by
such Lender and (b) the sum of the Dollar Equivalents of the principal amounts of all outstanding
Competitive Loans denominated in Non-US Currencies made by such Lender, determined on the basis of
the applicable Exchange Rates in effect on the respective dates of the Competitive Bid Requests
pursuant to which such Competitive Loans were made.
Confidential Information Memorandum shall mean the Confidential Information Memorandum dated
July 2011 related to the credit facilities established by this Agreement, the ITT Corporation
Credit Agreement and the Exelis Credit Agreement.
Consenting Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Consolidated EBITDA shall mean, for any period, Consolidated Net Income for such period,
plus (a) without duplication and to the extent deducted in determining such Consolidated
Net Income, the sum of (i) Consolidated Interest Expense for such period, (ii) consolidated income
tax expense for such period, (iii) all amounts attributable to depreciation for such period and
amortization of intangible and capitalized assets for such period, (iv) any losses during such
period attributable to the disposition of assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (v)
any other extraordinary non-cash charges for such period, (vi) any non-cash expenses for such
period resulting from the grant of stock options or other equity-based incentives to any director,
officer or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary, (vii) any losses attributable to early
extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, in each
7
case other than in connection with the Spin-Offs or the Transactions, (viii) any unrealized
non-cash losses for such period attributable to accounting in respect of Hedging Agreements, (ix)
the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and (x) any fees and expenses for such
period relating to the Transactions or to the Spin-Offs, in an aggregate after tax amount for all
periods not to exceed $100,000,000 and minus (b) without duplication and to the extent
included in determining such Consolidated Net Income, (i) any gains during such period attributable
to the disposition of assets other than in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any other
extraordinary non-cash gains for such period, (iii) any gains attributable to the early
extinguishment of Indebtedness or obligations under any Hedging Agreement, (iv) any unrealized
non-cash gains for such period attributable to accounting in respect of Hedging Agreements, (v) the
cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles and (vi) any cash payments made during such
period with respect to noncash items added back (or that would have been added back had this
Agreement been in effect) in computing Consolidated EBITDA for any prior period. For purposes of
calculating Consolidated EBITDA for any period to determine the Leverage Ratio, if during such
period the Company or any Subsidiary shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material
Disposition, Consolidated EBITDA for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect
thereto in accordance with Section 1.03(b).
Consolidated Interest Expense shall mean, for any period, the interest expense (including
imputed interest expense in respect of Capital Lease Obligations) of the Company and its
consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with
GAAP. Consolidated Interest Expense for any period during which the Company or any Subsidiary
shall have consummated a Material Acquisition or a Material Disposition shall be calculated after
giving pro forma effect thereto in accordance with Section 1.03(b).
Consolidated Net Income shall mean, for any period, the net income or loss of the Company
and its consolidated Subsidiaries for such period, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance
with GAAP.
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets shall mean at any time the total of all assets appearing on
the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries delivered under
Section 5.03(a) or (b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such balance sheet, the most recent pro
forma balance sheet referred to in Section 3.05(c)), less the sum of the following items as shown
on such consolidated balance sheet:
(i) the book amount of all segregated intangible assets, including such items as good
will, trademarks, trademark rights, trade names, trade name rights, copyrights, patents,
patent rights and licenses and unamortized debt discount and expense less unamortized debt
premium;
(ii) all depreciation, valuation and other reserves;
(iii) current liabilities;
(iv) any minority interest in the shares of stock (other than Preferred Stock) and
surplus of Subsidiaries; and
8
(v) deferred income and deferred liabilities.
Consolidated Total Indebtedness shall mean, as of any date, the aggregate principal amount
of Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiaries outstanding as of such date, determined on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that, for purposes of this definition, the
term Indebtedness shall not include contingent obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary as an
account party in respect of any letter of credit or letter of guaranty to the extent such letter of
credit or letter of guaranty does not support Indebtedness.
Credit Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the Dollar Equivalent of
the aggregate principal amount at such time of all outstanding Loans of such Lender, plus the
aggregate amount at such time of such Lenders L/C Exposure.
Credit Party shall mean the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender.
Declining Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Default shall mean any event or condition which upon notice, lapse of time or both would
constitute an Event of Default.
Defaulting Lender shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed, within three Business Days of
the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans, (ii) fund any portion
of its participations in Letters of Credit or (iii) pay over to any Credit Party any other amount
required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, such Lender notifies
the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders good faith
determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the
particular default, if any) has not been satisfied or, in the case of clause (iii), such payment is
the subject of a good faith dispute, (b) has notified the Company, any other Borrower or any Credit
Party in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect
to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public
statement indicates that such position is based on such Lenders good faith determination that a
condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to
funding a loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in
which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the
Administrative Agent made in good faith to provide a certification in writing from an authorized
officer of such Lender that it will comply with its obligations to fund prospective Loans and
participations in then outstanding Letters of Credit under this Agreement, unless such Lender has
notified the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lenders good
faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including
the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied, provided that such Lender shall cease to be
a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon the Administrative Agents receipt of such
certification in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to it, or (d) has become the subject of
a Bankruptcy Event.
9
Distribution Agreement shall mean the Distribution Agreement dated as of [ ], 2011,
among the Company, ITT Corporation and Exelis Inc., pursuant to which ITT Corporation shall effect
the Spin-Offs.
Dollar Equivalent shall mean, on any date of determination, with respect to any amount in
any Non-US Currency, the equivalent in Dollars of such amount, determined using the Exchange Rate
with respect to such Non-US Currency on such date.
Dollars or $ shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.
Domestic Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary incorporated or organized under the laws of
the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, other than any
Subsidiary that is a CFC.
Effective Date shall mean the first date on which the conditions set forth in Section 4.02
are satisfied.
Eligible Assignee means (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender, (c) an Approved Fund and
(d) any other Person, other than, in each case, a natural person, the Company or any Affiliate of
the Company.
Equity Interests shall mean shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership
interests, beneficial interests or other ownership interests, whether voting or nonvoting, in, or
interests in the income or profits of, a Person, and any warrants, options or other rights
entitling the holder thereof to purchase or acquire any of the foregoing.
ERISA shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as the same may be
amended from time to time.
ERISA Affiliate shall mean any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that,
together with the Company, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code,
or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single
employer under Section 414 of the Code.
ERISA Event shall mean (a) any reportable event, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or
the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan other than events for which the 30 days
notice period has been waived; (b) a failure by any Plan to meet the minimum funding standards (as
defined in Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, in each
instance, whether or not waived; (c) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section
302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any
Plan; (d) the incurrence of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination
of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates
from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from the
PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans
or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan; (f) the receipt by the Company or any ERISA
Affiliate of any notice, or the receipt by
10
any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any ERISA Affiliate of any notice, that Withdrawal
Liability is being imposed or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be,
insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA or in endangered or
critical status (within the meaning of Section 432 of the Code or Section 305 of ERISA); or (g)
the occurrence of a prohibited transaction with respect to which the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries is a disqualified person (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code), or with
respect to which the Company or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable.
Euro shall mean the lawful currency of the member states of the European Union that have
adopted a single currency in accordance with applicable law or treaty.
Eurocurrency Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency Loans.
Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing shall mean a Competitive Borrowing comprised of
Eurocurrency Loans.
Eurocurrency Competitive Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Eurocurrency Loan shall mean any Eurocurrency Competitive Loan or Eurocurrency Revolving
Loan.
Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Revolving Borrowing comprised of Eurocurrency
Loans.
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan shall mean any Revolving Loan bearing interest at a rate
determined by reference to the Adjusted LIBO Rate in accordance with the provisions of Article II.
Event of Default shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.
Exchange Act shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
Exchange Rate shall mean, with respect to any Non-US Currency on a particular date, the rate
at which such Non-US Currency may be exchanged into Dollars, as set forth on such date on the
applicable Reuters currency page. In the event that such rate does not appear on any Reuters
currency page, the Exchange Rate with respect to such Non-US Currency shall be determined by
reference to such other publicly available service for displaying exchange rates as may be agreed
upon by the Administrative Agent and the Company or, in the absence of such agreement, such
Exchange Rate shall instead be the Administrative Agents spot rate of exchange in the London
interbank market at or about 10:00 a.m., London time, on such date for the purchase of Dollars with
such Non-US Currency, for delivery two Business Days later; provided, however, that if at the time
11
of any such determination, for any reason, no such spot rate is being quoted, the
Administrative Agent may use any reasonable method it deems applicable to determine such rate, and
such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
Excluded Taxes shall mean, with respect to any Credit Party (including any assignee of or
successor to a Credit Party and any Participant) and any other recipient of any payment to be made
by or on account of any obligation of a Borrower under this Agreement or any Loan Documents: (a)
income or franchise Taxes imposed on (or measured by) net income or gain (however denominated) by
the United States of America, or by the jurisdiction under the laws of which such Credit Party
(including any assignee of or successor to such Credit Party and any Participant or other
recipient) is organized or in which its principal office is located or, in the case of any Lender,
in which its applicable lending office is located, (b) any branch profits Taxes imposed by the
United States of America or any similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the
Company is located, (c) any backup withholding Tax imposed by the United States of America or any
similar Taxes imposed by any other jurisdiction in which the Company is located, (d) in the case of
a Non-US Lender (other than an assignee pursuant to a request by a Borrower under Section 2.21(b)),
any US Federal withholding Taxes resulting from any law in effect on the date such Non-US Lender
becomes a party to this Agreement (or designates a new lending office) or is attributable to such
Non-US Lenders failure to comply with Section 2.20(f) (including as a result of any inaccurate or
incomplete documentation), except to the extent that such Non-US Lender (or its assignor, if any)
was entitled, at the time of designation of a new lending office (or assignment), to receive
additional amounts from a Borrower with respect to such withholding Taxes pursuant to Section
2.20(a), and (e) any Taxes imposed with respect to the requirements of FATCA.
Exelis Credit Agreement shall mean the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit
Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], 2011, among Exelis Inc., certain lenders and JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Exelis Form 10 shall mean the Form 10 Registration Statement filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2011.
Existing Maturity Date shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(d).
Facility Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(a).
FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement
(including any regulations that are issued thereunder) and any official governmental
interpretations thereof.
Fees shall mean the Facility Fee, the Administrative Fees, the L/C Participation Fees, the
Ticking Fees and the Issuing Bank Fees.
12
Financial Officer of any Person shall mean the chief financial officer, principal accounting
officer, controller, assistant controller, treasurer, associate or assistant treasurer or director
of treasury services of such Person.
Fitch shall mean Fitch Ratings, a wholly owned subsidiary of Fimilac, S.A, or any of its
successors.
Fixed Rate Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing comprised of Fixed Rate Loans.
Fixed Rate Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan bearing interest at a fixed percentage rate
per annum (the Fixed Rate) (expressed in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal
places) specified by the Lender making such Loan in its Competitive Bid.
Foreign Subsidiary shall mean any Subsidiary that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.
Form 10s shall mean the Exelis Form 10 and the Xylem Form 10.
GAAP shall mean United States generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a
consistent basis.
Governmental Authority shall mean the government of the United States of America, any other
nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government (including any supra-national body exercising such powers or functions, such as the
European Union or the European Central Bank).
Hedging Agreement means any agreement with respect to any swap, forward, future or
derivative transaction, or any option or similar agreement, involving, or settled by reference to,
one or more rates, currencies, commodities, prices of equity or debt securities or instruments, or
economic, financial or pricing indices or measures of economic, financial or pricing risk or value,
or any similar transaction or combination of the foregoing transactions; provided that no
phantom stock or similar plan providing for payments only on account of services provided by
current or former directors, officers, employees or consultants of the Company or the Subsidiaries
shall be a Hedging Agreement. The amount or principal amount of the obligations of the Company
or any Subsidiary in respect of any Hedging Agreement at any time shall be the maximum aggregate
amount (giving effect to any netting agreements) that the Company or such Subsidiary would be
required to pay if such Hedging Agreement were terminated at such time.
Increasing Lender shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.12(e).
13
Indebtedness of any Person shall mean all indebtedness representing money borrowed or the
deferred purchase price of property (other than trade accounts payable) or any capitalized lease
obligation, which in any case is created, assumed, incurred or guaranteed in any manner by such
Person or for which such Person is responsible or liable (whether by agreement to purchase
indebtedness of, or to supply funds to or invest in, others or otherwise). For the avoidance of
doubt, the term Indebtedness shall not include obligations under Hedging Agreements.
Indemnified Taxes means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to
any payment made by a Borrower under this Agreement and (b) Other Taxes.
Interest Payment Date shall mean (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each
March, June, September and December, (b) with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan,
the last day of each Interest Period applicable thereto, and with respect to a Eurocurrency Loan
with an Interest Period of more than three months duration or a Fixed Rate Loan with an Interest
Period of more than 90 days duration, each day that would have been an Interest Payment Date for
such Loan had successive Interest Periods of three months duration or 90 days duration, as the
case may be, been applicable to such Loan and (c) with respect to any Loan, the Maturity Date or
the date of any prepayment of such Loan or conversion of such Loan to a Loan of a different Type.
Interest Period shall mean (a) as to any Eurocurrency Borrowing, the period commencing on
the date of such Borrowing or on the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period
applicable to such Borrowing, as the case may be, and ending on the numerically corresponding day
(or, if there is no numerically corresponding day, on the last day) in the calendar month that is
1, 2, 3 or 6 months thereafter, as the applicable Borrower may elect and (b) as to any Fixed Rate
Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the date specified in
the Competitive Bids in which the offers to make the Fixed Rate Loans comprising such Borrowing
were extended, which shall not be earlier than seven days after the date of such Borrowing or later
than 360 days after the date of such Borrowing; provided, however, that if any Interest Period
would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next
succeeding Business Day unless, in the case of Eurocurrency Loans only, such next succeeding
Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on
the next preceding Business Day. Interest shall accrue from and including the first day of an
Interest Period to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period.
IRS shall mean the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Issuing Bank shall mean (a) JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., (b) Citibank N.A. , and (c) each
Lender that shall have become an Issuing Bank hereunder as provided in Section 2.05(j) (other than
any Person that shall have ceased to be an Issuing Bank as provided in Section 2.05(i)), each in
its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder. Each Issuing Bank may, in its
discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such Issuing
Bank, in which case the term Issuing Bank shall include any such Affiliate with respect to
Letters of Credit issued by such
14
Affiliate (it being agreed that such Issuing Bank shall, or shall cause such Affiliate to,
comply with the requirements of Section 2.05 with respect to such Letters of Credit).
Issuing Bank Agreement shall mean an agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit E.
Issuing Bank Fees shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c).
ITT Corporation Credit Agreement shall mean the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], 2011, among ITT Corporation, certain lenders and
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent.
Judgment Currency shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.16(b).
L/C Disbursement shall mean a payment or disbursement made by an Issuing Bank pursuant to a
Letter of Credit.
L/C Exposure shall mean at any time the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all
outstanding Letters of Credit at such time plus (b) the aggregate principal amount of all L/C
Disbursements that have not yet been reimbursed at such time. The L/C Exposure of any Lender at
any time shall mean its Applicable Share of the aggregate L/C Exposure at such time.
L/C Participation Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(c).
Lead Arrangers shall mean J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Citigroup Global Markets Inc.
Letter of Credit shall mean any letter of credit issued pursuant to Section 2.05.
Lender Parent shall mean, with respect to any Lender, any Person as to which such Lender is,
directly or indirectly, a subsidiary.
Leverage Ratio shall mean, at any time, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Indebtedness at
such time to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for the most recently ended period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters.
LIBO Rate shall mean, with respect to any Eurocurrency Borrowing for any Interest Period,
the rate appearing on the Reuters LIBOR01 screen displaying British Bankers Association Interest
Settlement Rates (or on any successor or substitute screen provided by Reuters, or any successor to
or substitute for such service, providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on
such screen, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time for purposes of providing
quotations of interest rates applicable to Dollar deposits in the London interbank market) at
approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the commencement
15
of such Interest Period, as the rate for dollar deposits with a maturity comparable to such
Interest Period. In the event that such rate is not available at such time for any reason, then
the LIBO Rate with respect to such Eurocurrency Borrowing for such Interest Period shall be the
rate at which dollar deposits of $5,000,000 and for a maturity comparable to such Interest Period
are offered by the principal London office of the Administrative Agent in immediately available
funds in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Lien shall mean, with respect to any property or asset, any mortgage, deed of trust, lien,
pledge, security interest, charge or other encumbrance on, of, or in such property or asset.
Loan shall mean a Competitive Loan or a Revolving Loan, whether made as a Eurocurrency Loan,
an ABR Loan or a Fixed Rate Loan, as permitted hereby.
Loan Documents shall mean this Agreement, the Letters of Credit, the Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreements, any Issuing Bank Agreements, and promissory notes, if any, issued pursuant to Section
10.04(i).
Margin shall mean, as to any Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, the margin (expressed as a
percentage rate per annum in the form of a decimal to no more than four decimal places) to be added
to or subtracted from the LIBO Rate in order to determine the interest rate applicable to such
Loan, as specified in the Competitive Bid relating to such Loan.
Margin Regulations shall mean Regulations T, U and X of the Board as from time to time in
effect, and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
Margin Stock shall have the meaning given such term under Regulation U of the Board.
Material Acquisition shall mean any acquisition of (a) Equity Interests in any Person if,
after giving effect thereto, such Person will become a Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or
substantially all the assets of (or all or substantially all the assets constituting a business
unit, division, product line or line of business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate
consideration therefor (including Indebtedness assumed in connection therewith, all obligations in
respect of deferred purchase price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but
excluding earnout or similar payments) and all other consideration payable in connection therewith
(including payment obligations in respect of noncompetition agreements or other arrangements
representing acquisition consideration)) exceeds $100,000,000.
Material Adverse Effect shall mean an event or condition that has resulted in a material
adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, liabilities, operations or financial condition of the
Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) the ability of any Borrower to perform any of
its material obligations under any Loan Document or (c) the enforceability of the Lenders rights
under any Loan Document.
16
Material Disposition shall mean any sale, transfer or other disposition of (a) all or
substantially all the issued and outstanding Equity Interests in any Person that are owned by the
Company or any Subsidiary or (b) assets comprising all or substantially all the assets of (or all
or substantially all the assets constituting a business unit, division, product line or line of
business of) any Person; provided that the aggregate consideration therefor (including Indebtedness
assumed by the transferee in connection therewith, all obligations in respect of deferred purchase
price (including obligations under any purchase price adjustment but excluding earnout or similar
payments) and all other consideration payable in connection therewith (including payment
obligations in respect of noncompetition agreements or other arrangements representing acquisition
consideration)) exceeds $100,000,000.
Material Indebtedness shall mean Indebtedness (other than the Loans, Letters of Credit and
guarantees under the Loan Documents), or obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements
or Securitization Transactions, of any one or more of the Company and the Subsidiaries in an
aggregate principal amount of $50,000,000 or more.
Maturity Date shall mean the fourth anniversary of the Closing Date, as such date may be
extended pursuant to Section 2.12(d).
MNPI shall mean material information concerning the Company and the Subsidiaries and their
securities that has not been disseminated in a manner making it available to investors generally,
within the meaning of Regulation FD under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act.
Moodys shall mean Moodys Investors Service, Inc. or any of its successors.
Multiemployer Plan shall mean a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of
ERISA.
Non-US Currency shall mean any currency other than Dollars that is freely transferable and
convertible into Dollars in the London market and as to which an Exchange Rate and LIBO Rates may
be determined.
Non-US Currency Loan shall mean any Competitive Loan denominated in a currency other than
Dollars.
Non-US Lender shall mean a Lender that is not a US Person.
Notice of Competitive Bid Request shall mean a notification made pursuant to Section 2.03(a)
in the form of Exhibit A-2.
Obligations means (a) the due and punctual payment of (i) the principal of and interest
(including interest accruing during the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or
other similar proceeding, regardless of whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) on the
Loans, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for
prepayment or otherwise, (ii) each payment
17
required to be made under this Agreement in respect of any Letter of Credit, when and as due,
including payments in respect of reimbursement of L/C Disbursements, interest thereon and
obligations to provide cash collateral, and (iii) all other monetary obligations of the Company or
any Subsidiary under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, including obligations to pay
fees, expense reimbursement obligations and indemnification obligations, whether primary,
secondary, direct, contingent, fixed or otherwise (including monetary obligations incurred during
the pendency of any bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or other similar proceeding, regardless of
whether allowed or allowable in such proceeding) and (b) the due and punctual payment and
performance of all other obligations of each Borrower under or pursuant to this Agreement and each
of the other Loan Documents.
Other Taxes shall mean any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible,
recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes (other than Excluded Taxes) that arise from
any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of,
or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under this Agreement or any
other Loan Document.
Participant shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(f).
Participant Register has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.04(f).
PBGC shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA
and any successor entity performing similar functions.
Permitted Encumbrances means:
(a) Liens imposed by law for Taxes that are not yet due or are being contested in
compliance with Section 5.05;
(b) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens and other like
Liens imposed by law (other than any Lien imposed pursuant to Section 430(k) of the Code or
Section 303(k) of ERISA or a violation of Section 436 of the Code), arising in the ordinary
course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or
are being contested in compliance with Section 5.05;
(c) pledges and deposits made (i) in the ordinary course of business in compliance
with workers compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security laws and (ii)
in respect of letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the
account of the Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting
obligations of the type set forth in the preceding clause (i);
(d) pledges and deposits made (i) to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts,
leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
obligations of a like nature, in each case in the ordinary course of
18
business (but excluding obligations constituting Indebtedness) and (ii) in respect of
letters of credit, bank guarantees or similar instruments issued for the account of the
Company or any Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business supporting obligations
described in clause (i) above;
(e) pledges or Liens necessary to secure a stay of any legal or equitable process in a
proceeding to enforce a liability or obligation contested in good faith by the Company or a
Subsidiary or required in connection with the institution by the Company or a Subsidiary of
any legal or equitable proceeding to enforce a right or to obtain a remedy claimed in good
faith by the Company or a Subsidiary, or required in connection with any order or decree in
any such proceeding or in connection with any contest of any tax or other governmental
charge; or the making of any deposit with or the giving of any form of security to any
governmental agency or any body created or approved by law or governmental regulation in
order to entitle the Company or a Subsidiary to maintain self-insurance or to participate
in any fund in connection with workers compensation, unemployment insurance, old age
pensions or other social security or to share in any provisions or other benefits provided
for companies participating in any such arrangement or for liability on insurance of
credits or other risks;
(f) judgment liens in respect of judgments that do not constitute an Event of Default
under clause (i) of Article VII;
(g) any Lien on property in favor of the United States of America, or of any agency,
department or other instrumentality thereof, to secure partial, progress or advance
payments pursuant to the provisions of any contract;
(h) easements, zoning restrictions, rights-of-way and similar encumbrances on real
property imposed by law or arising in the ordinary course of business that do not secure
any monetary obligations and do not materially detract from the value of the affected
property or interfere with the ordinary conduct of business of the Company or any
Subsidiary;
(i) bankers liens, rights of setoff or similar rights and remedies as to deposit
accounts, securities accounts or other funds maintained with depository institutions or
securities intermediaries; provided that such deposit accounts, securities accounts
or funds are not established or deposited for the purpose of providing collateral for any
Indebtedness and are not subject to restrictions on access by the Company or any Subsidiary
in excess of those required by applicable banking or other regulations;
(j) Liens arising by virtue of Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or
similar filings under applicable law) regarding operating leases entered into by the
Company and the Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(k) Liens representing any interest or title of a licensor, lessor or sublicensor or
sublessor, or a licensee, lessee or sublicensee or sublessee, in the property subject to
any lease, license or sublicense or concession agreement;
19
(l) any Lien affecting property of the Company or any Subsidiary securing Indebtedness
of the United States of America or a State thereof (or any instrumentality or agency of
either thereof) issued in connection with a pollution control or abatement program required
in the opinion of the Company to meet environmental criteria with respect to manufacturing
or processing operations of the Company or any Subsidiary and the proceeds of which
Indebtedness have financed the cost of acquisition of such program, and renewals or
extensions of any such Lien that do not extend to additional assets or increase the amount
of the obligations secured thereby; and
(m) contractual rights of set-off not established to secure the payment of
Indebtedness.
Person shall mean any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, business
trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership or government, or any agency or political
subdivision thereof.
Plan shall mean any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject
to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA
sponsored, maintained or contributed to by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.
Preferred Stock shall mean any capital stock entitled by its terms to a preference (a) as to
dividends or (b) upon a distribution of assets.
Priority Indebtedness shall mean, without duplication, (a) all Indebtedness or obligations
in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements of any Subsidiary and (b) (i) all Indebtedness of the
Company or any Subsidiary, and all obligations in respect of one or more Hedging Agreements,
secured by any Lien on any asset of the Company or any Subsidiary, (ii) all obligations of the
Company or any Subsidiary under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to
property acquired by the Company or such Subsidiary (excluding trade accounts payable incurred in
the ordinary course of business), (iii) all Capital Lease Obligations of the Company or any
Subsidiary, (iv) all Securitization Transactions of the Company or any Subsidiary and (v) all
Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing
right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by the
Company or any Subsidiary, whether or not the Indebtedness secured thereby has been assumed by the
Company or such Subsidiary.
Rating Agencies shall mean Moodys, S&P and Fitch.
Ratings shall mean the ratings from time to time established by the Rating Agencies for
senior, unsecured, non-credit-enhanced long-term debt of the Company.
Register shall have the meaning given such term in Section 10.04(d).
Regulation D shall mean Regulation D of the Board as from time to time in effect and all
official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.
20
Related Parties shall mean, with respect to any specified Person, such Persons Affiliates
and the directors, officers, partners, trustees, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and
of such Persons Affiliates.
Reportable Event shall mean any reportable event as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the
regulations issued thereunder with respect to a Plan (other than a Plan maintained by an ERISA
Affiliate that is considered an ERISA Affiliate only pursuant to subsection (m) or (o) of Code
Section 414).
Required Lenders shall mean, at any time, Lenders having Commitments representing more than
50% of the Total Commitment or, for purposes of acceleration pursuant to Article VII, Lenders
holding Credit Exposures representing more than 50% of the Aggregate Credit Exposure.
Responsible Officer of any Person shall mean any executive officer or Financial Officer of
such Person and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of
the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.
Revolving Borrowing shall mean a Borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Loans from
each of the Lenders.
Revolving Borrowing Request shall mean a request made pursuant to Section 2.04 in the form
of Exhibit A-5.
Revolving Credit Exposure shall mean, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate
principal amount at such time of all outstanding Revolving Loans of such Lender.
Revolving Loans shall mean the revolving loans made pursuant to Section 2.01 and 2.04. Each
Revolving Loan shall be in Dollars and shall be a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or an ABR Loan.
S&P shall mean Standard and Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. or any of its successors.
SEC shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Securitization Transaction shall mean any transfer by the Company or any Subsidiary of
accounts receivable or interests therein (a) to a trust, partnership, corporation, limited
liability company or other entity, which transfer is funded in whole or in part, directly or
indirectly, by the incurrence or issuance by the transferee or successor transferee of Indebtedness
or other securities that are to receive payments from, or that represent interests in, the cash
flow derived from such accounts receivable or interests therein, or (b) directly to one or more
investors or other purchasers. The amount or principal amount of any Securitization
Transaction shall be deemed at any time to be the aggregate principal or stated amount of the
Indebtedness or other securities referred to in the first sentence of this definition or, if there
shall be no such principal or stated amount, the uncollected amount of the accounts receivable or
interests therein
21
transferred pursuant to such Securitization Transaction, net of any such accounts receivable
or interests therein that have been written off as uncollectible.
Significant Subsidiary shall mean, at any time, each Borrower and each Subsidiary accounting
for more than 5% of the consolidated revenues of the Company for the most recent period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters for which pro forma financial statements of the Company are set forth
in the Xylem Form 10 (as amended prior to the date hereof) or for the most recent period of four
consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company for which historical financial statements of the Company
have been delivered pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or 5.03(b), as applicable, or more than 5% of the
consolidated total assets of the Company at the end of such applicable period; provided that if at
the end of or for any such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters all Subsidiaries that are not
Significant Subsidiaries shall account for more than 10% of the consolidated revenues of the
Company or more than 10% of the consolidated total assets of the Company, the Company shall
designate sufficient Subsidiaries as Significant Subsidiaries to eliminate such excess (or if the
Company shall have failed to designate such Subsidiaries within 10 Business Days, Subsidiaries
shall automatically be deemed designated as Significant Subsidiaries in descending order based on
the amounts of their contributions to consolidated total assets until such excess shall have been
eliminated), and the Subsidiaries so designated or deemed designated shall for all purposes of this
Agreement constitute Significant Subsidiaries.
Spin-Offs shall mean (a) the spin off by ITT Corporation of its water infrastructure and
applied water businesses through the transfer of such businesses to the Company and the
distribution of all of the shares of common stock of the Company to the shareholders of ITT
Corporation, as described in the Xylem Form 10 and (b) the spin off by ITT Corporation of its C4ISR
(command, control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance and reconnaissance)
electronics and systems, and informational and technical services businesses through the transfer
of such businesses to Exelis Inc. and the distribution of all of the shares of common stock of
Exelis Inc. to the shareholders of ITT Corporation, as described in the Exelis Form 10.
Statutory Reserve Rate shall mean a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of
which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the
maximum reserve percentages (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves),
expressed as a decimal, established by the Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject for
eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as Eurocurrency Liabilities in Regulation D of the
Board). Such reserve percentages shall include those imposed pursuant to such Regulation D.
Eurocurrency Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such
reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be
available from time to time to any Lender under such Regulation D or any comparable regulation.
The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any
change in any reserve percentage.
subsidiary shall mean, with respect to any Person (the parent), any corporation,
association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing
more than 50% of the ordinary voting power are, at the time as of
22
which any determination is being made, owned or controlled by the parent or one or more
subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent.
Subsidiary shall mean a subsidiary of the Company.
Taxes shall mean any present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions,
withholdings, assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including
any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Ticking Fee shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.07(d).
Total Commitment shall mean, at any time, the aggregate amount of Commitments of all the
Lenders, as in effect at such time.
Transactions shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.02.
Type, when used in respect of any Loan or Borrowing, shall refer to the Rate by reference to
which interest on such Loan or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing is determined. For purposes
hereof, Rate shall include the LIBO Rate, the Alternate Base Rate, the Competitive Bid Rate and
the Fixed Rate.
USA PATRIOT Act shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.13.
US Person shall mean a United States person within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of
the Code.
US Tax Certificate has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(f)(ii)(D)(2).
Voting Shares shall mean, as to a particular corporation or other Person, outstanding shares
of stock or other Equity Interests of any class of such Person entitled to vote in the election of
directors, or otherwise to participate in the direction of the management and policies, of such
Person, excluding shares or Equity Interests entitled so to vote or participate only upon the
happening of some contingency.
Withdrawal Liability shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete
or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle
E of Title IV of ERISA.
Withholding Agent shall mean a Borrower and the Administrative Agent.
Xylem Form 10 shall mean the Form 10 Registration Statement filed by the Company with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 11, 2011.
23
Xylem Notes shall mean unsecured notes of the Company in an amount not to exceed
$1,200,000,000 issued to provide funds for a cash transfer to ITT Corporation prior to the
Spin-Offs, which notes shall not mature, and shall not be required to be repaid, prepaid, redeemed,
repurchased or defeased, whether on one or more fixed dates, upon the occurrence of one or more
events or at the option of any holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of an
event of default, a change in control or a similar event), prior to the date six months after the
Maturity Date and shall not have the benefit of any guarantee or other credit enhancement provided
by any Subsidiary.
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally. The definitions of terms used herein shall apply equally to
the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun
shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words include,
includes and including shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The
word will shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word shall. The words
asset and property shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any
and all real and personal, tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash,
securities, accounts and contract rights. The word law shall be construed as referring to all
statutes, rules, regulations, codes and other laws (including official rulings and interpretations
thereunder having the force of law or with which affected Persons customarily comply), and all
judgments, orders, writs and decrees, of all Governmental Authorities. Unless the context requires
otherwise, (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document
(including this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) shall be construed as referring to such
agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise
modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth
herein), (b) any definition of or reference to any statute, rule or regulation shall be construed
as referring thereto as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (including by
succession of comparable successor laws), (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed
to include such Persons successors and assigns (subject to any restrictions on assignment set
forth herein) and, in the case of any Governmental Authority, any other Governmental Authority that
shall have succeeded to any or all functions thereof, (d) the words herein, hereof and
hereunder, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its
entirety and not to any particular provision hereof and (e) all references herein to Articles,
Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and
Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement.
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms; GAAP. (a) Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all
terms of an accounting or financial nature used herein shall be construed in accordance with GAAP
as in effect from time to time; provided that if the Company, by notice to the Administrative
Agent, shall request an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change
occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such
provision (or if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders, by notice to the Company, shall
request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such
notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then
24
such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately
before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such
provision amended in accordance herewith.
(b) All pro forma computations required to be made hereunder giving effect to any Material
Acquisition or Material Disposition shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if
such transaction had occurred on the first day of the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters
ending with the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements shall have been delivered
pursuant to Section 5.03(a) or 5.03(b) (or, prior to the delivery of any such financial statements,
ending with the last fiscal quarter included in the pro forma financial statements referred to in
Section 3.05(b)), and, to the extent applicable, to the historical earnings and cash flows
associated with the assets acquired or disposed of and any related incurrence or reduction of
Indebtedness, (i) in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act, if such
Material Acquisition or Material Disposition would be required to be given pro forma effect in
accordance with Regulation S-X for purposes of preparing the Companys annual and quarterly reports
to the SEC, and (ii) in any event, on a reasonable basis consistent with accepted financial
practice. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma
effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date
of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any
Hedging Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Hedging Agreement has a remaining term in
excess of 12 months).
ARTICLE II
THE CREDITS
SECTION 2.01. Commitments. Subject to the terms and conditions and relying upon the
representations and warranties herein set forth, each Lender agrees, severally and not jointly, to
make Revolving Loans in Dollars to the Borrowers, at any time and from time to time on and after
the date hereof and until the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Commitment of
such Lender, in an amount that will not result in (a) the sum of the Revolving Credit Exposure and
the L/C Exposure of such Lender exceeding such Lenders Commitment or (b) the Aggregate Credit
Exposure exceeding the Total Commitment then in effect. Within the foregoing limits, the Borrowers
may borrow, pay or prepay and reborrow Revolving Loans hereunder, on and after the Effective Date
and prior to the Maturity Date, subject to the terms, conditions and limitations set forth herein.
SECTION 2.02. Loans. (a) Each Revolving Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing
consisting of Revolving Loans made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective
Commitments; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender to make any Revolving Loan shall not
in itself relieve any other Lender of its obligation to lend hereunder (it being understood,
however, that no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make any Loan
required to be made by such other Lender). Each Competitive Loan shall be made in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Section 2.03. The Loans comprising any Borrowing shall be (i) in the
case of Competitive Loans, in an aggregate principal amount permitted under Section 2.03, and (ii)
in the case of Revolving Loans, in an aggregate principal amount that is an
25
integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000 (or an aggregate principal
amount equal to the remaining balance of the Commitments).
(b) Each Competitive Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans
or Fixed Rate Loans, and each Revolving Borrowing shall be comprised entirely of Eurocurrency
Revolving Loans or ABR Loans, as the applicable Borrower may request pursuant to Section 2.03 or
2.04, as applicable. Each Lender may at its option make any Loan by causing any domestic or foreign
branch, agency or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such
option shall not affect the obligation of the applicable Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance
with the terms of this Agreement and such branch, agency or Affiliate shall, to the extent of any
such loans made by it, have all the rights of such Lender hereunder. Borrowings of more than one
Type may be outstanding at the same time. For purposes of the foregoing, Loans having different
Interest Periods, regardless of whether they commence on the same date, shall be considered
separate Loans.
(c) Subject to Section 2.06 and, in the case of any Borrowing denominated in a Non-US
Currency, to any alternative procedures that the applicable Borrower, the applicable Lenders and
the Administrative Agent may agree upon, each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it
hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the
Administrative Agent in New York, New York, not later than 1:00 p.m., New York City time, and the
Administrative Agent shall by 3:00 p.m., New York City time, credit the amounts so received to the
account or accounts specified from time to time in one or more notices delivered by the Company to
the Administrative Agent or, if a Borrowing shall not occur on such date because any condition
precedent herein specified shall not have been met, forthwith return the amounts so received to the
respective Lenders. Competitive Loans shall be made by the Lender or Lenders whose Competitive
Bids therefor are accepted pursuant to Section 2.03 in the amounts so accepted. Revolving Loans
shall be made by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their Applicable Shares. Unless the
Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the date of any Borrowing
that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lenders portion of such
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such portion available to
the Administrative Agent on the date of such Borrowing in accordance with this paragraph (c) and
the Administrative Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable
Borrower on such date a corresponding amount in the required currency. If and to the extent that
such Lender shall not have made such portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender and
such Borrower severally agree to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such
corresponding amount together with interest thereon in such currency, for each day from the date
such amount is made available to such Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the
Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Borrower, the interest rate applicable at the time
to the Loans comprising such Borrowing and (ii) in the case of such Lender, a rate determined by
the Administrative Agent to represent its cost of overnight funds. If such Lender shall repay to
the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount shall constitute such Lenders Loan
as part of such Borrowing for purposes of this Agreement.
26
(d) If any Issuing Bank shall not have received from a Borrower the payment required to be
made by Section 2.05(e) within the time period set forth in Section 2.05(e), such Issuing Bank will
promptly notify the Administrative Agent of the L/C Disbursement and the Administrative Agent will
promptly notify each Lender of such L/C Disbursement and its Applicable Share thereof. Each Lender
shall pay by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Administrative Agent not later
than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such date (or, if such Lender shall have received such
notice later than 12:00 (noon), New York City time, on any day, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York
City time, on the immediately following Business Day), an amount equal to such Lenders Applicable
Share of such L/C Disbursement (it being understood that such amount shall be deemed to constitute
an ABR Loan of such Lender and shall bear interest as provided herein), and the Administrative
Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts so received by it from the Lenders. The
Administrative Agent will promptly pay to the Issuing Bank any amounts received by it from the
Borrower pursuant to Section 2.05(e) prior to the time that any Lender makes any payment pursuant
to this paragraph; any such amounts received by the Administrative Agent thereafter will be
promptly remitted by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders that shall have made such payments and
to the Issuing Bank, as their interests may appear. If any Lender shall not have made its
Applicable Share of such L/C Disbursement available to the Administrative Agent as provided above,
such Lender and the Borrowers severally agree to pay interest on such amount, for each day from and
including the date such amount is required to be paid in accordance with this paragraph to but
excluding the date such amount is paid, to the Administrative Agent at (i) in the case of the
Borrowers, a rate per annum equal to the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans pursuant to Section
2.09, and (ii) in the case of such Lender, for the first such day, the Federal Funds Effective
Rate, and for each day thereafter, the Alternate Base Rate.
SECTION 2.03. Competitive Bid Procedure. (a) In order to request Competitive Bids, a
Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Competitive Bid
Request in the form of Exhibit A-1 hereto, to be received by the Administrative Agent (i) in the
case of a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, (A) four
Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive Borrowing
denominated in Dollars and (B) five Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the
case of a Competitive Borrowing denominated in a Non-US Currency and (ii) in the case of a Fixed
Rate Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, (A) one Business Day before a
proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive Borrowing denominated in Dollars and
(B) two Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing in the case of a Competitive
Borrowing denominated in a Non-US Currency. No ABR Loan shall be requested in, or made pursuant
to, a Competitive Bid Request. A Competitive Bid Request that does not conform substantially to
the format of Exhibit A-1 may be rejected in the Administrative Agents sole discretion, and the
Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the applicable Borrower of such rejection by fax. Each
Competitive Bid Request shall refer to this Agreement and specify (A) whether the Borrowing then
being requested is to be a Eurocurrency Borrowing or a Fixed Rate Borrowing, (B) the date of such
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day), (C) the currency of the requested Borrowing (which shall
be Dollars or a Non-US Currency), (D) the aggregate principal amount of the requested Borrowing
(which shall be an integral
27
multiple of 1,000,000 units of the applicable currency with a Dollar Equivalent on the date of
the applicable Competitive Bid Request of at least $10,000,000), and (E) the Interest Period with
respect thereto (which may not end after the Maturity Date). Promptly after its receipt of a
Competitive Bid Request that is not rejected as aforesaid, the Administrative Agent shall fax to
the Lenders a Notice of Competitive Bid Request inviting the Lenders to bid, on the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, to make Competitive Loans.
(b) Each Lender invited to bid may, in its sole discretion, make one or more Competitive Bids
to the applicable Borrower responsive to such Borrowers Competitive Bid Request. Each Competitive
Bid by a Lender must be received by the Administrative Agent by fax, in the form of Exhibit A-3
hereto, (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City
time, three Business Days before a proposed Competitive Borrowing and (ii) in the case of a Fixed
Rate Borrowing, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive
Borrowing. A Lender may submit multiple bids to the Administrative Agent. Competitive Bids that
do not conform substantially to the format of Exhibit A-3 may be rejected by the Administrative
Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Lender making such nonconforming bid of such
rejection as soon as practicable. Each Competitive Bid shall refer to this Agreement and specify
(x) the principal amount (which shall be an integral multiple of 1,000,000 units of the applicable
currency and which may equal the entire principal amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested) of
the Competitive Loan or Loans that the Lender is willing to make, (y) the Competitive Bid Rate or
Rates at which the Lender is prepared to make the Competitive Loan or Loans and (z) the Interest
Period and the last day thereof. If any Lender invited to bid shall elect not to make a
Competitive Bid, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent by fax (I) in the case of
Eurocurrency Competitive Loans, not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days
before a proposed Competitive Borrowing, and (II) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, not later than
9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive Borrowing; provided, however,
that failure by any Lender to give such notice shall not cause such Lender to be obligated to make
any Competitive Loan as part of such Competitive Borrowing. A Competitive Bid submitted by a
Lender pursuant to this paragraph (b) shall be irrevocable.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall as promptly as practicable notify the applicable Borrower,
by fax, of all the Competitive Bids made, the Competitive Bid Rate and the principal amount of each
Competitive Loan in respect of which a Competitive Bid was made and the identity of the Lender that
made each bid. The Administrative Agent shall send a copy of all Competitive Bids to the
applicable Borrower for its records as soon as practicable after completion of the bidding process
set forth in this Section 2.03.
(d) The applicable Borrower may in its sole and absolute discretion, subject only to the
provisions of this paragraph (d), accept or reject any Competitive Bid referred to in paragraph (c)
above. The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone, confirmed by
fax in the form of a Competitive Bid Accept/Reject Letter, whether and to what extent it has
decided to accept or reject any or all of the bids referred to in paragraph (c) above not more than
one hour after it shall have
28
been notified of such bids by the Administrative Agent pursuant to such paragraph (c);
provided, however, that (i) the failure of the applicable Borrower to give such notice shall be
deemed to be a rejection of all the bids referred to in paragraph (c) above, (ii) the applicable
Borrower shall not accept a bid made at a particular Competitive Bid Rate if it has decided to
reject a bid made at a lower Competitive Bid Rate, (iii) the aggregate amount of the Competitive
Bids accepted by the applicable Borrower shall not exceed the principal amount specified in the
Competitive Bid Request, (iv) if the applicable Borrower shall accept a bid or bids made at a
particular Competitive Bid Rate but the amount of such bid or bids shall cause the total amount of
bids to be accepted to exceed the amount specified in the Competitive Bid Request, then the
applicable Borrower shall accept a portion of such bid or bids in an amount equal to the amount
specified in the Competitive Bid Request less the amount of all other Competitive Bids accepted
with respect to such Competitive Bid Request, which acceptance, in the case of multiple bids at
such Competitive Bid Rate, shall be made pro rata in accordance with the amount of each such bid at
such Competitive Bid Rate, and (v) except pursuant to clause (iv) above, no bid shall be accepted
for a Competitive Loan unless such Competitive Loan is in an amount that is an integral multiple of
1,000,000 units of the applicable currency, and in calculating the pro rata allocation of
acceptances of portions of multiple bids at a particular Competitive Bid Rate pursuant to clause
(iv) above, the amounts shall be rounded to integral multiples of 1,000,000 units of the applicable
currency in a manner which shall be in the discretion of the applicable Borrower. A notice given
pursuant to this paragraph (d) shall be irrevocable.
(e) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each bidding Lender whether or not its
Competitive Bid has been accepted (and if so, in what amount and at what Competitive Bid Rate) by
fax, and each successful bidder will thereupon become bound, subject to the other applicable
conditions hereof, to make the Competitive Loan in respect of which its bid has been accepted.
(f) No Competitive Borrowing shall be requested or made hereunder if after giving effect
thereto (i) the Aggregate Credit Exposure would exceed the Total Commitment or (ii) in the event
the Maturity Date shall have been extended as provided in Section 2.12(d), the sum of the LC
Exposures attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after any Existing Maturity Date and the
Competitive Loan Exposures attributable to Competitive Loans maturing after such Existing Maturity
Date would exceed the aggregate Commitments that have been extended to a date after the expiration
date of the last of such Letters of Credit and the maturity of the last of such Competitive Loans.
(g) If the Administrative Agent shall elect to submit a Competitive Bid in its capacity as a
Lender, it shall submit such bid directly to the applicable Borrower one quarter of an hour earlier
than the latest time at which the other Lenders are required to submit their bids to the
Administrative Agent pursuant to paragraph (b) above.
SECTION 2.04. Revolving Borrowing Procedure. In order to request a Revolving Borrowing, a
Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the Administrative Agent a duly completed Revolving Borrowing
Request in the form of Exhibit A-5 (i) in the case of a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, not later
than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before such Borrowing, and (ii) in the
case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of such
Borrowing. No Fixed
29
Rate Loan shall be requested or made pursuant to a Revolving Borrowing Request. Such notice
shall be irrevocable and shall in each case specify (A) whether the Borrowing then being requested
is to be a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing; (B) the date of such Revolving
Borrowing (which shall be a Business Day) and the amount thereof; and (C) if such Borrowing is to
be a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect thereto. If no election as
to the Type of Revolving Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the requested Revolving
Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period with respect to any Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing is specified in any such notice, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed
to have selected an Interest Period of one months duration. Notwithstanding any other provision
of this Agreement to the contrary, no Revolving Borrowing shall be requested if the Interest Period
with respect thereto would end after the Maturity Date in effect for any Lender. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly advise each of the Lenders of any notice given pursuant to this
Section 2.04 and of each Lenders portion of the requested Borrowing.
SECTION 2.05. Letters of Credit. (a) General. The Borrowers may request the issuance of
Letters of Credit, in a form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and the applicable
Issuing Bank, appropriately completed, for the accounts of the Borrowers, at any time and from time
to time while the Commitments remain in effect. All Letters of Credit shall be denominated in
Dollars. This Section shall not be construed to impose an obligation upon any Issuing Bank to
issue any Letter of Credit that is inconsistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(b) Notice of Issuance, Amendment, Renewal, Extension; Certain Conditions. In order to
request the issuance of a Letter of Credit (or to amend, renew or extend an existing Letter of
Credit), the applicable Borrower shall hand deliver or fax to the applicable Issuing Bank and the
Administrative Agent (reasonably in advance of, but not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time,
five Business Days before, the requested date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension) a
notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit, or identifying the Letter of Credit to be
amended, renewed or extended, the date of issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the date on
which such Letter of Credit is to expire (which shall comply with paragraph (c) below), the amount
of such Letter of Credit, the name and address of the beneficiary thereof and such other
information as shall be necessary to prepare such Letter of Credit. Following receipt of such
notice and prior to the issuance of the requested Letter of Credit or the applicable amendment,
renewal or extension, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrowers, each Lender and the
applicable Issuing Bank of the amount of the Aggregate Credit Exposure after giving effect to (i)
the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension of such Letter of Credit, (ii) the issuance or
expiration of any other Letter of Credit that is to be issued or will expire prior to the requested
date of issuance of such Letter of Credit and (iii) the borrowing or repayment of any Loans that
(based upon notices delivered to the Administrative Agent by the Borrowers) are to be borrowed or
repaid prior to the requested date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. A Letter of Credit shall
be issued, amended, renewed or extended only if, and upon issuance, amendment, renewal or extension
of each Letter of Credit the Borrowers shall be deemed to represent and warrant that, (i) after
giving effect to such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension (A) the L/C Exposure shall not
exceed $100,000,000 and (B) the Aggregate Credit
30
Exposure shall not exceed the Total Commitment, (ii) in the case of a Letter of Credit that
will expire later than the first anniversary of such issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, the
applicable Borrower, the applicable Issuing Bank and the Required Lenders shall have reached
agreement on the fees to be applicable thereto as contemplated by the last sentence of Section
2.07(c) and (iii) in the event the Maturity Date shall have been extended as provided in Section
2.12(d), the sum of the LC Exposures attributable to Letters of Credit expiring after any Existing
Maturity Date (as defined in Section 2.12(d)) and the Competitive Loan Exposures attributable to
Competitive Loans maturing after such Existing Maturity Date shall not exceed the aggregate
Commitments that have been extended to a date after the expiration date of the last of such Letters
of Credit and the maturity of the last of such Competitive Loans.
(c) Expiration Date. Each Letter of Credit shall expire at the close of business on the
earlier of (x) the date one year after the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (or, in
the case of any renewal or extension thereof, one year after such renewal or extension) or such
longer period as may be agreed to between the applicable Borrower and the Issuing Bank and (y) the
date that is five Business Days prior to the Maturity Date, unless such Letter of Credit expires by
its terms on an earlier date; provided that any Letter of Credit with a one-year tenor may provide
for renewal thereof under procedures reasonably satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank for
additional one-year periods (which shall in no event extend beyond the date referred to in clause
(y) above).
(d) Participations. By the issuance of a Letter of Credit and without any further action on
the part of the applicable Issuing Bank or the Lenders, the applicable Issuing Bank hereby grants
to each Lender, and each such Lender hereby acquires from the applicable Issuing Bank, a
participation in such Letter of Credit equal to such Lenders Applicable Share from time to time of
the aggregate amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, effective upon the issuance
of such Letter of Credit. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, each Lender hereby
absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the
applicable Issuing Bank, such Lenders Applicable Share from time to time of each L/C Disbursement
made by such Issuing Bank and not reimbursed by the applicable Borrower (or, if applicable, another
party pursuant to its obligations under any other Loan Document) by the time provided in Section
2.02(d). Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations
pursuant to this paragraph in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall
not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including the occurrence and continuance of a
Default or an Event of Default, and that each such payment shall be made without any offset,
abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever.
(e) Reimbursement. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a Letter
of Credit, the applicable Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent such L/C Disbursement not
later than (i) if such Borrower shall have received notice of such L/C Disbursement prior to 10:00
a.m., New York City time, on any Business Day, 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on such Business Day
or (ii) otherwise, 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the Business Day next following the day on
which the Borrower shall have received notice from such Issuing Bank that payment of such draft
will be made.
31
(f) Obligations Absolute. The Borrowers obligations to reimburse L/C Disbursements as
provided in paragraph (e) above shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be
performed strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, under any and all circumstances
whatsoever, and irrespective of:
(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit or any Loan
Document, or any term or provision therein;
(ii) any amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from all or any of the
provisions of any Letter of Credit or any Loan Document;
(iii) the existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrowers,
any other party guaranteeing, or otherwise obligated with, the Borrowers, any Subsidiary or
other Affiliate thereof or any other Person may at any time have against the beneficiary
under any Letter of Credit, any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any
other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any
other related or unrelated agreement or transaction;
(iv) any draft or other document presented under a Letter of Credit proving to be
forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being
untrue or inaccurate in any respect;
(v) payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit against
presentation of a draft or other document that does not comply with the terms of such
Letter of Credit; and
(vi) any other act or omission to act or delay of any kind of any Issuing Bank, the
Lenders, the Administrative Agent or any other Person or any other event or circumstance
whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, that might, but for the
provisions of this Section, constitute a legal or equitable discharge of the Borrowers
obligations hereunder.
Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is expressly understood and agreed that
the absolute and unconditional obligation of the Borrowers hereunder to reimburse L/C Disbursements
will not be excused by the gross negligence or wilful misconduct of any Issuing Bank, the
Administrative Agent or any Lender. However, the foregoing shall not be construed to excuse any
Issuing Bank from liability to the Borrowers to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to
consequential damages, claims in respect of which are hereby waived by the Borrowers to the extent
permitted by applicable law) suffered by the Borrowers that are caused by such Issuing Banks gross
negligence or wilful misconduct in determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a
Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof; it is understood that each Issuing Bank may accept
documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further
investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary and, in making any payment
under any Letter of Credit (i) an Issuing Banks exclusive reliance on the documents presented to
it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein, including reliance on
the amount of any draft presented under such Letter of Credit, whether or not the amount due to the
beneficiary thereunder
32
equals the amount of such draft and whether or not any document presented pursuant to such
Letter of Credit proves to be insufficient in any respect, if such document on its face appears to
be in order, and whether or not any other statement or any other document presented pursuant to
such Letter of Credit proves to be forged or invalid or any statement therein proves to be
inaccurate or untrue in any respect whatsoever and (ii) any noncompliance in any immaterial respect
of the documents presented under such Letter of Credit with the terms thereof shall, in each case,
be deemed not to constitute wilful misconduct or gross negligence of an Issuing Bank.
(g) Disbursement Procedures. The applicable Issuing Bank shall, promptly following its
receipt thereof, examine all documents purporting to represent a demand for payment under a Letter
of Credit. Such Issuing Bank shall as promptly as possible give telephonic notification, confirmed
by fax, to the Administrative Agent and the applicable Borrower of such demand for payment and
whether such Issuing Bank has made or will make an L/C Disbursement thereunder; provided that any
failure to give or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve such Borrower of its obligation to
reimburse the Issuing Bank and the Lenders with respect to any such L/C Disbursement. The
Administrative Agent shall promptly give each Lender notice thereof.
(h) Interim Interest. If an Issuing Bank shall make any L/C Disbursement in respect of a
Letter of Credit, then, unless the applicable Borrower shall reimburse such L/C Disbursement in
full on the date such L/C Disbursement is made, the unpaid amount thereof shall bear interest for
the account of such Issuing Bank, for each day from and including the date of such L/C
Disbursement, to but excluding the earlier of the date of payment or the date on which interest
shall commence to accrue on Loans made to reimburse such L/C Disbursements provided in Section
2.02(d).
(i) Resignation or Removal of an Issuing Bank. An Issuing Bank may resign at any time by
giving 180 days prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company, and
may be removed at any time by the Company by notice to the Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent
and the Lenders. Subject to the next succeeding paragraph, upon the acceptance of any appointment
as an Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Issuing Bank, such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all the interests, rights and obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank and the
retiring Issuing Bank shall be discharged from its obligations to issue additional Letters of
Credit hereunder. At the time such removal or resignation shall become effective, the Borrowers
shall pay all accrued and unpaid fees pursuant to Section 2.07(c)(ii). The acceptance of any
appointment as an Issuing Bank hereunder by a successor Lender shall be evidenced by an agreement
entered into by such successor, in a form satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent,
and, from and after the effective date of such agreement, (i) such successor Lender shall have all
the rights and obligations of the previous Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents and (ii) references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the term Issuing Bank
shall be deemed to refer to such successor or to any previous Issuing Bank, or to such successor
and all previous Issuing Banks, as the context shall require. After the resignation or removal of
an Issuing Bank hereunder, the retiring Issuing Bank shall remain a party hereto and shall continue
to have all the rights and obligations of an Issuing Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan
Documents with respect to Letters of Credit issued by
33
it prior to such resignation or removal, but shall not be required to issue additional Letters
of Credit.
(j) Additional Issuing Banks. The Company may, at any time and from time to time with the
consent of the Administrative Agent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld) and such
Lender, designate one or more additional Lenders to act as an issuing bank under the terms of this
Agreement. Any Lender designated as an issuing bank pursuant to this paragraph shall, upon
entering into an Issuing Bank Agreement with the Company, be deemed to be an Issuing Bank (in
addition to being a Lender) hereunder.
(k) Issuing Bank Reports. Unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent, each Issuing
Bank shall report in writing to the Administrative Agent (i) on or prior to each Business Day on
which such Issuing Bank issues, amends, renews or extends any Letter of Credit, the date of such
issuance, amendment, renewal or extension, and the aggregate face amount of the Letters of Credit
issued, amended, renewed or extended by it and outstanding after giving effect to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension (and whether the amount thereof shall have changed), it being
understood that such Issuing Bank shall not effect any issuance, renewal, extension or amendment
resulting in an increase in the aggregate amount of the Letters of Credit issued by it without
first obtaining written confirmation from the Administrative Agent that such increase is then
permitted under this Agreement, (ii) on each Business Day on which such Issuing Bank makes any L/C
Disbursement, the date and amount of such L/C Disbursement, (iii) on any Business Day on which a
Borrower fails to reimburse an L/C Disbursement required to be reimbursed to such Issuing Bank on
such day, the date of such failure and the amount of such L/C Disbursement and (iv) on any other
Business Day, such other information as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request as to the
Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank.
SECTION 2.06. Conversion and Continuation of Revolving Loans. Each Borrower shall have the
right at any time upon prior irrevocable notice to the Administrative Agent (i) not later than
10:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of the conversion, to convert all or any part of any
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan into an ABR Loan, and (ii) not later than 10:30 a.m., New York City
time, three Business Days prior to conversion or continuation, to convert any ABR Loan into a
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or to continue any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Loan for an additional Interest Period, subject in each case to the following:
(a) if less than all the outstanding principal amount of any Revolving Borrowing shall be
converted or continued, the aggregate principal amount of the Revolving Borrowing converted or
continued shall be an integral multiple of $5,000,000 and not less than $10,000,000;
(b) accrued interest on a Revolving Borrowing (or portion thereof) being converted shall be
paid by the Borrower at the time of conversion;
(c) if any Eurocurrency Revolving Loan is converted at a time other than the end of the
Interest Period applicable thereto, the Borrower shall pay, upon demand, any amounts due to the
Lenders pursuant to Section 2.16;
34
(d) any portion of a Revolving Borrowing maturing or required to be repaid in less than one
month may not be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan;
(e) any portion of a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan which cannot be continued as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Loan by reason of clause (d) above shall be automatically converted at the end of the
Interest Period in effect for such Eurocurrency Revolving Loan into an ABR Borrowing;
(f) no Interest Period may be selected for any Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing that would end
later than the Maturity Date in effect for any Lender; and
(g) at any time when there shall have occurred and be continuing any Default or Event of
Default, if the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders shall so notify the Company, no
Revolving Loan may be converted into or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Loan.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable and shall refer to this Agreement
and specify (i) the identity and amount of the Revolving Borrowing to be converted or continued,
(ii) whether such Revolving Borrowing is to be converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing or an ABR Borrowing, (iii) if such notice requests a conversion, the date of
such conversion (which shall be a Business Day) and (iv) if such Revolving Borrowing is to be
converted to or continued as a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Interest Period with respect
thereto. If no Interest Period is specified in any such notice with respect to any conversion to
or continuation as a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing, the Borrower shall be deemed to have
selected an Interest Period of one months duration. If no notice shall have been given in
accordance with this Section 2.06 to convert or continue any Revolving Borrowing, such Revolving
Borrowing shall, at the end of the Interest Period applicable thereto (unless repaid pursuant to
the terms hereof), automatically be continued into a new Interest Period as an ABR Borrowing.
SECTION 2.07. Fees. (a) The Company agrees to pay to each Lender, through the
Administrative Agent, on each March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 (with the first
payment being due on September 30, 2011) and on each date on which the Commitment of such Lender
shall be terminated as provided herein (and any subsequent date on which such Lender shall cease to
have any Revolving Credit Exposure or L/C Exposure), a facility fee (a Facility Fee), at a rate
per annum equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time in effect, on the amount of the
Commitment of such Lender, whether used or unused, during the preceding quarter (or other period
commencing on the Closing Date, or ending with the Maturity Date or any date on which the
Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated) or, if such Lender continues to have any Revolving
Credit Exposure or L/C Exposure after its Commitment terminates, on the daily amount of such
Lenders Revolving Credit Exposure and L/C Exposure. All Facility Fees shall be computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 365 or 366 days, as the case may be. The
Facility Fee due to each Lender shall commence to accrue on the Closing Date and shall cease to
accrue on the earlier of the Maturity Date and the termination of the Commitment of such Lender as
provided herein.
35
(b) The Company agrees to pay the Administrative Agent, for its own account, the
administrative and other fees separately agreed to by the Company and the Administrative Agent (the
Administrative Fees).
(c) The Company agrees to pay (i) to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on each
March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 and on the date on which the Commitment of such
Lender shall be terminated as provided herein, a fee (an L/C Participation Fee) calculated on
such Lenders average daily L/C Exposure (excluding the portion thereof attributable to
unreimbursed L/C Disbursements) during the preceding quarter (or shorter period commencing with the
Effective Date or ending with the later of (A) the Maturity Date or the date on which the
Commitment of such Lender shall be terminated and (B) the date on which such Lender shall cease to
have any L/C Exposure) at a rate equal to the Applicable Percentage from time to time, and (ii) to
each Issuing Bank with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it the fees agreed upon by the
Company and such Issuing Bank plus, in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any
Letter of Credit or any L/C Disbursement, such Issuing Banks customary documentary and processing
charges (collectively, the Issuing Bank Fees). All L/C Participation Fees and Issuing Bank Fees
shall be computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a year of 360 days.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of any Letter of Credit that will expire later than the
first anniversary of the issuance, amendment, renewal or extension thereof, the L/C Participation
Fee and Issuing Bank Fees shall be increased by an amount to be agreed upon prior to such issuance,
amendment, renewal or extension by the applicable Borrower, the applicable Issuing Bank and the
Required Lenders.
(d) The Company agrees to pay to each Lender, through the Administrative Agent, on the earlier
of the Closing Date and the date on which the Commitments terminate (if such earlier date is later
than November 30, 2011), a ticking fee (the Ticking Fee) equal to 0.15% per annum of the daily
aggregate principal amount of the Commitment of such Lender for the period commencing on and
including November 30, 2011, and ending on but excluding the Closing Date.
(e) All Fees shall be paid on the dates due, in immediately available funds, to the
Administrative Agent for distribution, if and as appropriate, among the Lenders, except that the
Issuing Bank Fees shall be paid directly to the applicable Issuing Banks and the Administrative
Fees shall be paid pursuant to paragraph (b) above. Once paid, none of the Fees shall be
refundable under any circumstances in the absence of demonstrable error.
SECTION 2.08. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt. (a) Each Borrower hereby agrees that
the outstanding principal balance of each Revolving Loan shall be payable on the Maturity Date and
that the outstanding principal balance of each Competitive Loan shall be payable on the last day of
the Interest Period applicable thereto. Each Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal
balance thereof as set forth in Section 2.09.
(b) Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts
evidencing the indebtedness to such Lender resulting from each Loan
36
made by such Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable
and paid to such Lender from time to time under this Agreement.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it will record (i) the amount of
each Loan made hereunder, the currency of each Loan, the Borrower of each Loan, the Type of each
Loan made and the Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest
due and payable or to become due and payable from each Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii)
the amount of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder from each Borrower and each
Lenders share thereof.
(d) The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of this
Section shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence
and amounts of the obligations therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of any Lender
or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner
affect the obligations of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with their terms.
(e) Any Lender may request that Loans made by it be evidenced by promissory notes. In such
event, the Borrowers shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender promissory notes payable to
such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) and in a
form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory
notes and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section
10.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named
therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered
assigns).
SECTION 2.09. Interest on Loans. (a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans
comprising each Eurocurrency Borrowing shall bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual
number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days) at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of
each Eurocurrency Revolving Loan, the Adjusted LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such
Borrowing plus the Applicable Percentage from time to time in effect, and (ii) in the case of each
Eurocurrency Competitive Loan, the LIBO Rate for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing
plus the Margin offered by the Lender making such Loan and accepted by the applicable Borrower
pursuant to Section 2.03.
(b) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, the Loans comprising each ABR Borrowing shall
bear interest (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 365 or 366
days, as the case may be, for periods during which the Alternate Base Rate is determined by
reference to the Prime Rate and 360 days for other periods) at a rate per annum equal to the
Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Percentage.
(c) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.10, each Fixed Rate Loan shall bear interest at a
rate per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed over a year of 360 days)
equal to the fixed rate of interest offered by the Lender making such Loan and accepted by the
applicable Borrower pursuant to Section 2.03.
37
(d) Interest on each Loan shall be payable on each Interest Payment Date applicable to such
Loan except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. The applicable Adjusted LIBO Rate, LIBO Rate
or Alternate Base Rate for each Interest Period or day within an Interest Period, as the case may
be, shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive
absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.10. Default Interest. If a Borrower shall default in the payment of the principal
of or interest on any Loan or any other amount becoming due hereunder, whether at scheduled
maturity, by notice of prepayment, by acceleration or otherwise, such Borrower shall on demand from
time to time from the Administrative Agent pay interest, to the extent permitted by law, on such
defaulted amount up to (but not including) the date of actual payment (after as well as before
judgment) at a rate per annum (computed as provided in Section 2.09(b)) equal to the Alternate Base
Rate plus 2%.
SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest. In the event, and on each occasion, that on the
day two Business Days prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Eurocurrency
Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall have determined (i) that deposits in the currency and
principal amounts of the Eurocurrency Loans comprising such Borrowing are not generally available
in the London market or (ii) that reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted LIBO
Rate, the Administrative Agent shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, give fax notice of such
determination to the Borrowers and the Lenders. In the event of any such determination under
clause (i) or (ii) above, until the Administrative Agent shall have advised the Company and the
Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist, (x) any request by a
Borrower for a Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.03 shall be of no force and
effect and shall be denied by the Administrative Agent, and (y) any request by a Borrower for a
Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04 shall be deemed to be a request for an
ABR Borrowing. In the event the Required Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the rates at
which Dollar deposits are being offered will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such
Lenders of making or maintaining Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars during such Interest Period, the
Administrative Agent shall notify the applicable Borrower of such notice and until the Required
Lenders shall have advised the Administrative Agent that the circumstances giving rise to such
notice no longer exist, any request by such Borrower for a Eurocurrency Revolving Borrowing shall
be deemed a request for an ABR Borrowing. Each determination by the Administrative Agent hereunder
shall be made in good faith and shall be conclusive absent manifest error.
SECTION 2.12. Termination, Reduction, Extension and Increase of Commitments. (a) The
Commitments shall be automatically terminated (i) on March 31, 2012, if the Effective Date shall
not have occurred by such date, and (ii) otherwise, on the Maturity Date.
(b) Upon at least three Business Days prior irrevocable fax notice to the Administrative
Agent, the Company may at any time in whole permanently terminate, or from time to time in part
permanently reduce, the Total Commitment; provided, however, that (i) each partial reduction of the
Total Commitment shall be in an integral multiple of $10,000,000 and (ii) no such termination or
reduction shall be made (A) which would
38
reduce the Total Commitment to an amount less than the Aggregate Credit Exposure or (B) which
would reduce any Lenders Commitment to an amount that is less than the sum of such Lenders
Revolving Credit Exposure and L/C Exposure.
(c) Each reduction in the Total Commitment hereunder shall be made ratably among the Lenders
in accordance with their respective Commitments. The Borrowers shall pay to the Administrative
Agent for the account of the Lenders, on the date of each reduction or termination of the Total
Commitment, the Facility Fees on the amount of the Commitments terminated accrued through the date
of such termination or reduction.
(d) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly
deliver a copy to each of the Lenders) not less than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to any
anniversary of the date hereof, request that the Lenders extend the Maturity Date and the
Commitments for an additional period of one year. Each Lender shall, by notice to the Company and
the Administrative Agent given not later than the 20th day after the date of the Administrative
Agents receipt of the Companys extension request, advise the Company whether or not it agrees to
the requested extension (each Lender agreeing to a requested extension being called a Consenting
Lender and each Lender declining to agree to a requested extension being called a Declining
Lender). Any Lender that has not so advised the Company and the Administrative Agent by such day
shall be deemed to have declined to agree to such extension and shall be a Declining Lender. If
Lenders constituting the Required Lenders shall have agreed to an extension request, then the
Maturity Date shall, as to the Consenting Lenders, be extended to the first anniversary of the
Maturity Date theretofore in effect. The decision to agree or withhold agreement to any Maturity
Date extension shall be at the sole discretion of each Lender. The Commitment of any Declining
Lender shall terminate on the Maturity Date in effect prior to giving effect to any such extension
(such Maturity Date being called the Existing Maturity Date). The principal amount of any
outstanding Loans made by Declining Lenders, together with any accrued interest thereon and any
accrued fees and other amounts payable to or for the accounts of such Declining Lenders hereunder,
shall be due and payable on the Existing Maturity Date, and on the Existing Maturity Date, the
Borrowers shall also make such other prepayments of their Loans as shall be required in order that,
after giving effect to the termination of the Commitments of, and all payments to, Declining
Lenders pursuant to this sentence, the Aggregate Credit Exposures shall not exceed the Total
Commitment. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this paragraph, the Company shall have the
right, pursuant to Section 10.04, at any time prior to the Existing Maturity Date, to replace a
Declining Lender with a Lender or other financial institution that will agree to a request for the
extension of the Maturity Date, and any such replacement Lender shall for all purposes constitute a
Consenting Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to
this paragraph shall become effective unless (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received
documents consistent with those delivered with respect to the Company and the Borrowers under
Section 4.02(a) and (b) and Section 4.03(a), giving effect to such extension and (ii) on the
anniversary of the date hereof that immediately follows the date on which the Company delivers the
applicable request for extension of the Maturity Date, the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b)
and (c) of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied (with all references in such paragraphs to a
39
Borrowing being deemed to be references to such extension and without giving effect to the
parenthetical in Section 4.01(b)) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to
that effect dated such date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Company.
(e) The Company may, by written notice to the Administrative Agent, executed by the Company
and one or more financial institutions (any such financial institution referred to in this Section
being called an Increasing Lender), which may include any Lender, cause Commitments to be
extended by the Increasing Lenders (or cause the Commitments of the Increasing Lenders to be
increased, as the case may be) in an amount for each Increasing Lender set forth in such notice,
provided, however, that (a) the aggregate amount of all new Commitments and increases in existing
Commitments pursuant to this paragraph during the term of this Agreement shall in no event exceed
$200,000,000, (b) each Increasing Lender, if not already a Lender hereunder, (x) shall have a
Commitment, immediately after the effectiveness of such increase, of at least $25,000,000, (y)
shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Issuing Bank (which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld) and (z) shall become a party to this Agreement by completing
and delivering to the Administrative Agent a duly executed accession agreement in a form
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Company (an Accession Agreement) and (c) the
decision of any existing Lender to become an Increasing Lender shall be in the sole discretion of
such Lender, and no existing Lender shall be required to increase its Commitment hereunder. New
Commitments and increases in Commitments pursuant to this Section shall become effective on the
date specified in the applicable notices delivered pursuant to this Section. Upon the
effectiveness of any Accession Agreement to which any Increasing Lender is a party, (i) such
Increasing Lender shall thereafter be deemed to be a party to this Agreement and shall be entitled
to all rights, benefits and privileges accorded a Lender hereunder and subject to all obligations
of a Lender hereunder and (ii) Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the
Commitment of such Increasing Lender as provided in such Accession Agreement. Upon the
effectiveness of any increase pursuant to this Section in the Commitment of a Lender already a
party hereto, Schedule 2.01 shall be deemed to have been amended to reflect the increased
Commitment of such Lender. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no increase in the aggregate Commitments
(or in the Commitment of any Lender) shall become effective under this Section unless, on the date
of such increase, (i) the Administrative Agent shall have received documents consistent with those
delivered with respect to the Company and the Borrowers under Section 4.02(a) and (b) and Section
4.03(a), giving effect to such increase and (ii) the conditions set forth in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of Section 4.01 shall be satisfied (with all references in such paragraphs to a Borrowing being
deemed to be references to such increase and without giving effect to the parenthetical in Section
4.01(b)) and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate to that effect dated such
date and executed by a Financial Officer of the Company. Following any extension of a new
Commitment or increase of a Lenders Commitment pursuant to this paragraph, any Revolving Loans
outstanding prior to the effectiveness of such increase or extension shall continue outstanding
until the ends of the respective Interests Periods applicable thereto, and shall then be repaid or
refinanced with new Revolving Loans made pursuant to Section 2.01.
40
SECTION 2.13. Prepayment. (a) Each Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time
to time to prepay any Revolving Borrowing, in whole or in part, upon giving fax notice (or
telephone notice promptly confirmed by fax) to the Administrative Agent: (i) before 10:00 a.m.,
New York City time, three Business Days prior to prepayment, in the case of Eurocurrency Revolving
Loans, and (ii) before 10:00 a.m., New York City time, one Business Day prior to prepayment, in the
case of ABR Loans; provided, however, that in the case of any Revolving Borrowing, each partial
prepayment shall be in an amount which is an integral multiple of $10,000,000 and not less than
$50,000,000.
(b) On the date of any termination or reduction of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.12,
the Borrowers shall pay or prepay so much of the Revolving Borrowings as shall be necessary in
order that the Aggregate Credit Exposure will not exceed the Total Commitment after giving effect
to such termination or reduction.
(c) Each notice of prepayment shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of
each Borrowing (or portion thereof) to be prepaid, shall be irrevocable and shall commit the
applicable Borrower to prepay such Borrowing (or portion thereof) by the amount stated therein on
the date stated therein. All prepayments under this Section shall be subject to Section 2.16 but
otherwise without premium or penalty. All prepayments under this Section shall be accompanied by
accrued interest on the principal amount being prepaid to the date of payment.
SECTION 2.14. Reserve Requirements; Change in Circumstances.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if after the date of this Agreement any
Change in Law shall result in the imposition, modification or applicability of any reserve, special
deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of or credit
extended by any Credit Party, or shall result in the imposition on any Credit Party or the London
interbank market of any other condition affecting this Agreement, such Credit Partys Commitment or
any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan made by such Credit Party or any Letter of Credit, and the
result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Credit Party of making or
maintaining any Eurocurrency Loan or Fixed Rate Loan or of issuing or maintaining any Letter of
Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Credit Party hereunder
(whether of principal, interest or otherwise) by an amount deemed by such Credit Party to be
material, then such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Credit Party for such
additional costs or reduction will be paid by the Borrowers to such Credit Party upon demand.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Credit Party shall be entitled to request compensation under this
paragraph, (A) with respect to any Competitive Loan made by such Credit Party if the Change in Law
giving rise to such request was applicable to such Credit Party at the time of submission of the
Competitive Bid pursuant to which such Competitive Loan was made or issued, or (B) with respect to
any Change in Law in respect of costs imposed on such Lender or Issuing Bank under the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or Basel III (x) if the applicable Change in Law and
the resulting costs shall have become fully effective without the need for any further legislative
or regulatory action, and such increased costs shall have been determined by such Credit Party, in
each case prior to July 20, 2011, or (y) if it shall not be the general policy or practice of such
Credit Party to seek compensation in similar
41
circumstances under similar provisions in comparable credit facilities, as determined in good
faith by such Credit Party.
(b) If any Credit Party shall have determined that any Change in Law regarding capital
adequacy has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Credit Partys capital
or on the capital of such Credit Partys holding company, if any, as a consequence of this
Agreement, such Credit Partys Commitment or the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued by such
Credit Party pursuant hereto to a level below that which such Credit Party or such Credit Partys
holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such
Credit Partys policies and the policies of such Credit Partys holding company with respect to
capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Credit Party to be material, then from time to time
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Credit Party for such reduction will be
paid by the Borrowers to such Credit Party.
(c) A certificate of any Credit Party setting forth such amount or amounts as shall be
necessary to compensate such Credit Party or its holding company as specified in paragraph (a) or
(b) above, as the case may be, shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent
manifest error. The Borrowers shall pay such Credit Party the amount shown as due on any such
certificate delivered by it within 10 days after its receipt of the same.
(d) Failure on the part of any Credit Party to demand compensation for any increased costs or
reduction in amounts received or receivable or reduction in return on capital with respect to any
period shall not constitute a waiver of such Credit Partys right to demand compensation with
respect to such period or any other period; provided that the Borrowers shall not be required to
compensate any Credit Party pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or expenses incurred
or reductions suffered more than 90 days prior to the date that such Credit Party notifies the
Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions and of
such Credit Partys intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further
that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or expenses or reductions is
retroactive, then the 90-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of
retroactive effect thereof. The protection of this Section shall be available to each Credit Party
regardless of any possible contention of the invalidity or inapplicability of the Change in Law
which shall have occurred or been imposed.
SECTION 2.15. Change in Legality. (a) Notwithstanding any other provision herein, if any
change in any law or regulation or in the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Authority
charged with the administration or interpretation thereof shall make it unlawful for any Lender or
any of its Affiliates to make or maintain any Eurocurrency Loan or to give effect to its
obligations as contemplated hereby with respect to any Eurocurrency Loan, then, by written notice
to the Company and to the Administrative Agent, such Lender may:
(i) declare that Eurocurrency Loans will not thereafter be made by such Lender
hereunder, whereupon such Lender shall not submit a Competitive Bid in response to a
request for a Eurocurrency Competitive Borrowing, and any request for a Eurocurrency
Revolving Borrowing shall, as to such Lender only, be
42
deemed a request for an ABR Loan, unless such declaration shall be subsequently
withdrawn; and
(ii) require that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans denominated in Dollars made by it
be converted to ABR Loans (which ABR Loans shall, for purposes of this Section 2.15, be
determined at a rate per annum by reference to the greater of clause (a) or (b) of the
definition of the term Alternate Base Rate) and that all outstanding Eurocurrency Loans
denominated in the affected Non-US Currency be promptly prepaid, in which event all such
Eurocurrency Loans in Dollars shall be automatically converted to ABR Loans (at a rate per
annum as so determined) as of the effective date of such notice as provided in paragraph
(b) below and all such Non-US Currency Loans shall be promptly prepaid.
In the event any Lender shall exercise its rights under (i) or (ii) above with respect to
Eurocurrency Loans, all payments and prepayments of principal which would otherwise have been
applied to repay the Eurocurrency Loans that would have been made by such Lender or the converted
Eurocurrency Loans of such Lender shall instead be applied to repay the ABR Loans made by such
Lender in lieu of, or resulting from the conversion of, such Eurocurrency Loans.
(b) For purposes of this Section 2.15, a notice by any Lender shall be effective as to each
Eurocurrency Loan, if lawful, on the last day of the Interest Period currently applicable to such
Eurocurrency Loan; in all other cases such notice shall be effective on the date of receipt.
SECTION 2.16. Indemnity. The Borrowers shall indemnify each Lender against any out-of-pocket
loss or reasonable expense which such Lender may sustain or incur as a consequence of (a) any
failure to borrow or to refinance, convert or continue any Loan hereunder after irrevocable notice
of such borrowing, refinancing, conversion or continuation has been given pursuant to Section 2.03,
2.04 or 2.06, (b) any payment, prepayment or conversion, or assignment required under Section 2.21,
of a Eurocurrency Loan required by any other provision of this Agreement or otherwise made or
deemed made on a date other than the last day of the Interest Period, if any, applicable thereto,
(c) any default in payment or prepayment of the principal amount of any Loan or any part thereof or
interest accrued thereon, as and when due and payable (at the due date thereof, whether by
scheduled maturity, acceleration, irrevocable notice of prepayment or otherwise) or (d) the
occurrence of any Event of Default, including, in each such case, any loss or reasonable expense
sustained or incurred or to be sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from
third parties acquired to effect or maintain such Loan or any part thereof as a Eurocurrency Loan.
Such loss or reasonable expense shall include an amount equal to the excess, if any, as reasonably
determined by such Lender, of (i) its cost of obtaining the funds for the Loan being paid, prepaid,
refinanced or not borrowed (assumed to be the Adjusted LIBO Rate applicable thereto) for the period
from the date of such payment, prepayment, refinancing or failure to borrow or refinance to the
last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow or refinance
the Interest Period for such Loan which would have commenced on the date of such failure) over (ii)
the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by such Lender) that would be realized by such
Lender in reemploying the funds so paid, prepaid or not borrowed or refinanced for such period or
Interest Period, as the case may be. A
43
certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts which such Lender is entitled to
receive pursuant to this Section as a result of any loss shall be delivered to such Borrower and
shall be conclusive absent manifest error; provided that any expenses related to any such loss that
are incurred by such Lender and reported under such certificate shall be required to be reasonably
documented.
SECTION 2.17. Pro Rata Treatment. Except as required under Sections 2.15 and 2.21, each
payment of the Facility Fees and each reduction of the Commitments shall be allocated pro rata
among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments (or, if such Commitments shall
have expired or been terminated, in accordance with the respective principal amounts of their
outstanding Revolving Loans). Except as required under Section 2.15, each payment or repayment of
principal of any Revolving Borrowing and each refinancing or conversion of any Revolving Borrowing
shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective principal amounts
of their outstanding Revolving Loans comprising such Borrowing, and each payment of interest on any
Revolving Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders in accordance with the respective
amounts of accrued and unpaid interest on their outstanding Revolving Loans comprising such
Borrowing. Each payment of principal of any Competitive Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata
among the Lenders participating in such Borrowing in accordance with the respective principal
amounts of their outstanding Competitive Loans comprising such Borrowing. Each payment of interest
on any Competitive Borrowing shall be allocated pro rata among the Lenders participating in such
Borrowing in accordance with the respective amounts of accrued and unpaid interest on their
outstanding Competitive Loans comprising such Borrowing. For purposes of determining the
Commitments of the Lenders at any time, each outstanding Competitive Borrowing shall be deemed to
have utilized the Commitments of the Lenders (including those Lenders which shall not have made
Loans as part of such Competitive Borrowing) pro rata in accordance with their respective
Commitments. Each Lender agrees that in computing such Lenders portion of any Borrowing to be
made hereunder, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, round each Lenders percentage of
such Borrowing to the next higher or lower whole Dollar amount.
SECTION 2.18. Sharing of Setoffs. Each Lender agrees that if it shall, through the exercise
of a right of bankers lien, setoff or counterclaim, or pursuant to a secured claim under Section
506 of Title 11 of the United States Code or other security or interest arising from, or in lieu
of, such secured claim, received by such Lender under any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law or otherwise, or by any other means (other than pursuant to Sections 2.14, 2.16
or 2.20), obtain payment (voluntary or involuntary) in respect of any Revolving Loans or amounts
owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements as a result of which the unpaid principal portion of its
Revolving Loans and the amounts owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements shall be proportionately
less than the unpaid principal portion of the Revolving Loans and amounts owed in respect of L/C
Disbursements of any other Lender, it shall be deemed simultaneously to have purchased from such
other Lender at face value, and shall promptly pay to such other Lender the purchase price for, a
participation in the Revolving Loans and amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements of such other
Lender, so that the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Revolving Loans and participations in
the Revolving Loans and amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements of each Lender shall be in the
same proportion to the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Revolving Loans and
44
amounts owed in
respect of L/C Disbursements then outstanding as the principal amount of its Revolving Loans and
the amounts owed to it in respect of L/C Disbursements prior to such exercise of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim or other event was to the principal amount of all Revolving Loans and
amounts owed in respect of L/C Disbursements outstanding prior to such exercise of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim or other event; provided, however, that, if any such purchase or purchases
or adjustments shall be made pursuant to this Section 2.18 and the payment giving rise thereto
shall thereafter be recovered, such purchase or purchases or adjustments shall be rescinded to the
extent of such recovery and the purchase price or prices or adjustment restored without interest.
Any Lender holding a participation in a Revolving Loan or amount owed in respect of an L/C
Disbursement deemed to have been so purchased may exercise any and all rights of bankers lien,
setoff or counterclaim with respect to any and all moneys owing to such Lender by reason thereof as
fully as if such Lender had made a Revolving Loan in the amount of such participation.
SECTION 2.19. Payments. (a) Except to the extent that any Tax is required to be withheld or
deducted under applicable law or regulation, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.20, the
Borrowers shall make each payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any L/C
Disbursement and any Fees or other amounts) hereunder without deduction, counter-claim or setoff in
immediately available funds from an account in the United States not later than 12:00 noon, local
time at the place of payment, on the date when due in immediately available funds to the
Administrative Agent at its offices at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York. Each such payment
(other than principal of and interest on Non-US Currency Loans, which shall be made in the
applicable Non-US Currencies) shall be made in Dollars. The Administrative Agent shall promptly
distribute all payments for the accounts of the Lenders received by it to the Lenders.
(b) Whenever any payment (including principal of or interest on any Borrowing or any Fees or
other amounts) hereunder shall become due, or otherwise would occur, on a day that is not a
Business Day, such payment may be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and such extension of
time shall in such case be included in the computation of interest or Fees, if applicable.
(c) Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if any Lender shall fail to make any
payment required to be made by it hereunder to or for the account of the Administrative Agent or
any Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion, until such time as all such
unsatisfied obligations of such Lender have been fully paid, (i) apply any amounts received by the
Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or
the applicable Issuing Bank to satisfy such Lenders obligations to it under each such Section
and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and for
application to, any future obligations of such Lender under any such Section, in each case in any
order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.
SECTION 2.20. Taxes. (a) Each payment by each applicable Borrower under this Agreement
shall be made without withholding for any Taxes, unless such
45
withholding is required by any law.
If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole
discretion exercised in good faith, that it is so required to withhold Taxes, then such
Withholding Agent may so withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of withheld Taxes to the
relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable law. If such Taxes are Indemnified
Taxes, then the amount payable by the applicable Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that,
net of such withholding (including such withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under
this Section), the applicable Credit Party receives the amount it would have received had no such
withholding been made.
(b) Each applicable Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental
Authority in accordance with applicable law.
(c) As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Borrower to a
Governmental Authority, such Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a
certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment or other
evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.
(d) Each Borrower shall indemnify each Credit Party for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or
payable by such Credit Party in connection with this Agreement (including amounts paid or payable
under this Section 2.20(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto,
whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant
Governmental Authority, except to the extent that such Borrower has paid additional amounts with
respect to such Taxes pursuant to Section 2.20(a) of this Agreement. The indemnity under this
Section 2.20(d) shall be paid within 10 days after the Credit Party delivers to the applicable
Borrower a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so paid or payable by such
Credit Party. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest
error. Such Credit Party shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent.
(e) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the
case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that the Borrowers have not already indemnified
the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of any
Borrower to do so) attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent
in connection with this Agreement and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect
thereto, whether or not such Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant
Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.20(e) shall be paid within 10 days after
the Administrative Agent delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of
Taxes or expenses so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent. Such certificate shall be
conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
(f) (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable
withholding Tax with respect to any payments under this Agreement or the Loan Documents shall
deliver to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date such Lender becomes
a party to this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by any Borrower or the
Administrative Agent, such properly
46
completed and executed documentation reasonably requested by
such Borrower or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of,
withholding. In addition, any Lender shall, on or prior to the date such Lender becomes a party to
this Agreement and at the time or times reasonably requested by any Borrower or the Administrative
Agent, deliver such other documentation prescribed by law or reasonably requested by such Borrower
or the Administrative Agent as will enable such Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine
whether or not such Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements.
Upon the reasonable request of any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update
any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.20(f). If any form or
certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or
inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event
within 10 days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify such Borrower and the
Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form
or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Borrower is a US Person,
any Lender with respect to such Borrower shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver
to such Borrower and the Administrative Agent (in such number of copies reasonably
requested by such Borrower and the Administrative Agent) on or prior to the date on which
such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed copies of whichever of the
following is applicable (including any applicable substitute or successor forms):
(A) in the case of a Lender that is a US Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying
that such Lender is exempt from US Federal backup withholding tax;
(B) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax
treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of
interest under this Agreement, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption from,
or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the interest article
of such tax treaty and (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under
this Agreement or the Loan Documents, IRS Form W-8BEN establishing an exemption
from, or reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the business
profits or other income article of such tax treaty;
(C) in the case of a Non-US Lender for whom payments under this Agreement
constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lenders conduct of a
trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;
(D) in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption
for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form
W-8BEN and (2) a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit G (a US Tax
Certificate) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a bank within the
meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a 10 percent shareholder of
such Borrower within the meaning of
47
Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a
controlled foreign corporation
described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade
or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are
effectively connected;
(E) in the case of a Non-US Lender that is not the beneficial owner of
payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating
Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms
prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that
would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership
if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if
the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the
exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender
may provide a US Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or
(F) any other form prescribed by law as a basis for claiming exemption
from, or a reduction of, US Federal withholding Tax together with such
supplementary documentation necessary to enable such Borrower or the
Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by law to
be withheld.
(iii) Each Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times
prescribed by law (including as prescribed as a result of any change in law or the taking
effect of any law occurring after the date hereof) and at such time or times reasonably
requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable law
(including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code and as prescribed by any
change in law or the taking effect of any law occurring after the date hereof) and such
additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary
for the Withholding Agent (A) to comply with its obligations under FATCA, (B) to determine
that such Lender has complied with such Lenders obligations under FATCA and (C) to
determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. For purposes of this Section
2.20(f)(iii), FATCA shall include any regulations or official interpretations thereof.
(g) If any party determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith, that it has
received a refund of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section 2.20
(including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section 2.20), it shall pay to the indemnifying
party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made and
additional amounts paid under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund),
net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and without
interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such
refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such
indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnified party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus
any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the
event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This
Section 2.20(g) shall not be construed to require any party to make
48
available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems
confidential) to any other party or any other Person.
(h) Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Borrower for any
Taxes incurred or asserted against the Administrative Agent or such Borrower by any Governmental
Authority and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom as a result of the failure by such Lender
to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation
required to be delivered by such Lender to the Administrative Agent or such Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.20(f). The indemnity under this Section 2.20(h) shall be paid within 10 days after the
Administrative Agent or such Borrower delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the
amount of Taxes or expenses so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or such Borrower. Such
certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.
(i) Each partys obligations under this Section 2.20 shall survive any assignment of rights
by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment,
satisfaction or discharge of all other obligations under this Agreement.
(j) For purposes of Sections 2.20(e), (f), (h) and (i), the term Lender includes any (i)
Issuing Bank and (ii) assignee and Participant under Section 10.04.
SECTION 2.21. Duty to Mitigate; Assignment of Commitments Under Certain Circumstances. (a)
Any Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank
claiming any additional amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.14 or Section 2.20 or exercising its
rights under Section 2.15 shall use reasonable efforts (consistent with legal and regulatory
restrictions) to file any certificate or document requested by the Company or to change the
jurisdiction of its applicable lending office if the making of such a filing or change would avoid
the need for or reduce the amount of any such additional amounts which may thereafter accrue or
avoid the circumstances giving rise to such exercise and would not, in the sole determination of
such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing
Bank, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the
benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank.
(b) In the event that any Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a
Participant) or Issuing Bank shall have delivered a notice or certificate pursuant to Section 2.14
or 2.15, or any Borrower shall be required to make additional payments to any Lender (including any
assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank under Section 2.20, the
Company shall have the right, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender (including any
assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank and the Administrative
Agent, to require such Lender (including any assignee and any Lender for the benefit of a
Participant) or Issuing Bank to transfer and assign without recourse, representation or warranty
(in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.04) all interests,
rights and obligations contained hereunder to another financial institution approved by the
Administrative Agent (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) which shall assume such
obligations; provided that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law,
49
rule or regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the assignee or the
Company, as the case may be, shall pay to the affected Lender (including any assignee and any
Lender for the benefit of a Participant) or Issuing Bank in immediately available funds on the date
of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans and
L/C Disbursements made by it hereunder and all other amounts accrued for its account or owed to it
hereunder and shall cause all Letters of Credit issued by it to be canceled on such date.
SECTION 2.22. Defaulting Lenders. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the
contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for
so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:
(a) Facility Fees shall cease to accrue on the unfunded portion of the Commitment of such
Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(a);
(b) the Commitment and Revolving Credit Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall not be
included in determining whether the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder
(including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 10.07);
provided, that this clause (b) shall not apply to the vote of a Defaulting Lender in the case of an
amendment, waiver or other modification requiring the consent of such Lender or each Lender
affected thereby;
(c) if any L/C Exposure exists at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender then:
(i) unless a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all
or any part of the L/C Exposure of such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the
non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Shares, but only to
the extent the sum of all non-Defaulting Lenders Revolving Credit Exposures plus such
Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure does not exceed the total of all non-Defaulting Lenders
Commitments;
(ii) if the reallocation described in clause (i) above cannot, or can only partially,
be effected, each Borrower shall within two Business Days following notice by the
Administrative Agent cash collateralize for the benefit of the applicable Issuing Bank only
such Borrowers obligations corresponding to such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure (after
giving effect to any partial reallocation pursuant to clause (i) above) in accordance with
the procedures set forth in Article VII for so long as such L/C Exposure is outstanding;
(iii) if a Borrower cash collateralizes any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Exposure pursuant to clause (ii) above, such Borrower shall not be required to pay any L/C
Participation Fees to such Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.07(c) with respect to
such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure during the period such Defaulting Lenders L/C
Exposure is cash collateralized;
(iv) if the L/C Exposure of the Defaulting Lender is reallocated pursuant to clause
(i) above, then the fees payable to the Lenders pursuant to Section
50
2.07(a) and Section 2.07(c) shall be adjusted in accordance with such non-Defaulting
Lenders Applicable Shares; and
(v) if all or any portion of such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure is neither
reallocated nor cash collateralized pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) above, then, without
prejudice to any rights or remedies of the applicable Issuing Bank or any other Lender
hereunder, all Facility Fees that otherwise would have been payable to such Defaulting
Lender (solely with respect to the portion of such Defaulting Lenders Commitment that was
utilized by such L/C Exposure) and L/C Participation Fees payable under Section 2.07(c)
with respect to such Defaulting Lenders L/C Exposure shall be payable to such Issuing Bank
until and to the extent that such L/C Exposure is reallocated and/or cash collateralized;
and
(d) so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender, each Issuing Bank shall not be required to
issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit unless it is satisfied that the related exposure and
the Defaulting Lenders then outstanding L/C Exposure will be 100% covered by the Commitments of
the non-Defaulting Lenders and/or cash collateral will be provided by the applicable Borrowers in
accordance with Section 2.22(c), and participating interests in any newly issued or increased
Letter of Credit shall be allocated among non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with
Section 2.22(c)(i) (and such Defaulting Lender shall not participate therein).
If (i) a Bankruptcy Event with respect to a Lender Parent of any Lender shall occur following
the date hereof and for so long as such event shall continue or (ii) any Issuing Bank has a good
faith belief that any Lender has defaulted in fulfilling its obligations under one or more other
agreements in which such Lender commits to extend credit, such Issuing Bank shall not be required
to issue, amend or increase any Letter of Credit, unless such Issuing Bank shall have entered into
arrangements with the applicable Borrowers or such Lender satisfactory to such Issuing Bank to
defease any risk to it in respect of such Lender hereunder.
In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Borrowers and each Issuing Bank each agree
that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a
Defaulting Lender, then the L/C Exposure of the Lenders shall be readjusted to reflect the
inclusion of such Lenders Commitment and on such date such Lender shall purchase at par such of
the Loans of the other Lenders (other than Competitive Loans) as the Administrative Agent shall
determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its
Applicable Share.
ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Each Borrower represents and warrants to each of the Lenders as follows (it being agreed that
each Borrower other than the Company makes the following representations only as to itself, but
that the Company makes such representations as to all the Borrowers):
51
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers. Each Borrower and each of the Significant Subsidiaries
(a) is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to own its property and
assets and to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted, (c) is
qualified to do business in every jurisdiction where such qualification is required, except where
the failure so to qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (d) in the case of
each Borrower, has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its
obligations under the Loan Documents and to borrow hereunder and thereunder.
SECTION 3.02. Authorization. The execution, delivery and performance by each Borrower of
each Loan Document to which it is or will be a party and the Borrowings hereunder (collectively,
the Transactions) (i) have been or, upon execution and delivery thereof, will be duly authorized
by all requisite corporate action and (ii) will not (A) violate (x) any provision of any law,
statute, rule or regulation (including the Margin Regulations) or of the certificate of
incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of such Borrower, (y) any order of any
Governmental Authority or (z) any provision of any indenture, material agreement or other
instrument to which any Borrower is a party or by which it or any of its property is or may be
bound, where such violation is reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (B) be in
conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or lapse of time or both)
a default under any such indenture, material agreement or other instrument, where such default is
reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (C) result in the creation or
imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of any Borrower.
SECTION 3.03. Enforceability. This Agreement and each other Loan Document to which any
Borrower is a party constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Borrower enforceable
in accordance with its terms.
SECTION 3.04. Governmental Approvals. No action, consent or approval of, registration or
filing with or other action by any Governmental Authority, other than those which have been taken,
given or made, as the case may be, is or will be required with respect to any Borrower in
connection with the Transactions.
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements and Projections. (a) The Company has heretofore
furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders copies of its consolidated balance sheet and
statements of income, cash flow and retained earnings as of and for the year ended December 31,
2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011. Such financial statements
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial condition and the results of
operations of the Company and its subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance
with GAAP.
(b) The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma consolidated
balance sheet and statements of income, cash flow and retained earnings as of and for the year
ended December 31, 2010, and the three months ended March 31, 2011, and June 30, 2011, prepared
giving effect to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions as if the Spin-Offs and the Transactions had
occurred, with respect to each such balance sheet, on the date thereof and, with respect to such
other financial
52
statements for each period, on the first day of such period. Such unaudited pro forma
financial statements, and any other pro forma financial statements contained in the Xylem Form 10
(as amended prior to the date hereof) (i) have been prepared by the Company in good faith, based on
the assumptions used to prepare the pro forma consolidated financial statements included in the
Confidential Information Memorandum (which assumptions are believed by the Company on the date
hereof to be reasonable), (ii) are based on the best information available to the Company as of the
date of delivery thereof after due inquiry and (iii) subject to clauses (i) and (ii) above, (A)
accurately reflect all adjustments necessary to give effect to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions
and (B) present fairly, in all material respects, subject to the qualifications described therein
and in the accompanying notes, the pro forma financial position, results of operations and cash
flows of the Company and the consolidated Subsidiaries as of such date and for such period as if
the Spin-Offs and the Transactions had occurred on each such date or at the beginning of each such
period, as the case may be.
(c) There has been no material adverse change in the consolidated financial condition of the
Company and the Subsidiaries taken as a whole from the financial condition reported in the pro
forma financial statements referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section.
SECTION 3.06. Litigation; Compliance with Laws. (a) There are no actions, proceedings or
investigations filed or (to the knowledge of any Borrower) threatened or affecting any Borrower or
any Subsidiary in any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal
which question the validity or legality of this Agreement, the Transactions or any action taken or
to be taken pursuant to this Agreement and no order or judgment has been issued or entered
restraining or enjoining any Borrower or any Subsidiary from the execution, delivery or performance
of this Agreement nor is there any other action, proceeding or investigation filed or (to the
knowledge of any Borrower or any Subsidiary) threatened against any Borrower or any Subsidiary in
any court or before any Governmental Authority or arbitration board or tribunal which would be
reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect or materially restrict the ability of any
Borrower to comply with its obligations under the Loan Documents.
(b) Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary is in violation of any law, rule or regulation
(including any law, rule or regulation relating to the protection of the environment or to employee
health or safety), or in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction or decree of any
Governmental Authority, where such violation or default would be reasonably likely to result in a
Material Adverse Effect.
(c) Except with respect to any matters that, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, none of the Company or any
Subsidiary has received notice of any claim with respect to or is otherwise aware of any
environmental liability to which it is or is reasonably likely to become subject.
SECTION 3.07. Federal Reserve Regulations. (a) Neither any Borrower nor any Subsidiary that
will receive proceeds of the Loans hereunder is engaged
53
principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for
the purpose of purchasing or carrying Margin Stock.
(b) No part of the proceeds of any Loan will be used, whether directly or indirectly, and
whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry Margin Stock or to refund
indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose, or for any other purpose which entails a
violation of, or which is inconsistent with, the provisions of the Margin Regulations.
SECTION 3.08. Investment Company Act. No Borrower is an investment company as defined in,
or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act).
SECTION 3.09. Use of Proceeds. All proceeds of the Loans and Letters of Credit shall be used
for the purposes referred to in the recitals to this Agreement and in accordance with the
provisions of Section 3.07.
SECTION 3.10. Full Disclosure; No Material Misstatements. None of the representations or
warranties made by any Borrower in connection with this Agreement as of the date such
representations and warranties are made or deemed made, and neither the Confidential Information
Memorandum nor any of the other reports, financial statements, certificates or other information
furnished by or on behalf of any Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender pursuant to or
in connection with this Agreement or the credit facilities established hereby, contains or will
contain any material misstatement of fact or omits or will omit to state any material fact
necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
or will be made, not misleading; provided that, with respect to forecasts or projected financial
information contained in the documents referred to above, the Company represents only that such
information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed by it to be reasonable at
the time made and at the time so furnished and as of the date hereof (it being understood that such
forecasts and projections may vary from actual results and that such variances may be material).
SECTION 3.11. Taxes. Each Borrower and each of the Significant Subsidiaries has filed or
caused to be filed all Federal, state and local tax returns which are required to be filed by it,
and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes shown to be due and payable on such returns or on any
assessments received by it, other than any taxes or assessments the validity of which is being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and with respect to which appropriate
accounting reserves have to the extent required by GAAP been set aside.
SECTION 3.12. Employee Pension Benefit Plans. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably
expected to occur that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events for which liability is
reasonably expected to occur, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
The present value of all accumulated benefit obligations under each Plan (based on the assumptions
used for purposes of FASB ASC Topic 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent financial
statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of such Plan by an
amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, and the
54
present value of all accumulated benefit obligations of all underfunded Plans (based on the
assumptions used for purposes of FASB ASC Topic 715) did not, as of the date of the most recent
financial statements reflecting such amounts, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all
such underfunded Plans by an amount that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect.
SECTION 3.13. OFAC. None of the Borrowers, nor any of their respective Affiliates, is in
violation of (i) any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury
Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive
order relating thereto, (ii) Executive Order No. 13,224, 66 Fed Reg 49,079 (2001), issued by the
President of the United States (Executive Order Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions with
Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism) or (iii) the anti-money laundering
provisions of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56) (the USA PATRIOT Act) amending
the Bank Secrecy Act, 31 U.S.C. Section 5311 et seq and any other laws relating to terrorism or
money laundering.
ARTICLE IV
CONDITIONS OF LENDING
The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and of the Issuing Banks to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder are subject to the Closing Date having occurred and the satisfaction of the
following conditions:
SECTION 4.01. All Extensions of Credit. On the date of each Borrowing and on the date of
each issuance of a Letter of Credit:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of such Borrowing as required by
Section 2.03 or Section 2.04, as applicable, or, in the case of the issuance of a Letter of Credit,
the applicable Issuing Bank shall have been requested to issue such Letter of Credit as
contemplated by Section 2.05.
(b) The representations and warranties set forth in Article III hereof (except those contained
in Sections 3.05(c) and 3.06(a)) shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of
the date of such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit with the same effect as though made on
and as of such date, except to the extent such representations and warranties expressly relate to
an earlier date, in which case such representations and warranties shall be true and correct in all
material respects on and as of such earlier date.
(c) At the time of and immediately after such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit no
Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing.
Each Borrowing and issuance of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation
and warranty by each Borrower on the date of such Borrowing or issuance of a Letter of Credit as to
the matters specified in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Section 4.01.
55
SECTION 4.02. Effective Date. On the Effective Date:
(a) The Administrative Agent shall have received favorable written opinions of (i) Dewey &
LeBoeuf, counsel for the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit C-1 hereto and (ii) Frank R.
Jimenez, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of the Company, to the effect set forth in Exhibit
C-2 hereto, each dated the Effective Date and addressed to the Administrative Agent, the Lenders
and the Issuing Banks and satisfactory to the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and Cravath, Swaine
& Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received (i) a copy of the certificate of
incorporation, including all amendments thereto, of the Company, certified as of a recent date by
the Secretary of State of its state of incorporation, and a certificate as to the existence of the
Company as of a recent date from such Secretary of State; (ii) a certificate of the Secretary or an
Assistant Secretary of the Company dated the Effective Date and certifying (A) that attached
thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of the Company as in effect on the Effective
Date and at all times since a date prior to the date of the resolutions described in (B) below, (B)
that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the Board of
Directors of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents
to which the Company is a party and the Borrowings hereunder, and that such resolutions have not
been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (C) that the certificate of
incorporation referred to in clause (i) above has not been amended since the date of the last
amendment thereto shown on the certificate of existence furnished pursuant to such clause (i) and
(D) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing this Agreement or any
other document delivered in connection herewith on behalf of the Company; and (iii) a certificate
of another officer of the Company as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Secretary or
Assistant Secretary executing the certificate pursuant to (ii) above.
(c) The Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Effective Date and
signed by a Financial Officer of the Company, confirming compliance with the conditions precedent
set forth in paragraph (e), the second sentence of paragraph (g) and paragraphs (h), (i), (k), (l),
(m), (n) and (o) of this Section and in paragraphs (b) and (c) of Section 4.01 (without giving
effect to the parenthetical in such paragraph (b)).
(d) The Administrative Agent shall have received all Fees and other amounts due and payable
for the accounts of the Lenders or for its own account on or prior to the Effective Date and, to
the extent invoiced prior to the Effective Date, all fees, charges and disbursements of counsel
that the Borrowers have agreed to pay or reimburse.
(e) The Credit Parties shall have received all documentation and other information required by
bank regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules
and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act.
(f) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received (by inclusion in amendments
to the Xylem Form 10 prior to the date hereof, or otherwise) the
56
historical and pro forma financial statements and projections referred to in Section
3.05, as well as unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income and cash
flows of the Company and the subsidiaries for each fiscal quarter (if any) ended after June 30,
2011, but at least 60 days before the Effective Date, which financial statements shall not be
materially inconsistent with the pro forma financial statements or projections previously provided
to the Lenders or included in the Xylem Form 10.
(g) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received true and complete copies of
the Distribution Agreement and all other material agreements required to be delivered thereunder or
in connection therewith. The terms of the Distribution Agreement shall be consistent in all
material respects with the information set forth in the Form 10s, and no term or condition of the
Distribution Agreement or any related agreement shall have been waived, amended or otherwise
modified in a manner material and adverse to the rights or interests of the Lenders, except as
previously approved by the Lead Arrangers.
(h) All conditions to the Spin-Offs set forth in the Form 10s shall have been satisfied, and
the Spin-Offs and all related transactions shall have been consummated on terms consistent with
applicable law and, except for changes not materially detrimental to the creditworthiness of the
Company and the Subsidiaries or to the rights of the Lenders, with the information set forth in the
Form 10s and the pro forma financial information and projections delivered to the Lenders.
(i) There shall not have been any material payments by the Company to ITT Corporation in
connection with the Spin-Offs other than the payment of a cash dividend to ITT Corporation, which
shall have been determined in a manner heretofore disclosed to the Administrative Agent and the
Lenders, and the assets, liabilities and capitalization of the Company after giving effect to such
dividend and all related transactions shall be consistent in all material respects with the
historical and pro forma financial statements and projections referred to in Section 3.05.
(j) The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall have received copies of, and the Lead
Arrangers shall have been reasonably satisfied with, (i) the solvency opinion delivered to the
Board of Directors of ITT Corporation and (ii) the legal opinion and any private letter ruling
delivered to or obtained by ITT Corporation as to the tax-free nature of the Spin-Offs.
(k) Other than as set forth in the Xylem Form 10, after giving effect to the Spin-Offs and the
Transactions, the Company and the Subsidiaries shall have outstanding no Indebtedness, committed
credit facilities, guarantees or other material contingent obligations, letters of credit,
preferred stock or contingent obligations other than (a) the Commitments, Loans and Letters of
Credit, (b) the Xylem Notes, (c) commercial letters of credit obtained in the ordinary course of
business and (d) other Indebtedness and contingent obligations of the Company (i) set forth in the
Xylem Form 10 as being outstanding after giving effect to the Spin-Offs and (ii) to the extent not
set forth in the Xylem Form 10, in an aggregate amount not greater than $50,000,000.
(l) All conditions precedent to the effectiveness of the ITT Corporation Credit Agreement and
the Exelis Credit Agreement shall have been satisfied.
57
(m) There shall not have occurred since December 31, 2010, any event, condition or
circumstance that has had or could be reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
the business, results of operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Company and
the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.
(n) There shall be no litigation or administrative proceeding that could reasonably be
expected to have a material adverse effect on the Spin-Offs or on the business, results of
operations, properties, assets or financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as
a whole.
(o) All requisite Governmental Authorities and material third parties shall have approved or
consented to the Spin-Offs and the Transactions to the extent required, all applicable notice or
appeal periods shall have expired and there shall be no governmental or judicial action, actual or
threatened, that could reasonably be expected to restrain, prevent or impose burdensome conditions
on the Spin-Offs or the Transactions.
SECTION 4.03. First Borrowing by Each Borrowing Subsidiary. On or prior to the first date on
which Loans are made to or Letters of Credit are issued for the benefit of any Borrowing
Subsidiary:
(a) The Credit Parties shall have received the favorable written opinion of counsel
satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, addressed to the Credit Parties and satisfactory to the
Credit Parties and to Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, counsel for the Administrative Agent, addressing
such legal issues as the Administrative Agent or such counsel may reasonably request.
(b) The Administrative Agent shall have received a copy of the Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
executed by such Borrowing Subsidiary.
(c) It shall not be unlawful for such Subsidiary to become a Borrower hereunder or for any
Lender to make Loans or otherwise extend credit to such Subsidiary as provided herein or for any
Issuing Bank to issue Letters of Credit for the account of such Subsidiary.
(d) The Credit Parties shall have received (i) all documentation and other information
required by bank regulatory authorities under applicable know your customer and anti-money
laundering rules and regulations, including the USA PATRIOT Act and (ii) such documents and
certificates as the Administrative Agent or its counsel may reasonably request relating to the
organization, existence and good standing of such Borrowing Subsidiary, the authorization of the
Transactions insofar as they relate to such Borrowing Subsidiary and any other legal matters
relating to such Borrowing Subsidiary, its Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement or such Transactions, all
in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and its counsel.
58
ARTICLE V
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
Each Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent that so long
as this Agreement shall remain in effect or the principal of or interest on any Loan, any Fees or
any other amounts payable hereunder shall be unpaid or any Letters of Credit have not been canceled
or have not expired or any amounts drawn thereunder have not been reimbursed in full, unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, it will, and will cause each of the
Significant Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 5.01. Existence. Do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in
full force and effect its corporate existence, rights and franchises, except as expressly permitted
under Section 6.01; provided, however, that nothing in this Section shall prevent the abandonment
or termination of the existence, rights or franchises of any Significant Subsidiary or any rights
or franchises of any Borrower if such abandonment or termination is in the best interests of the
Borrowers and is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Lenders.
SECTION 5.02. Business and Properties. Comply in all material respects with all applicable
laws, rules, regulations and orders of any Governmental Authority (including any of the foregoing
relating to the protection of the environment or to employee health and safety), whether now in
effect or hereafter enacted; and at all times maintain and preserve all property material to the
conduct of its business and keep such property in good repair, working order and condition and from
time to time make, or cause to be made, all needful and proper repairs, renewals, additions,
improvements and replacements thereto necessary in order that the business carried on in connection
therewith may be properly conducted at all times.
SECTION 5.03. Financial Statements, Reports, etc. In the case of the Company, furnish to the
Administrative Agent for distribution to each Lender:
(a) within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year, its consolidated balance sheet and the
related consolidated statements of income and cash flows showing its consolidated financial
condition as of the close of such fiscal year and the consolidated results of its operations during
such year, all audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP or another independent registered public accounting
firm of recognized national standing selected by the Company and accompanied by an opinion of such
accountants (without a going concern or like qualification or exception and without any
qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit) to the effect that such consolidated
financial statements fairly present its financial condition and results of operations on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (it being agreed that the requirements of this paragraph
may be satisfied by the delivery pursuant to paragraph (d) below of an annual report on Form 10-K
containing the foregoing);
(b) within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal
year, its consolidated balance sheet and related consolidated statements of income, cash flow and
stockholders equity, showing its consolidated financial condition
59
as of the close of such fiscal quarter and the consolidated results of its operations during
such fiscal quarter and the then elapsed portion of the fiscal year, all certified by one of its
Financial Officers as fairly presenting its financial condition and results of operations on a
consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments (it being
agreed that the requirements of this paragraph may be satisfied by the delivery pursuant to
paragraph (d) below of a quarterly report on Form 10-Q containing the foregoing);
(c) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a
certificate of a Financial Officer (i) certifying that, to the best of such Financial Officers
knowledge, no Event of Default or Default has occurred or, if such an Event of Default or Default
has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed
to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth reasonably detailed calculations
demonstrating compliance with Section 6.06;
(d) promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all reports on forms 10-K,
10-Q and 8-K filed by it with the SEC, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of or all
the functions of the SEC, or, in the case of the Company, copies of all reports distributed to its
shareholders, as the case may be; and
(e) promptly, from time to time, such other information as any Lender shall reasonably request
through the Administrative Agent.
Information required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 5.03
shall be deemed to have been distributed to the Lenders if such information, or one or more annual
or quarterly reports containing such information, shall have been posted by the Administrative
Agent on an IntraLinks or similar site to which the Lenders have been granted access or shall be
available on the website of the Securities and Exchange Commission at http://www.sec.gov (and a
confirming electronic correspondence shall have been delivered or caused to be delivered to the
Lenders providing notice of such posting or availability). Information required to be delivered
pursuant to this Section 5.03 may also be delivered by electronic communications pursuant to
procedures approved by the Administrative Agent.
SECTION 5.04. Insurance. Keep its insurable properties adequately insured at all times by
financially sound and reputable insurers, and maintain such other insurance, to such extent and
against such risks, including fire and other risks insured against by extended coverage, as is
customary with companies similarly situated and in the same or similar businesses (it being
understood that the Borrowers and the Significant Subsidiaries may self-insure to the extent
customary with companies similarly situated and in the same or similar businesses).
SECTION 5.05. Obligations and Taxes. Pay and discharge promptly when due all taxes,
assessments and governmental charges imposed upon it or upon its income or profits or in respect of
its property, as well as all other material liabilities, in each case before the same shall become
delinquent or in default and before penalties accrue thereon, unless and to the extent that the
same are being contested in good faith by
60
appropriate proceedings and adequate reserves with
respect thereto shall, to the extent required by GAAP, have been set aside.
SECTION 5.06. Litigation and Other Notices. Give the Administrative Agent prompt written
notice of the following (which the Administrative Agent shall promptly provide to the Lenders):
(a) the filing or commencement of, or any written threat or written notice of intention of any
Person to file or commence, any action, suit or proceeding which is reasonably likely to result in
a Material Adverse Effect;
(b) any Event of Default or Default, specifying the nature and extent thereof and the action
(if any) which is proposed to be taken with respect thereto; and
(c) any change in any of the Ratings.
SECTION 5.07. Maintaining Records; Access to Properties and Inspections. Maintain financial
records in accordance with GAAP and, upon reasonable notice, at all reasonable times, permit any
authorized representative designated by the Administrative Agent or any Lender to visit and inspect
the properties of the Company and of any Significant Subsidiary and to discuss the affairs,
finances and condition of the Company and any Significant Subsidiary with a Financial Officer of
the Company and such other officers as the Company shall deem appropriate.
SECTION 5.08. Use of Proceeds. Use the proceeds of the Loans only for the purposes set forth
in the recitals to this Agreement.
SECTION 5.09. Distribution Agreement and Related Agreements. Comply with all its obligations
under the Distribution Agreement and all other agreements with ITT Corporation, Exelis Inc. or
their subsidiaries entered into pursuant thereto or in connection therewith.
ARTICLE VI
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
Each Borrower covenants and agrees with each Lender and the Administrative Agent that so long
as this Agreement shall remain in effect or the principal of or interest on any Loan, any Fees or
any other amounts payable hereunder shall be unpaid or any Letters of Credit have not been canceled
or have not expired or any amounts drawn thereunder have not been reimbursed in full, unless the
Required Lenders shall otherwise consent in writing, it will not, and will not cause or permit any
of the Subsidiaries to:
SECTION 6.01. Priority Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Priority
Indebtedness other than:
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
61
(b) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.01, and extensions,
renewals or replacements of any such Indebtedness that do not increase the outstanding principal
amount thereof; provided that no additional Subsidiaries will be added as obligors or guarantors in
respect of any Indebtedness
referred to in this clause (b) and no such Indebtedness shall be secured by any additional
assets (other than as a result of any Lien covering after-acquired property in effect on the date
hereof);
(c) Indebtedness of any Subsidiary to the Company or any other Subsidiary, or Indebtedness of
the Company to any Subsidiary; provided that no such Indebtedness shall be assigned to, or
subjected to any Lien in favor of, a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary;
(d) Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations and obligations under conditional sale
or other title retention agreements) incurred to finance the acquisition, construction or
improvement of, and secured only by, any fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved
by the Company or any Subsidiary, and extensions, renewals or replacements of any such Indebtedness
that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or add additional Subsidiaries as
obligors or guarantors in respect thereof and that are not secured by any additional assets;
provided that such Indebtedness is incurred prior to or within 180 days after such acquisition or
the completion of such construction or improvement and does not exceed the cost of acquiring,
constructing or improving such fixed or capital assets;
(e) Indebtedness of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary after the date hereof; provided that
such Indebtedness and any Liens securing the same exist at the time such Person becomes a
Subsidiary and are not created in contemplation of or in connection with such Person becoming a
Subsidiary, and any such Liens do not extend to additional assets of the Company or any Subsidiary,
and extensions, renewals or replacements of any of the Indebtedness referred to above in this
clause that do not increase the outstanding principal amount thereof or add additional Subsidiaries
as obligors or guarantors in respect thereof and that are not secured by any additional assets;
(f) Indebtedness of any Foreign Subsidiary incurred after the date hereof, the net proceeds of
which are promptly dividended to the Company or one or more Domestic Subsidiaries; provided that
such Indebtedness is not secured by assets of the Company or any Domestic Subsidiary; and
(g) other Priority Indebtedness to the extent the sum, without duplication, of (i) the
aggregate amount thereof outstanding at any time and (ii) the aggregate sales price for the assets
transferred in all sale and lease-back arrangements permitted under Section 6.03 and in effect at
any time shall not exceed the greater of (i) $150,000,000 and (ii) 10% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets.
SECTION 6.02. Liens. Create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on any property or
asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it, or assign or sell any income or revenues (including
accounts receivable) or rights in respect of any thereof, except:
62
(a) Permitted Encumbrances;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and set forth on Schedule 6.02, and extensions or
renewals of any such Liens that do not extend to additional assets or increase the amount of the
obligations secured thereby;
(c) any Lien securing indebtedness of a Subsidiary to the Company or another Subsidiary or of
the Company to a Subsidiary, provided that in the case of any sale or other disposition of such
indebtedness by the Company or a Subsidiary, such sale or other disposition shall be deemed to
constitute the creation of another Lien not permitted by this clause (c);
(d) Liens deemed to exist in connection with sale and lease-back transactions permitted under
Section 6.03;
(e) Liens on fixed or capital assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any
Subsidiary; provided that (i) such Liens secure only Indebtedness (including Capital Lease
Obligations and obligations under conditional sale or other title retention agreements) permitted
by Section 6.01(d) and obligations relating thereto not constituting Indebtedness and (ii) such
Liens shall not extend to any other asset of the Company or any Subsidiary (other than the proceeds
and products thereof); provided further that in the event purchase money
obligations are owed to any Person with respect to financing of more than one purchase of any fixed
or capital assets, such Liens may secure all such purchase money obligations and may apply to all
such fixed or capital assets financed by such Person;
(f) any Lien existing on any asset prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any
Subsidiary or existing on any asset of any Person that becomes a Subsidiary (or of any Person not
previously a Subsidiary that is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary in a transaction
permitted hereunder) after the date hereof prior to the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or
is so merged or consolidated); provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation
of or in connection with such acquisition or such Person becoming a Subsidiary (or such merger or
consolidation), (ii) such Lien shall not extend to any other asset of the Company or any Subsidiary
and (C) such Lien shall secure only those obligations that it secures on the date of such
acquisition or the date such Person becomes a Subsidiary (or is so merged or consolidated) and any
extensions, renewals and refinancings thereof that do not increase the outstanding principal amount
thereof;
(g) sales of accounts receivable and interests therein pursuant to Securitization Transactions
constituting Priority Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01; and
(h) Liens securing other Priority Indebtedness to the extent such Priority Indebtedness and
such Liens are permitted under Section 6.01.
SECTION 6.03. Sale and Lease-Back Transactions. Enter into any arrangement, directly or
indirectly, with any Person whereby it shall sell or transfer any property used or useful in its
business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and
63
thereafter rent or lease such property or
other property which it intends to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the
property being sold or transferred,
except (a) any such arrangement entered into with respect to a property within 180 days after
the acquisition thereof and (b) other such arrangements to the extent the sum, without duplication,
of (a) the aggregate sales price for the assets transferred in all such arrangements in effect at
any time and (b) the aggregate amount of Priority Indebtedness permitted under Section 6.01(g) and
outstanding at such time shall not exceed the greater of (i) $150,000,000 and (ii) 10% of
Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.
SECTION 6.04. Fundamental Changes. (a) In the case of the Company or any other Borrower,
merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or
consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a
series of transactions and including by means of any merger or sale of capital stock or otherwise)
all or substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or
dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such
transaction, (a) the Company or any Borrower may merge or consolidate with any Person if (i) in the
case of any such merger involving the Company, the Company is the surviving Person and (ii) in the
case of any other such Merger, a Borrower is the surviving Person and (b) any Borrower other than
the Company may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its
assets to, or liquidate or dissolve into, the Company.
(b) Remain engaged primarily in businesses of the type conducted by the Company and the
Subsidiaries on the date of this Agreement and businesses reasonably related thereto.
SECTION 6.05. Restrictive Agreements. Directly or indirectly enter into, incur or permit to
exist any agreement or other arrangement that restricts the ability of any Subsidiary to pay
dividends or other distributions with respect to its Equity Interests or to make or repay loans or
advances to the Company or any Subsidiary or to guarantee Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to (A) restrictions on and conditions to
the assignment of agreements between the Company or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority
or amounts owed under such agreements, including those restrictions and conditions imposed by 31
USCS § 3727 and FAR Subpart 32.8 and any such assignments shall be in full compliance with 31 USCS
§ 3727 and FAR Subpart 32.8 or any successor law or regulation, (B) other restrictions and
conditions imposed by law or by any Loan Document, (C) restrictions and conditions existing on the
date hereof identified on Schedule 6.05 (but shall apply to any amendment or modification expanding
the scope of any such restriction or condition), (D) in the case of any Subsidiary that is not a
wholly-owned Subsidiary, restrictions and conditions imposed by its organizational documents or any
related joint venture or similar agreement, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply
only to such Subsidiary and to any Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, (E) customary restrictions
and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of any asset, provided that such
restrictions and conditions apply only to the asset that is to be sold, (F) restrictions and
conditions imposed by agreements relating to Indebtedness of any Subsidiary in existence at the
time such Subsidiary became a Subsidiary (but shall apply to any
64
amendment or modification
expanding the scope of, any such restriction or condition), provided that such restrictions and
conditions apply only to such Subsidiary or (G)
restrictions and conditions imposed by agreements relating to Indebtedness of Foreign
Subsidiaries permitted under Section 6.01, provided that such restrictions and conditions apply
only to Foreign Subsidiaries.
SECTION 6.06. Leverage Ratio. At any time permit the Leverage Ratio to be greater than 3.50
to 1.00.
ARTICLE VII
EVENTS OF DEFAULT
In case of the happening of any of the following events (each an Event of Default):
(a) any representation or warranty made or deemed made in or in connection with the execution
and delivery of this Agreement or the Borrowings or issuances of Letters of Credit hereunder shall
prove to have been false or misleading in any material respect when so made, deemed made or
furnished;
(b) default shall be made in the payment of any principal of any Loan or the reimbursement
with respect to any L/C Disbursement when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at
the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration thereof or
otherwise;
(c) default shall be made in the payment of any interest on any Loan or L/C Disbursement or
any Fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in paragraph (b) above) due
hereunder, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such default shall continue
unremedied for a period of five days;
(d) default shall be made in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or
agreement contained in Section 5.01 or Article VI;
(e) default shall be made in the due observance or performance of any covenant, condition or
agreement contained herein or in any other Loan Document (other than those specified in clauses
(b), (c) or (d) above) and such default shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 days after
notice thereof from the Administrative Agent or any Lender to the Company;
(f) the Company or any Subsidiary shall (i) fail to pay any principal or interest, regardless
of amount, due in respect of any Material Indebtedness beyond the period of grace, if any, provided
in the agreement or instrument under which such Indebtedness was created, or (ii) fail to observe
or perform any other term, covenant, condition or agreement contained in any agreement or
instrument evidencing or governing any Material Indebtedness, or any other event shall occur or
condition shall exist, beyond the period of grace, if any, provided in such agreement or instrument
referred to in this clause (ii), if the effect of any failure referred to in this clause (ii) is to
cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Material Indebtedness or a trustee on its
65
or their behalf or the applicable counterparty to cause, an acceleration of the maturity of such
Indebtedness or a termination or similar event in respect thereof;
(g) an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed in
a court of competent jurisdiction seeking (i) relief in respect of the Company, or of a substantial
part of the property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary with assets having gross book value
in excess of $25,000,000, under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter
amended, or any other Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii)
the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official
for the Company or for a substantial part of the property or assets of the Company or any
Subsidiary with assets having gross book value in excess of $25,000,000 or (iii) the winding up or
liquidation of the Company; and such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for 60 days
or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;
(h) the Company or any Subsidiary with assets having a gross book value in excess of
$25,000,000 shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking relief under
Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other Federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law, (ii) consent to the institution of,
or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or the filing of any petition
described in (g) above, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee,
custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or for a substantial part
of the property or assets of the Company, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of
a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit
of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts
as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;
(i) one or more final judgments shall be entered by any court against the Company or any of
the Subsidiaries for the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $50,000,000 and such
judgment or judgments shall not have been paid, covered by insurance, discharged or stayed for a
period of 60 days, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall have been
issued or levied against property of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to enforce any such
judgment or judgments;
(j) an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, in the opinion of the Required Lenders, when
taken together with all other such ERISA Events, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect; or
(k) a Change in Control shall occur;
then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to any Borrower described in
paragraph (g) or (h) above), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the
Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders, shall, by notice to the Company, take
any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate forthwith the
Commitments, (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be forthwith due and payable in whole or in
part, whereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued
interest thereon and any unpaid
66
accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued
hereunder, shall become due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of
any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived anything contained herein to the contrary
notwithstanding, (iii) require the Borrowers to deposit with the Administrative Agent cash
collateral in an amount equal to the aggregate L/C Exposures to secure the Borrowers reimbursement
obligations under Section 2.05; and, in the case of any event with respect to any Borrower
described in paragraph (g) or (h) above, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the
principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and any unpaid
accrued Fees and all other liabilities of the Borrowers accrued hereunder shall automatically
become due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or any other notice of any kind, all
of which are hereby expressly waived, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding,
and the Borrowers shall deposit with the Administrative Agent cash collateral in an amount equal to
the aggregate L/C Exposure to secure the Borrowers reimbursement obligations under Section 2.05.
ARTICLE VIII
GUARANTEE
The Company unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the due and punctual payment and
performance, when and as due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, upon one or more dates set for
prepayment or otherwise, of the Obligations. The Company further agrees that the Obligations may
be extended or renewed, in whole or in part, without notice to or further assent from it, and that
it will remain bound upon its guarantee notwithstanding any extension or renewal of any
Obligations.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company waives presentment to, demand
of payment from and protest to the Borrowing Subsidiaries of any of the Obligations, and also
waives notice of acceptance of its guarantee and notice of protest for nonpayment. To the fullest
extent permitted by applicable law, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not be affected
by (a) the failure of the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim
or demand or to enforce or exercise any right or remedy against the Borrowing Subsidiaries under
the provisions of any Loan Document or otherwise; or (b) any rescission, waiver, amendment or
modification of, or any release from, any of the terms or provisions of any Loan Document, any
guarantee or any other agreement.
The Company further agrees that its guarantee constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and
not of collection, and waives any right to require that any resort be had by the Administrative
Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender to any of the security, if any, held for payment of the
Obligations or to any balance of any deposit account or credit on the books of the Administrative
Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender, in favor of the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any other Person.
Except to the extent that any Tax is required to be withheld or deducted under applicable law
or regulation, but subject to the provisions of Section 2.20, the obligations of the Company
hereunder shall not be subject to any reduction, limitation, impairment or termination for any
reason, including any claim of waiver, release,
67
surrender, alteration or compromise of any of the
Obligations, and shall not be subject to any defense or setoff, counterclaim, recoupment or
termination whatsoever by reason of the invalidity, illegality or unenforceability of the
Obligations or otherwise. Without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Company hereunder shall not
be discharged or impaired or otherwise affected by the failure of the Administrative Agent, any
Issuing Bank or any Lender to assert any claim or demand or to enforce any remedy under any Loan
Document, any guarantee or any other agreement, by any law or regulation of any jurisdiction or any
other event affecting any term of the Obligations, by any waiver or modification of any provision
thereof, by any default, failure or delay, wilful or otherwise, in the performance of the
Obligations, or by any other act or omission which may or might in any manner or to any extent vary
the risk of the Company or that would otherwise operate as a discharge of the Company as a matter
of law or equity.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company waives any defense based on or
arising out of any defense available to the Borrowing Subsidiaries, including any defense based on
or arising out of any disability of the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or the unenforceability of the
Obligations or any part thereof from any cause, or the cessation from any cause of the liability of
the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any other circumstances that might constitute a defense of any of the
Borrowing Subsidiaries, other than final and indefeasible payment in full in cash of the
Obligations. The Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders may, at their election,
foreclose on any security held by one or more of them by one or more judicial or non-judicial
sales, compromise or adjust any part of the Obligations, make any other accommodation with any of
the Borrowing Subsidiaries or exercise any other right or remedy available to them against the
Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any security without affecting or impairing in any way the liability of
the Company hereunder except to the extent the Obligations have been fully, finally and
indefeasibly paid in cash. Pursuant to applicable law, the Company waives any defense arising out
of any such election even though such election operates, pursuant to applicable law, to impair or
to extinguish any right of reimbursement or subrogation or other right or remedy of the Company
against the Borrowing Subsidiaries or any security.
The Company further agrees that its guarantee shall continue to be effective or be reinstated,
as the case may be, if at any time payment, or any part thereof, of principal of or interest on any
Obligation is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by any Lender upon the bankruptcy or
reorganization of any Borrowing Subsidiary or otherwise.
In furtherance of the foregoing and not in limitation of any other right which the
Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender may have at law or in equity against the
Company by virtue hereof, upon the failure of any Borrowing Subsidiary to pay any Obligation when
and as the same shall become due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, after notice of prepayment
or otherwise, the Company hereby promises to and will, upon receipt of written demand by the
Administrative Agent, forthwith pay or cause to be paid to the Administrative Agent in cash the
amount of such unpaid Obligation.
68
The Company hereby irrevocably waives and releases any and all rights of subrogation,
indemnification, reimbursement and similar rights which it may have against or in respect of the
Borrowing Subsidiaries at any time relating to the Obligations, including all rights that would
result in its being deemed a creditor of the Borrowing
Subsidiaries under the United States Code as now in effect or hereafter amended, or any
comparable provision of any successor statute.
ARTICLE IX
THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent
as its agent and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to
exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms of the Loan
Documents, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
Any bank serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers
in its capacity as a Lender or an Issuing Bank as any other Lender or Issuing Bank and may exercise
the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent, and such bank and its Affiliates may
accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity
for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other
Affiliate thereof as if it were not the Administrative Agent hereunder.
The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set
forth in the Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, (a) the
Administrative Agent shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of
whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) the Administrative Agent shall not have any
duty to take any discretionary action or to exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary
rights and powers expressly contemplated by the Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is
required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the
Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be
necessary, under the circumstances as provided in the Loan Documents), provided that the
Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion, could expose
the Administrative Agent to liability or be contrary to any Loan Document or applicable law, and
(c) except as expressly set forth in the Loan Documents, the Administrative Agent shall not have
any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating
to the Company or any Subsidiary that is communicated to or obtained by any bank serving as
Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent shall not
be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the
Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as
the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith to be necessary, under the circumstances as
provided in the Loan Documents) or in the absence of its own gross negligence or wilful misconduct,
as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and non-appealable judgment. The
Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written
notice thereof is given to the Administrative Agent
69
by the Company, a Lender or an Issuing Bank,
and the Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire
into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with any Loan Document,
(ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered thereunder or in
connection therewith, (iii)
the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions
set forth in any Loan Document, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of
any Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document, or (v) the satisfaction of any
condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere in any Loan Document, other than to confirm receipt
of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.
The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely, and shall not incur any liability for
relying, upon any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other
writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by
the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or
by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability
for relying thereon. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel
for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable
for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel,
accountants or experts.
The Administrative Agent may perform any of and all its duties and exercise its rights and
powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub-agents
appointed by the Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent may perform
any of and all their duties and exercise their rights and powers through their respective Related
Parties. The exculpatory provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the
Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their
respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for
herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent.
Subject to the terms of this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by
notifying the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of
resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to
appoint a successor. If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and
shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives
notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders and
the Issuing Banks, appoint a successor Administrative Agent, which shall be a Lender with an office
in the United States of America, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000, or
an Affiliate of any such Lender. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent
hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights,
powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative
Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan
Documents. The fees payable by the Company to the successor Administrative Agent shall be the same
as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such
70
successor. After the Administrative Agents resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section
10.02, as well as any exculpatory, reimbursement and indemnification provisions set forth in any
other Loan Document, shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative
Agent, its sub agents and their respective
Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while it
was acting as Administrative Agent or as sub-agent, as the case may be.
Each Lender and Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon
the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any
of the foregoing, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made
its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and Issuing Bank
also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or
any other Lender or Issuing Bank, or any of the Related Parties of any of the foregoing, and based
on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make
its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan
Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.
Each Lender, by delivering its signature page to this Agreement and funding its Loans on the
Effective Date, or delivering its signature page to an Assignment and Assumption or an Accession
Agreement pursuant to which it shall become a Lender hereunder, shall be deemed to have
acknowledged receipt of, and consented to and approved, each Loan Document and each other document
required to be delivered to, or be approved by or satisfactory to, the Administrative Agent or the
Lenders on the Effective Date.
No Lender or Issuing Bank shall have any right individually to enforce any guarantee of the
Obligations, it being understood and agreed that all powers, rights and remedies under the Loan
Documents may be exercised solely by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders and the
Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms thereof. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank will be
deemed, by its acceptance of the benefits of the guarantees of the Obligations provided under the
Loan Documents, to have agreed to the foregoing provisions.
Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, neither the Lead Arrangers nor any Person
named on the cover page of this Agreement as a Syndication Agent, a Documentation Agent or a Joint
Bookrunner shall have any duties or obligations under this Agreement or any other Loan Document
(except in its capacity, as applicable, as a Lender or an Issuing Bank), but all such Persons shall
have the benefit of the indemnities provided for hereunder.
ARTICLE X
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 10.01. Notices. (a)Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly
permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph
71
(b) below), all notices and other
communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight
courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by fax or by electronic
communication, as follows:
(i) if to any Borrower, to Xylem Inc., 1133 Westchester Avenue, White Plains, New York
10604, Attention of Mike Speetzen, Chief Financial Officer (Fax No. 914-696-2930; E-mail:
mike.speetzen@itt.com), as agent for such Borrower;
(ii) if to the Administrative Agent, to JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan and Agency
Services Group, 1111 Fannin Street, Floor 10, Houston, TX 77022, Attention of Jeremy Jones
(Fax No. 713-750-2878; E-mail: jeremy.m.jones@jpmorgan.com), with a copy to JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A. at 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179, Attention of Robert Bryant (Fax
No. 212-270-6539; E-mail: rob.d.bryant@jpmorgan.com) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., Loan
and Agency Group (London) at 125 London Wall, Floor 9, London, EC2Y 5AJ, United Kingdom,
Attention of Loan and Agency London (Fax No. +44 207 777 2360; Email:
Loan_and_Agency_London@jpmorgan.com) Re: Xylem Inc.; and
(iii) if to any Issuing Bank, to it at its address (or fax number or e-mail address)
most recently specified by it in a notice delivered to the Administrative Agent and the
Company (or, in the absence of any such notice, to the address (or fax number or e-mail
address) set forth in the Administrative Questionnaire of the Lender that is serving as
such Issuing Bank or is an Affiliate thereof);
(iv) if to any other Lender, to it at its address (or fax number or e-mail address)
set forth in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail,
shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by fax shall be deemed to have been
given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be
deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient);
and notices delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in this clause (a)
and paragraph (b) below shall be effective as provided in such paragraph.
(b) Notices and other communications to the Lenders and Issuing Banks hereunder may be
delivered or furnished by electronic communications (including email and Internet and intranet
websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing
shall not apply to notices under Article II to any Lender or Issuing Bank if such Lender or Issuing
Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent that it is incapable of receiving
notices under such Article by electronic communication. Any notices or other communications to the
Administrative Agent or the Company may be delivered or furnished by electronic communications
pursuant to procedures approved by the recipient thereof prior thereto; provided that approval of
such procedures may be limited or rescinded by any such Person by notice to each other such Person.
72
SECTION 10.02. Survival of Agreement. All covenants, agreements, representations and
warranties made by the Borrowers herein and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or
delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied
upon by the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and
shall survive the making by the Lenders of the Loans and issuance of Letters of Credit
regardless of any investigation made by the Lenders or the Issuing Banks or on their behalf, and
shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any
Loan or any Fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement is outstanding and unpaid, any
Letter of Credit is outstanding or the Commitments have not been terminated. The provisions of
Sections 2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 10.05 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless
of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the expiration
of the Commitments, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement,
or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.
SECTION 10.03. Binding Effect. This Agreement shall become effective on the Effective Date
and when it shall have been executed by the Company and the Administrative Agent and when the
Administrative Agent shall have received copies hereof (telecopied or otherwise) which, when taken
together, bear the signature of each Lender, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the
benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, except that the
Borrowers shall not have the right to assign any rights hereunder or any interest herein without
the prior consent of all the Lenders.
SECTION 10.04. Successors and Assigns. (a) Whenever in this Agreement any of the parties
hereto is referred to, such reference shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of such
party; and all covenants, promises and agreements by or on behalf of any party that are contained
in this Agreement shall bind and inure to the benefit of its successors and assigns.
(b) Each Lender may assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its
interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such assignment
shall be subject to the prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of: (1)
the Company, unless (x) the assignee is a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund, or
(y) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing; provided that the Company shall be deemed
to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the
Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after having received notice thereof, (2) the
Administrative Agent, and (3) each Issuing Bank, (ii) the parties to each such assignment shall
execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, and a processing and
recordation fee of $3,500, (iii) the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the
Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire, (iv) the amount of the Commitment assigned
(determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is
delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000, except in the event that
the amount of the Commitment
73
of such assigning Lender remaining after such assignment shall be zero
and (v) without providing (1) prior notice to the Administrative Agent and (2) information
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent so that it may comply with information reporting
requirements under the Code, no assignment shall be made to a prospective assignee that
bears a relationship to any Borrower described in Section 108(e)(4) of the Code. Upon
acceptance and recording pursuant to paragraph (e) of this Section, from and after the effective
date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, which effective date shall be at least five
Business Days after the execution thereof, (A) the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and,
to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and
obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and (B) the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the
extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations
under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all or the
remaining portion of an assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender
shall cease to be a party hereto (but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections
2.14, 2.16, 2.20 and 10.05, as well as to any Fees accrued for its account hereunder and not yet
paid)). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Lender assigning its rights and obligations under this
Agreement may retain any Competitive Loans made by it outstanding at such time, and in such case
shall retain its rights hereunder in respect of any Loans so retained until such Loans have been
repaid in full in accordance with this Agreement.
(c) By executing and delivering an Assignment and Assumption, the assigning Lender thereunder
and the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to confirm to and agree with each other and the other
parties hereto as follows: (i) such assigning Lender warrants that it is the legal and beneficial
owner of the interest being assigned thereby free and clear of any adverse claim, (ii) except as
set forth in (i) above, such assigning Lender makes no representation or warranty and assumes no
responsibility with respect to any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with this Agreement, or the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness,
sufficiency or value of this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished pursuant
hereto or the financial condition of the Borrowers or the performance or observance by the
Borrowers of any obligations under this Agreement or any other instrument or document furnished
pursuant hereto; (iii) such assignee represents and warrants that it is legally authorized to enter
into such Assignment and Assumption; (iv) such assignee confirms that it has received a copy of
this Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to
Section 5.03 and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own
credit analysis and decision to enter into such Assignment and Assumption; (v) such assignee will
independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, such assigning Lender or any
other Lender and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time,
continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under this Agreement; (vi)
such assignee appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its
behalf and to exercise such powers under this Agreement as are delegated to the Administrative
Agent by the terms hereof, together with such powers as are reasonably incidental thereto; and
(vii) such assignee agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all the obligations
which by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
74
(d) The Administrative Agent shall maintain at one of its offices in The City of New York a
copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the
names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitment of, and the principal amount of the Loans
owing to, each Lender pursuant to
the terms hereof from time to time (the Register). The entries in the Register shall be
conclusive in the absence of manifest error and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Banks and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant
to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall
be available for inspection by each party hereto, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon
reasonable prior notice.
(e) Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning
Lender and an assignee together with an Administrative Questionnaire completed in respect of the
assignee (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation
fee referred to in paragraph (b) above and the written consent of the Company to such assignment
(if required under paragraph (a) above), the Administrative Agent shall (i) accept such Assignment
and Assumption and (ii) record the information contained therein in the Register. Each assignee,
by its execution and delivery of an Assignment and Assumption, shall be deemed to have represented
to the assigning Lender and the Administrative Agent that such assignee is an Eligible Assignee.
(f) Each Lender may sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (each, a
Participant) in all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including
all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans owing to it); provided, however, that (i) such
Lenders obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain
solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations, (iii) each
Participant shall be entitled to the benefit of the cost protection provisions contained in
Sections 2.14, 2.16 and 2.20 to the same extent as if it were the selling Lender (and limited to
the amount that could have been claimed by the selling Lender had it continued to hold the interest
of such Participant), except that all claims made pursuant to such Sections shall be made through
such selling Lender, (iv) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the other
Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such selling Lender in connection with such
Lenders rights and obligations under this Agreement and (v) without providing (1) prior notice to
the Administrative Agent and (2) information reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent so
that it may comply with information reporting requirements under the Code, no participation shall
be made to a prospective Participant that bears a relationship to any Borrower described in Section
108(e)(4) of the Code. In no event shall a Lender that sells a participation agree with the
Participant to take or refrain from taking any action hereunder except that such Lender may agree
with the Participant that it will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to (i)
increase or extend the term of such Lenders Commitment, or extend the time or waive any
requirement for the reduction or termination, of such Lenders Commitment, (ii) extend the date
fixed for the payment of principal of or interest on the related Loans or any portion of any fee
hereunder payable to the Participant, (iii) reduce the amount of any such payment of principal or
(iv) reduce the rate at which interest is payable thereon, or any fee hereunder payable to the
Participant, to a level below the rate at which the
75
Participant is entitled to receive such
interest or fee. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a
non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers (solely for tax purposes), maintain a register on which it
enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of
each
Participants interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the
Participant Register); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any
portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any
information relating to a Participants interest in any Commitments, Loans, Letters of Credit or
its other obligations under this Agreement) except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary
to establish that such Commitment, Loan, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form
under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations. The entries in the Participant
Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose
name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of
this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.
(g) Any Lender or participant may, in connection with any assignment or participation or
proposed assignment or participation pursuant to this Section, disclose to the assignee or
participant or proposed assignee or participant any information relating to the Borrowers furnished
to such Lender; provided that, prior to any such disclosure, each such assignee or participant or
proposed assignee or participant shall execute an agreement for the benefit of the Company whereby
such assignee or participant shall agree (subject to customary exceptions) to preserve the
confidentiality of any such information.
(h) The Borrowers shall not assign or delegate any rights and duties hereunder without the
prior written consent of all Lenders.
(i) Any Lender may at any time pledge all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to
a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank; provided that no such pledge shall release any Lender
from its obligations hereunder or substitute any such Bank for such Lender as a party hereto. In
order to facilitate such an assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank, each Borrower shall, at the
request of the assigning Lender, duly execute and deliver to the assigning Lender a promissory note
or notes evidencing the Loans made to such Borrower by the assigning Lender hereunder in the form
of Exhibit F.
SECTION 10.05. Expenses; Indemnity. (a) The Borrowers agree to pay all reasonable
out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers and the Joint
Bookrunners named on the cover of this Agreement and their Affiliates in connection with the
arrangement and syndication of the credit facility established hereby and the preparation,
negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (and all related commitment or fee
letters) or in connection with any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or
thereof, or incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the
administration, enforcement or protection of their rights in connection with the Loan Documents
(including all such out-of pocket expenses incurred during any workout or restructuring) or in
connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including the reasonable fees
and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent and each
76
Lead Arranger and Joint
Bookrunner or, in the case of enforcement or protection of their rights, the Lenders (which, in the
case of preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of the Loan Documents, but
not the enforcement or protection of rights
thereunder, shall be limited to a single counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Lead
Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners).
(b) The Borrowers agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arrangers, the
Syndication Agent and the Joint Bookrunners named on the cover page of this Agreement, the Issuing
Banks, each Lender, each of their Affiliates and the directors, officers, employees and agents of
the foregoing (each such Person being called an Indemnitee) against, and to hold each Indemnitee
harmless from, any and all losses, claims, damages, liabilities and related reasonable expenses,
including reasonable counsel fees and expenses, incurred by or asserted against any Indemnitee
arising out of (i) the arrangement and syndication of the credit facility established hereby and
the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of the Loan Documents (and all related
commitment or fee letters) or consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (ii) the use
of the proceeds of the Loans or issuance of Letters of Credit or (iii) any claim, litigation,
investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, regardless of whether initiated by
any third party or by any Borrower and whether or not any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided
that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses are determined by a final and non-appealable
judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from the gross negligence or wilful
misconduct of such Indemnitee.
(c) The provisions of this Section shall remain operative and in full force and effect
regardless of the expiration of the term of this Agreement, the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Loans, the expiration of any Letter of Credit, the
invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any investigation made
by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any Lender. All amounts due
under this Section shall be payable on written demand therefor.
(d) Notwithstanding any other provision, this Section 10.05 shall not apply with respect to
any matters, liabilities or obligations relating to Taxes.
SECTION 10.06. APPLICABLE LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND
GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF
OTHER THAN SECTIONS 5-1401 AND 5-1402 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW.
SECTION 10.07. Waivers; Amendment. (a) No failure or delay of the Administrative Agent, the
Issuing Banks or any Lender in exercising any power or right hereunder shall operate as a waiver
thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or
discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise
thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative
Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any
rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement
or
77
consent to any departure therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be
permitted by paragraph (b) below, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the
specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand
on any Borrower or any Subsidiary in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further
notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.
(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except
pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Borrowers and the Required
Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall (i) increase the Commitment or L/C Exposure of any
Lender without the written consent of such Lender, (ii) reduce the principal amount of any Loan or
L/C Disbursement or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender affected thereby, (iii) postpone the date of any
scheduled payment of the principal amount of any Loan or L/C Disbursement, or any interest thereon,
or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or
postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each
Lender affected thereby, (iv) change Section 2.17, or change any other provision of any Loan
Document in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without
the written consent of each Lender, (v) change Section 10.04(h), (vi) limit or release the
guarantee set forth in Article VIII, without the written consent of each Lender, or (vii) change
any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of Required Lenders or any other
provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify
any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written
consent of each Lender; provided further that no such agreement shall amend, modify or otherwise
affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank hereunder without the
prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank, as the case may be.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any provision of this Agreement may be amended by an agreement in
writing entered into by the Borrowers, the Required Lenders and the Administrative Agent (and, if
its rights or obligations are affected thereby, the Issuing Bank) if (i) by the terms of such
agreement the Commitment of each Lender not consenting to the amendment provided for therein shall
terminate upon the effectiveness of such amendment and (ii) at the time such amendment becomes
effective, each Lender not consenting thereto receives payment in full of the principal of and
interest accrued on each Loan made by it and all other amounts owing to it or accrued for its
account under this Agreement.
SECTION 10.08. Entire Agreement. This Agreement and the agreements referenced in Section
2.07(b) constitute the entire contract among the parties relative to the subject matter hereof.
Any previous agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof is superseded by
this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, is intended to confer upon any
party other than the parties hereto any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by
reason of this Agreement.
SECTION 10.09. Severability. In the event any one or more of the provisions contained in
this Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity,
legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not in any way be
affected or impaired thereby. The parties shall endeavor in
78
good-faith negotiations to replace the
invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which
comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.
SECTION 10.10. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute
but one contract, and shall become effective as provided in Section 10.03.
SECTION 10.11. Headings. Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein
are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the
construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.
SECTION 10.12. Right of Setoff. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest
extent permitted by law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or
demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such
Lender to or for the credit or obligations of the Company and any Borrowing Subsidiary now or
hereafter existing under any Loan Document held by such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such
Lender shall have made any demand thereunder and although such obligations may be unmatured. Each
Lender agrees promptly to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent after such setoff and
application made by such Lender, but the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity
of such setoff and application. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to
other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.
SECTION 10.13. JURISDICTION; CONSENT TO SERVICE OF PROCESS. (A) EACH PARTY HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION
OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT OR FEDERAL COURT OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA SITTING IN NEW YORK
COUNTY, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY LETTER OF CREDIT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY
JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL
CLAIMS IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH NEW YORK
STATE OR, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES
THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN
OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW.
(B) EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY
79
LEGALLY AND EFFECTIVELY DO SO, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR THEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF
VENUE OF ANY SUIT, ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY NEW
YORK STATE OR FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF
THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE
DEFENSE OF AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(C) EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS IN THE MANNER
PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN SECTION 10.01. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY
PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW.
SECTION 10.14. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY
HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED,
EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO
ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN
INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATION
IN THIS SECTION.
SECTION 10.15. Borrowing Subsidiaries. Within two Business Days after the receipt by the
Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement executed by a Subsidiary and the Company,
the Administrative Agent shall deliver to each Lender a notice of such request to become a
Borrowing Subsidiary under this Agreement. If the designation of such Borrowing Subsidiary
obligates the Administrative Agent or a Lender to comply with know your customer or similar
identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available
to it, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall deliver to the Company, (a) within five
Business Days after the receipt of such a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement in respect of a Domestic
Subsidiary or (b) within 10 Business Days after the receipt of such a Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement in respect of a Foreign Subsidiary, a request to that effect, and the Company shall,
promptly upon receipt of such request, supply such documentation and other evidence as is
reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in order for the Administrative
Agent or such Lender to carry out and comply with the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act or any
other applicable laws and regulations, and, unless the results of such inquiry conflict with the
requirements of such laws and regulations, or if no such request by the Administrative Agent or any
Lender is made within the time period set forth above, such Borrowing Subsidiary shall become a
party hereto and a Borrower hereunder with the same effect as
80
if it had been an original party to
this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary shall become a Borrower Subsidiary if
it shall be unlawful for such Subsidiary to become a Borrower hereunder or for any Lender to make
Loans or otherwise extend credit to such Subsidiary as provided herein or for any Issuing Bank to
issue Letters of
Credit for the account of such Subsidiary. Upon the execution by the Company and a Borrowing
Subsidiary and delivery to the Administrative Agent of a Borrowing Subsidiary Termination with
respect to such Borrowing Subsidiary, such Borrowing Subsidiary shall cease to be a Borrowing
Subsidiary hereunder; provided that no Borrowing Subsidiary Termination will become effective as to
any Borrowing Subsidiary (other than to terminate such Borrowing Subsidiarys right to obtain
further Loans or Letters of Credit under this Agreement) at a time when any principal of or
interest on any Loan to such Borrowing Subsidiary or any Letter of Credit issued for the account of
such Borrowing Subsidiary shall be outstanding hereunder. Promptly following receipt of any
Borrowing Subsidiary Termination, the Administrative Agent shall send a copy thereof to each
Lender.
SECTION 10.16. Conversion of Currencies. (a) If, for the purpose of obtaining judgment in
any court, it is necessary to convert a sum owing hereunder in one currency into another currency,
each party hereto agrees, to the fullest extent that it may effectively do so, that the rate of
exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures in the relevant
jurisdiction the first currency could be purchased with such other currency on the Business Day
immediately preceding the day on which final judgment is given.
(b) The obligations of the Borrowers in respect of any sum due to any party hereto or any
holder of the obligations owing hereunder (the Applicable Creditor) shall, notwithstanding any
judgment in a currency (the Judgment Currency) other than the currency in which such sum is
stated to be due hereunder (the Agreement Currency), be discharged only to the extent that, on
the Business Day following receipt by the Applicable Creditor of any sum adjudged to be so due in
the Judgment Currency, the Applicable Creditor may in accordance with normal banking procedures in
the relevant jurisdiction purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency; if the amount
of the Agreement Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Applicable
Creditor in the Agreement Currency, the Borrowers agree, as a separate obligation and
notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Applicable Creditor against such loss. The
obligations of the Borrowers contained in this Section 10.16 shall survive the termination of this
Agreement and the payment of all other amounts owing hereunder.
SECTION 10.17. USA PATRIOT Act. Each Lender hereby notifies the Borrowers that pursuant to
the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information
that identifies the Borrowers, which information includes the name and address of each Borrower and
other information that will allow such Lender to identify the Borrowers in accordance with its
requirements.
SECTION 10.18. No Fiduciary Relationship. The Company, on behalf of itself and its
subsidiaries, agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby
and any communications in connection therewith, the Company, the Subsidiaries and their Affiliates,
on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the
81
Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their Affiliates,
on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or
otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, the
Lenders, the Issuing
Banks or their Affiliates, and
no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or
communications.
SECTION 10.19. Non-Public Information. Each Lender acknowledges that all non-public
information, including requests for waivers and amendments, furnished by the Company or the
Administrative Agent pursuant to or in connection with, or in the course of administering, this
Agreement will be syndicate-level information, which may contain MNPI. Each Lender hereby advises
the Company and the Administrative Agent that (a) it has developed compliance procedures regarding
the use of MNPI and that it will handle MNPI in accordance with such procedures and applicable law,
including Federal, state and foreign securities laws, and (b) it has identified in its
Administrative Questionnaire a credit contact who may receive information that may contain MNPI in
accordance with its compliance procedures and applicable law, including Federal, state and foreign
securities laws.
82
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their
respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC., as Borrower,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
individually and as Administrative Agent,
|
|
by |
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
|
|
|
|
|
|
CITIBANK, N.A.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIGNATURE PAGE TO XYLEM INC.
CREDIT AGREEMENT DATED AS OF , 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lender: ,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For any Lender requiring a second signature line:
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
[Xylem Inc. Credit Agreement Signature Page]
EXHIBIT A-1
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ________________ (the Borrower), refers to the Four-Year Competitive
Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement. The Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of the Credit
Agreement that it requests a Competitive Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that
connection sets forth below the terms on which such Competitive Borrowing is requested to be made:
|
|
|
|
(A) Date of Competitive Borrowing (which is a Business Day) |
|
|
|
|
|
(B) Currency of Competitive Borrowing1 |
|
|
|
|
|
(C) Principal amount
of Competitive Borrowing2 |
|
|
|
|
|
(D) Interest rate basis3 |
|
|
|
|
|
(E) Interest Period and the
last day thereof4 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
Dollar or a Non-US Currency. |
|
2 |
|
An integral multiple of 1,000,000
units of the applicable currency with a Dollar Equivalent of at least
$10,000,000 but not greater than the Total Commitment then available. |
|
3 |
|
A Eurocurrency Borrowing or a Fixed
Rate Borrowing. |
|
4 |
|
Shall be subject to the definition of
the term Interest Period and end not later than the Maturity Date. |
Upon acceptance of any or all of the Loans offered by the Lenders in response to this request,
the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending
specified in Section 4.01(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF BORROWER], |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title: [Financial Officer] |
|
|
2
EXHIBIT A-2
[FORM OF]
NOTICE OF COMPETITIVE BID REQUEST
[Name of Lender]
[Address]
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. _____________ (the Borrower) made a
Competitive Bid Request on , 20[ ], pursuant to Section 2.03(a) of the Credit
Agreement, and in that connection you are invited to submit a Competitive Bid by
[Date]/[Time].1 Your Competitive Bid must comply with Section 2.03(b) of the Credit
Agreement and the terms set forth below on which the Competitive Bid Request was made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Date of Competitive Borrowing
|
|
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
Currency of Competitive Borrowing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
Principal amount of
Competitive Borrowing |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(D)
|
|
Interest rate basis |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(E)
|
|
Interest Period and the
last day thereof. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
The Competitive Bid must be received
by the Administrative Agent (i) in the case of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans,
not later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before a
proposed Competitive Borrowing, and (ii) in the case of Fixed Rate Loans, not
later than 9:30 a.m., New York City time, on the day of a proposed Competitive
Borrowing. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
EXHIBIT A-3
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, [Name of Lender], refers to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving
Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise
modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries
party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and
Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The undersigned
hereby makes a Competitive Bid pursuant to Section 2.03(b) of the Credit Agreement, in response to
the Competitive Bid Request made by ___________ (the Borrower) on , 20[ ], and
in that connection sets forth below the terms on which such Competitive Bid is made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Principal Amount 1
|
|
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
Competitive Bid Rate 2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
Interest Period and last
day thereof |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The undersigned hereby confirms that it is prepared, subject to the conditions set forth in
the Credit Agreement, to extend credit to the Borrower upon acceptance by the Borrower of this bid
in accordance with Section 2.03(d) of the Credit Agreement.
|
|
|
1 |
|
An integral multiple of 1,000,000
units of the applicable currency and may be equal to the entire principal
amount of the Competitive Borrowing requested. Multiple bids will be accepted
by the Administrative Agent. |
|
2 |
|
i.e., LIBO Rate + or -_%,
in the case of Eurocurrency Competitive Loans, or %, in the case of
Fixed Rate Loans. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF LENDER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
2
EXHIBIT A-4
[FORM OF]
COMPETITIVE BID ACCEPT/REJECT LETTER
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ______________________, refers to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing
Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise
defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
In accordance with Section 2.03(c) of the Credit Agreement, we have received a summary of bids
in connection with our Competitive Bid Request dated , and in accordance with
Section 2.03(d) of the Credit Agreement, we hereby accept the following bids for maturity on
[date]:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount |
|
Currency |
|
|
Fixed Rate/Margin |
|
|
Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[%]/[+/-.%] |
|
|
|
|
|
We hereby reject the following bids:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Amount |
|
Currency |
|
|
Fixed Rate/Margin |
|
|
Lender |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[%]/[+/-.%] |
|
|
|
|
|
The Competitive Loans should be deposited in JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. account number [ ] on [date].
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
EXHIBIT A-5
[FORM OF]
REVOLVING BORROWING REQUEST
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[Date]
Attention: [ ]
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned, ____________________________ (the Borrower), refers to the Four-Year
Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended,
restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among
Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase
Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms
used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the
Credit Agreement. The Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.04 of the Credit
Agreement that it requests a Revolving Borrowing under the Credit Agreement, and in that connection
sets forth below the terms on which such Revolving Borrowing is requested to be made:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(A)
|
|
Date of Revolving Borrowing
(which is a Business Day) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(B)
|
|
Principal amount of
Revolving Borrowing1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(C)
|
|
Interest rate basis2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(D)
|
|
Interest Period and the
last day thereof 3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Upon acceptance of any or all of the Loans made by the Lenders in response to this request,
the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending
specified in Section 4.01(b) and (c) of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.
|
|
|
1 |
|
An integral multiple of $5,000,000
and not less than $10,000,000 (or an aggregate principal amount equal to the
Total Commitment then available) but not greater than the Total Commitment then
available. |
|
2 |
|
Eurocurrency Revolving Loan or ABR
Loan. |
|
3 |
|
Shall be subject to the definition of
the term Interest Period. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours,
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
[Financial Officer] |
|
EXHIBIT B
[FORM OF]
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this Assignment and Assumption) is dated as of the Effective
Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor (as defined below) and the
Assignee (as defined below). Capitalized terms used in this Assignment and Assumption and not
otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Four-Year Competitive Advance and
Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or
otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing
Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative
Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged
by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby
agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as
if set forth herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the
Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to
and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the
Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the
Assignors rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any
other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and
percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the
Assignor under the facility identified below (including any Competitive Loans or Letters of Credit
included in such facility) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law,
all claims, suits, causes of action and any other rights of the Assignor (in its capacity as a
Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the
Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan
transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including,
but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all
other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant
to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii)
above being referred to herein collectively as the Assigned Interest). Such sale and assignment
is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and
Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.
|
1. |
|
Assignor (the Assignor): |
|
|
2. |
|
Assignee (the Assignee): |
Assignee is an Affiliate of: [Name of Lender]
|
3. |
|
Borrowers: |
|
|
4. |
|
Administrative Agent: |
|
|
5. |
|
Assigned Interest: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage |
|
|
of |
|
Amount of |
|
Assigned of |
|
|
Commitment/Loans |
|
Commitment/Loans |
|
Commitment/ |
|
|
of all Lenders |
|
Assigned |
|
Loans1 |
Commitment Assigned |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Revolving Loans |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Competitive Loans |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
% |
|
Effective Date: , 200[ ] [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE
AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR].
|
|
|
1 |
|
Set forth, to at least nine decimals, as a
percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder. |
2
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR], as
Assignor,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE], as
Assignee,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consented to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. |
|
|
as Administrative Agent, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Consented to: |
|
|
[ ], as Issuing Bank, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Consented to: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc., |
|
|
as the Company, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:]2 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
No consent of the Company shall be required
for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or, if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee. |
3
Annex I
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1. Representations and Warranties.
1.1 Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and
beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any
lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken
all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the
transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any
statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement, (ii)
the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Credit
Agreement, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any of
their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of the Credit Agreement
or (iv) the performance or observance by the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries, or any of their
Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under the
Credit Agreement.
1.2. Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power
and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) it satisfies the requirements, if any, specified in the Credit Agreement
that are required to be satisfied by it in order to acquire the Assigned Interest and become a
Lender, (iii) from and after the Effective Date under the Assignment and Assumption, it shall be
bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the
Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it has received a copy
of the Credit Agreement, together with copies of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to Section 5.03 thereof (or, prior to the first such delivery, the financial statements
referred to in Section 3.05 thereof), and such other documents and information as it has deemed
appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and
Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis
and decision independently and without reliance on any agent or any other Lender, and (v) if the
Assignee is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States, attached to this
Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section
2.20 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i)
it will, independently and without reliance on the Assignor, any agent or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make
its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement, and (ii) it
will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit
Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2. Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make
all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees
and other amounts) to the Assignee whether such amounts have accrued prior to or on or after the
Effective Date. The Assignor and the Assignee shall make all appropriate adjustments in payments
by the Administrative Agent for periods prior to the Effective Date or with respect to the making
of this assignment directly between themselves.
3. General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon and
inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This
Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall
constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this
Assignment and Assumption by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as
delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and
Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York
without regard to conflict of laws principles thereof other than Section 5-1401 and 5-1402 of the
New York General Obligations Law.
2
EXHIBIT C-1
[FORM OF]
OPINION OF DEWEY & LEBOEUF, COUNSEL FOR XYLEM INC.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
1 The execution, delivery and performance by Xylem Inc. of the Loan Documents1, and
the borrowings of Xylem Inc. under the Credit Agreement will not violate any provision of law,
statute, rule or regulation (including without limitation, the Margin Regulations) of the United
States of America or the State of New York.
2. Each Loan Document constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of Xylem Inc.
enforceable against Xylem Inc. in accordance with its terms, subject to any applicable bankruptcy,
reorganization, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent transfer or conveyance or other similar laws of
general application relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors rights from time to time
in effect, and to general principles of equity, regardless of whether such principles are
considered in any proceeding in equity or at law.
|
|
|
1 |
|
For opinion purposes, Loan Documents will be
defined as those Loan Documents to be executed and delivered as of the
Effective Date. |
EXHIBIT C-2
[FORM OF]
OPINION OF FRANK R. JIMENEZ, GENERAL COUNSEL AND CORPORATE
SECRETARY FOR XYLEM INC.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the
meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.
1. Xylem Inc. (i) is a corporation duly organized and validly existing under the laws of the
[State of Indiana], (ii) has all requisite corporate power and authority to own its property and
assets and to carry on its business as now conducted, (iii) is qualified to do business in every
jurisdiction within the United States where such qualification is required, except where the
failure so to qualify would not result in a Material Adverse Effect, and (iv) has all requisite
corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan
Documents to which it is a party, and to borrow funds thereunder.
2. The execution, delivery and performance by Xylem Inc. of the Loan Documents, and the
borrowings of Xylem Inc. under the Credit Agreement, (collectively, the Transactions) (i) have
been duly authorized by all requisite corporate action and (ii) will not (a) violate (1) any
provision of law, statute, rule or regulation of the Indiana Business Corporation Law, or of the
articles of incorporation or other constitutive documents or by-laws of Xylem Inc., (2) any order
known to me of any governmental authority or (3) any provision of any indenture, material agreement
or other material instrument to which Xylem Inc. is a party or by which it or its property is or
may be bound, (b) be in conflict with, result in a breach of or constitute (alone or with notice or
lapse of time or both) a default under any such indenture, agreement or other instrument or (c)
result in the creation or imposition of any lien upon any property or assets of Xylem Inc., other
than pursuant to the Loan Documents.
3. Each Loan Document has been duly executed and delivered by Xylem Inc.
4. No action, consent or approval of, registration or filing with, or any other action by, any
government authority is or will be required in connection with the Transactions, except such as
have been made or obtained and are in full force and effect.
5. Neither Xylem Inc. nor any of its subsidiaries is an investment company as defined in, or
subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.
2
EXHIBIT D-1
[FORM OF]
BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT
BORROWING SUBSIDIARY AGREEMENT dated as of [ ], [ ], among
XYLEM INC., an Indiana corporation (the Company), [Name of Subsidiary], a
[ ] corporation (the Subsidiary), and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as administrative agent (the Administrative Agent) for the lenders (the
Lenders) party to the Credit Agreement referred to below.
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to
such terms in the Credit Agreement.
Under the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have agreed, upon the terms and subject to the
conditions therein set forth, to make competitive advance and revolving credit loans to, and to
issue Letters of Credit for the account of, the Company and its subsidiaries that execute and
deliver to the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement in the form hereof. The
Company represents that the Subsidiary is a subsidiary of the Company and that the guarantee of the
Company contained in Article VIII of the Credit Agreement applies to the obligations of the
Subsidiary. In consideration of being permitted to borrow, and to have Letters of Credit issued
for its account, under the Credit Agreement upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth
therein, the Subsidiary agrees that from and after the date of this Borrowing Subsidiary Agreement
it will be, and will be liable for the observance and performance of all the obligations of, a
Borrowing Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement to the same extent as if it had been one of the
original parties to the Credit Agreement and that it will furnish to the Administrative Agent and
the Lenders copies of its financial statements on an annual basis.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Subsidiary have caused this Borrowing Subsidiary
Agreement to be duly executed by their authorized officers as of the date first appearing above.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF SUBSIDIARY],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted as of the date first appearing above: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A., |
|
|
as Administrative Agent, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
EXHIBIT D-2
[FORM OF]
BORROWER TERMINATION AGREEMENT
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent
for the Lenders referred to below,
383 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10179
[ ], 20[ ]
Re: Borrower Termination Agreement
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation (the Company), the
Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Capitalized terms used herein and
not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit
Agreement.
The Company hereby terminates the status of [NAME OF TERMINATED BORROWING SUBSIDIARY] (the
Terminated Borrower) as a Borrower under the Credit Agreement. [The Company represents and
warrants that all Loans made to the Terminated Borrower have been repaid, all Letters of Credit
issued for the account of the Terminated Borrower have been drawn in full or have expired and all
amounts payable by the Terminated Borrower in respect of any drawings under any Letter of Credit
issued for the account of such Terminated Borrower, interest and/or fees (and, to the extent
notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit
Agreement by the Terminated Borrower) have been paid in full on or prior to the date hereof.][The
Company and the Terminated Borrower acknowledge that the Terminated Borrower shall continue to be a
Borrower until such time as all Loans made to the Terminated Borrower have been repaid, all Letters
of Credit issued for the account of the Terminated Borrower have been drawn in full or have expired
and all amounts payable by the Terminated Borrower in respect of any drawings under any Letter of
Credit issued for the account of such Terminated Borrower, interest and/or fees (and, to the extent
notified by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any other amounts payable under the Credit
Agreement by the Terminated Borrower) have been paid in full.] The execution and delivery of this
Borrower Termination Agreement shall be immediately effective to terminate the right of the
Terminated Borrower to request or receive further extensions of credit under the Credit
Agreement.
THIS INSTRUMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE
OF NEW YORK.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF]
ISSUING BANK AGREEMENT
ISSUING BANK AGREEMENT dated as of [ ], [ ] (this
Agreement), between XYLEM INC., an Indiana corporation (the Company) and
the financial institution identified on Schedule I hereto as the Issuing
Bank (the Issuing Bank).
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among the Company, the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent.
Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:
SECTION 1. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein
shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement. The rules of construction
set forth in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement shall apply to this Agreement, mutatis mutandis.
SECTION 2. Letter of Credit Commitment. The Issuing Bank hereby agrees to be an Issuing
Bank under, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Credit Agreement, to issue
Letters of Credit under, the Credit Agreement; provided, however, that Letters of Credit issued by
the Issuing Bank hereunder shall be subject to the limitations, if any, set forth on Schedule I
hereto, in addition to the limitations set forth in the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 3. Issuance Procedure. In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit
hereunder, the applicable Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower) shall hand
deliver or fax a notice (specifying the information required by Section 2.05(b) of the Credit
Agreement) to the Issuing Bank, at its address or fax number specified on Schedule I hereto (or
such other address or fax number as the Issuing Bank may specify by notice to the Company), not
later than the time of day (local time at such address) specified on Schedule I hereto prior to the
proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. A copy of such notice shall be sent,
concurrently, by the applicable Borrower (or the Company on behalf of the applicable Borrower) to
the Administrative Agent in the manner specified for Borrowing Requests under the Credit Agreement.
Upon receipt of such notice, the Issuing Bank shall consult the Administrative Agent by telephone
in order to determine (i) whether the conditions specified in the last sentence of Section 2.05(b)
of the Credit Agreement will be satisfied in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit
and (ii) whether the requested expiration date for such Letter of Credit complies with the proviso
to Section 2.05(c) of the Credit Agreement.
SECTION 4. Issuing Bank Fees, Interest and Payments. The Issuing Bank Fees payable to the
Issuing Bank in respect of Letters of Credit issued hereunder are specified on Schedule I hereto
(and such fees shall be in addition to the Issuing Banks customary documentary and processing
charges in connection with the issuance, amendment or transfer of any Letter of Credit issued
hereunder). Each payment of Issuing Bank Fees payable hereunder shall be made not later than 12:00
(noon), local time at the place of payment, on the date when
due, in immediately available funds, to the account of the Issuing Bank specified on Schedule
I hereto (or to such other account of the Issuing Bank as it may specify by notice to the Company).
SECTION 5. Credit Agreement Terms. Notwithstanding any provision hereof which may be
construed to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed that (a) this Agreement is
supplemental to the Credit Agreement and is intended to constitute an Issuing Bank Agreement, as
defined therein (and, as such, constitutes an integral part of the Credit Agreement as though the
terms of this Agreement were set forth in the Credit Agreement), (b) each Letter of Credit issued
hereunder and each and every L/C Disbursement made under any such Letter of Credit shall constitute
a Letter of Credit and an L/C Disbursement, respectively, for all purposes of the Credit
Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (c) the Issuing Banks commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder and each and every Letter of Credit requested or issued hereunder shall be subject
to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement and entitled to the benefits of the Loan
Documents and (d) the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated herein
as though set forth herein in full and shall supersede any contrary provisions hereof.
SECTION 6. Assignment. The Issuing Bank may not assign its commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder without the consent of the Company and prior notice to the Administrative Agent.
In the event of an assignment by the Issuing Bank of all its other interests, rights and
obligations under the Credit Agreement, then the Issuing Banks commitment to issue Letters of
Credit hereunder shall terminate unless the Issuing Bank, the Company and the Administrative Agent
otherwise agree.
SECTION 7. Effectiveness. This Agreement shall not be effective until counterparts hereof
executed on behalf of each of the Company and the Issuing Bank have been delivered to and accepted
by the Administrative Agent.
2
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
XYLEM INC.,
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
[ISSUING BANK],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accepted: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK N.A., as |
|
|
Administrative Agent, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
by
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
SCHEDULE I to
Issuing Bank Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
A.
|
|
Issuing Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B.
|
|
Issuing Banks Address and
Telecopy Number for Notices: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
C.
|
|
Time of Day by Which Notices Must
be Received
|
|
A notice requesting the issuance of
a Letter of Credit must be received
by the Issuing Bank by 10:00 a.m.
(New York time) not less than five
Business Days prior to the proposed
date of issuance. |
|
|
|
|
|
D.
|
|
Special Terms:
|
|
The aggregate L/C Exposure in
respect of Letters of Credit issued
pursuant to this Agreement shall not
exceed $[ ]. |
|
|
|
|
|
E.
|
|
Issuing Bank Fronting Fee:
|
|
[ ]% per annum on the average
daily undrawn amount of the Letters
of Credit, payable on the same dates
that L/C Participation Fees are
payable under the Credit Agreement. |
|
|
|
|
|
F.
|
|
Issuing Banks Account for
Payment of Issuing Bank Fees: |
|
|
EXHIBIT F
[FORM OF]
PROMISSORY NOTE
New York, New York
[Date]
For value received, [NAME OF BORROWER], a [ ] corporation (the Borrower),
promises to pay to the order of [name of Lender] (the Lender) (i) the unpaid principal amount of
each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement referred to below, when and
as due and payable under the terms of the Credit Agreement, and (ii) interest on the unpaid
principal amount of each such Loan on the dates and at the rate or rates provided for in the Credit
Agreement. All such payments of principal and interest shall be made in the currencies and to the
accounts specified in the Credit Agreement, in immediately available funds.
All Loans made by the Lender, and all repayments of the principal thereof, shall be recorded
by the Lender and, prior to any transfer hereof, appropriate notations to evidence the foregoing
information with respect to each such Loan then outstanding shall be endorsed by the Lender on the
schedule attached hereto, or on a continuation of such schedule attached hereto and made a part
hereof; provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall
not affect the obligations of the Borrower hereunder or under the Credit Agreement.
This note is one of the promissory notes issued pursuant to the Four-Year Competitive Advance
and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated,
supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc.,
the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, the Administrative Agent and
Citibank, N.A., as Syndication Agent. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement for provisions for
the mandatory and optional prepayment hereof and the acceleration of the maturity hereof.
|
|
|
|
|
|
[NAME OF BORROWER],
|
|
|
by |
|
|
|
|
Name: |
|
|
|
|
Title: |
|
|
SCHEDULE OF LOANS AND PAYMENTS OF PRINCIPAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of Principal |
|
Unpaid |
|
Notations |
Date |
|
Amount of Loan |
|
Repaid |
|
Principal Balance |
|
Made By |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
EXHIBIT G-1
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not
Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any
Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is
not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent
shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not
a controlled foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of
the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the
undersigneds conduct of U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of
its non-U.S. person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned
agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall
promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at
all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and
currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to
the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
Date: __________, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-2
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing
such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are
the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii)
with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to this Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned
nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered
into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of
the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled
foreign corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and
(vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds or its
partners/members conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with IRS Form W-8IMY
accompanied by an IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest
exemption. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information
provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the
Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the
calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two
calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF LENDER]
Date: __________, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-3
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are
Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of
which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the
meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation
related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest
payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds conduct of a U.S. trade
or business.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S.
person status on IRS Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if
the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such
Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a
properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each
payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such
payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
Date: __________, 20[ ]
EXHIBIT G-4
[FORM OF]
U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE
(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are
Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)
Reference is made to the Four-Year Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility Agreement
dated as of [ ], [2011] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to
time, the Credit Agreement), among Xylem Inc., the Borrowing Subsidiaries party thereto, the
Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and Citibank, N.A., as
Syndication Agent.
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.20 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby
certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is
providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such
participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its
partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the
ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code,
(iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Borrower within the meaning
of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign
corporation related to the Borrower as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the
interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigneds or its
partners/members conduct of a U.S. trade or business.
The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with IRS Form W-8IMY accompanied by an
IRS Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption. By
executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this
certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned
shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective
certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or
in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.
Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall
have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
Date: __________, 20[ ]
SCHEDULE 2.01
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
Lender |
|
Commitment |
|
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Citibank, N.A. |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Barclays Bank PLC |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
Société Générale |
|
$ |
50,000,000 |
|
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., New York Branch |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
U.S. Bank National Association |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. |
|
$ |
40,000,000 |
|
BNP Paribas |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
ING Bank N.V. Dublin Branch |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Mizuho Corporate Bank (USA) |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Svenska Handelsbanken Ab (publ) |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
The Northern Trust Company |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
UBS Loan Finance LLC |
|
$ |
25,000,000 |
|
Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Crédit Industriel et Commercial |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
Intesa Sanpaolo S.p.A. New York |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
SEB AG |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
The Bank of New York Mellon |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
The Governor and Company of the Bank of Ireland |
|
$ |
15,000,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
600,000,000 |
|
Xylem SCHEDULE 6.01
Existing Indebtedness
|
|
|
|
|
Borrower |
|
Lender |
|
Balance |
ITT do Brasil Ltda
|
|
Banco Citibank SA
|
|
BRL 22,332,497.81 |
Xylem SCHEDULE 6.02
Existing Liens
None.
Xylem SCHEDULE 6.05
Existing Restrictive Agreements
None
exv10w8
Exhibit 10.8
|
|
|
|
|
Scott A. Crum |
|
Senior Vice President and |
|
Director, Human Resources |
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation |
|
|
|
|
|
1133 Westchester Avenue |
|
|
White Plains, NY 10604 |
|
|
tel 914 641 2010 |
|
|
fax 914 696 2964 |
|
|
scott.crurn@itt.com |
April 2, 2009
Mr. Frank R. Jimenez
Dear Frank:
I am pleased to confirm our offer to join ITT Corporation as General Counsel at ITT
Headquarters in White Plains, New York. In this position you will report directly to Steven R.
Loranger, Chairman, President and CEO. It will be recommended to the Compensation and Personnel
Committee that you be elected a Vice President of the Company by the ITT Board of Directors at the
earliest possible date following your date of hire.
Ø |
|
Annual Base Salary: Your starting base salary will be $400,000 annually, payable
in bi-weekly installments. |
|
Ø |
|
Annual Incentive: You will be eligible for participation in the ITT annual executive
incentive program for performance year 2009 according to the approved parameters of the plan.
Your standard bonus will be calculated at 60% of base salary. This discretionary bonus program
is based on company and individual performance. For 2009, your bonus will be guaranteed at
$200,000. Approved bonus awards for performance year 2009 will be payable in March 2010. |
|
Ø |
|
Sign-On Payment: You will receive a cash sign-on payment of $100,000 following
completion of one month of service. This payment is not pensionable and will be subject to
normal withholding. |
|
Ø |
|
Automobile Allowance: You will be eligible for a monthly automobile allowance of
$1,300 under the ITT Corporate Policy 30-18, Company Vehicles and Allowances (U.S.
Operations), attached. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
-2-
|
|
April 2, 2009 |
Ø |
|
Long-Term Incentives: You will be eligible to participate in the ITT
Long-Term Incentive Award Program annually, according to the approved parameters of the
program and approval by the Compensation and Personnel Committee of the Board of Directors. |
|
|
|
For 2009, you will be granted a total target long-term incentive award of $500,000 which will
be comprised as follows: |
|
o |
|
One third of your total award will be in the form of a target cash award under the ITT 1997
Long-Term Incentive Plan. The measurement period for this award will be January 1, 2009
through December 31, 2011. Payment, if any, will be made early in the first quarter of 2012.
The ultimate value of this award will be determined based on ITTs Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) relative performance as measured against the S&P Industrials, in accordance with the
terms of the Plan, administrative rules and award documents. |
|
|
o |
|
One-third of your total award will be in the form of an ITT restricted stock award under the
ITT 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. These shares will be subject to a three-year period of
restriction, subject to your continued employment and the terms of the Plan. |
|
|
o |
|
One-third of your total award will be in the form of a non-qualified stock option award under
the ITT 2003 Equity Incentive Plan. The option exercise price will be the closing price of ITT
common shares on the date of grant. These options will vest in one-third cumulative annual
installments and will expire seven years from the date of grant, subject to your continued
employment and the terms of the Plan. |
Ø |
|
Relocation: Your relocation costs will be reimbursed in accordance with Section
30-11 of the attached ITT Policy. ITT will pay all appropriate closing costs associated with
the purchase of a residence in the White Plains area as well as the referenced fees associated
with the sale of your current home (if applicable) and the move of your household goods to
your new residence. In conjunction with your relocation, we have agreed to provide you with a
one-month settling in allowance on a tax protected basis. |
|
Ø |
|
Severance: You will be covered under the terms of the ITT Corporation Senior
Executive Severance Pay Plan, copy attached. You will also be covered under the ITT
Corporation Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan, copy attached. In the event of a change of control, you would receive severance pay |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
-3-
|
|
April 2, 2009 |
|
|
equivalent to the sum of two times the highest annual base salary rate paid and two
times the highest bonus paid in respect of the three years preceding an Acceleration Event. |
|
Ø |
|
Fitness Subsidy: You will be eligible for an annual fitness subsidy of $500 for membership in
a health club. |
|
Ø |
|
Senior Financial Counseling and Tax Planning: You will be eligible to receive financial
counseling and tax planning services which will be reimbursed by ITT on a tax-protected basis. |
|
Ø |
|
Vacation: You will be eligible for four weeks of paid vacation under the ITT Headquarters
vacation policy. For 2009, you will be eligible for three weeks of paid vacation provided you
join on June 8, 2009. In addition, please note that the ITT Corporate Headquarters will close
for the December holiday from Thursday, December 24, through Thursday, December 31, 2009.
Further explanation of our vacation policy and other corporate policies will be provided to
you on your first day of work. |
|
Ø |
|
Benefits Plans: You will be eligible for coverage under the various plans comprising the ITT
Corporation Salaried Benefits Program when you satisfy the participation conditions. The 2009
Benefits Highlights is enclosed and should provide valuable information concerning our plans and
estimated health plan contributions. More detailed information describing the following plans will
be provided on your first day of work: |
|
v |
|
Salaried Medical Plan through Empire BlueCross BlueShield and Medco |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Vision Plan through EyeMed |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Dental Plan through Met Life |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Life Insurance Plan |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Investment and Savings Plan |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Short-Term Disability Plan |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Long-Term Disability Insurance Plan |
|
|
v |
|
Salaried Retirement Plan |
|
|
v |
|
Life Plus program (through Marsh@WorkSolutions) |
|
|
v |
|
Long-Term Care Plan (through John Hancock) |
|
|
v |
|
Flexible Spending Account Plan |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
-4-
|
|
April 2, 2009 |
Medical and dental coverage requires employee contributions and commences on your first
day of work for you and your eligible dependents. It is required that you furnish a marriage
certificate (if applicable) and the birth certificates of each dependent being covered on your
start date.
Basic Life and Accidental Death and Dismemberment Insurance are provided for you under the
ITT Corporation Salaried Life Insurance Plan. You are eligible to elect optional life insurance
coverage through Life Plus, an individual program sponsored by Marsh at Work Solutions and
Long-Term Care coverage offered through John Hancock. You may also elect to participate in the
contributory Long-Term Disability Plan as of your first day of work. These plans offer you
attractive rates through convenient payroll deductions.
Please note that membership in the ITT Corporation Salaried Retirement Plan begins for all
eligible employees on the first day of the month after completing one year of eligibility service.
Upon completion of the membership requirements for plan participation, Benefit Service will be
recognized from your first day of employment.
Group Accident Insurance: You will also be covered by the Group Accident Insurance Program for
Officers and Directors which provides significant automatic and optional accidental death and
dismemberment benefits. Details and conditions are provided in the enclosed brochure.
The terms and conditions of your employment will be governed by standard ITT policy. This
offer is contingent upon successful completion of the placement process, which includes a
background check and a pre-placement medical examination including a drug-screening test. In
order to comply with the Immigration Control Reform Act of 1986, each employee must complete the
enclosed 1-9 form verifying employment eligibility. This offer
of employment is also contingent upon completion of this form and providing required
documentation.
Miscellaneous: We will reimburse you for reasonable expenses and dues associated with your
licenses to practice in Washington, D.C., Florida, and New York, CLE programs and your ABA
membership.
Frank, we look forward to your joining ITT on June 8, 2009. We are all convinced you have a
great deal to contribute to our organization and believe your association with ITT will prove to be
a mutually beneficial one.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mr. Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
-5-
|
|
April 2, 2009 |
Please acknowledge your acceptance of our offer by signing one copy of this letter and
returning it to my attention as soon as possible. A return envelope is enclosed for your
convenience. You may retain the additional copy for your personal files. We would appreciate it if
you would fax a signed copy of this letter to me at (914) 696-2964.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Enclosures
|
|
/s/ Scott A. Crum |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The above offer is accepted subject to the forgoing conditions. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
6 APRIL 2009 |
|
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8 JUNE 2009 |
|
|
|
|
Start Date |
|
|
|
|
exv99w1
Exhibit 99.1
,
2011
Dear ITT Corporation Shareholder:
I am pleased to inform you that on January 11, 2011, the
Board of Directors of ITT Corporation (ITT) approved
a plan to separate ITT into three independent, publicly traded
companies. Under the plan, ITT would execute tax-free spin-offs
of its Defense and Information Solutions business, Exelis Inc.
(Exelis), and its water-related businesses, Xylem
Inc. (Xylem). Following completion of the
transaction, ITT will continue to trade on the New York Stock
Exchange as a highly engineered industrial products company that
supplies solutions in the aerospace, transportation and energy
markets. Immediately following the completion of the spin-offs,
ITT shareholders will own all of the outstanding shares of
common stock of Exelis and Xylem. We believe that this
separation is in the best interest of our company and its
constituents, as these three businesses are well-positioned to
create significant value for shareholders as standalone
companies.
ITT has a long history of knowing when the time is right to take
transformational steps to create more value for our
shareholders. We did this in 1995, and we are doing it again. We
are taking the actions necessary to turn one powerful
multi-industrial into three strong standalone
businesses each with a mandate to grow and each with
the ability and the resources to make that happen. I am
confident that each of these businesses will leave the gate with
all it needs to succeed first and foremost, talented
leadership teams who know what it takes to excel; second, an
employee base that always puts our customers first, and that
takes a proud tradition of engineering excellence and innovation
very seriously; and third, a will to win in the marketplace that
is second to none. I am confident in the CEOs we have chosen to
take us forward. They are all seasoned ITT executives. They are
all ready, willing and able. They are all motivated by our
history and have a keen focus on the future. They are ready to
launch these companies, and they are ready to take them to the
next level.
The spin-offs will be completed by way of a pro rata
distribution of Exelis and Xylem common stock to our
shareholders of record as of 5:00 p.m., New York time,
on ,
2011, the spin-off record date. Each ITT shareholder will
receive one share of Exelis common stock, and
one share of Xylem common stock, for each share of ITT
common stock held by such shareholder on the record date. The
distribution of these shares will be made in book-entry form,
which means that no physical share certificates will be issued.
Following the spin-offs, shareholders may request that their
shares of Exelis and Xylem common stock be transferred to a
brokerage or other account at any time.
The spin-off is subject to certain customary conditions.
Shareholder approval of the distribution is not required, nor
are you required to take any action to receive your shares of
Exelis and Xylem common stock.
Immediately following the spin-offs, you will own common stock
in ITT, Exelis and Xylem. ITTs common stock will continue
to trade on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
ITT. Both Exelis and Xylem intend to have their
common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbols XLS and XYL, respectively.
We expect the spin-offs to be tax-free to the shareholders of
ITT. The spin-offs are conditioned on, among other things, the
receipt of a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service and an
opinion of counsel confirming that the spin-offs will not result
in the recognition, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes,
of income, gain or loss to ITT or its shareholders.
The enclosed Information Statements, which are being mailed to
all ITT shareholders, describe the spin-offs in great detail and
contain important information about Exelis and Xylem, including
historical combined financial statements. We urge you to read
the Information Statements carefully.
I want to thank you for your continued support of ITT. We look
forward to your support of all three companies in the future. We
aim to continue earning your trust by delivering excellent
results that will propel our companies and your
investment into a very bright future.
Yours sincerely,
Steven R. Loranger
Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
ITT Corporation
[Xylem Logo]
Xylem
Inc.
,
2011
Dear Xylem Inc. Shareholder:
It is our pleasure to welcome you as a shareholder of our
company, Xylem Inc., a world leader in the design,
manufacturing, and application of highly engineered technologies
for the water industry.
As an independent, publicly traded company, we will have the
flexibility and focus to pursue growth opportunities within our
industry, and thus bring more value to you as a shareholder,
than we could as an important business within ITT Corporation.
We expect to have Xylem common stock listed on the New York
Stock Exchange under the symbol XYL in connection
with the distribution of Xylem common stock by ITT.
Our teams across the globe are excited about the launch of our
new business. We never forget the importance of what we do.
Water is our business. And water is essential to life. We are
meeting the most critical water challenges by engineering the
broadest portfolio of products and applications to create
efficient systems and sustainable solutions. We are energized by
the breadth of our product line and about our singular ability
to transport, treat and test water. We care about our customers,
our constituencies and our communities. And we want to make a
difference.
We invite you to learn more about Xylem by reviewing the
enclosed Information Statement. We look forward to our future as
an independent, publicly traded company and to your support as a
holder of Xylem common stock.
Very truly yours,
Gretchen W. McClain
Chief Executive Officer
Xylem Inc.
Information
contained herein is subject to completion or amendment. A
Registration Statement on Form 10 relating to these
securities has been filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended.
|
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED
SEPTEMBER 26, 2011
INFORMATION STATEMENT
Xylem Inc.
1133 Westchester Avenue
White Plains, New York 10604
Common Stock
(par value $0.01 per share)
This Information Statement is being sent to you in connection
with the separation of Xylem Inc. (Xylem) from ITT
Corporation (ITT), following which Xylem will be an
independent, publicly traded company. As part of the separation,
ITT will undergo an internal reorganization, after which it will
complete the separation by distributing all of the shares of
Xylem common stock on a pro rata basis to the holders of ITT
common stock. We refer to this pro rata distribution as the
distribution and we refer to the separation,
including the internal reorganization and distribution, as the
spin-off. We expect that the spin-off will be
tax-free to ITT shareholders for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes. Each share of ITT common stock outstanding as of
5:00 p.m., New York time,
on ,
2011, the record date for the distribution, will entitle the
holder thereof to receive one share of Xylem common stock.
The distribution of shares will be made in book-entry form. The
distribution will be effective as of 12:01 a.m., New York
time,
on ,
2011. Immediately after the distribution becomes effective, we
will be an independent, publicly traded company.
No vote or other action of ITT shareholders is required in
connection with the spin-off. We are not asking you for a proxy
and you should not send us a proxy. ITT shareholders will
not be required to pay any consideration for the shares of Xylem
common stock they receive in the spin-off, and they will not be
required to surrender or exchange shares of their ITT common
stock or take any other action in connection with the spin-off.
Concurrently with the Xylem spin-off, ITT will spin-off its
Defense and Information Solutions business into a separate
independent, publicly traded company to be called Exelis Inc.
(Exelis). You are invited to also read the detailed
information about Exelis in the accompanying Information
Statement for Exelis.
All of the outstanding shares of Xylem common stock are
currently owned by ITT. Accordingly, there is no current trading
market for Xylem common stock. We expect, however, that a
limited trading market for Xylem common stock, commonly known as
a when-issued trading market, will develop at least
two trading days prior to the record date for the distribution,
and we expect regular-way trading of Xylem common
stock will begin the first trading day after the distribution
date. We intend to list Xylem common stock on the New York Stock
Exchange under the ticker symbol XYL.
In reviewing this Information Statement, you should carefully
consider the matters described in Risk Factors
beginning on page 17 of this Information Statement.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved these
securities or determined if this Information Statement is
truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
This Information Statement is not an offer to sell, or a
solicitation of an offer to buy, any securities.
This Information Statement was first mailed to ITT shareholders
on or
about ,
2011.
The date of this Information Statement
is ,
2011.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
94
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
156
|
|
|
|
|
159
|
|
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained in this
Information Statement and provides an overview of our company,
our separation from ITT and the distribution of Xylem common
stock by ITT to its shareholders. For a more complete
understanding of our business and the spin-off, you should read
the entire Information Statement carefully, particularly the
discussion set forth under Risk Factors and our
audited historical combined financial statements, our unaudited
interim historical condensed combined financial statements, our
unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements and
the respective notes to those statements appearing in this
Information Statement.
Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise
requires, Xylem, we, us and
our refer to Xylem Inc. and its subsidiaries after
giving effect to the internal reorganization preceding the
distribution described in this Information Statement. Except as
otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise requires,
the information included in this Information Statement assumes
the completion of the internal reorganization preceding the
distribution.
Unless otherwise indicated, references in this Information
Statement to fiscal years are to Xylems fiscal years ended
December 31. Xylems quarterly financial periods end
on the Saturday closest to the last day of the calendar quarter,
except for the last quarterly period of the fiscal year, which
ends on December 31st. For ease of presentation, the
quarterly financial statements included herein are described as
ending on the last day of the calendar quarter.
Our
Company
Our Company is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and
application of highly engineered technologies for the water
industry. We are a leading equipment and service provider for
water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of
products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from
collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the
environment, and we have leading market positions among
equipment and service providers in the core application areas of
the water equipment industry: transport, treatment, test,
building services, industrial processing and irrigation. Our
Companys brands, such as Bell & Gossett and
Flygt, are well known throughout the industry and have served
the water market for many years. Over the years, we have
leveraged our heritage strength in wastewater pumping
technologies to expand into wastewater treatment, and later into
clean water treatment and water quality analysis. We believe we
are strongly positioned to use our deep applications expertise
and offer our customers a full spectrum of service offerings in
the transportation, treatment and testing of water. Net sales
and operating income for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 were $3.2 billion and
$388 million, respectively, and for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 were $1.9 billion and $216 million,
respectively.
We operate in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied
Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the
transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range
of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and
testing equipment, and controls and systems. Key brands include
Flygt, Wedeco, Godwin Pumps, WTW, Sanitaire, AADI and Leopold.
The Applied Water segment encompasses all the uses of water and
focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial and
agricultural markets. The segments major products include
pumps, valves, heat exchangers, controls and dispensing
equipment. Key brands in this segment include Goulds,
Bell & Gossett, AC Fire, Standard, Flojet, Lowara,
Jabsco and Flowtronex. In both our segments, we benefit from a
large and growing installed base of products driving growth in
aftermarket sales for replacement parts and services.
Our global manufacturing footprint enables us to optimize
sourcing, lower production costs and localize products. We serve
a global customer base across diverse end markets while offering
localized expertise. We sell our products in more than 140
countries through a balanced distribution network consisting of
our direct sales force and independent channel partners. In
2010, approximately 65% of our revenues were generated outside
the United States.
We believe our companys operational structure and strategy
will drive sustained, profitable growth in the markets we serve.
We have a seasoned management team that has demonstrated its
ability to strategically
1
grow a global engineering and manufacturing enterprise while
expanding positions throughout the global water industry. We
believe our businesses are well positioned to continue to grow
by enhancing our product and application offerings and expanding
our customer base in each of our strategic markets.
Our
Competitive Strengths
Our leading positions in the markets we serve result from the
following competitive strengths:
Leading
Brands in a Diversified Product Portfolio
We are among the worlds largest water equipment and
services companies and have global leading product positions in
core applications across the water cycle, from the manufacturing
of submersible pumps under our Flygt brand to the key products
used in plumbing and water-based heating and air conditioning
markets manufactured through our Bell & Gossett brand.
Although other equipment and services companies are diversified,
in that they serve markets outside of water as well, we are one
of the largest water companies in the industry that is
exclusively focused on water equipment and services. In
addition, we have capabilities in transport, treatment and
testing of water and have consistently demonstrated the ability
to develop new offerings that anticipate the manufacturing,
installation and servicing needs of our customers, such as the
innovative water collection and distribution systems that used
Goulds pumps and a Bell & Gossett pumping package to
conserve clean water at the 2010 Vancouver Olympics, and the
Lowara water booster sets used to even water supply pressure in
the worlds tallest building, Burj Dubai, in
the United Arab Emirates. Our brands, such as Flygt,
Bell & Gossett, Wedeco, Sanitaire, Lowara, Godwin
Pumps, Goulds, WTW and Jabsco, among others, have been in
existence in some cases for as many as 150 years and are
globally recognized as leading brands for quality in the markets
they serve.
Culture
of Innovation and Strong Application Expertise
Our business invented the first submersible sewage pump, and we
remain the worlds largest manufacturer of submersible
wastewater pumps. We have built upon this deep legacy and
expertise by developing new, more efficient designs and more
advanced application solutions. In 1999, we led the industry in
wastewater pumps with the launch of the Flygt N-pump,
guaranteeing at least a 25% improvement in energy consumption
compared to any installed, non-Flygt system. In recent years, we
designed a standardized range of lift stations, called The
Optimal Pumping (TOP) Station, to quickly and simply install
full lift stations, rather than design, order, and assemble all
the components needed at various pipeline locations. The TOP
Station is now a staple of our product line. In 2009, we
launched the next generation N-pump, called the Adaptive N-pump,
which eliminates virtually all forms of clogging, and therefore
improves maintenance and efficiency costs, even under the most
difficult conditions. Similarly, we also launched the next
generation vertical multi-stage pump in 2011, called eSV, which
brings benefits in energy efficiency and maintenance costs to
water boosting in multiple end uses. This innovation around new
technology and application solutions is an expertise we deploy
across all product lines and brands, and we continuously seek to
improve our products and invest in the development of new,
differentiated technologies to best fit our customers
needs.
Large
Installed Base Driving Strong Aftermarket Revenues
By virtue of our global scale and tenure, we have one of the
largest installed bases in the water equipment market. This
provides us with a highly profitable and recurring revenue
stream from the sale of parts, repair services, and end of
lifecycle product replacements. During their lifecycle,
installed products require maintenance, repair services and
parts due to the harsh environments in which they operate. In
2010, 16% of our total revenue was derived from sales of repair
parts and services. In addition, depending on the type of
product, median lifecycles range from 5 years to over
50 years, at which time the products must be replaced. Many
of our products are precisely selected and applied within a
larger network of equipment, driving a strong preference by
customers and installers to replace them with the same exact
brand and model when they reach the end of their lifecycle. This
dynamic establishes a large recurring revenue stream for our
business.
2
Diverse
Customer Base and Established International Distribution
Channels
Our customer base spans numerous industries and regions, with no
single customer representing more than 2% of our revenue and
approximately 65% of our 2010 revenues derived from operations
outside of the United States, including 18% from emerging market
countries. We sell our products through a balanced distribution
network, with more than 1,800 direct sales employees and more
than 2,700 independent distributors in more than 140 countries.
Our global reach within the highly fragmented global water
industry allows us to align our sales strategy to meet the needs
of our customers in specific end markets, as we are better able
to optimize sourcing, lower our production costs, and enable
product localization and application expertise. In our Water
Infrastructure segment, we maintain close customer relationships
through our direct sales force, allowing us to quickly respond
to a dynamic and highly regulated environment in which some of
our customers operate, including public utility and industrial
clients. In our Applied Water segment, we use distributors from
our global independent distribution network, several of whom are
exclusive distributors, to sell our products.
Proven
Operating Performance
Our strong profit margins, combined with our disciplined
approach to investing and managing our capital and our focus on
higher-margin business opportunities, enable us to generate
strong and recurring cash flow. Following our 2008
restructuring, implemented prior to the recent economic
downturn, we positioned the cost structure of our company to
realize strong margin improvements driven by robust sales
growth. For instance, in 2010, our operating margin increased
240 basis points to 12.1% as compared to the prior year. We
focus on productivity and efficiency within our manufacturing
facilities by driving operational efficiencies through the
application of Lean Six Sigma and other continuous improvement
programs.
Experienced
Management Team
Our senior management team is highly regarded in the water
equipment and services industry and has significant experience
in leadership roles. Collectively, our executive officers have
an average of 20 years of experience in managing large
global organizations. They have a successful track record of
enabling our company to recognize and capitalize upon attractive
opportunities in the key markets we serve, and our executive
management teams have a strong record of winning new business,
reducing costs, improving working capital and executing
operating efficiencies.
Our
Growth Strategy
Our strategy is focused on enhancing shareholder value by
providing solutions for our customers, and by growing revenues,
both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Key
elements of our strategy are summarized below:
Grow
Our Product Offerings and Solutions through Portfolio
Differentiation
We will continue to extend leading market positions where we
have a strong competitive position, cost leadership and proven
technology. In addition, we will invest in the differentiation
of our core product lines to build on our strong product and
application expertise. We also plan to expand into adjacent and
complementary technologies as demonstrated by the recent
acquisitions of analytical instrumentation and dewatering
solutions businesses.
Focus
on Organic Growth Initiatives
We have launched a global commercial excellence initiative,
deploying people, processes and tools to make our sales and
marketing teams more effective and efficient. We have trained
over 500 front-line sales agents under this initiative and have
30 dedicated commercial excellence leaders to service our most
profitable accounts. In addition, we have launched digital
selling tools, which improve our value propositions, and have
built a strategic accounts program to focus on our most
important customers. These efforts have already
3
improved the revenues generated per sales agent across our
businesses. We will continue to make investments in customer
relationship management, mobile technologies, customer
applications and other technologies that improve our knowledge
of customers and the critical activities that drive growth.
Investing
in New Technology and Innovation
We will continue to make targeted investments in research and
development activities to develop breakthrough products and
solutions. We will pursue and execute a robust pipeline of
opportunities in core and emerging markets. We have established
a wastewater Center of Excellence, in Stockholm, Sweden, with
over 100 research, development and engineering employees. We
have launched engineering Centers of Excellence in India and
China, where we are accelerating the customization of our
application expertise to local needs. Our engineers will
continue to work closely with our customers in an effort to
identify new applications for our products and develop new
technologies and solutions to expand our current portfolio
further.
Build
on Our Presence in Fast-Growing Emerging Markets
Urbanization trends and growth in the middle class in developing
countries are generating significant demand for water
applications. We intend to continue to capture this growth by
further expanding into emerging markets, such as China, India
and Brazil, increasing our existing presence of over 40
facilities. We plan to leverage our strong global reach,
manufacturing footprint and extensive distribution network to
capitalize on growth opportunities in these regions. We will
continue to establish and reinforce local capabilities by
growing our local presence in these markets with investments in
sales, marketing and manufacturing capabilities globally.
Growth
through Disciplined Acquisitions
Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy.
Certain segments of the global water industry we serve are
highly fragmented, providing numerous acquisition opportunities.
We have successfully completed and integrated 20 acquisitions
over the past five years, including Godwin Pumps, Nova
Analytics, and OI Corporation, and we will selectively pursue
highly targeted acquisitions that will broaden our core product
portfolio, expand our geographic footprint and enhance our
position in strategic markets.
Recent
Developments
On September 1, 2011, we acquired YSI Incorporated
(YSI) for an aggregate purchase price of
$310 million (the YSI acquisition). YSI is a
leading developer and manufacturer of sensors, instruments,
software, and data collection platforms for environmental water
monitoring. YSI reported 2010 global revenues of $101 million
and employs 390 people at several facilities in the United
States, Europe and Asia. On September 20, 2011 we issued
$1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of notes. See
The Spin-off Incurrence of Debt and
Description of Material Indebtedness.
Other
Information
Xylem Inc. was incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011. Our
principal executive offices are located at 1133 Westchester
Avenue, White Plains, New York 10604. Our telephone number is
(914)
304-1700.
The
Spin-Off
Overview
On January 11, 2011, the Board of Directors of ITT
Corporation (ITT) approved a plan to spin-off Xylem
and Exelis from ITT, following which Xylem and Exelis will be
independent, publicly traded companies.
Before our spin-off from ITT, we will enter into a Distribution
Agreement and several other agreements with ITT and Exelis
related to the spin-off. These agreements will govern the
relationship between and among
4
us, ITT and Exelis after completion of the spin-off and provide
for the allocation between us and ITT and Exelis of various
assets, liabilities, rights and obligations (including employee
benefits, intellectual property, information technology,
insurance and tax-related assets and liabilities). These
agreements will also govern Xylems relationship with ITT
and Exelis following the spin-off and will provide arrangements
for benefits and compensation matters, tax matters, intellectual
property matters, insurance matters and other specified
liabilities, rights and obligations attributable to periods
before and, in some cases, after the spin-off. These agreements
will also include arrangements with respect to transitional
services to be provided by any of ITT, Xylem or Exelis to any
other of them. See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related
to the Spin-Off. Additionally, on September 20, 2011
we issued $1.2 billion aggregate principal amount of senior
notes, the net proceeds of which have funded a net cash transfer
of approximately $817 million (the
Contribution) to ITT, with the balance to be used in
connection with the YSI acquisition and for general corporate
purposes.
The distribution of Xylem common stock as described in this
Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver
of certain conditions. In addition, ITT has the right not to
complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution,
the Board of Directors of ITT determines, in its sole
discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best interests of
ITT or its shareholders or other constituents, that a sale or
other alternative is in the best interests of ITT or its
shareholders or other constituents, or that it is not advisable
at that time for Xylem to separate from ITT. See The
Spin-Off Conditions to the Spin-Off.
Questions
and Answers About the Spin-Off
The following provides only a summary of the terms of the
spin-off. For a more detailed description of the matters
described below, see The Spin-Off.
|
|
|
Q: |
|
What is the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
The spin-off is the series of transactions by which Xylem will
separate from ITT. To complete the spin-off, ITT will distribute
to its shareholders all of the shares of Xylem common stock. We
refer to this as the distribution. Following the spin-off, Xylem
will be a separate company from ITT, and ITT will not retain any
ownership interest in Xylem. |
|
Q: |
|
What will I receive in the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
As a holder of ITT stock, you will retain your ITT shares and
will receive one share of Xylem common stock for each share of
ITT common stock you own as of the record date. You will also
receive one share of common stock of Exelis Inc. in connection
with the concurrent spin-off of that company. Your proportionate
interest in ITT will not change as a result of the spin-off. See
The Spin-Off. |
|
Q: |
|
What is Xylem? |
|
A: |
|
Xylem is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and
application of highly engineered technologies for the water
industry. Xylem is currently a wholly owned subsidiary of ITT
whose shares will be distributed to ITT shareholders if the
spin-off is completed. After the spin-off is completed, Xylem
will be a public company. |
|
Q: |
|
Why is the separation of Xylem structured as a
spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
On January 11, 2011, the Board of Directors of ITT approved
a plan to spin off its water-related businesses, which we refer
to as ITTs Water business, and its Defense and Information
Solutions segment, which we refer to as ITTs Defense
business. ITT currently believes a spin-off is the most
efficient way to accomplish a separation of the Water business
for various reasons, including: (i) a spin-off would be a
tax-free distribution of Xylem common stock to shareholders;
(ii) a spin-off offers a higher degree of certainty of
completion in a timely manner, lessening disruption to current
Water business operations; and (iii) a spin-off provides
greater assurance that decisions regarding Xylems capital
structure support future financial stability. After
consideration of strategic alternatives, including a sale, ITT
believes that a tax-free spin-off will enhance the long-term
value of both ITT and Xylem. See The Spin-Off
Reasons for the Spin-Off. |
5
|
|
|
Q: |
|
Can ITT decide to cancel the distribution of the Xylem
common shares even if all the conditions have been met? |
|
A: |
|
Yes. The distribution of Xylem common stock is subject to the
satisfaction or waiver of certain conditions. See The
Spin-Off Conditions to the Spin-Off. ITT has
the right not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to
the distribution, the Board of Directors of ITT determines, in
its sole discretion, that the spin-off is not in the best
interests of ITT or its shareholders or other constituents, that
a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of ITT or
its shareholders or other constituents, or that it is not
advisable at that time for Xylem to separate from ITT. |
|
Q: |
|
What is being distributed in the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
Approximately 184 million shares of Xylem common stock will
be distributed in the spin-off, based on the number of shares of
ITT common stock expected to be outstanding as
of ,
2011, the record date. The exact number of shares of Xylem
common stock to be distributed will be calculated on the record
date, and assuming a distribution ratio of one-to-one. The
shares of Xylem common stock to be distributed by ITT will
constitute all of the issued and outstanding shares of Xylem
common stock immediately prior to the distribution. For more
information on the shares being distributed in the spin-off, see
Description of Capital Stock Common
Stock. |
|
Q: |
|
How will options and stock held by Xylem employees be
affected as a result of the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
At the time of the distribution, the exercise price of and
number of shares subject to any outstanding option to purchase
ITT stock, as well as the number of shares subject to any
restricted stock right or other ITT equity award held by
Xylems current and former employees on the distribution
date, will be adjusted to reflect the value of the distribution
such that the intrinsic value of such awards at the time of
separation is held constant. In addition, existing performance
criteria applicable to such awards will be modified
appropriately to reflect the spin-off. |
|
|
|
Additionally, Xylems current and former employees who hold
accounts in the ITT 401(k) Plan
on , 2011 will have their accounts
transferred to the Xylem 401(k) Plan, as
of ,
2011, including any shares of ITT common stock held in the ITT
Stock Fund under the ITT 401(k) Plan. On the distribution date,
shares of Xylem common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common
stock), based on the distribution ratio for each share of ITT
common stock held in such employees ITT stock fund
account, will be included in a new Xylem stock fund account
under the Xylem 401(k) Plan. However, in conformity with the
fiduciary responsibility requirements of the Employee Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), remaining
shares of ITT common stock held in Xylems employees
ITT stock fund accounts following the distribution will be
disposed of and allocated to another investment alternative
available under the Xylem 401(k) Plan if and when directed by
participants, and any such shares remaining as
of ,
2012 will be automatically disposed of and the proceeds invested
in another such investment alternative (but this will not
prohibit diversified, collectively managed investment
alternatives available under the Xylem 401(k) Plan from holding
ITT common stock or prohibit employees who use self-directed
accounts in the Xylem 401(k) Plan from investing their accounts
in ITT common stock). |
|
|
|
In addition, current and former ITT employees who hold shares of
ITT common stock in their ITT 401(k) Plan account as of the
record date will receive shares of our common stock (as well as
shares of Exelis common stock) in the distribution. Our shares
(as well as shares of Exelis common stock) will be included in
new, temporary stock funds under the ITT 401(k) Plan. In
conformity with the fiduciary responsibility requirements of
ERISA, remaining shares of our common stock (as well as shares
of Exelis common stock) held in these temporary stock funds
following the distribution will be disposed of and allocated to
another investment alternative available under the ITT 401(k)
Plan when directed by participants, and any such shares
remaining as
of ,
2012 will be automatically disposed of and the proceeds invested
in another such investment alternative (but this will not
prohibit diversified, collectively managed investment
alternatives available under the ITT 401(k) Plan from holding
our common stock or prohibit employees who use self-directed
accounts in the ITT 401(k) Plan from investing their accounts in
our common stock). |
6
|
|
|
Q: |
|
When is the record date for the distribution? |
|
A: |
|
The record date will be 5:00 p.m., New York time,
on ,
2011. |
|
Q: |
|
When will the distribution occur? |
|
A: |
|
The distribution date of the spin-off
is ,
2011. Xylem expects that it will take the distribution agent,
acting on behalf of ITT, up to two weeks after the distribution
date to fully distribute the shares of Xylem common stock to ITT
shareholders. The ability to trade Xylem shares will not be
affected during that time. |
|
Q: |
|
What do I have to do to participate in the
spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
Nothing. You are not required to take any action, although you
are urged to read this entire document carefully. No shareholder
approval of the distribution is required or sought. You are not
being asked for a proxy. No action is required on your part to
receive your shares of Xylem common stock. You will neither be
required to pay anything for the new shares nor be required to
surrender any shares of ITT common stock to participate in the
spin-off. |
|
Q: |
|
What are ITTs reasons for the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
ITTs Board of Directors has determined that the spin-off
is in the best interests of ITT and its shareholders and other
constituents because the spin-off will provide the following key
benefits: |
|
|
|
Greater Strategic Focus of Financial Resources
and Managements Efforts. ITTs Water
business represents a discrete portion of ITTs overall
businesses. It has historically exhibited different financial
and operating characteristics than ITTs other businesses.
The spin-off will allow us to better align managements
attention, compensation and resources to pursue opportunities in
the water technology market and to manage our cost structure
more actively.
|
|
|
|
Enhanced Customer Focus. Both ITT
and we believe that, as a unified, commonly managed, stand-alone
water technology business, our management will be able to focus
solely on the needs of our own customers, without dilution
arising from a connection to a larger parent with diverse goals
and incentives.
|
|
|
|
Direct and Differentiated Access to Capital
Resources. After the spin-off, we will no longer
need to compete with ITTs other businesses for capital
resources. As a long-cycle global industrial business with
strong global cash flow generation, our business has different
financial and operating characteristics from ITTs other
businesses.
|
|
|
|
Enhanced Investor Choices by Offering Investment
Opportunities in Separate Entities. After the
spin-off, investors should be better able to evaluate our
financial performance, as well as our strategy within the
context of our markets, thereby enhancing the likelihood that we
will achieve an appropriate market valuation.
|
|
|
|
Improved Management Incentive
Tools. It is expected that we will use our equity
to compensate current and future employees. In multi-business
companies such as ITT, it is difficult to structure incentives
that reward managers in a manner directly related to the
performance of their respective business units. By granting
equity linked to a specific business, equity compensation will
be more in line with the financial results of the managers
direct work product. In addition, reducing the conglomerate
discount that currently impacts ITT stock may provide our
business with a more attractive currency for equity-based
compensation.
|
|
|
|
Utilization of Stock as an Acquisition
Currency. Although we are not currently
evaluating any acquisitions involving the use of our stock, the
spin-off will enable us to use our stock as currency to pursue
certain financial and strategic objectives, including tax-free
merger transactions. In addition, future strategic transactions
with similar businesses will be more easily facilitated through
the use of our stand-alone stock as consideration.
|
|
|
|
ITTs Board of Directors also considered a number of
potentially negative factors in evaluating the spin-off,
including costs relating to the separation and risks relating to
the capital structure of ITT and us following the spin-off.
Notwithstanding these costs and risks, however, ITTs Board
of Directors determined that the potential benefits of the
spin-off outweighed these factors. See Risk
Factors Risks Relating to the Spin-Off and
The Spin-Off Reasons for the Spin-Off. |
7
|
|
|
Q: |
|
What are the U.S. Federal income tax consequences of the
spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
The spin-off is conditioned on the receipt by ITT of a ruling
(IRS Ruling) from the Internal Revenue Service
(IRS) that, for U.S. Federal income tax purposes,
the distribution, together with certain related transactions,
will be tax-free to ITT and ITTs shareholders under
Sections 355 and 368(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of
1986 (the Code). In addition, the spin-off is
conditioned on the receipt of an opinion of tax counsel as to
the satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
distribution, together with certain related transactions, to
receive tax-free treatment under Sections 355 and
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code upon which the IRS will not rule. ITT
expects to receive such opinion at the time of the consummation
of the spin-off. Although ITT has no intention to do, such
conditions are solely for the benefit of ITT and may be waived
by ITT in its sole discretion. The tax consequences of the
distribution are described in more detail under The
Spin-Off U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences of the
Spin-Off. |
|
Q: |
|
Will the Xylem common stock be listed on a stock
exchange? |
|
A: |
|
Yes. Although there is not currently a public market for Xylem
common stock, before completion of the spin-off, Xylem will
apply to list its common stock on the New York Stock Exchange
(NYSE) under the symbol XYL. It is
anticipated that trading of Xylem common stock will commence on
a when-issued basis at least two trading days prior
to the record date. When-issued trading refers to a sale or
purchase made conditionally because the security has been
authorized but not yet issued. When-issued trades generally
settle within four trading days after the distribution date. On
the first trading day following the distribution date, any
when-issued trading with respect to Xylem common stock will end
and regular-way trading will begin.
Regular-way trading refers to trading after a
security has been issued and typically involves a transaction
that settles on the third full trading day following the date of
the transaction. See Trading Market. |
|
Q: |
|
Will my shares of ITT common stock continue to
trade? |
|
A: |
|
Yes. ITT common stock will continue to be listed and trade on
the NYSE under the symbol ITT. |
|
Q: |
|
If I sell, on or before the distribution date, shares of
ITT common stock that I held on the record date, am I still
entitled to receive shares of Xylem common stock distributable
with respect to the shares of ITT common stock I sold? |
|
A: |
|
Beginning on or shortly before the record date and continuing
through the distribution date for the spin-off, ITTs
common stock will begin to trade in two markets on the NYSE: a
regular-way market and an
ex-distribution market. If you hold shares of ITT
common stock as of the record date for the distribution and
choose to sell those shares in the regular-way market after the
record date for the distribution and on or before the
distribution date, you also will be selling the right to receive
the shares of Xylem common stock in connection with the
spin-off. However, if you hold shares of ITT common stock as of
the record date for the distribution and choose to sell those
shares in the ex-distribution market after the record date for
the distribution and on or before the distribution date, you
will still receive the shares of Xylem common stock in the
spin-off. |
|
Q: |
|
Will the spin-off affect the trading price of my ITT
stock? |
|
A: |
|
Yes, the trading price of shares of ITT common stock immediately
following the distribution is expected to be lower than
immediately prior to the distribution because its trading price
will no longer reflect the value of the Water and Defense
businesses. However, we cannot provide you with any guarantees
as to the price at which the ITT shares will trade following the
spin-off. |
|
Q: |
|
What indebtedness will Xylem have following the
spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
On September 20, 2011, Xylem issued $1.2 billion
aggregate principal amount of senior notes, the net proceeds of
which have funded a net cash transfer of approximately
$817 million to ITT, with the balance to be used in
connection with the YSI acquisition and for general corporate
purposes. See Description of Material
Indebtedness. |
8
|
|
|
Q: |
|
What is the Contribution? |
|
A: |
|
As part of the internal reorganization, we have funded a net
cash transfer of approximately $817 million to ITT, which
is expected to be used to repay outstanding ITT indebtedness.
Immediately following the Contribution, we expect that we will
have approximately $200 million in cash and cash
equivalents and long-term indebtedness of approximately
$1.2 billion, which, together with the cash generated by
our ongoing operations, we believe will provide us with
sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our cash
needs and allow us to finance our operations on acceptable terms
and conditions. Exelis is also expected to have approximately
$200 million in cash and cash equivalents and long-term
indebtedness of approximately $890 million, which, together
with the cash generated by its ongoing operations, is expected
to provide Exelis, which will assume the ITT Salaried Retirement
Plan and other postretirement benefit plans from ITT, with
sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet its cash
needs and allow Exelis to finance its operations on acceptable
terms and conditions. In addition, immediately following the
Contribution, ITT is expected to have approximately
$ million in cash and cash
equivalents and no long-term indebtedness, which, together with
the cash generated by ITTs ongoing operations, is expected
to provide ITT, which will have a larger portion of net legacy
liabilities, with sufficient liquidity to meet its cash needs
and permit ITT to finance its operations on acceptable terms and
conditions. Although we believe that the arrangements in place
at the time of the distribution will permit us, Exelis and ITT
to finance our and their operations on acceptable terms and
conditions, our, Exeliss and ITTs access to, and the
availability of, financing on acceptable terms and conditions in
the future will be impacted by many factors, including credit
ratings or absence of a credit rating, the liquidity of the
overall capital markets, and the current state of the economy. |
|
Q: |
|
What will be the relationship between ITT and Xylem after
the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
Following the spin-off, Xylem will be an independent, publicly
traded company and ITT will have no continuing stock ownership
interest in Xylem. Xylem will have entered into a Distribution
Agreement with ITT and Exelis and will enter into several other
agreements for the purpose of allocating between Xylem, Exelis
and ITT various assets, liabilities, rights and obligations
(including employee benefits, intellectual property, insurance
and tax-related assets and liabilities). These agreements will
also govern Xylems relationship with ITT and Exelis
following the spin-off and will provide arrangements for
benefits and compensation matters, tax matters, intellectual
property matters, insurance matters and other specified
liabilities, rights and obligations attributable to periods
before and, in some cases, after the spin-off. These agreements
will also include arrangements with respect to transitional
services to be provided by one or more of ITT, Xylem or Exelis
to any other of them. The Distribution Agreement will provide,
in general, that Xylem will indemnify ITT and Exelis, as the
case may be, against any and all liabilities arising out of
Xylems business as constituted in connection with the
spin-offs and any other liabilities and obligations assumed by
Xylem, and that ITT and Exelis will indemnify Xylem against any
and all liabilities arising out of the businesses of ITT or
Exelis, as the case may be, as constituted in connection with
the spin-offs and any other liabilities and obligations assumed
by ITT or Exelis, respectively. |
|
Q: |
|
What will Xylems dividend policy be after the
spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
Following the distribution, we expect that initially Xylem will
pay a dividend, although the timing, declaration, amount and
payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many
factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations and capital requirements, industry practice and other
business considerations that Xylems Board of Directors
considers relevant from time to time. In addition, the terms of
the agreements governing our new debt or debt that we may incur
in the future may limit or prohibit the payments of dividends.
See Dividend Policy. |
|
Q: |
|
What are the anti-takeover effects of the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
Some provisions of the amended and restated articles of
incorporation of Xylem and the amended and restated by-laws of
Xylem, Indiana law and possibly the agreements governing
Xylems new debt, as each will be in effect immediately
following the spin-off, may have the effect of making more
difficult an acquisition of |
9
|
|
|
|
|
control of Xylem in a transaction not approved by Xylems
Board of Directors. See Description of Capital
Stock Provisions of Our Amended and Restated
Articles of Incorporation and Amended and Restated By-Laws That
Could Delay or Prevent a Change in Control. In addition,
under the Tax Matters Agreement, Xylem will agree not to enter
into any transaction for a period of two years following the
distribution involving an acquisition (including issuance) of
Xylem common stock or any other transaction (or, to the extent
Xylem has the right to prohibit it, to permit any such
transaction) that could cause the distribution to be taxable to
ITT. Xylem will also agree to indemnify ITT for any tax
resulting from any such transaction. Generally, ITT will
recognize a taxable gain on the distribution if there are one or
more acquisitions (including issuances) of Xylem capital stock
representing 50% or more of Xylems then-outstanding stock,
measured by vote or value, and the acquisitions are deemed to be
part of a plan or series of related transactions that include
the distribution. Any such acquisition of Xylem common stock
within two years before or after the distribution (with
exceptions, including public trading by less-than-5%
shareholders and certain compensatory stock issuances) generally
will be presumed to be part of such a plan unless that
presumption is rebutted. As a result, Xylems obligations
may discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of Xylem. |
|
Q: |
|
What are the risks associated with the spin-off? |
|
A: |
|
There are a number of risks associated with the spin-off and
ownership of Xylem common stock. These risks are discussed under
Risk Factors. |
|
Q: |
|
How will the spin-off affect Xylems relationship
with its customers? |
|
A: |
|
We believe we have well-established relationships with our
principal customers. We believe the spin-off will enable us to
better focus on those customers and to align our resources with
their priorities. As we seek to enter into new contracts with
our customers, we expect to continue to provide information to
enable them to have ongoing confidence in our management, our
workforce and our ability to perform, including our financial
stability. |
|
Q: |
|
Where can I get more information? |
|
A: |
|
If you have any questions relating to the mechanics of the
distribution, you should contact the distribution agent, The
Bank of New York Mellon, at: |
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
c/o BNY Mellon Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 358015
Pittsburgh, PA 15252-8015
Phone: 800 254 2823 |
|
|
|
|
|
Before the spin-off, if you have any questions relating to the
spin-off, you should contact ITT at: |
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation
Investor Relations
Phone: +1 914 641 2030
Email: thomas.scalera@itt.com
www.itt.com |
|
|
|
|
|
After the spin-off, if you have any questions relating to Xylem,
you should contact Xylem at: |
|
|
|
|
|
Xylem Inc.
Investor Relations
Phone: +1 914 323 5930
Email: Phil.DeSousa@itt.com |
10
Summary
of the Spin-Off
|
|
|
Distributing Company |
|
ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation. After the distribution,
ITT will not own any shares of Xylem common stock. |
|
Distributed Company |
|
ITT Xylem Inc., an Indiana corporation and a wholly owned
subsidiary of ITT. After the spin-off, Xylem will be an
independent, publicly traded company. |
|
Distributed Securities |
|
All of the shares of Xylem common stock owned by ITT, which will
be 100% of Xylem common stock issued and outstanding immediately
prior to the distribution. |
|
Record Date |
|
The record date for the distribution is 5:00 p.m., New York
time,
on ,
2011. |
|
Distribution Date |
|
The distribution date
is ,
2011. |
|
Internal Reorganization |
|
As part of the spin-off, ITT will undergo an internal
reorganization, which we refer to as the internal
reorganization, that will, among other things and subject
to limited exceptions: |
|
|
|
allocate and transfer to each of Xylem and Exelis
and their respective subsidiaries, as applicable, those assets,
and to allocate and assign responsibility for those liabilities,
in respect of the activities of the applicable businesses of
such entities; and
|
|
|
|
allocate, transfer and assign, as applicable, those
assets and liabilities in respect of other current and former
businesses and activities of ITT and its current and former
subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
After completion of the spin-off: |
|
|
|
Xylem will own and operate ITTs water
infrastructure and applied water businesses;
|
|
|
|
Exelis will own and operate ITTs command,
control, communications, computers, intelligence, surveillance
and reconnaissance (C4ISR) electronics and systems, and
informational and technical services businesses; and
|
|
|
|
ITT will own and operate its industrial process,
motion technologies, interconnect solutions and control
technologies businesses.
|
|
|
|
See The Spin-Off Manner of Effecting the
Spin-Off Internal Reorganization. |
|
Incurrence of Debt |
|
On September 20, 2011, Xylem issued $1.2 billion
aggregate principal amount of senior notes, the net proceeds of
which have funded a net cash transfer of approximately
$817 million to ITT, with the balance to be used in
connection with the YSI acquisition and for general corporate
purposes. |
|
Distribution Ratio |
|
Each holder of ITT common stock will receive one share of
Xylem common stock for each share of ITT common stock held
on ,
2011. |
|
The Distribution |
|
On the distribution date, ITT will release the shares of Xylem
common stock to the distribution agent to distribute to ITT
shareholders. The distribution of shares will be made in
book-entry form, which means that no physical share certificates
will be issued. It is |
11
|
|
|
|
|
expected that it will take the distribution agent up to two
weeks to issue shares of Xylem common stock to you or to your
bank or brokerage firm electronically on your behalf by way of
direct registration in book-entry form. Trading of our shares
will not be affected during that time. Following the spin-off,
shareholders whose shares are held in book-entry form may
request that their shares of Xylem common stock be transferred
to a brokerage or other account at any time. You will not be
required to make any payment, surrender or exchange your shares
of ITT common stock, or take any other action to receive your
shares of Xylem common stock. |
|
Conditions to the Spin-Off |
|
Completion of the spin-off is subject to the satisfaction or
waiver by ITT of the following conditions: |
|
|
|
our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which
this Information Statement forms a part, shall have been
declared effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission
(the SEC), no stop order suspending the
effectiveness thereof shall be in effect, no proceedings for
such purpose shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC,
and this Information Statement shall have been mailed to the ITT
shareholders;
|
|
|
|
Xylem common stock shall have been approved for
listing on the NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained an opinion from its tax
counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to ITT, as to the
satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
distribution, together with certain related transactions, to
qualify as a reorganization under Sections 355 and
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code upon which the IRS will not rule;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained a private letter ruling from
the Internal Revenue Service, in form and substance satisfactory
to ITT, and such ruling shall remain in effect as of the
distribution date, to the effect, among other things, that the
distribution, together with certain related transactions, will
qualify as a reorganization under Sections 355 and
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
the Board of Directors of ITT shall have obtained
opinions from a nationally recognized valuation firm, in form
and substance satisfactory to ITT, with respect to the capital
adequacy and solvency of each of ITT, Exelis and Xylem;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained all government approvals and
other consents necessary to consummate the distribution;
|
|
|
|
no order, injunction or decree issued by any
governmental entity of competent jurisdiction or other legal
restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of all or
any portion of the distribution shall be pending, threatened,
issued or in effect, and no other event outside the control of
ITT shall have occurred or failed to occur that prevents the
consummation of all or any portion of the distribution;
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
no other events or developments shall have occurred
or failed to occur that, in the judgment of the Board of
Directors of ITT, would result in the distribution having a
material adverse effect on ITT or its shareholders;
|
|
|
|
the financing transactions described in this
Information Statement as having occurred prior to the
distribution shall have been consummated on or prior to the
distribution;
|
|
|
|
the internal reorganization shall have been
completed, except for such steps as ITT in its sole discretion
shall have determined may be completed after the distribution
date;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have taken all necessary action, in the
judgment of the Board of Directors of ITT, to cause the Board of
Directors of Xylem to consist of the individuals identified in
this Information Statement as directors of Xylem;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have taken all necessary action, in the
judgment of the Board of Directors of ITT, to cause the officers
of Xylem to be the individuals identified as such in this
Information Statement;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have caused all its employees and any
employees of its subsidiaries (excluding any employees of any of
Xylem and its subsidiaries after the internal reorganization
(the Xylem Group)) to resign, effective as of the
distribution date, from all positions as officers or directors
of any member of the Xylem Group in which they serve, and Xylem
shall have caused all its employees and any employees of its
subsidiaries to resign, effective as of the distribution date,
from all positions as officers or directors of any of ITT,
Exelis or any of their respective subsidiaries after the
internal reorganization, in which they serve;
|
|
|
|
all necessary actions shall have been taken to adopt
the form of amended and restated articles of incorporation and
amended and restated by-laws filed by Xylem with the SEC as
exhibits to the Registration Statement on Form 10, of which
this Information Statement forms a part;
|
|
|
|
in the event the distribution is for any reason
postponed more than one hundred twenty days after the date of
the Distribution Agreement, the Board of Directors of ITT shall
have redetermined, as of such postponed distribution date, that
the distribution satisfies the requirements of Indiana Business
Corporation Law governing distributions;
|
|
|
|
the Board of Directors of ITT shall have approved
the distribution, which approval may be given or withheld at its
absolute and sole discretion; and
|
|
|
|
each of the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters
Agreement, the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement, the
Intellectual Property License Agreements, the Master Transition
Services Agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have
been executed by each party.
|
|
|
|
Completion of the spin-off of Exelis will be subject to similar
conditions as those listed above. The fulfillment of the
foregoing |
13
|
|
|
|
|
conditions will not create any obligation on ITTs part to
effect the spin-off. We are not aware of any material federal,
foreign or state regulatory requirements that must be complied
with or any material approvals that must be obtained, other than
compliance with SEC rules and regulations, the receipt of a
private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service,
approval for listing on the NYSE and the declaration of
effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form 10 by
the SEC, in connection with the distribution. ITT has the right
not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the
distribution, the Board of Directors of ITT determines, in its
sole discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best
interests of ITT or its shareholders or other constituents, that
a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of ITT or
its shareholders or other constituents, or that it is not
advisable for Xylem to separate from ITT at that time. For more
information, see The Spin-Off Conditions to
the Spin-Off. |
|
Trading Market and Symbol |
|
We intend to file an application to list Xylem common stock on
the NYSE under the ticker symbol XYL. We anticipate
that, at least two trading days prior to the record date,
trading of shares of Xylem common stock will begin on a
when-issued basis and will continue up to and
including the distribution date, and we expect
regular-way trading of Xylem common stock will begin
the first trading day after the distribution date. We also
anticipate that, at least two trading days prior to the record
date, there will be two markets in ITT common stock: a
regular-way market on which shares of ITT common stock will
trade with an entitlement for the purchaser of ITT common stock
to shares of Xylem common stock to be distributed pursuant to
the distribution, and an ex-distribution market on
which shares of ITT common stock will trade without an
entitlement for the purchaser of ITT common stock to shares of
Xylem common stock. For more information, see Trading
Market. |
|
Tax Consequences |
|
As a condition to the spin-off, ITT will receive an IRS Ruling
stating that ITT and ITTs shareholders will not recognize
any taxable income, gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax
purposes as a result of the spin-off. In addition, the spin-off
is conditioned on the receipt of an opinion of tax counsel as to
the satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
spin-off to receive tax-free treatment upon which the IRS will
not rule. See The Spin-Off U.S. Federal Income
Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off. |
|
|
|
Each shareholder is urged to consult his, her or its tax
advisor as to the specific tax consequences of the spin-off to
such shareholder, including the effect of any state, local or
non-U.S. tax
laws and of changes in applicable tax laws. |
|
Relationship with ITT after the Spin-Off |
|
We will enter into a Distribution Agreement and other agreements
with ITT and Exelis related to the spin-off. These agreements
will govern the relationship between us, Exelis and ITT after
completion of the spin-off and provide for the allocation
between us, Exelis and ITT of various assets, liabilities,
rights and obligations (including employee benefits,
intellectual property, insurance and |
14
|
|
|
|
|
tax-related assets and liabilities). The Distribution Agreement
will provide for the allocation of assets and liabilities among
ITT, Exelis and Xylem and will establish the rights and
obligations between and among the parties following the
distribution. We intend to enter into one or more Transition
Services Agreements with ITT and Exelis pursuant to which
certain services will be provided on an interim basis following
the distribution. We also intend to enter into a Benefits and
Compensation Matters Agreement that will set forth the
agreements between us, Exelis and ITT concerning certain
employee compensation and benefit matters. Further, we intend to
enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with Exelis and ITT regarding
the sharing of taxes incurred before and after completion of the
spin-off, certain indemnification rights with respect to tax
matters and certain restrictions to preserve the tax-free status
of the spin-off. In addition, to facilitate the ongoing use of
various intellectual property, we intend to enter into a
Technology License Agreement that will provide for certain
reciprocal licensing arrangements with ITT and Exelis and
certain trademark license agreements with ITT. We describe these
arrangements in greater detail under Certain Relationships
and Related Party Transactions Agreements with ITT
and Exelis Related to the Spin-Off, and describe some of
the risks of these arrangements under Risk
Factors Risks Relating to the Spin-Off. |
|
Dividend Policy |
|
Following the distribution, we expect that initially Xylem will
pay a dividend, although, the timing, declaration, amount and
payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many
factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations and capital requirements, as well as applicable law,
regulatory constraints, industry practice and other business
considerations that Xylems Board of Directors considers
relevant. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing our
new debt or debt that we may incur in the future may limit or
prohibit the payments of dividends. See Dividend
Policy. |
|
Transfer Agent |
|
The Bank of New York Mellon |
|
Risk Factors |
|
We face both general and specific risks and uncertainties
relating to our business, our relationship with ITT and Exelis
and our being an independent, publicly traded company. We also
are subject to risks relating to the spin-off. You should
carefully read the risk factors set forth in the section
entitled Risk Factors in this Information Statement. |
15
Summary
Historical and Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Data
The following table presents the summary historical condensed
combined financial data for Xylem. The condensed combined
statement of operations data for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2010 and the condensed
combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and
2009 set forth below are derived from Xylems audited
combined financial statements included in this Information
Statement. The condensed combined financial data for the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 are derived from
Xylems unaudited condensed combined financial statements
included in this Information Statement. The condensed combined
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 is derived from
Xylems unaudited combined financial statements that are
not included in this Information Statement. The unaudited
combined financial statements have been prepared on the same
basis as the audited combined financial statements and, in the
opinion of our management, include all adjustments necessary for
a fair presentation of the information set forth herein.
The summary unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial
data for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the year
ended December 31, 2010 have been prepared to reflect the
acquisition of Godwin Pumps on August 3, 2010 and the
spin-off, including: (i) the distribution of Xylem common
stock by ITT to its shareholders; (ii) the incurrence of
indebtedness in an amount estimated at $890 million and the
making of the $817 million Contribution, with the balance
to be used for general corporate purposes; and (iii) the
impact of the transactions contemplated by the Tax Matters
Agreement. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined income
statement data presented for the six months ended June 30,
2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010 assumes the
spin-off occurred on January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro
forma condensed combined balance sheet data assumes the spin-off
occurred on June 30, 2011. The summary unaudited pro forma
condensed combined financial data do not give effect to the YSI
acquisition or the $310 million of indebtedness incurred in
connection with the YSI acquisition, because such acquisition is
not considered significant. The assumptions used and pro forma
adjustments derived from such assumptions are based on currently
available information and we believe such assumptions are
reasonable under the circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
are not necessarily indicative of our results of operations or
financial condition had the distribution and our anticipated
post-spin-off capital structure been completed on the dates
assumed. Also, they may not reflect the results of operations or
financial condition that would have resulted had we been
operating as an independent, publicly traded company during such
periods. In addition, they are not necessarily indicative of our
future results of operations or financial condition.
You should read this summary financial data together with
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Combined Financial
Statements, Capitalization, Selected
Historical Condensed Combined Financial and Other Data,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and the condensed
combined financial statements and accompanying notes included in
this Information Statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for
|
|
As of and for
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2011
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
|
$
|
3,347
|
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
4,074
|
|
|
|
3,949
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
N/A*
|
|
|
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
2,543
|
|
Long-term debt (including capital lease obligations)
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
N/A*
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
*N/A = Not applicable
16
RISK
FACTORS
You should carefully consider each of the following risks,
which we believe are the principal risks that we face and of
which we are currently aware, and all of the other information
in this Information Statement. Some of the risks described below
relate to our business, while others relate to the spin-off.
Other risks relate principally to the securities markets and
ownership of our common stock.
Should any of the following risks and uncertainties develop
into actual events, our business, financial condition or results
of operations could be materially and adversely affected, the
trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could
lose all or part of your investment.
Risks
Relating to Our Business
We face the following risks in connection with the general
conditions and trends of the industry in which we operate:
Demand
for our products and services is significantly affected by U.S.
and European economic conditions.
We compete around the world in various geographic and product
markets. In 2010, 35% and 39% of our total sales were to
customers located in the United States and Europe, respectively.
We expect sales into these markets to be significant for the
foreseeable future. Important factors impacting our businesses
include the overall strength of these economies and our
customers confidence in both local and global macro
economic conditions; industrial and federal, state, local and
municipal governmental spending; the strength of the residential
and commercial real estate markets; interest rates; availability
of commercial financing for our customers and end-users; and
unemployment rates. A slowdown or downturn in these financial or
macro economic conditions could have a significant adverse
effect on our business, financial condition, results of
operations and cash flow.
We have experienced and expect to continue to experience
fluctuations in revenues and operating results due to economic
and business cycles, particularly within the portion of our
business that provides products and services used in residential
and commercial buildings. We believe our level of business
activity is influenced by residential and commercial building
starts, and renovations, which are heavily influenced by
interest rates, consumer debt levels, changes in disposable
income, employment growth and consumer confidence. Credit market
conditions greatly affect the ability of residential and
commercial builders to obtain the necessary capital to complete
and begin new projects. We closely monitor the credit worthiness
of our customers, and evaluate their financial ability to pay
for those products and services we provide to them. As it
relates to our customers ability to pay for products and
services, we have not experienced any significant negative
impact as a result of the recent economic downturn. If market
conditions worsen, it may result in the delay or cancellation of
orders from our customers or potential customers and adversely
affect our revenues and our ability to manage inventory levels,
collect customer receivables and maintain current levels of
profitability.
Economic
and other risks associated with international sales and
operations could adversely affect our business.
In 2010, 65% of our total sales was to customers outside the
United States. We expect our international operations and export
sales to continue to be a significant portion of our revenue.
Both our sales from international operations and export sales
are subject in varying degrees to risks inherent to doing
business outside the United States. These risks include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
Possibility of unfavorable circumstances arising from host
country laws or regulations;
|
|
|
|
Currency exchange rate fluctuations and restrictions on currency
repatriation;
|
|
|
|
Potential negative consequences from changes to taxation
policies;
|
|
|
|
The disruption of operations from labor and political
disturbances;
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in tariff and trade barriers and import and export
licensing requirements; and
|
|
|
|
Insurrection or war.
|
Following the spin-off, we expect that a majority of our cash
will continue to be generated by our foreign subsidiaries and
repatriation of that cash to the United States may be
inefficient from a tax perspective. Any payment of
distributions, loans or advances to us by our foreign
subsidiaries could be subject to restrictions on, or taxation
of, dividends on repatriation of earnings under applicable local
law, monetary transfer restrictions and foreign currency
exchange regulations in the jurisdictions in which our
subsidiaries operate. In addition to the general risks that we
face outside the United States, we now conduct more of our
operations in emerging markets than we have in the past, which
could involve additional uncertainties for us, including risks
that governments may impose limitations on our ability to
repatriate funds; governments may impose withholding or other
taxes on remittances and other payments to us, or the amount of
any such taxes may increase; an outbreak or escalation of any
insurrection or armed conflict may occur; governments may seek
to nationalize our assets; or governments may impose or increase
investment barriers or other restrictions affecting our
business. In addition, emerging markets pose other
uncertainties, including the protection of our intellectual
property, pressure on the pricing of our products, and risks of
political instability. We cannot predict the impact such future,
largely unforeseeable events might have on our business,
financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.
Failure
to compete successfully in our markets could adversely affect
our business.
We provide products and services into competitive markets. We
believe the principal points of competition in our markets are
product performance, reliability and innovation, application
expertise, brand reputation, energy efficiency, product life
cycle cost, timeliness of delivery, proximity of service
centers, effectiveness of our distribution channels and price.
Maintaining and improving our competitive position will require
continued investment by us in manufacturing, research and
development, engineering, marketing, customer service and
support, and our distribution networks. We may not be successful
in maintaining our competitive position. Our competitors may
develop products that are superior to our products, or may
develop more efficient or effective methods of providing
products and services or may adapt more quickly than we do to
new technologies or evolving customer requirements. Pricing
pressures also could cause us to adjust the prices of certain
products to stay competitive. We may not be able to compete
successfully with our existing or new competitors. Failure to
continue competing successfully could adversely affect our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flow.
Our
strategy includes acquisitions, and we may not be able to make
acquisitions of suitable candidates or integrate acquisitions
successfully.
Our historical growth has included acquisitions. As part of our
growth strategy, we plan to pursue the acquisition of other
companies, assets and product lines that either complement or
expand our existing business. We cannot assure you, however,
that we will be able to identify suitable candidates
successfully, negotiate appropriate acquisition terms, obtain
financing that may be needed to consummate those acquisitions,
complete proposed acquisitions, successfully integrate acquired
businesses into our existing operations or expand into new
markets. In addition, we cannot assure you that any acquisition,
once successfully integrated, will perform as planned, be
accretive to earnings, or prove to be beneficial to our
operations or cash flow.
Acquisitions involve a number of risks and present financial,
managerial and operational challenges, including: diversion of
management attention from existing businesses and operations;
integration of technology, operations personnel, and financial
and other systems; potentially insufficient internal controls
over financial activities or financial reporting at an acquired
entity that could impact us on a combined basis; the failure to
realize expected synergies; the possibility that we have
acquired substantial undisclosed liabilities; and the loss of
key employees of the acquired businesses.
18
Our
business could be adversely affected by the inability of
suppliers to meet delivery requirements.
Our business relies on third-party suppliers, contract
manufacturing and commodity markets to secure raw materials,
parts and components used in our products. Parts and raw
materials commonly used in our products include motors,
fabricated parts, castings, bearings, seals, nickel, copper,
aluminum, and plastics. We are exposed to the availability of
these materials, which may be subject to curtailment or change
due to, among other things, interruptions in production by
suppliers, labor disputes, the impaired financial condition of a
particular supplier, suppliers allocations to other
purchasers, changes in exchange rates and prevailing price
levels, ability to meet regulatory requirements, weather
emergencies or acts of war or terrorism. Any delay in our
suppliers abilities to provide us with necessary materials
could impair our ability to deliver products to our customers
and, accordingly, could have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition, results of operations and cash
flow.
Our
business could be adversely affected by inflation and other
manufacturing and operating cost increases.
Our operating costs are subject to fluctuations, particularly
due to changes in commodity prices, raw materials, energy and
related utilities, freight, and cost of labor. In order to
remain competitive, we may not be able to recuperate all or a
portion of these higher costs from our customers through product
price increases. Further, our ability to realize financial
benefits from Six Sigma and Lean projects may not be able to
mitigate fully or in part these manufacturing and operating cost
increases and, as a result, could negatively impact our
profitability.
Our
business could be adversely affected by significant movements in
foreign currency exchange rates.
With 65% of our total sales to customers outside the United
States for the year ended December 31, 2010, we are exposed
to fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly
with respect to the Euro, Swedish Krona, British Pound,
Australian Dollar, Canadian Dollar, Polish Zloty, and Hungarian
Forint. Any significant change in the value of currencies of the
countries in which we do business relative to the value of the
U.S. Dollar could affect our ability to sell products
competitively and control our cost structure, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,
results of operations and cash flow.
Long-lived
assets, including goodwill and other intangible assets,
represent a significant portion of our assets and any impairment
of these assets could negatively impact our results of
operations.
At December 31, 2010, our long-lived assets, including
goodwill and other intangible assets, were approximately
$2.3 billion, net of accumulated amortization, which
represented approximately 64% of our total assets. Goodwill and
indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested for impairment on
an annual basis, or whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be
recoverable. We also review the carrying value of finite-lived
tangible and intangible assets for impairment when impairment
indicators arise. We estimate the fair value of reporting units
used in the goodwill impairment test and indefinite-lived
intangible assets using an income approach, and as a result the
fair value measurements depend on revenue growth rates, future
operating margin assumptions, risk-adjusted discount rates,
assumed royalty rates, future economic and market conditions,
and identification of appropriate market comparable data.
Because of the significance of our long-lived assets, including
goodwill and other intangible assets, any future impairment of
these assets could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations and financial condition.
Failure
to comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or other
applicable anti-corruption legislation could result in fines,
criminal penalties and an adverse effect on our
business.
We operate in a number of countries throughout the world,
including countries known to have a reputation for corruption.
We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable
anti-corruption laws. We are subject, however, to the risk that
we, our affiliated entities or our or their respective officers,
directors, employees and agents may take action determined to be
in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including
19
the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, the U.K.
Bribery Act of 2010 and others. Any such violation could result
in substantial fines, sanctions, civil
and/or
criminal penalties, curtailment of operations in certain
jurisdictions, and might adversely affect our business, results
of operations or financial condition. In addition, actual or
alleged violations could damage our reputation and ability to do
business. Furthermore, detecting, investigating, and resolving
actual or alleged violations is expensive and can consume
significant time and attention of our senior management.
We may
be negatively impacted by litigation and regulatory
proceedings.
We are subject to laws, regulations and potential liability
relating to claims, complaints and proceedings, including those
related to antitrust, environmental, product, and other matters.
We are subject to various laws, ordinances, regulations and
other requirements of government authorities in foreign
countries and in the United States, any violations of which
could potentially create a substantial liability for us, and
also could cause harm to our reputation. Changes in laws,
ordinances, regulations or other government policies, the
nature, timing, and effect of which are uncertain, may
significantly increase our expenses and liabilities.
From time to time, we are involved in legal proceedings that are
incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these
proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters,
product liability, personal injury claims, employment and
pension matters, government contract issues and commercial or
contractual disputes, sometimes related to acquisitions or
divestitures. We may become subject to significant claims of
which we are currently unaware, or the claims of which we are
aware may result in our incurring a significantly greater
liability than we anticipate or can estimate. Additionally, we
may receive fines or penalties or be required to change or cease
operations at one or more facilities if a regulatory agency
determines that we have failed to comply with laws, regulations
or orders applicable to our business.
Changes
in our effective tax rates may adversely affect our financial
results.
We sell our products in more than 140 countries and
approximately 65% of our revenues were generated outside the
United States in 2010. Given the global nature of our business,
a number of factors may increase our future effective tax rates,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
our decision to repatriate
non-U.S. earnings
for which we have not previously provided for U.S. taxes;
|
|
|
|
the jurisdictions in which profits are determined to be earned
and taxed;
|
|
|
|
sustainability of historical income tax rates in the
jurisdictions in which we conduct business;
|
|
|
|
the resolution of issues arising from tax audits with various
tax authorities; and
|
|
|
|
changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and
liabilities, and changes in deferred tax valuation allowances.
|
Any significant increase in our future effective tax rates could
reduce net income for future periods.
Our
business could be adversely affected by interruptions in
information technology, communications networks and
operations.
Our business operations rely on information technology and
communications networks, and operations that are vulnerable to
damage or disturbance from a variety of sources. Regardless of
protection measures, essentially all systems are susceptible to
disruption due to failure, vandalism, computer viruses, security
breaches, natural disasters, power outages and other events. We
also have a concentration of operations on certain sites, e.g.
production, and shared services centers, where business
interruptions could cause material damage and costs. Transport
of goods from suppliers, and to customers, could also be
hampered for the reasons stated above. Although we have assessed
these risks, implemented controls, and performed business
continuity planning, we cannot be sure that interruptions with
material adverse effects will not occur.
20
Weather
conditions may adversely affect our financial
results.
Since a number of our products are used to provide water within
irrigation applications (Goulds, Flowtronex and Lowara products)
or used to extract water in flooding conditions (Godwin
products), the demand for these products is impacted by the
weather. For example, our organic revenue growth in 2010 was
partially offset by unfavorable weather conditions in North
America, which negatively impacted our sales of irrigation
applications. Given the unpredictable nature of weather
conditions, this may result in volatility for certain portions
of our business as well as the operations of certain of our
customers and suppliers.
The
level of returns on postretirement benefit plan assets, changes
in interest rates and other factors could affect our earnings
and cash flows in future periods.
Certain members of our current and retired employee population
are covered by pension and other employee-related defined
benefit plans (collectively, postretirement benefit plans). We
may experience significant fluctuations in costs related to our
postretirement benefit plans as a result of macro-economic
factors, such as interest rates, that are beyond our control.
The cost of our postretirement plans is incurred over long
periods of time and involves factors and uncertainties during
those periods which can be volatile and unpredictable, including
rates of return on postretirement benefit plan assets, discount
rates used to calculate liabilities and expenses and rates of
future compensation increases. Management develops each
assumption using relevant plan and Company experience and
expectations in conjunction with market-related data. Our
liquidity, financial position, including shareholders
equity, and results of operations could be materially affected
by significant changes in key economic indicators, actuarial
experience, financial market volatility, future legislation and
other governmental regulatory actions.
We make contributions to fund our postretirement benefit plans
when considered necessary or advantageous to do so. The
macro-economic factors discussed above, including the return on
postretirement benefit plan assets and the minimum funding
requirements established by local government funding or taxing
authorities, or established by other agreement, may influence
future funding requirements. A significant decline in the fair
value of our plan assets, or other adverse changes to our
overall pension and other employee-related benefit plans could
require us to make significant funding contributions and affect
cash flows in future periods.
Unforeseen
environmental issues could impact our financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows.
Our operations are subject to and affected by many federal,
state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. In
addition, we could be affected by future environmental laws or
regulations, including, for example, those imposed in response
to climate change concerns. Compliance with current and future
environmental laws and regulations currently requires and is
expected to continue to require operating and capital
expenditures.
Environmental laws and regulations may authorize substantial
fines and criminal sanctions as well as facility shutdowns to
address violations, and may require the installation of costly
pollution control equipment or operational changes to limit
emissions or discharges. We also incur, and expect to continue
to incur, costs to comply with current environmental laws and
regulations related to remediation of conditions in the
environment.
Developments such as the adoption of new environmental laws and
regulations, stricter enforcement of existing laws and
regulations, violations by us of such laws and regulations,
discovery of previously unknown or more extensive contamination,
litigation involving environmental impacts, our inability to
recover costs associated with any such developments, or
financial insolvency of other responsible parties could in the
future have a material adverse effect on our financial position,
results of operations, or cash flows.
21
Risks
Relating to the Spin-Off
We face the following risks in connection with the spin-off:
We may
incur greater costs as an independent company than we did when
we were part of ITT.
As a current part of ITT, we take advantage of ITTs size
and purchasing power in procuring certain goods and services
such as insurance and health care benefits, and technology such
as computer software licenses. We also rely on ITT to provide
various corporate functions. After the spin-off, as a separate,
independent entity, we may be unable to obtain these goods,
services and technologies at prices or on terms as favorable to
us as those we obtained prior to the distribution. We may also
incur costs for functions previously performed by ITT that are
higher than the amounts reflected in our historical financial
statements, which could cause our profitability to decrease.
We
expect to incur new indebtedness at or prior to consummation of
the spin-off, and the degree to which we will be leveraged
following completion of the spin-off may have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
We have historically relied upon ITT for working capital
requirements on a short-term basis and for other financial
support functions. After the spin-off, we will not be able to
rely on the earnings, assets or cash flow of ITT, and we will be
responsible for servicing our own debt, and obtaining and
maintaining sufficient working capital. In connection with the
spin-off, in September 2011 we raised indebtedness of
$1.2 billion, of which $600 million aggregate
principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes will mature on
September 20, 2016 and $600 million aggregate
principal amount of 4.875% Senior Notes will mature on
October 1, 2021, the net proceeds of which have funded a
net cash transfer of approximately $817 million to ITT,
with the balance to be used in connection with the YSI
acquisition and for general corporate purposes. In addition, on
or about the distribution date, a Credit Facility with revolving
credit availability of $600 million (which includes a
$100 million sublimit on letters of credit) will become
effective. It is anticipated that this credit facility will be
undrawn at the time of the spin-off. Given the smaller relative
size of the company as compared to ITT, after the spin-off we
may incur higher debt servicing costs on the new indebtedness
than we would have incurred otherwise as a subsidiary of ITT or
not have access to other less expensive sources of capital from
short-term debt markets.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our
indebtedness, including the debt incurred pursuant to the
spin-off as well as any future debt that we may incur, will
depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from
operations, financings or asset sales. Our ability to generate
cash is subject to general economic, financial, competitive,
legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our
control. If we are not able to repay or refinance our debt as it
becomes due, we may be forced to sell assets or take other
disadvantageous actions, including (i) reducing financing
in the future for working capital, capital expenditures and
general corporate purposes or (ii) dedicating an
unsustainable level of our cash flow from operations to the
payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness. In
addition, our ability to withstand competitive pressures and to
react to changes in the water technology industry could be
impaired. The lenders who hold such debt could also accelerate
amounts due, which could potentially trigger a default or
acceleration of any of our other debt.
We may
be unable to achieve some or all of the benefits that we expect
to achieve from the spin-off.
As an independent, publicly traded company, we believe that our
business will benefit from, among other things, (i) greater
strategic focus of financial resources and managements
efforts, (ii) enhanced customer focus, (iii) direct
and differentiated access to capital resources,
(iv) enhanced investor choices by offering investment
opportunities in a separate entity from ITT, (v) improved
management incentive tools, and (vi) utilization of stock
as an acquisition currency. However, by separating from ITT, we
may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse
events than we would have been were we still a part of ITT. In
addition, we may not be able to achieve some or all of the
benefits that we expect to achieve as an independent company in
the time we expect, if at all.
22
We may
increase our debt or raise additional capital in the future,
which could affect our financial health, and may decrease our
profitability.
We may increase our debt or raise additional capital in the
future, subject to restrictions in our debt agreements. If our
cash flow from operations is less than we anticipate, or if our
cash requirements are more than we expect, we may require more
financing. However, debt or equity financing may not be
available to us on terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we
incur additional debt or raise equity through the issuance of
our preferred stock, the terms of the debt or our preferred
stock issued may give the holders rights, preferences and
privileges senior to those of holders of our common stock,
particularly in the event of liquidation. The terms of the debt
may also impose additional and more stringent restrictions on
our operations than we currently have. If we raise funds through
the issuance of additional equity, your percentage ownership in
us would decline. If we are unable to raise additional capital
when needed, it could affect our financial health, which could
negatively affect your investment in us. Also, regardless of the
terms of our debt or equity financing, the amount of our stock
that we can issue may be limited because the issuance of our
stock may cause the distribution to be a taxable event for ITT
under Section 355(e) of the Code, and under the Tax Matters
Agreement, we could be required to indemnify ITT for that tax.
See We may be responsible for
U.S. Federal income tax liabilities that relate to the
distribution.
We may
be responsible for U.S. Federal income tax liabilities that
relate to the distribution.
We have received an IRS Ruling stating that ITT and its
shareholders will not recognize any taxable income, gain or loss
for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as a result of the
spin-off, and we expect the IRS Ruling to remain in effect as of
the date of the spin-off. In addition, the spin-off is
conditioned on the receipt of an opinion of tax counsel as to
the satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
spin-off to receive tax-free treatment upon which the IRS will
not rule. Receipt of the IRS Ruling and opinion of counsel will
satisfy a condition to completion of the spin-off. See The
Spin-Off U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences
of the Spin-Off. The IRS Ruling, while generally binding
upon the IRS, will be based on certain factual statements and
representations. If any such factual statements or
representations were incomplete or untrue in any material
respect, or if the facts on which the IRS Ruling will be based
are materially different from the facts at the time of the
spin-off, the IRS could modify or revoke the IRS Ruling
retroactively.
As discussed above, certain requirements for tax-free treatment
that are not covered in the IRS Ruling will be addressed in the
opinion of counsel. An opinion of counsel is not binding on the
IRS. Accordingly, the IRS may reach conclusions with respect to
the spin-off that are different from the conclusions reached in
the opinion. Like the IRS Ruling, the opinion will be based on
certain factual statements and representations, which, if
incomplete or untrue in any material respect, could alter
counsels conclusions.
ITT is not aware of any facts or circumstances that would cause
any such factual statements or representations in the IRS Ruling
or the legal opinion to be incomplete or untrue or cause the
facts on which the IRS Ruling is based, or the legal opinion
will be based, to be materially different from the facts at the
time of the spin-off.
If all or a portion of the spin-off does not qualify as a
tax-free transaction because any of the factual statements or
representations in the IRS Ruling or the legal opinion are
incomplete or untrue, or because the facts upon which the IRS
Ruling is based are materially different from the facts at the
time of the spin-off, ITT would recognize a substantial gain for
U.S. Federal income tax purposes. In such case, under
U.S. Treasury regulations each member of the ITT
consolidated group at the time of the spin-off (including us and
our subsidiaries) would be severally liable for the resulting
entire amount of any U.S. Federal income tax liability.
Even if the spin-off otherwise qualifies as a tax-free
transaction for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, the
distribution will be taxable to ITT (but not to ITT
shareholders) pursuant to Section 355(e) of the Code if
there are one or more acquisitions (including issuances) of the
stock of either us or ITT, representing 50% or more, measured by
vote or value, of the then-outstanding stock of either
corporation and the acquisition or acquisitions are deemed to be
part of a plan or series of related transactions that include
the distribution. Any acquisition of our common stock within two
years before or after the distribution (with exceptions,
including public trading by less-than-5% shareholders and
certain compensatory stock issuances) generally will be
23
presumed to be part of such a plan unless that presumption is
rebutted. The tax liability resulting from the application of
Section 355(e) would be substantial. In addition, under
U.S. Treasury regulations, each member of the ITT
consolidated group at the time of the spin-off (including us and
our subsidiaries) would be severally liable for the resulting
U.S. Federal income tax liability.
We will agree not to enter into any transaction that could cause
any portion of the spin-off to be taxable to ITT, including
under Section 355(e). Pursuant to the Tax Matters
Agreement, we will also agree to indemnify ITT and Exelis for
any tax liabilities resulting from such transactions, and ITT
and Exelis will agree to indemnify us for any tax liabilities
resulting from such transactions entered into by ITT or Exelis.
These obligations may discourage, delay or prevent a change of
control of our company. For additional detail, see
Description of Capital Stock Provisions of Our
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and Amended and
Restated By-Laws That Could Delay or Prevent a Change in
Control and Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related
to the Spin-Off Tax Matters Agreement.
Our
accounting and other management systems and resources may not be
adequately prepared to meet the financial reporting and other
requirements to which we will be subject following the
distribution.
Our financial results previously were included within the
consolidated results of ITT, and we believe that our financial
reporting and internal controls were appropriate for those of
subsidiaries of a public company. However, we were not directly
subject to the reporting and other requirements of the Exchange
Act. As a result of the distribution, we will be directly
subject to reporting and other obligations under the Exchange
Act. Beginning with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the year ending December 31, 2012, we will be required
to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002 (the Sarbanes-Oxley Act) which will require
annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our
internal control over financial reporting and a report by our
independent registered public accounting firm addressing these
assessments. These reporting and other obligations may place
significant demands on our management, administrative and
operational resources, including accounting systems and
resources.
The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and
current reports with respect to our business and financial
condition. Under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, we are required to
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and
internal controls over financial reporting. To comply with these
requirements, we may need to upgrade our systems; implement
additional financial and management controls, reporting systems
and procedures; and hire additional accounting and finance
staff. We expect to incur additional annual expenses for the
purpose of addressing these requirements, and those expenses may
be significant. If we are unable to upgrade our financial and
management controls, reporting systems, information technology
systems and procedures in a timely and effective fashion, our
ability to comply with our financial reporting requirements and
other rules that apply to reporting companies under the Exchange
Act could be impaired. Any failure to achieve and maintain
effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect
on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
We do
not have a recent operating history as an independent company
and our historical financial information may not be a reliable
indicator of our future results.
The historical financial information we have included in this
Information Statement has been derived from ITTs
consolidated financial statements and does not necessarily
reflect what our financial position, results of operations and
cash flows would have been as a separate, stand-alone entity
during the periods presented. ITT did not account for us, and we
were not operated, as a single stand-alone entity or segment for
the periods presented. In addition, the historical information
is not necessarily indicative of what our results of operations,
financial position and cash flows will be in the future. For
example, following the spin-off, changes will occur in our cost
structure, funding and operations, including changes in our tax
structure, increased costs associated with reduced economies of
scale and increased costs associated with becoming a public,
stand-alone company. While we have been profitable as part of
ITT, we cannot assure you that as a stand-alone company our
profits will continue at a similar level.
24
Our
customers, prospective customers and suppliers will need
assurances that our financial stability on a stand-alone basis
is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or
continuing to do business with them.
Some of our customers, prospective customers, and suppliers will
need assurances that our financial stability on a stand-alone
basis is sufficient to satisfy their requirements for doing or
continuing to do business with them. If our customers,
prospective customers or suppliers are not satisfied with our
financial stability, it could have a material adverse effect on
our ability to bid for and obtain or retain projects, our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
The
spin-off may expose us to potential liabilities arising out of
state and federal fraudulent conveyance laws and legal
distribution requirements.
The spin-off could be challenged under various state and federal
fraudulent conveyance laws. An unpaid creditor or an entity
vested with the power of such creditor (such as a trustee or
debtor-in-possession
in a bankruptcy) could claim that the spin-off left ITT
insolvent or with unreasonably small capital or that ITT
intended or believed it would incur debts beyond its ability to
pay such debts as they mature and that ITT did not receive fair
consideration or reasonably equivalent value in the spin-off. If
a court were to agree with such a plaintiff, then such court
could void the spin-off as a fraudulent transfer and could
impose a number of different remedies, including without
limitation, returning our assets or your shares in our company
to ITT, voiding our liens and claims against ITT, or providing
ITT with a claim for money damages against us in an amount equal
to the difference between the consideration received by ITT and
the fair market value of our company at the time of the spin-off.
The measure of insolvency for purposes of the fraudulent
conveyance laws will vary depending on which jurisdictions
law is applied. Generally, however, an entity would be
considered insolvent if either the fair saleable value of its
assets is less than the amount of its liabilities (including the
probable amount of contingent liabilities), or it is unlikely to
be able to pay its liabilities as they become due. No assurance
can be given as to what standard a court would apply to
determine insolvency or that a court would determine that ITT
was solvent at the time of or after giving effect to the
spin-off, including the distribution of our common stock.
The distribution by ITT of the Xylem common stock in the
spin-off could also be challenged under state corporate
distribution statutes. Under the Indiana Business Corporation
Law (the Indiana Corporation Law), a corporation may
not make distributions to its shareholders if, after giving
effect to the distribution, (i) the corporation would not
be able to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course
of business; or (ii) the corporations total assets
would be less than the sum of its total liabilities. No
assurance can be given that a court will not later determine
that the distribution by ITT of Xylem common stock in the
spin-off was unlawful.
Under the Distribution Agreement, from and after the spin-off,
we will be responsible for the debts, liabilities and other
obligations related to the business or businesses which we own
and operate following the consummation of the spin-off. Although
we do not expect to be liable for any of these or other
obligations not expressly assumed by us pursuant to the
Distribution Agreement, it is possible that we could be required
to assume responsibility for certain obligations retained by ITT
or Exelis should ITT or Exelis fail to pay or perform its
retained obligations (for example, tax, asbestos
and/or
environmental liabilities). See Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Agreements with ITT and
Exelis Related to the Spin-Off Distribution
Agreement.
We may
have been able to receive better terms from unaffiliated third
parties than the terms we receive in our agreements related to
the spin-off.
We expect that the agreements related to the spin-off, including
the Distribution Agreement, Benefits and Compensation Matters
Agreement, Technology License Agreement, Tax Matters Agreement,
Master Transition Services Agreement and any other agreements,
will be negotiated in the context of our separation from ITT
while we are still part of ITT. Accordingly, these agreements
may not reflect terms that would have resulted from
arms-length negotiations among unaffiliated third parties.
The terms of the agreements being negotiated
25
in the context of our separation are related to, among other
things, allocations of assets, liabilities, rights,
indemnifications and other obligations among ITT, Exelis and us.
We may have received better terms under the agreements related
to the spin-off from third parties because third parties may
have competed with each other to win our business. See
Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related
to the Spin-Off.
Risks
Relating to Our Common Stock
You face the following risks in connection with ownership of our
common stock:
There
is no existing market for our common stock and we cannot be
certain that an active trading market will develop or be
sustained after the spin-off, and following the spin-off, our
stock price may fluctuate significantly.
There currently is no public market for our common stock. We
intend to list our common stock on the NYSE. See Trading
Market. It is anticipated that before the distribution
date for the spin-off, trading of shares of our common stock
will begin on a when-issued basis and such trading
will continue up to and including the distribution date.
However, there can be no assurance that an active trading market
for our common stock will develop as a result of the spin-off or
be sustained in the future. The lack of an active market may
make it more difficult for you to sell our common stock and
could lead to the price of our common stock being depressed or
more volatile. We cannot predict the prices at which our common
stock may trade after the spin-off. The market price of our
common stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors,
some of which may be beyond our control, including:
|
|
|
|
|
the sale of our shares by some ITT shareholders after the
distribution because our business profile and market
capitalization may not fit their investment objectives;
|
|
|
|
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results due
to factors related to our business;
|
|
|
|
success or failure of our business strategy;
|
|
|
|
our quarterly or annual earnings, or those of other companies in
our industry;
|
|
|
|
our ability to obtain financing as needed;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant new
business awards;
|
|
|
|
announcements by us or our competitors of significant
acquisitions or dispositions;
|
|
|
|
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance,
interpretations or principles;
|
|
|
|
the failure of securities analysts to cover our common stock
after the spin-off;
|
|
|
|
changes in earnings estimates by securities analysts or our
ability to meet those estimates;
|
|
|
|
the operating and stock price performance of other comparable
companies;
|
|
|
|
investor perception of our company and the water technology
industry;
|
|
|
|
natural or environmental disasters that investors believe may
affect us;
|
|
|
|
overall market fluctuations;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in the budget of federal, state and local
governmental entities around the world;
|
|
|
|
results from any material litigation or government investigation;
|
|
|
|
changes in laws and regulations affecting our business; and
|
|
|
|
general economic conditions and other external factors.
|
26
Stock markets in general have experienced volatility that has
often been unrelated to the operating performance of a
particular company. These broad market fluctuations could
adversely affect the trading price of our common stock.
Substantial
sales of our common stock may occur in connection with the
spin-off, which could cause the price of our common stock to
decline.
The shares of our common stock that ITT distributes to its
shareholders generally may be sold immediately in the public
market. It is possible that some ITT shareholders, which could
include some of our larger shareholders, will sell our common
stock received in the distribution if, for reasons such as our
business profile or market capitalization as an independent
company, we do not fit their investment objectives,
or in the case of index funds we are not
a participant in the index in which they are investing. The
sales of significant amounts of our common stock or the
perception in the market that this will occur may reduce the
market price of our common stock.
We
cannot assure you that we will pay dividends on our common
stock, and our indebtedness could limit our ability to pay
dividends on our common stock.
Following the distribution, we expect that initially Xylem will
pay a dividend, although the timing, declaration, amount and
payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many
factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations and capital requirements, as well as applicable law,
regulatory constraints, industry practice and other business
considerations that Xylems Board of Directors considers
relevant. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing our
new debt or debt that we may incur in the future may limit or
prohibit the payments of dividends. See Dividend
Policy. There can be no assurance that we will pay a
dividend in the future or continue to pay any dividend if we do
commence the payment of dividends. There can also be no
assurance that the combined annual dividends on ITT common
stock, Exelis common stock and our common stock after the
spin-off, if any, will be equal to the annual dividends on ITT
common stock prior to the spin-off.
Additionally, indebtedness that we expect to incur in connection
with the spin-off could have important consequences for holders
of our common stock. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow
from operations to meet our debt-payment obligations, then our
ability to pay dividends, if so determined by the Board of
Directors, will be impaired and we may be required to attempt to
restructure or refinance our debt, raise additional capital or
take other actions such as selling assets, reducing or delaying
capital expenditures or reducing our dividend. There can be no
assurance, however, that any such actions could be effected on
satisfactory terms, if at all, or would be permitted by the
terms of our new debt or our other credit and contractual
arrangements.
Anti-takeover
provisions in our organizational documents and Indiana law could
delay or prevent a change in control.
Prior to completion of the spin-off, we will adopt the amended
and restated articles of incorporation and the amended restated
by-laws. Certain provisions of the amended and restated articles
of incorporation and the amended and restated by-laws may delay
or prevent a merger or acquisition that a shareholder may
consider favorable. For example, the amended and restated
articles of incorporation and the amended and restated by-laws,
among other things, provide for a classified board and require
advance notice for shareholder proposals and nominations, do not
permit shareholders to convene special meetings and do not
permit action by written consent of the shareholders. In
addition, the amended and restated articles of incorporation
authorizes our Board of Directors to issue one or more series of
preferred stock. These provisions may also discourage
acquisition proposals or delay or prevent a change in control,
which could harm our stock price. Indiana law also imposes some
restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between
any holder of 10% or more of our outstanding common stock and us
as well as certain restrictions on the voting rights of
control shares of an issuing public
corporation. See Description of Capital Stock.
27
Under the Tax Matters Agreement, we will agree not to enter into
any transaction involving an acquisition (including issuance) of
Xylem common stock or any other transaction (or, to the extent
we have the right to prohibit it, to permit any such
transaction) that could cause the distribution to be taxable to
ITT. We will also agree to indemnify ITT for any tax resulting
from any such transactions. Generally, ITT will recognize
taxable gain on the distribution if there are one or more
acquisitions (including issuances) of our capital stock,
directly or indirectly, representing 50% or more, measured by
vote or value, of our then-outstanding capital stock, and the
acquisitions or issuances are deemed to be part of a plan or
series of related transactions that include the distribution.
Any such shares of our common stock acquired, directly or
indirectly, within two years before or after the distribution
(with exceptions, including public trading by less-than-5%
shareholders and certain compensatory stock issuances) will
generally be presumed to be part of such a plan unless that
presumption is rebutted. As a result, our obligations may
discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company.
28
SPECIAL
NOTE ABOUT FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
We have made forward-looking statements in this Information
Statement, including in the sections entitled
Summary, Risk Factors, Questions
and Answers About the Spin-Off, The Spin-Off,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and
Business, that are based on our managements
beliefs and assumptions and on information currently available
to our management. Forward-looking statements include the
information concerning our possible or assumed future results of
operations, business strategies, financing plans, competitive
position, potential growth opportunities, potential operating
performance improvements, benefits resulting from our separation
from ITT, the effects of competition and the effects of future
legislation or regulations. Forward-looking statements include
all statements that are not historical facts and can be
identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as the
words believe, expect, plan,
intend, anticipate,
estimate, predict,
potential, continue, may,
might, should, could or the
negative of these terms or similar expressions.
Forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties and
assumptions. Actual results may differ materially from those
expressed in these forward-looking statements. You should not
put undue reliance on any forward-looking statements in this
Information Statement. We do not have any intention or
obligation to update forward-looking statements after we
distribute this Information Statement.
The risk factors discussed in Risk Factors could
cause our results to differ materially from those expressed in
forward-looking statements. There may be other risks and
uncertainties that we are unable to predict at this time or that
we currently do not expect to have a material adverse effect on
our business. Any such risks could cause our results to differ
materially from those expressed in forward-looking statements.
29
THE
SPIN-OFF
Background
On January 11, 2011, the Board of Directors of ITT approved
a plan to spin-off Xylem and Exelis from ITT, following which
Xylem and Exelis will be independent, publicly traded companies.
Immediately prior to the spin-off, ITT will effect an internal
reorganization in order to properly align the appropriate
businesses within each of the Xylem and Exelis parent companies.
To complete the spin-off, ITT will, following the internal
reorganization, distribute to its shareholders all of the shares
of our common stock and the common stock of Exelis. The
distribution will occur on the distribution date, which is
expected to
be ,
2011. Each holder of ITT common stock will receive
one share of our common stock, and one share of Exelis
common stock, for each share of ITT common stock held
on ,
2011, the record date. After completion of the spin-off:
|
|
|
|
|
we will be an independent, publicly traded company (NYSE: XYL),
and will own and operate ITTs water infrastructure and
applied water businesses;
|
|
|
|
Exelis will be an independent, publicly traded company (NYSE:
XLS) and will own and operate ITTs C4ISR electronics and
systems, and informational and technical services
businesses; and
|
|
|
|
ITT will continue to be an independent, publicly traded company
(NYSE: ITT) and will continue to own and operate its industrial
process, motion technologies, interconnect solutions and control
technologies businesses.
|
Each holder of ITT common stock will continue to hold his, her
or its shares in ITT. No vote of ITTs shareholders is
required or is being sought in connection with the spin-off, and
ITTs shareholders will not have any appraisal rights in
connection with the spin-off, including the internal
reorganization.
The distribution of our common stock as described in this
Information Statement is subject to the satisfaction or waiver
of certain conditions. In addition, ITT has the right not to
complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the distribution,
the Board of Directors of ITT determines, in its sole
discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best interests
of ITT or its shareholders or other constituents, that a sale or
other alternative is in the best interests of ITT or its
shareholders or other constituents, or that it is not advisable
for us to separate from ITT at that time. See
Conditions to the Spin-Off.
Reasons
for the Spin-Off
ITTs Board of Directors has determined that the spin-off
is in the best interests of ITT and its shareholders because the
spin-off will provide the following key benefits:
(i) greater strategic focus of financial resources and
managements efforts, (ii) enhanced customer focus,
(iii) direct and differentiated access to capital
resources, (iv) enhanced investor choices by offering
investment opportunities in separate entities, (v) improved
management incentive tools, and (vi) utilization of stock
as an acquisition currency.
Greater Strategic Focus of Financial Resources and
Managements Efforts. ITTs Water
business represents a discrete portion of ITTs overall
business. It has historically exhibited different financial and
operating characteristics than ITTs other businesses. In
particular, the Defense business is generally characterized by
cycles that are comparatively lengthy relative to those of the
Water business and ITTs Industrial Process, Motion
Technologies, Interconnect Solutions and Control Technologies
businesses, which necessitates different capital expenditure and
acquisition strategies than would be otherwise employed.
ITTs and our management believe that ITTs
management resources would be more efficiently utilized if
ITTs management concentrated solely on its Industrial
Process, Motion Technologies, Interconnect Solutions and Control
Technologies businesses, that Exeliss management resources
would be more efficiently utilized if its management
concentrated solely on the Defense business, and that our
management resources would be more efficiently utilized if our
management concentrated solely on the Water business.
Consequently, ITT has determined that its current structure may
not be the most effective to design and implement the distinct
strategies necessary to operate in a manner that maximizes the
long-term value of each company.
30
Both ITT and we expect to have better use of management and
financial resources as a result of having board and management
teams solely focused on their respective businesses. The
spin-off will allow us to better align managements
attention, compensation and resources to pursue opportunities in
the water technology market and to manage our cost structure
more actively. ITT and Exelis will similarly benefit from their
respective managements ability to focus on the management
and operation of their respective businesses.
Enhanced Customer Focus. Both ITT and we
believe that, as a unified, commonly managed, stand-alone water
technology business, our management will be able to focus solely
on the needs of our own customers, without dilution arising from
a connection to a larger parent with tangential goals and
incentives.
Direct and Differentiated Access to Capital
Resources. After the spin-off, we will no longer
need to compete with ITTs other businesses for capital
resources. As a long-cycle global industrial business with
strong global cash flow generation, our business has different
financial and operating characteristics from ITTs other
businesses. Both ITT and we believe that direct and
differentiated access to capital resources will allow each of us
to better optimize the amounts and terms of the capital needed
for each of the respective businesses, aligning financial and
operational characteristics with investor and market
expectations. ITTs management also believes that, as a
separate entity, we will have ready access to capital because we
will attract investors who are interested in the characteristics
of the Water business.
Enhanced Investor Choices by Offering Investment
Opportunities in Separate Entities. After the
spin-off, investors should be better able to evaluate our
financial performance, as well as our strategy within the
context of our markets, thereby enhancing the likelihood that we
will achieve an appropriate market valuation. ITTs
management and financial advisors believe that the investment
characteristics of the Water business may appeal to different
types of investors. As a result of the spin-off, our management
should be able to implement goals and evaluate strategic
opportunities in light of investor expectations within our
specialties without undue attention to investor expectations in
other specialties. In addition, we should be able to focus our
public relations efforts on cultivating our own separate
identity.
Improved Management Incentive Tools. It is
expected that we will use our equity to compensate current and
future employees. In multi-business companies such as ITT, it is
difficult to structure incentives that reward managers in a
manner directly related to the performance of their respective
business units. By granting stock linked to a specific business,
equity compensation will be more in line with the financial
results of the managers direct work product. As a result,
the incentives offered by the compensation plan will be less
diluted. In addition, reducing the conglomerate discount that
currently impacts ITT stock may provide each business with a
more attractive currency for equity-based compensation.
Utilization of Stock as an Acquisition
Currency. Although we are not currently
evaluating any acquisitions involving the use of our stock, the
spin-off will enable us to use our stock as currency to pursue
certain financial and strategic objectives, including tax-free
merger transactions. In addition, future strategic transactions
with similar businesses will be more easily facilitated through
the use of our stand-alone stock as consideration.
ITTs Board of Directors also considered a number of
potentially negative factors in evaluating the spin-off,
including the following:
|
|
|
|
|
The decreased capital available for
investment: The Company has historically relied
upon ITT for working capital requirements on a short-term basis
and for other financial support functions. After the spin-off,
the Company will not be able to rely on the earnings, assets or
cash flow of ITT, and the Company will be responsible for
servicing its own debt, and obtaining and maintaining sufficient
working capital.
|
|
|
|
|
|
The loss of synergies from operating as one
company: As a current part of ITT, the Company
takes advantage of ITTs size and purchasing power in
procuring certain goods and services such as insurance and
health care benefits, and technology such as computer software
licenses. After the spin-off, as a separate, independent entity,
the Company may be unable to obtain these goods, services and
technologies at prices or on terms as favorable to us as those
the Company obtained prior to the distribution. The Company may
also incur costs for functions previously performed by ITT that
are higher than the amounts reflected in the Companys
historical financial statements, which could cause the
Companys profitability to decrease.
|
31
|
|
|
|
|
Potential disruptions to the businesses as a result of the
spin-off: Some of the Companys customers,
prospective customers, and suppliers will need assurances that
its financial stability on a stand-alone basis is sufficient to
satisfy their requirements for doing or continuing to do
business with them. If the Companys customers, prospective
customers or suppliers are not satisfied with the Companys
financial stability, it could have a material adverse effect on
the Companys ability to bid for and obtain or retain
projects, the Companys business, financial condition or
results of operations.
|
|
|
|
The potential effect of the spin-off on the anticipated
credit ratings of the separated companies and risks associated
with refinancing ITTs debt: Given the
smaller relative size of the Company as compared to ITT, after
the spin-off the Company may incur higher debt servicing costs
on the new indebtedness than it would have incurred otherwise as
a subsidiary of ITT or not have access to other less expensive
sources of capital from short-term debt markets.
|
|
|
|
Risks of being unable to achieve the benefits expected from
the spin-off: By separating from ITT, the Company
may be more susceptible to market fluctuations and other adverse
events than the Company would have been were it still a part of
ITT; actual or anticipated fluctuations in the Companys
operating results due to factors related to the Companys
business; competitive pressures by new or existing competitors
of the Company; and investor perception of the company and its
industry, among others.
|
|
|
|
The reaction of ITTs shareholders to the
spin-off: The market price of the Companys
common stock may fluctuate widely, depending on many factors,
some of which may be beyond the Companys control,
including the sale of its shares by some ITT shareholders after
the distribution because the Companys business profile and
market capitalization may not fit their investment objectives.
|
|
|
|
The risk that the plan of execution might not be completed
and the one-time and ongoing costs of the
spin-off: There are risks and uncertainties
relating to the execution of the spin-off, including the timing
and certainty of the completion of the internal reorganization
prior to the distribution. In addition, the Company will incur
costs in connection with the transition to being a stand-alone
public company that relate primarily to accounting, tax and
other professional costs; compensation, such as modifications to
certain bonus awards, upon completion of the separation;
relocation costs; recruiting and relocation costs associated
with hiring key senior management personnel new to the Company;
costs related to establishing a new brand in the marketplace;
and costs to separate information systems.
|
Notwithstanding these costs and risks, however, ITTs Board
of Directors determined that the potential benefits of the
spin-off outweighed these factors.
Manner of
Effecting the Spin-Off
The general terms and conditions relating to the spin-off will
be set forth in a Distribution Agreement among us, ITT and
Exelis.
Internal
Reorganization
As part of the spin-off, ITT will undergo an internal
reorganization that will, among other things and subject to
limited exceptions: (i) allocate and transfer to each of
Xylem and Exelis and their respective subsidiaries, as
applicable, those assets, and to allocate and assign
responsibility for those liabilities, in respect of the
activities of the applicable businesses of such entities and
(ii) allocate, transfer and assign, as applicable, those
assets and liabilities in respect of other current and former
businesses and activities of ITT and its current and former
subsidiaries.
Distribution
of Shares of Our Common Stock
Under the Distribution Agreement, the distribution will be
effective as of 12:01 a.m., New York time,
on ,
2011, the distribution date. As a result of the spin-off, on the
distribution date, each holder of ITT common stock will
receive shares
of our common stock for each share of ITT common stock that he,
she or it owns. In order to receive shares of our common stock
in the spin-off, an ITT shareholder must be a shareholder at
5:00 p.m., New York time,
on ,
2011, the record date.
32
Following completion of the
spin-off,
ITT Corporations global platform will include ITTs
Industrial Process business, as well as its Motion Technologies,
Interconnect Solutions and Control Technologies businesses;
Xylem will be formed through the combination of three of
ITTs businesses: Residential & Commercial Water,
Flow Control and Water & Wastewater (including
biological, filtration and disinfection treatment and
analytics); and Exelis will comprise ITTs existing
Defense and Information Solutions segment. The diagram
below shows the structure, simplified for illustrative purposes
only, of ITT, Xylem and Exelis after completion of the spin-off:
On the distribution date, ITT will release the shares of our
common stock (as well as the Exelis common stock) to our
distribution agent to distribute to ITT shareholders. For most
of these ITT shareholders, our distribution agent will credit
their shares of our common stock to book-entry accounts
established to hold their shares of our common stock. Our
distribution agent will send these shareholders, including any
ITT shareholder that holds physical share certificates of ITT
common stock and is the registered holder of such shares of ITT
common stock represented by those certificates on the record
date, a statement reflecting their ownership of our common stock
and Exelis common stock. Book-entry refers to a method of
recording stock ownership in our records in which no physical
certificates are used. For shareholders who own ITT common stock
through a broker or other nominee, their shares of our common
stock will be credited to these shareholders accounts by
the broker or other nominee. It is expected that it will take
the distribution agent up to two weeks to issue shares of our
common stock to ITT shareholders or their bank or brokerage firm
electronically by way of direct registration in book-entry form.
Trading of our stock will not be affected by this delay in
issuance by the distribution agent. Following the spin-off,
shareholders whose shares are held in book-entry form may
request that their shares of our common stock be transferred to
a brokerage or other account at any time.
ITT shareholders will not be required to make any payment or
surrender or exchange their shares of ITT common stock or take
any other action to receive their shares of our common stock. No
vote of ITT shareholders is required or sought in connection
with the spin-off, including the internal reorganization, and
ITT shareholders have no appraisal rights in connection with the
spin-off.
33
U.S.
Federal Income Tax Consequences of the Spin-Off
As a condition to the spin-off, ITT will receive the IRS Ruling
substantially to the effect that, among other things, the
distribution, together with certain related transactions, will
qualify under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code as
a tax-free spin-off to the holders of ITT common stock and will
be tax-free to ITT. In addition, the spin-off is conditioned on
the receipt of an opinion of tax counsel as to the satisfaction
of certain requirements necessary for the distribution, together
with certain related transactions, to receive tax-free treatment
under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code upon which
the IRS will not rule. Assuming the distribution qualifies under
Section 355 of the Code as tax-free:
|
|
|
|
|
no gain or loss will be recognized by, and no amount will be
included in the income of, holders of ITT common stock upon
their receipt of shares of our common stock (as well as Exelis
common stock) in the distribution;
|
|
|
|
the basis of ITT common stock immediately before the
distribution will be allocated between the ITT common
stock, the Exelis common stock and our common stock received in
the distribution, in proportion with relative fair market values
at the time of the distribution;
|
|
|
|
the holding period of the Exelis common stock and our common
stock received by each ITT shareholder will include the period
during which the shareholder held the ITT common stock on which
the distribution is made, provided that the ITT common stock is
held as a capital asset on the distribution date; and
|
|
|
|
no gain or loss will be recognized by ITT upon the distribution
of our common stock.
|
U.S. Treasury regulations require certain shareholders that
receive stock in a spin-off to attach to their respective
U.S. Federal income tax returns, for the year in which the
spin-off occurs, a detailed statement setting forth certain
information relating to the spin-off. Shortly after the
distribution, ITT will provide shareholders who receive our
common stock in the distribution with the information necessary
to comply with that requirement, as well as information to help
shareholders allocate their stock basis between their
ITT common stock, the Exelis common stock and the Xylem
common stock.
The IRS Ruling and the opinion of counsel will be conditioned on
the truthfulness and completeness of certain factual statements
and representations provided by ITT and us. If those factual
statements and representations are incomplete or untrue in any
material respect, the IRS Ruling could become inoperative and
counsels conclusions may be altered. ITT and we have
reviewed the statements of fact and representations on which the
IRS Ruling is, and the opinion of counsel will be, based, and
neither ITT nor we are aware of any facts or circumstances that
would cause any of the statements of fact or representations to
be incomplete or untrue. Each of ITT, Exelis and us have agreed
to some restrictions on our future actions to provide further
assurance that the distribution will qualify as a tax-free
distribution under Section 355 of the Code.
As discussed above, certain requirements for tax-free treatment
that are not covered in the IRS Ruling will be addressed in the
opinion of counsel. An opinion of counsel is not binding on the
IRS. Accordingly, the IRS may reach conclusions with respect to
the spin-off that are different from the conclusions reached in
the opinion.
If the distribution does not qualify under Section 355 of
the Code, each holder of ITT common stock receiving our common
stock in the distribution would be treated as receiving a
taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market value
of our common stock received, which would result in:
|
|
|
|
|
a taxable dividend to the extent of the shareholders pro
rata share of ITTs current and accumulated earnings and
profits;
|
|
|
|
a reduction in the shareholders basis in ITT common stock
to the extent the amount received exceeds such
shareholders share of earnings and profits;
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
taxable gain from the exchange of ITT common stock to the extent
the amount received exceeds both the shareholders share of
earnings and profits and the shareholders basis in ITT
common stock; and
|
|
|
|
basis in our stock equal to its fair market value on the date of
the distribution.
|
Under certain circumstances, ITT would recognize taxable gain on
the distribution. These circumstances would include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
the distribution does not qualify as tax-free under
Section 355 of the Code; and
|
|
|
|
there are one or more acquisitions (including issuances) of
either our stock, the stock of Exelis, or the stock of ITT,
representing 50% or more, measured by vote or value, of the
then-outstanding stock of that corporation, and the acquisition
or acquisitions are deemed to be part of a plan or series of
related transactions that include the distribution. Any such
acquisition of our stock, the stock of Exelis, or the stock of
ITT within two years before or after the distribution (with
exceptions, including public trading by less-than-5%
shareholders and certain compensatory stock issuances) generally
will be presumed to be part of such a plan unless that
presumption is rebutted.
|
The amount of such gain would result in a significant federal
income tax liability to ITT.
We will agree to indemnify ITT for any tax liabilities of ITT
resulting from the distribution under certain circumstances. Our
obligation to indemnify ITT may discourage, delay or prevent a
change of control of our company. In addition, under
U.S. Treasury regulations, each member of the ITT
consolidated tax return group at the time of the spin-off
(including us and our subsidiaries) would be severally liable to
the IRS for such tax liability. The resulting tax liability may
have a material adverse effect on both our and ITTs
business, financial condition, results of operations or cash
flows.
The preceding summary of certain anticipated U.S. Federal
income tax consequences of the spin-off is for general
informational purposes only. ITT shareholders should consult
their own tax advisors as to the specific tax consequences of
the spin-off to them, including the application and effect of
state, local or
non-U.S. tax
laws and of changes in applicable tax laws.
Results
of the Spin-Off
After the spin-off, we will be an independent, publicly traded
company. Immediately following the spin-off, we expect to have
approximately
holders of shares of our common stock and approximately
184 million shares of our common stock outstanding, based
on the number of shareholders and outstanding shares of ITT
common stock
on ,
2011. The figures assume no exercise of outstanding options and
exclude shares of ITT common stock held directly or indirectly
by ITT, if any. The actual number of shares to be distributed
will be determined on the record date and will reflect any
exercise of ITT options between the date the ITT Board of
Directors declares the dividend for the distribution and the
record date for the distribution.
For information regarding options to purchase shares of our
common stock that will be outstanding after the distribution,
see Capitalization, Certain Relationships and
Related Party Transactions Agreements with ITT and
Exelis Related to the Spin-Off Benefits and
Compensation Matters Agreement and Management.
Before the spin-off, we will enter into several agreements with
ITT to effect the spin-off and provide a framework for our
relationship with ITT and Exelis after the spin-off. These
agreements will govern the relationship between us, Exelis and
ITT after completion of the spin-off and provide for the
allocation between us, Exelis and ITT of ITTs assets,
liabilities, rights and obligations. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related to the Spin-Off.
Trading
Prior to the Distribution Date
It is anticipated that, at least two trading days prior to the
record date and continuing up to and including the distribution
date, there will be a when-issued market in our
common stock. When-issued trading refers to a sale or purchase
made conditionally because the security has been authorized but
not yet issued. The
35
when-issued trading market will be a market for shares of our
common stock that will be distributed to ITT shareholders on the
distribution date. Any ITT shareholder who owns shares of ITT
common stock at the close of business on the record date will be
entitled to shares of our common stock distributed in the
spin-off. ITT shareholders may trade this entitlement to shares
of our common stock, without the shares of ITT common stock they
own, on the when-issued market. On the first trading day
following the distribution date, we expect when-issued trading
with respect to our common stock will end and
regular-way trading will begin. See Trading
Market.
Following the distribution date, we expect shares of our common
stock to be listed on the NYSE under the ticker symbol
XYL. We will announce the when-issued ticker symbol
when and if it becomes available.
It is also anticipated that, at least two trading days prior to
the record date and continuing up to and including the
distribution date, there will be two markets in ITT common
stock: a regular-way market and an
ex-distribution market. Shares of ITT common stock
that trade on the regular-way market will trade with an
entitlement to shares of our common stock (as well as shares of
Exelis common stock) distributed pursuant to the distribution.
Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade
without an entitlement to shares of our common stock (as well as
shares of Exelis common stock) distributed pursuant to the
distribution. Therefore, if shares of ITT common stock are sold
in the regular-way market up to and including the distribution
date, the selling shareholders right to receive shares of
our common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common stock) in
the distribution will be sold as well. However, if ITT
shareholders own shares of ITT common stock at the close of
business on the record date and sell those shares on the
ex-distribution market up to and including the distribution
date, the selling shareholders will still receive the shares of
our common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common stock) that
they would otherwise receive pursuant to the distribution. See
Trading Market.
Treatment
of 401(k) Shares for Current and Former Employees
Our
Employees Invested in the ITT Stock Fund of the ITT 401(k)
Plan.
Our current and former employees who hold accounts in the ITT
401(k) Plan
on ,
2011 will have their accounts transferred to the Xylem 401(k)
Plan, as
of ,
2011, including any shares of ITT common stock held in the ITT
Stock Fund under the ITT 401(k) Plan. On the distribution date,
shares of our common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common
stock), based on the distribution ratio for each share of ITT
common stock held in such employees ITT stock fund
account, will be included in a new Xylem stock fund account
under the Xylem 401(k) Plan. However, in conformity with the
fiduciary responsibility requirements of ERISA, remaining shares
of ITT common stock held in our employees ITT stock fund
accounts following the distribution will be disposed of and
allocated to another investment alternative available under the
Xylem 401(k) Plan if and when directed by participants, and any
such shares remaining as
of ,
2012 will be automatically disposed of and the proceeds invested
in another such investment alternative (but this will not
prohibit diversified, collectively managed investment
alternatives available under the Xylem 401(k) Plan from holding
ITT common stock or prohibit employees who use self-directed
accounts in the Xylem 401(k) Plan from investing their accounts
in ITT common stock).
ITT
Employees Invested in the ITT Stock Fund of the ITT 401(k)
Plan.
Current and former ITT employees who hold shares of ITT common
stock in their ITT 401(k) Plan account as of the record date
will receive shares of our common stock (as well as shares of
Exelis common stock) in the distribution. Our shares (as well as
shares of Exelis common stock) will be included in new,
temporary stock funds under the ITT 401(k) Plan. In conformity
with the fiduciary responsibility requirements of ERISA,
remaining shares of our common stock (as well as shares of
Exelis common stock) held in these temporary stock funds
following the distribution will be disposed of and allocated to
another investment alternative available under the ITT 401(k)
Plan when directed by participants, and any such shares
remaining as
of ,
2012 will be automatically disposed of and the proceeds invested
in another such investment alternative (but this will not
prohibit diversified, collectively managed investment
alternatives available under
36
the ITT 401(k) Plan from holding our common stock or prohibit
employees who use self-directed accounts in the ITT 401(k) Plan
from investing their accounts in our common stock).
Incurrence
of Debt
On September 20, 2011, Xylem issued $1.2 billion
aggregate principal amount of senior notes, the net proceeds of
which have funded a net cash transfer of approximately
$817 million to ITT, with the balance to be used in
connection with the YSI acquisition and for general corporate
purposes. See Description of Material Indebtedness.
Conditions
to the Spin-Off
We expect that the spin-off will be effective as of
12:01 a.m., New York time,
on ,
2011, the distribution date, provided that the following
conditions shall have been satisfied or waived by ITT:
|
|
|
|
|
our Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this
Information Statement forms a part, shall have been declared
effective by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the
SEC), no stop order suspending the effectiveness
thereof shall be in effect, no proceedings for such purpose
shall be pending before or threatened by the SEC, and this
Information Statement shall have been mailed to the ITT
shareholders;
|
|
|
|
Xylem common stock shall have been approved for listing on the
NYSE, subject to official notice of distribution;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained an opinion from its tax counsel, in form
and substance satisfactory to ITT, as to the satisfaction of
certain requirements necessary for the distribution, together
with certain related transactions, to qualify as a
reorganization under Sections 355 and 368(a)(1)(D) of the Code
upon which the IRS will not rule;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained a private letter ruling from the
Internal Revenue Service, in form and substance satisfactory to
ITT, and such ruling shall remain in effect as of the
distribution date, to the effect, among other things, that the
distribution, together with certain related transactions, will
qualify as a reorganization under Sections 355 and
368(a)(1)(D) of the Code;
|
|
|
|
the Board of Directors of ITT shall have obtained opinions from
a nationally recognized valuation firm, in form and substance
satisfactory to ITT, with respect to the capital adequacy and
solvency of each of ITT, Exelis and Xylem;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have obtained all government approvals and other
consents necessary to consummate the distribution;
|
|
|
|
no order, injunction or decree issued by any governmental entity
of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or
prohibition preventing the consummation of all or any portion of
the distribution shall be pending, threatened, issued or in
effect, and no other event outside the control of ITT shall have
occurred or failed to occur that prevents the consummation of
all or any portion of the distribution;
|
|
|
|
no other events or developments shall have occurred or failed to
occur that, in the judgment of the Board of Directors of ITT,
would result in the distribution having a material adverse
effect on ITT or its shareholders;
|
|
|
|
the financing transactions described in this Information
Statement as having occurred prior to the distribution shall
have been consummated on or prior to the distribution;
|
|
|
|
the internal reorganization shall have been completed, except
for such steps as ITT in its sole discretion shall have
determined may be completed after the distribution date;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have taken all necessary action, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors of ITT, to cause the Board of Directors
of Xylem to consist of the individuals identified in this
Information Statement as directors of Xylem;
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have taken all necessary action, in the judgment of
the Board of Directors of ITT, to cause the officers of Xylem to
be the individuals identified as such in this Information
Statement;
|
|
|
|
ITT shall have caused all its employees and any employees of its
subsidiaries (excluding any employees of any of Xylem and its
subsidiaries after the internal reorganization (the Xylem
Group)) to resign, effective as of the distribution date,
from all positions as officers or directors of any member of the
Xylem Group in which they serve, and Xylem shall have caused all
its employees and any employees of its subsidiaries to resign,
effective as of the distribution date, from all positions as
officers or directors of any of ITT, Exelis or any of their
respective subsidiaries after the internal reorganization, in
which they serve;
|
|
|
|
all necessary actions shall have been taken to adopt the form of
amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended and
restated by-laws filed by Xylem with the SEC as exhibits to the
Registration Statement on Form 10, of which this
Information Statement forms a part;
|
|
|
|
in the event the distribution is for any reason postponed more
than one hundred twenty days after the date of the Distribution
Agreement, the Board of Directors of ITT shall have
redetermined, as of such postponed distribution date, that the
distribution satisfies the requirements of Indiana Business
Corporation Law governing distributions;
|
|
|
|
the Board of Directors of ITT shall have approved the
distribution, which approval may be given or withheld at its
absolute and sole discretion; and
|
|
|
|
each of the Distribution Agreement, the Tax Matters Agreement,
the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement, the
Intellectual Property License Agreements, the Master Transition
Services Agreement and the other ancillary agreements shall have
been executed by each party.
|
Completion of the spin-off of Exelis will be subject to similar
conditions as those listed above. The fulfillment of the
foregoing conditions will not create any obligation on
ITTs part to effect the spin-off. We are not aware of any
material federal, foreign or state regulatory requirements that
must be complied with or any material approvals that must be
obtained, other than compliance with SEC rules and regulations,
the receipt of a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue
Service, approval for listing on the NYSE and the declaration of
effectiveness of the Registration Statement on Form 10 by
the SEC, in connection with the distribution. ITT has the right
not to complete the spin-off if, at any time prior to the
distribution, the Board of Directors of ITT determines, in its
sole discretion, that the spin-off is not then in the best
interests of ITT or its shareholders or other constituents, that
a sale or other alternative is in the best interests of ITT or
its shareholders or other constituents or that it is not
advisable for Xylem to separate from ITT at that time.
Reason
for Furnishing this Information Statement
This Information Statement is being furnished solely to provide
information to ITTs shareholders that are entitled to
receive shares of our common stock in the spin-off. This
Information Statement is not, and is not to be construed as, an
inducement or encouragement to buy, hold or sell any of our
securities. We believe that the information in this Information
Statement is accurate as of the date set forth on the cover.
Changes may occur after that date and neither ITT nor we
undertake any obligation to update the information except in the
normal course of our respective public disclosure obligations.
38
TRADING
MARKET
Market
for Our Common Stock
There has been no public market for our common stock. An active
trading market may not develop or may not be sustained. We
anticipate that trading of our common stock will commence on a
when-issued basis at least two trading days prior to
the record date and continue through the distribution date.
When-issued trading refers to a sale or purchase made
conditionally because the security has been authorized but not
yet issued. When-issued trades generally settle within four
trading days after the distribution date. If you own shares of
ITT common stock at the close of business on the record date,
you will be entitled to shares of our common stock (as well as
shares of Exelis common stock) distributed pursuant to the
spin-off. You may trade this entitlement to shares of our common
stock, without the shares of ITT common stock you own, on the
when-issued market. On the first trading day following the
distribution date, any when-issued trading with respect to our
common stock will end and regular-way trading will
begin. We intend to list our common stock on the NYSE under the
ticker symbol XYL. We will announce our when-issued
trading symbol when and if it becomes available.
It is also anticipated that, at least two trading days prior to
the record date and continuing up to and including the
distribution date, there will be two markets in ITT common
stock: a regular-way market and an
ex-distribution market. Shares of ITT common stock
that trade on the regular-way market will trade with an
entitlement to shares of our common stock (as well as shares of
Exelis common stock) distributed pursuant to the distribution.
Shares that trade on the ex-distribution market will trade
without an entitlement to shares of our common stock (as well as
shares of Exelis common stock) distributed pursuant to the
distribution. Therefore, if you sell shares of ITT common stock
in the regular-way market up to and including the distribution
date, you will be selling your right to receive shares of our
common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common stock) in the
distribution. However, if you own shares of ITT common stock at
the close of business on the record date and sell those shares
on the ex-distribution market up to and including the
distribution date, you will still receive the shares of our
common stock (as well as shares of Exelis common stock) that you
would otherwise receive pursuant to the distribution.
We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock may trade
before the spin-off on a when-issued basis or after
the spin-off. Those prices will be determined by the
marketplace. Prices at which trading in our common stock occurs
may fluctuate significantly. Those prices may be influenced by
many factors, including anticipated or actual fluctuations in
our operating results or those of other companies in our
industry, investor perception of our company and the water
technology industry, market fluctuations and general economic
conditions. In addition, the stock market in general has
experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have
affected the performance of many stocks and that have often been
unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of
these companies. These are just some factors that may adversely
affect the market price of our common stock. See Risk
Factors Risks Relating to Our Common Stock.
Transferability
of Shares of Our Common Stock
On June 30, 2011, ITT had approximately
184 million shares of its common stock issued and
outstanding. Based on this number, we expect that upon
completion of the spin-off, we will have approximately
184 million shares of common stock issued and outstanding.
The shares of our common stock that you will receive in the
distribution will be freely transferable, unless you are
considered an affiliate of ours under Rule 144
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
Securities Act). Persons who can be considered our
affiliates after the spin-off generally include individuals or
entities that directly, or indirectly through one or more
intermediaries, control, are controlled by, or are under common
control with, us and may include certain of our officers and
directors. As of the distribution date, we estimate that our
directors and officers will beneficially
own shares
of our common stock. In addition, individuals who are affiliates
of ITT on the distribution date may be deemed to be affiliates
of ours. Our affiliates may sell shares of our common stock
received in the distribution only:
|
|
|
|
|
under a registration statement that the SEC has declared
effective under the Securities Act; or
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
under an exemption from registration under the Securities Act,
such as the exemption afforded by Rule 144.
|
In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, an
affiliate will be entitled to sell, within any three-month
period commencing 90 days after the date that the
registration statement of which this Information Statement is a
part is declared effective, a number of shares of our common
stock that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1.0% of our common stock then outstanding; or
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the
NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a
notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to restrictions
relating to manner of sale and the availability of current
public information about us.
In the future, we may adopt new stock option and other
equity-based compensation plans and issue options to purchase
shares of our common stock and other stock-based awards. We
currently expect to file a registration statement under the
Securities Act to register shares to be issued under these stock
plans. Shares issued pursuant to awards after the effective date
of the registration statement, other than shares issued to
affiliates, generally will be freely tradable without further
registration under the Securities Act.
Except for our common stock distributed in the distribution,
none of our equity securities will be outstanding immediately
after the spin-off and there are no registration rights
agreements existing with respect to our common stock.
40
DIVIDEND
POLICY
Following the distribution, we expect that initially Xylem will
pay a dividend, although the timing, declaration, amount and
payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many
factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations and capital requirements, as well as applicable law,
regulatory constraints, industry practice and other business
considerations that Xylems Board of Directors considers
relevant. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing our
new debt or debt that we may incur in the future may limit or
prohibit the payments of dividends. There can be no assurance
that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any
dividend if we do commence the payment of dividends. There can
also be no assurance that the combined annual dividends on ITT
common stock, Exelis common stock and our common stock after the
spin-off, if any, will be equal to the annual dividends on ITT
common stock prior to the spin-off.
41
CAPITALIZATION
The following table presents Xylems historical
capitalization at June 30, 2011 and our pro forma
capitalization at that date reflecting the spin-off and the
related transactions and events described in the notes to our
unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as if the
spin-off and the related transactions and events, including our
financing transaction, had occurred on June 30, 2011. The
capitalization table below should be read together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, and Xylems
historical combined financial statements, our unaudited pro
forma condensed combined financial statements and the notes to
those financial statements included in this Information
Statement.
We are providing the capitalization table below for
informational purposes only. It should not be construed to be
indicative of our capitalization or financial condition had the
spin-off and the related transactions and events been completed
on the date assumed. The capitalization table below may not
reflect the capitalization or financial condition that would
have resulted had we been operated as a separate, independent
entity at that date and is not necessarily indicative of our
future capitalization or financial condition.
On September 1, 2011, we completed the YSI acquisition. The
pro forma long term debt amount in the table below does not
include the $310 million of indebtedness incurred in
connection with the YSI acquisition. See
Summary Recent Developments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Capitalization:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt (including capital lease obligations)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock ($0.01 par value)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,699
|
|
Parent company investment(1)
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
2,868
|
|
|
$
|
2,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Historically, cash received by us has been transferred to ITT,
and ITT has funded our disbursement accounts on an as-needed
basis. The net effect of transfers of cash to and from the ITT
cash management accounts is reflected in parent company
investment in the combined balance sheets. |
42
SELECTED
HISTORICAL CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following table presents the selected historical condensed
combined financial data for Xylem. The condensed combined
statement of operations data for each of the years in the
three-year period ended December 31, 2010 and the condensed
combined balance sheet data as of December 31, 2010 and
2009 set forth below are derived from Xylems audited
combined financial statements included in this Information
Statement. The condensed combined financial data for the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 are derived from
Xylems unaudited condensed combined financial statements
included in this Information Statement. The condensed combined
statement of operations data for the years ended
December 31, 2007 and 2006 and the condensed combined
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008, 2007 and 2006
are derived from Xylems unaudited combined financial
statements that are not included in this Information Statement.
The unaudited combined financial statements have been prepared
on the same basis as the audited combined financial statements
and, in the opinion of our management, include all adjustments
necessary for a fair presentation of the information set forth
herein.
The selected historical condensed combined financial and other
data presented below should be read in conjunction with
Xylems combined financial statements and accompanying
notes and Capitalization and Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations included in this Information Statement.
Xylems condensed combined financial data may not be
indicative of our future performance and do not necessarily
reflect what our financial position and results of operations
would have been had we been operating as an independent,
publicly traded company during the periods presented, including
changes that will occur in our operations and capitalization as
a result of the spin-off from ITT. See Unaudited Pro Forma
Condensed Combined Financial Statements for a further
description of the anticipated changes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of and for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30
|
|
|
As of and for Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2011(1)
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010(1)
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
$
|
3,068
|
|
|
$
|
2,710
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
288
|
|
|
|
293
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
212
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
3,949
|
|
|
|
2,873
|
|
|
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
2,543
|
|
|
|
2,832
|
|
|
|
2,575
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The increase in total assets as of June 30, 2011 as
compared to June 30, 2010 is primarily attributable to the
August 3, 2010 acquisition of Godwin Pumps. The increase in
total assets as of December 31, 2010 as compared to
December 31, 2009 is primarily attributable to the Godwin
Pumps acquisition and the March 23, 2010 acquisition of
Nova Analytics. The Godwin Pumps and Nova Analytics acquisitions
also benefited net sales, operating income, and net income in
the six months ended June 30, 2011 and for the year ended
2010. See Note 3, Acquisitions, in the Notes to
the Combined Financial Statements. |
43
UNAUDITED
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
of Xylem consist of unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statements of operations for the six months ended June 30,
2011 and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, and
an unaudited pro forma condensed combined balance sheet as of
June 30, 2011. The unaudited pro forma condensed combined
financial statements should be read in conjunction with our
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our historical
combined financial statements included in this Information
Statement.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
have been derived from our historical combined financial
statements included in this Information Statement and are not
intended to be a complete presentation of our financial position
or results of operations had the transactions contemplated by
the Distribution Agreement and related agreements occurred as of
and for the periods indicated. In addition, they are provided
for illustrative and informational purposes only and are not
necessarily indicative of our future results of operations or
financial condition as an independent, publicly traded company.
The pro forma adjustments are based upon available information
and assumptions that management believes are reasonable, that
reflect the expected impacts of events directly attributable to
the distribution and related transaction agreements, and that
are factually supportable and for purposes of the statements of
operations, are expected to have a continuing impact on us.
However, such adjustments are subject to change based on the
finalization of the terms of the Distribution Agreement and
related agreements.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined statements of
operations for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and
fiscal year ended December 31, 2010 reflect our results as
if the separation and related transactions described below had
occurred as of January 1, 2010. The unaudited pro forma
condensed combined balance sheet as of June 30, 2011
reflects our results as if the separation and related
transactions described below had occurred as of such date.
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
give effect to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
the contribution by ITT to us, pursuant to the Distribution
Agreement, of all the assets and liabilities that comprise our
business;
|
|
|
|
the expected transfer to us, upon the spin-off, of certain
assets and liabilities that were not reflected in our historical
combined financial statements;
|
|
|
|
the results of operations for the period prior to our
acquisition of Godwin Pumps on August 3, 2010;
|
|
|
|
our anticipated post-separation capital structure, including
(i) the issuance of up to approximately 184 million
shares of our common stock to holders of ITT common shares (this
number of shares is based upon the number of ITT common shares
outstanding on June 30, 2011 and an assumed distribution
ratio of one share of Xylem common stock for each ITT
common share) and (ii) the incurrence of $890 million
of indebtedness and the making of the $817 million
Contribution.
|
|
|
|
the impact of, and transactions contemplated by, a Tax Matters
Agreement between us and ITT and the provisions contained
therein; and
|
|
|
|
settlement of intercompany account balances between us and ITT.
|
The unaudited pro forma condensed combined financial statements
do not give effect to the acquisition of YSI, or the
$310 million of indebtedness incurred in connection with
the acquisition, because such acquisition is not considered
significant. See Summary Recent
Developments.
The operating expenses reported in our carve-out historical
combined statements of operations include allocations of certain
ITT costs. These costs include allocation of all ITT corporate
costs, shared services, and other SG&A and non-SG&A
related costs that benefit us.
As a stand-alone public company, we expect to incur additional
recurring costs. Our preliminary estimates of the additional
recurring costs expected to be incurred annually are
approximately $25 million to $35 million higher than
the expenses historically allocated to us from ITT.
44
The significant assumptions involved in determining our
estimates of recurring costs of being a stand-alone public
company include:
|
|
|
|
|
costs to perform financial reporting, tax, regulatory
compliance, corporate governance, treasury, legal, internal
audit and investor relations activities;
|
|
|
|
compensation, including equity-based awards, and benefits with
respect to new and existing positions;
|
|
|
|
insurance premiums;
|
|
|
|
depreciation and amortization related to information technology
infrastructure investments; and
|
|
|
|
the type and level of other costs expected to be incurred.
|
No pro forma adjustments have been made to our financial
statements to reflect the additional costs and expenses
described above because they are projected amounts based on
judgmental estimates and would not be factually supportable.
We currently estimate expenses that we will incur during our
transition to being a stand-alone public company to range from
approximately $20 million to $30 million. We have not
adjusted the accompanying unaudited pro forma condensed combined
statements of operations for these estimated expenses as they
are not expected to have an ongoing impact on our operating
results. We anticipate that substantially all of these expenses
will be incurred within 18 months of the distribution.
These expenses primarily relate to the following:
|
|
|
|
|
accounting, tax and other professional costs pertaining to our
separation and establishment as a stand-alone public company;
|
|
|
|
compensation, such as modifications to certain bonus awards,
upon completion of the separation;
|
|
|
|
relocation costs;
|
|
|
|
recruiting and relocation costs associated with hiring key
senior management personnel new to our company;
|
|
|
|
costs related to establishing our new brand in the marketplace;
and
|
|
|
|
costs to separate information systems.
|
Due to the scope and complexity of these activities, the amount
of these costs could increase or decrease materially and the
timing of incurrence could change.
45
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma for the
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Financing
|
|
|
Separation and
|
|
|
Financing and the
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Other Adjustments
|
|
|
Separation
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
Costs of sales
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
716
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)(c)
|
|
|
429
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
237
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
(d)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)(e)
|
|
|
6
|
(e)
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
(k)
|
Diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.82
|
(l)
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
(k)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
184
|
(l)
|
46
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Godwin Pumps as
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma for
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
Financing
|
|
|
Godwin Pumps and the
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Financing
|
|
|
|
(In millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,347
|
|
Costs of sales
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,285
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
789
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
74
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
39
|
(d)
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income tax expense
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
368
|
|
Income tax expense (benefit)
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(12
|
)(e)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
(27
|
)
|
|
$
|
314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.72
|
(k)
|
Diluted earnings per share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1.72
|
(l)
|
Weighted average number of shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
(k)
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
183
|
(l)
|
47
PRO FORMA
CONDENSED COMBINED BALANCE SHEET
AS OF JUNE 30, 2011
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma for the
|
|
|
|
Historical
|
|
|
Financing
|
|
|
Separation and
|
|
|
Financing and the
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
|
Other Adjustments
|
|
|
Separation
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
879
|
(f)
|
|
$
|
(817
|
)(h)
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
(g)
|
|
|
72
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
(g)
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
|
(787
|
)
|
|
|
1,563
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
(g)
|
|
|
478
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
11
|
(f)
|
|
|
68
|
(g)
|
|
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(57
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
2,478
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
2,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
890
|
|
|
$
|
(765
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
(g)
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
(g)
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
729
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
92
|
(g)
|
|
|
266
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
(g)
|
|
|
110
|
|
Long-term obligations, less current portion
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
890
|
(f)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
(g)
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(41
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
1,349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
890
|
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
|
2,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
(j)
|
|
|
2
|
|
Additional paid in capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,699
|
(j)
|
|
|
1,699
|
|
Parent company investment
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
172
|
(g)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(817
|
)(h)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)(i)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,701
|
)(j)
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(207
|
)(g)
|
|
|
295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total equity
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(868
|
)
|
|
|
1,996
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and equity
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
890
|
|
|
$
|
(765
|
)
|
|
$
|
4,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
NOTES TO
PRO FORMA CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Our historical combined financial statements reflect the
historical financial position and results of operations of the
water equipment and services businesses of ITT, and do not
reflect the impact of certain assets and liabilities that will
be contributed to us by ITT in the spin-off and that are
discussed separately in footnote (g). |
|
(b) |
|
Reflects the historical pre-acquisition results of Godwin Pumps
during the period from January 1, 2010 to August 2,
2010, as adjusted by $10 million for depreciation and
amortization related to the increase of property, plant and
equipment and finite-lived identifiable intangible assets to
their estimated fair value upon purchase. The estimated useful
lives of the property, plant and equipment range from 3 to
10 years and the finite-lived intangible assets range from
10 to 20 years. The as-adjusted amounts also include the
reversal of transaction costs incurred by us of $3 million
directly related to the acquisition of Godwin Pumps and $6
million for the income tax impact of these pro forma adjustments
and for the effect of the change in tax status of Godwin Pumps
of America, Inc (GPA). Prior to the acquisition, GPA
was taxed as a subchapter S-corporation under the Internal
Revenue Code and following the acquisition became a
C-corporation. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects the removal of separation costs directly related to the
spin-off transaction that were incurred during the historical
period. These costs were primarily for tax, accounting, and
other professional fees. |
|
(d) |
|
The adjustment of $20 million and $39 million in the six months
ended June 30, 2011 and the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2010, respectively, represents interest
expense and amortization of debt issuance costs in connection
with debt securities described in note (f) below. The pro
forma impact was based on the incurrence of $890 million of
indebtedness issued with an assumed weighted average interest
rate of 4.24%, and an assumed weighted average life of
approximately 7 years. We expect to capitalize debt
issuance costs of approximately $11 million in connection
with these debt arrangements. Not reflected in the adjustments
is the debt of $310 million incurred in connection with the
YSI acquisition. See Summary Recent
Developments. |
|
|
|
A
1/8%
variance in the assumed interest rate on the new debt securities
would change annual interest expense by $1 million. |
|
(e) |
|
The provision for income taxes reflected in our historical
financial statements was determined as if Xylem filed a
separate, stand-alone consolidated income tax return. The pro
forma adjustments were determined using the statutory tax rate
in effect in the respective tax jurisdictions during the periods
presented. Our effective tax rate reflects the historical
assumption that we do not intend to repatriate
non-U.S. earnings.
The Company is in the process of evaluating its future expected
tax rate, including tax implications resulting from its spin-off
and any potential changes to our intention in repatriating
non-U.S. earnings. |
|
|
|
(f) |
|
Reflects the incurrence of $890 million of indebtedness,
net of expected debt issuance costs of $11 million. The $890
million of indebtedness includes $600 million aggregate
principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes due in September 2016,
$600 million aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior
Notes due in October 2021, but excludes the $310 million
incurred in connection with the YSI acquisition. The target debt
balance at the time of separation was determined by senior
management based on a review of a number of factors including
credit ratings consideration, forecast liquidity and capital
requirements, expected operating results, and general economic
conditions. Cash on hand following the spin-off transaction is
expected to be used for general corporate purposes. |
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Reflects the impact of assets and liabilities that are expected
to be contributed to us by ITT, primarily related to
international postretirement benefit plans and associated
deferred tax positions. Effective as of the distribution date,
ITT expects to transfer to Xylem certain defined benefit pension
and other postretirement benefit plans and Xylem expects to
assume all liabilities and assets associated with such plans and
become the plans sponsor. The net liabilities associated
with such plans to be assumed by Xylem are approximately
$77 million, excluding net deferred tax assets of
$23 million. We estimate that every 25 basis point
change in the discount rate in the postretirement benefit plans
expected to be contributed to us would impact the aggregate
funded status by approximately $13 million. |
49
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Reflects the net Contribution to ITT of $817 million based
upon the anticipated post-separation capital structure. |
|
|
|
(i) |
|
Reflects adjustments to deferred income taxes and other
liabilities including an adjustment of ($41 million) comprising
contingent tax liabilities related to unresolved tax matters
that will be retained by ITT in connection with the separation
as set forth in the Tax Matters Agreement that will be entered
into with ITT and an adjustment of ($57 million) related to tax
attributes reflected in our historical financial statements that
will not be retained after the distribution. Additionally, there
will be certain indemnifications extended between ITT and us in
accordance with the terms of the Tax Matters Agreement. At the
time of separation, we will record a liability necessary to
recognize the fair value of such indemnifications. The pro forma
adjustment does not include such liability. We are currently in
the process of determining the impact, if any, on the amount of
any liability that may be recognized at the time of the
separation. |
|
(j) |
|
Represents the reclassification of ITTs net investment in
us, which was recorded in parent company equity, into additional
paid-in-capital
and the balancing entry to reflect the par value of
approximately 184 million outstanding shares of common
stock at a par value of $0.01 per share of outstanding common
stock. We have assumed the number of outstanding shares of
common stock based on the number of ITT common shares
outstanding at June 30, 2011, which would result in
approximately 184 million shares being distributed to
holders of ITT common shares, at an assumed distribution ratio
of one share of Xylem common stock for each ITT common
share. |
|
|
|
(k) |
|
Pro forma basic earnings per share and pro forma
weighted-average basic shares outstanding are based on the
number of ITT common shares outstanding on June 30, 2011
and December 31, 2010, respectively, adjusted for an
assumed distribution ratio of one share of Xylem common
stock for each ITT common share. |
|
|
|
(l) |
|
Pro forma diluted earnings per share and pro forma
weighted-average diluted shares outstanding reflect potential
common shares from ITT equity plans in which our employees
participate based on the distribution ratio. While the actual
impact on a go-forward basis will depend on various factors,
including employees who may change employment from one company
to another, we believe the estimate yields a reasonable
approximation of the future dilutive impact of Xylem equity
plans. |
50
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion of our results of
operations and financial condition together with the audited and
unaudited historical combined financial statements and the notes
thereto included in this Information Statement as well as the
discussion in the section of this Information Statement entitled
Business. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. The
forward-looking statements are not historical facts, but rather
are based on current expectations, estimates, assumptions and
projections about our industry, business and future financial
results. Our actual results could differ materially from the
results contemplated by these forward-looking statements due to
a number of factors, including those discussed in the sections
of this Information Statement entitled Risk Factors
and Special Note About Forward-Looking Statements.
The financial information discussed below and included in this
Information Statement may not necessarily reflect what our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flow would
have been had we been a stand-alone company during the periods
presented or what our financial condition, results of operations
and cash flows may be in the future.
Except as otherwise indicated or unless the context otherwise
requires, the information included in this discussion and
analysis assumes the completion of all the transactions referred
to in this Information Statement in connection with the
separation and distribution. Unless the context otherwise
requires, references in this Information Statement to
Xylem, we, us,
our and our company refer to Xylem Inc.,
Inc. and its combined subsidiaries. References in this
Information Statement to ITT or parent
refer to ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation, and its
consolidated subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise
requires. Amounts in millions unless otherwise stated.
Separation
from ITT Corporation
On January 12, 2011, ITT announced a plan to separate its
water equipment and services business (Xylem) from the remainder
of its businesses through a pro rata distribution of common
stock of an entity holding the assets and liabilities associated
with the water equipment and services business. We were
incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011 to be the entity to
hold such businesses and subject to approval by the Board of
Directors of ITT and other conditions described below.
The combined financial statements presented in this Information
Statement and discussed below have been prepared on a
stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated
financial statements and accounting records of the water
equipment and services business of ITT. The water-related
business includes the following divisions of ITT:
Water & Wastewater, Residential & Commercial
Water, and Flow Control. The combined financial statements
reflect our financial position, results of operations and cash
flows as we were historically managed, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America, or GAAP.
We intend to enter into a Master Transition Services Agreement
with ITT and Exelis, under which each of ITT and Exelis or their
respective affiliates will provide us with certain services, and
we or certain of our affiliates will provide each of ITT and
Exelis certain services for a limited time to help ensure an
orderly transition for each of Exelis, ITT and Xylem following
the distribution.
We anticipate that under the Master Transition Services
Agreement, Xylem will receive certain services (including
information technology, financial, procurement and human
resource services, benefits support services and other specified
services) from ITT and Exelis, and Xylem will provide certain
services (including information technology, human resources
services and other specified services) to ITT and/or Exelis. We
expect these services will be initially provided at cost with
scheduled, escalating increases to up to cost plus 10% and are
planned to extend for a period of 3 to 24 months in most
circumstances. As these costs have been historically included in
our operating results through expense allocations from ITT, we
do not expect the costs associated with transition service
agreements to be materially different and therefore we do not
expect such costs to materially affect our results of operations
or cash flows after becoming a standalone company.
Subsequent to the distribution, we expect to incur expenditures
consisting primarily of employee-related costs, costs to start
up certain stand-alone functions and information technology
systems, and other transaction-related costs. Additionally, we
will incur increased costs as a result of becoming an
independent publicly-traded company, primarily from establishing
or expanding the corporate support for our businesses,
51
including information technology, human resources, treasury,
tax, risk management, accounting and financial reporting,
investor relations, governance, legal, procurement and other
services. We believe our cash flow from operations will be
sufficient to fund these additional corporate expenses.
Executive
Summary
Our Company is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and
application of highly engineered technologies for the water
industry. We are a leading equipment and service provider for
water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of
products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from
collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the
environment. Our Companys brands, such as Bell &
Gossett and Flygt, are well known throughout the industry and
have served the water market for many years. Over the years, we
have leveraged our heritage strength in wastewater pumping
technologies to expand into wastewater treatment, and later into
clean water treatment and water quality analysis. We believe we
are strongly positioned to use our deep applications expertise
and offer our customers a full spectrum of service offerings in
the transportation, treatment and testing of water. Net sales
and operating income for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 were $3.2 billion and $388,
respectively, and for the six months ended June 30, 2011
were $1.9 billion and $216, respectively.
We operate in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied
Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the
transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range
of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and
testing equipment, and controls and systems. Key brands include
Flygt, Wedeco, Godwin Pumps, WTW, Sanitaire, AADI and Leopold.
The Applied Water segment encompasses all the uses of water and
focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial and
agricultural markets. The segments major products include
pumps, valves, heat exchangers, controls and dispensing
equipment. Key brands in this segment include Goulds,
Bell & Gossett, AC Fire, Standard, Flojet, Lowara,
Jabsco and Flowtronex. In both our segments, we benefit from a
large and growing installed base of products driving growth in
aftermarket sales for replacement parts and services.
Financial highlights for the six months ended June 30, 2011
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Order growth of 24.2% over the prior year; organic orders were
up 6.0%
|
|
|
|
Revenue increase of 27.4% from 2010; organic revenue was up 8.7%
|
|
|
|
Operating margins of 11.6% in 2011 and 2010
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net income of $165, an increase of $24 from 2010
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow generation of $134, up $40 from 2010
|
Financial highlights for 2010 include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
Order growth of 13.7% over the prior year; organic orders were
up 4.7%
|
|
|
|
Revenue increase of 12.4% from 2009; organic revenue was up 3.4%
|
|
|
|
Operating margin expansion of 240 bps to 12.1% as compared
with 2009
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net income of $329, an increase of $124 from 2009
|
|
|
|
Deployment of more than $1 billion of capital into a number
of strategic acquisitions in growth markets, most notably the
acquisitions of Nova Analytics (Nova) and Godwin
Pumps of America and Godwin Holdings Limited (collectively
referred to as Godwin)
|
Further details related to these results are described below.
See Key Performance Indicators and
Non-GAAP Measures below for a reconciliation of the
non-GAAP measures.
Key
Performance Indicators and Non-GAAP Measures
Management reviews key performance indicators including revenue,
segment operating income and margins, orders growth, and
backlog, among others. In addition, we consider certain measures
to be useful to management and investors evaluating our
operating performance for the periods presented, and provide a
tool for evaluating our ongoing operations, liquidity and
management of assets. This information can assist investors in
assessing our financial performance and measures our ability to
generate capital for deployment
52
among competing strategic alternatives and initiatives. These
metrics, however, are not measures of financial performance
under GAAP and should not be considered a substitute for
revenue, operating income, net income, or net cash from
continuing operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. We
consider the following non-GAAP measures, which may not be
comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other
companies, to be key performance indicators:
|
|
|
|
|
organic revenue and organic orders
defined as revenue and orders, respectively, excluding the
impact of foreign currency fluctuations and contributions from
acquisitions and divestitures. Divestitures include sales of
portions of our business that did not meet the criteria for
classification as a discontinued operation or insignificant
portions of our business that we did not classify as a
discontinued operation. The
period-over-period
change resulting from foreign currency fluctuations assumes no
change in exchange rates from the prior period.
|
|
|
|
adjusted net income defined as net income, adjusted
to exclude items that may include, but are not limited to,
significant charges or credits that impact current results but
are not related to our ongoing operations, unusual and
infrequent non-operating items and non-operating tax settlements
or adjustments. A reconciliation of adjusted net income is
provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
June 2011
|
|
|
June 2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
263
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
Tax-related special item(a)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(58
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Separation costs, net of tax
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted net income
|
|
$
|
165
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
205
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
The 2009 tax-related special item is primarily attributable to
the completion of a restructuring of certain international legal
entities. |
|
|
|
|
|
free cash flow defined as net cash provided by
operating activities, as reported in the Statement of Cash
Flows, less capital expenditures and other significant items
that impact current results which management believes are not
related to our ongoing operations and performance. Our
definition of free cash flow does not consider certain
non-discretionary cash payments, such as debt. A reconciliation
of free cash flow is provided below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Years Ended
|
|
|
|
June 2011
|
|
|
June 2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net cash from operating activities
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
Capital expenditures(a)
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
Separation cash payments(b)
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Free cash flow
|
|
$
|
134
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
301
|
|
|
$
|
308
|
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Represents capital expenditures as reported in the Statement of
Cash Flows, less capital expenditures associated with the
Transformation of $5 and $0 for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and $0 for the years
ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. |
|
(b) |
|
Separation costs allocated by ITT have been treated as though
they were settled in cash. |
Known
Trends and Uncertainties
The following list represents a summary of trends and
uncertainties which could have a significant impact on our
results of operations, financial position
and/or cash
flows:
|
|
|
|
|
The global economic environment remains in a relative state of
uncertainty. Although financial markets have recovered from
their lows in 2009, we consider the overall global economic
recovery to be a gradual, long-term process. In the United
States, gradual improvements in credit availability, solid
consumer spending, moderate job creation and less uncertainty
about new regulations should work to reinforce the economic
recovery. However, downside factors such as the challenges
facing local, state
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
and federal government finance and possible spillover of
Europes sovereign debt crisis could limit or delay
U.S. growth. Within Europe, the sovereign debt crisis has
weakened the recovery process and created the potential for
significant volatility during 2011. The potential for unforeseen
adverse macroeconomic events remains a concern and the
occurrence of such events could have a significant unfavorable
effect on our business.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Approximately 63% of our Water Infrastructure segments
revenue is derived from public utilities. European austerity
measures and budget pressures within the United States have
forced governments to plan for reductions in spending,
reevaluate their priorities and postpone wastewater
infrastructure projects. These actions have led to a reduction
in demand, increased competition and pricing pressures. Our
ability or inability to secure project orders in this
challenging environment could significantly affect our Water
Infrastructure segment results.
|
|
|
|
Approximately 33% and 22% of the Applied Water segments
revenue is attributable to commercial and residential end
markets, respectively. Commercial construction build rates are
expected to remain low during the majority of 2011 as the build
versus buy indicator for real estate investors continues to
favor investing in existing buildings due to depressed asset
prices. Similarly, consensus expectations for residential
homebuilding are mixed, reflecting uncertainty around the
likelihood and magnitude of a recovery. The continued
uncertainty and volatility within these markets could
significantly affect the results of our Applied Water segment.
|
|
|
|
Approximately 35% of our total revenues are attributable to
applications within the general industrial market. Emerging
markets have led a recovery in the global industrial market,
most significantly within the mining industry as high metal
prices have promoted robust demand for mining equipment.
However, as long as global economic uncertainty remains it will
be difficult to predict how the trends in industrial orders may
be impacted.
|
|
|
|
We anticipate significant expenditures associated with the
planned spin-off transaction primarily consisting of
employee-related costs, costs to start up certain stand-alone
functions and information technology systems, and other
transaction-related costs.
|
The information provided above represents a list of known trends
and uncertainties that could impact our business in the
foreseeable future. It should, however, be considered along with
the risk factors and our disclosure on forward-looking
statements identified in this Information Statement.
Six months ended June 30, 2011 compared to six months
ended June 30, 2010, and year ended December 31, 2010
compared to year ended December 31, 2009
Revenue
Our six months ended June 30, 2011 and annual 2010 revenue
was marked by growth from strategic acquisitions, a level of
economic recovery within the majority of our served markets and
foreign currency translation. We believe that our competitive
position and portfolio of highly engineered products will
continue to be strengthened by a gradual economic improvement
and contributions from acquisitions. The following table
illustrates the revenue of our business segments for the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010 and 2009
periods. See below for further discussion of variances over
these periods at the segment level.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
1,153
|
|
|
$
|
820
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
|
16.9
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
|
5.8
|
%
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
The following table illustrates the impact from organic growth,
recent acquisitions, and fluctuations in foreign currency, in
relation to combined revenue during the six months ended
June 30, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organic growth
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
Acquisitions/(divestitures), net
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
13.3
|
%
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
5.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in revenue
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
27.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table illustrates the impact from organic growth,
recent acquisitions, and fluctuations in foreign currency, in
relation to combined revenue during the annual 2010 period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2009 Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organic growth
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
3.4
|
%
|
Acquisitions/(divestitures), net
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
9.2
|
%
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(0.2
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in revenue
|
|
|
353
|
|
|
|
12.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water
Infrastructure
Revenue generated by our Water Infrastructure segment during the
six months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010 period
was $1,153 and $1,930, respectively, reflecting an increase of
$333 and $279, respectively, as compared to the same prior year
periods. These increases were primarily driven by acquisitions,
including Godwin and Nova, which in the aggregate contributed
$195 and $247, respectively, over the same respective periods.
Since their acquisition, Godwin and Nova have both performed
favorably versus our initial expectations. Foreign exchange
translation was favorable by $63 and $8 for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and the annual period ended December 31,
2010, as compared to the same prior year period, respectively.
Organic revenue growth for the six months ended June 30,
2011 was $75 or 9.2%, primarily attributable to higher volume
for wastewater treatment and transport applications. This growth
was due to favorable performance in Northern Europe which is
primarily attributable to public utility investment in new
projects and the general maintenance of existing infrastructure.
Organic revenue increased 1.5% for the annual 2010 period
reflecting mixed regional results. Market share gains and
favorable economic conditions drove improved performance for
treatment applications in Northern Europe and in emerging
markets such as Asia Pacific, Eastern Europe and Latin America.
However, unfavorable economic conditions and uncertainty within
the region continued to negatively impact performance across our
Southern European markets.
Applied
Water
Revenue generated by our Applied Water segment during the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010 period was
$740 and $1,327, respectively, reflecting an increase of $71 and
$73, respectively, as compared to the same prior year periods.
During 2010, contributions from the 2009 Laing acquisition of
$19 were partially offset by a decline in revenues from
businesses divested of $3. Foreign exchange translation was
favorable by $18 and unfavorable by $16 for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010 period ended, as compared
to the same prior year period, respectively.
55
Organic revenue growth of $53 or 7.8% during the six months of
2011 compared with the prior year generally reflects
year-over-year improvements in light industrial commercial end
market conditions. In addition, we also realized benefits from
increased price and new product introductions, such as e-SV, a
high-efficiency vertical multi-stage pump used in commercial
applications.
Despite relatively weak market conditions throughout 2010, we
recorded organic revenue growth of $72 or 5.8% over the prior
year. This growth was primarily attributable to European and
emerging market share gains as well as the impact from new
product launches, including energy efficient pumps and new
beverage applications. We also benefited from price realization
initiatives. Organic revenue growth was partially offset by
unfavorable weather conditions in North America, which
negatively impacted our sales of irrigation applications.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the
annual 2010 period was $716 and $1,214, respectively,
representing increases of $170, or 31.1%, and $177, or 17.1%,
respectively, as compared to prior periods. These increases
include respective gross profits from our 2010 acquisitions of
$100 and $101 in the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the
annual 2010 period, respectively, increased organic sales
volume, and benefits from productivity and price realization
initiatives. As a result of these factors, gross profit margin
expanded by approximately 110 bps and 150 bps over the
same comparable respective periods.
Operating
Expenses
Operating expenses increased approximately 33.0% and 8.5% during
the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010
period to $500 and $826, respectively. The following table
provides further information by expense type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
450
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
|
|
34.7
|
%
|
|
$
|
737
|
|
|
$
|
667
|
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
42.9
|
%
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
17.5
|
%
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
(100
|
)%
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
(51.6
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
500
|
|
|
$
|
376
|
|
|
|
33.0
|
%
|
|
$
|
826
|
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*NM = Not meaningful
Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses
(SG&A)
SG&A expenses increased $116, or 34.7%, and $70, or 10.5%,
during the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual
2010 period, respectively. These increases primarily reflect
additional costs of $55 in each period related primarily to our
newly acquired Godwin and Nova businesses, as well as costs
attributable to an increase in sales volumes, and additional
spending on various strategic investments. During the six months
ending June 30, 2011, we were allocated separation costs of
$21 primarily attributable to tax, accounting, and other
professional advisory fees, information technology costs and
employee retention. It is expected that separation costs will
increase as the separation nears.
SG&A as a percent of sales was 24.2% and 22.9% for both
six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010. SG&A
as a percent of sales was 23.0% and 23.4% for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
Research
and Development Expenses (R&D)
R&D spending increased by $15, or 42.9%, and $11, or 17.5%,
during the six months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual
2010 period, respectively, primarily due to our newly acquired
Nova business. R&D as a percent of sales was 2.7% and 2.4%
for the six-month periods ended June 30, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. R&D as a percent of sales was 2.3% and 2.2%
for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009,
respectively.
56
Restructuring,
Net
We had no restructuring charges during the six months ended
June 30, 2011. During the annual 2010 period, we recognized
net restructuring charges of $15, representing a $16 or 51.6%
decrease as compared to, the prior annual period. During 2009,
we initiated several actions, primarily within our Applied Water
segment in response to declining market conditions. The
frequency and overall impact of such actions subsided and as a
result we incurred less cost during 2010. We consider the
majority of our restructuring initiatives to be complete as of
December 31, 2010.
See Note 5, Restructuring Charges Net, in the
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements for additional
information.
Operating
Income
We generated operating income of $216 and $388 during the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and the annual 2010 period,
respectively. This reflected increases from the prior period of
27.1% and 40.6%, respectively. Operating margin remained at
11.6% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and increased
to 12.1% for the annual 2010 period, a
period-over-period
increase of 240 basis points for the annual period. The
following table illustrates operating income results of our
business segments, including operating margin results for the
six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, and annual 2010
and 2009 periods.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
53.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
|
21.6
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
%
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
45.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income
|
|
|
255
|
|
|
|
195
|
|
|
|
30.8
|
%
|
|
|
434
|
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
29.2
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
56.0
|
%
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
23.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income
|
|
$
|
216
|
|
|
$
|
170
|
|
|
|
27.1
|
%
|
|
$
|
388
|
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
|
40.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
0
|
bps
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
240
|
bps
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
|
|
110
|
bps
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
60
|
bps
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
|
|
(70
|
) bps
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
320
|
bps
|
Water
Infrastructure
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment increased
$55 or 53.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2011
compared with the comparable prior year period. This increase is
primarily attributable to contributions from the Nova and Godwin
acquisitions, which provided incremental operating income of
approximately $37 over the same period. Operating margin
increased 110 bps over the same period as the
year-over-year
benefits attributable to higher organic revenue, lower
restructuring expense and benefits from productivity and
material costs savings initiatives that were offset by the
unfavorable impact from foreign exchange costs, higher labor and
overhead costs, material inflation and unfavorable mix.
Operating income for our Water Infrastructure segment increased
$49 or 21.6% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared
with the comparable prior year period. This increase is
primarily attributable to contributions from the Nova and Godwin
acquisitions, which provided combined incremental operating
income of $28 during 2010. Operating productivity and lower
restructuring expense more than offset incremental strategic
investments, higher pension costs, and unfavorable foreign
currency impacts. Operating margin expansion of 60 bps over
the same period, a decline largely attributable to these same
factors.
Applied
Water
Operating income for our Applied Water segment increased $5 or
5.4% for the six months ended June 30, 2011 compared with
the prior year. This increase was primarily attributable to
higher sales volume and price increases, which were partially
offset by the unfavorable impacts of inflation and higher
commodity costs.
57
Operating margin declined 70 bps to 13.1% over the same
period attributable to unfavorable mix and the net cost
increases discussed above.
Operating income for our Applied Water segment increased $49 or
45.0% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared with
the prior year. Operating productivity, including increased
volume, increased price, benefits from our cost savings
initiatives, and lower restructuring charges of $12, more than
offset incremental costs associated with strategic initiatives.
Operating margin expansion of 320 bps over the same period
was largely attributable to these same factors.
Other
Other expenses increased $14 and decreased $14 for the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and year ended December 31,
2010, respectively, as compared with each prior year period.
Other primarily consists of general corporate expenses related
to finance, legal, communications, employee benefits and
incentives, and equity-based compensation, which are not
allocated to our business segments. The majority of the general
corporate expenses are allocations for certain functions
provided by ITT. The increase in other expenses in the six
months ended June 30, 2011 primarily reflect the separation
costs we were allocated.
Income
Tax Expense
For the six-month period ended June 30, 2011, we recorded
an income tax provision of $66 or 30.6% of income before income
taxes compared to $26 or 15.6% during the prior period. For
2011, the effective tax rate is lower than the federal statutory
rate of 35% due principally to a lower rate incurred on foreign
earnings and the favorable impact of interest income not subject
to income taxes. For 2010, the effective tax rate is lower than
the federal statutory rate of 35% due principally to a lower
rate incurred on foreign earnings and the favorable impact of
the repatriation of foreign earnings net of foreign tax credits.
In 2010 and 2009, we recorded an income tax provision of
$59 million and $14 million, respectively, which
represents effective tax rates of 15.2% and 5.1%, respectively.
For 2010, the effective tax rate is lower than the federal
statutory rate of 35% due principally to a lower rate incurred
on foreign earnings and the favorable impact of the repatriation
of foreign earnings net of foreign tax credits. For 2009, the
effective tax rate is lower than the federal statutory rate of
35% due principally to a lower rate incurred on foreign earnings
and the favorable impact of the restructuring of certain legal
entities.
During 2009, the Company implemented an international
restructuring in which it transferred the ownership of its
Canadian operations to its Luxembourg holding company. The
transfer will allow the Company to recover, in a more tax
efficient manner, the earnings and book to tax basis differences
attributable to our Canadian investment. As a result, the
Company reduced the deferred tax liability related to our
investment in Canada.
Year
ended December 31, 2009 compared to year ended
December 31, 2008
Revenue
The deteriorating global economic conditions experienced during
2009 created recessionary challenges within our Water
Infrastructure and Applied Water segments. As a result, we
experienced a decline in order activity that translated into a
13.4% decrease in total revenue. The following table illustrates
the 2009 and 2008 revenue results of our business segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
1,824
|
|
|
|
(9.5
|
)%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
|
1,527
|
|
|
|
(17.9
|
)%
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
The following table illustrates the impact from organic growth,
acquisitions completed during 2008, and fluctuations in foreign
currency, in relation to combined revenue during 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
2008 Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
Organic decline
|
|
|
(291
|
)
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)%
|
Acquisitions/(divestitures), net
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
%
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(158
|
)
|
|
|
(4.8
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change in revenue
|
|
|
(442
|
)
|
|
|
(13.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 Revenue
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water
Infrastructure
The 2009 revenue generated by our Water Infrastructure segment
was $1,651, representing a decline of $173 or 9.5% from 2008
revenue of $1,824. These results include an unfavorable impact
from foreign currency fluctuations of $109. Challenging global
economic conditions impacted most of our served markets
resulting in organic revenue decline of $65 or 3.6%.
Applied
Water
The 2009 revenue generated by our Applied Water segment was
$1,254, representing a decline of $273 or 17.9% from 2008
revenue of $1,527. These results include an unfavorable impact
from foreign currency fluctuations of $53. Organic revenue
declined 14.9% primarily due to lower volumes caused by
challenging global economic conditions affecting the majority of
markets served. Light industrial market share gains,
particularly with beverage and marine applications, partially
offset overall volume declines over the second half of the year.
Gross
Profit
Gross profit for 2009 was $1,037, representing a $104 or 9.1%
decrease from 2008. This decrease was attributable to the
decline in revenue and unfavorable foreign currency
fluctuations, partially offset by benefits from productivity
gains, including efforts to improve supply chain productivity
and control material costs. Gross margin increased 170 bps
to 36.4% during 2009. The improvement is primarily due to
benefits from productivity improvements and various other
cost-saving initiatives, which more than offset the impacts from
reductions in sales volumes.
Operating
Expenses
Operating expenses decreased 7.9% during 2009 to $761, primarily
attributable to cost savings initiatives and lower restructuring
expense. The following table provides further information by
expense type.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
$
|
667
|
|
|
$
|
721
|
|
|
|
(7.5
|
)%
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)%
|
Restructuring and asset impairment charges, net
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
(24.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
761
|
|
|
$
|
826
|
|
|
|
(7.9
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling,
General & Administrative Expenses
SG&A decreased 7.5% to $667 in 2009. This decrease was
primarily attributable to cost-saving initiatives in response to
declining global economic conditions, lower sales volumes, and
lower stock compensation expense, partially offset by higher
postretirement plan costs. SG&A as a percent of sales was
approximately 23.4% and 21.9% for the years ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
59
Research
and Development Expenses
R&D expenses decreased $1 from the prior year to $63 during
2009 as compared to the prior year. R&D expense of $63
equates to an investment of 2.2% of sales, an increase of
30 bps over the prior year rate, reflecting our commitment
to the development of new technologies in our served markets.
Restructuring,
Net
During 2009, we recognized net restructuring charges of $31,
representing a $10 decrease as compared to 2008. The charges
associated with 2009 and 2008 actions primarily represent
severance costs for reductions in headcount within both of our
business segments, in response to declining market conditions.
See Note 5, Restructuring Charges Net, in the
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements for additional
information.
Operating
Income
We generated operating income of $276 during 2009, a 12.4%
decrease from 2008, primarily reflecting volume declines. This
decline was partially offset by benefits from the implementation
of extensive cost-saving initiatives and productivity
improvements. Operating margin increased to 9.7% for 2009, a
year-over-year
increase of 10 bps, despite reductions in sales volumes.
This increase was attributable to benefits from productivity
improvements and various cost-saving initiatives. The following
table illustrates the 2009 and 2008 operating income results of
our business segments, including operating margin results.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Change
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
|
3.2
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
(32.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment operating income
|
|
|
336
|
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
|
(12.0
|
)%
|
Other
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
10.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating income
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
|
|
(12.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating margin:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combined
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
bps
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
160
|
bps
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
|
|
(190
|
) bps
|
Water
Infrastructure
Operating income increased $7 or 3.2% for the year ended
December 31, 2009 compared with the prior year. Operating
margin increased 160 bps over the same period. Operating
productivity driven by benefits from our cost savings
initiatives, lower restructuring expense, and favorable foreign
exchange transaction costs more than offset the impact of volume
declines.
Applied
Water
Operating income decreased $53 or 32.7% for the year ended
December 31, 2009 compared with the prior year. Operating
margin decreased 190 bps over the same period. These
significant declines were attributable to weak global economic
conditions resulting in significant unfavorable volume impacts
across most markets and regions. During the period we also
incurred higher restructuring and pension costs.
Other
Other expenses decreased $7 for the year ended December 31,
2009 as compared with the prior year. Other primarily consists
of general corporate expenses related to finance, legal,
communications, employee benefits and incentives, and
equity-based compensation, which are not allocated to our
business segments. The majority of the general corporate
expenses are allocations for certain functions provided by ITT.
60
Income
Tax Expense
In 2009 and 2008, we recorded an income tax provision of $14 and
$88, respectively, which represents effective tax rates of 5.0%
and 28.2%, respectively. For 2009, the effective tax rate is
lower than the federal statutory rate of 35% due principally to
a lower rate incurred on foreign earnings and the favorable
impact of the restructuring of certain legal entities. For 2008,
the effective tax rate is lower than the federal statutory rate
of 35% due principally to a lower rate incurred on foreign
earnings.
Liquidity
and Capital Resources
Funding
and Liquidity Strategy
Current
Liquidity
Historically, we have generated operating cash flow sufficient
to fund our working capital, capital expenditure and financing
requirements. Subsequent to the separation, while our ability to
forecast future cash flows is more limited, we expect to fund
our ongoing working capital, capital expenditure and financing
requirements through cash flows from operations via access to
cash on hand and capital markets.
If our cash flows from operations are less than we expect, we
may need to incur debt or issue equity. From time to time we may
need to access the long-term and short-term capital markets to
obtain financing. Although we believe that the arrangements in
place at the time of the separation will permit us to finance
our operations on acceptable terms and conditions, our access
to, and the availability of, financing on acceptable terms and
conditions in the future will be impacted by many factors,
including: (i) our credit ratings or absence of a credit
rating, (ii) the liquidity of the overall capital markets,
and (iii) the current state of the economy. There can be no
assurance that we will continue to have access to the capital
markets on terms acceptable to us. We cannot assure that such
financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or that
such financing will be available at all.
On September 20, 2011, we issued $1.2 billion aggregate
principal amount of senior notes, of which $600 aggregate
principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes will mature on September
20, 2016 and $600 aggregate principal amount of 4.875% Senior
Notes will mature on October 1, 2021, the net proceeds of which
have funded a net cash transfer of approximately $817 to ITT,
with the balance used in connection with the YSI acquisition and
for general corporate purposes. The notes are our senior
unsecured obligations and rank equally with all our existing and
future senior unsecured indebtedness. The notes are initially
guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by ITT. The guarantee
will terminate and be automatically and unconditionally released
upon the distribution of the common stock of Xylem to the
holders of ITTs common stock in connection with the
spin-off. See Description of Material Indebtedness.
The majority of our operations participate in U.S. and
international cash management and funding arrangements managed
by ITT where cash is swept from our balance sheet daily, and
cash to meet our operating and investing needs is provided as
needed from ITT. Transfers of cash both to and from these
arrangements are reflected as a component of Parent
company investment within Parent company
equity in the combined balance sheets. The cash presented
on our balance sheet consists primarily of U.S. and
international cash from subsidiaries that do not participate in
these arrangements. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had not
made a provision for U.S. or additional foreign withholding
taxes on approximately $1,265 million of the excess of financial
reporting over the tax basis of investments in certain foreign
subsidiaries because we plan to reinvest such earnings
indefinitely outside the United States. Generally, such amounts
become subject to U.S. taxation upon the remittance of dividends
and under certain other circumstances.
Future
Liquidity
Our primary future cash needs will be centered on operating
activities, working capital, capital expenditures, and strategic
investments. Our ability to fund these needs will depend, in
part, on our ability to generate or raise cash in the future,
which is subject to general economic, financial, competitive,
regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. For at
least the next 12 months, we expect to generate sufficient
cash from operations to meet our liquidity and capital needs in
both U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions, subject to the expected
borrowing and net cash transfer to ITT described herein.
Thereafter, we expect to have sufficient liquidity and capital
resources arising from cash generated by the Companys
ongoing operations. Although
61
cash generated from operations is expected to be sufficient to
service our liquidity and capital needs, including existing and
known or reasonably likely short- and long-term cash
requirements, we expect to have access to a $600 million
revolving line of credit, commercial paper and capital markets
to accommodate timing differences in cash flows.
On or about the distribution date, a $600 million four-year
unsecured senior revolving credit facility (which includes a
$100 million sublimit on letters of credit) will become
effective. The interest rate for borrowings under the new credit
facility is expected to be generally based on the London
Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR), plus a spread, based upon our
debt rating. The senior revolving credit facility will replace,
in part, the existing credit facility of ITT, and be used for
working capital, capital expenditures and other general
corporate purposes. The actual terms of the new credit facility,
including interest rate, commitment, covenants and maturity,
will depend on market conditions at the time we enter into the
new credit facility.
Following our separation from ITT, our capital structure and
sources of liquidity will change significantly. We will no
longer participate in cash management and funding arrangements
with ITT. Instead, our ability to fund our capital needs will
depend on our ongoing ability to generate cash from operations,
and access to the bank and capital markets. We believe that our
future cash from operations, together with our access to funds
on hand and capital markets, will provide adequate resources to
fund our operating and financing needs.
For the year ended 2010 and for the six months ended
June 30, 2011, we generated approximately 62% and 61%,
respectively, of our revenues from
non-U.S. operations.
As we continue to grow our operations in the emerging markets
and elsewhere outside of the United States, we expect to
continue to generate significant revenues from
non-U.S. operations
and, following the spin-off, we expect our cash will be
predominately held by our foreign subsidiaries. The Company
expects to generate sufficient cash from operations to meet its
liquidity and capital needs, in both U.S. and non-U.S.
jurisdictions. We expect to manage our worldwide cash
requirements considering available funds among the many
subsidiaries through which we conduct business and the cost
effectiveness with which those funds can be accessed. As such,
we plan to look for opportunities to access cash balances in
excess of local operating requirements to meet global liquidity
needs in a cost-efficient manner. We may transfer cash from
certain international subsidiaries to the U.S. and other
international subsidiaries when it is cost effective to do so.
If these funds are needed for our operations in the United
States, we would be required to accrue and pay U.S. taxes
to repatriate these funds. Our effective tax rate includes the
historical assumption that we do not intend to repatriate
non-U.S. earnings.
The Company is still evaluating the tax implications that would
result from the spin-off; however, it does not currently expect
that it will be required to repatriate undistributed earnings of
foreign subsidiaries. On or about the time of the distribution,
the Companys foreign subsidiaries are expected to hold
approximately $180 million in cash or marketable securities.
Dividends
Following the distribution, we expect that initially Xylem will
pay a dividend, although the timing, declaration, amount and
payment of future dividends to our shareholders fall within the
discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on many
factors, including our financial condition, results of
operations and capital requirements, as well as applicable law,
regulatory constraints, industry practice and other business
considerations that Xylems Board of Directors considers
relevant. In addition, the terms of the agreements governing our
new debt or debt that we may incur in the future may limit or
prohibit the payments of dividends. There can be no assurance
that we will pay a dividend in the future or continue to pay any
dividend if we do commence the payment of dividends. There can
also be no assurance that the combined annual dividends on ITT
common stock, Exelis common stock and our common stock after the
spin-off, if any, will be equal to the annual dividends on ITT
common stock prior to the spin-off.
Sources
and Uses of Liquidity
Our principal source of liquidity is our cash flow generated
from operating activities, which provides us with the ability to
meet the majority of our short-term funding requirements. The
following table provides net
62
cash provided by operating activities and used in investing and
financing activities for each of the previous three years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
118
|
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
$
|
370
|
|
|
$
|
408
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
|
(1,093
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
(292
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
Foreign Exchange
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $43 for
the six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the
comparable 2010 period. This increase is primarily due to a $38
increase in net income excluding non-cash increases in
depreciation and amortization. The increased cash use from
working capital to support increasing order growth was offset by
reduced cash needs from other assets and liabilities as well as
taxes. Cash from operating activities attributable to the Godwin
and Nova acquisitions increased by $57 for the six months ended
June 30, 2011.
Net cash provided by operating activities increased by $25 in
2010 as compared to 2009. This increase is primarily
attributable to a $88 increase in net income excluding non-cash
increases in depreciation and amortization, partially offset by
a reduced source of cash from working capital. Cash from
operating activities includes a contribution of $72 attributable
to Godwin and Nova acquisitions.
Net cash provided by operating activities decreased by $38 in
2009 as compared to 2008. This decrease was primarily
attributable to a $47 increase in net income excluding non-cash
increases in depreciation and amortization, which was more than
offset by a
year-over-year
reduction in cash from taxes as well as higher net cash payments
for restructuring activities.
Net cash used in investing activities decreased by $366 for the
six months ended June 30, 2011 as compared to the
comparable 2010 period. This decline is attributable to the
acquisition of Nova during the first quarter of 2010, which had
a purchase price of $385, net of cash acquired. Net cash used in
investing activities increased $1,009 in 2010 as compared to
2009. This increase reflects the amounts paid for the Godwin and
Nova acquisitions (approximately $965, net of cash acquired) as
well as other acquisitions completed during 2010. Net cash used
in investing activities increased $3 in 2009 as compared to
2008, primarily reflecting a net increase in amounts paid for
acquisitions, capital expenditures and other.
Cash used for or provided by financing activities is due to
transfers to and from our parent, ITT. The components of net
transfers include: (i) cash transfers from the Company to
parent, (ii) cash investments from our parent used to fund
operations, capital expenditures and acquisitions,
(iii) charges (benefits) for income taxes, and
(iv) allocations of parents corporate expenses
described in this Information Statement.
Funding
of Postretirement Plans
At December 31, 2010, our defined benefit pension plans
were underfunded by $155 million. A substantial portion of
the underfunded position arose during the fourth quarter of
2008, when we recognized a significant decline in the fair
market value of our defined benefit pension plan assets.
Favorable market conditions during the latter half of 2009 and
throughout 2010 resulted in an increase in the fair market value
of our defined benefit pension plan assets.
With respect to defined benefit pension plans, we intend to
contribute annually not less than the minimum required by
applicable laws or regulations. In 2010, we contributed $2 to
our defined benefit pension plans. Funding requirements under
IRS rules are a major consideration in making contributions to
our U.S. defined benefit pension plans. While the Company
has significant discretion in making voluntary contributions,
the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended
by the Pension Protection Act of 2006 and further amended by the
Worker, Retiree, and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 and
applicable Internal Revenue Code regulations, mandate minimum
funding thresholds. Failure to satisfy the minimum funding
thresholds
63
could result in restrictions on our ability to amend the plans
or make benefit payments. We anticipate making contributions to
our defined benefit pension plans in the range of $8 to $10
during 2011.
The funded status at the end of 2011 and future required
contributions will depend primarily on the actual return on
assets during the year and the discount rate used to measure the
benefit obligation at the end of the year. Depending on these
factors, and the resulting funded status of our pension plans,
the level of future statutory minimum contributions could be
material.
Contractual
Obligations
Our commitment to make future payments under long-term
contractual obligations was as follows, as of December 31,
2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payments Due By Period
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Less Than
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
More Than
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
1 Year
|
|
|
1-3 Years
|
|
|
3-5 Years
|
|
|
5 Years
|
|
|
Contractual obligations(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases(2)
|
|
$
|
176
|
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Purchase obligations(3)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other long-term obligations reflected on balance sheet(4)
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
285
|
|
|
$
|
115
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
$
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In addition to the amounts presented in the table above, we have
recorded liabilities for uncertain tax positions of $43. These
amounts have been excluded from the contractual obligations
table due to an inability to reasonably estimate the timing of
such payments in individual years.
(1) Contractual obligations as of December 31, 2010
exclude indebtedness of $1.2 billion. In connection with
the spin-off, on September 20, 2011 the Company issued $600
aggregate principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes that will
mature on September 20, 2016 and $600 aggregate principal
amount of 4.875% Senior Notes that will mature on
October 1, 2021, the net proceeds of which have funded a
net cash transfer of approximately $817 to ITT, with the balance
used in connection with the YSI acquisition and for general
corporate purposes. Interest on the notes accrues from
September 20, 2011. Interest on the 3.55% Senior Notes
is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year, commencing
on March 20, 2012. Interest on the 4.875% Senior Notes
is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing on
April 1, 2012. In addition, on or about the distribution
date, a revolving credit facility that provides for the
availability of $600 through 2015 will become effective. See
Description of Material Indebtedness.
(2) Refer to Note 15, Operating Leases, in
the Notes to Combined Financial Statements, for further
discussion of lease and rental agreements.
(3) Represents unconditional purchase agreements that are
enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant
terms to purchase goods or services, including fixed or minimum
quantities to be purchased; fixed, minimum or variable price
provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction.
Purchase agreements that are cancellable without penalty have
been excluded.
(4) Other long-term obligations include capital lease
obligations and estimated environmental payments. We estimate,
based on historical experience, that we will spend between $2
and $4 per year on environmental investigation and remediation.
At December 31, 2010, our best estimate for environmental
liabilities is $8.
Critical
Accounting Estimates
Our discussion and analysis of our results of operations and
liquidity and capital resources are based on our combined
financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance
with GAAP. The preparation of these combined financial
statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that
affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue and
expenses, and disclosure of contingent liabilities. Management
bases its estimates on historical experience and on various
other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable under the
circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making
judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities
that are not readily apparent from other sources.
64
Significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the
Combined Financial Statements are discussed in Note 1,
Separation from ITT Corporation, Basis of Presentation and
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, in the Notes
to the Combined Financial Statements. Accounting estimates and
assumptions discussed in this section are those that we consider
most critical to an understanding of our financial statements
because they are inherently uncertain, involve significant
judgments, and include areas where different estimates
reasonably could have been used and changes in the estimate that
are reasonably possible could materially impact the financial
statements. Management believes that the accounting estimates
employed and the resulting balances are reasonable; however,
actual results in these areas could differ from
managements estimates under different assumptions or
conditions.
Revenue
Recognition
We recognize revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, delivery has occurred, the sales price is fixed or
determinable, and collectability of the sales price is
reasonably assured. For product sales, delivery does not occur
until the products have been shipped, risk of loss has been
transferred to the customer and the contractual terms have been
fulfilled. In instances where contractual terms include a
provision for customer acceptance, revenue is recognized when
either (i) we have previously demonstrated that the product
meets the specified criteria based on either seller or
customer-specified objective criteria or (ii) upon formal
acceptance received from the customer where the product has not
been previously demonstrated to meet customer-specified
objective criteria. Revenue on service and repair contracts is
recognized after services have been agreed to by the customer
and rendered.
Although most of the sales agreements contain standard terms and
conditions, certain agreements contain multiple elements or
non-standard terms and conditions. As a result, judgment is
sometimes required to determine the appropriate accounting,
including whether the deliverables specified in these agreements
should be treated as separate units of accounting for revenue
recognition purposes, and, if so, how the transaction price
should be allocated among the elements and when to recognize
revenue for each element. For delivered elements, revenue is
recognized only when the delivered elements have standalone
value, fair values of undelivered elements are known, there are
no uncertainties regarding customer acceptance and there are no
customer-negotiated refund or return rights affecting the sales
recognized for delivered elements.
We record a reduction in revenue at the time of sale for
estimated product returns, rebates and other allowances, based
on historical experience and known trends. Future market
conditions and product transitions may require us to take
actions to increase customer incentive offerings, possibly
resulting in an incremental reduction of revenue at the time the
incentive is offered.
Warranty
Accrual
Additionally, accruals for estimated expenses related to
warranties are made at the time products are sold or services
are rendered and are recorded as a component of costs of
revenue. These accruals are established using historical
information on the nature, frequency and average cost of
warranty claims and estimates of future costs. Our standard
product warranty terms generally include post-sales support and
repairs or replacement of a product at no additional charge for
a specified period of time. While we engage in extensive product
quality programs and processes, we base our estimated warranty
obligation on product warranty terms offered to customers,
ongoing product failure rates, material usage and service
delivery costs incurred in correcting a product failure, as well
as specific product class failures outside of our baseline
experience. If actual product failure rates, repair rates or any
other post-sales support costs differ from these estimates,
revisions to the estimated warranty liability would be required.
Income
Taxes
Our income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate tax
return basis, and may not be reflective of the results that
would have occurred on a stand alone basis. Our operations have
historically been included in ITTs U.S. federal and
state tax returns or
non-U.S. jurisdictions
tax returns.
With the exception of certain dedicated foreign entities, we do
not maintain taxes payable to/from our parent, and we are deemed
to settle the annual current tax balances immediately with the
legal tax-paying entities in the respective jurisdictions. These
settlements are reflected as changes in parent company
investment.
65
We determine the provision for income taxes using the asset and
liability approach. Under this approach, deferred tax assets and
liabilities are determined based on temporary differences
between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities, applying enacted tax rates in effect for the year
in which we expect the differences will reverse. Based on the
evaluation of available evidence, we recognize future tax
benefits, such as net operating loss carryforwards, to the
extent that we believe it is more likely than not we will
realize these benefits. We periodically assess the likelihood
that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets and
reflect any changes to our estimate of the amount we are more
likely than not to realize in the valuation allowance, with a
corresponding adjustment to earnings or other comprehensive
income (loss), as appropriate.
In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we look to the
future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences,
taxable income in carryback years, the feasibility of tax
planning strategies and estimated future taxable income. The
valuation allowance can be affected by changes to tax laws,
changes to statutory tax rates and changes to future taxable
income estimates.
We have not provided U.S. taxes on the excess of financial
reporting over the tax basis of investments in foreign
subsidiaries because we plan to reinvest such earnings
indefinitely outside the United States. We plan foreign earnings
remittance amounts based on projected cash flow needs, as well
as the working capital and long-term investment requirements of
our foreign subsidiaries and our domestic operations. Based on
these assumptions, we estimate the amount we will distribute to
the United States and provide the U.S. federal and foreign
withholding taxes due on these amounts. Material changes in our
estimates of cash, working capital and long-term investment
requirements in the various jurisdictions in which we do
business could impact our effective tax rate.
The calculation of our tax provision involves dealing with
uncertainties in the application of complex tax regulations in a
multitude of jurisdictions across our global operations. We
recognize tax liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues in
the United States and other tax jurisdictions based on our
estimate of whether, and to the extent to which, additional
taxes will be due. Furthermore, we recognize the tax benefit
from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than
not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by
the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the
position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial
statements from such a position are measured based on the
largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being
realized upon ultimate settlement.
We adjust our liability for unrecognized tax benefits in light
of changing facts and circumstances; however, due to the
complexity of some of these uncertainties, the ultimate
resolution may result in a payment that is materially different
from our current estimate. If our estimate proves to be less
than the ultimate assessment, an additional tax expense would
result. If these amounts ultimately prove to be less than the
recorded amounts, the reversal of the liabilities may result in
a tax benefit in the period when the liabilities are no longer
necessary.
Goodwill
and Other Intangible Assets
We review goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for
impairment annually and whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be
recoverable. We also review the carrying value of our
finite-lived intangible assets for potential impairment when
impairment indicators arise. We conduct our annual impairment
test as of the first day of the fourth fiscal quarter. We
perform a two-step impairment test for goodwill. In the first
step, we compare the estimated fair value of each reporting unit
to its carrying value. If the estimated fair value of the
reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets
assigned to that reporting unit, goodwill is not impaired and we
are not required to perform further testing. If the carrying
value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds
its fair value, then we must perform the second step of the
impairment test in order to measure the impairment loss to be
recorded. If the carrying value of a reporting units
goodwill exceeds its implied fair value, then we record an
impairment loss equal to the difference. In our annual
impairment test for indefinite-lived intangible assets, we
compare the fair value of those assets to their carrying value.
We recognize an impairment loss when the estimated fair value of
the indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying
value. We estimate the fair value of our reporting units and
intangible assets with indefinite lives using an income
approach. Under the income approach, we calculate fair value
based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Determining the fair value of a reporting unit or an
indefinite-lived intangible asset is judgmental in nature and
involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions,
particularly related to future operating
66
results and cash flows. These estimates and assumptions include,
but are not limited to, revenue growth rates and operating
margins used to calculate projected future cash flows,
risk-adjusted discount rates, assumed royalty rates, future
economic and market conditions, and identification of
appropriate market comparable data. In addition, the
identification of reporting units and the allocation of assets
and liabilities to the reporting units when determining the
carrying value of each reporting unit also requires judgment.
Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level,
which based on the relevant accounting guidance, is at the
operating segment level or one level below the operating
segments identified in Note 19, Segment
Information, in the Notes to the Combined Financial
Statements. The fair value of our reporting units and
indefinite-lived intangible assets are based on estimates and
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable. Significant
changes to these estimates and assumptions could adversely
impact our conclusions. Actual future results may differ from
those estimates.
Our 2010 annual goodwill impairment analysis indicated the
estimated fair value of our reporting units significantly
exceeded their carrying value. Accordingly, no reporting unit
with significant goodwill was at risk of failing step one of the
goodwill impairment test at December 31, 2010. In order to
evaluate the sensitivity of the fair value estimates on the
goodwill impairment test, we applied a hypothetical
100 basis point increase to the discount rates utilized, a
ten percent reduction in expected future cash flows, and reduced
the assumed future growth rates of each reporting unit to zero.
These hypothetical changes did not result in any reporting unit
failing step one of the impairment test. Further, our 2010
annual indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment test did not
result in an impairment charge as the estimated fair value of
the assets exceeded their carrying value.
Postretirement
Plans
Company employees around the world participate in numerous
defined benefit pension plans that are direct to or sponsored by
Xylem. The determination of projected benefit obligations and
the recognition of expenses related to these pension plans are
dependent on various assumptions. These major assumptions
primarily relate to discount rates, long-term expected rates of
return on plan assets, rate of future compensation increases,
mortality and termination (some of which are disclosed in
Note 13, Postretirement Benefit Plans, in the
Notes to the Combined Financial Statements) and other factors.
Actual results that differ from our assumptions are accumulated
and are amortized generally over the estimated future working
life of the plan participants.
Significant
Assumptions
Management develops each assumption using relevant Company
experience, in conjunction with market-related data for each
individual country in which such plans exist. All assumptions
are reviewed annually with third party consultants and adjusted
as necessary. The table included below provides the weighted
average assumptions used to estimate our defined benefit pension
obligations and costs as of and for the years ended 2010 and
2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Obligation Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.83
|
%
|
|
|
5.18
|
%
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
|
|
5.55
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.40
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.48
|
%
|
Cost Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.55
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.79
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.41
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.48
|
%
|
The majority of our plan assets relate to U.S. plans and
are managed by ITT on a commingled basis in a master investment
trust. With respect to plan assets in the master investment
trust, ITT determines the expected return on plan assets by
evaluating both historical returns and estimates of future
returns. Specifically, ITT analyzes the plans actual
historical annual return on assets over the past 15, 20 and
25 years; estimates future returns based on independent
estimates of asset class returns; and evaluates historical broad
market returns
67
over long-term timeframes based on the strategic asset
allocation, which is detailed in Note 13,
Postretirement Benefit Plans, in the Notes to the
Combined Financial Statements.
Based on the approach described above, the long-term annual rate
of return on plan assets in the master investment trust is
estimated at 9.0%. For reference, our actual geometric average
annual return on plan assets in the master investment trust was
8.8%, 10.1% and 10.3%, for the past 15, 20, and 25 year
periods, respectively.
The chart below shows actual returns versus the expected
long-term returns for our U.S. pension plans that were
utilized in the calculation of the net periodic pension cost for
each respective year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
Actual rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
|
|
(31.2
|
)%
|
For the recognition of net periodic pension cost, the
calculation of the expected return on plan assets is generally
derived using a market-related value of plan assets based on
average asset values at the measurement date over the last five
years. The use of fair value, rather than a calculated value,
could materially affect net periodic pension cost. Our weighted
average expected return on plan assets for all pension plans,
including foreign affiliate plans, at December 31, 2010 is
8.2%.
The discount rate reflects our expectation of the present value
of expected future cash payments for benefits at the measurement
date. A decrease in the discount rate increases the present
value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. We
base the discount rate assumption on current investment yields
of high-quality fixed income investments during the retirement
benefits maturity period. The pension discount rate was
determined by considering an interest rate yield curve
comprising AAA/AA bonds, with maturities between zero and thirty
years, developed by the plans actuaries. Annual benefit
payments are then discounted to present value using this yield
curve to develop a single-point discount rate matching the
plans characteristics. Our weighted average discount rate
for all pension plans, including foreign affiliates, at
December 31, 2010 is 5.35%.
The rate of future compensation increase assumption reflects our
long-term actual experience and future and near-term outlook. At
December 31, 2010, our expected rate of future compensation
of 4.0% for U.S. plan participants was unchanged from the
prior year.
Funded
Status
Funded status is derived by subtracting the respective year-end
values of the projected benefit obligations from the fair value
of plan assets. We estimate that every 25 basis point
change in the discount rate impacts the funded status by
approximately $8.
Fair
Value of Plan Assets
The plan assets of our postretirement plans comprise a broad
range of investments, including domestic and foreign equity
securities, interests in private equity and hedge funds, fixed
income investments, commodities, real estate, and cash and cash
equivalents.
A substantial portion of our postretirement benefit plan assets
portfolio in the master investment trust comprises investments
in private equity and hedge funds. The private equity and hedge
fund investments are generally measured at net asset value.
However, in certain instances, the values reported by the asset
managers were not current at the measurement date. Accordingly,
ITT has estimated adjustments to the last reported value where
necessary to measure the assets at fair value at the measurement
date.
These adjustments consider information received from the asset
managers, as well as general market information. The adjustment
recorded for these assets represented approximately one percent
of total plan assets. Asset values for other positions were
generally measured using market observable prices.
New
Accounting Pronouncements
See Note 2, New Accounting Pronouncements, in
the Notes to the Combined Financial Statements for a complete
discussion of recent accounting pronouncements. There were no
new pronouncements which we expect to have a material impact on
our financial condition and results of operations in future
periods.
68
Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
As a result of our global operating and financing activities, we
are exposed to market risks from changes in foreign currency
exchange rates and commodity prices, which may adversely affect
our operating results and financial position. The impact from
changes in market conditions is generally minimized through our
normal operating and financing activities. We do not use
derivative instruments to manage these exposures.
Foreign
Currency Exchange Rate Exposures
Our foreign currency exchange rate risk relates to receipts from
customers, payments to suppliers and intercompany transactions
denominated in foreign currencies. We may use derivative
financial instruments to offset risk related to receipts from
customers and payments to suppliers, when it is believed that
the exposure will not be limited by our normal operating and
financing activities. Our principal currency exposures relate to
the Euro, Swedish Krona, British Pound, Australian Dollar,
Canadian Dollar, Polish Zloty, and Hungarian Forint. We estimate
that a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency
exchange rates would not be material to Xylems financial
position, results of operations or cash flows.
Commodity
Price Exposures
Portions of our business are exposed to volatility in the prices
of certain commodities, such as copper, nickel and aluminum,
among others. Our primary exposure to this volatility resides
with the use of these materials in purchased component parts. We
generally maintain long-term fixed price contracts on raw
materials and component parts; however, we are prone to exposure
as these contracts expire. We estimate that a hypothetical 10%
adverse movement in prices for raw metal commodities would not
be material to the financial position, results of operations or
cash flows.
69
BUSINESS
Our
Company
Our Company is a world leader in the design, manufacturing, and
application of highly engineered technologies for the water
industry. We are a leading equipment and service provider for
water and wastewater applications with a broad portfolio of
products and services addressing the full cycle of water, from
collection, distribution and use to the return of water to the
environment, and we have leading market positions among
equipment and service providers in the core application areas of
the water equipment industry: transport, treatment, test,
building services, industrial processing and irrigation. Our
Companys brands, such as Bell & Gossett and
Flygt, are well known throughout the industry and have served
the water market for many years. Over the years, we have
leveraged our heritage strength in wastewater pumping
technologies to expand into wastewater treatment, and later into
clean water treatment and water quality analysis. We believe we
are strongly positioned to use our deep applications expertise
and offer our customers a full spectrum of service offerings in
the transportation, treatment and testing of water. Net sales
and operating income for the twelve months ended
December 31, 2010 were $3.2 billion and
$388 million, respectively, and for the six months ended
June 30, 2011 were $1.9 billion and $216 million,
respectively.
We operate in two segments, Water Infrastructure and Applied
Water. The Water Infrastructure segment focuses on the
transportation, treatment and testing of water, offering a range
of products including water and wastewater pumps, treatment and
testing equipment, and controls and systems. Key brands include
Flygt, Wedeco, Godwin Pumps, WTW, Sanitaire, AADI and Leopold.
The Applied Water segment encompasses all the uses of water and
focuses on the residential, commercial, industrial and
agricultural markets. The segments major products include
pumps, valves, heat exchangers, controls and dispensing
equipment. Key brands in this segment include Goulds,
Bell & Gossett, AC Fire, Standard, Flojet, Lowara,
Jabsco and Flowtronex. In both our segments, we benefit from a
large and growing installed base of products driving growth in
aftermarket sales for replacement parts and services.
Our global manufacturing footprint enables us to optimize
sourcing, lower production costs and localize products. We serve
a global customer base across diverse end markets while offering
localized expertise. We sell our products in more than 140
countries through a balanced distribution network consisting of
our direct sales force and independent channel partners. In
2010, approximately 65% of our revenues were generated outside
the United States.
We believe our companys operational structure and strategy
will drive sustained, profitable growth in the markets we serve.
We have a seasoned management team that has demonstrated its
ability to strategically grow a global engineering and
manufacturing enterprise while expanding positions throughout
the global water industry. We believe our businesses are well
positioned to continue to grow by enhancing our product and
application offerings and expanding our customer base in each of
our strategic markets.
Our
Industry
Our planet faces a serious water challenge. Less than 1% of the
total water available on earth is fresh water, which is
declining due to factors such as the draining of aquifers,
increased pollution and climate change. In addition to this
declining supply, demand is rising rapidly due to population
growth, industrial expansion, and increased agricultural
development, with consumption estimated to double every
20 years. By 2025, over 30% of the worlds population
is expected to live in areas without adequate water supply. Even
in developed countries with sufficient supply, existing
infrastructure for water supply is relatively underfunded and
aging. In the United States, degrading pipe systems leak one out
of every six gallons of water, on average, on its way from a
treatment plant to the customer. These challenges are driving
opportunities for growth in the global water industry, which we
estimate to have a total market size of $500 billion.
The water industry supply chain comprises Equipment and Services
companies, Design and Build service providers, and water
utilities. Equipment and Service providers serve two distinct
customer types. The first, utilities, supplies water through an
infrastructure network. Companies that operate on this side of
the supply chain provide single, or sometimes combined,
functions from equipment manufacturing and services to facility
70
design (engineering, procurement and construction, or EPC firms)
to plant operations (utilities), as depicted below in Figure 1.
The utility and EPC customers are looking for technology and
application expertise from their Equipment and Services
providers, due to trends such as rising pollution, stricter
regulations, and the increased outsourcing of process knowledge
by utilities. The second customer type, the end users of water,
comprises a wide array of entities, ranging from farms to power
plants to residential homes. These customers are predominately
served through specialized distributors and original equipment
manufacturers (OEMs).
|
|
Figure 1: |
Water Industry Supply Chain, based upon Global Water
Intelligences Global Water Market 2011 and
Management Estimates
|
Our business focuses on the beginning of the supply chain, by
providing technology-intensive equipment and services. We sell
our equipment and services via direct and indirect channels that
serve the needs of each customer type. On the utility side, we
provide over 70% direct sales with strong application expertise,
with the remaining amount going through distribution partners.
To end users of water, we provide over 85% of our sales through
long-standing relationships with the worlds leading
distributors, with the remainder going direct to customers. The
total market opportunity for this Equipment and Services portion
of the water industry supply chain is estimated at
$280 billion.
The Equipment and Services market addresses the key processes of
the water industry, which is best illustrated through the cycle
of water, as depicted in Figure 2, below. We believe this
industry has two distinct sectors within the cycle of water:
Supply Infrastructure and Usage Applications. The key processes
of this cycle begin when raw water is extracted by pumps, which
provide the necessary pressure and flow, to move, or
Transport, this water from natural sources, such as
lakes, oceans or aquifers through pipes to a treatment facility.
Treatment facilities can provide many forms of treatment,
such as filtration, disinfection and desalination, to remove
solids, bacteria, and salt, respectively. A network of pipes and
pumps again Transport this clean water to where it is
needed, such as to crops for Irrigation, to power plants
to provide cooling in Industrial Water, or to an
apartment building as drinking water in Residential,
Commercial and Building Services. After usage, the
wastewater is collected by a separate network of pipes and pumps
and transported to a wastewater treatment facility, where
processes such as digestion deactivate and reduce the volume of
solids, and disinfection purifies effluent water. Once treated,
analytical instruments Test the treated water to ensure
71
regulatory requirements are met so that it can be discharged
back to the environment, thereby completing the cycle.
Figure 2: Cycle of Water
Our two operating segments are aligned with each of the sectors
in the cycle of water: Water Infrastructure serves the Supply
Infrastructure sector, and Applied Water serves Usage
Applications. Within the Supply Infrastructure sector, our pump
systems Transport water from aquifers, lakes, rivers and
seas. From there, our filtration, UV and ozone systems provide
Treatment, making the water fit for use. After
consumption, our pump lift stations move the wastewater to
treatment facilities where our mixers, biological treatment,
monitoring, and control systems provide the primary functions in
the treatment process. Throughout each of these stages, our
analytical systems Test and ensure water quality,
allowing the water to be consumed and returned to nature. Our
served market size in this sector is approximately
$16 billion.
In the Usage Applications sector, we participate in all major
areas of water demand. Irrigation is approximately 70% of
all water usage globally. Examples of what we provide include:
boosting systems for farming irrigation, pumps for dairy
operations, and rainwater reuse systems for small scale crop and
turf irrigation. Industrial Water applications account
for 20% of global consumption. Our pumps, heat exchangers,
valves and controls provide cooling to power plants and
manufacturing facilities, as well as circulation for food and
beverage processing. The remaining 10% of global water use
resides in human and building consumption, where we deliver
water boosting systems for drinking, heating, ventilation and
air conditioning (HVAC) and fire protection systems to
Residential and Commercial Building Services. Our
served market size in this sector is estimated at
$14 billion.
72
Customers in the water industry vary by end market. Two end
markets exist within the Supply Infrastructure sector: public
utility and industrial, representing 85% and 15% of the total
equipment and services market, respectively. The public utility
market comprises public, private and public-private institutions
that handle water and wastewater for mostly residential and
commercial purposes. The industrial market involves the supply
of water and removal of wastewater for industrial facilities.
Sales in our Water Infrastructure segment are approximately 63%
in the public utility market, and 37% in the industrial market.
We view the main macro drivers of this sector to be water
quality, the desire for
energy-efficient
products, water scarcity and infrastructure needs, for both the
repair of aging systems in developed countries and new
installations in developing countries. These markets tend to be
less cyclical and are estimated to grow annually in the
mid-single digits through 2015, according to management
estimates.
In the Usage Applications sector, end-use customers fall into
four main markets: residential, commercial, industrial and
agricultural. Homeowners represent the end users in the
residential market. Owners and managers of properties such as
apartment buildings, retail stores, hospitals, and hotels are
examples of end users in the commercial market. The industrial
market is wide ranging, involving developers and managers of
facilities operated by electrical power generators, chemical
manufacturers, machine shops, clothing manufacturers, beverage
production and dispensing firms and car washes. The agricultural
market end users are owners and operators of businesses such as
crop and livestock farms, aquaculture, golf courses, and other
turf applications. Sales in our Applied Water segment are
approximately 38% industrial, 33% commercial, 22% residential
and 7% agricultural. We believe population growth and
urbanization are the two primary macro drivers of these markets,
as these trends drive the need for housing, food, community
services and retail goods within growing city centers. Water
reuse and conservation are driving the need for new
technologies. Annual total market growth in these industrial,
commercial, residential, and agricultural markets is estimated
to be in the low- to mid-single digits through 2015, according
to internal management estimates.
Our
Competitive Strengths
Our leading positions in the markets we serve result from the
following competitive strengths:
Leading
Brands in a Diversified Product Portfolio
We are among the worlds largest water equipment and
services companies and have global leading product positions in
core applications across the water cycle, from the manufacturing
of submersible pumps under our Flygt brand to the key products
used in plumbing and water-based heating and air conditioning
markets manufactured through our Bell & Gossett brand.
Although other equipment and services companies are diversified,
in that they serve markets outside of water as well, we are one
of the largest water companies in the industry that is
exclusively focused on water equipment and services. In
addition, we have capabilities in transport, treatment and
testing of water and have consistently demonstrated the ability
to develop new offerings that anticipate the manufacturing,
installation and servicing needs of our customers, such as the
innovative water collection and distribution systems that used
Goulds pumps and a Bell & Gossett pumping package to
conserve clean water at the 2010 Vancouver Olympics, and the
Lowara water booster sets used to even water supply pressure in
the worlds tallest building, Burj Dubai, in
the United Arab Emirates. Our brands, such as Flygt,
Bell & Gossett, Wedeco, Sanitaire, Lowara, Godwin
Pumps, Goulds, WTW and Jabsco, among others, have been in
existence for over 150 years and are globally recognized as
leading brands for quality in the markets they serve.
Culture
of Innovation and Strong Application Expertise
Our business invented the first submersible sewage pump, and we
remain the worlds largest manufacturer of submersible
wastewater pumps. We have built upon this deep legacy and
expertise by developing new, more efficient designs and more
advanced application solutions. In 1999, we led the industry in
wastewater pumps with the launch of the Flygt N-pump,
guaranteeing at least a 25% improvement in energy consumption
compared to any installed, non-Flygt system. In recent years, we
designed a standardized range of lift stations, called The
Optimal Pumping (TOP) Station, to quickly and simply install
full lift stations, rather than design, order, and assemble all
the components needed at various pipeline locations. The TOP
Station is now a staple
73
of our product line. In 2009, we launched the next generation
N-pump, called the Adaptive N-pump, which eliminates virtually
all forms of clogging, and therefore improves maintenance and
efficiency costs, even under the most difficult conditions.
Similarly, we also launched the next generation vertical
multi-stage pump in 2011, called eSV, which brings benefits in
energy efficiency and maintenance costs to water boosting in
multiple end uses. This innovation around new technology and
application solutions is an expertise we deploy across all
product lines and brands, and we continuously seek to improve
our products and invest in the development of new,
differentiated technologies to best fit our customers
needs.
Large
Installed Base Driving Strong Aftermarket Revenues
By virtue of our global scale and tenure, we have one of the
largest installed bases in the water equipment market. This
provides us with a highly profitable and recurring revenue
stream from the sale of parts, repair services, and end of
lifecycle product replacements. During their lifecycle,
installed products require maintenance, repair services and
parts due to the harsh environments in which they operate. In
2010, 16% of our total revenue was derived from sales of repair
parts and services. In addition, depending on the type of
product, median lifecycles range from 5 years to over
50 years, at which time the products must be replaced. Many
of our products are precisely selected and applied within a
larger network of equipment, driving a strong preference by
customers and installers to replace them with the same exact
brand and model when they reach the end of their lifecycle. This
dynamic establishes a large recurring revenue stream for our
business.
Diverse
Customer Base and Established International Distribution
Channels
Our customer base spans numerous industries and regions, with no
single customer representing more than 2% of our revenue and
approximately 65% of our 2010 revenues derived from operations
outside of the United States, including 18% from emerging market
countries. We sell our products through a balanced distribution
network, with more than 1,800 direct sales employees and more
than 2,700 independent distributors in more than 140 countries.
Our global reach within the highly fragmented global water
industry allows us to align our sales strategy to meet the needs
of our customers in specific end markets, as we are better able
to optimize sourcing, lower our production costs, and enable
product localization and application expertise. In our Water
Infrastructure segment, we maintain close customer relationships
through our direct sales force, allowing us to quickly respond
to a dynamic and highly regulated environment in which some of
our customers operate, including public utility and industrial
clients. In our Applied Water segment, we use distributors from
our global independent distribution network, several of whom are
exclusive distributors, to sell our products.
Proven
Operating Performance
Our strong profit margins, combined with our disciplined
approach to investing and managing our capital and our focus on
higher-margin business opportunities, enable us to generate
strong and recurring cash flow. Following our 2008
restructuring, implemented prior to the recent economic
downturn, we positioned the cost structure of our company to
realize strong margin improvements driven by robust sales
growth. For instance, in 2010, our operating margin increased
240 basis points to 12.1% as compared to the prior year. We
focus on productivity and efficiency within our manufacturing
facilities by driving operational efficiencies through the
application of Lean Six Sigma and other continuous improvement
programs.
Experienced
Management Team
Our senior management team is highly regarded in the water
equipment and services industry and has significant experience
in leadership roles. Collectively, our executive officers have
an average of 20 years of experience in managing large
global organizations. They have a successful track record of
enabling our company to recognize and capitalize upon attractive
opportunities in the key markets we serve, and our executive
management teams have a strong record of winning new business,
reducing costs, improving working capital and executing
operating efficiencies.
74
Our
Growth Strategy
Our strategy is focused on enhancing shareholder value by
providing solutions for our customers, and by growing revenues,
both organically and through strategic acquisitions. Key
elements of our strategy are summarized below:
Grow
Our Product Offerings and Solutions through Portfolio
Differentiation
We will continue to extend leading market positions where we
have a strong competitive position, cost leadership and proven
technology. In addition, we will invest in the differentiation
of our core product lines to build on our strong product and
application expertise. We also plan to expand into adjacent and
complementary technologies as demonstrated by the recent
acquisitions of analytical instrumentation and dewatering
solutions businesses.
Focus
on Organic Growth Initiatives
We have launched a global commercial excellence initiative,
deploying people, processes and tools to make our sales and
marketing teams more effective and efficient. We have trained
over 500 front-line sales agents under this initiative and have
30 dedicated commercial excellence leaders to service our most
profitable accounts. In addition, we have launched digital
selling tools, which improve our value propositions, and have
built a strategic accounts program to focus on our most
important customers. These efforts have already improved the
revenues generated per sales agent across our businesses. We
will continue to make investments in customer relationship
management, mobile technologies, customer applications and other
technologies that improve our knowledge of customers and the
critical activities that drive growth.
Investing
in New Technology and Innovation
We will continue to make targeted investments in research and
development activities to develop breakthrough products and
solutions. We will pursue and execute a robust pipeline of
opportunities in core and emerging markets. We have established
a wastewater Center of Excellence, in Stockholm, Sweden, with
over 100 research, development and engineering employees. We
have launched engineering Centers of Excellence in India and
China, where we are accelerating the customization of our
application expertise to local needs. Our engineers will
continue to work closely with our customers in an effort to
identify new applications for our products and develop new
technologies and solutions to expand our current portfolio
further.
Build
on Our Presence in Fast-Growing Emerging Markets
Urbanization trends and growth in the middle class in developing
countries are generating significant demand for water
applications. We intend to continue to capture this growth by
further expanding into emerging markets, such as China, India
and Brazil, increasing our existing presence of over 40
facilities. We plan to leverage our strong global reach,
manufacturing footprint and extensive distribution network to
capitalize on growth opportunities in these regions. We will
continue to establish and reinforce local capabilities by
growing our local presence in these markets with investments in
sales, marketing and manufacturing capabilities globally.
Growth
through Disciplined Acquisitions
Acquisitions are an important part of our growth strategy.
Certain segments of the global water industry we serve are
highly fragmented, providing numerous acquisition opportunities.
We have successfully completed and integrated 20 acquisitions
over the past five years, including Godwin Pumps, Nova
Analytics, and OI Corporation, and we will selectively pursue
highly targeted acquisitions that will broaden our core product
portfolio, expand our geographic footprint and enhance our
position in strategic markets.
75
Our
Business Segments
We operate in two business segments that are aligned with the
cycle of water and the key strategic market applications they
provide: Water Infrastructure (collection, distribution, return)
and Applied Water (usage). The table and descriptions below
provide an overview of our business segments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
2010
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment
|
|
Applications
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Major Products
|
|
Primary Brands
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
Transport
Treatment
Test
|
|
$
|
1,436
377
117
$1,930
|
|
|
|
74
|
%
20%
6%
100%
|
|
Water and wastewater pumps
Filtration, disinfection and biological treatment equipment
Test equipment
Controls
|
|
Flygt
Wedeco
Godwin Pumps
WTW
Sanitaire
AADI
Leopold
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
Building Services
Industrial Water
Irrigation
|
|
$
|
723
509
95
$1,327
|
|
|
|
55
|
%
38%
7%
100%
|
|
Pumps
Valves
Heat exchangers
Controls
Dispensing equipment systems
|
|
Goulds
Bell & Gossett
AC Fire
Standard
Lowara
Jabsco
Flojet
Flowtronex
|
Most of our product portfolio is involved in Transport and
comprises water pumps, pumping systems and pump-related
equipment and services across both our segments, which
represented 83% of our revenue for each of the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008. In recent years, we have
built our capabilities in Treatment, the cleaning of water and
wastewater, and Test, the measurement of water characteristics
such as quality. Both of these application areas, Treatment and
Test, reside within the Water Infrastructure segment.
Water
Infrastructure
Water Infrastructure involves the process that collects water
from a source and distributes it to users, and then returns the
wastewater responsibly to the environment. Water Infrastructure
serves three basic closely linked applications:
Transport, Treatment and Test of water and
wastewater for two types of customers: public utilities and
industrial facilities. We believe our served market size for
this segment is approximately $16 billion, comprising
served markets of approximately $11 billion for Transport,
$3 billion for Treatment and $2 billion for Test.
Transport
The Transport application includes all of the equipment and
services involved in the safe and efficient movement of water
from sources, such as oceans, lakes, rivers and ground water, to
treatment facilities, and then to users. It also includes the
movement of wastewater from the point of use to a treatment
facility and then back into the environment. We serve the
higher-value
equipment markets, such as water and wastewater submersible
pumps, monitoring controls, and application solutions; we do not
serve the market for lower-value equipment such as pipes and
fittings. We believe our business is the largest player in this
served market based on management estimates. With operations on
six continents, we also have the worlds largest dewatering
rental fleet, serviced with our Flygt and Godwin brands.
Flygt - Flygt is the worlds premier manufacturer of
submersible pumps, mixers, and aeration equipment for use in
environments such as water and wastewater treatment, raw water
supply, abrasive or contaminated industrial processes, mining
and crop irrigation. The Flygt brand was founded in 1901 in
Lindås, Sweden and developed the worlds first
submersible close-coupled motor-driven pump. Flygt products have
leading non-clogging capabilities and innovative N-technology,
which provide customers with highly sustainable efficiencies and
lowest total cost of ownership. Flygt products have applications
in various markets, including wastewater lift stations, water
and wastewater treatment facilities, pressurized sewage systems,
oil and gas,
76
steel, mining and leisure markets. Customers include public
utility wastewater and clean water treatment facilities, oil and
gas platforms, and steel manufacturing companies. As an example,
Flygt recently served the village of Hartland, WI, population
8,350, located in Wisconsins Lake Country. The Hartland
Department of Public Works (DPW) is, among other things,
responsible for operation and maintenance of sanitary sewers,
lift stations and manholes. The DPW had experienced a range of
problems resulting from ongoing clogging of the pumps in their
collection-system lift stations. Replacing the pumps with
self-cleaning Flygt N-pumps eliminated the clogging as well as
unscheduled and costly service calls.
Godwin Pumps - With more than 30 years as a leader
in pump manufacturing, Godwin Pumps has established itself as a
well-recognized and respected brand in the global portable pump
market for removal of temporary, unwanted water. It
manufactures, sells, rents and services products that are
economical, reliable and customized to the specific needs of its
clients. Founded in Quenington, England, Godwin Pumps is
currently headquartered in Bridgeport, NJ. Godwin Pumps
products include the fully automatic self-priming Dri-Prime
pump, a range of
Sub-Prime
electric and Heidra hydraulic submersible pumps, Wet-Prime
gasoline-powered contractor pumps and a broad line of generators
and portable light towers. Godwin products are primarily used in
construction, disaster recovery, flooding, heavy industry,
marine use, mining, oil, gas and chemical extraction,
refineries, temporary fire protection and water and wastewater
transport. Customers include industrial plants, construction
contractors, public utility wastewaters and clean water
treatment and transportation facilities, oil, gas and chemical
drilling outfits, and refineries. Godwins fleet of
equipment is rented through 32 U.S. branches and a global
network of distributors.
Treatment
The Treatment application includes equipment and services that
treat water for consumption and wastewater to be returned
responsibly to the environment. While there are several
treatment solutions in the market today, we focus on three basic
treatment types: (i) filtration, (ii) disinfection and
(iii) biological treatment systems. Filtration uses
gravity-based media filters and clarifiers to clean both water
and wastewater. Leopold, with more than 80 years of
experience, is our leading filtration brand. Disinfection
systems, both ultraviolet (UV) and ozone oxidation, treat both
public utility drinking water and wastewater, as well as
industrial process water, and are provided through our WEDECO
brand. Biological treatment systems are key to the treatment of
solids in wastewater plants, which is provided through our
Sanitaire brand. We believe our business is the largest player
in this served market based on management estimates.
Sanitaire - Launched in 1967, the Sanitaire brand
provides complete biological wastewater treatment solutions for
public utility and industrial applications. Sanitaires
comprehensive offering includes diffused aeration, sequencing
batch reactors, drum filters and state-of-the-art controls.
Sanitaire is regarded as a leading brand in diffused aeration,
which is a process that introduces air into a liquid, providing
an aerobic environment for degradation of organic matter. Fine
pore diffusion of air is highly competitive due to its high
oxygen transfer efficiency and lower energy costs. Sanitaire
wide-band aeration systems are used in applications such as grit
chambers and sludge that require non-clogging, maintenance-free
systems. Principal Sanitaire customers are public utility and
industrial wastewater treatment facilities.
WEDECO - WEDECO was founded in 1975 in Herford, Germany
to develop chemical-free and environmentally friendly water
treatment technologies, including ultraviolet light and ozone
systems. There are over 250,000 installed WEDECO systems for UV
disinfection and ozone oxidation globally in private, public
utility and industrial locations. WEDECO introduced ozone
technology in 1988 and has been expanding internationally ever
since. UV disinfection systems have a number of applications
including water treatment and aquaculture. Ozone disinfection
systems have applications in drinking water, wastewater, process
water, product polishing, bleaching, ozonolysis/synthesis and
desodoration. Customers include public utility wastewater and
clean water treatment facilities, power plants, pulp and paper
mills, food products manufacturers and aquaculture facilities.
Leopold - Founded in 1924 in Pittsburgh, PA, Leopold is a
leader in rapid gravity media filtration and clarification
solutions for the water and wastewater industry. In Potable
Drinking Water treatment plants, the Clari-DAF system is used to
clarify raw water to remove contaminants such as turbidity,
algae, color, iron/
77
manganese, organics, and taste and odor compounds. In public
utility wastewater treatment plants, the ClariVAC system is used
in final clarifiers to remove the sludge solids. For those areas
where nitrogen and phosphorus nutrient removal is required, we
provide elimi-NITE systems which convert the filters to become
biologically active so that the effluent meets the mandated
nitrate and phosphorus levels. In desalination systems, Leopold
Clari-DAF systems and Filterworx systems are provided to remove
contaminants that will harm reverse osmosis membranes, so that
salt can be removed from the seawater to make it potable.
Primary customers are public utility water and wastewater
systems, as well as desalination plant facilities.
Test
Analytical instrumentation is used across most industries to
ensure regulatory requirements are met. Growth in this market is
primarily driven by increasing regulation of water and
wastewater in North America, Europe and Asia. Largely through
our 2010 acquisition of Nova Analytics, our served market is
predominately focused on water and the environment for quality
levels throughout the water infrastructure loop. Analytical
systems are applied in three primary ways: in the field, in a
facility laboratory, or real time, online monitoring in a
treatment facility process. We believe we have a leading
position in this served market based on management estimates.
WTW - In wastewater treatment facilities, WTW branded
systems monitor parameters such as dissolved oxygen, pH, and
turbidity throughout the water process to ensure regulatory
standards are met before water is discharged back into the
environment. Founded in 1945 as a major brand in Europe, WTW has
particularly strong market penetration in the environmental,
water and wastewater segments. WTW holds leading market
positions in both field and on-line instrumentation and
manufactures premium positioned robust and reliable analysis
products for the measurement of pH, dissolved oxygen,
conductivity, total dissolved solids, turbidity, specific ions
and biological oxygen demand. WTWs product offering
includes meters, sensors, data-loggers, photometers and software
providing customers solutions to even the most challenging
applications.
AADI - Aanderaa Data Instruments AS (AADI), founded in
1966 and headquartered in Bergen, Norway, offers sensors,
instruments and systems for measuring and monitoring in the most
demanding environments such as rivers, oceans and the polar
regions through fully networked systems using wireless
technology that monitors temperature, salinity, oxygen,
turbidity, current and waves for ecosystem health. The main
market areas are marine transportation, environmental and ocean
research, oil and gas, aquaculture, road and traffic, and
construction. AADIs new technologies underlie the most
advanced distributed instrumentation for underwater and
atmospheric measurements. Hydro acoustic, electro-optical,
electro-chemical, pressure, temperature and meteorological data
are captured by observing networks and self-contained
instrumentation using real-time communication. Key customers
include many oceanographic institutes, universities, geophysical
surveyors, navies, offshore oil and gas companies, drilling
companies, port and harbor authorities, government agencies,
water authorities and electric power utilities internationally.
Applied
Water
Applied Water encompasses all the uses of water. Since water is
used to some degree in almost every aspect of human, economic
and environmental activity, this segment has innumerable
applications. Our served market today consists of the main uses
of global water: Building Services, Industrial Water and
Irrigation. We believe our served market size for this segment
is approximately $14 billion, comprising served markets of
approximately $8 billion for Building Services,
$4 billion for Industrial Water and $2 billion for
Irrigation.
Building
Services
This business is defined by four main uses of water in building
services applications, such as in residential homes and
commercial buildings, including offices, hotels, restaurants and
malls. The first is the supply of potable water for consumption,
such as for drinking and hygiene. The Goulds brand is a leader
in pumps and boosting systems utilized within buildings,
sourcing water from distribution networks or from wells. The
second application is wastewater removal with sump and sewage
pumps. The third application is in heating, ventilation and air
conditioning (HVAC), where Bell & Gossett specializes
in pumps and valves that
78
are used in water-based heating and cooling systems. The fourth
water-related building service area is fire protection, where
our AC Fire brand supplies full pump systems for emergency fire
suppression. In Europe, Lowara is a leading brand in the
commercial and residential water market with applications in the
four main uses of water. We believe our business is the second
largest player in this served market based on management
estimates.
Industrial
Water
Water is used in most industrial facilities to provide
processing steps such as cooling, cleaning and mixing. Our
Goulds brand supplies vertical multistage pumps to boost
pressure for purposes such as circulating water through a
manufacturing facility to cool machine tools. Our Lowara brand
focuses on water treatment, industrial washing equipment and
machine tool cooling. The Standard brand delivers heat
exchangers for combined heat and power (CHP) applications within
power generation plants. We also provide niche applications such
as flexible impeller pumps for wine processing facilities served
by our Jabsco brand, and water-based detergent dispensing and
water circulation within car washes served by Flojet and Goulds
air-operated diaphragm and end suction pumps. Across all these
various end applications, we believe our business is the second
largest player in this served market based on management
estimates.
Irrigation
The irrigation business consists of irrigation-related equipment
and services associated with bringing water from a source to the
plant or livestock need, including hoses, sprinklers, center
pivot and drip irrigation. We focus on the pumps and boosting
systems that supply this ancillary equipment with water. Our
Goulds brand brings mixed flow pumps, and our Flowtronex group
specializes in equipment solutions such as the Hydrovar boosting
system, which incorporates monitoring and controls to optimize
energy efficiency in irrigation delivery. Our Lowara brand also
produces pumps for agriculture applications and irrigation of
gardens and parks. We believe we have a leading position in this
served market based on management estimates.
As described above, the following brands and products are used
across the applications in our Applied Water segment:
Goulds - With origins dating back over 150 years,
Goulds is a leading brand of centrifugal and turbine pumps,
controllers, variable frequency drives and accessories for
residential and commercial water supply and wastewater
applications. Goulds is a leader in the water technologies
market with its line of residential water well pumps. The Goulds
product portfolio includes submersible and line shaft turbine,
4 submersible, jet, sump, effluent, sewage and centrifugal
pumps for residential, agriculture and irrigation, sewage and
drainage, commercial and light industrial use. Goulds
submersible, deepwell or other pumps can be found in more than a
quarter of the existing 15 million household wells and more
than 380,000 public and community wells in the United States.
Products for commercial wastewater include sewage, effluent and
grinder pumps and packages. Agriculture products include pump
and control products for irrigation, stockwater, wash systems,
cooling systems and waste management, with turf irrigation
products including submersible and surface pumps for landscape
and turf irrigation systems. We serve the building trades market
with filtration, chilling, pressure boost, wash system, water,
supply, wastewater and boiler feed applications. We also have a
range of standard cast iron and bronze end-suction and
multistage pumps for various commercial applications.
Lowara - Founded in 1968, and headquartered in Vicenza,
Italy, Lowara is a leader in stainless steel pump manufacturing
technology for water technology applications. The Lowara range
includes submersible, sump, effluent, sewage, centrifugal pumps
and booster packages for water supply and water pumping needs in
the residential, agriculture, industrial, public utility,
building service and commercial markets worldwide, with
particular strength in Europe. Residential applications include
pumps for pressurization, conditioning, fire-fighting systems,
lifting stations and dewatering. Agriculture applications
include pumps for irrigation of gardens and parks. Industrial
applications include drinking water, water treatment, industrial
washing equipment and machine tool cooling. As an example of how
Lowara has served the commercial building
79
services market, seven Lowara water booster sets are used for
even pressure water supply in the worlds tallest building,
Burj Dubai in the United Arab Emirates.
Bell & Gossett - Founded in 1916 in Chicago,
IL, Bell & Gossett has been headquartered in Morton
Grove, IL since 1941. Bell & Gossett, or B&G, is
a leader in plumbing and water-based heating and air
conditioning markets. Products are used in residential
applications where single- or multi-family homes are heated with
hot water or steam. Key products include circulating pumps,
valves, and specialty products used in these systems. B&G
also sells wastewater pumps for residential applications. In
commercial applications, B&G provides a broad range of
products, including a wide variety of pumps, heat exchangers,
valves and controls for heating and air-conditioning systems,
sump pumps for wastewater systems, condensate pumping systems
for steam heating systems and a comprehensive line of
energy-saving variable speed controls. Training is provided for
Building System Design Engineers at B&Gs industry
renowned Little Red Schoolhouse in Morton Grove. Key commercial
building types include hospitals, schools, and data centers.
B&G products are sold globally by independent manufacturer
representatives and distributed locally by heating, ventilating
and air conditioning, or HVAC, wholesalers. B&G recently
sold some of its largest pumps to the new Childrens
Memorial Hospital building in Chicago, IL. These pumps will
circulate chilled water throughout the building to provide
air-conditioning for the occupants.
AC Fire - AC Fire offers turnkey fire pump systems
for commercial, residential and industrial applications. We
design and custom-build a wide range of fire pump systems
including prefabricated packages and house units that meet every
fire protection need. AC Fire products include In-Line Pumps,
Vertical Turbine, Package Systems, Split Case (various series)
and 13D Home Defender for residential fire pump service. The 13D
Home Defender is designed to boost water pressure for automatic
residential sprinkler systems. In addition to residential
applications, turnkey fire pumping systems from A-C Pump protect
an increasing number of petrochemical facilities, commercial
buildings and factories around the world.
Flowtronex - Flowtronex, founded in 1974 as Pumping
Systems, Inc., began by producing some of the golf
industrys first prefabricated water pumping systems. ITT
opened a new 125,000 square foot manufacturing facility in
Dallas, TX to support the companys growth in the public
utility and turf/irrigation markets. The Silent Storm package
and Pace Integrated Pump Controller are our two primary products
sold into the golf market. In landscape, Flowtronex products,
primarily the Floboy system, are sold to customers such as
cities and nurseries. In golf, Flowtronex products are sold to
golf course superintendents through our Toro Distribution
partnership. Retrofit sales of golf pumping systems are sold
through our FlowNet Service Network, a group of factory
authorized service technicians that provide set up and start up
and service and repair of Flowtronex pump stations.
Standard - For close to 90 years Standard has been
the leader in the design and manufacture of shell and tube heat
exchangers. Standard is the brand of our complete line of heat
transfer products used in industrial and process applications
such as heating or cooling liquids or gases, heat recovery in
chemical processing, power and co-generation, paper and pulp,
OEM and commercial marine markets. Products include basic
shell-and-tube
heat exchanger, air coolers, heat transfer coils, compact
brazed, welded, gasketed plate units and packaged steam
condensers.
Jabsco - The Jabsco brand is known for its marine,
industrial, and hygienic/sanitary pumps and systems that are
used in many industries, including marine, industrial,
healthcare and food processing. It was founded in 1941 by the
inventors of the flexible impeller pump. Jabsco is a leader in
the leisure marine market, with a broad range of products
including water system, engine cooling pumps, searchlights and
marine waste systems. Jabsco also offers industrial pumps for
hygienic applications, fluid transfer in chemical processing,
laboratory, paint processing, plating, and construction. Jabsco
rotary lobe pumps offer outstanding performance with unique
capabilities. Jabsco Hy-line and Ultima rotary lobe pumps
support food and dairy product production, healthcare, chemical,
pharmaceutical and biotech applications, whether the product is
thin, viscous or fragile. Jabsco also offers multi-purpose and
specialized flexible impeller, diaphragm and sliding vane pumps
for chemical and general transfer applications.
Flojet - Established in 1975, the Flojet brand
encompasses a broad range of small pumps, motors and dispensing
pumps for the beverage, industrial, RV, marine and food
processing markets. Flojet is a leader in
80
the small pump market, offering a versatile range of products
serving the beverage market, including both air- and
motor-operated diaphragm pumps and centrifugal chilling pumps,
as well as booster systems and accumulator tanks. Flojets
beverage pumps can be found in applications such as beer
dispensing, syrup mixing for carbonated drinks, re-circulation
in vending machines and refrigerators, bottled water dispensers,
icemakers and coffee machines. In addition to significant
beverage applications, Flojets electric and air-operated
diaphragm pumps are utilized in street sweepers, car washes,
carpet cleaners, parts washers, agricultural spraying and road
rollers. Flojets positive displacement diaphragm pumps can
be driven by air, electric motor or solenoid. The positive
displacement diaphragm design of Flojet pumps makes them ideal
for use in conditions that require self-priming and dry running
capability for short periods of time. Additionally, the compact
size of these pumps makes them very useful in tight spaces where
one cannot ensure a flooded suction. Flojet pumps are designed
to be more efficient and are often the choice of customers for
applications where low power consumption is critical.
Distribution,
Training and End Use
Water Infrastructure provides more than 70% of its sales through
direct channels with remaining sales through indirect channels
and service capabilities. Both public utility and industrial
facility customers increasingly require our teams global
but locally proficient expertise to use our equipment in their
specific applications. Several trends are increasing the need
for this application expertise: (i) the increase in type
and amount of contaminants in water supply, (ii) increasing
environmental regulations, (iii) the need to increase
system efficiencies due to rising energy costs, and
(iv) the retirement of a largely aging water industry
workforce not systematically replaced at utilities.
In the Applied Water segment, many end-use areas are widely
different, so specialized distribution partners are often
preferred. Our commercial teams have built long-standing
relationships around our brands in many of these industries
through which we can continue to leverage new product and
service applications. Revenue opportunities are balanced between
OEM and after-market customers. Our products in the Applied
Water segment are sold through our global direct sales and
world-class indirect channels with more than 85% of revenue
going through indirect channels. We have
long-standing
relationships with the leading independent distributors in the
markets we serve, and we provide incentives to distributors,
such as specialized training programs, to exclusively sell our
products.
In addition to distributors, we also provide the same training
to engineers at the EPCs who influence purchasing decisions. For
example, the Bell & Gossett Little Red Schoolhouse is
a training center in Morton Grove, IL, which we believe to be
the heating, ventilation and air conditioning (HVAC)
industrys leading educational facility. Since it was
opened in 1954, the instructors at our Little Red Schoolhouse
have trained more than 55,000 engineers, contractors and
installers in the design, installation and maintenance of
hydronic and steam systems, while another 135,000 professionals
have received training through Bell & Gossetts
Traveling Classroom Program.
Our sales channels offer more than one brand type to a specific
application. For example, the 2010 Winter Olympics held in
Vancouver, British Columbia in February 2010, involved
unprecedented planning and coordination among many organizations
and suppliers, and we played a major role in supplying water
handling products at many of the facilities. We also supplied
pumps and controls for the heating and cooling systems in the
Speed Skating Oval, which included Bell & Gossett
brand pumps, heat exchangers and expansion tanks used in the
heating and cooling systems, as well as Goulds brand pumps and
Aquavar®
variable speed drive controllers used in the facilitys
grey water handling system. Finally, to conserve clean water at
the Olympic Village, an innovative grey water collection and
distribution system was constructed. ITTs Goulds SSV
Series vertical multi-stage pumps move collected rainwater from
storage tanks to the plumbing systems used for flushing toilets
and watering plants. A Bell & Gossett 70M-MS pumping
package maintains adequate pressure in the grey water
distribution system.
81
Aftermarket
Parts and Service
We have more than 120 service centers around the world which
employ approximately 600 service employees to provide
aftermarket parts and services to our customers. During their
lifecycle, installed products require maintenance, repair
services and parts due to the harsh environments in which they
operate. In 2010, 16% of our total revenue was derived from
sales of repair parts and services.
In addition, depending on the type of product, median lifecycles
range from 5 years to over 50 years, at which time
they must be replaced. Many of our products are precisely
selected and applied within a larger network of equipment
driving a strong preference by customers and installers to
replace them with the same exact brand and model when they reach
the end of their lifecycle. This dynamic establishes a large
recurring revenue stream for our business.
Geographic
Profile
In addition to the traditional markets of the United States and
Western Europe, opportunities in emerging markets within Asia
Pacific, Eastern Europe, Latin America and other countries are
growing. Revenue derived from emerging markets totaled 18% for
the year ended December 31, 2010. The following chart
provides an overview of our geographic profile depicted as a
percentage of revenue by customer location.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Sales & Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
|
35
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
|
|
34
|
%
|
Europe
|
|
|
39
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
|
|
43
|
%
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
11
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
|
|
9
|
%
|
Other
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
14
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Properties
We have over 320 locations in over 40 countries. These
properties total approximately 8.5 million square feet, of
which over 280 locations, or approximately 4.9 million
square feet, are leased. We consider the many offices, plants,
warehouses, and other properties that we own or lease to be in
good condition and generally suitable for the purposes for which
they are used. The following table shows the significant
locations by segment.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Square Footage
|
|
|
|
Location
|
|
Segment
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Owned/Leased
|
|
Emmaboda, Sweden
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
Owned
|
Morton Grove, Illinois
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
Owned
|
Montecchio, Italy
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
Owned
|
Auburn, New York
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
298
|
|
|
Leased
|
Lubbock, Texas
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
229
|
|
|
Owned
|
Shenyang, China
|
|
Water Infrastructure/ Applied Water
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
Owned
|
Cheektowaga, New York
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
Leased
|
Corporate Headquarters
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
White Plains, New York
|
|
Corporate Headquarters
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Leased
|
Our corporate headquarters is currently located at
1133 Westchester Avenue, Suite 2000, White Plains, New
York. We are currently located in the same building as our
former parent, ITT, but intend to be in an independent space on
separate floors in the near term, with each company having its
own entrance, security and maintenance systems. We have agreed
to lease this space directly from the third-party building owner
at market rates for a two-year period from the distribution
date. Under the Distribution Agreement, we have agreed to
relocate our corporate headquarters on or before the second
anniversary of the distribution date. See Certain
Relationships and Related Party Transactions
Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related to the Spin-Off.
82
Supply
and Seasonality
We have a global manufacturing footprint, with production
facilities in Europe, North America, Latin America, and Asia. In
addition, we maintain a global network of service centers
providing after-market customer care. Service centers offer an
array of integrated service solutions for the industry
including: preventive monitoring, contract maintenance,
emergency field service, engineered upgrades, inventory
management, and overhauls for pumps and other rotating equipment.
We offer a wide range of highly engineered products. We
primarily employ
configure-to-order
capabilities to maximize manufacturing and logistics
efficiencies by producing high volumes of basic product
configurations. When we provide a
configure-to-order
solution, we configure a standard product to our customers
specifications. To a lesser extent, we provide
engineer-to-order
products to meet the customization requirements of our
customers. This process requires that we apply our technical
expertise and production capabilities to provide a non-standard
solution to the customer.
Our inventory management and distribution practices seek to
minimize inventory holding periods by taking delivery of the
inventory and manufacturing immediately prior to the sale or
distribution of products to our customers. All of our businesses
require various parts and raw materials, the availability and
prices of which may fluctuate. Parts and raw materials commonly
used in our products include motors, fabricated parts, castings,
bearings, seals, nickel, copper, aluminum, and plastics. While
we may recover some cost increases through operational
improvements, we are still exposed to some pricing risk. We
attempt to control costs through fixed-priced contracts with
suppliers and various other programs, such as our global
strategic sourcing initiative.
Our business relies on third-party suppliers, contract
manufacturing and commodity markets to secure raw materials,
parts and components used in our products. We typically acquire
materials and components through a combination of blanket and
scheduled purchase orders to support our materials requirements.
For most of our products, we have existing alternate sources of
supply, or such sources are readily available.
We may experience price volatility or supply constraints for
materials that are not available from multiple sources. From
time to time, we acquire certain inventory in anticipation of
supply constraints or enter into longer-term pricing commitments
with vendors to improve the priority, price and availability of
supply. There have been no raw material shortages that have had
a significant adverse impact on our business as a whole.
Customers
Our business is not dependent on any single customer or a few
customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse
effect on the respective market or on us as a whole. No
individual customer accounted for more than 10% of our combined
2010 revenue.
Competition
Given the highly fragmented nature of the water industry, Water
Infrastructure competes with a large number of businesses. The
larger global peers include: Gorman Rupp Company, IDEX
Corporation, and KSB Group (with respect to transport pumps,
systems and control equipment); Pall Corporation, Nalco Company,
and Parkson Corporation (with respect to treatment equipment);
Danaher Corporation and Thermo Fisher Scientific (with respect
to analytical instruments).
Competition in the water transport and treatment technologies
markets focuses on product performance, application expertise,
design, quality, delivery, and price. In the sale of products
and services, we benefit from our large installed base of pumps
and complementary products, which require maintenance, repair
and replacement parts due to the nature of the products and the
conditions under which they operate. Timeliness of delivery,
quality and the proximity of service centers are important
customer considerations when selecting a provider for
after-market products and services. In geographic regions where
we are locally positioned to provide a quick response, customers
have historically relied on us, rather than our competitors, for
after-market products relating to our highly engineered and
customized solutions.
83
Competition in the Applied Water segment focuses on brand names,
application expertise, product delivery and performance,
quality, and price. We compete by offering a wide variety of
innovative and high-quality products, coupled with world-class
application expertise. We believe our distribution through
well-established channels and our reputation for quality
significantly enhance our market position. Our ability to
deliver innovative product offerings has allowed us to compete
effectively, to cultivate and maintain customer relationships
and to serve and to expand into many niche and new markets.
Research &
Development
Research and development is a key element of our engineering
culture and is generally focused on the design and development
of products and application know-how that anticipate customer
needs and emerging trends. Our engineers are involved in new
product development and improvement of existing products. Our
businesses invest substantial resources for research and
development (R&D) activities. We anticipate we will
continue to develop and invest in our R&D capabilities to
promote a steady flow of innovative, high-quality and reliable
products and applications to further strengthen our position in
the markets we serve. We invested $74 million,
$63 million and $64 million for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, towards
research and development.
We have over 600 engineering and research employees in more than
40 technology centers around the world. R&D activities are
initially conducted in our technology centers, located in
conjunction with some of our major manufacturing facilities to
ensure an efficient development process. We have established a
wastewater Center of Excellence, in Stockholm, Sweden, with over
100 research, development and engineering employees. We have
launched Centers of Excellence in India and China, where we are
accelerating the customization of our application expertise to
local needs. In the
scale-up
process, our R&D activities are conducted at our piloting
and testing facilities or at strategic customer sites. These
piloting and testing facilities enable us to serve our strategic
markets in each region of the world.
We generally seek patent protection for those inventions and
improvements likely to be incorporated into our products or
where proprietary rights will improve our competitive position.
We believe that our patents and applications are important for
maintaining the competitive differentiation of our products and
improving our return on research and development investments.
While we own and control a significant number of patents, trade
secrets, confidential information, trademarks, trade names,
copyrights, and other intellectual property rights which, in the
aggregate, are of material importance to our business,
management believes that our business, as a whole, as well as
each of our core business segments, is not materially dependent
on any one intellectual property right or related group of such
rights.
Patents, patent applications, and license agreements expire or
terminate over time by operation of law, in accordance with
their terms or otherwise. As the portfolio of our patents,
patent applications, and license agreements has evolved over
time, we do not expect the expiration of any specific patent to
have a material adverse effect on our financial position,
results of operations or cash flows.
Backlog
Delivery schedules vary from customer to customer based upon
their requirements. Typically, large projects require longer
lead production cycles and delays can occur from time to time.
Total backlog was $758 million at June 30, 2011,
$620 million at December 31, 2010 and
$676 million at June 30, 2010. We expect the backlog
of $758 million at June 30, 2011 to produce revenues
of approximately $600 million in the remainder of 2011.
Watermark
In 2008, we launched our signature corporate citizenship
program, Watermark, whose mission is to make a sustainable mark
in the world by providing safe water to children and families in
need. We are dedicated to protecting the environment and
fostering knowledge and awareness of the worlds water
issues through our support of non-governmental organizations
(NGOs). With our NGO partners, we have provided safe water,
sanitation and hygiene education to more than 300 schools in
India, China and Latin America. We also
84
proactively secure and provide safe water to people in times of
emergency (for example, in the aftermath of the recent
earthquakes in Japan, Haiti and China). We believe our strong
culture of social responsibility is a manifestation of the
values of our employees and reflects areas of interest to our
customers, as well as helping our company to attract and retain
talented and committed people.
Employees
As of December 31, 2010, we employed approximately
11,700 people. Generally, labor relations have been
maintained in a satisfactory manner.
Environmental
Matters and Regulation
Our manufacturing operations worldwide are subject to many
requirements under environmental laws. In the United States, the
Environmental Protection Agency and similar state agencies
administer laws and regulations concerning air emissions, water
discharges, waste disposal, environmental remediation, and other
aspects of environmental protection. Such environmental laws and
regulations in the United States include, for example, the
Federal Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the Resource,
Conservation and Recovery Act, and the Comprehensive
Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act.
Environmental requirements significantly affect our operations.
We have established an internal program to address compliance
with applicable environmental requirements.
While environmental laws and regulations are subject to change,
such changes can be difficult to predict reliably and the timing
of potential changes is uncertain. Management does not believe,
based on current circumstances, that compliance costs pursuant
to such regulations will have a material adverse effect on our
financial position, results of operations or cash flows.
However, the effect of future legislative or regulatory changes
could be material to our financial condition or results of
operations.
We are responsible, or are alleged to be responsible, for
ongoing environmental investigation and remediation of sites in
several countries. These sites are in various stages of
investigation
and/or
remediation and at some of these sites our liability is
considered de minimis. We have received notification from the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA), and from
similar state and foreign environmental agencies, that a number
of sites formerly or currently owned
and/or
operated by us, and other properties or water supplies that may
be or have been impacted from those operations, contain disposed
or recycled materials or wastes and require environmental
investigation
and/or
remediation. These sites include instances where we have been
identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and
state environmental laws and regulations. Our accruals for
environmental matters are recorded on a
site-by-site
basis when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and
the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated, based
on current law and existing technologies. It can be difficult to
estimate reliably the final costs of investigation and
remediation due to various factors. In our opinion, the total
amount accrued is appropriate based on facts and circumstances
as currently known to us. We do not anticipate these liabilities
will have a material adverse effect on our combined financial
position, results of operations or cash flows. We cannot assure
you that other sites, or new details about sites known to us,
that could give rise to environmental liabilities with such
material adverse effects on us will not be identified in the
future.
Legal
Proceedings
Xylem and its subsidiaries from time to time are involved in
legal proceedings, the exposure to which is virtually all
incidental to their businesses. Some of these proceedings seek
remedies relating to personal injury claims, environmental
matters, intellectual property matters, copyright infringement,
employment and pension matters, government contract issues and
commercial or contractual disputes, sometimes related to
acquisitions or divestitures.
85
MANAGEMENT
Our
Executive Officers
The following table sets forth certain information as of
June 30, 2011, concerning our executive officers, including
a five-year employment history and any directorships held in
public companies following the spin-off. Following the spin-off,
none of our executive officers will be affiliated with ITT.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
Chief Communications Officer
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
President, Residential and Commercial Water
|
Michael Kuchenbrod
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
President, Water and Wastewater
|
Chris McIntire
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
President, Analytics
|
Robyn Mingle
|
|
|
46
|
|
|
Chief Human Resources Officer
|
Colin R. Sabol
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Chief Strategy and Growth Officer
|
Bob Wolpert
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
President, Flow Control
|
Gretchen W. McClain Gretchen W. McClain
will serve as our Chief Executive Officer and a Director on our
Board of Directors. Ms. McClain currently serves as
President of the ITT Fluid and Motion Control business.
Ms. McClain joined ITT in September 2005 as the President
of ITTs Residential & Commercial Water business.
She was named President of ITT Fluid Technology in March 2007
and served in that role before being named President of Fluid
and Motion Control in December 2008. Prior to joining ITT,
Ms. McClain was Vice President and General Manager of the
Business, General Aviation & Helicopters (BGH)
Electronics division at Honeywell Aerospace. Prior to assuming
the BGH position, she held a variety of leadership positions in
Honeywell Aerospaces Engines, Systems & Services
division, including Vice President for Engineering and
Technology and Vice President for Program Management. She joined
AlliedSignal in 1999, which later merged with Honeywell.
Earlier, Ms. McClain spent nine years with NASA and served
as Deputy Associate Administrator for Space Development, where
she played a pivotal role in the successful development and
launch of the International Space Station Program. Also with
NASA, she served as Chief Director for Space Station, and as a
Deputy Director for Space Flight. Ms. McClain currently
serves on the Board of Faradyne, an ITT joint venture with
Pentair, Inc. Ms. McClain is a graduate of the University
of Utah in Salt Lake City, where she earned her bachelors
degree in mechanical engineering. Ms. McClain has an
extensive business, developmental and strategic background, a
strong technical background and, in particular, has intimate
knowledge of the Companys business and operations, having
served as President of the ITT Fluid and Motion Control and
Residential and Commercial Water businesses since 2005.
Ms. McClain has also served as a Director on the Board of
the Hydraulic Institute, the largest association of pump
producers in North America, providing additional relevant
experience.
Michael T. Speetzen Michael T. Speetzen will
serve as our Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Speetzen is
currently Vice President of Finance for the Fluid and Motion
Control business of ITT. He joined ITT in 2009 as Vice President
of Finance for Fluid Technology, and his role was expanded to
his current position later that year. Before joining ITT,
Mr. Speetzen served as Executive Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer for the StandardAero division of private
equity firm Dubai Aerospace Enterprise from 2007 to 2009.
Previously, he held positions with Honeywell from 1995 to
2007 and General Electric from 1993 to 1995.
Mr. Speetzen currently serves on the board of Faradyne, an
ITT joint venture with Pentair, Inc. Mr. Speetzen holds a
bachelors degree in management with an emphasis in finance
from Purdue University, and a Master of Business Administration
from Thunderbirds School of Global Management.
Frank R. Jimenez Frank R. Jimenez will serve
as our General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Jimenez
is currently Vice President and General Counsel for ITT. He
joined ITT in June 2009 and previously served under
U.S. Presidents Bush and Obama as the General Counsel of
the U.S. Navy from 2006 to 2009. Prior to that,
Mr. Jimenez served as Principal Deputy General Counsel,
U.S. Department of the Navy,
86
from 2004 to 2005, and as Deputy General Counsel,
U.S. Department of Defense, from 2005 to 2006. Earlier,
Mr. Jimenez served as Chief of Staff at the
U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD) from
2002 to 2004. Prior to HUD, he was Deputy Chief of Staff
(1999-2002) and acting General Counsel (2000) for Florida
Governor Jeb Bush. Previously, he practiced commercial and
white-collar litigation from 1992 to 1999 in the Miami office of
Steel Hector & Davis LLP (now Squire
Sanders & Dempsey LLP), where he was named a partner
in 1998. Mr. Jimenez received his law degree from the Yale
Law School, and he holds a master of business administration,
with majors in finance and strategic management, from the
University of Pennsylvanias Wharton School, and a
masters degree in national security and strategic studies,
with distinction, from the U.S. Naval War College. He
earned his bachelors degree, with honors, from the
University of Miami.
Angela A. Buonocore Angela A. Buonocore
will serve as our Chief Communications Officer.
Ms. Buonocore currently serves as Senior Vice President and
Chief Communications Officer for ITT Corporation. She joined ITT
in March 2007 from The Pepsi Bottling Group where she served as
Vice President, Corporate Communications since 2001. Prior to
her 12-year
career in the PepsiCo system, Ms. Buonocore spent
11 years with IBM and five years at General Electric
Company in various internal and external communications roles.
Ms. Buonocore is a trustee of the Arthur W.
Page Society and the Institute for Public Relations, and a
member of the Wisemen and the Seminar, all organizations of
senior corporate communications executives. In 2003, she was
elected a member of the Accademia Europea per le Relazioni
Econimiche e Culturali, a Rome-based organization that honors
Italians and
Italian-Americans
who are leaders in their fields. In 2010, she was honored by the
National Organization for Womens New York City chapter as
a Woman of Power and Influence. Ms. Buonocore holds a
bachelors degree in advertising with high honors from the
University of Florida and was honored as a Distinguished Alumna
of the College of Journalism and Communications in May 2007.
Kenneth Napolitano Kenneth Napolitano will
serve as our President of Residential and Commercial Water.
Mr. Napolitano currently serves as President of the ITT
Residential and Commercial Water business. He began his career
with ITT Goulds Pumps as an intern in 1980. Subsequently,
Mr. Napolitano served as President of the ITT Industrial
Process business, and held a number of other leadership
assignments within ITT, including Vice President of the Americas
Sales and Service organization and General Manager of ITT
Monitoring and Controls, where he focused on the development of
advanced technologies. In March 2011, he was elected Chairman of
the Board of the Hydraulic Institute. In 2010,
Mr. Napolitano also served as the President of the
Hydraulic Institute and received the prestigious
Presidents Award in recognition of his efforts
and leadership. Mr. Napolitano holds a bachelors
degree in interdisciplinary engineering and management from
Clarkson University.
Michael Kuchenbrod Michael Kuchenbrod will
serve as our President of Water and Wastewater. He currently
serves as President of ITT Water and Wastewater, a role to which
he was appointed in May 2011. Prior to that, Mr. Kuchenbrod
served as President of ITTs China Operations, a regional
value center focused on delivering the ITT commercial portfolio
within these critical markets. Prior to his post in China and
India, Mr. Kuchenbrod spent most of his
23-year
career with ITT in the Interconnect Solutions business with
operations throughout the Americas, Europe and Asia, ultimately
becoming President of that value center. He was also head of our
KONI shock absorber business in the Netherlands.
Mr. Kuchenbrod holds a bachelors degree in chemical
engineering from Montana University.
Chris McIntire Chris McIntire will serve as
our President of Analytics. Mr. McIntire currently serves
as President of Analytics of the ITT Fluid and Motion Control
business. He joined ITT in March 2009 when ITT acquired Nova
Analytics. During his time with Nova Analytics, he served as
President and Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Nova
Analytics, Mr. McIntire held various leadership positions
including Chief Executive Officer of WTW, a Munich based company
in the Nova portfolio. Earlier, he spent 14 years with
Thermo Fisher Scientific in various engineering and operational
roles, including several in the Water and Environmental
division. He also served as General Manager for both Thermo
Affinity Sensors in the United Kingdom and Thermo Detection in
the United States. Mr. McIntire holds a master of business
administration from Northeastern University.
Robyn Mingle Robyn Mingle will serve as our
Chief Human Resources Officer. Ms. Mingle joined ITT in
July 2011 and currently serves as Vice President of Human
Resources of the ITT Fluid and Motion
87
Control business. Ms. Mingle brings more than 20 years
of domestic and international human resources experience across
multiple industries. Most recently, she spent 8 years as
Senior Vice President of Human Resources at Hovnanian
Enterprises, Inc. during a period of significant growth and
transformation. Ms. Mingle also spent 14 years with
The Black & Decker Corporation, where she held
numerous HR leadership roles. During this time, she served as
Vice President of Human Resources for DeWalt and
Black & Decker Power Tools, and held an expatriate
assignment in Singapore where she led HR efforts in
Asia/Pacific, the Middle East, Africa, and Australia/New
Zealand. Ms. Mingle has also served on several non-profit
boards, including the Juvenile Diabetes Research Foundation. She
holds a masters degree in industrial psychology from the
University of Baltimore and a bachelors degree in
psychology/industrial relations from Bloomsburg University.
Colin R. Sabol Colin R. Sabol will serve as
our head of Strategy and Growth. Mr. Sabol currently serves
as Vice President of Marketing and Business Development for the
ITT Fluid and Motion Control business. He joined ITT in 2006 as
Vice President of Marketing and Business Development, a position
he held until March 2009, when his role was expanded to include
responsibility for the Motion Control businesses. Prior to
joining ITT, Mr. Sabol was with General Electric
Corporation (GE). During his 17 years with GE, he held a
number of professional and managerial positions of increasing
responsibility, including Chief Financial Officer for GE Energy
Services and Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions for GE
Corporate. Mr. Sabol holds a bachelors degree in
materials engineering from Alfred University.
Bob Wolpert Bob Wolpert will serve as our
President of Flow Control. Mr. Wolpert currently serves as
President of the ITT Flow Control business. He began his career
with ITT in 2003 as Global Vice President of Six Sigma/Lean for
the (then) ITT Electronic Components business, and then served
as Vice President and General Manager of Interconnect Solutions.
In his eight years with ITT, Mr. Wolpert has distinguished
himself as a global thinker and innovation champion. Under his
direction, ITT Flow Control has matured from a collection of
regional businesses to a unified enterprise that is driving
innovation to create value, developing exciting competencies in
new products and aligning strategies with emerging market
requirements. Previously, Mr. Wolpert spent 20 years
in general management and leadership roles at several companies
including Lockheed Martin and DST Systems. He holds a master of
business administration from Harvard University and a
bachelors degree in business from the University of Denver.
Our Board
of Directors
The following table sets forth information with respect to those
persons who are expected to serve on our Board of Directors
following the spin-off. See Our Executive
Officers for Ms. McClains biographical
information. Following the spin-off, Markos I. Tambakeras will
continue to serve on the Board of Directors of ITT until
mid-2013. None of Steven R. Loranger, Gretchen W. McClain,
Curtis J. Crawford, John J. Hamre and Surya N. Mohapatra will
serve on the Board of Directors of ITT following the spin-off.
We are in the process of identifying three additional
individuals who will become Directors following the spin-off,
and we expect to provide details regarding these individuals in
an amendment to this Information Statement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Markos I. Tambakeras
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Chairman
|
Curtis J. Crawford
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
Director
|
John J. Hamre
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
Director
|
Steven R. Loranger
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
Director, chairman emeritus
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Director
|
Surya N. Mohapatra
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
Director
|
Markos I. Tambakeras Markos I. Tambakeras
will serve as Chairman of our Board of Directors.
Mr. Tambakeras has been a Director of ITT since 2001. Now
retired, he was a Director of Kennametal, Inc. from July 1999
through December 2006. Mr. Tambakeras has served on the
Board of Parker Hannifin Corporation since 2005 and served as a
Director of the Board of Newport Corporation from May 2008
through December 31, 2009. Mr. Tambakeras served as
Chairman of the Board of Directors, Kennametal, Inc. from
July 1, 2002 until December 31, 2006. He was also
President and Chief Executive Officer of Kennametal from
88
July 1999 through December 31, 2005. From 1997 to June
1999, Mr. Tambakeras served as President, Industrial
Controls Business, for Honeywell Incorporated. He is a trustee
of Arizona State University and has served for two years on the
Presidents Council on Manufacturing. He was previously the
Chairman of the Board of Trustees of the Manufacturers
Alliance/MAPI, which is the manufacturing industrys
leading executive development and business research
organization. Mr. Tambakeras received a B.Sc. degree from
the University of Witwatersrand, Johannesburg, South Africa and
a master of business administration from Loyola Marymount
University, Los Angeles, CA. Mr. Tambakeras has strong
strategic and global operational industrial experience, having
worked in increasingly responsible positions in several
manufacturing companies, including leadership positions in South
Africa and the Asia-Pacific area. In addition to his Board
experience described above, Mr. Tambakeras has an extensive
background in international operations, providing experience and
skills relevant to the Companys global sales and
manufacturing infrastructure.
Curtis J. Crawford Curtis
J. Crawford will serve as a Director on our Board of
Directors. Dr. Crawford has been a Director of ITT since
1996 and will resign that position at the time of the spin-off.
He is a Director of E.I. DuPont de Nemours and Company and ON
Semiconductor Corporation. Dr. Crawford was previously a
Director of Agilysys, Inc. from April 2005 to June 2008.
Dr. Crawford is President and Chief Executive Officer of
XCEO, Inc., which provides professional mentoring, personal
leadership and governance programs. From April 1, 2002 to
March 31, 2003, he served as President and Chief Executive
Officer of Onix Microsystems, a private photonics technology
company. He was Chairman of the Board of Directors of ON
Semiconductor Corporation from September 1999 until
April 1, 2002. Previously, he was President and Chief
Executive Officer of ZiLOG, Inc. from 1998 to 2001 and its
Chairman from 1999 to 2001. Dr. Crawford also has extensive
executive experience with AT&T Corporation and IBM
Corporation. He is a member of the Board of Trustees of DePaul
University. He holds a bachelors degree in business
administration and computer science and a masters degree
from Governors State University, a master of business
administration from DePaul University and a Ph.D. from Capella
University. Governors State University awarded him an honorary
doctorate in 1996 and he received an honorary doctorate degree
from DePaul University in 1999. Dr. Crawford is an expert
on corporate governance and the author of three books on
leadership and corporate governance and has significant
experience leading high-technology companies. Mr. Crawford
has also served as a Director in other public companies
providing additional relevant experience.
John J. Hamre John J. Hamre will serve as a
Director on our Board of Directors. Dr. Hamre has been a
Director of ITT since 2000 and will resign that position at the
time of the spin-off. Dr. Hamre was elected President and
Chief Executive Officer of Center for Strategic &
International Studies (CSIS), a public policy
research institution dedicated to strategic, bipartisan global
analysis and policy impact, in April of 2000. Prior to joining
CSIS, he served as U.S. Deputy Secretary of Defense from
1997 to 2000 and Under Secretary of Defense (Comptroller) from
1993 to 1997. Dr. Hamre is a Director of MITRE Corporation,
a
not-for-profit
organization chartered to work in the public interest, with
expertise in systems engineering, information technology,
operational concepts, and enterprise modernization. He has
served as a Director of SAIC, Inc. since 2005 and Oshkosh
Corporation since 2009. Dr. Hamre was previously a Director
of Choicepoint, Inc. from May 2002 through September 2008.
Following the spin-off of Exelis, Dr. Hamre is expected to
serve on its Board of Directors. He holds a bachelors
degree, with highest distinction, from Augustana College in
Sioux Falls, South Dakota, was a Rockefeller Fellow at the
Harvard Divinity School and was awarded a Ph.D., with
distinction, from the School of Advanced International Studies,
Johns Hopkins University. Dr. Hamre has extensive strategic
and international experience, and has achieved recognized
prominence in strategic, international and defense fields.
Dr. Hamre has also served as a Director in other public
companies providing additional relevant experience.
Steven R. Loranger Steven R. Loranger
will serve as chairman emeritus in recognition of
his long-standing service as Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer of ITT, our former parent company. In addition
to sharing his industry and leadership experience with our
senior executives, Mr. Loranger will act as ambassador for
the responsible use, and healthy return, of water in the world
environment. Mr. Loranger currently serves as President,
Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of Directors
of ITT. Mr. Loranger is a member of the Business
Roundtable, serves on the Boards of the National Air and Space
Museum and the Congressional Medal of Honor Foundation and is on
the Executive Committee of the
89
Aerospace Industries Association Board of Governors. Prior to
ITT, Mr. Loranger previously served as Executive Vice
President and Chief Operating Officer of Textron, Inc. from 2002
to 2004, overseeing Textrons manufacturing businesses,
including aircraft and defense, automotive, industrial products
and components. From 1981 to 2002, Mr. Loranger held
executive positions at Honeywell International Inc. and its
predecessor company, AlliedSignal, Inc., including serving as
President and Chief Executive Officer of its Engines, Systems
and Services businesses. Following the spin-off of Exelis,
Mr. Loranger is expected to serve on its Board of
Directors. Mr. Loranger holds a bachelors and
masters degree in science from the University of Colorado.
Mr. Loranger has extensive operational and manufacturing
experience with industrial companies and, in particular, he has
intimate knowledge of the Companys business and operations
having served as Chief Executive Officer of ITT since 2004.
Mr. Loranger also serves as a Director on the Board of
FedEx Corporation, providing additional relevant experience.
Surya N. Mohapatra Surya N. Mohapatra
will serve as a Director on our Board of Directors.
Dr. Mohapatra has been Director of ITT since 2008 and will
resign that position at the time of the spin-off. He has also
been a Director of Quest Diagnostics Incorporated since 2002 and
served as a Director of Vasogen, Inc. from 2002 to 2006.
Dr. Mohapatra was appointed President and Chief Operating
Officer of Quest Diagnostics Incorporated in June 1999, a
Director in 2002, its Chief Executive Officer in May 2004, and
Chairman of the Board in December 2004. Dr. Mohapatra
joined Quest Diagnostics as Senior Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer in 1999. Prior to joining Quest,
Dr. Mohapatra was Senior Vice President of Picker
International, a worldwide leader in advanced medical imaging
technologies, where he served in various executive positions
during his
18-year
tenure. Dr. Mohapatra is also a Trustee of the Rockefeller
University and a member of the Corporate Advisory Board of Johns
Hopkins Carey Business School. Dr. Mohapatra holds a
bachelors degree in electrical engineering from Sambalpur
University in India. Additionally, he holds a masters
degree in medical electronics from the University of Salford,
England, as well as a doctorate in medical physics from the
University of London and The Royal College of Surgeons of
England. Dr. Mohapatra has extensive international business
experience with a wide-ranging operational and strategic
background and has a strong technical background, with an
emphasis on Six-Sigma processes and customer-focused business
practices. Dr. Mohapatra has also served as a Director in
other public companies providing additional relevant experience.
Structure
of the Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes that
will be, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Initially,
Class I directors will serve for a one-year term,
Class II directors for a two-year term, and Class III
directors for a three-year term. The terms of the Class I,
Class II and Class III directors will expire at the
annual meeting in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Upon the
expiration of each initial term, directors will subsequently
serve three-year terms if renominated and reelected. The
proposed Class I directors will include Gretchen W.
McClain, Markos I. Tambakeras
and ,
the proposed Class II directors will include Curtis J.
Crawford, John J. Hamre
and ,
and the proposed Class III directors will include Surya N.
Mohapatra,
and .
Pursuant to the Distribution Agreement, we have agreed that
Xylem shall nominate a slate of directors to be elected at our
shareholder meeting to be held in 2013 and each year thereafter
so that (i) a majority of the Board of Directors shall consist
of persons who had not served as a director or executive officer
of ITT at any time during the twelve month period immediately
prior to the distribution (each, a Legacy Director)
and (ii) no director of Xylem that is a Legacy Director
shall also be a director of ITT, including any Legacy Director
who would be nominated to serve as a director of ITT at its
shareholder meeting to be held in 2013.
Committees
of the Board of Directors
Following the spin-off, the standing committees of our Board of
Directors will include an Audit Committee, a Compensation and
Personnel Committee and a Nominating and Governance Committee,
each as further described below. Following our listing on the
NYSE and in accordance with the transition provisions of the
rules of the NYSE applicable to companies listing in conjunction
with a spin-off transaction, each of these committees will, by
the date required by the rules of the NYSE, be composed
exclusively of directors who are independent. Other committees
may also be established by the Board of Directors from time to
time.
90
Audit Committee. The members of the Audit
Committee are expected to
be
(chair), Curtis J. Crawford and Surya N. Mohapatra.
The Audit Committee will have the responsibility, among other
things, to meet periodically with management and with both our
independent auditor and internal auditor to review audit results
and the adequacy of and compliance with our system of internal
controls. In addition, the Audit Committee will appoint or
discharge our independent auditor, and review and approve
auditing services and permissible non-audit services to be
provided by the independent auditor in order to evaluate the
impact of undertaking such added services on the independence of
the auditor. The responsibilities of the Audit Committee, which
are anticipated to be substantially identical to the
responsibilities of ITTs Audit Committee, will be more
fully described in our Audit Committee charter. The Audit
Committee charter will be posted on our website and will be
available in print to any shareholder who requests it. By the
date required by the transition provisions of the rules of the
NYSE, all members of the Audit Committee will be independent and
financially literate. Further, the Board of Directors has
determined
that ,
Mr. Crawford and Mr. Mohapatra possess accounting or
related financial management expertise within the meaning of the
NYSE listing standards and that each qualifies as an audit
committee financial expert as defined under the applicable
SEC rules.
Compensation and Personnel Committee. The
members of the Compensation and Personnel Committee are expected
to be Curtis J. Crawford (chair), Markos I.
Tambakeras,
and .
The Compensation and Personnel Committee will oversee all
compensation and benefit programs and actions that affect our
senior executive officers. The Compensation and Personnel
Committee will also provide strategic direction for our overall
compensation structure, policies and programs and will oversee
and approve the continuity planning process. The
responsibilities of the Compensation and Personnel Committee,
which are anticipated to be substantially identical to the
responsibilities of ITTs Compensation and Personnel
Committee, will be more fully described in the Compensation and
Personnel Committee charter. The Compensation and Personnel
Committee charter will be posted on our website and will be
available in print to any shareholder who requests it. Each
member of the Compensation and Personnel Committee will be a
non-employee director and there are no Compensation and
Personnel Committee interlocks involving any of the projected
members of the Compensation and Personnel Committee.
Nominating and Governance Committee. The
members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are expected
to be Surya N. Mohapatra (chair), John J. Hamre
and .
The Nominating and Governance Committee will be responsible for
developing and recommending to the Board of Directors criteria
for identifying and evaluating director candidates; identifying,
reviewing the qualifications of and proposing candidates for
election to the Board of Directors; and assessing the
contributions and independence of incumbent directors in
determining whether to recommend them for reelection to the
Board of Directors. The Nominating and Governance Committee will
also review and recommend action to the Board of Directors on
matters concerning transactions with related persons and matters
involving corporate governance and, in general, oversee the
evaluation of the Board of Directors. The responsibilities of
the Nominating and Governance Committee, which are anticipated
to be substantially identical to the responsibilities of
ITTs Nominating and Governance Committee, will be more
fully described in the Nominating and Governance Committee
charter. The Nominating and Governance Committee charter will be
posted on our website and will be available in print to any
shareholder who requests it.
Director Independence. Our Board of Directors,
upon recommendation of our Nominating and Governance Committee,
is expected to formally determine the independence of its
directors following the spin-off. The Board of Directors of ITT
has affirmatively determined that the following directors, who
are anticipated to be elected to our Board of Directors, are
independent: Curtis J. Crawford, John J. Hamre, Surya N.
Mohapatra and Markos I. Tambakeras. Our Board of Directors is
expected to annually determine the independence of directors
based on a review by the directors and the Nominating and
Governance Committee. No director will be considered independent
unless the Board of Directors determines that he or she has no
material relationship with us, either directly or as a partner,
shareholder, or officer of an organization that has a material
relationship with us. Material relationships can include
commercial, industrial, banking, consulting, legal, accounting,
charitable, and familial relationships, among others. To
evaluate the materiality of any such relationship, the Board of
Directors has determined it is in the best interests of the
company to adopt
91
categorical independence standards which will be set forth in
the Corporate Governance Guidelines. The standards that will be
relied upon by the Board of Directors in affirmatively
determining whether a director is independent are composed, in
part, of those objective standards set forth in the NYSE rules,
which generally provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
A director who is an employee, or whose immediate family member
(defined as a spouse, parent, child, sibling, father- and
mother-in-law,
son- and
daughter-in-law,
brother- and
sister-in-law
and anyone, other than a domestic employee, sharing the
directors home) is an executive officer, of the company,
would not be independent until three years after the end of such
relationship.
|
|
|
|
A director who receives, or whose immediate family member
receives, more than $120,000 per year in direct compensation
from the company, other than director and committee fees and
pension or other forms of deferred compensation for prior
services (provided such compensation is not contingent in any
way on continued service) would not be independent until three
years after ceasing to receive such amount.
|
|
|
|
A director who is a partner of or employed by, or whose
immediate family member is a partner of or employed by and
personally works on the companys audit, a present or
former internal or external auditor of the company would not be
independent until three years after the end of the affiliation
or the employment or auditing relationship.
|
|
|
|
A director who is employed, or whose immediate family member is
employed, as an executive officer of another company where any
of the companys present executives serve on the other
companys compensation committee would not be independent
until three years after the end of such service or employment
relationship.
|
|
|
|
A director who is an employee, or whose immediate family member
is an executive officer, of a company that makes payments to, or
receives payments from, the company for property or services in
an amount which, in any single fiscal year, exceeds the greater
of $1 million, or 2% of such other companys
consolidated gross revenues, would not be independent until
three years after falling below such threshold.
|
Compensation
of Non-Employee Directors
Following the spin-off, director compensation will be determined
by our Board of Directors with the assistance of its Nominating
and Governance Committee. It is anticipated that such
compensation will consist of an annual retainer, an annual
equity award, annual fees for serving as an Audit Committee
chair and other types of compensation.
Director
Compensation Table
The following table sets forth information concerning the 2010
compensation awarded by ITT to non-employee directors of ITT who
are expected to be non-employee directors of Xylem. The table
below represents the 2010 grant date fair value of compensation
computed in accordance with GAAP. All non-employee directors
received the same cash, stock, and options awards for service as
a non-employee director. Mr. Loranger, as an employee director,
did not receive compensation for his service on the ITT Board of
Directors. The grant date fair value of stock awards and option
awards granted to non-employee directors in 2010 is provided in
footnote (b) to the table. Stock awards are composed of
restricted stock units. Option awards are composed of
non-qualified stock options.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid in Cash
|
|
Awards
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
Total
|
Name
|
|
$(a)
|
|
($)(b)
|
|
($)(b)
|
|
($)
|
|
Curtis J. Crawford
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
90,192
|
|
|
|
40,126
|
|
|
|
220,318
|
|
John J. Hamre
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
90,192
|
|
|
|
40,126
|
|
|
|
220,318
|
|
Surya N. Mohapatra
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
90,192
|
|
|
|
40,126
|
|
|
|
220,318
|
|
Markos I. Tambakeras
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
90,192
|
|
|
|
40,126
|
|
|
|
220,318
|
|
92
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Fees earned were paid, at the election of the director, in cash
or deferred cash. Non-employee directors could have irrevocably
elected deferral into an interest-bearing cash account or an
account that tracks an index of ITTs stock. |
|
(b) |
|
Awards reflect the grant date fair value computed in accordance
with Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards
Codification (FASB ASC) Topic 718, Stock
Compensation. Non- employee directors do not receive differing
amounts of equity compensation, the grant date fair value for
restricted stock units was $52.59 per share and was determined
on May 11, 2010, the date of the ITTs 2010 Annual
Meeting. The grant price reflects the closing price of ITT stock
on the grant date. The grant date fair value of non-qualified
stock options was $14.03 per share, determined on March 5,
2010, the date on which director stock options were awarded. |
The following table represents restricted common stock and stock
options outstanding as of December 31, 2010 awarded by ITT
to non-employee directors of ITT who are expected to be
non-employee directors of Xylem. Outstanding restricted common
stock awards include unvested restricted stock units and vested
but deferred restricted stock units.
Restricted
Common Stock and
Stock Option Awards Outstanding at 2010 Fiscal
Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Common
|
|
|
Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtis J. Crawford
|
|
|
22,160
|
|
|
|
26,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
John J. Hamre
|
|
|
14,224
|
|
|
|
26,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
Surya N. Mohapatra
|
|
|
3,412
|
|
|
|
10,470
|
|
|
|
|
|
Markos I. Tambakeras
|
|
|
4,674
|
|
|
|
26,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
We are currently a wholly owned subsidiary of ITT. Following the
spin-off, Xylem will own the subsidiaries that currently conduct
the operations of ITTs water-related businesses. Our
historical compensation strategy has been primarily determined
by the Compensation and Personnel Committee of ITTs Board
of Directors (the ITT Compensation Committee), which
approves and oversees administration of ITTs executive
compensation program. Since the information presented in this
document relates primarily to the 2010 fiscal year, which ended
on December 31, 2010, this Compensation Discussion and
Analysis focuses primarily on ITTs compensation programs
and decisions with respect to 2010, describing all elements of
ITTs executive compensation program as determined by the
ITT Compensation Committee. This Compensation Discussion and
Analysis also describes the ways in which we anticipate that our
compensation philosophy will differ from that of ITTs
after we become a separate public company. As explained under
The Spin-Off Reasons for the Spin-Off
separation from ITT will provide us with the flexibility to
establish appropriate compensation policies to attract, motivate
and retain our executives. We will form our own Compensation
Committee (the Xylem Compensation Committee) that
will be responsible for our executive compensation programs
prospectively, which may be different from the compensation
programs in place for 2010.
This Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes ITTs
compensation philosophy for those individuals who are expected
to be the most highly compensated Xylem executive officers based
on their fiscal 2010 compensation with ITT. These officers are
referred to herein as Named Executive Officers
(NEOs) and Xylem also is referred to as
we, us or our. Our named
executives are Gretchen W. McClain, who is expected to be Chief
Executive Officer and was Senior Vice President and President,
Fluid and Motion Control of ITT; Michael T. Speetzen, who is
expected to be Chief Financial Officer and was Vice President of
Finance for Fluid and Motion Control of ITT; Frank R. Jimenez,
who is expected to be General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
and was Vice President and General Counsel of ITT; Angela A.
Buonocore, who is expected to be Chief Communications Officer
and was Senior Vice President, Chief Communications Officer of
ITT; and Kenneth Napolitano, who will serve as our President of
Residential and Commercial Water and who previously served as
President of ITT Residential and Commercial Water.
Our
Executive Compensation Program
Overall
compensation policies and programs
Historically. In 2010, the ITT Compensation
Committee retained Pay Governance LLC as its independent
compensation consultant (Pay Governance or the
Compensation Consultant). Pay Governance provides
independent consulting services in support of the ITT
Compensation Committees charter. The Compensation
Consultant also provided independent consulting services in
support of ITTs Nominating and Governance Committees
charter, including providing competitive data on director
compensation. The Compensation Consultants engagement
leader provided objective expert analyses, assessments, research
and recommendations for executive employee compensation
programs, incentives, perquisites, and compensation standards.
In this capacity, the Compensation Consultant provided services
that related solely to work performed for and at the direction
of ITTs Compensation Committee including analysis of
material prepared by ITT for ITTs Compensation
Committees review. In 2010, ITTs human resources,
finance and legal departments supported the work of the ITT
Compensation Committee, provided information, answered questions
and responded to requests. Additionally, the Compensation
Consultant provided analyses to ITTs Nominating and
Governance Committee and the full Board of Directors on
Non-Management Director compensation. The Compensation
Consultant provided no other services to ITT during 2010.
In 2010, as in past years, the ITT Compensation Committee looked
to competitive market compensation data for companies comparable
to ITT to establish overall policies and programs that address
executive compensation, benefits and perquisites. This review
included analysis of the Towers Watson Compensation Data Bank
(CDB) information provided by the Compensation
Consultant. The analyses used a sample of
94
174 companies from the
S&P®
Industrials Companies that were available in the CDB. The
compensation data from these companies were evaluated by the
Compensation Consultant for differences in the scope of
operation as measured by annual revenue. Appendix A at the
end of this section lists the sample of companies from the
S&P®
Industrials Companies that were used in the CDB analyses. The
ITT Compensation Committee believes that these
174 companies most closely reflect the labor market in
which ITT competes for talent.
The ITT Compensation Committee has delegated to ITTs
Senior Human Resources Executive responsibility for
administering the executive compensation program. During 2010,
ITTs Chief Executive Officer and Senior Human Resources
Executive made recommendations to the ITT Compensation Committee
regarding executive compensation actions and incentive awards.
The ITT Compensation Committee reviewed each compensation
element for Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Mr. Jimenez, as
each of these individuals was a NEO of ITT in 2010, and made the
final determination regarding executive compensation for these
officers using the processes described in this Compensation
Discussion and Analysis. With respect to Messrs. Speetzen,
and Napolitano, Ms. McClain, in her role as Senior Vice
President of ITT and President of its Fluid and Motion Control
businesses made recommendations to Steven R. Loranger, in
his role as President and CEO of ITT and, with respect to
Mr. Speetzen, to ITTs Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer, regarding Messrs. Speetzen, and
Napolitanos executive compensation. After discussing
Ms. McClains recommendations, the final executive
compensation determinations for Messrs. Speetzen and
Napolitano were made jointly by Mr. Loranger, as ITTs
President and CEO, ITTs Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer (with respect to Mr. Speetzen) and
Ms. McClain. The ITT Compensation Committee also approved
the 2010
long-term
incentive awards for the NEOs. The ITT Compensation Committee
believes ITTs compensation programs reflect ITTs
overarching business rationale and are designed to be
reasonable, fair, fully disclosed, and consistently aligned with
long-term value creation. The ITT Compensation Committee further
believes this compensation philosophy encourages individual and
group behaviors that balance risk and reward and assist ITT in
achieving steady, sustained growth and earnings performance.
Going Forward. Following the separation, it is
expected that the Xylem Compensation Committee will retain a
compensation consultant and the nature and scope of the
compensation consultants engagement will be similar to
that of ITTs Compensation Consultant. In addition, we
expect to establish a similar executive compensation philosophy
with respect to our NEOs following the separation. We expect
that our compensation objective will be to implement
compensation programs that reflect overarching business
rationale and are designed to be reasonable, fair, fully
disclosed, and consistently aligned with long-term value
creation. We also expect that the Xylem Compensation Committee
will delegate to a senior Human Resources executive
responsibility for administering the Executive Compensation
program.
Individual
executive positions
Historically. ITTs senior management
positions, including each of its NEO positions, were compared to
positions with similar attributes and responsibilities based on
the CDB information. This information was used to provide the
market median dollar value for annual base salary, annual
incentives and long-term incentives. Compensation levels within
approximately 10% above or below the market median dollar value
are considered by the Compensation Consultant and the ITT
Compensation Committee to be within the market median range. The
ITT Compensation Committee used the CDB information, along with
other qualitative information described below, in making its
determination of target and actual compensation provided to each
of ITTs NEOs. The ITT Compensation Committee may consider
deviations from the market median range depending on a
positions strategic value, ITTs objectives and
strategies, and individual experience and performance in the
position. The ITT Compensation Committee may, but is not
required to, consider prior years compensation, including
short-term or long-term incentive payouts, restricted stock or
restricted stock unit vesting or option exercises in
compensation decisions for the NEOs.
The following chart sets out 2010 total target NEO compensation
for annual base salary, annual incentive, long-term incentive
and total compensation relative to the market median dollar
value. For Ms. McClain and Messrs. Jimenez and
Napolitano, deviations below the market median range were
primarily related to the relatively short tenure of each in
their current positions at ITT. For Mr. Speetzen and
Ms. Buonocore, deviations above the market median range
were primarily related to their individual experience and the
importance of their positions to the success of the business.
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Base
|
|
|
Annual Incentive
|
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
|
Position as
|
|
|
Position as
|
|
|
Position as
|
|
|
Position as
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Named Executive
|
|
Market Median
|
|
|
Market Median
|
|
|
Market Median
|
|
|
Market Median
|
|
Officer and Title
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain,
Chief Executive Officer
(formerly SVP and President, Fluid and Motion Control of ITT)
|
|
|
96%
|
|
|
|
94%
|
|
|
|
84%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
89%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen,
Chief Financial Officer(1)
(formerly VP of Finance, Fluid and
Motion Control of ITT)
|
|
|
114%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
|
|
111%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
|
|
117%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
|
|
122%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez,
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
(formerly Vice President and General Counsel of ITT)
|
|
|
82%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
66%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
50%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
61%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore,
Chief Communications Officer
(formerly SVP and Chief Communications
Officer of ITT)
|
|
|
105%
|
|
|
|
120%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
|
|
133%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
|
|
119%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano,
President, Residential and Commercial Water
(formerly President, ITT Residential and Commercial Water)
|
|
|
87%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
71%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
89%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
85%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Speetzen also received 8,000 shares of restricted
stock as a special retention award. |
Going Forward. While it is expected that the
Xylem Compensation Committee will adopt a similar approach to
evaluating and determining target and actual compensation
provided to each of our NEOs, the use of the CDB or the peers
included in the market sample may change to be more reflective
of our industry, size and/or business model.
Our
compensation cycle
Historically. Compensation is reviewed in
detail every year during the first quarter. This review includes:
|
|
|
|
|
Annual performance reviews for the prior year,
|
|
|
|
Base salary merit increases normally established in
March,
|
|
|
|
Annual Incentive Plans (AIP) target awards, and
|
|
|
|
Long-term incentive target awards (including stock options,
restricted stock or restricted stock units and target total
shareholder return (TSR) awards).
|
The actual award date of stock options, restricted stock or
restricted stock units and target TSR awards is determined on
the date on which the ITT Compensation Committee approves these
awards. In recent years, this date has been in March. Target TSR
awards reflect a performance period starting on January 1 of the
year in which the ITT Compensation Committee approved the TSR
award. Restricted stock or restricted stock units, TSR and stock
option award recipients receive communication of the award as
soon as reasonably practical after the grant date of the award.
The ITT Compensation Committee reviewed and assessed the
performance of ITTs NEOs during 2010. The ITT Compensation
Committee will continue to review and assess the performance of
the Chief Executive Officer and all senior executives and
authorize salary actions it believes are appropriate and
commensurate with relevant competitive data and the approved
salary program.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will review, decide and award
compensation to our NEOs following a similar annual cycle.
96
Qualitative
considerations
Historically. ITT considers individual
performance, including consideration of the following
qualitative performance factors, in addition to the quantitative
measures discussed in this Compensation Discussion and Analysis.
While there is no formal weighting of qualitative factors, the
following factors may be considered important in making
compensation decisions:
|
|
|
|
|
Portfolio Repositioning,
|
|
|
|
Differentiated Organic Growth,
|
|
|
|
Strategic Execution, and
|
|
|
|
Cultural Transformation.
|
Going forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will consider similar qualitative factors
in making compensation decisions. These qualitative performance
factors may change to reflect our business focus and strategy.
Compensation
Program Objectives
Historically. The following sections,
including material supplied in tabular form, provide more
information about the ITT compensation program, and its
objectives, general principles and specific approaches.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
How We Achieve Our Objectives
|
Objective
|
|
General Principle
|
|
Specific Approach
|
|
Attract and retain well-rounded, capable leaders.
|
|
Design ITTs executive compensation program to attract,
reward and retain capable executives. Design total executive
compensation to provide a competitive balance of salary,
short-term and long-term incentive compensation.
|
|
ITTs overarching philosophy is to target total
compensation at the competitive median of the CDB. ITT considers
total compensation (salary plus short-term and long-term
compensation) when determining each component of NEO
compensation.
|
Match compensation components to ITTs short-term and
long-term operating and strategic goals.
|
|
In addition to salary, ITT includes short-term and long-term
performance incentives in its compensation program.
|
|
ITT believes the mix of short-term and long-term
performance-based incentives focuses executive behavior on
annual performance and operating goals, as well as strategic
business objectives that will promote long-term shareholder
value creation.
|
Provide a clear link between at-risk compensation with business
performance.
|
|
ITT believes the measures of performance in our compensation
programs must be aligned with measures key to the success of its
businesses. The clear link between compensation and performance
is intended to provide incentives for achieving performance and
business objectives and increasing the long-term value of
ITTs stock. If ITTs businesses succeed, our
shareholders will benefit.
|
|
ITT links compensation and performance through its long-term
incentive program, comprising restricted stock or restricted
stock unit awards, non-qualified stock options awards and TSR
target awards. If performance goals are not met, at-risk
compensation is reduced or not paid at all.
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
How We Achieve Our Objectives
|
Objective
|
|
General Principle
|
|
Specific Approach
|
|
Align at-risk compensation with levels of executive
responsibility.
|
|
As executives move to greater levels of responsibility, the
proportion of compensation at risk, whether through annual
incentive plans or long-term incentive programs, increases in
relation to the increased level of responsibility.
|
|
NEO compensation is structured so that a substantial portion of
compensation is at risk for executives with greater levels of
responsibility. The ITT Compensation Committee considered
allocation of short-term and long-term compensation, cash and
non-cash compensation and different forms of non-cash
compensation for NEOs based on its assessment of the proper
compensation balance needed to achieve ITTs short-term and
long-term goals. The Compensation Consultant compiled and
analyzed data that the ITT Compensation Committee considered in
weighting compensation components for each of the NEOs.
|
Tie short-term executive compensation to specific business
objectives.
|
|
The AIP performance metrics are designed to further ITTs
total enterprise objectives. By linking AIP performance to total
enterprise performance, collaboration across the enterprise is
rewarded.
|
|
The AIP sets out short-term performance components. If specific
short-term performance goals are met, cash payments that reflect
performance across the enterprise may be awarded.
|
Tie long-term executive compensation to increasing shareholder
return.
|
|
The long-term incentive award programs link executive
compensation to increases in absolute shareholder return or
relative shareholder return against industrial peers.
|
|
Long-term executive compensation comprises restricted stock or
restricted stock units, stock options and target TSR cash awards
that are tied to the achievement of three-year relative total
shareholder return goals.
|
Provide reasonable and competitive benefits and perquisites.
|
|
Make sure that other employee benefits, including perquisites,
are reasonable in the context of a competitive compensation
program.
|
|
NEOs participate in many of the same benefit plans with the same
benefit plan terms as other employees. Certain other benefit
plans are available to NEOs and described more fully in
Compensation Tables ITT Pension Benefits
and Compensation Tables ITT Deferred
Compensation Plan. The Compensation Consultant provides
survey data on perquisites to the ITT Compensation Committee.
Perquisites provided to NEOs are designed to be consistent with
competitive practice and are regularly reviewed by the ITT
Compensation Committee.
|
98
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will conduct a thorough review of the
current ITT compensation program and adopt a program with
objectives, principles and approaches that appropriately reflect
our business needs and strategy.
Primary
Compensation Components
Historically. The following sections,
including information supplied in tabular form, provide
information about Base Salary, the AIP and Long-Term Incentive
Target Awards.
BASE
SALARY
|
|
|
General Principle
|
|
Specific Approach
|
|
A competitive salary provides a necessary element of stability.
|
|
Salary levels reflect comparable salary levels based on survey
data provided by the Compensation Consultant. Salary levels are
reviewed annually.
|
Base salary should recognize individual performance, market
value of a position and the incumbents tenure, experience,
responsibilities, contribution to ITT and growth in his or her
role.
|
|
Merit increases are based on overall performance and relative
competitive market position.
|
ANNUAL
INCENTIVE PLAN (AIP)
|
|
|
General Principle
|
|
Specific Approach
|
|
The AIP award recognizes contributions to the years
results and is determined by performance against specific
premier metrics on the enterprise level, or, as applicable,
Value Center level as well as qualitative factors, as described
in more detail in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Our Executive Compensation
Program Qualitative Considerations. The 2010
AIP is structured to reward and emphasize overall enterprise,
or, as applicable, Value Center performance, and emphasizes
collaboration among ITTs Groups.
|
|
The AIP focuses on operating performance, targeting premier
metrics considered predictive of top-ranking operating
performance.
2010 AIP targets for Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Messrs.
Speetzen and Jimenez were established based on the following
four internal premier performance metrics:
earnings per share performance,
free cash flow,
sum of Group return on invested capital,
and
the sum of Group revenue.
|
|
|
2010 AIP targets for Mr. Napolitano were based on the following five internal performance metrics:
earnings per share performance,
Value Center and Group cash flow,
Group return on invested capital,
Value Center and Group revenue, and
Value Center operating margin.
|
Structure AIP target awards to achieve competitive compensation
levels when targeted performance results are achieved. Use
objective formulas to establish potential AIP performance awards.
|
|
ITTs AIP provides for an annual cash payment to
participating executives established as a target percentage of
base salary. AIP target awards are set with reference to the
median of competitive practice based on the CDB. Any AIP payment
is the product of the annual base salary rate multiplied by the
target base salary percentage multiplied by the AIP annual
performance factor based on the approved metrics. The ITT
Compensation Committee may approve negative discretionary
adjustments with respect to NEOs.
|
99
LONG-TERM
INCENTIVE AWARDS
|
|
|
General Principle
|
|
Specific Approach
|
|
Design long-term incentives for NEOs to link payouts to success
in the creation of shareholder value over time.
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee believes that long-term incentives directly reward NEOs for success in the creation of long-term value creation and enhanced total shareholder return. The ITT Compensation Committee employed four considerations in designing the long-term incentive award program:
alignment of executive interests with shareholder interests,
a multi-year plan that balances short-term and long-term decision-making,
long-term awards included as part of a competitive total compensation package, and
retention.
|
For NEOs, long-term equity-based incentives should recognize
current performance as well as the expectation of future
contributions.
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee grants restricted stock or
restricted stock units and stock options awards to link
executive compensation to absolute share price performance. It
grants TSR awards to provide a link to ITTs total
shareholder return relative to the TSR Performance Index.
|
Review award programs annually to provide for regular assessment.
|
|
As part of its annual compensation review, the ITT Compensation
Committee determines long-term incentive award program
components, the percentage weight of each component, and
long-term award target amounts.
|
Use competitive market survey data provided by the Compensation
Consultant from a sample of
S&P®
Industrial Companies to select long-term components designed to
advance ITTs long-term business goals as well as
determining competitive target amounts.
|
|
In 2010, the ITT Compensation Committee, based on management
recommendations, used competitive market data for each of the
NEO positions to determine the 2010 long-term award value for
each NEO.
|
Balance absolute share price return and relative share price
return.
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee balanced long-term awards among
awards designed to encourage relative share price performance
and awards designed to encourage absolute share price
performance. More information on this allocation is provided in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long Term
Incentive Awards Programs.
|
Consider the median of competitive market data, as well as
individual contributions and business performance in determining
target awards.
|
|
Specific target awards are set out in the Grants of Plan-Based
Awards table below.
|
Going forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will adopt similar principles and
approaches with respect to Base Salary. With regard to the AIP
and aggregate Long-Term Incentive Target Awards (or their
equivalents), we expect to develop programs reflecting
appropriate measures, goals, and targets for our industry and
business objectives and based on our competitive marketplace.
Overview
of the AIP and Long-Term Incentive Target Awards
Establishing
AIP Performance in 2010
The 2010 AIP format was designed to consider internal business
achievements. For 2010, NEOs include officers from the Fluid
Technology and the Motion & Flow Control segment and
Corporate headquarters.
100
2010
Internal Premier Performance Metrics (Corporate and Group
Level)
The ITT Compensation Committee studied past and projected
earnings per share and other performance measures of comparable
multi-industry peers. Six multi-industry companies were
identified as premier based on their rankings in the
top quartile of the majority of the quantitative metrics
evaluated. These six companies are:
|
|
|
3M Co.
United Technologies Corp.
Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
|
|
General Electric Co.
Emerson Electric Co.
Danaher Corp.
|
Based on an analysis of these premier companies, for Mses.
McClain and Buonocore and Messrs. Speetzen and Jimenez, ITT
identified four internal premier performance metrics as most
closely predictive of top-ranking operating performance. The AIP
design for the 2010 performance year was modified to emphasize
business collaboration across each of ITTs business
segments (or Groups).
|
|
|
Premier Performance Metric
|
|
Why this Metric
|
|
Sum of Group revenue
|
|
Revenue reflects ITTs emphasis on growth. Revenue is
defined as reported GAAP revenue excluding the impact of foreign
currency fluctuations and contributions from acquisitions and
divestitures. ITTs definition of revenue may not be
comparable to similar measures utilized by other companies.
Revenue is based on the local currency exchange.
|
Free cash flow
|
|
Free cash flow reflects ITTs emphasis on cash flow
generation. Free cash flow is defined as GAAP net cash flow from
operating activities, less capital expenditures and adjusted for
other non-cash special items and discretionary pension
contributions. Free cash flow should not be considered a
substitute for cash flow data prepared in accordance with GAAP.
ITTs definition of free cash flow may not be comparable to
similar measures utilized by other companies. Management
believes that free cash flow is an important measure of
performance and it is utilized as a measure of ITTs
ability to generate cash.
|
Sum of Group return on invested capital
(ROIC)
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee considers ROIC to be an
appropriate measurement of capital utilization in ITTs
businesses and a key element of premier performance. ROIC is
defined as EBITA divided by average invested capital. EBITA is
equal to operating income plus amortization, which consists of
software amortization and other intangible amortization.
Invested capital is equal to total assets minus current
liabilities, excluding interest bearing current liabilities.
Average invested capital is calculated by averaging invested
capital over the five most recent quarters.
|
101
|
|
|
Premier Performance Metric
|
|
Why this Metric
|
|
Earnings per share (EPS)
performance
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee believes that EPS performance is
an appropriate measure of ITTs total performance and
employed the ITT EPS performance metric to encourage focus on
the achievement of premier earnings performance for the overall
company. EPS performance is defined as GAAP net income from
continuing operations per diluted share, adjusted to exclude
items such as unusual and infrequent non-operating items,
non-operating tax settlements or adjustments relating to prior
periods and impacts from acquisitions and divestitures.
|
2010
Internal Performance Metrics (Value Center Level)
The Fluid Technology business is a business Group which is
comprised of Value Centers, each of which is a collection of
similarly themed and synergetic business areas. Value Center AIP
design applicable to Mr. Napolitano rewards individual
Value Center performance, as well as Group and enterprise
performance. Value Center performance is directly related to the
ability to capture new business, execute contractual
requirements and take appropriate actions to optimize cost
structures and efficiently run the Value Center. For
Mr. Napolitano, the AIP design for the 2010 performance
year rewarded both the performance of his Value Center and
performance across the enterprise.
|
|
|
Performance Metric
|
|
Why this Metric
|
|
Value Center and Group revenue
|
|
Value Center and Group revenue reflects ITTs emphasis on
growth. Value Center and Group revenue is defined as reported
GAAP revenue for a Value Center or Group excluding the impact of
foreign currency fluctuations and contributions from
acquisitions and divestitures. ITTs definition of revenue
may not be comparable to similar measures utilized by other
companies. Value Center and Group revenue is based on the local
currency exchange.
|
Value Center and Group cash flow
|
|
Value Center and Group cash flow reflects ITTs emphasis on
cash flow generation for a Value Center or Group. Cash flow is
defined as GAAP net cash flow from operating activities, less
capital expenditures and adjusted for other non-cash special
items and discretionary pension contributions. Cash flow should
not be considered a substitute for cash flow data prepared in
accordance with GAAP. ITTs definition of Value Center and
Group cash flow may not be comparable to similar measures
utilized by other companies. Management believes that Value
Center and Group cash flow is an important measure of
performance and it is utilized as a measure of ITTs
ability to generate cash.
|
Value Center operating margin
|
|
Operating margin is a metric for Value Center performance. It is
defined as operating income divided by sales. This performance
metric is employed to determine how the Value Center actually
performed as compared to the applicable Value Center budget.
|
102
|
|
|
Performance Metric
|
|
Why this Metric
|
|
Group return on invested capital
(ROIC)
|
|
ROIC is an appropriate measurement of capital utilization in
ITTs businesses and a key element of Group performance.
ROIC is defined as EBITA divided by average invested capital.
EBITA is equal to operating income plus amortization, which
consists of software amortization and other intangible
amortization. Invested capital is equal to total assets minus
current liabilities, excluding interest bearing current
liabilities. Average invested capital is calculated by averaging
invested capital over the five most recent quarters.
|
Earnings per share (EPS)
performance
|
|
EPS performance is an appropriate measure of ITTs total
performance. This performance metric is employed to encourage
focus on the achievement of earnings performance for the overall
enterprise. EPS performance is defined as GAAP net income from
continuing operations per diluted share, adjusted to exclude
items such as unusual and infrequent non-operating items,
non-operating tax settlements or adjustments relating to prior
periods and impacts from acquisitions and divestitures.
|
Internal performance metrics are weighted to represent
operational goals. In order to encourage focus on total company
performance, earnings per share performance across the
enterprise represented 40% of the overall performance metrics
for ITTs 2010 AIP.
2010
Internal Performance Metrics Weight (Corporate and Group
Levels)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
2010 Metrics
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Sum of Group Revenue
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Free Cash Flow
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Sum of Group ROIC
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
EPS Performance
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
2010
Internal Performance Metrics Weight (Value Center
Level)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
2010 Metrics
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Value Center and Group Revenue
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Value Center and Group Cash Flow
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
Value Center Operating Margin
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
Group ROIC
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
EPS Performance
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
The Group ROIC metric is utilized at the Value Center level to
reflect each of the Value Centers contributions and
cooperation in attaining efficient return on invested capital.
In addition, in order to encourage focus on total company
performance, earnings per share performance across the
enterprise represented 40% of the overall performance metrics
for ITTs 2010 AIP.
2010
Internal Performance Metric Attainment and Payout
Design
We pay for AIP performance that clearly demonstrates substantial
achievement of plan goals. We established strong incentives for
revenue performance and set aggressive goals for other metrics.
In order to achieve an AIP payout, each metric must meet a
certain threshold for that component to be considered in the
103
calculation. For example, EPS performance below the 50% payout
percentage of target would result in that metric being reflected
as zero in the AIP calculation.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings Per Share Performance
|
|
$
|
3.75
|
|
|
$
|
4.00
|
|
|
$
|
4.50
|
|
Earnings Per Share Payout Percentage of Target
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
Sum of Group revenue must meet or exceed a 90% threshold
performance. The remaining metrics must meet or exceed an 85%
threshold performance level (as described in the chart below).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 AIP Attainment and Payout Design
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Remaining Metrics
|
|
|
Performance Percentage of Target
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
110
|
%
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
120
|
%
|
Payout Percentage of Target
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
In 2010, each performance component of the AIP and the overall
AIP award were capped at 200%. Results are interpolated between
points.
2010
AIP Performance Targets and Performance
The ITT Compensation Committee, after considering management
recommendations, established 2010 AIP performance targets for
the NEOs based on the applicable internal premier performance
metrics and ITTs approved annual operating plan, taking
into consideration ITTs aspirational business goals.
Successful attainment of both qualitative factors and
quantitative factors (described in Compensation Discussion
and Analysis Our Executive Compensation Program
Qualitative Considerations and
Compensation Discussion and Analysis 2010
Internal Performance Metric Attainment and Payout Design)
are achievable only if the enterprise and the individual NEO
perform at levels established by the ITT Compensation Committee.
As permitted by the 1997 Annual Incentive Plan for Executive
Officers, the ITT Compensation Committee may exclude the impact
of acquisitions, dispositions and other special items in
computing AIP.
2010
AIP Performance Targets (Corporate and Group
Levels)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Target
|
|
Metric
|
|
at 100% Payment
|
|
|
|
(All $ amounts in millions other
|
|
|
|
than earnings per share
|
|
|
|
performance)
|
|
|
EPS Performance
|
|
$
|
4.00
|
|
Free Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
740
|
|
Sum of Group Revenue
|
|
$
|
11,200
|
|
Sum of Group ROIC
|
|
|
21.1
|
%
|
2010
AIP Performance Targets (Value Center Level for
Mr. Napolitano)
In 2010, we used the same EPS performance target for both the
Corporate and Group Levels and the Value Center Level. The
performance targets for Group Cash Flow, Group Revenue, Group
ROIC, Value Center Cash Flow and Value Center Revenue are
described below.
Group
Metrics for Fluid Technology Group
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Target
|
|
Metric
|
|
at 100% Payment
|
|
|
|
(All $ amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Group Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
Group Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,425
|
|
Group ROIC
|
|
|
19.2
|
%
|
104
Mr. Napolitano
Residential and Commercial Water Value Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Target
|
|
Metric
|
|
at 100% Payment
|
|
|
|
(All $ amounts in millions)
|
|
|
Value Center Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
144
|
|
Value Center Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,134
|
|
Remaining Performance Targets. For
Mr. Napolitano, we set the remaining performance target,
Operating Margin, at a challenging level that is consistent with
our long-term premier targets and designed to meet high
shareholder expectations. We consider Operating Margin to be
difficult to attain.
2010
Target AIP Award Percentage of Base Salary and Weighting of AIP
Performance Components
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sum of
|
|
ITT EPS
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Sum of Group
|
|
Free Cash
|
|
Group ROIC
|
|
Performance
|
|
Enterprise
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Revenue(a)
|
|
Flow(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
(d)
|
|
Performance
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
80
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Award
|
|
|
Value Center Performance
|
|
|
Group Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT EPS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of Base
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Growth
|
|
|
Margin
|
|
|
Flow
|
|
|
Growth
|
|
|
ROIC
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Mr. Napolitano
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
10
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d+e+f+g
|
|
For Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Messrs. Speetzen and
Jimenez, the 2010 AIP potential payment was calculated according
to the following formula: 2010 AIP Potential Payout = Annual
Base Salary Rate x Target Award Percentage of Base Salary x
Results of Total Enterprise Performance interpolated up to 200%
for performance above goal. As executive officers of ITT in
2010, Ms. McClains, Ms. Buonocores and
Mr. Jimenezs 2010 AIP awards were subject to negative
discretion by the ITT Compensation Committee based on the
following four qualitative business goals: Portfolio
Repositioning, Differentiated Organic Growth, Strategic
Execution, and Cultural Transformation. However, since
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano were not executive officers
of ITT in 2010, their respective 2010 AIP awards were subject to
both negative and positive discretion based on an assessment of
individual performance by Ms. McClain in her role as
President of Fluid and Motion Control of ITT along with the
President and Chief Executive Officer of ITT and ITTs
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (with respect
to Mr. Speetzen).
For Mr. Napolitano and the Residential and Commercial Water
Value Center, Total Performance was calculated according to the
following formula: 30% Value Center Performance (10% cash flow,
+ 10% revenue growth + 10% operating margin) plus 30% Group
Performance (10% cash flow, + 10% revenue growth, +10% ROIC)
plus 40% ITT EPS.
2010
AIP Awards Paid in 2011
On March 3, 2011, the ITT Compensation Committee determined
the 2010 AIP award for Mses. McClain and Buonocore and
Mr. Jimenez. No negative discretion was exercised by the
ITT Compensation Committee. As permitted by the 1997 Annual
Incentive Plan for Executive Officers, the ITT Compensation
Committee excluded the impact of acquisitions, dispositions and
other special items in computing AIP performance relating to AIP
targets, which AIP targets also excluded these items. In
addition to her 2010 AIP Award, the ITT Compensation Committee
also awarded Ms. Buonocore a discretionary bonus award of
$15,700 outside of the 2010 AIP in recognition of her strong
contributions and strategic importance to the business.
During February and March of 2011, the 2010 AIP awards for
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano were reviewed and approved
by Ms. McClain in her role as Senior Vice President and
President, Fluid and Motion Control of ITT along with the
President and Chief Executive Officer of ITT and the Senior Vice
President and
105
Chief Financial Officer of ITT, with respect to
Mr. Speetzen. Ms. McClain, jointly with the Chairman,
President and Chief Executive Officer of ITT (and the Senior
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of ITT with respect
to Mr. Speetzens award) determined to exercise their
positive discretion and awarded 2010 AIP Awards to each of
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano that were 8% and 5%,
respectively, above the payout they would have received based on
their respective Total Enterprise Performance Percentage
Achieved and Total Performance Percentage Achieved. The decision
to increase the 2010 AIP Awards by 8% and 5%, respectively,
reflects the contributions of each of these individuals to the
strategic execution of their Group or Value Centers, as
applicable, during 2010. This additional payout is reflected in
the Summary Compensation Table below as Bonus rather
than Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. Except
as discussed above, 2010 AIP Awards for NEOs are also included
in the Summary Compensation Table below as Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation.
The adjusted AIP targets and AIP performance and the resulting
performance and payout percentages for each component of the AIP
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
Metric (all $ amounts in millions
|
|
Target at 100%
|
|
|
Adjusted 2010
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
other than earnings per share performance)
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
EPS Performance
|
|
$
|
3.93
|
|
|
$
|
4.34
|
|
|
|
110.4
|
%
|
|
|
182
|
%
|
Free Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
720
|
|
|
$
|
924
|
|
|
|
128.4
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
Sum of Group Revenue
|
|
$
|
11,000
|
|
|
$
|
10,831
|
|
|
|
98.5
|
%
|
|
|
93
|
%
|
Sum of Group ROIC
|
|
|
21.2
|
%
|
|
|
21.86
|
%
|
|
|
103.0
|
%
|
|
|
115
|
%
|
The adjusted AIP targets and AIP performance and the resulting
performance and payout percentages for Group Cash Flow, Group
Revenue and Group ROIC were as follows for the Fluid Technology
Group level:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
Target at 100%
|
|
|
Adjusted 2010
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Metric (all $ amounts in millions)
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Group Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
440
|
|
|
$
|
449
|
|
|
|
102.0
|
%
|
|
|
109.8
|
%
|
Group Revenue
|
|
$
|
3,425
|
|
|
$
|
3,454
|
|
|
|
100.9
|
%
|
|
|
108.6
|
%
|
Group ROIC
|
|
|
19.2
|
%
|
|
|
19.8
|
%
|
|
|
103.3
|
%
|
|
|
116.5
|
%
|
Mr. Napolitano
Residential and Commercial Water Value Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
Target at 100%
|
|
|
Adjusted 2010
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Metric (all $ amounts in millions)
|
|
Payment
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Value Center Cash Flow
|
|
$
|
144
|
|
|
$
|
140
|
|
|
|
97.2
|
%
|
|
|
90.6
|
%
|
Value Center Revenue
|
|
$
|
1,134
|
|
|
$
|
1,133
|
|
|
|
99.9
|
%
|
|
|
99.5
|
%
|
The following table illustrates the calculation of the 2010 AIP
Awards at the Corporate or Group level paid in 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Base
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary *
|
|
|
|
Free Cash
|
|
Sum of
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
Sum of
|
|
Flow
|
|
Group
|
|
ITT EPS
|
|
Enterprise
|
|
|
|
|
Award
|
|
Group
|
|
Payout
|
|
ROIC
|
|
Performance
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Revenue
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Actual AIP 2010
|
|
|
of Base
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Awards (x) *
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Salary(x)
|
|
Achieved(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
(d)
|
|
(a+b+c+d)
|
|
(a+b+c+d)
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
$
|
424,000
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
154.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
654,700
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
$
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
154.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
260,100
|
(1)
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
$
|
249,000
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
154.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
384,500
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
$
|
204,000
|
|
|
|
18.5
|
%
|
|
|
40
|
%
|
|
|
23.1
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
154.4
|
%
|
|
$
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As described above, in recognition of his contributions to the
strategic execution of the business, Mr. Speetzen was
awarded a 2010 AIP Award that was 8% above the payout he would
have received based on his Total |
106
|
|
|
|
|
Enterprise Performance Percentage Achieved. This additional
payout of $19,200 is reflected in the Summary Compensation Table
below as Bonus rather than Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Compensation. |
The following table illustrates the calculation of the 2010 AIP
Awards at the Residential and Commercial Water Value Center
level paid in 2011:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Base Salary*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target
|
|
Value Center Performance
|
|
Group Performance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Award
|
|
Cash
|
|
Revenue
|
|
Operating
|
|
Cash
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Flow
|
|
Growth
|
|
Margin
|
|
Flow
|
|
Growth
|
|
ROIC
|
|
ITT EPS
|
|
Performance
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
of Base
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Performance
|
|
Percentage
|
|
AIP 2010
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Achieved
|
|
Awards (x)*
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
(x)
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
(d)
|
|
(e)
|
|
(f)
|
|
(g)
|
|
(a+b+c+d+e+f+g)
|
|
(a+b+c+d+e+f+g)
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
12.8
|
%
|
|
|
10.0
|
%
|
|
|
7.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.0
|
%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
72.8
|
%
|
|
|
136.9
|
%
|
|
$
|
224,200
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As described above, in recognition of his contributions to the
strategic execution of his Value Center, Mr. Napolitano was
awarded a 2010 AIP Award that was 5% above the payout he would
have received based on his Total Performance Percentage
Achieved. This additional payout of $10,600 is reflected in the
Summary Compensation Table below as Bonus rather
than Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. |
2011
Internal Performance Metric Attainment and Payout
Design
To focus the businesses on operating performance during the
spin-off, the 2011 Internal Performance Metric Attainment and
Payout Design is structured to emphasize performance at the
value center level, which is a level below the business segment
or group level. For Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Messrs.
Speetzen and Jimenez, 2011 AIP awards for the NEOs will still be
based on the performance of all ITT businesses as a whole
through the date immediately prior to the spin-off. The 2011 AIP
Award for Mr. Napolitano will be based 50% on the performance of
all the Value Centers across the enterprise and 50% on the
performance of his individual Value Center (as described below).
The performance metrics and payout design for 2011 AIP awards
for the period after the spin-off have not yet been determined.
The 2011 AIP metrics for Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Messrs.
Speetzen and Jimenez for the period prior to the spin-off are
weighted as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Total Value Center Consolidated Operating Income
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Total Value Center Operating Plan Cash Flow
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
Total Value Center Plan Revenue
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
The 2011 AIP metrics for Mr. Napolitano for the period prior to
the spin-off are weighted as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Total Value Center Consolidated Operating Income
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Total Value Center Operating Plan (comprised of):
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
Revenue 15%
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Plan Cash Flow 20%
|
|
|
|
|
Margin 15%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
While the ITT Compensation Committee did not undertake a study
of premier companies in setting the 2011 AIP metrics
for the period prior to the spin-off, the ITT Compensation
Committee determined that the above metrics would be most
closely predictive of top-ranking operating performance in 2011.
Internal performance metrics were weighted to represent
operational goals. The ITT Compensation Committee eliminated
earnings per share performance across the enterprise as one of
the performance metrics for the period prior to the spin-off in
order to further emphasize operating performance at the value
center level.
Total Value Center Consolidated Operating Income must meet or
exceed a 90% threshold performance. The remaining metrics must
meet or exceed an 85% threshold performance level (as described
in the chart below).
107
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011 AIP Attainment and Payout Design
|
|
|
|
Consolidated Operating Income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remaining Metrics
|
|
|
Performance Percentage of Target
|
|
|
90
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
110
|
%
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
120
|
%
|
Payout Percentage of Target
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
Similar to the 2010 AIP, in 2011, each performance component of
the AIP and the overall AIP award will be capped at 200% and
results will be interpolated between points.
2011
Target AIP Award Percentage of Base Salary and Weighting of AIP
Performance Components
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Center
|
|
|
Total Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Award
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Center
|
|
|
Total Value
|
|
|
Total Value
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
Operating Plan
|
|
|
Center Plan
|
|
|
Center
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
Income (a)
|
|
|
Cash Flow (b)
|
|
|
Revenue (c)
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
85
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
60
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
30
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Center
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Award
|
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Individual Value Center Operating Income Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Operating
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
|
Income (a)
|
|
|
Revenue (b)
|
|
|
Cash Flow (c)
|
|
|
Margin (d)
|
|
|
Performance
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
20
|
%
|
|
|
15
|
%
|
|
|
a+b+c+d
|
|
For NEOs, the 2011 AIP potential payment for the period prior to
the spin-off will be calculated as follows:
2011 AIP Potential Payout = Annual Base Salary Rate x
Target Award Percentage of Base Salary x Results of Total Value
Center Performance (Total Performance with respect to Mr.
Napolitano) interpolated up to 200% for performance above goal,
subject to negative discretion.
Going Forward. In connection with the
separation, we expect to adopt an annual incentive plan with
terms to be determined by the Xylem Compensation Committee. We
expect this program will be designed to reflect measures,
targets and goals reflective of our business and industry using
our competitive marketplace as a benchmark.
Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program
Historically. ITTs long-term incentive
award component for senior executives has three subcomponents,
each of which directly ties long-term compensation to long-term
value creation and shareholder return:
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock or restricted stock unit awards. In 2010 the
ITT Compensation Committee awarded restricted stock awards. In
2011 the ITT Compensation Committee determined to award
restricted stock units, which will be settled in shares upon
vesting. Restricted stock units provide the same economic risk
or reward as restricted stock, but recipients do not have voting
rights and do not receive cash dividends during the restriction
period. Dividend equivalents are accrued and paid in cash upon
vesting of the restricted stock units. The ITT Compensation
Committee determined to award restricted stock units rather than
restricted stock in 2011 because restricted stock unit awards
provide consistent tax treatment for domestic and international
employees,
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified stock option awards, and
|
|
|
|
Performance-based Cash Awards, referred to as TSR
Awards. The TSR award plan provides a target cash
incentive that directly links ITTs three-year total
shareholder return performance to the same performance measure
for each company included within the S&P 500 index,
excluding companies in the utility, transportation service and
financial service industries (described herein as the TSR
Performance Index). The TSR Performance Index is adjusted
to exclude companies that are added or
|
108
|
|
|
|
|
deleted from the S&P 500 index during the performance
period. As of December 31, 2010 the TSR Performance Index
included between 312 and 365 companies, based on award year.
|
The following table describes the 2010 TSR target and equity
awards for the NEOs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TSR
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Target Cash
|
|
|
Stock Option
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
Award)
|
|
|
Award
|
|
|
Award
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
$
|
|
|
# Options
|
|
|
# Shares
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
24,049
|
|
|
|
7,503
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen(1)
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
7,135
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
11,890
|
|
|
|
3,474
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
9,019
|
|
|
|
2,814
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
10,105
|
|
|
|
2,953
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
As described in Compensation Tables Grants of
Plan Based Awards, Mr. Speetzen received a special
retention award of 8,000 shares of restricted stock in
recognition of his strategic importance to the business.
2,400 shares vest on March 5, 2013 and
5,600 shares vest on March 5, 2014. |
Allocation
of Long-Term Incentive Components
The 2010 Long-Term Incentive Program Awards were allocated as
follows: 1/3 TSR calculated at target payment amount, 1/3
non-qualified stock options and 1/3 shares of restricted
stock. A program valuation date of February 8, 2010 was
used to determine the number of options and shares of restricted
stock to be granted pursuant to this allocation. The number of
options to be granted was based on the lattice value on the
February 8, 2010 valuation date. The number of shares of
restricted stock to be granted was based on the average of the
high and low ITT stock price on the valuation date. The actual
awards were granted on March 5, 2010.
2010
Long-Term Incentive Program
Restricted
Stock Subcomponent
Grants of restricted stock provide NEOs with stock ownership of
unrestricted shares after the restriction lapses. NEOs received
restricted stock awards because, in the judgment of the ITT
Compensation Committee and based on management recommendations,
these individuals are in positions most likely to assist in the
achievement of ITTs long-term value creation goals and to
create shareholder value over time. The ITT Compensation
Committee reviews all proposed grants of shares of restricted
stock for executive officers prior to award, including awards
based on performance, retention-based awards and awards
contemplated for new employees as part of employment offers.
Key elements of the 2010 restricted stock program were:
|
|
|
|
|
Holders of restricted stock have the right to receive dividends
and vote the shares during the restriction period,
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock generally is subject to a three-year
restriction period,
|
|
|
|
If an acceleration event occurs (as described in
Compensation Tables Change of Control
Arrangements) the restricted stock vests in full,
|
109
|
|
|
|
|
If an employee dies or becomes disabled, the restricted stock
vests in full,
|
|
|
|
If an employee leaves ITT prior to vesting, whether through
resignation or termination for cause, the restricted stock is
forfeited, and
|
|
|
|
If an employee retires or is terminated other than for cause, a
pro-rata portion of the restricted stock award vests. With
respect to a termination other than for cause, the pro-rata
portion includes vesting that reflects the applicable severance
period.
|
In certain cases, such as for new hires or to facilitate
retention, selected employees may receive restricted stock
subject to different vesting terms as determined by the ITT
Compensation Committee.
Non-Qualified
Stock Options Subcomponent
Non-qualified stock options permit optionees to buy ITT stock in
the future at a price equal to the stocks value on the
date the option was granted, which is the option exercise price.
Non-qualified stock option terms were selected after the ITT
Compensation Committees review and assessment of the CDB
and consideration of terms best suited to ITT.
For Ms. McClain and Ms. Buonocore, non-qualified stock
options do not vest until three years after the award date. This
delayed vesting is referred to as three-year cliff vesting. This
vesting schedule prohibits early option exercises,
notwithstanding share price appreciation, and focuses senior
executives on ITTs long-term value creation goals. Stock
options awarded to Messrs. Speetzen, Jimenez, and
Napolitano in 2010 vest in one-third annual installments.
In 2010, the fair value of stock options granted under the
employee stock option program was calculated using a binomial
lattice valuation model. The ITT Compensation Committee
considered this a preferred model since the model can
incorporate multiple and variable assumptions over time,
including assumptions such as employee exercise patterns, stock
price volatility and changes in dividends.
Key elements of the 2010 non-qualified stock option program were:
|
|
|
|
|
The option exercise price of stock options awarded is the NYSE
closing price of ITTs common stock on the date the award
is approved by the ITT Compensation Committee,
|
|
|
|
For options granted to new executives, the option exercise price
of approved stock option awards is the closing price on the
grant date, generally the day following the first day of
employment,
|
|
|
|
Options cannot be exercised prior to vesting,
|
|
|
|
Three-year cliff vesting is required for executives at the level
of senior vice president or above. Stock options vest in
one-third cumulative annual installments for executives below
the senior vice president level,
|
|
|
|
If an acceleration event occurs (as described in
Compensation Tables Change of Control
Arrangements), the stock option award vests in full,
|
|
|
|
Options awarded in 2010 and 2011 and prior to 2005 expire ten
years after the grant date. Options awarded between 2005 and
2009 expire seven years after the grant date. In 2010, the
seven-year option term was extended to ten years based on a
review of competitive market practices,
|
|
|
|
If an employee is terminated for cause, vested and unvested
portions of the options expire on the date of termination,
|
|
|
|
ITT Corporation 2003 Equity Incentive Plan (the 2003
Plan) and ITTs 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan prohibit
the repricing of, or exchange of, stock options and stock
appreciation rights that are priced below the prevailing market
price with lower-priced stock options or stock appreciation
rights without shareholder approval, and
|
|
|
|
There may be adjustments to the post-employment exercise period
of an option grant if an employees tenure with ITT is
terminated due to death, disability, retirement or termination
by ITT other than for cause. Any post-employment exercise
period, however, cannot exceed the original expiration date of
the
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
option. If employment is terminated due to an acceleration event
or because the option holder believes in good faith that he or
she would be unable to discharge his or her duties effectively
after the acceleration event, the option expires on the earlier
of the date seven months after the acceleration event or the
normal expiration date.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currently, no individual may receive more than 600,000 options
under the 2003 Plan in any one year.
|
Why both restricted stock or restricted stock units and stock
options. A balanced award of restricted stock or
restricted stock units and non-qualified stock options provides
a combination of incentives for absolute share price
appreciation. The following table provides an overview of some
of the main characteristics of restricted stock or restricted
stock units and non-qualified stock options.
|
|
|
Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units
|
|
Non-Qualified Stock Options
|
|
A restricted stock award is a grant of ITT stock, subject to
certain vesting restrictions. A restricted stock unit award is a
promise to deliver to the recipient, upon vesting, shares of ITT
stock. Both restricted stock and restricted stock units carry
the same economic risk and reward.
|
|
Non-qualified stock options provide the opportunity to purchase
ITT stock at a specified price called the exercise
price at a future date.
|
Holders of restricted stock, as shareholders of ITT, are
entitled to vote the shares and receive dividends or dividend
equivalents prior to vesting. Holders of restricted stock units
are not entitled to vote the shares and do not receive cash
dividends during the restriction period. Dividend equivalents
are paid in cash upon restricted stock unit vesting beginning
with the 2011 awards.
|
|
Stock option holders do not receive dividends on shares
underlying options and cannot vote their shares.
|
Restricted stock and restricted stock units have intrinsic value
on the day the award is received and retain some realizable
value even if the share price declines during the restriction
period. Since restricted stock and restricted stock units do not
expire, each provides strong employee retention value even after
vesting.
|
|
Non-qualified stock options increase focus on activities
primarily related to absolute share price appreciation.
ITTs non-qualified stock options expire ten or seven years
after their grant date depending on the year of award. If the
value of ITTs stock increases and the optionee exercises
his or her option to buy at the exercise price, the optionee
receives a gain in value equal to the difference between the
option exercise price and the price of the stock on the exercise
date. If the value of ITTs stock fails to increase or
declines, the stock option has no realizable value. Stock
options provide less retention value than restricted stock since
stock options have realizable value only if the share price
appreciates over the option exercise price before the options
expire.
|
The ITT Compensation Committee has selected vesting terms for
restricted stock, restricted stock units and stock options based
on the Compensation Consultants review and assessment of
the CDB, as well as the ITT Compensation Committees view
of the vesting terms appropriate for ITT. The ITT Compensation
Committee considers the Compensation Consultants review
and assessment of CDB, as well as individual performance, in
determining the quantity of restricted stock, restricted stock
units and stock option awards.
111
Total
Shareholder Return (TSR) Awards Subcomponent
The following table describes some of the main features of TSR
awards and describes how the ITT Compensation Committee
considers those features as it determines target TSR awards.
|
|
|
Feature
|
|
Implementation
|
|
TSR rewards comparative stock price appreciation relative to
that of the TSR Performance Index
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee, at its discretion, determines
the size and frequency of target TSR awards, performance
measures and performance goals, in addition to performance
periods. In determining the size of target TSR awards for
executives, the ITT Compensation Committee considers comparative
data provided by the Compensation Consultant and ITTs
internal desired growth in share price. ITTs target TSR
awards provided to NEOs are generally based on a
participants position, competitive market data, individual
performance and anticipated potential contributions to
ITTs long-term goals.
|
Three-year performance period
|
|
A three-year TSR performance period encourages behaviors and
performance geared to ITTs long-term goals and, in the
view of the ITT Compensation Committee, discourages behaviors
that might distract from the three-year period focus. The
three-year performance period is consistent with ITTs
business cycle because it allows sufficient time for focus on
long-term goals and mutes market swings not based on
performance. The three-year performance period is also somewhat
independent of short-term market cycles.
|
Performance measurement and award frequency:
|
|
ITTs performance for purposes of the TSR awards is
measured by ranking ITTs calculated total shareholder
return (see TSR calculation feature) within the TSR performance
index. Payouts, if any, are based on a non-discretionary formula
and interpolated for values between the
35th and
80th
percentile of performance. The ITT Compensation Committee felt
these breakpoints were properly motivational and rewarded the
desired behavior. The payout factor (percentage of target award)
is 50% at the
35th
percentile and 200% at the
80th
percentile.
|
TSR awards are expressed as target cash awards and paid in cash.
|
|
Cash awards compensate relative performance while reducing share
dilution.
|
Components of TSR
|
|
The ITT Compensation Committee considered the components of a measurable return of value to shareholders, reviewed peer practices and received input from the Compensation Consultant. Based on that review the ITT Compensation Committee determined that the most significant factors to measure return of value to shareholders were:
dividend yields,
cumulative relative change in stock price, and
extraordinary shareholder payouts.
|
112
|
|
|
Feature
|
|
Implementation
|
|
TSR calculation
|
|
TSR = the sum of 1) dividends paid and reinvested and any other
extraordinary shareholder payouts during the three-year
performance period and 2) the cumulative change in stock price
from the beginning to the end of the performance period as a
percentage of beginning stock price.
|
Amount of target TSR awards. The ITT
Compensation Committee considers individual performance and
competitive market data in determining target TSR awards.
Key elements of the long-term incentive plan under which TSR
awards are granted include:
|
|
|
|
|
If a participants employment terminates before the end of
the three-year performance period, the award is forfeited except
in two cases: 1) if a participant dies or becomes disabled,
the TSR award vests in full and payment, if any, is made
according to its original terms. Vesting in full in the case of
death or disability reflects the inability of the participant to
control the triggering event and is consistent with benefit plan
provisions related to death and disability; and 2) if a
participant retires or is terminated by ITT other than for
cause, a pro-rata payout, if any, is provided based on the
number of full months of employment during the measurement
period divided by thirty-six months (the term of the three-year
TSR). This pro-rated payout, if any, is provided because it
reflects the participants service during the pro-rated
period.
|
|
|
|
ITTs performance for purposes of the TSR awards is
measured by comparing the average stock price performance over
the trading days in the month of December immediately prior to
the start of the TSR three-year performance period to the
average stock price performance over the trading days in the
last month of the three-year cycle, including adjustments for
dividends and extraordinary payments. (For example, trading days
in the month of December 2010 are used as a base for 2011 TSR
awards, which will be measured from January 1, 2011 to
December 31, 2013).
|
|
|
|
Payment, if any, of cash awards generally will be made following
the end of the applicable three-year performance period and will
be based on ITTs performance measured against the total
shareholder return performance of the TSR Performance Index.
|
|
|
|
Subject to the provisions of Section 409A, in the event of
an acceleration event in a change of control (described in
Compensation Tables Change of Control
Arrangements), a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards
will be paid through the date of the change of control based on
actual performance and the balance of the award will be paid at
target (100%). There may be up to three outstanding TSR awards
at any time.
|
|
|
|
Performance goals for the applicable TSR performance period are
established in writing no later than ninety days after the
beginning of the applicable performance period.
|
Performance Goals and Payments for the
TSR. Individual targets for the NEOs for the
2010-2012
performance period are provided in the Grants of Plan Based
Awards table below. Payouts, if any, are based on a
non-discretionary formula and interpolated for values between
the 35th and 80th percentile of performance. The ITT
Compensation Committee felt these breakpoints were properly
motivational and rewarded the desired behavior.
|
|
|
|
|
If ITTs Total Shareholder Return
|
|
|
|
Rank Against the Companies that Comprise
|
|
Payout Factor
|
|
the TSR Performance Index is
|
|
(% of Target Award)
|
|
|
less than the 35(th) percentile
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
at the 35(th) percentile
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
at the 50(th) percentile
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
at the 80(th) percentile or more
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
113
The following performance goals were established for TSR awards
for the performance period January 1, 2008 through
December 31, 2010 and January 1, 2009 through
December 31, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
If ITTs Total Shareholder Return
|
|
|
|
Rank Against the Companies that Comprise
|
|
Payout Factor
|
|
the TSR Performance Index is
|
|
(% of Target Award)
|
|
|
less than the 35(th) percentile
|
|
|
0
|
%
|
at the 35(th) percentile
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
at the 50(th) percentile
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
at the 80(th) percentile or more
|
|
|
200
|
%
|
ITT achieved a 25.89th percentile ranking in the TSR
Performance Index for the
2008-2010
performance period, resulting in no cash payment under the TSR
for this performance period.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will review ITTs long-term
incentive awards program and determine the appropriate structure
and mix of components appropriate for our business needs.
Similar to ITT, we would expect to deliver multiple forms of
long-term incentive awards; however, the vehicles provided, the
blend of these vehicles and the measures used to determine our
long-term performance may differ.
2011
Long-Term Incentive Awards
The following table describes the 2011 long-term incentive
awards for the NEOs, as determined by the ITT Compensation
Committee on March 3, 2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TSR
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Target Cash
|
|
|
Stock Option
|
|
|
Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
Award)
|
|
|
Award
|
|
|
Unit Award
|
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
$
|
|
|
# Options
|
|
|
# Units
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
533,300
|
|
|
|
33,459
|
|
|
|
9,111
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
110,000
|
|
|
|
7,640
|
|
|
|
1,879
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
233,300
|
|
|
|
16,205
|
|
|
|
3,986
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
10,456
|
|
|
|
2,847
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
9,840
|
|
|
|
2,420
|
|
Going Forward. We intend to adopt, subject to
the approval of ITT prior to the separation in its capacity as
our sole stockholder, the Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. The
Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan is expected to permit us to
grant stock options, stock appreciation rights, stock awards,
other stock-based awards and target cash awards based on
attainment of performance goals. The reserve placed in the Xylem
2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan will be expected to be sufficient to
maintain our stock-based incentive plans
for years. Under the Xylem 2011 Omnibus
Incentive Plan, no individual may receive more
than options in any one year. The
Xylem 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan will not permit repricing of
stock options without shareholder approval and will generally
comply in all significant aspects with best practices in
corporate governance of stock-based compensation plans.
Stock
Ownership Guidelines
Historically. The ITT Board of Directors
share ownership guidelines currently provide for share ownership
levels at five times the annual retainer amount. Non-management
directors receive a portion of their retainer in restricted
stock or restricted stock units, which are paid in shares when
the restricted stock units vest. Non-management directors are
encouraged to hold such shares until their total share ownership
meets or exceeds the ownership guidelines.
Share ownership guidelines for corporate officers, first
approved by ITTs Board of Directors during 2001, are
regularly reviewed. The guidelines specify the desired levels of
ITT stock ownership and encourage a set of behaviors for each
officer to reach the guideline levels. The approved guidelines
require share ownership expressed as a multiple of base salary
for all corporate officers.
114
Specifically the guidelines apply as follows: chief executive
officer at five times annual base salary; chief financial
officer at three times annual base salary; senior vice
presidents and group presidents at two times annual base salary;
and all other corporate vice presidents at one times annual base
salary. In achieving these ownership levels, shares owned
outright, ITT restricted stock and restricted stock units,
shares held in the ITT dividend reinvestment plan, shares owned
in the ITT Salaried Investment and Savings Plan, and
phantom shares held in a fund that tracks an index
of ITTs stock in the deferred compensation plan are
considered.
To attain the ownership levels set forth in the guidelines it is
expected that any restricted shares that become unrestricted
will be held, and that all shares acquired through the exercise
of stock options will be held, except, in all cases, to the
extent necessary to meet tax obligations.
Compliance with the guidelines is monitored periodically.
Consistent with the guidelines, the share ownership levels have
been substantially met for most of non-management directors and
ITT officers as of January 31, 2011. Non-management
directors and ITT officers are afforded a reasonable period of
time to meet the guidelines. ITT has taken the individual tenure
and non-management directors and corporate officer share
ownership levels into account in determining compliance with the
guidelines.
Stock
Ownership Guidelines Summary
|
|
|
Non-management directors
|
|
5 X Annual Retainer Amount
|
CEO
|
|
5 X Annual Base Salary
|
CFO
|
|
3 X Annual Base Salary
|
Senior Vice Presidents
|
|
2 X Annual Base Salary
|
Vice Presidents
|
|
1 X Annual Base Salary
|
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will establish similar share ownership
guidelines for our non-management directors and corporate
officers that are consistent with general marketplace practices
in this regard. Specific guidelines have not yet been determined.
Recoupment
Policy
Historically. In 2008, ITT, upon the
recommendation of the ITT Compensation Committee, adopted a
policy that provides for recoupment of performance-based
compensation if the Board of Directors determines that a senior
executive has engaged in fraud or willful misconduct that caused
or otherwise contributed to the need for a material restatement
of ITTs financial results. In such a situation, the Board
will review all compensation awarded to or earned by that senior
executive on the basis of ITTs financial performance
during fiscal periods materially affected by the restatement.
This would include annual cash incentive and bonus awards and
all forms of equity-based compensation. If, in the Boards
view, the compensation related to ITTs financial
performance would have been lower if it had been based on the
restated results, the Board will, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, seek recoupment from that senior executive of
any portion of such compensation as it deems appropriate after a
review of all relevant facts and circumstances. The NEOs are
covered by this policy.
Going Forward. The Xylem Compensation
Committee will consider and develop a similar policy to provide
for recoupment of performance-based compensation if the Board of
Directors determines that a senior executive has engaged in
fraud or willful misconduct. However, the policy will be
reviewed and updated for consistency with the final rules issued
by the SEC implementing the clawback provisions set forth in the
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act.
Consideration
of Material Non-Public Information
Historically. ITT typically closes the window
for insiders to trade in ITTs stock in advance of, and for
a period of time immediately following, earnings releases and
Board and Committee meetings, because ITT and insiders may be in
possession of material non-public information. The first quarter
Committee meeting at which compensation decisions and awards are
typically made for employees usually occurs during a Board
meeting period, so stock option awards may occur at a time when
ITT is in possession of material non-public
115
information. The ITT Compensation Committee does not consider
the possible possession of material non-public information when
it determines the number of non-qualified stock options granted,
price of options granted or timing of non-qualified stock
options granted. Rather, it uses competitive data, individual
performance and retention considerations when it grants
non-qualified stock options, restricted stock or restricted
stock units and TSR awards under the long-term incentive program.
Non-qualified stock option awards and restricted stock awards or
restricted stock unit awards granted to NEOs, senior and other
executives, and Directors are awarded and priced on the same
date as the approval date. ITT may also award non-qualified
stock options in the case of the promotion of an existing
employee or hiring of a new employee. Again, these non-qualified
stock option grants may be made at a time ITT is in possession
of material non-public information related to the promotion or
the hiring of a new employee or other matters. ITT does not time
its release of material non-public information for the purpose
of affecting the value of executive compensation, and executive
compensation decisions are not timed to the release of material
non-public information.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will establish a similar policy with
respect to window periods in advance of, and immediately
following, earnings releases and Board and Committee meetings,
and the appropriate treatment of material non-public information.
ITT
Salaried Investment and Savings Plan
Historically. Most of ITTs salaried
employees who work in the United States participate in the ITT
Salaried Investment and Savings Plan, a tax-qualified savings
plan, which allows employees to contribute to the plan on a
before-tax basis
and/or
after-tax basis. ITT makes a floor contribution of
1/2
of 1% of base salary to the plan for all eligible employees and
matches employee contributions up to 6% of base salary at the
rate of 50%. Participants can elect to have their contributions
and those of ITT invested in a broad range of investment funds
including ITT stock. Federal law limits the amount of
compensation that can be used to determine employee and employer
contribution amounts ($245,000 in 2010) to the
tax-qualified plan. Accordingly, ITT has established and
maintains a non-qualified, unfunded ITT Excess Savings Plan that
is discussed in more detail in the narrative to the 2010
Nonqualified Deferred Compensation table below.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will adopt and implement competitive
post-employment compensation programs. The specific plans and
terms of such plans have not yet been determined.
Post-Employment
Compensation
Salaried
Retirement Plan
Historically. Most of ITTs salaried
employees who work in the United States participate in the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan. Under the plan, participants have the
option, on an annual basis, to elect to be covered by either a
Traditional Pension Plan or a Pension Equity Plan formula for
future pension accruals. The ITT Salaried Retirement Plan is a
tax-qualified plan, which provides a base of financial security
for employees after they cease working. The plan is described in
more detail in the narrative related to Pension Benefits in
Compensation Tables ITT Pension Benefits
and in the 2010 Pension Benefits table below.
Going Forward. It is expected that ITT will
transfer the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan, together with all of
its associated assets and liabilities, to Exelis and that Exelis
will maintain the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan going forward. It
is expected that the NEOs will no longer participate in the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan and that benefits under this plan will
be frozen as of the date of the spin-off for all Xylem and ITT
employees not solely dedicated to Exelis. It is expected that
Xylem and ITT will adopt and implement competitive
post-employment compensation programs.
Excess
Pension Plans
Historically. Because federal law limits the
amount of benefits that can be paid and the amount of
compensation that can be recognized under tax-qualified
retirement plans, ITT has established and maintains
non-qualified, unfunded excess pension plans solely to pay
retirement benefits that could not be paid from the
116
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan. Benefits under the excess pension
plans are generally paid directly by ITT. Participating officers
with excess plan benefits had the opportunity to make a one-time
election prior to December 31, 2008 to receive their excess
benefit earned under the Traditional Pension Plan formula
(described in Compensation Tables ITT Pension
Benefits) in a single discounted sum payment or as an
annuity. An election of a single-sum payment is only effective
if the officer meets the requirements for early or normal
retirement benefits under the plan; otherwise, the excess
benefit earned under the Traditional Pension Plan formula will
be paid as an annuity. Since the excess pension plans are an
unfunded obligation of ITT, in the event of a change of control,
any excess plan benefit would be immediately payable, subject to
any applicable Section 409A restrictions with respect to
form and timing of payments, and would be paid in a single
discounted sum. The single-sum payment provision provides
executives the earliest possible access to the funds in the
event of a change of control, and avoids leaving unfunded
pension payments in the hands of the acquirer.
Going Forward. It is expected that ITT will
transfer the Excess Pension Plan, together with all of its
associated assets and liabilities, to Exelis and that Exelis
will maintain the Excess Pension Plan going forward. It is
expected that the NEOs will no longer participate in the Excess
Pension Plan and that benefits under this plan will be frozen as
of the date of the spin-off for all Xylem and ITT employers not
solely dedicated to Exelis. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will adopt and implement competitive
post-employment compensation programs. The specific plans and
terms of such plans have not yet been determined.
Deferred
Compensation Plan
Historically. ITT NEOs are also eligible to
participate in the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan, which is
described in more detail in Compensation
Tables ITT Deferred Compensation Plan. This
plan provides executives an opportunity to defer receipt of
between 2% and 90% of any AIP payments they earn. The amount of
deferred compensation ultimately received reflects the
performance of benchmark investment funds made available under
the Deferred Compensation Plan as selected by the executive.
Participants in the Deferred Compensation Plan may elect a fund
that tracks the performance of ITT common stock.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will adopt and implement competitive
post-employment compensation programs. The specific plans and
terms of such plans have not yet been determined.
Severance
Plan Arrangements
Historically. ITT maintains two severance
plans for its senior executives the Senior Executive
Severance Pay Plan and the Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan. ITTs Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan and
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan were originally
established in 1984 and are regularly reviewed by the ITT
Compensation Committee. These plans are described in more detail
Compensation Tables Potential Post-Employment
Compensation. The severance plans apply to ITTs key
employees as defined by Section 409A. ITTs severance
plan arrangements are not considered in determining other
elements of compensation.
Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan. The
purpose of this plan is to provide a period of transition for
senior executives. Senior executives who are U.S. citizens
or who are employed in the United States are covered by this
plan. The plan generally provides for severance payments if ITT
terminates a senior executives employment without cause.
The exceptions to severance payment are:
|
|
|
|
|
the executive terminates his or her own employment,
|
|
|
|
the executives employment is terminated for cause,
|
|
|
|
termination occurs after the executives normal retirement
date under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan, or
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
termination occurs in certain divestiture instances if the
executive accepts employment or refuses comparable employment.
|
No severance is provided for termination for cause, because ITT
believes employees terminated for cause should not receive
additional compensation. No severance is provided in the case of
termination after a normal retirement date because the executive
will be eligible for retirement payments under the ITT Salaried
Retirement Plan. No severance is provided where an executive
accepts or refuses comparable employment because the executive
has the opportunity to receive employment income from another
party under comparable circumstances.
Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Mr. Jimenez participate in
this plan. Mr. Speetzen and Mr. Napolitano do not
participate in this plan. Mr. Speetzen and Mr. Napolitano
are covered by the ITT Severance Policy which provides for
severance based on salary level and years of service.
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan. The purpose of this plan is to provide
compensation in the case of termination of employment in
connection with an acceleration event (defined in
Compensation Tables Change of Control
Arrangements) including a change of control. The
provisions of this plan are specifically designed to address the
inability of senior executives to influence ITTs future
performance after certain change of control events. The plan is
structured to encourage executives to act in the best interests
of shareholders by providing for certain compensation and
retention benefits and payments, including change of control
provisions, in the case of an acceleration event.
The purposes of these provisions are to:
|
|
|
|
|
provide for continuing cohesive operations as executives
evaluate a transaction, which, without change of control
protection, could be personally adverse to the executive,
|
|
|
|
keep executives focused on preserving value for shareholders,
|
|
|
|
retain key talent in the face of potential transactions, and
|
|
|
|
aid in attracting talented employees in the competitive
marketplace.
|
As discussed above, this plan provides severance benefits for
covered executives, including any NEO whose employment is
terminated by ITT other than for cause, or where the covered
executive terminates his or her employment for good reason
within two years after the occurrence of an acceleration event
as described below (including a termination due to death or
disability) or if during the two-year period following an
acceleration event, the covered executive had grounds to resign
with good reason or the covered executives employment is
terminated in contemplation of an acceleration event that
ultimately occurs.
The plan is designed to put the executive in the same position,
from a compensation and benefits standpoint, as he or she would
have been in without the acceleration event. With respect to
incentive plan awards, since the executive will no longer have
the ability to influence the corporate objectives upon which the
awards are based, the plan provides that any AIP awards are paid
out at target 100%. In the event of a change of control, a
pro-rata portion of outstanding TSR awards will be paid through
the date of the change of control based on actual performance
and the balance of the award will be paid at target (100%). More
information about the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan is provided in Compensation Tables
Potential Post-Employment Compensation Special
Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan.
Mses. McClain and Buonocore participate in the Special Senior
Executive Severance Pay Plan at the highest level of benefits
and Messrs. Speetzen, Jimenez and Napolitano participate in
the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan at the lower
level.
Going Forward. It is expected that the
Compensation Committee will adopt and implement severance plans
similar to the Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan and the
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan and that each of the
NEOs will participate in these plans. The specific arrangements
and terms of such severance plans or arrangements have not yet
been determined.
118
Change
of Control Arrangements
Historically. As described more fully in
Compensation Tables Change of Control
Arrangements, many of ITTs short-term and long-term
incentive plans, severance arrangements and nonqualified
deferred compensation plans provide additional or accelerated
benefits upon a change of control. Generally, these change of
control provisions are intended to put the executive in the same
position he or she would have been in had the change of control
not occurred. Executives then can focus on preserving value for
shareholders when evaluating situations that, without change of
control provisions, could be personally adverse to the executive.
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will provide for similar treatment of
short-term and long-term incentive plans, severance arrangements
and nonqualified deferred compensation plans upon a change of
control. The specific terms of these plans and arrangements have
yet not been determined.
Employee
Benefits and Perquisites
Historically. Executives, including the NEOs,
are eligible to participate in ITTs broad-based employee
benefits program. The program includes a pension program, an
investment and savings plan which includes before-tax and
after-tax savings features, group medical and dental coverage,
group life insurance, group accidental death and dismemberment
insurance and other benefit plans. These other benefit plans
include short- and long-term disability insurance, long-term
care insurance and a flexible spending account plan.
Certain
perquisites to the NEOs.
Historically. ITT provides only those
perquisites that it considers to be reasonable and consistent
with competitive practice. Beginning with tax year 2011, the ITT
Compensation Committee eliminated any tax
gross-up
provisions for the NEOs associated with financial counseling and
tax preparation for senior executives. No offsetting salary
increase will be provided. Perquisites (which are described more
fully in Compensation Tables All Other
Compensation Table and the related narrative) available
for NEOs include a car allowance up to $1,300 per month and
financial and estate planning.
Going Forward. The Xylem Compensation
Committee will review these benefits and perquisites after the
separation.
Consideration
of Tax and Accounting Impacts
Historically. Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code places a limit of $1,000,000 on the amount
of compensation that ITT may deduct in any one year with respect
to its Chief Executive Officer and the three other highest-paid
NEOs, other than the Chief Financial Officer. There is an
exception to the $1,000,000 limitation for performance-based
compensation meeting certain requirements. Compensation
attributable to awards under ITTs AIP and long-term
incentive program are generally structured to qualify as
performance-based compensation under Section 162(m).
However, the ITT Compensation Committee realizes that evaluation
of the overall performance of the senior executives cannot be
reduced in all cases to a fixed formula. There may be situations
in which the prudent use of discretion in determining pay levels
is in the best interests of ITT and its shareholders and,
therefore, desirable. In those situations where discretion is
used, awards may be structured in ways that will not permit them
to qualify as performance-based compensation under
Section 162(m).
ITT has also agreed to provide a tax reimbursement should an
NEOs post-termination compensation be determined to
constitute an excess parachute payment. ITTs plans are
intended to comply with Section 409A, to the extent
applicable, and ITT made amendments to the plans during 2008 in
this regard. While ITT complies with other applicable sections
of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to compensation, ITT
and the ITT Compensation Committee do not consider other tax
implications in designing the Companys compensation
programs.
119
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will establish a similar policy and
practice with respect to compliance with Sections 162(m)
and 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.
Business
Risk and Compensation
Historically. In 2010, as in past years, the
ITT Compensation Committee evaluated risk factors associated
with ITTs businesses in determining compensation structure
and pay practices. The structure of the Board of Director
Committees facilitates this evaluation and determination. During
2010, the Chair of the ITT Compensation Committee was a member
of the Audit Committee and the Audit Committee Chair was a
member of the ITT Compensation Committee. This membership
overlap provides insight into ITTs business risks and
affords the ITT Compensation Committee access to the information
necessary to consider the impact of business risks on
compensation structure and pay practices. Further, overall
enterprise risk is considered and discussed at Board meetings,
providing additional important information to the ITT
Compensation Committee. The Chairman, President and Chief
Executive Officer and the Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer attend those portions of the ITT Compensation
Committee meetings at which plan features and design
configurations of ITTs annual and long-term incentive
plans are considered and approved.
Compensation across the enterprise is structured so that
unnecessary or excessive risk-taking behavior is discouraged.
Further, total compensation for senior officers is heavily
weighted toward long-term compensation consistent with
ITTs compensation philosophy, which is focused on
long-term value creation. This long-term weighting discourages
behaviors that encourage short-term risks.
The following table summarizes our representative compensation
components or policies and relevant risk mitigation factors:
|
|
|
Compensation Component or Policy
|
|
Risk Mitigation Factor
|
|
Salary
|
|
Based on market rates.
|
|
|
Provides stability and minimizes
risk-taking incentives.
|
Annual Incentive Plan
|
|
AIP design emphasizes overall
performance and collaboration among business Groups. ITTs
Fluid Technology, Motion & Flow Control and Defense &
Information Solutions businesses are each a business segment or
Group.
|
|
|
AIP components focus on metrics that
encourage operating performance and earnings per share
appreciation.
|
|
|
AIP design is tailored to meet unique
business considerations for Corporate headquarters and business
Groups.
|
|
|
Individual AIP components and total AIP
awards are capped.
|
Long-Term Incentive Awards
|
|
|
Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock
Units
|
|
Restricted stock or restricted stock
units generally vest after three years.
|
Stock Options
|
|
Stock options vest after three years for
the Chief Executive Officer and for senior vice presidents and
in one-third cumulative annual installments after the first,
second and third anniversary of the grant date for other
optionees. Options awarded in 2010 and 2011 and options awarded
prior to 2005 expire ten years after the grant date. Options
awarded between 2005 and 2009 expire seven years after the grant
date.
|
120
|
|
|
Compensation Component or Policy
|
|
Risk Mitigation Factor
|
|
|
|
The three-year vesting threshold for
senior vice presidents and the Chief Executive Officer and seven
and ten-year option terms encourage long-term behaviors.
|
Total Shareholder Return Awards
|
|
The TSR long-term award is based on
three-year share price performance and encourages behaviors
focused on long-term goals, while discouraging behaviors focused
on short-term risks.
|
Perquisites
|
|
Limited perquisites are based on competitive market data. The
ITT Compensation Committee has determined that tax
reimbursements related to financial counseling and tax
preparation for senior executives associated with the 2011 tax
year will be eliminated. No salary increase will be provided to
offset the elimination of tax reimbursement.
|
Severance and Pension benefits
|
|
Severance and pension benefits are in line with competitive
market data.
|
Recoupment Policy
|
|
Provides mechanism for senior executive compensation recapture
in certain situations involving fraud or willful misconduct.
|
Officer Share Ownership Guidelines
|
|
ITT officers are required to own ITT shares or share equivalents
up to 5x base salary, depending on the level of the officer
(discussed in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Stock Ownership Guidelines). Share
ownership guidelines align executive and shareholder interests.
ITT policy prohibits speculative trading in and out of ITT
securities, including prohibitions on short sales and leverage
transactions, such as puts, calls, and listed and unlisted
options.
|
Going Forward. It is expected that the Xylem
Compensation Committee will adopt a compensation philosophy
similar to that of ITT, and that it will be structured and
operate similarly so as to discourage unnecessary or excessive
risk-taking and promote long-term value creation.
Action
Taken in Anticipation of Separation
The following are the anticipated compensation arrangements
expected in connection with the spin-off for each of the NEOs.
All of these arrangements are subject to review and approval by
the Xylem Compensation Committee. Similar to 2010 and past
years, the ITT Compensation Committee reviewed CDB information
provided by the Compensation Consultant with respect to the
174 companies listed on Annex A to this Information
Statement. The ITT Compensation Committee used this information
to determine market median dollar values for each of the NEOs
for annual base salaries effective upon completion of the
spin-off, the Target 2012 Long-Term Incentive Award, which will
be an equity-based award, and target awards for the 2012 Annual
Incentive Award. With respect to each of these elements,
compensation levels within approximately 10% above or below the
market median dollar value are considered by the Compensation
Consultant and the ITT Compensation Committee to be within the
market median range. The ITT Compensation Committee used the CDB
information, along with other qualitative information described
below, in making its determination of anticipated target and
actual compensation to be provided to each of the NEOs. For
Ms. McClain and Mr. Speetzen, deviations below the
market median range were primarily related to the relatively
short tenure each has had in their positions at Xylem. For
Messrs. Jimenez and Napolitano, the ITT Compensation
Committee determined to maintain substantially the same level of
compensation that each has been receiving from ITT based on
their individual experience and the importance of their
respective positions to the success of Xylem and anticipated
compensation at this level placed both of them within the market
median range. For Ms. Buonocore, the ITT Compensation
Committee also determined to maintain substantially the same
level of compensation that she has been receiving
121
from ITT. The ITT Compensation Committee recognized that
maintaining Ms. Buonocores current level of
compensation would set her anticipated compensation with Xylem
above the market median range for her new position, but
considered such anticipated compensation to be appropriate based
on her individual experience. Specifically, the ITT Compensation
Committee determined that Ms. Buonocores strong
marketing and communications background is essential to the
re-branding strategy of Xylem.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Base
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective Upon
|
|
|
|
Target 2012 Annual
|
|
|
|
2012 Long-Term
|
|
Anticipated Total
|
|
|
Annual Base
|
|
Spin-Off as
|
|
|
|
Incentive Award as
|
|
|
|
Incentive Award as
|
|
Compensation as
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Target 2012
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
2012 Long-Term
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
Effective Upon
|
|
Market Median
|
|
Annual Incentive
|
|
Market Median
|
|
Incentive
|
|
Market Median
|
|
Marked Median
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Spin-Off
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
Award
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
Award
|
|
Dollar Value
|
|
Range
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
$
|
900,000
|
|
|
85%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
100% of Annual
Base Salary
|
|
67%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
$
|
3,400,000
|
|
|
72%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
73%
(Below market
median range)
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
$
|
439,000
|
|
|
85%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
80% of Annual
Base Salary
|
|
90%
|
|
$
|
746,000
|
|
|
65%
(Below market
median range)
|
|
75%
(Below market
median range)
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
$
|
435,000
|
|
|
101%
|
|
60% of Annual
Base Salary
|
|
98%
|
|
$
|
700,000
|
|
|
95%
|
|
98%
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
$
|
365,000
|
|
|
155%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
60% of Annual
Base Salary
|
|
244%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
$
|
500,000
|
|
|
385%
(Above market
median range)
|
|
238%
(Above market
median range)
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
$
|
360,000
|
|
|
95%
|
|
60% of Annual
Base Salary
|
|
90%
|
|
$
|
510,000
|
|
|
99%
|
|
96%
|
It is also anticipated that Founders Grants will be
awarded to each of the NEOs and to other employees in positions
deemed critical to the establishment and success of Xylem and
that Transaction Success Incentive Awards will be awarded to
Ms. Buonocore and Messrs. Speetzen, Jimenez and
Napolitano. These anticipated awards were assessed independently
by the ITT Compensation Committee and were not considered in
setting the other anticipated compensation arrangements
described above. The Founders Grants are intended to
closely align the economic interests of the recipients with the
Xylem shareholders. The ITT Compensation Committee, after
consultation with the Compensation Consultant, decided to set
the Founders Grant award amounts at 1.5 times each
NEOs Target 2012 Long-Term Incentive Award because the ITT
Compensation Committee determined that this amount would
appropriately align the NEOs economic interests with Xylem
shareholders while also providing an appropriate retention
incentive. It is anticipated that the Founders Grants will
comprise the following: one-half of the Founders Grant
award will be in restricted stock units and one-half will be in
stock options, which combined awards will have a grant date fair
value equal to the dollar value of the Founders Grant. It
is anticipated that the restricted stock units will be subject
to three-year cliff vesting and the stock options will vest in
one-third cumulative annual installments on the date of the
award. Founders Grants are expressed below as an aggregate
grant date fair value. The Target Transaction Success Incentive
Award is a cash award payable with the 2011 AIP Award and is
expected to include consideration of the following factors in
determining the actual payout of the award: timely completion of
the spin-off, retention of key employees and control of
corporate costs. The ITT Compensation Committee, after
consultation with the Compensation Consultant, approved
Transaction Success Incentive Awards at approximately 50% of
each NEOs 2011 base salary because the ITT Compensation
Committee determined that this amount would appropriately award
the NEOs for the successful completion of their additional
responsibilities in connection with the spin-off. With respect
to Ms. Buonocore, the ITT Compensation Committee determined that
Ms. Buonocores marketing and communications efforts were
particularly essential to the successful completion of the
spin-off and the successful launch of the new company brand.
Therefore, the ITT
122
Compensation Committee decided to approve a Transaction Success
Incentive Award for Ms. Buonocore that was greater than 50% of
her 2011 base salary.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
|
Success
|
|
|
Founders
|
|
Incentive
|
Named Executive Officer
|
|
Grant
|
|
Award
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
$
|
5,100,000
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
$
|
1,118,000
|
|
|
$
|
160,000
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
$
|
1,050,000
|
|
|
$
|
220,000
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
$
|
750,000
|
|
|
$
|
550,000
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
$
|
765,000
|
|
|
$
|
165,000
|
|
See Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis Related
to the Spin-Off Benefits and Compensation Matters
Agreement for a description of the terms of the Benefits
and Compensation Matters Agreement, including the treatment of
outstanding ITT equity awards.
123
Compensation
Tables
Summary Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Value &
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
Non-Qualified
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Deferred
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
Name and Principal
|
|
Year
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
Bonus
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Earnings
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
|
Total
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
($)(c)
|
|
|
($)(d)
|
|
|
($)(e)
|
|
|
($)(f)
|
|
|
($)(g)
|
|
|
($)(h)
|
|
|
($)(i)
|
|
|
($)(j)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
527,604
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
761,335
|
|
|
|
372,279
|
|
|
|
654,700
|
|
|
|
97,308
|
|
|
|
74,141
|
|
|
|
2,487,367
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
504,054
|
|
|
|
61,000
|
|
|
|
2,426,708
|
|
|
|
317,269
|
|
|
|
474,600
|
|
|
|
70,753
|
|
|
|
65,453
|
|
|
|
3,919,837
|
|
(formerly Senior Vice President
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
426,462
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
801,010
|
|
|
|
249,883
|
|
|
|
527,700
|
|
|
|
39,611
|
|
|
|
139,099
|
|
|
|
2,183,765
|
|
and President, Fluid and Motion Control of ITT)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
309,692
|
|
|
|
19,200
|
|
|
|
639,393
|
|
|
|
100,104
|
|
|
|
240,900
|
|
|
|
20,508
|
|
|
|
45,978
|
|
|
|
1,375,775
|
|
Chief Financial Officer (formerly Vice President of Finance for
Fluid and Motion Control of ITT)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
412,115
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
352,524
|
|
|
|
166,817
|
|
|
|
384,500
|
|
|
|
47,578
|
|
|
|
54,855
|
|
|
|
1,418,389
|
|
General Counsel and Corporate Secretary (formerly Vice President
and General Counsel of ITT)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
338,077
|
|
|
|
15,700
|
|
|
|
285,521
|
|
|
|
139,614
|
|
|
|
315,000
|
|
|
|
64,169
|
|
|
|
41,785
|
|
|
|
1,199,866
|
|
Chief Communications Officer (formerly Senior Vice President and
Chief Communications Officer of ITT)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano,
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
311,368
|
|
|
|
10,600
|
|
|
|
299,656
|
|
|
|
141,773
|
|
|
|
213,600
|
|
|
|
120,905
|
|
|
|
91,737
|
|
|
|
1,189,639
|
|
President, Residential and Commercial Water (formerly
President, ITT Residential and Commercial Water)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) |
|
For the 2010 performance year, the ITT Compensation Committee
awarded Ms. Buonocore a discretionary bonus of $15,700,
which payment was outside the AIP plan. This award was in
recognition of Ms. Buonocores strong contributions
and strategic importance to the business. In addition, for the
2010 performance year, in recognition of their respective
contributions to the strategic execution of the business,
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano were awarded 2010 AIP Awards
that were 8% and 5%, respectively, above the payout they would
have received based on their respective Total Enterprise
Performance Percentage Achieved and Total Performance Percentage
Achieved (for further discussion see Compensation
Discussion and Analysis-2010 AIP Awards Paid in 2011). For
the 2009 performance year, the ITT Compensation Committee
awarded Ms. McClain a discretionary bonus of $61,000, which
payment was outside the AIP plan. This award was in recognition
of Ms. McClains exceptional business leadership of
the Fluid Technology and Motion and Flow Control business
segments during difficult economic conditions. |
|
(e) |
|
Amounts in the Stock Awards column include the aggregate grant
date fair value computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718
for TSR units and restricted stock. The TSR is considered a
liability plan under the provisions of FASB ASC Topic 718. A
discussion of restricted stock units, restricted stock, and the
TSR may be found in Note 4 to the Combined Financial
Statements in this Information Statement. The values of TSR
units at target for the
2010-2012
performance period for Ms. McClain, Mr. Speetzen,
Mr. Jimenez, Ms. Buonocore and Mr. Napolitano were
$360,000, $100,000, $166,700, $135,000 and $141,700
respectively. Assuming the maximum value at the highest level of
achievement, Ms. McClain, Mr. Speetzen,
Mr. Jimenez, Ms. Buonocore and Mr. Napolitano would
receive TSR unit payouts of $720,000, $200,000, $333,400,
$270,000 and $283,400, respectively, following the end of the
performance period. |
|
(f) |
|
Amounts in the Option Awards column include the aggregate grant
date fair value of: non-qualified stock option awards in the
year of grant based on a binomial lattice value of $15.48 for
Ms. McClain and Ms. Buonocore and $14.03 for
Mr. Speetzen, Mr. Jimenez and Mr. Napolitano for the
2010 grant year; $10.53 |
124
|
|
|
|
|
for Ms. McClain, and $14.99 for Ms. McClain for the
2008 grant year. A discussion of assumptions relating to option
awards may be found in Note 4 to the Combined Financial
Statements in this Information Statement. |
|
(g) |
|
Amounts in the Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column
represent AIP awards for performance year 2010, which to the
extent not deferred by an executive, were paid out shortly after
that date. |
|
(h) |
|
No NEO received preferential or above-market earnings on
deferred compensation. The change in the present value in
accrued pension benefits was determined by measuring the present
value of the accrued benefit at the respective dates using a
discount rate of 6.25% at December 31, 2008, 6.00% at
December 31, 2009, and 5.75% at December 31, 2010
(corresponding to the discount rates used for the ITT Salaried
Retirement Plan, which is a component of ITTs consolidated
pension plans, as described in Note 13 to the Combined
Financial Statements in this Information Statement and based on
the assumption that retirement occurs at the earliest date the
individual could retire with an unreduced retirement benefit.) |
|
(i) |
|
Amounts in this column for 2010 represent items specified in the
All Other Compensation Table below. |
All Other
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Compensation
|
|
|
|
Personal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Use of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Savings
|
|
|
Tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total All
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
|
|
Auto
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Plan Contri-
|
|
|
Reimburse-
|
|
|
401(K)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
Aircraft
|
|
|
Counseling
|
|
|
Relocation
|
|
|
Allowances
|
|
|
Perquisites
|
|
|
butions
|
|
|
ments
|
|
|
Match
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Name
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
(j)
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
8,936
|
|
|
|
15,895
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,600
|
|
|
|
40,431
|
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
|
|
14,263
|
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
|
|
861
|
|
|
|
74,141
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
730
|
|
|
|
15,868
|
|
|
|
13,200
|
|
|
|
29,798
|
|
|
|
1,315
|
|
|
|
10,878
|
|
|
|
3,675
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
|
45,978
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,800
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,600
|
|
|
|
30,400
|
|
|
|
5,849
|
|
|
|
9,079
|
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
|
|
952
|
|
|
|
54,855
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,635
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,600
|
|
|
|
24,235
|
|
|
|
3,258
|
|
|
|
4,922
|
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
|
|
795
|
|
|
|
41,785
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
940
|
|
|
|
41,674
|
|
|
|
13,200
|
|
|
|
55,814
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
24,618
|
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
|
|
466
|
|
|
|
91,737
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Amounts reflect the aggregate incremental cost to ITT for
personal use of the corporate aircraft for Ms. McClain.
Ms. McClains personal use of the corporate aircraft
related to a trip where Ms. McClain was a passenger on a
trip previously scheduled by Mr. Loranger. The aggregate
incremental cost to ITT is determined on a per-flight basis and
includes the cost of fuel, a pro-rata share of repairs and
maintenance, landing and storage fees, crew-related expenses and
other miscellaneous variable costs. A different value
attributable to personal use of the corporate aircraft (as
calculated in accordance with Internal Revenue Service
guidelines) is included as compensation on the
W-2 for
Ms. McClain in the amount of $1,771. |
|
(c) |
|
Amounts represent financial counseling and tax service fees paid
during 2010. Financial counseling and tax service fees reflect
fees for invoices submitted during the calendar year. |
|
(d) |
|
For Mr. Speetzen amounts in this column represent
relocation-related
expenses. Mr. Napolitano received a company paid apartment in
the amount of $41,674 under a relocation arrangement in 2010,
which arrangement terminates October 31, 2011. |
|
(e) |
|
Auto allowances are provided to a range of executives, including
the NEOs. |
|
(g) |
|
ITT contributions to the ITT Excess Savings Plan are unfunded
and earnings accrue at the same rate as the Stable Value Fund
available to participants in the ITT Salaried Investment and
Savings Plan. |
|
(h) |
|
Amounts in this column are tax reimbursement allowances intended
to offset the inclusion of taxable income of financial
counseling and tax preparation services. Tax reimbursement for
financial counseling has been eliminated for the 2011 tax year.
No compensating salary increase will be provided.
Mr. Jimenezs amount also includes a tax-related
relocation reimbursement of $130. Amounts for Mr. Speetzen
represent tax reimbursements related to a relocation. |
|
(i) |
|
Amounts represent the aggregate of ITTs floor and matching
contributions to the participants ITT Salaried Investment
and Savings Plan account. |
|
(j) |
|
Amounts include taxable group term-life insurance premiums
attributable to each NEO. |
125
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards Table
The following table provides information about 2010 equity and
non-equity awards for the NEOs. The table includes the grant
date for equity-based awards, the estimated future payouts under
non-equity incentive plan awards (which consist of potential
payouts under the 2010 AIP) and estimated future payouts under
2010 equity incentive plan awards (which consist of the TSR
target award granted in 2010 for the
2010-2012
performance period (each unit equals $1)). Also provided is the
number of shares underlying all other stock awards, comprising
restricted stock and non-qualified stock option awards. The
table also provides the exercise price of the non-qualified
stock option awards, reflecting the closing price of ITT stock
on the grant date and the grant date fair value of each equity
award computed under FASB ASC Topic 718. The compensation plans
under which the grants in the following table were made are
described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis and
include the AIP, TSR, restricted stock awards, and non-qualified
stock options awards.
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Exercise or
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts Under
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Base Price of
|
|
|
Stock and
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
of Stock or
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
Units (#)
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
($/Sh)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
(j)
|
|
|
(k)
|
|
|
(l)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212,000
|
|
|
|
424,000
|
|
|
|
848,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
180,000
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
720,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
401,335
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,049
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
372,279
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,000
|
|
|
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
312,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,473
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
427,920
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,135
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
100,104
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,500
|
|
|
|
249,000
|
|
|
|
498,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83,350
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
333,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,824
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,890
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
166,817
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
102,000
|
|
|
|
204,000
|
|
|
|
408,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,500
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
270,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
150,521
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,019
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
139,614
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,000
|
|
|
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
312,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70,850
|
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
283,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,953
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
157,956
|
|
|
|
|
05-Mar-10
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,105
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
141,773
|
|
|
|
|
(c)(d)(e) |
|
Amounts reflect the threshold, target and maximum payment
levels, respectively, if an award payout is achieved under the
2010 AIP described above in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Overview of the AIP And Long-Term Incentive
Target Awards) These potential payments are based on
achievement of specific performance metrics and are completely
at risk. The target award is computed based upon the applicable
range of net estimated payments denominated in dollars where the
target award is equal to 100% of the award potential, the
threshold is equal to 50% of target and the maximum is equal to
200% of target. |
|
(f)(g)(h) |
|
Amounts reflect the threshold, target and maximum payment
levels, if an award payout is achieved, under ITTs TSR
Plan for the
2010-2012
performance period described above in |
126
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) Awards Subcomponent. Each unit under the TSR Plan
equals $1. Payments, if any, under the TSR Plan are paid in cash
at the end of the performance period. The performance period for
awards under ITTs TSR Plan, reflected in the Estimated
Future Payouts Under Equity Incentive Plan Awards column, for
the
2010-2012
performance period is January 1,
2010-December 31,
2012. |
|
(i) |
|
Amounts reflect the number of shares of restricted stock granted
in 2010 to the NEOs. The number of shares underlying restricted
stock awards was determined by the average of the high and low
stock price on the program valuation date of February 8,
2010. Restricted stock grants to NEOs generally vest in full at
the end of the three-year restriction period following the grant
date. During the restriction period, the holder receives
dividends and may vote the shares. With respect to
Mr. Speetzen, 2,400 of the 8,000 shares of restricted
stock received on March 5, 2010 as a special retention
award vest on March 5, 2013 and the remaining
5,600 shares vest on March 5, 2014. |
|
(j) |
|
Amounts reflect the number of non-qualified stock options
granted in 2010 to the NEOs. The number of non-qualified stock
options was determined by the lattice value on the program
valuation date of February 8, 2010. Such non-qualified stock
options generally become exercisable at the end of the
three-year period following the grant date and expire ten years
after the grant date. For Mr. Speetzen, Mr. Jimenez
and Mr. Napolitano, one-third of non-qualified stock options
granted in 2010 vest in 2011, one-third vest in 2012 and
one-third vest in 2013. |
|
(k) |
|
The option exercise price for non-qualified stock options
granted in 2010 was the closing price of ITT common stock on
March 5, 2010, the date the non-qualified stock options
were granted. |
|
(l) |
|
Amounts in this column represent the grant date fair value
computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 for TSR target
awards, restricted stock awards and non-qualified stock option
awards granted to the NEOs in 2010. |
127
Outstanding
Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
Market or
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
Payout
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Value of
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
Shares,
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Shares or
|
|
|
Units or Other
|
|
|
Units or Other
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Units of
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
Rights
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
Stock That
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
That Have
|
|
|
|
Unexercised
|
|
|
Unexercis-
|
|
|
Unearned
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Have Not
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
|
Not Vested
|
|
Name
|
|
Options (#)
|
|
|
able
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Price ($)
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Vested (#)
|
|
|
Vested ($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
(a)
|
|
Exercisable(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(#)(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
(g)
|
|
|
(h)
|
|
|
(i)
|
|
|
(j)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
33,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55.59
|
|
|
|
9/19/2012
|
|
|
|
74,500
|
|
|
|
3,882,195
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
|
8,725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52.68
|
|
|
|
3/6/2013
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,155
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.99
|
|
|
|
3/7/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.09
|
|
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.19
|
|
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,049
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
3,309
|
|
|
|
6,616
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.19
|
|
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
12,723
|
|
|
|
662,996
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
5,512
|
|
|
|
11,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.81
|
|
|
|
6/9/2016
|
|
|
|
7,111
|
|
|
|
370,554
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,890
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
6,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.99
|
|
|
|
3/7/2014
|
|
|
|
12,310
|
|
|
|
641,474
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
5,537
|
|
|
|
2,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.09
|
|
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.19
|
|
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
5,600
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37.46
|
|
|
|
2/2/2014
|
|
|
|
7,541
|
|
|
|
392,962
|
|
|
|
133,350
|
|
|
|
133,350
|
|
|
|
|
5,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45.47
|
|
|
|
3/8/2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
57.99
|
|
|
|
3/7/2014
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,690
|
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.09
|
|
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
8,270
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33.19
|
|
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10,105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53.49
|
|
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) |
|
Vesting Schedule for Unexercisable Options (options vest on the
applicable anniversary of the grant date.) |
128
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule (#s)
|
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
Expiration Date
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
16,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,130
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24,049
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
3,308
|
|
|
|
3,308
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
2,379
|
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
|
|
2,378
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
6/9/2009
|
|
6/9/2016
|
|
|
5,512
|
|
|
|
5,511
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
3,964
|
|
|
|
3,963
|
|
|
|
3,963
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
2,768
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,019
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
3/10/2015
|
|
|
1,845
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
3/5/2016
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
3/5/2020
|
|
|
3,369
|
|
|
|
3,368
|
|
|
|
3,368
|
|
|
|
|
(g) |
|
Vesting Schedule for Restricted Stock (restricted stock vests on
the applicable anniversary of the grant date.) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule (#)
|
|
Name
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014
|
|
|
2015
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
|
4,728
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,499
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
52,770
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,503
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,639
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,084
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,600
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
6/9/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
3/7/2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
|
1,934
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
3/10/2008
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(h) |
|
Reflects ITTs closing stock price of $52.11 on
December 31, 2010. |
|
|
|
(i)(j) |
|
Awards are typically expressed as target cash awards and
payment, if any, is in cash following the end of the performance
cycle. Column (i) represents the number of units at
threshold levels (50% of target) based on ITTs stock price
performance at year-end and column (j) represents the
market or payout value of such units (each unit = $1). See
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program Total Shareholder Return
(TSR) Awards Subcomponent for material terms of ITTs
TSR grants. |
129
The following table represents the vesting schedule of
outstanding TSR awards on December 31 of 2011 and 2012, with
each TSR unit reflecting $1 of value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Target Award in
|
|
|
Vesting Schedule
|
|
Equity Incentive Plan Awards
|
|
Approval Date(1)
|
|
Units (#)
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2012
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez(2)
|
|
6/9/2009
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
3/5/2009
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
125,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/2010
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
141,700
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
For purposes of the TSR, the grant date is January 1, the
first day of the performance period for the year in which the
award is approved. |
|
(2) |
|
Mr. Jimenez joined ITT on June 8, 2009. His target TSR
award was granted effective on the next business day. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option Exercises & Stock Vested
|
|
|
|
Option Awards
|
|
|
Stock Awards
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
|
Value Realized on
|
|
|
|
Acquired on Exercise
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Acquired on Vesting
|
|
|
Vesting
|
|
Name
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,671
|
|
|
|
195,150
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,332
|
|
|
|
445,679
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
918
|
|
|
|
49,104
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Reflects aggregate dollar value upon vesting of restricted stock
reflected in column (d). |
|
(e) |
|
With respect to all NEOs, the amount in column (e) does not
include payment for the
2008-2010
TSR award, which vested on December 31, 2010, as ITTs
relative share price appreciation did not meet the minimum
threshold requirement for a payment. |
ITT
Pension Benefits
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan. Under the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan, participants have the option, on an
annual basis, to elect to be covered under either a Traditional
Pension Plan or a Pension Equity Plan formula for future pension
accruals. The ITT Salaried Retirement Plan is a funded and
tax-qualified retirement program. The plan is described in
detail below. All of the NEOs participate in the Traditional
Pension Plan formula of the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan.
While the Traditional Pension Plan formula pays benefits on a
monthly basis after retirement, the Pension Equity Plan formula
enables participants to elect to have benefits paid as a single
sum payment upon employment termination, regardless of the
participants age. The Traditional Pension Plan benefit
payable to an employee depends upon the date an employee first
became a participant under the plan.
130
Under the Traditional Pension Plan, a participant first employed
prior to January 1, 2000 would receive an annual pension
that would be the total of:
|
|
|
|
|
2% of his or her average final compensation (as
described below) for each of the first 25 years of benefit
service, plus
|
|
|
|
11/2%
of his or her average final compensation for each of the next 15
years of benefit service, reduced by
|
|
|
|
11/4%
of his or her primary Social Security benefit for each year of
benefit service up to a maximum of 40 years.
|
A participant first employed on or after January 1, 2000,
under the Traditional Pension Plan would receive an annual
pension that would equal:
|
|
|
|
|
11/2%
of his or her average final compensation (as defined below) for
each year of benefit service up to 40 years, reduced by
|
|
|
|
11/4%
of his or her primary Social Security benefit for each year of
benefit service up to a maximum of 40 years.
|
For a participant first employed prior to January 1, 2005,
average final compensation (including salary and approved bonus
or AIP payments) is the total of:
|
|
|
|
|
the participants average annual base salary for the five
calendar years of the last 120 consecutive calendar months of
eligibility service that would result in the highest average
annual base salary amount, plus
|
|
|
|
the participants average annual pension eligible
compensation, not including base salary, for the five calendar
years of the participants last 120 consecutive calendar
months of eligibility service that would result in the highest
average annual compensation amount.
|
For a participant first employed on or after January 1,
2005, average final compensation is the average of the
participants total pension eligible compensation (salary,
bonus and annual incentive payments for NEOs and other exempt
salaried employees) over the highest five consecutive calendar
years of the participants final 120 months of
eligibility service.
As it applies to participants first employed prior to January 1,
2000, under the Traditional Pension Plan, Standard Early
Retirement is available to employees at least 55 years of age
with 10 years of eligibility service. Special Early Retirement
is available to employees at least age 55 with 15 years of
eligibility service or at least age 50 whose age plus total
eligibility service equals at least 80. For Standard Early
Retirement, if payments begin before age 65, payments from
anticipated payments at the normal retirement age of 65 (the
Normal Retirement Age) are reduced by 1/4 of 1% for
each month that payments commence prior to the Normal Retirement
Age. For Special Early Retirement, if payments begin between
ages 60-64, benefits will be payable at 100%. If payments begin
prior to age 60, they are reduced by 5/12 of 1% for each month
that payments start before age 60 but not more than 25% are
reduced by 1/4 of 1% for each month that payments commence prior
to the Normal Retirement Age. For Special Early Retirement, if
payments begin between ages 60-64, benefits will be payable at
100%. If payments begin prior to age 60, they are reduced by
5/12 of 1% for each month that payments start before age 60 but
not more than 25%.
For participants first employed from January 1, 2000
through December 31, 2004, under the Traditional Pension
Plan, Standard Early Retirement is available to employees at
least 55 years of age with 10 years of eligibility
service. If payments begin before age 65, payments from
anticipated payments at the normal retirement age of 65 (the
Normal Retirement Age) are reduced by 1/4% of 1% for
each month that payments commence prior to the Normal Retirement
Age. Special Early Retirement is also available to employees who
have attained at least age 55 with 15 years of
eligibility service (but not earlier than age 55). For
Special Early Retirement, the benefit payable at or after
age 62 would be at 100%; if payments commence prior to
age 62 they would be reduced by 5/12 of 1% for each of the
first 48 months prior to age 62 and by an additional
4/12 of 1% for each of the next 12 months and by an
additional 3/12 of 1% for each month prior to age 57. For
participants first employed on or after January 1, 2005,
and who retire before age 65, benefits may
131
commence at or after age 55 but the benefit would be
reduced by 5/9 of 1% for each of the first 60 months prior
to age 65 and an additional 5/18 of 1% for each month prior
to age 60.
In December 2007, effective January 1, 2008, the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan and the ITT Excess Pension Plans were
amended to provide for a three-year vesting requirement. In
addition, for employees who are already vested and who are
involuntarily terminated and entitled to severance payments from
ITT, additional months of age and service (not to exceed
24 months) are to be imputed based on the employees
actual service to his or her last day worked, solely for
purposes of determining eligibility for early retirement.
The 2010 Pension Benefits below provides information on the
pension benefits for the NEOs. At the present time, none of the
NEOs listed in the Summary Compensation Table has elected to
accrue benefits under the Pension Equity Plan formula.
Mses. McClain and Buonocore and Messrs. Jimenez and
Speetzen participate under the terms of the plan in effect for
employees hired after January 1, 2005. However,
Mr. Speetzen has not yet accrued a vested pension benefit.
Employees may retire as early as age 55 under the terms of
the plan. Mr. Napolitano participates under the terms of the
plan in effect for employees hired prior to January 1, 2000.
Pensions may be reduced if retirement starts before age 65.
Possible pension reductions are described above.
Benefits under this plan are subject to the limitations imposed
under Sections 415 and 401(a) (17) of the Internal
Revenue Code in effect as of December 31, 2010.
Section 415 limits the amount of annual pension payable
from a qualified plan. For 2010, this limit is $195,000 per year
for a single-life annuity payable at an IRS-prescribed
retirement age. This ceiling may be actuarially adjusted in
accordance with IRS rules for items such as employee
contributions, other forms of distribution and different annuity
starting dates. Section 401(a)(17) limits the amount of
compensation that may be recognized in the determination of a
benefit under a qualified plan. For 2010, this limit is $245,000.
ITT Excess Pension Plan. Since federal law
limits the amount of benefits paid under and the amount of
compensation recognized under tax-qualified retirement plans,
ITT maintains the unfunded ITT Excess Pension Plan, which is not
qualified for tax purposes. The purpose of the ITT Excess
Pension Plan is to restore benefits calculated under the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan formula that cannot be paid because of
the IRS limitations noted above. ITT has not granted any extra
years of benefit service to any employee under either the ITT
Salaried Retirement Plan or the Excess Pension Plan. In the
event of a change of control, certain extra years of service may
be allowed in accordance with the terms of the Special Senior
Executive Severance Pay Plan described in Compensation
Tables Potential Post-Employment
Compensation Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan.
In the event of a change of control, any excess plan benefit
would be immediately payable, subject to any applicable
Section 409A restrictions with respect to form and timing
of payments, and would be paid in a single discounted sum.
Amendments to the excess pension plan related to
Section 409A compliance, while not modifying the previously
disclosed definition of change in control in the excess pension
plan, provide that payouts of pension amounts earned since
January 1, 2005 require a change in control involving an
acceleration event of 30% or more of ITTs outstanding
stock.
No pension benefits were paid to any of the named executives in
the last fiscal year.
132
Pension
Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Present Value of
|
|
|
Present Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit at
|
|
|
Benefit at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Normal
|
|
|
Earliest Date for
|
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
|
|
|
Years Credited
|
|
|
Retirement
|
|
|
Unreduced
|
|
|
During Last
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service (#)
|
|
|
($)(1)
|
|
|
Benefit
|
|
|
Fiscal Year ($)
|
|
Name(a)
|
|
Plan Name(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
72,062
|
|
|
|
72,062
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan
|
|
|
5.29
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
17,205
|
|
|
|
17,205
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan
|
|
|
2.0
|
|
|
|
13,562
|
|
|
|
13,562
|
|
|
|
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
|
|
17,912
|
|
|
|
17,912
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan
|
|
|
1.56
|
|
|
|
29,666
|
|
|
|
29,666
|
|
|
|
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan
|
|
|
3.83
|
|
|
|
70,464
|
|
|
|
70,464
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan
|
|
|
3.83
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan
|
|
|
26.25
|
|
|
|
433,689
|
|
|
|
698,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan
|
|
|
12.08
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
282,670
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Assumptions used to determine present value as of
December 31, 2010 are as follows: |
|
|
|
Measurement date: December 31, 2010; Discount Rate: 5.75%;
Mortality (pre-commencement): None; Mortality
(post-commencement): UP-94 Mortality Table; Termination of
Employment: Age 65 for all participants; Present value is
based on the single life annuity payable beginning on the first
day of the month at normal retirement age 65 (column (d))
or the earliest time at which a participant may retire under the
plan without any benefit reduction due to age (column (e)). The
six-month delay under the Pension Plan for specified
employees as required under Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code was disregarded for this purpose. All
results shown are estimates only; actual benefits will be based
on precise credited service and compensation history, which will
be determined at termination of employment. |
|
|
|
The 2010 row of the column titled Change in Pension Plan
Value & Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings in
the Summary Compensation Table quantifies the change in the
present value of the Pension Plan benefit from December 31,
2009 to December 31, 2010. To determine the present value
of the plan benefit as of December 31, 2009, the same
assumptions that are described above to determine present value
as of December 31, 2010 were used, except a 5.75% interest
rate was used to determine the present value, as compared to a
6.00% interest rate as of December 31, 2009. |
|
(c) |
|
Mr. Napolitano became a participant in the ITT Salaried
Retirement Plan as of December 1, 1998 following the ITT
acquisition of Goulds Pump Inc. Mr. Napolitanos
services are calculated under the Goulds Retirement Plan
provisions and such services are treated as a former benefit
plan under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan. Accordingly, the
years of credited service for Mr. Napolitano include
14.17 years of service accrued as an employee of Goulds,
which reflects breaks in service from his original hire date.
The Goulds plan did not provide benefits in excess of the IRS
limits. |
|
(d) |
|
The accumulated benefit is based on service and earnings (base
salary and bonus and/or AIP payment) considered by the plans for
the period through December 31, 2010, and represents the
actuarial present value under ASC Topic 715 of pension earned to
date and payable at the assumed normal retirement age for the
named executives as defined under each plan, based upon
actuarial factors and assumptions used in Note 13 to the
Combined Financial Statements in this Information Statement and
as described in (1) above, regardless of whether or not the
executive has vested in this benefit. |
|
(e) |
|
The amounts represent the actuarial present value of the
accumulated benefit at December 31, 2010, for the named
executives under each plan based upon actuarial factors and
assumptions used in Note 13 to the Combined Financial
Statements in this Information Statement and as described in
(1) above, where the retirement age is assumed to be the
earliest age at which the individual can receive undiscounted
early retirement benefits. |
133
ITT
Deferred Compensation Plan
ITT Deferred Compensation Plan. The ITT
Deferred Compensation Plan is a tax deferral plan. The ITT
Deferred Compensation Plan permits eligible executives with a
base salary of at least $200,000 to defer between 2% and 90% of
their AIP payment. The AIP amount deferred is included in the
Summary Compensation Table under Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Compensation. Withdrawals under the plan are available on
payment dates elected by participants at the time of the
deferral election. The withdrawal election is irrevocable except
in cases of demonstrated hardship due to an unforeseeable
emergency as provided by the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan.
Amounts deferred will be unsecured general obligations of ITT to
pay the deferred compensation in the future and will rank with
other unsecured and unsubordinated indebtedness of ITT.
Participants can elect to have their account balances allocated
into one or more of the 25 phantom investment funds (including a
phantom ITT stock fund) and can change their investment
allocations on a daily basis. All plan accounts are maintained
on the accounts of ITT and investment earnings are credited to a
participants account (and charged to corporate earnings)
to mirror the investment returns achieved by the investment
funds chosen by that participant.
A participant can establish up to six accounts into
which AIP payment deferrals are credited and he or she can elect
a different form of payment and a different payment commencement
date for each account. One account may be selected
based on a termination date (the Termination
Account) and five accounts are based on employee-specified
dates (each a Special Purpose Account). Each Special
Purpose and Termination Account may have different investment
and payment options. Termination Accounts will be paid in the
seventh month following the last day worked. Changes to Special
Purpose Account distribution elections must be made at least
12 months before any existing benefit payment date, may not
take effect for at least 12 months, and must postpone the
existing benefit payment date by at least five years.
Additionally, Termination Account distribution elections are
irrevocable.
ITT Excess Savings Plan. Since federal law
limits the amount of compensation that can be used to determine
employee and employer contribution amounts ($245,000 in
2010) to the tax-qualified plan, ITT has established and
maintains a non-qualified unfunded ITT Excess Savings Plan to
allow for employee and ITT contributions based on base salary in
excess of these limits. Employee contributions under this plan
are limited to 6% of base salary. All balances under this plan
are maintained on the books of ITT and earnings are credited to
the accumulated savings under the plan based on the earnings in
the Stable Value Fund in the tax-qualified plan. Benefits will
be paid in a lump sum in the seventh month following the last
day worked. Employees are immediately 100% vested in their own
contributions. ITT matches contributions, which initially vest
20% for each year of service. After 5 years employees are
100% vested in ITTs matching contributions. The ITT
matching contribution also vests when an employee reaches
age 65 and in the case of death, disability or retirement.
Deferred Compensation. Non-qualified savings
represent amounts in the ITT Excess Savings Plan. Deferred
Compensation earnings under the ITT Deferred Compensation Plan
are calculated by reference to actual earnings of mutual funds
or ITT stock as provided in the accompanying chart.
134
The table below shows the activity within the Deferred
Compensation Plan for the NEOs for 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010 Nonqualified Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
|
Executive
|
|
|
Registrant
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
Contributions
|
|
|
Earnings in
|
|
|
Withdrawals/
|
|
|
Balance at Last
|
|
Name
|
|
in Last FY ($)
|
|
|
in Last FY ($)
|
|
|
Last FY ($)
|
|
|
Distributions ($)
|
|
|
FYE ($)
|
|
(a)
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified savings
|
|
|
16,956
|
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
|
|
2,498
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,417
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
229,145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,976
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
612,990
|
|
Total
|
|
|
246,101
|
|
|
|
10,011
|
|
|
|
26,474
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
713,407
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified savings
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
|
|
1,315
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,913
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,948
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
72,397
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2,254
|
|
|
|
1,315
|
|
|
|
2,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,310
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified savings
|
|
|
10,027
|
|
|
|
5,849
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,981
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
10,027
|
|
|
|
5,849
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,981
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-qualified savings
|
|
|
5,585
|
|
|
|
3,258
|
|
|
|
598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,905
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
283,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,221,131
|
|
Total
|
|
|
289,063
|
|
|
|
3,258
|
|
|
|
51,598
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,248,036
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
Non-qualified
savings
|
|
|
3,882
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,169
|
|
Deferred Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
3,882
|
|
|
|
2,264
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,169
|
|
|
|
|
(b) |
|
Non-qualified savings amounts for Executive Contributions in
Last Fiscal Year are included in the Salary column of the
Summary Compensation Table and deferred compensation amounts for
Ms. McClain and Ms. Buonocore represent the deferred
portion of the 2010 AIP, which amounts were credited to the
executives accounts in 2011, and are included in the
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation column of the Summary
Compensation Table. |
|
(c) |
|
The amounts in column (c) for non-qualified savings are
also reflected in column (g) of the All Other Compensation
Table as Excess Savings Plan Contributions and included in the
Summary Compensation Table. |
|
(f) |
|
With respect to Ms. McClain, includes $446,178 in executive
and registrant contributions to the ITT Deferred Compensation
Plan and the ITT Excess Savings Plan that were reported as
compensation in the Summary Compensation Table in ITTs
previously filed proxy statements. For Messrs. Speetzen,
Jimenez and Napolitano and Ms. Buonocore, amounts in column
(f) do not include any amounts reported in previous Summary
Compensation Tables. |
The table below shows the funds available under the ITT Deferred
Compensation Plan, as reported by the administrator and their
annual rate of return for the calendar year ended
December 31, 2010.
135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rate of
|
|
|
|
|
Rate of
|
|
|
|
Return
|
|
|
|
|
Return
|
|
|
|
1/1/10
|
|
|
|
|
1/1/10
|
|
Name of Fund
|
|
12/31/10
|
|
|
Name of Fund
|
|
12/31/10
|
|
|
Fixed Rate Option(1)
|
|
|
5.80
|
%
|
|
Vanguard Developed Markets Index (VDMIX)
|
|
|
8.54
|
%
|
PIMCO Total Return Institutional (PTTRX)
|
|
|
8.86
|
%
|
|
Artio International Equity A (BJBIX)
|
|
|
8.52
|
%
|
PIMCO Real Return Institutional (PRRIX)
|
|
|
7.68
|
%
|
|
American Funds EuroPacific Growth (REREX)
|
|
|
9.39
|
%
|
T Rowe Price High Yield (PRHYX)
|
|
|
14.40
|
%
|
|
First Eagle Overseas A (SGOVX)
|
|
|
19.24
|
%
|
Dodge & Cox Stock (DODGX)
|
|
|
13.49
|
%
|
|
Lazard Emerging Markets Equity Open (LZOEX)
|
|
|
22.43
|
%
|
Vanguard 500 Index (VFINX)
|
|
|
14.91
|
%
|
|
AIM Global Real Estate (AGREX)
|
|
|
16.97
|
%
|
American Funds Growth Fund of America R4 (RGAEX)
|
|
|
12.29
|
%
|
|
Model Portfolio* Conservative
|
|
|
8.11
|
%
|
Perkins Mid Cap Value (JMCVX)
|
|
|
14.81
|
%
|
|
Model Portfolio* Moderate Conservative
|
|
|
10.51
|
%
|
Artisan Mid Cap (ARTMX)
|
|
|
31.57
|
%
|
|
Model Portfolio* Moderate
|
|
|
12.43
|
%
|
American Century Small Cap Value (ASVIX)
|
|
|
24.15
|
%
|
|
Model Portfolio* Moderate Aggressive
|
|
|
13.45
|
%
|
Perimeter Small Cap Growth (PSCGX)
|
|
|
25.14
|
%
|
|
Model Portfolio* Aggressive
|
|
|
14.70
|
%
|
Harbor International (HIINX)
|
|
|
11.57
|
%
|
|
ITT Corporation Stock Fund (ITT)
|
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
Vanguard Total Bond Market Index (VBMFX)
|
|
|
6.42
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The Fixed Rate Option 5.80% rate is based on guaranteed
contractual returns from the insurance ITT provider. |
|
* |
|
The returns shown in the model portfolio are not subsidized by
ITT, but represent returns for a managed portfolio based on
funds available to deferred compensation participants. |
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
The Potential Post-Employment Compensation tables below reflect
the amount of compensation payable to each of the NEOs in the
event of employment termination under several different
circumstances, including voluntary termination, termination for
cause, death, disability, termination without cause or
termination in connection with a change of control.
Ms. McClain, Mr. Jimenez and Ms. Buonocore are
covered under the Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan and
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan (applicable to
change of control) described in Compensation Discussion
and Analysis Post-Employment
Compensation Severance Plan Arrangements.
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano are covered under the ITT
Severance Policy or the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan (applicable to change of control). The ITT Severance Policy
provides for severance based on grade level and years of service.
The amounts shown in the potential post-employment compensation
tables are estimates (or the estimated present value of the ITT
Excess Pension Plan which may be paid in continuing annuity
payments), assuming that the triggering event was effective as
of December 31, 2010, including amounts which would be
earned through such date (or that would be earned during a
period of severance), and where applicable, are based on the ITT
closing stock price on December 31, 2010, the last trading
day of 2010, which was $52.11.
The actual amounts to be paid out can only be determined at the
time of such executives separation from ITT. For purposes
of calculating the estimated potential payments to our officers
under the ITT Excess Pension Plan, as reflected in the tables
below, we have used the same actuarial factors and assumptions
described in note (1) to the 2010 Pension Benefits table
and those used for financial statement reporting purposes as
described in Note 13 to the Combined Financial Statements
in this Information Statement. The calculations assume a
discount rate of 5.75% and take into account the UP 1994
Mortality Table projected to 2010, except as noted in the
footnotes.
136
Payments and Benefits Provided Generally to Salaried
Employees. The amounts shown in the tables below
do not include payments and benefits to the extent these
payments and benefits are provided on a non-discriminatory basis
to salaried employees generally upon termination of employment.
These include:
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued salary and vacation pay;
|
|
|
|
Regular pension benefits under the ITT Salaried Retirement Plan;
|
|
|
|
Health care benefits provided to retirees under the ITT Salaried
Retirement Plan, including retiree medical and dental insurance.
Employees who terminate prior to retirement are eligible for
continued benefits under COBRA; and
|
|
|
|
Distributions of plan balances under the ITT Salaried Investment
and Savings Plan and amounts currently vested under the ITT
Excess Savings Plan.
|
No perquisites are available to any NEOs in any of the
post-employment compensation circumstances. With respect to the
ITT Salaried Retirement Plan, benefits under such plan may be
deferred to age 65, but may become payable at age 55
or, if the participant is eligible for early retirement, the
first of the month immediately following the last day worked
without regard to the period of the severance payments. Benefits
under the ITT Excess Pension Plan must commence as soon as
possible but generally would be payable seven months following
such date, retroactive to the date the ITT Excess Pension Plan
benefit became payable.
Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan. The
amount of severance pay under this plan depends on the
executives base pay and years of service. The amount will
not exceed 24 months of base pay or be greater than two
times the executives total annual compensation during the
year immediately preceding termination. ITT considers these
severance pay provisions appropriate transitional provisions
given the job responsibilities and competitive market in which
senior executives function. ITTs obligation to continue
severance payments stops if the executive does not comply with
ITTs Code of Corporate Conduct. ITT considers this
cessation provision to be critical to ITTs emphasis on
ethical behavior. ITTs obligation to continue severance
payments also stops if the executive does not comply with
non-competition provisions of the ITT Severance Policy or Senior
Executive Severance Pay Plan. These provisions protect the
integrity of our businesses and are consistent with typical
commercial arrangements. Ms. McClain, Mr. Jimenez and
Ms. Buonocore are covered under this plan.
Messrs. Speetzen and Napolitano are covered under the ITT
Severance Policy.
If a covered executive receives or is entitled to receive other
compensation from another company, the amount of that other
compensation could be used to offset amounts otherwise payable
under the ITT Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan. During the
severance payment period, the executive will have a limited
right to continue to be eligible for participation in certain
benefit plans. Severance pay will start within sixty days
following the covered executives scheduled termination
date.
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan. This plan provides two levels of benefits
for covered executives, based on their position within ITT. The
Committee considered two levels of benefits appropriate based on
the relative ability of each level of employee to influence
future ITT performance. (Senior Vice Presidents receive the
higher level and Vice Presidents and employees in Band B receive
the lower level). Under the Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan, if a covered executive is terminated within two years
after an acceleration event in a change of control or in
contemplation of an acceleration in a change of control event
that ultimately occurs or if the covered executive terminates
his or her employment for good reason within two years after an
acceleration event in the event of a change of control, he or
she would be entitled to:
|
|
|
|
|
any accrued but unpaid base salary, bonus (AIP payment),
unreimbursed expenses and employee benefits, including vacation;
|
|
|
|
two or three times the highest annual base salary rate during
the three fiscal years immediately preceding the date of
termination and two or three times the highest AIP payment paid
or awarded in the three years preceding an acceleration event or
termination;
|
|
|
|
continuation of health and life insurance benefits and certain
perquisites at the same levels for two or three years;
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
a lump-sum payment equal to the difference between the total
lump-sum value of his or her pension benefit under ITTs
pension plans, or any successor pension plans (provided such
plans are no less favorable to the executive than the ITT
pension plans), and the total lump-sum value of his or her
pension benefit under the pension plans after crediting an
additional two or three years of age and eligibility and benefit
service using the highest annual base salary rate and bonus for
purposes of determining final average compensation under the
pension plans;
|
|
|
|
credit for an additional two or three years of age and two or
three years of eligibility service under the retiree health and
retiree life insurance benefits;
|
|
|
|
a lump-sum payment equal to two or three times the highest
annual base salary rate during the three years preceding
termination or an acceleration event times the highest
percentage rate of ITTs contributions to the ITT Salaried
Investment and Savings Plan and the ITT Excess Savings Plan,
such payment not to exceed 3.5% per year; and
|
|
|
|
tax gross-up
for excise taxes imposed on the covered employee; and
|
|
|
|
one year of outplacement.
|
Mses. McClain and Buonocore are covered at the highest level of
benefits. Messrs. Speetzen, Jimenez and Napolitano are
covered at the lower level of benefits.
The Potential Post-Employment Compensation tables below provide
additional information.
Change of
Control Arrangements
The payment or vesting of awards or benefits under each of the
plans listed below would be accelerated upon the occurrence of a
change of control of ITT. The reasons for the change of control
provisions in these plans are to put the executive in the same
position he or she would have been in had the change of control
not occurred. Executives then can focus on preserving value for
shareholders when evaluating situations that, without change of
control provisions, could be personally adverse to the
executive. There would be a change of control of ITT if one of
the following acceleration events occurred:
1. A report on Schedule 13D was filed with the SEC
disclosing that any person, other than ITT or one of its
subsidiaries or any employee benefit plan that is sponsored by
ITT or a subsidiary, had become the beneficial owner of 20% or
more of ITTs outstanding stock;
2. A person other than ITT or one of its subsidiaries or
any employee benefit plan that is sponsored by ITT or a
subsidiary purchased ITTs shares in connection with a
tender or exchange offer, if after consummation of the offer the
person purchasing the shares is the beneficial owner of 20% or
more of ITTs outstanding stock;
3. The shareholders of ITT approved:
(a) any consolidation, business combination or merger of
ITT other than a consolidation, business combination or merger
in which the shareholders of ITT immediately prior to the merger
would hold 50% or more of the combined voting power of ITT or
the surviving corporation of the merger and would have the same
proportionate ownership of common stock of the surviving
corporation that they held in ITT immediately prior to the
merger; or
(b) any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer of all or
substantially all of the assets of ITT;
4. A majority of the members of the Board of Directors of
ITT changed within a
12-month
period, unless the election or nomination for election of each
of the new Directors by ITTs stockholders had been
approved by two-thirds of the Directors still in office who had
been Directors at the beginning of the
12-month
period or whose nomination for election or election was
recommended or approved by a majority of Directors who were
Directors at the beginning of the
12-month
period; or
5. Any person other than ITT or one of its subsidiaries or
any employee benefit plan sponsored by ITT or a subsidiary
became the beneficial owner of 20% or more of ITTs
outstanding stock.
138
At the time of an acceleration event, any unfunded pension plan
obligations will be funded using a Rabbi Trust. Pre-2005 awards
and benefits will be paid if the 20% threshold described above
is reached. For awards or benefits earned since January 1,
2005, payment of awards or benefits would be made if a person
other than ITT, its subsidiaries or any employment benefit plan
sponsored by ITT becomes the beneficial owner of 30% or more of
ITTs outstanding stock.
The 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan was approved by shareholders at
ITTs 2011 Annual Meeting, change of control under the 2011
Omnibus Incentive Plan requires consummation of the transactions
described in 3(a) and (b) above.
The following ITT plans have change of control provisions:
|
|
|
|
|
the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan;
|
|
|
|
the 2003 Equity Incentive Plan;
|
|
|
|
the 1994 Incentive Stock Plan;
|
|
|
|
the 1996 Restricted Stock Plan for Non-Employee Directors;
|
|
|
|
the 1997 Annual Incentive Plan for Executive Officers;
|
|
|
|
the 1997 Annual Incentive Plan;
|
|
|
|
the 1997 Long-Term Incentive Plan;
|
|
|
|
the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan;
|
|
|
|
the Enhanced Severance Pay Plan;
|
|
|
|
the Deferred Compensation Plan;
|
|
|
|
the Excess Savings Plan;
|
|
|
|
the Excess Pension Plans; and
|
|
|
|
the Salaried Retirement Plan.
|
Potential post-employment compensation arrangements are more
fully described for the NEOs in the tables on below.
139
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination not
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
for Cause or
|
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
With Good
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination for
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Reason After
|
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
Cause
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
not for
|
|
|
Change of Control
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Cause $
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Cash Severance(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
618,333
|
|
|
|
1,590,000
|
|
AIP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,606,800
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
618,333
|
|
|
|
3,196,800
|
|
Unvested Non-Equity Units(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 11 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
120,000
|
|
2010 12 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
240,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
360,000
|
|
Unvested Equity Awards(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/08 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/08 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
246,376
|
|
|
|
246,376
|
|
|
|
246,376
|
|
|
|
246,376
|
|
3/5/09 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570,060
|
|
|
|
570,060
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
570,060
|
|
3/5/09 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,244,838
|
|
|
|
3,244,838
|
|
|
|
2,085,319
|
|
|
|
3,244,838
|
|
3/5/10 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/10 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
390,981
|
|
|
|
390,981
|
|
|
|
249,794
|
|
|
|
390,981
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,452,255
|
|
|
|
4,452,255
|
|
|
|
2,581,489
|
|
|
|
4,452,255
|
|
Non-Qualified Retirement Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan(4)
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
105,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
1,057,111
|
|
ITT Excess Savings Plan(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,650
|
|
Total
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
105,312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
1,112,761
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outplacement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Health & Welfare(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,465
|
|
|
|
8,910
|
|
IRC 280(g) Tax
Gross-Up(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,747,791
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78,465
|
|
|
|
2,831,701
|
|
Total
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
193,588
|
|
|
|
4,557,567
|
|
|
|
4,452,255
|
|
|
|
3,471,875
|
|
|
|
11,953,517
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Ms. McClain is covered under ITTs Senior Executive
Severance Pay Plan. Under that plan, described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Post-Employment Compensation Severance Plan
Arrangements, ITT will pay a severance benefit equal to
14 months of base salary if terminated other than for cause
unless termination occurs after the normal retirement date. In
the event of a change of control, Ms. McClain is covered
under ITTs Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan,
described in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Post-Employment Compensation
Severance Plan Arrangements and, under the terms of the
plan, would be paid a lump sum payment equal to the sum of three
times her highest annual salary and three times the highest AIP
award paid in the three years preceding a change of control.
Further information regarding Ms. McClains post
employment compensation is provided in the Non-Qualified
Deferred Compensation and Pension Tables above. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on total shareholder return performance through
December 31, 2010, outstanding TSR awards would not earn a
payout. Should Ms. McClain resign or be terminated for
cause, she would receive no TSR payment. In the event of death
or disability, she would receive payment, if any, for
outstanding TSR awards and in the event of termination without
cause she would receive payment, if any, based on a pro-rata
portion of the outstanding TSR awards as of the termination
date, based on ITTs performance during the three-year
period, in accordance with Section 409A. TSR awards provide
that in the event of a change |
140
|
|
|
|
|
of control, a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards will be
paid through the date of the change of control based on actual
performance and the balance of the award will be paid at target
(100%). |
|
(3) |
|
Equity awards vest according to the terms described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program. Unvested equity awards reflect
the market value of restricted stock and
in-the-money
value of options based on ITTs December 31, 2010
closing stock price of $52.11. |
|
(4) |
|
Column (a) and column (b) amounts reflect the present
value of the annual vested benefit payable under the ITT Excess
Pension Plan, as of December 31, 2010 assuming a retirement
at age 65. Column (c) provides the value of the
benefit payable to Ms. McClains beneficiary upon
death. Column (d) is inapplicable because disability would
not affect retirement benefits. Column (e) provides the
present value of the benefit payable by ITT after imputing
24 months of eligibility service in the determination of
the benefit. Column (f) provides the lump sum payable by
ITT in accordance with the Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan in the event of a change of control. |
|
(5) |
|
No additional ITT Excess Savings Plan payments are made in the
event of voluntary or involuntary termination, or termination
for cause. In the case of death or disability, to the extent not
already vested, the participant becomes 100% vested in the ITT
match. Ms. McClain was fully vested in the ITT match as of
December 31, 2010. Column (f) reflects the additional
cash payment representing ITT contributions, which would be made
following a change of control as described in the Special Senior
Executive Severance Pay Plan in Compensation Discussion
and Analysis Post-Employment Compensation
Severance Plan Arrangements. |
|
(6) |
|
ITTs Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan includes one year
of outplacement services. Amounts shown in columns (e) and
(f) are based on a current competitive bid. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event of termination not for cause, ITT will pay the
companys portion of medical and life insurance premiums
for fourteen months ( $2,352 and $1,113 respectively) and in the
event of a change of control, ITT will pay medical and life
insurance premiums for three years ($6,048 and $2,862
respectively). |
|
(8) |
|
Amounts in column (f) assume termination occurs immediately
upon a change of control based on ITTs December 31,
2010 closing stock price of $52.11. |
141
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for Cause
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
or with Good
|
|
|
|
Michael Speetzen
|
|
|
Reason
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
After Change
|
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
For Cause
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
Not For Cause
|
|
|
of Control
|
|
|
|
$(a)
|
|
|
$(b)
|
|
|
$(c)
|
|
|
$(c)
|
|
|
$(e)
|
|
|
$(f)
|
|
|
Cash Severance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
624,000
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
410,860
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,000
|
|
|
|
1,034,860
|
|
Unvested Non-Equity Awards(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 11 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,333
|
|
2010 12 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66,667
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,000
|
|
Unvested Equity Awards(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/09 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
125,175
|
|
|
|
125,175
|
|
|
|
62,587
|
|
|
|
125,175
|
|
3/5/09 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137,518
|
|
|
|
137,518
|
|
|
|
103,139
|
|
|
|
137,518
|
|
3/5/10 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/10 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
525,477
|
|
|
|
525,477
|
|
|
|
218,949
|
|
|
|
525,477
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
788,170
|
|
|
|
788,170
|
|
|
|
384,675
|
|
|
|
788,170
|
|
Non-Qualified Retirement Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166,471
|
|
ITT Excess Savings Plan(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,678
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
188,149
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outplacement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Health & Welfare(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
12,736
|
|
IRC 280(g) Tax
Gross-Up(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,715
|
|
|
|
87,736
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
789,147
|
|
|
|
789,147
|
|
|
|
544,390
|
|
|
|
2,198,916
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Speetzen is covered under the ITT Severance Pay Policy.
Under that policy, described in Compensation Discussion
and Analysis Post-Employment
Compensation Severance Plan Arrangements, ITT
will pay a severance benefit equal to 26 weeks of base
salary if terminated other than for cause unless termination
occurs after the normal retirement date. In the event of a
change of control, Mr. Speetzen is covered under ITTs
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Post-Employment Compensation Severance Plan
Arrangements and, under the terms of the plan, would be
paid a lump sum payment equal to the sum of two times his
highest annual salary and two times the highest AIP award paid
in the three years preceding a change of control. Further
information regarding Mr. Speetzens post employment
compensation is provided in the Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation and Pension Tables above. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on total shareholder return performance through
December 31, 2010, outstanding TSR awards for the
2009-11 and
the 2010-12
performance periods would not earn a payout. Should
Mr. Speetzen resign or be terminated for cause, he would
receive no TSR payment. In the event of death or disability, he
would receive payment, if any, for outstanding TSR awards and in
the event of termination without cause he would receive payment,
if any, based on a pro-rata portion of the outstanding TSR
awards as of the termination date, based on ITTs
performance during the three-year period, in accordance with
Section 409A. TSR awards provide that in the event of a
change of control, a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards will
be paid through the date of the change of control based on
actual performance and the balance of the award will be paid at
target (100%). |
142
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Equity awards vest according to the terms described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program. Unvested equity awards reflect
the market value of restricted stock and
in-the-money
value of options based on ITTs December 31, 2010
closing stock price of $52.11. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Speetzen has not yet accrued a vested pension benefit.
Column (f) provides the lump sum payable by ITT in
accordance with the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
in the event of a change of control. |
|
(5) |
|
No additional ITT Excess Savings Plan payments are made in the
event of voluntary or involuntary termination, or termination
for cause. In the case of death or disability, the participant
becomes 100% vested in the ITT match. Column (f) reflects
the additional cash payment representing ITT contributions,
which would be made following a change of control as described
in the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan in
Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Post-Employment Compensation
Severance Plan Arrangements. |
|
(6) |
|
The Severance Policy includes outplacement services. Amounts
shown in columns (f) are based on a current competitive bid. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event of termination not for cause, ITT will pay the
companys portion of medical and life insurance premiums
($3,388 and $327, respectively) for seven months and in the
event of a change of control, ITT will pay medical life
insurance premiums ($11,616 and $1,120, respectively) for two
years. |
|
(8) |
|
Amounts in column (f) assume termination occurs immediately
upon a change of control based on ITTs December 31,
2010 closing stock price of $52.11. |
143
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for Cause
|
|
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
or with Good
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Reason After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
for Cause
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
Cause
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Cash Severance(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415,000
|
|
|
|
830,000
|
|
AIP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
624,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
415,000
|
|
|
|
1,454,000
|
|
Unvested Non-Equity Units(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 11 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55,567
|
|
2010 12 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
111,133
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
166,700
|
|
Unvested Equity Awards(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6/9/09 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69,445
|
|
|
|
69,445
|
|
|
|
34,722
|
|
|
|
69,445
|
|
6/9/09 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
189,524
|
|
|
|
189,524
|
|
|
|
157,937
|
|
|
|
189,524
|
|
3/5/10 Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/10 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
181,030
|
|
|
|
181,030
|
|
|
|
105,601
|
|
|
|
181,030
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
439,999
|
|
|
|
439,999
|
|
|
|
298,260
|
|
|
|
439,999
|
|
Non-Qualified Retirement Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
463,661
|
|
ITT Excess Savings Plan(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,037
|
|
|
|
4,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,050
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,037
|
|
|
|
4,037
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
492,711
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outplacement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Health & Welfare(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,821
|
|
|
|
3,642
|
|
IRC 280(g) Tax
Gross-Up(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
76,821
|
|
|
|
78,642
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
444,036
|
|
|
|
444,036
|
|
|
|
790,081
|
|
|
|
2,632,052
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Jimenez is covered under the Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan. Under that plan, ITT will pay a severance benefit
equal to 12 months of base salary if terminated other than
for cause unless termination occurs after the normal retirement
date. In the event of a change of control, Mr. Jimenez is
covered under ITTs Special Senior Executive Severance Pay
Plan, described in Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Severance Plan Arrangements
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan and, under the
terms of the plan, would be paid a lump sum payment equal to two
times his current salary plus two times the highest AIP award
paid in the three years prior to a change of control. Further
information regarding Mr. Jimenezs post employment
compensation is provided in the Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation and Pension Tables above. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on total shareholder return performance through
December 31, 2010, outstanding TSR awards for the
2009-11 and
2010-12
performance periods would not earn a payment. Should
Mr. Jimenez resign or be terminated for cause, he would
receive no TSR payment. In the event of death or disability, he
would receive payment, if any, for outstanding TSR awards and in
the event of termination without cause he would receive payment,
if any, based on a pro-rata portion of the outstanding TSR
awards as of the termination date, based on ITTs
performance during the three-year period, in accordance with
Section 409A. The TSR awards, in the event of a change of
control, provide that a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards
will be paid through the date of the change of control based on
actual performance and the balance of the award will be paid at
target (100%). |
144
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Equity awards vest according to the terms described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program. Unvested equity awards reflect
the market value of restricted stock and
in-the-money
value of options based on ITTs December 31, 2010
closing stock price of $52.11. |
|
(4) |
|
Mr. Jimenez has not yet accrued a vested pension benefit.
Column (f) provides the lump sum payable by ITT in
accordance with the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
in the event of a change of control. |
|
(5) |
|
No additional ITT Excess Savings Plan payments are made in the
event of voluntary or involuntary termination, or termination
for cause. In the case of death or disability, the participant
becomes 100% vested in the ITT match. Amounts in column
(f) reflect the additional cash payment representing ITT
contributions, which would be made following a change of control
as described in the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan
in Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Severance Plan Arrangements Special Senior Executive
Severance Pay Plan. |
|
(6) |
|
ITTs Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan includes one year
of outplacement services. Amounts shown in columns (e) and
(f) are based on a current competitive bid. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event of termination not for cause, ITT will pay the
companys portion of medical and life insurance premiums
for one year ($1,074 and $747 respectively) and in the event of
a change of control, ITT will pay medical and life insurance
premiums for two years ($2,148 and $1,494 respectively). |
|
(8) |
|
Amounts in column (f) assume termination occurs immediately
upon a change of control based on ITTs December 31,
2010 closing stock price of $52.11. |
145
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for Cause
|
|
|
|
Angela Buonocore
|
|
|
or with Good
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Reason After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
for Cause
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
Cause
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Cash Severance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340,000
|
|
|
|
1,020,000
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,155,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
340,000
|
|
|
|
2,175,000
|
|
Unvested Non-Equity Awards (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 11 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
45,000
|
|
2010 12 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
135,000
|
|
Unvested Equity Awards (3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/7/07 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
208,440
|
|
|
|
208,440
|
|
|
|
208,440
|
|
|
|
208,440
|
|
3/10/08 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/08 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100,781
|
|
|
|
100,781
|
|
|
|
100,781
|
|
|
|
100,781
|
|
3/5/09 Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
142,516
|
|
|
|
142,516
|
|
|
|
71,258
|
|
|
|
142,516
|
|
3/5/09 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
185,616
|
|
|
|
185,616
|
|
|
|
170,148
|
|
|
|
185,616
|
|
3/5/10 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/10 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
146,638
|
|
|
|
146,638
|
|
|
|
85,539
|
|
|
|
146,638
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
783,991
|
|
|
|
783,991
|
|
|
|
636,166
|
|
|
|
783,991
|
|
Non-Qualified Retirement Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT Excess Pension Plan(4)
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
61,657
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
630,762
|
|
ITT Excess Savings Plan(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,800
|
|
Total
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
65,048
|
|
|
|
3,391
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
654,562
|
|
Other Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outplacement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Health & Welfare(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
7,692
|
|
IRC 280(g) Tax
Gross-Up(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,493,206
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,564
|
|
|
|
1,575,898
|
|
Total
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
113,340
|
|
|
|
849,039
|
|
|
|
787,382
|
|
|
|
1,092,070
|
|
|
|
5,324,451
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Ms. Buonocore is covered under the Senior Executive
Severance Pay Plan. Under that plan, Ms. Buonocore will
receive a severance benefit equal to 12 months base salary
if terminated other than for cause unless termination occurs
after the normal retirement date. In the event of a change of
control, Ms. Buonocore is covered under ITTs Special
Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Severance
Plan Arrangements Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan and, under the terms of the plan, would be paid a
lump sum payment equal to the sum of three times her highest
annual salary and three times the highest AIP award paid in the
three years preceding a change of control. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on total shareholder return performance through
December 31, 2010, outstanding TSR awards for the
2009-11 and
2010-12
performance periods would not earn a payout. Should
Ms. Buonocore resign or be terminated for cause, she would
receive no TSR payment. In the event of death or disability, she
would receive payment, if any, for outstanding TSR awards and in
the event of termination not for cause she would receive
payment, if any, based on a pro-rata portion of the outstanding
TSR awards as of the termination date, based on ITTs
performance during the three-year period, in accordance with
Section 409A. TSR awards provide that in the event of a
change of control, a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards will |
146
|
|
|
|
|
be paid through the date of the change of control based on
actual performance and the balance of the award will be paid at
target (100%). |
|
(3) |
|
Equity awards vest according to the terms described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program. Unvested equity awards reflect
the market value of restricted stock and
in-the-money
value of options based on ITTs December 31, 2010
closing stock price of $52.11. |
|
(4) |
|
Column (a) and column (b) amounts reflect the present
value of the annual vested benefit payable under the ITT Excess
Pension Plan, as of December 31, 2010 assuming a retirement
age at 65. Column (c) provides the value of the benefit
payable to Ms. Buonocores beneficiary upon death.
Column (d) is inapplicable because disability would not
affect retirement benefits. Column (e) provides the present
value of the benefit payable by ITT after imputing
24 months of eligibility service in the determination of
the benefit. Column (f) provides the lump sum payable by
ITT in accordance with the Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan in the event of a change of control. |
|
(5) |
|
No additional ITT Excess Savings Plan payments are made in the
event of voluntary or involuntary termination, or termination
for cause. In the case of death or disability, the participant
becomes 100% vested in the ITT match. Column (f) reflects
the additional cash payment representing ITT contributions,
which would be made following a change of control as described
in the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Severance
Plan Arrangements Special Senior Executive Severance
Pay Plan. |
|
(6) |
|
ITTs Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan includes one year
of outplacement services. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event of termination not for cause, ITT will pay the
companys portion of medical and life insurance premiums
for one year ($1,950 and $614 respectively) and in the event of
a change of control, ITT will pay medical and life insurance
premiums for three years ($5,850 and $1,842 respectively). |
|
(8) |
|
Amounts in column (f) assume termination occurs immediately
upon a change of control based on ITTs December 31,
2010 closing stock price of $52.11. |
147
Potential
Post-Employment Compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for Cause
|
|
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
or with Good
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
Reason After
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Termination
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
not for
|
|
|
Change of
|
|
|
|
Resignation
|
|
|
for Cause
|
|
|
Death
|
|
|
Disability
|
|
|
Cause
|
|
|
Control
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
(a)
|
|
|
(b)
|
|
|
(c)
|
|
|
(d)
|
|
|
(e)
|
|
|
(f)
|
|
|
Cash Severance
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salary(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
312,000
|
|
|
|
624,000
|
|
Bonus(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
528,000
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
312,000
|
|
|
|
1,152,000
|
|
Unvested Non-Equity Awards(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009 11 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
41,667
|
|
2010 12 TSR Award
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
94,467
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
136,133
|
|
Unvested Equity Awards(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/08 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/10/08 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
67,222
|
|
|
|
67,222
|
|
|
|
67,222
|
|
|
|
67,222
|
|
3/5/09 Stock Options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
156,453
|
|
|
|
156,453
|
|
|
|
78,226
|
|
|
|
156,453
|
|
3/5/09 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
171,859
|
|
|
|
171,859
|
|
|
|
157,537
|
|
|
|
171,859
|
|
3/5/10 Stock Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3/5/10 Restricted Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
153,881
|
|
|
|
153,881
|
|
|
|
89,764
|
|
|
|
153,881
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
549,414
|
|
|
|
549,414
|
|
|
|
392,749
|
|
|
|
549,414
|
|
Non-Qualified Retirement Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Qualified Pension(4)
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
104,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
945,080
|
|
Non-Qualified Savings Plan(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21,678
|
|
Total
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
104,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
966,758
|
|
Other Non-Qualified Benefits
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outplacement(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75,000
|
|
Health & Welfare(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
8,600
|
|
IRC 280(g) Tax
Gross-Up(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
930,484
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,300
|
|
|
|
1,014,084
|
|
Total
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
182,557
|
|
|
|
654,256
|
|
|
|
549,414
|
|
|
|
897,606
|
|
|
|
3,818,390
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Mr. Napolitano is covered under the ITT Severance Pay
Policy. Under that policy, described in Compensation
Discussion and Analysis Post-Employment
Compensation Severance Plan Arrangements, ITT
will pay a severance benefit equal to 52 weeks of base
salary if terminated other than for cause unless termination
occurs after the normal retirement date. In the event of a
change of control, Mr. Napolitano is covered under ITTs
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan, described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Post-Employment Compensation Severance Plan
Arrangements and, under the terms of the plan, would be
paid a lump sum payment equal to the sum of two times his
highest annual salary and two times the highest AIP award paid
in the three years preceding a change of control. Further
information regarding Mr. Napolitanos post employment
compensation is provided in the Non-Qualified Deferred
Compensation and Pension Tables above. |
|
(2) |
|
Based on total shareholder return performance through
December 31, 2010, outstanding TSR awards for the
2009-11 and
the 2010-12
performance periods would not earn a payout. Should
Mr. Napolitano resign or be terminated for cause, he would
receive no TSR payment. In the event of death or disability, he
would receive payment, if any, for outstanding TSR awards and in
the event of termination without cause he would receive payment,
if any, based on a pro-rata portion of the outstanding TSR
awards as of the termination date, based on ITTs
performance during the three-year period, in accordance with
Section 409A. TSR awards provide that in the event of a
change of control, a pro-rata portion of outstanding awards will |
148
|
|
|
|
|
be paid through the date of the change of control based on
actual performance and the balance of the award will be paid at
target (100%). |
|
(3) |
|
Equity awards vest according to the terms described in
Compensation Discussion and Analysis Long-Term
Incentive Awards Program. Unvested equity awards reflect
the market value of restricted stock and
in-the-money
value of options based on ITTs December 31, 2010
closing stock price of $52.11. |
|
(4) |
|
Column (a) and column (b) amounts reflect the present
value of the annual vested benefit payable under the ITT Excess
Pension Plan, as of December 31, 2010 assuming a retirement
at age 65. Column (c) provides the value of the
benefit payable to Mr. Napolitanos beneficiary upon
death. Column (d) is inapplicable because disability would
not affect retirement benefits. Column (e) provides the
present value of the benefit payable by ITT if
Mr. Napolitano is terminated not for cause. Column
(f) provides the lump sum payable by ITT in accordance with
the Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan in the event of
a change of control. |
|
(5) |
|
No additional ITT Excess Savings Plan payments are made in the
event of voluntary or involuntary termination, or termination
for cause. In the case of death or disability, to the extent not
already vested, the participant becomes 100% vested in the ITT
match. Mr. Napolitano was fully vested in the ITT match as
of December 31, 2010. Column (f) reflects the
additional cash payment representing ITT contributions, which
would be made following a change of control as described in the
Special Senior Executive Severance Pay Plan in
Compensation Discussion and
Analysis Post-Employment Compensation
Severance Plan Arrangements. |
|
(6) |
|
The Severance Policy includes outplacement services. Amounts
shown in columns (f) are based on a current competitive bid. |
|
(7) |
|
In the event of termination not for cause, ITT will pay the
companys portion of medical and life insurance premiums
($3,740 and $560, respectively) for twelve months and in the
event of a change of control, ITT will pay medical and life
insurance premiums ($7,481 and $1,120, respectively) for two
years. |
|
(8) |
|
Amounts in column (f) assume termination occurs immediately
upon a change of control based on ITTs December 31,
2010 closing stock price of $52.11. |
149
Appendix A
List of Companies from the
S&P®
Industrials Companies used in the Towers Watson Compensation
Data Bank Analyses:
Abbott Laboratories
Advanced Micro Devices
Agilent Technologies
Air Products and Chemicals
Alcoa
Allergan
Amazon.com
Amgen
Apollo Group
Applied Materials
AT&T
Automatic Data Processing
Avery Dennison
Avon Products
Ball
Baxter International
Best Buy
Big Lots
Biogen Idec
Boeing
Boston Scientific
Bristol-Myers Squibb
Brown-Forman
CA
Cameron International
Cardinal Health
Caterpillar
Celgene
Cephalon
CIGNA
Coca-Cola
Enterprises
Colgate-Palmolive
ConAgra Foods
Convergys
CVS Caremark
Dean Foods
Dentsply
DIRECTV
Dow Chemical
Dr Pepper Snapple
DuPont
Eastman Chemical
Eastman Kodak
Eaton
eBay
Ecolab
Eli Lilly
El Paso Corporation
EMC
Emerson
Equifax
Fiserv
Fluor
Ford
Forest Laboratories
Fortune Brands
Freeport-McMoRan Copper & Gold
Gannett
Gap
General Dynamics
General Electric
General Mills
Genzyme
Gilead Sciences
Goodrich
Goodyear Tire & Rubber
Google
Harley-Davidson
Harman International Industries
Hershey
Hess
Honeywell
Hormel Foods
Hospira
Humana
IBM
IMS Health
Intel
International Flavors & Fragrances
International Game Technology
International Paper
Jacobs Engineering
Johnson Controls
Johnson & Johnson
KB Home
Kellogg
Kimberly-Clark
KLA-Tencor
Kohls
Leggett and Platt
Lexmark International
Life Technologies
Limited
Lockheed Martin
Lorillard Tobacco
L-3 Communications
Marriott International
Masco
Mattel
McDonalds
McKesson
MeadWestvaco
Medco Health Solutions
Medtronic
Merck & Co
Microsoft
Millipore
Molson Coors Brewing
Monsanto
Motorola
Newmont Mining
New York Times
NIKE
Northrop Grumman
Novell
Occidental Petroleum
Office Depot
Owens-Illinois
Parker Hannifin
PepsiCo
Pfizer
Pitney Bowes
PPG Industries
Praxair
Pulte Homes
QUALCOMM
Quest Diagnostics
Qwest Communications
Raytheon
Rockwell Automation
Rockwell Collins
R.R. Donnelley
Sara Lee
Schering-Plough
Schlumberger
Sealed Air
Sherwin-Williams
Spectra Energy
Sprint Nextel
Staples
Starbucks
Starwood Hotels & Resorts
Sun Microsystems
Sunoco
Target
Tellabs
Tenet Healthcare
Teradata
Textron
3M
Time Warner
Time Warner Cable
UnitedHealth
United States Steel
United Technologies
Valero Energy
Verizon
VF
Viacom
Vulcan Materials
Walt Disney
Waste Management
Watson Pharmaceuticals
Western Digital
Western Union
Weyerhaeuser
Whirlpool
Whole Foods Market
Williams Companies
W.W. Grainger
Wyeth Pharmaceuticals
Wyndham Worldwide
Xerox
Yum! Brands
150
CERTAIN
RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Agreements
with ITT and Exelis Related to the Spin-Off
This section of the Information Statement summarizes material
agreements between us and ITT that will govern the ongoing
relationships between the two companies after the spin-off and
are intended to provide for an orderly transition to our status
as an independent, publicly traded company. Additional or
modified agreements, arrangements and transactions, which will
be negotiated at arms length, may be entered into between
us and ITT after the spin-off. The summaries below of each of
these agreements set forth the terms that we believe are
material. These summaries are qualified in their entirety by
reference to the full text of the applicable agreements, which
are incorporated by reference into this Information Statement.
Following the spin-off, we and ITT will operate independently,
and neither will have any ownership interest in the other. In
order to govern certain ongoing relationships between us and ITT
after the spin-off and to provide mechanisms for an orderly
transition, we, Exelis and ITT intend to enter into agreements
pursuant to which certain services and rights will be provided
for following the spin-off, and we, Exelis and ITT will
indemnify each other against certain liabilities arising from
our respective businesses. The following is a summary of the
terms of the material agreements we expect to enter into with
ITT and Exelis.
Distribution
Agreement
We intend to enter into a Distribution Agreement with ITT and
Exelis prior to the distribution of our shares of common stock
to ITT shareholders. The Distribution Agreement will set forth
our agreements with ITT and Exelis regarding the principal
actions to be taken in connection with our spin-off from ITT. It
will also set forth other agreements that govern certain aspects
of our relationship with ITT and Exelis following the spin-off.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of
Liabilities. The Distribution Agreement will
provide for those transfers of assets and assumptions of
liabilities that are necessary in connection with our spin-off
from ITT so that each of Xylem, Exelis and ITT is allocated the
assets necessary to operate its respective business and retains
or assumes the liabilities allocated to it in accordance with
the distribution plan. The Distribution Agreement will also
provide for the settlement or extinguishment of certain
liabilities and other obligations between and among Xylem,
Exelis and ITT. See Unaudited Pro Forma Combined Condensed
Financial Statements. In particular, the Distribution
Agreement will provide that, subject to the terms and conditions
contained in the Distribution Agreement:
|
|
|
|
|
All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued,
contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions)
associated with the Water business of ITT will be retained by or
transferred to us or one of our subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
All of the assets and liabilities (including whether accrued,
contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions)
associated with the Defense business of ITT will be retained by
or transferred to Exelis or one of Exeliss subsidiaries.
|
|
|
|
All other assets and liabilities (including whether accrued,
contingent or otherwise, and subject to certain exceptions) of
ITT will be retained by or transferred to ITT or one of its
subsidiaries (other than us or one of our subsidiaries or Exelis
and its subsidiaries).
|
|
|
|
Liabilities (including whether accrued, contingent or otherwise)
related to, arising out of or resulting from businesses of ITT
that were previously terminated or divested will be allocated
among the parties to the extent formerly owned or managed by or
associated with such parties or their respective businesses.
|
|
|
|
Each of Xylem and Exelis will assume or retain any liabilities
(including under applicable federal and state securities laws)
relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Form 10
registering its common stock to be distributed by ITT in the
spin-off and from any disclosure documents that offer for sale
the debt securities described under Description of
Material Indebtedness, subject to exceptions for certain
information for which ITT will retain liability.
|
151
|
|
|
|
|
Except as otherwise provided in the Distribution Agreement or
any ancillary agreement, we will be responsible for any costs or
expenses incurred by us in connection with the distribution,
including costs and expenses relating to legal counsel,
financial advisors and accounting advisory work related to the
distribution.
|
|
|
|
In addition, notwithstanding the allocation described above, we,
Exelis and ITT will agree that (i) ITT will be responsible
for, and indemnify us against, losses related to all of the
contingent liabilities (and related costs and expenses) arising
out of litigation and claims alleging exposure to asbestos prior
to our separation from ITT (including those that are described
in ITTs public filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission) and (ii) each party will, in accordance with
each parties applicable percentage of responsibility, be
responsible for losses related to certain contingent liabilities
(and related costs and expenses) in accordance with the
Distribution Agreement and any ancillary agreement.
|
Further Assurances. To the extent that any
transfers of assets or assumptions of liabilities contemplated
by the Distribution Agreement have not been consummated on or
prior to the date of the distribution, the parties will agree to
cooperate to effect such transfers or assumptions as promptly as
practicable following the date of the distribution. In addition,
each of the parties will agree to cooperate with each other and
use commercially reasonable efforts to take or to cause to be
taken all actions, and to do, or to cause to be done, all things
reasonably necessary under applicable law or contractual
obligations to consummate and make effective the transactions
contemplated by the Distribution Agreement and the ancillary
agreements.
Representations and Warranties. In general,
neither we, Exelis, nor ITT will make any representations or
warranties regarding any assets or liabilities transferred or
assumed, any consents or approvals that may be required in
connection with such transfers or assumptions, the value or
freedom from any lien or other security interest of any assets
transferred, the absence of any defenses relating to any claim
of either party or the legal sufficiency of any conveyance
documents, or any other matters. Except as expressly set forth
in the Distribution Agreement or in any ancillary agreement, all
assets will be transferred on an as is, where
is basis.
The Distribution. The Distribution Agreement
will govern the rights and obligations of the parties regarding
the proposed distribution and certain actions that must occur
prior to the proposed distribution, such as the election of
officers and directors and the adoption of the amended and
restated articles of incorporation and amended and restated
by-laws. Prior to the distribution, we will distribute shares of
our common stock to ITT in a share dividend, so that ITT shall
hold the necessary number of shares of our common stock required
to be distributed in the distribution. ITT will cause its agent
to distribute to ITT shareholders that hold shares of ITT common
stock as of the applicable record date all the issued and
outstanding shares of our common stock. ITT will have the sole
and absolute discretion to determine (and change) the terms of,
and whether to proceed with, the distribution and, to the extent
it determines to so proceed, to determine the date of the
distribution.
Conditions. The Distribution Agreement will
provide that the distribution is subject to several conditions
that must be satisfied or waived by ITT in its sole discretion.
For further information regarding these conditions, see
The Spin-Off Conditions to the Spin-Off.
ITT may, in its sole discretion, determine the distribution date
and the terms of the distribution and may at any time prior to
the completion of the distribution decide to abandon or modify
the distribution.
Termination. The Distribution Agreement will
provide that it may be terminated by ITT at any time in its sole
discretion prior to the date of the distribution.
Release of Claims and Indemnification. We,
Exelis and ITT will agree to broad releases pursuant to which we
will each release the others and certain related persons
specified in the Distribution Agreement from any claims against
any of them that arise out of or relate to events, circumstances
or actions occurring or failing to occur or alleged to occur or
fail to occur or any conditions existing or alleged to exist at
or prior to the time of the distribution. These releases will be
subject to certain exceptions set forth in the Distribution
Agreement and the ancillary agreements.
The Distribution Agreement will provide for cross-indemnities
that, except as otherwise provided in the Distribution
Agreement, are principally designed to place financial
responsibility for the obligations and
152
liabilities of our business with us, financial responsibility
for the obligations and liabilities of Exeliss business
with Exelis and financial responsibility for the obligations and
liabilities of ITTs business with ITT. Specifically, each
party will, and will cause its subsidiaries and affiliates to,
indemnify, defend and hold harmless the other party, its
affiliates and subsidiaries and each of its officers, directors,
employees and agents for any losses arising out of or otherwise
in connection with:
|
|
|
|
|
the liabilities or alleged liabilities each such party assumed
or retained pursuant to the Distribution Agreement; and
|
|
|
|
any breach by such party of the Distribution Agreement or any
ancillary agreement unless such ancillary agreement expressly
provides for separate indemnification therein, in which case any
such indemnification claims shall be made thereunder.
|
The amount of each partys indemnification obligations will
be subject to reduction by any insurance proceeds received by
the party being indemnified. The Distribution Agreement will
also specify procedures with respect to claims subject to
indemnification and related matters. Indemnification with
respect to taxes will be governed solely by the Tax Matters
Agreement.
Cash Adjustments: Prior to the distribution,
we will transfer funds to ITT or ITT will transfer funds to us
so that our book cash and cash equivalents balance in our
accounts will be equal to $200 million. The Distribution
Agreement provides for a mechanism to adjust the book cash and
cash equivalents balance among us, Exelis and ITT should our
book cash and cash equivalents balance be greater than or less
than $200 million.
Insurance. Following the spin-off, we will be
responsible for obtaining and maintaining our own insurance
coverage, although we will continue to have coverage under
certain of ITTs pre-spinoff insurance policies for certain
matters that occurred prior to the spin-off.
Dispute Resolution. In the event of any
dispute arising out of the Distribution Agreement, the general
counsels of the parties and such other representatives as the
parties designate will negotiate to resolve any disputes among
the parties. If the parties are unable to resolve the dispute in
this manner within 45 days then, unless agreed otherwise by
the parties, the parties will submit the dispute to mediation
for an additional period of 45 days. If the parties are
unable to resolve the dispute in this manner, the dispute will
be resolved through binding arbitration.
Other Matters Governed by the Distribution
Agreement. Other matters governed by the
Distribution Agreement include access to financial and other
information, intellectual property, confidentiality, access to
and provision of records and treatment of outstanding guarantees
and similar credit support.
Benefits
and Compensation Matters Agreement
We intend to enter into a Benefits and Compensation Matters
Agreement with ITT and Exelis that will govern the respective
rights, responsibilities and obligations of ITT, Exelis and us
after the spin-off with respect to transferred employees,
defined benefit pension plans, defined contribution pension
plans, nonqualified pension plans, employee health and welfare
benefit plans, incentive plans, corporate-owned life insurance,
stock options, foreign benefit plans, director plans and
collective bargaining agreements. The Benefits and Compensation
Matters Agreement will provide for the allocation and treatment
of assets and liabilities arising out of incentive plans,
pension plans and employee welfare benefit programs in which our
employees participated prior to the spin-off. Generally, we will
assume or retain sponsorship of, and liabilities relating to,
employee compensation and benefit programs relating to our
current employees. The Benefits and Compensation Matters
Agreement will also provide that outstanding ITT equity awards
will be equitably adjusted in connection with the spin-off. We
expect that all outstanding ITT equity awards held by current
employees of Xylem as of the distribution date will be
substituted for Xylem equity awards pursuant to the Benefits and
Compensation Matters Agreement. We expect that the substitution
will preserve the economic value of the cancelled ITT equity
awards for employees of Xylem as of the distribution date.
Subject to the applicable transition periods with respect to
certain benefit plans or programs, after the spin-off, employees
of Xylem will no longer participate in ITTs plans or
programs, and Xylem will establish plans or programs for Xylem
employees as described in the Benefits and Compensation Matters
Agreement. Xylem will also
153
establish or maintain plans and programs outside of the
U.S. as may be required under applicable law or pursuant to
the Benefits and Compensation Matters Agreement.
Intellectual
Property License Agreements
We intend to enter into an ITT Transitional Trademark License
Agreement with a subsidiary of ITT pursuant to which we will
license on a non-exclusive basis the right to use the ITT name
and trademark in the water business for a transitional period
while we phase-out the use of such trademark. We also intend to
enter into a Goulds Trademark License Agreement with a
subsidiary of ITT pursuant to which we will have a perpetual
license to use the Goulds trademark in connection
with the operation of our pump business and share the exclusive
right with ITT in a segment that overlaps with ITTs pump
business. We also intend to enter into a Trademark Sublicense
Agreement with ITT pursuant to which we will have a license to
use the AC trademark. We also intend to enter into a
Technology License Agreement with ITT and Exelis pursuant to
which we will license on a non-exclusive basis certain of our
intellectual property (excluding trademarks) existing as of the
distribution date to ITT and Exelis and their respective
affiliates and in turn, both ITT and Exelis and their respective
affiliates will grant reciprocal licenses to us, each for use in
our respective businesses. We also intend to enter into several
license agreements with ITT or its affiliates for certain
technology related to turbine and other pumps.
Tax
Matters Agreement
We intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with ITT and
Exelis that will govern the respective rights, responsibilities
and obligations of ITT, Exelis and us after the spin-off with
respect to tax liabilities and benefits, tax attributes, tax
contests and other tax sharing regarding U.S. Federal,
state, local and foreign income taxes, other tax matters and
related tax returns. As a subsidiary of ITT, we have (and will
continue to have following the spin-off) several liability with
ITT to the IRS for the consolidated U.S. Federal income
taxes of the ITT consolidated group relating to the taxable
periods in which we were part of that group. However, the Tax
Matters Agreement will specify the portion, if any, of this tax
liability for which we will bear responsibility, and ITT and
Exelis will agree to indemnify us against any amounts for which
we are not responsible. The Tax Matters Agreement will also
provide special rules for allocating tax liabilities in the
event that the spin-off is not tax-free. The Tax Matters
Agreement will provide for certain covenants that may restrict
our ability to pursue strategic or other transactions that
otherwise could maximize the value of our business and may
discourage or delay a change of control that you may consider
favorable. For example, unless we (or ITT, as applicable) were
to receive a supplemental private letter ruling from the IRS or
an unqualified opinion from a nationally recognized tax advisor,
or ITT and Exelis were to grant us a waiver, we would be
restricted until 2 years after the spin-off is consummated
from entering into transactions which would result in an
ownership shift in the Company of more than 35% (measured by
vote or value) or divestitures of certain businesses or entities
which could impact the tax-free nature of the spin-off. Though
valid as between the parties, the Tax Matters Agreement will not
be binding on the IRS.
Real
Estate Matters
We intend to enter into a Master Assignment and Assumption of
Lease Agreement pursuant to which ITT, or certain of its
subsidiaries, will assign lease agreements currently held in the
name of ITT or certain of its subsidiaries to the party
occupying and operating the relevant leased premises.
We intend to enter into a Master Lease Agreement pursuant to
which ITT, or certain of its subsidiaries, will lease certain
real estate to or from Xylem, or certain of its subsidiaries,
that is currently owned by ITT, or certain of its subsidiaries,
but currently occupied and operated by one or both parties, in
each case for a limited term to help ensure an orderly
transition following the distribution.
We intend to enter into a Master Sublease Agreement pursuant to
which ITT, or certain of its subsidiaries, will sublease certain
real estate to or from Xylem, or certain of its subsidiaries,
that is currently leased by ITT, or certain of its subsidiaries,
but currently occupied and operated by one or both parties, in
each case for a limited term to help ensure an orderly
transition following distribution.
154
Transition
Services Agreement
We intend to enter into a Master Transition Services Agreement
with ITT and Exelis, under which each of ITT and Exelis or their
respective affiliates will provide us with certain services, and
we or certain of our affiliates will provide each of ITT and
Exelis certain services, for a limited time to help ensure an
orderly transition for each of Xylem, ITT and Exelis following
the distribution.
We anticipate that under the Master Transition Services
Agreement, Xylem will receive certain services (including
information technology, financial, procurement and human
resource services, benefits support services and other specified
services) from ITT and Exelis, and Xylem will provide certain
services (including information technology, human resources
services and other specified services) to ITT and/or Exelis. We
expect these services will be initially provided at cost with
scheduled, escalating increases to up to cost plus 10% and are
planned to extend for a period of 3 to 24 months in most
circumstances.
Other
Agreements
Effective upon the distribution, we intend for certain
intercompany work orders
and/or
informal intercompany commercial arrangements to be converted
into third-party contracts based on ITTs standard terms
and conditions.
Policies
for Approving Related Person Transactions
In connection with the distribution, it is expected that the
Company and our Board of Directors will adopt formal written
policies for evaluation of potential related person
transactions, as those terms are defined in the SECs rules
for executive compensation and related person disclosure, which
provide for review and pre-approval of transactions which may or
are expected to exceed $120,000 involving non-management
directors, executive officers, beneficial owners of five percent
or more of the Companys common stock or other securities
and any immediate family of such persons. The Companys
policy is expected to generally group transactions with related
persons into two categories: (1) transactions requiring the
approval of the Nominating and Governance Committee and
(2) certain transactions, including ordinary course
transactions below established financial thresholds, that are
deemed pre-approved by the Nominating and Governance Committee.
In reviewing related person transactions that are not deemed
pre-approved for approval or ratification, it is expected that
the Nominating and Governance Committee will consider the
relevant facts and circumstances, including:
|
|
|
|
|
Whether terms or conditions of the transaction are generally
available to third-parties under similar terms or conditions;
|
|
|
|
Level of interest or benefit to the related person;
|
|
|
|
Availability of alternative suppliers or customers; and
|
|
|
|
Benefit to the Company.
|
The Nominating and Governance Committee is expected to deem to
have pre-approved certain transactions identified in
Item 404(a) of
Regulation S-K
that are not required to be disclosed even if the amount
involved exceeds $120,000. In addition, any transaction with
another company at which a related persons only
relationship is as an employee (other than an executive
officer), director
and/or
beneficial owner of less than 10% of that companys shares
is expected to be deemed pre-approved; provided, however, that
with respect to directors, if a director is a current employee,
or an immediate family member is a current executive officer, of
a company that has made payments to, or received payments from,
the Company for property or services in an amount which, in any
of the last three fiscal years, exceeds the greater of
$1 million, or 2% of such other companys consolidated
gross revenues, such transaction is expected to be reviewed by
the Nominating and Governance Committee and not considered
appropriate for automatic pre-approval. Regardless of whether a
transaction is deemed pre-approved, all transactions in any
amount are expected to be required to be reported to the
Nominating and Governance Committee.
155
DESCRIPTION
OF MATERIAL INDEBTEDNESS
From and after the spin-off, we, Exelis and ITT will, in
general, each be responsible for the debts, liabilities, rights
and obligations related to the business or businesses that it
owns and operates following consummation of the spin-off, except
as set forth below. See Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions Agreements with ITT and Exelis
Related to the Spin-Off.
The loan agreements, indentures and guaranties, as defined
below, have been filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement
on Form 10 of which this Information Statement is a part.
You should read the more detailed provisions of the loan
agreements, indentures and the guaranties, including the defined
terms, for provisions that may be important to you.
Senior
Notes
On September 20, 2011, Xylem and ITT entered into an
indenture (the Indenture) with Union Bank, N.A., as
trustee, relating to the issuance by Xylem of $600 million
aggregate principal amount of 3.550% senior notes due 2016
(the 2016 Notes) and $600 million aggregate
principal amount of 4.875% senior notes due 2021 (the
2021 Notes and, together with the 2016 Notes, the
Notes) in a private placement to qualified
institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act.
The 2016 Notes bear interest at a rate of 3.550% per annum and
the 2021 Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.875% per annum.
Interest on the Notes accrues from September 20, 2011.
Interest on the 2021 Notes is payable on April 1 and October 1
of each year, commencing on April 1, 2012. Interest on the
2016 Notes is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year,
commencing on March 20, 2012. The 2016 Notes will mature on
September 20, 2016. The 2021 Notes will mature on
October 1, 2021.
The Notes are initially guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis
by ITT. The guarantee will terminate and be automatically and
unconditionally released upon the distribution.
The public offering price of the Notes was (i) 99.809% of
the principal amount of the 2016 Notes and (ii) 99.935% of
the principal amount of the 2021 Notes.
The Indenture includes covenants that restrict the ability of
Xylem, subject to exceptions, to incur debt secured by liens and
engage in sale and lease-back transactions. The Indenture also
provides for customary events of default (subject, in certain
cases, to receipt of notice of default
and/or
customary grace and cure periods), including but not limited to,
(i) failure to pay interest for 30 days,
(ii) failure to pay principal when due, (iii) failure
to perform any other covenant in the Indenture for 90 days
after receipt of notice from the trustee or from holders of 25%
of the outstanding principal amount and (iv) certain events
of bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization of Xylem. Xylem may
redeem each series of the Notes, in whole or in part, at any
time at a redemption price equal to the principal amount of the
Notes to be redeemed, plus a make-whole premium. If a change of
control triggering event occurs, as defined in the Indenture,
Xylem will be required to make an offer to purchase the Notes,
as applicable, at a price equal to 101% of their principal
amount plus accrued and unpaid interest to the date of
repurchase.
Credit
Facility
Four-year
Competitive Advance and Revolving Credit Facility
Agreement
We currently expect that, at or prior to the spin-off, we, as
borrower, will enter into a four-year competitive advance and
revolving credit facility agreement (the credit
agreement) with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
administrative agent, Citibank, N.A. as syndication agent, the
other agent banks, lead arrangers and joint bookrunners party
thereto and the lenders named therein. The terms of the credit
agreement and related documentation for the credit facility have
not been finalized, and accordingly their definitive terms may
vary from those described below.
The credit facility currently is expected to provide for an
aggregate principal amount of up to $600 million of
(i) a competitive advance borrowing option which will be
provided on an uncommitted competitive advance basis through an
auction mechanism (the competitive loans),
(ii) revolving extensions of credit (the revolving
loans) outstanding at any time and (iii) the issuance
of letters of credits in a face amount not in excess of
$100 million at any time outstanding.
156
Maturity;
Termination, Reduction and Increase in Commitments;
Prepayments
The credit facility will have a four-year maturity, except that,
prior to the termination of the credit agreement and upon the
satisfaction of certain conditions contained therein, not less
than 30 days and not more than 90 days prior to any
anniversary of the date of such credit agreement, we may request
that the lenders extend the maturity date by one year.
Subject to certain conditions, we are permitted to terminate
permanently the total commitments and reduce commitments in
minimum amounts of $10 million. We are also permitted,
subject to certain conditions, to request that the lenders
increase the commitments under the credit facility by up to
$200 million for a maximum aggregate principal amount of
$800 million. Voluntary prepayments are permitted in
minimum amounts of $50 million.
Guarantee
We will unconditionally guarantee the obligations under the
credit agreement of any of our subsidiaries who become borrowers
under the credit agreement.
Interest
At our election, the interest rate per annum applicable to the
competitive advances will be based on either (i) a
Eurodollar rate determined by reference to LIBOR, plus an
applicable margin offered by the lender making such loans and
accepted by us or (ii) a fixed percentage rate per annum
specified by the lender making such loans.
At our election, interest rate per annum applicable to the
revolving loans will be based on either (i) a Eurodollar
rate determined by reference to LIBOR, adjusted for statutory
reserve requirements, plus an applicable margin or (ii) a
fluctuating rate of interest determined by reference to the
greatest of (a) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank,
N.A., (b) the federal funds effective rate plus
1/2
of 1% or (c) the Eurodollar rate determined by reference to
LIBOR, adjusted for statutory reserve requirements, in each
case, plus an applicable margin.
Fees
We will pay certain customary and recurring fees with respect to
the credit facility, including (i) fees on the commitments
of the lenders under the revolving facility,
(ii) administration fees and (iii) letter of credit
fees on the aggregate face amounts of outstanding letters of
credit, plus a customary fronting fee to the issuing bank.
If the credit facility does not close prior to November 30,
2011, we will pay a ticking fee to each lender equal to 0.15%
per annum of the daily aggregate principal commitment of such
lender for the period commencing on November 30, 2011, and
ending on the date of the closing of the credit facility.
Covenants
The credit agreement will contain a number of customary
affirmative and negative covenants that, among other things,
will limit or restrict our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
Incur additional debt or issues guarantees;
|
|
|
|
create liens;
|
|
|
|
enter into certain sale and lease-back transactions;
|
|
|
|
merge or consolidate with another person;
|
|
|
|
sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of assets;
|
|
|
|
liquidate or dissolve; and
|
|
|
|
enter into restrictive agreements.
|
The credit agreement will also require us not to permit the
ratio of consolidated total indebtedness to consolidated EBITDA
(as defined in the credit agreement) to exceed 3.50 to 1.00 at
any time.
157
Events
of Default
The credit agreement will contain customary events of default,
including nonpayment of principal, interest, fees or other
amounts; material inaccuracy of a representation or warranty
when made; violation of a covenant; cross-default to material
indebtedness; bankruptcy events; material judgments; certain
ERISA events and change in control.
Execution
of Documentation
Although we currently expect the credit facility documentation
to be completed and executed at or prior to the spin-off, it is
possible that there will not be agreement as to the form of the
documentation and we would not enter into the credit facility
described above.
158
SECURITY
OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT
As of the date of this Information Statement, all of the
outstanding shares of our common stock are beneficially owned by
ITT. After the spin-off, ITT will not own any shares of our
common stock.
The following tables provide information with respect to the
anticipated beneficial ownership of our common stock by:
|
|
|
|
|
each of our shareholders who we believe (based on the
assumptions described below) will beneficially own more than 5%
of Xylems outstanding common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our current directors and the directors following the
spin-off;
|
|
|
|
each officer named in the summary compensation table; and
|
|
|
|
all of our directors and executive officers following the
spin-off as a group.
|
Except as otherwise noted below, we based the share amounts on
each persons beneficial ownership of ITT common stock
on ,
2011, giving effect to a distribution ratio of one share of
our common stock for each share of ITT common stock held by such
person.
To the extent our directors and executive officers own ITT
common stock at the record date of the spin-off, they will
participate in the distribution on the same terms as other
holders of ITT common stock. Upon the consummation of the
spin-off, the outstanding options and unvested restricted stock
and restricted stock units held by ITT employees who are
becoming Xylem employees will be converted from securities of
ITT into equivalent securities of Xylem with the number and
exercise price equitably determined to preserve the economic
value of the previously held securities of ITT.
Except as otherwise noted in the footnotes below, each person or
entity identified in the tables below has sole voting and
investment power with respect to the securities owned by such
person or entity.
Immediately following the spin-off, we estimate that
approximately 184 million shares of our common stock
will be issued and outstanding, based on the number of shares of
ITT common stock expected to be outstanding as of the record
date. The actual number of shares of our common stock
outstanding following the spin-off will be determined
on ,
2011, the record date.
Stock
Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners
We anticipate, based on information to our knowledge as of
June 30, 2011, that the following entities will
beneficially own more than 5% of our common stock after the
spin-off.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount and
|
|
|
|
|
Nature of
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficial
|
|
|
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Ownership
|
|
Percent of Class
|
|
Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney & Strauss, LLC
|
|
|
13,008,379(a
|
)
|
|
|
7.09
|
%(a)
|
2200 Ross Avenue, 31st Floor
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dallas, TX
75201-2761
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
As reported on Schedule 13G dated filed on
February 11, 2011, Barrow, Hanley, Mewhinney &
Strauss, LLC has sole voting power with respect to
1,059,706 shares, shared voting power with respect to
11,948,673 shares, and sole dispositive power with respect
to 13,008,379 shares. |
159
Stock
Ownership of Officers and Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Beneficially
|
|
|
Percent of
|
|
|
|
Owned(1)
|
|
|
Class
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Curtis J. Crawford
|
|
|
61,987
|
(2)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Steven R. Loranger
|
|
|
881,302
|
(3)
|
|
|
*
|
|
John J. Hamre
|
|
|
44,895
|
(4)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Surya N. Mohapatra
|
|
|
16,136
|
(5)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Markos I. Tambakeras
|
|
|
43,455
|
(6)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Named Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gretchen W. McClain
|
|
|
158,514
|
(7)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Michael T. Speetzen
|
|
|
16,719
|
(8)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Frank R. Jimenez
|
|
|
22,309
|
(9)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Angela A. Buonocore
|
|
|
31,982
|
(10)
|
|
|
*
|
|
Kenneth Napolitano
|
|
|
40,237
|
(11)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Directors and Executive Officers as a Group (15 persons)
|
|
|
1,428,206
|
(12)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Less than 1%. |
|
(1) |
|
With respect to certain Non-Employee Directors, includes
restricted stock units that have vested but are deferred until
the earlier of a later date or retirement. |
|
(2) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 22,901 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011, 1,288 restricted stock
units that vest within 60 days of August 31, 2011 and
3,550 vested but deferred restricted stock units. |
|
(3) |
|
Includes 50,551 shares held by a family trust of which
Mr. Lorangers spouse is the trustee and as to which
Mr. Loranger disclaims beneficial ownership and options
exercisable into 721,967 shares within 60 days of
August 31, 2011. |
|
(4) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 22,901 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011, 1,288 restricted stock
units that vest within 60 days of August 31, 2011 and
5,265 vested but deferred restricted stock units. |
|
(5) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 7,241 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011, 1,288 restricted stock
units that vest within 60 days of August 31, 2011 and
1,355 vested but deferred restricted stock units. |
|
(6) |
|
Includes 16,307 shares held by a family trust of which
Mr. Tambakeras and his spouse are co-trustees and as to
which Mr. Tambakeras disclaims beneficial ownership,
options exercisable into 22,901 shares within 60 days
of August 31, 2011 and 1,288 restricted stock units that
vest within 60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(7) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 73,883 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(8) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 3,996 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(9) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 7,311 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(10) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 15,040 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(11) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 31,564 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011. |
|
(12) |
|
Includes options exercisable into 1,035,867 shares within
60 days of August 31, 2011, 5,152 restricted stock
units that vest within 60 days of August 31, 2011 and
10,170 vested but deferred restricted stock units. |
160
DESCRIPTION
OF CAPITAL STOCK
General
Prior to the distribution date, our Board of Directors and ITT,
as our sole shareholder, will approve and adopt the amended and
restated articles of incorporation and the amended and restated
by-laws. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation
authorize us to issue 750 million shares of common stock,
par value $0.01 per share, and 50 million shares of
preferred stock. The following is a description of our capital
stock. This description is not complete, and we qualify this
description by referring to our amended and restated articles of
incorporation and our amended and restated by-laws, which are
attached as exhibits to our Registration Statement on
Form 10 under the Exchange Act, and to the laws of the
state of Indiana.
Common
Stock
Dividend Rights. Under our amended and
restated articles of incorporation, holders of our common stock
are entitled to receive any dividends our Board of Directors may
declare on the common stock, subject to the prior rights of the
preferred stock. The Board of Directors may declare dividends
from funds legally available for this purpose.
Voting Rights. Our common stock has one vote
per share. The holders of our common stock are entitled to vote
on all matters to be voted on by shareholders. Our amended and
restated articles of incorporation do not provide for cumulative
voting. This could prevent directors from being elected by a
relatively small group of shareholders.
Liquidation Rights. After provision for
payment of creditors and after payment of any liquidation
preferences to holders of the preferred stock, if we liquidate,
dissolve or are wound up, whether this is voluntary or not, the
holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive on a pro
rata basis all assets remaining.
Other Rights. Our common stock is not liable
to further calls or assessment. The holders of our common stock
are not currently entitled to subscribe for or purchase
additional shares of our capital stock. Our common stock is not
subject to redemption and does not have any conversion or
sinking fund provisions.
Preferred
Stock
Our Board of Directors has the authority, without other action
by shareholders, to issue preferred stock in one or more series.
The holders of our preferred stock do not have the right to
vote, except as our Board of Directors establishes, or as
provided in our amended and restated articles of incorporation
or as determined by state law.
The Board of Directors has the authority to determine the terms
of each series of preferred stock, within the limits of our
amended and restated articles of incorporation, our amended and
restated by-laws and the laws of the state of Indiana. These
terms include the number of shares in a series, the
consideration, dividend rights, liquidation preferences, terms
of redemption, conversion rights and voting rights, if any.
Effects
on Our Common Stock if We Issue Preferred Stock
If we issue preferred stock, it may negatively affect the
holders of our common stock. These possible negative effects
include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
diluting the voting power of shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
affecting the market price of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
delaying or preventing a change in control of Xylem;
|
|
|
|
making removal of our present management more difficult; or
|
|
|
|
restricting dividends and other distributions on our common
stock.
|
161
Provisions
of Our Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation and
Amended and Restated By-Laws That Could Delay or Prevent a
Change in Control
Certain provisions of our amended and restated articles of
incorporation and amended and restated by-laws may delay or make
more difficult unsolicited acquisitions or changes of control of
the Company. We believe that such provisions will enable us to
develop our business in a manner that will foster our long-term
growth without disruption caused by the threat of a takeover not
deemed by our Board of Directors to be in the best interests of
the Company, our shareholders and certain other constituents.
Such provisions could have the effect of discouraging third
parties from making proposals involving an unsolicited
acquisition or change of control of the Company, although a
majority of our shareholders might consider such proposals, if
made, desirable. Such provisions may also have the effect of
making it more difficult for third parties to cause the
replacement of our current management without the concurrence of
our Board of Directors. These provisions include:
|
|
|
|
|
a classified Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
the availability of capital stock for issuance from time to time
at the discretion of our Board of Directors;
|
|
|
|
the ability of our Board of Directors to increase the size of
the board and to appoint directors to fill newly created
directorships;
|
|
|
|
prohibitions against shareholders calling a special meeting of
shareholders; and
|
|
|
|
requirements for advance notice for raising business or making
nominations at shareholders meetings.
|
Classified
Board of Directors
Our Board of Directors will be divided into three classes that
will be, as nearly as possible, of equal size. Initially,
Class I directors will serve for a one-year term,
Class II directors for a two-year term, and Class III
directors for a three-year term. The terms of the Class I,
Class II and Class III directors will expire at the
annual meeting in 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. Upon the
expiration of each initial term, directors will subsequently
serve three-year terms if renominated and reelected. The
proposed Class I directors will include Gretchen W.
McClain, Markos I. Tambakeras and ,
the proposed Class II directors will include Curtis J.
Crawford, John J. Hamre and , and
the proposed Class III directors will include Surya N.
Mohapatra,
and .
Authorized
But Unissued Capital Stock
The authorized but unissued shares of our common stock and
preferred stock will be available for future issuance without
shareholder approval. Indiana law does not require shareholder
approval for any issuance of authorized shares. However, the
listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, which would
apply to us so long as our common stock remains listed on the
New York Stock Exchange, require shareholder approval of certain
issuances equal to or exceeding 20% of the then outstanding
voting power or then outstanding number of shares of our common
stock. We may issue additional shares for a variety of corporate
purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional
capital or to facilitate corporate acquisitions.
Our board may be able to issue shares of unissued and unreserved
common or preferred stock to persons friendly to current
management. This issuance may render more difficult or
discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a
merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, and thereby
protect the continuity of our management. This could possibly
deprive our shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares
of our stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. Our
board could also use these shares to dilute the ownership of
persons seeking to obtain control of the Company.
Number
of Directors; Filling of Vacancies
Our amended and restated by-laws provide that the Board of
Directors will have at least 3 and at most 25 directors.
The size of the board may be changed by a majority vote of the
Board of Directors. A majority of the board determines the exact
number of directors at any given time. The board fills any new
directorships it creates and any vacancies, subject to the
requirement provided in the amended and restated by-laws that
the
162
majority of directors holding office immediately after such
election be independent directors, as defined in the amended and
restated by-laws. Accordingly, our board may be able to prevent
any shareholder from obtaining majority representation on the
board by increasing the size of the board and filling the newly
created directorships with its own nominees.
Special
Meetings
Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and amended
and restated by-laws provide that only the chairman of the board
or a majority of our board may call a special meeting of
shareholders. This provision may delay or prevent a shareholder
from removing a director from the board or from gaining control
of the board.
Advance
Notice Provisions
Our amended and restated by-laws require that for a shareholder
to nominate a director or bring other business before an annual
meeting, the shareholder must give written notice, in proper
form, to the Secretary of Xylem not less than 90 days and
no more than 120 days prior to the date corresponding to
the date on which we first mailed our proxy materials for the
prior years annual meeting.
Only persons who are nominated by, or at the direction of, our
Board of Directors, or who are nominated by a shareholder who
has given timely written notice, in proper form, to the
Secretary of Xylem prior to a meeting at which directors are to
be elected, will be eligible for election as directors of Xylem.
The notice of any nomination for election as a director must set
forth:
|
|
|
|
|
the name and address of the shareholder who intends to make the
nomination and of the person or persons to be nominated;
|
|
|
|
a representation that the shareholder is a holder of record of
our stock entitled to vote at such meeting and intends to appear
in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the person or
persons specified in the notice;
|
|
|
|
a description of all arrangements or understandings between the
shareholder and each nominee and any other person or persons,
naming such person or persons, pursuant to which the nomination
or nominations are to be made by the shareholder;
|
|
|
|
such other information regarding each nominee proposed by such
shareholder as would have been required to be included in a
proxy statement filed pursuant to the proxy rules of the
Securities and Exchange Commission had each nominee been
nominated, or intended to be nominated, by our board;
|
|
|
|
the consent of each nominee to serve as a director if so
elected; and
|
|
|
|
if the shareholder intends to solicit proxies in support of such
shareholders nominee(s), a representation to that effect.
|
The notice to bring any other matter a shareholder proposes to
bring before an annual meeting must also set forth:
|
|
|
|
|
a brief description of the proposal and the reasons therefor;
|
|
|
|
if the proposal involves an amendment to our amended and
restated articles of incorporation or amended and restated
by-laws, the language of the amendment;
|
|
|
|
any material interest of the shareholder in the
proposal; and
|
|
|
|
if the shareholder intends to solicit proxies with respect to
the proposal, a representation to that effect.
|
Our amended and restated by-laws limit the business that may be
conducted at a special meeting to the purposes stated in the
notice of the meeting.
163
The advance notice provisions may delay a person from bringing
matters before a shareholder meeting. The provisions may provide
enough time for us to begin litigation or take other steps to
respond to these matters, or to prevent them from being acted
upon, if we find it desirable.
Certain
Provisions of the Indiana Business Corporation Law
As an Indiana corporation, we are governed by the Indiana
Business Corporation Law, or the IBCL. Under specified
circumstances, the following provisions of the IBCL may delay,
prevent or make more difficult unsolicited acquisitions or
changes of control of the Company. These provisions also may
have the effect of preventing changes in our management. It is
possible that these provisions could make it more difficult to
accomplish transactions which shareholders may otherwise deem to
be in their best interest.
Control Share Acquisitions. Under
Sections 23-1-42-1
to
23-1-42-11
of the IBCL, an acquiring person or group who makes a
control share acquisition in an issuing public
corporation may not exercise voting rights on any
control shares unless these voting rights are
conferred by a majority vote of the disinterested shareholders
of the issuing corporation at a special meeting of those
shareholders held upon the request and at the expense of the
acquiring person. If control shares acquired in a control share
acquisition are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring
person has acquired control shares with a majority or more of
all voting power, all shareholders of the issuing public
corporation have dissenters rights to receive the fair
value of their shares pursuant to
Section 23-1-44
of the IBCL.
Under the IBCL, control shares means shares acquired
by a person that, when added to all other shares of the issuing
public corporation owned by that person or in respect to which
that person may exercise or direct the exercise of voting power,
would otherwise entitle that person to exercise voting power of
the issuing public corporation in the election of directors
within any of the following ranges:
|
|
|
|
|
one-fifth or more but less than one-third;
|
|
|
|
one-third or more but less than a majority; or
|
|
|
|
a majority or more.
|
Control share acquisition means, subject to
specified exceptions, the acquisition, directly or indirectly,
by any person of ownership of, or the power to direct the
exercise of voting power with respect to, issued and outstanding
control shares. For the purposes of determining whether an
acquisition constitutes a control share acquisition, shares
acquired within 90 days or under a plan to make a control
share acquisition are considered to have been acquired in the
same acquisition. Issuing public corporation means a
corporation which is organized in Indiana and has (i) 100
or more shareholders, (ii) its principal place of business,
its principal office or assets having a fair market value of
more than $1,000,000 within Indiana and (iii) (A) more than
10% of its shareholders resident in Indiana, (B) more than
10% of its shares owned by Indiana residents or
(C) 1,000 shareholders resident in Indiana.
The above provisions do not apply if, before a control share
acquisition is made, the corporations articles of
incorporation or
by-laws,
including a board adopted by-law, provide that they do not
apply. Our amended and restated articles of incorporation and
amended and restated
by-laws do
not currently exclude us from the restrictions imposed by the
above provisions.
Certain Business
Combinations. Sections 23-1-43-1
to
23-1-43-24
of the IBCL restrict the ability of a resident domestic
corporation to engage in any combinations with an
interested shareholder for five years after the date
the interested shareholder became such, unless the combination
or the purchase of shares by the interested shareholder on the
interested shareholders date of acquiring shares is
approved by the Board of Directors of the resident domestic
corporation before that date. If the combination was not
previously approved, the interested shareholder may effect a
combination after the five-year period only if that shareholder
receives approval from a majority of the disinterested shares or
the offer meets specified fair price criteria. For purposes of
the above provisions, resident domestic corporation
means an Indiana corporation that has 100 or more shareholders.
Interested shareholder means any person, other than
the resident domestic corporation or its subsidiaries, who is
(1) the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or
more of the
164
voting power of the outstanding voting shares of the resident
domestic corporation or (2) an affiliate or associate of
the resident domestic corporation, which at any time within the
five-year period immediately before the date in question, was
the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 10% or more of
the voting power of the then outstanding shares of the resident
domestic corporation. The above provisions do not apply to
corporations that so elect in an amendment to their articles of
incorporation approved by a majority of the disinterested
shares. That amendment, however, cannot become effective until
18 months after its passage and would apply only to share
acquisitions occurring after its effective date. Our amended and
restated articles of incorporation do not exclude us from the
restrictions imposed by the above provisions.
Directors Duties and Liability. Under
Section 23-1-35-1
of the IBCL, directors are required to discharge their duties:
|
|
|
|
|
in good faith;
|
|
|
|
with the care an ordinarily prudent person in a like position
would exercise under similar circumstances; and
|
|
|
|
in a manner the directors reasonably believe to be in the best
interests of the corporation.
|
However, the IBCL also provides that a director is not liable
for any action taken as a director, or any failure to act,
unless the director has breached or failed to perform the duties
of the directors office and the action or failure to act
constitutes willful misconduct or recklessness.
The exoneration from liability under the IBCL does not affect
the liability of directors for violations of the federal
securities laws.
Section 23-1-35-1
of the IBCL also provides that a Board of Directors, in
discharging its duties, may consider, in its discretion, both
the long-term and short-term best interests of the corporation,
taking into account, and weighing as the directors deem
appropriate, the effects of an action on the corporations
shareholders, employees, suppliers and customers and the
communities in which offices or other facilities of the
corporation are located and any other factors the directors
consider pertinent. Directors are not required to consider the
effects of a proposed corporate action on any particular
corporate constituent group or interest as a dominant or
controlling factor. If a determination is made with the approval
of a majority of the disinterested directors of the board, that
determination is conclusively presumed to be valid unless it can
be demonstrated that the determination was not made in good
faith after reasonable investigation.
Section 23-1-35-1
specifically provides that specified judicial decisions in
Delaware and other jurisdictions, which might be looked upon for
guidance in interpreting Indiana law, including decisions that
propose a higher or different degree of scrutiny in response to
a proposed acquisition of the corporation, are inconsistent with
the proper application of the business judgment rule under the
IBCL.
165
WHERE YOU
CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed a Registration Statement on Form 10 with the
SEC with respect to the shares of common stock that ITT
shareholders will receive in the distribution. This Information
Statement does not contain all of the information contained in
the Registration Statement on Form 10 and the exhibits and
schedules to the Registration Statement on Form 10. Some
items are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations
of the SEC. For additional information relating to us and the
spin-off, reference is made to the Registration Statement on
Form 10 and the exhibits to the Registration Statement on
Form 10, which are on file at the offices of the SEC.
Statements contained in this Information Statement as to the
contents of any contract or other document referred to are not
necessarily complete and in each instance, if the contract or
document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy
of the contract or other documents filed as an exhibit to the
Registration Statement on Form 10. Each statement is
qualified in all respects by the relevant reference.
You may inspect and copy the Registration Statement on
Form 10 and the exhibits to the Registration Statement on
Form 10 that we have filed with the SEC at the SECs
Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at
(800) SEC-0330 for further information on the Public
Reference Room. In addition, the SEC maintains an Internet site
at www.sec.gov, from which you can electronically access the
Registration Statement on Form 10, including the exhibits
and schedules to the Registration Statement on Form 10.
Our Internet site and the information contained on that site, or
connected to that site, are not incorporated into the
Information Statement or the Registration Statement on
Form 10.
As a result of the distribution, we will be required to comply
with the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We
will fulfill our obligations with respect to these requirements
by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC.
We plan to make available, free of charge, on our Internet site
our Annual Reports on
Form 10-K,
Quarterly Reports on
Form 10-Q,
Current Reports on
Form 8-K,
reports filed pursuant to Section 16 of the Exchange Act
and amendments to those reports as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file or furnish such
materials to the SEC.
You should rely only on the information contained in this
Information Statement or to which we have referred you. We have
not authorized any person to provide you with different
information or to make any representation not contained in this
Information Statement.
166
INDEX TO
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Item
|
|
Page
|
|
The Water Equipment and Services Businesses of ITT
Corporation
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
|
|
|
|
|
F-3
|
|
|
|
|
F-4
|
|
|
|
|
F-5
|
|
|
|
|
F-6
|
|
|
|
|
F-7
|
|
Unaudited Interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-43
|
|
|
|
|
F-44
|
|
|
|
|
F-45
|
|
|
|
|
F-46
|
|
|
|
|
F-47
|
|
|
|
|
F-48
|
|
Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
|
|
|
|
|
(Financial Statements of a Significant Acquired Business
provided pursuant to the Securities and Exchange
Commissions
Regulation S-X
Rule 3-05)
|
|
|
|
|
Combined Consolidated Financial Statements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-59
|
|
|
|
|
F-60
|
|
|
|
|
F-61
|
|
|
|
|
F-62
|
|
F-1
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of
ITT Corporation
White Plains, New York
We have audited the accompanying combined balance sheets of the
Water Equipment and Services Businesses of ITT Corporation (the
Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and
the related combined statements of operations, cash flows,
parent company equity and comprehensive income for each of the
three years in the period ended December 31, 2010. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on the financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such combined financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the
Company as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results
of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America.
As described in Note 1 to the combined financial
statements, the accompanying combined financial statements have
been derived from the accounting records of the water equipment
and services businesses of ITT Corporation. The combined
financial statements include expense allocations for certain
corporate functions historically provided by ITT Corporation.
These allocations may not be reflective of the actual expense
which would have been incurred had the Company operated as a
separate entity apart from ITT Corporation. Included in
Note 18 to the combined financial statements is a summary
of transactions with related parties.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
|
|
|
|
|
Stamford, Connecticut
July 8, 2011 (August 22, 2011 as to Note 21)
|
|
|
|
|
F-2
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
Costs of sales
|
|
|
1,988
|
|
|
|
1,812
|
|
|
|
2,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
1,037
|
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
737
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
|
|
721
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
64
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
276
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
312
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
263
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-3
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
690
|
|
|
|
599
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
389
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
79
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
1,088
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
|
454
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
970
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
416
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
2,399
|
|
|
|
1,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
$
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARENT COMPANY EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
163
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
60
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company investment
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
|
|
1,272
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total parent company equity
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and parent company equity
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
$
|
2,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-4
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
263
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
Non-cash adjustments to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(36
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Loss from sale of business
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
Payments for restructuring
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(30
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in receivables
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
Change in inventories
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Change in accounts payable
|
|
|
41
|
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Change in accrued liabilities
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
13
|
|
Change in accrued taxes
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
22
|
|
Change in other assets
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Change in other liabilities
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Operating activities
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
|
|
408
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(94
|
)
|
|
|
(62
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
(1,004
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Investing activities
|
|
|
(1,093
|
)
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
(81
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net transfer from / (to) parent
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
(292
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Financing activities
|
|
|
745
|
|
|
|
(292
|
)
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange rate effects on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents End of Year
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
$
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the year for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes (net of refunds received)
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-5
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total Parent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Company
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
|
Investment
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Income
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2007
|
|
$
|
1,382
|
|
|
$
|
489
|
|
|
$
|
1,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in parent company investment
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
1,299
|
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
|
$
|
1,636
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
$
|
263
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in parent company investment
|
|
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(290
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
1,272
|
|
|
$
|
415
|
|
|
$
|
1,687
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase in parent company investment
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,361
|
|
|
$
|
358
|
|
|
$
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the combined
financial statements.
F-6
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
|
|
NOTE 1
|
SEPARATION
FROM ITT CORPORATION, BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
|
Separation
from ITT Corporation
On January 12, 2011, ITT Corporation (ITT) announced a plan
to separate its water equipment and services businesses (Water
Co) from the remainder of its businesses through a pro rata
distribution of the common stock of an entity holding the assets
and liabilities associated with its water equipment and services
business. Water Co is in the business of designing and
manufacturing highly engineered technologies with a wide-range
of application in the water industry and includes the following
divisions of ITT: Water & Wastewater (which includes
the Analytical Instrumentation business),
Residential & Commercial Water, and Flow Control.
ITT WCO, Inc. was incorporated in Indiana on May 4,
2011 to be the entity to hold such businesses subject to
approval by the Board of Directors of ITT and other conditions
described below. The name of the corporation was changed from
ITT WCO, Inc. to Xylem Inc. Under the plan, ITT would also
distribute its Defense and Information Solutions business
(Exelis Inc.).
The distribution of our common stock to ITT shareholders is
conditioned on, among other things, final approval of the
distribution plan by the ITT Board of Directors; the receipt of
a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
substantially to the effect that, among other things, the
contribution by ITT of the assets and liabilities of the water
equipment and services business to Water Co, or the
contribution, and the distribution will qualify as a transaction
that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax
purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the Code); the receipt of a legal opinion as to the
satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
contribution and the distribution to qualify as a transaction
that is described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of
the Code upon which the IRS will not rule; the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) declaring
effective our Registration Statement on Form 10; and the
completion of the financing necessary for a cash distribution
from Water Co to ITT prior to the distribution.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these
notes to Combined Financial Statements to we,
us, our and the Company
refer to Water Co. References in the notes to the Combined
Financial Statements to ITT or parent
refers to ITT Corporation, an Indiana corporation, and its
consolidated subsidiaries (other than Water Co), unless the
context otherwise requires.
Basis
of Presentation
These Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a
stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated
financial statements and accounting records of the water
equipment and services businesses of ITT. The Combined Financial
Statements reflect our financial position, results of operations
and cash flows as we were historically managed, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America, or GAAP.
All intracompany transactions have been eliminated. All
intercompany transactions between us and ITT have been included
in these Combined Financial Statements and are considered to be
effectively settled for cash in the Combined Financial
Statements at the time the transaction is recorded when the
underlying transaction is to be settled in cash by ITT. The
total net effect of the settlement of these intercompany
transactions is reflected in the combined statements of cash
flow as a financing activity and in the combined balance sheets
as Parent company investment.
Our Combined Financial Statements include expense allocations
for: (1) certain corporate functions historically provided
by ITT, including, but not limited to, finance, legal,
information technology, human resources, communications, ethics
and compliance, and shared services; (2) employee benefits
and incentives; and (3) share-based compensation. These
expenses have been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage
when identifiable, with the remainder allocated on a pro rata
basis of consolidated sales, headcount or other measures of
Water Co and ITT.
F-7
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Both we and ITT consider the basis on which the expenses have
been allocated to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization
of services provided to or the benefit received by us during the
periods presented. The allocations may not, however, reflect the
expense we would have incurred as an independent, publicly
traded company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may
have been incurred if we had been a stand-alone company would
depend on a number of factors, including the chosen
organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or
performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas
such as information technology and infrastructure. Following our
separation from ITT, we will perform these functions using our
own resources or purchased services. For an interim period,
however, some of these functions will continue to be provided by
ITT under transition services agreements, which are planned to
extend for a period of 3 to 24 months in most
circumstances. In addition to the transition services
agreements, effective upon the distribution, we intend for
certain intercompany arrangements to be converted into
third-party contracts.
ITT uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing
of its operations, excluding debt where we are the legal
obligor. The majority of our cash is transferred to ITT daily
and ITT funds our operating and investing activities as needed.
Cash transfers to and from ITTs cash management accounts
are reflected in Parent company investment.
The Combined Financial Statements include certain assets and
liabilities that have historically been held at the ITT
corporate level but are specifically identifiable or otherwise
allocable to us. The cash and cash equivalents held by ITT at
the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to Water
Co and therefore were not allocated to us for any of the periods
presented. Cash and cash equivalents in our combined balance
sheets primarily represent cash held locally by entities
included in our Combined Financial Statements. ITT third-party
debt, and the related interest expense has not been allocated to
us for any of the periods presented as we were not the legal
obligor of the debt and the ITT borrowings were not directly
attributable to our business.
The Combined Financial Statements exclude the allocation of
liabilities, assets, and costs reported by ITT related to
asbestos product liability matters. These matters were not
allocated to us for any period presented as ITT will continue as
the legal obligor for those liabilities, ITT is expected to pay
any associated settlements, judgments, or legal defense costs,
and such matters were not historically managed by us. See
Note 17 for additional information.
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect amounts reported in the Combined Financial Statements and
accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited
to, allowance for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation,
goodwill and intangible asset impairment, postretirement
benefits, income taxes and the allocation of purchase price to
the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business
combination. Estimates are revised as additional information
becomes available.
Consolidation
Principles
Water Co combines companies in which it has a controlling
financial interest or when Water Co is considered the primary
beneficiary of a variable interest entity. We account for
investments in companies over which we have the ability to
exercise significant influence, but do not hold a controlling
interest under the equity method, and we record our
proportionate share of income or losses in the Combined
Statement of Operations. Equity method investments are reviewed
for impairment when events or circumstances indicate the
investment may be
other-than-temporarily
impaired. This requires significant judgment, including an
assessment of the investees financial condition, the
possibility of subsequent rounds of financing, and the
investees historical and projected results of operations
and cash flows. If the actual results of operations or cash
flows for the investee are significantly different from
projections, we may incur future charges for the impairment of
these investments.
F-8
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The results of companies acquired or disposed of during the
fiscal year are included in the Combined Financial Statements
from the effective date of acquisition or up to the date of
disposal.
Business
Combinations
We allocate the purchase price of acquisitions to the tangible
and intangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed, and
non-controlling interests acquired based on their estimated fair
value at the acquisition date. Changes to the acquisition date
fair values prior to the expiration of the measurement period, a
period not to exceed 12 months from date of acquisition,
are recorded as an adjustment to the associated goodwill.
Changes to the acquisition date fair values after expiration of
the measurement period are recorded in earnings. The excess of
the acquisition price over those estimated fair values is
recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and
restructuring costs are recognized separately from the business
combination and are expensed as incurred.
Fair
Value Measurements
We determine fair value as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
We use a hierarchical structure to prioritize the inputs to
valuation techniques used to measure fair value into three broad
levels. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to
quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities (Level 1), then to quoted market prices for
similar assets or liabilities in active markets
(Level 2) and gives the lowest priority to
unobservable inputs (Level 3).
Cash
Equivalents
We consider all liquid investments purchased with an original
maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Receivables
Trade receivables primarily comprise uncollected amounts owed to
us from transactions with customers and are presented net of
allowances for doubtful accounts and cash discounts.
We determine our allowance for doubtful accounts using a
combination of factors to reduce our trade receivable balances
to their estimated net realizable amount. We maintain an
allowance for doubtful accounts based on a variety of factors;
including the length of time receivables are past due,
macroeconomic trends and conditions, significant one-time
events, historical experience and the financial condition of
customers. We record a specific reserve for individual accounts
when we become aware of specific customer circumstances, such as
in the case of bankruptcy filings or deterioration in the
customers operating results or financial position. The
past due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the
contractual payment terms of the receivable. If circumstances
related to the specific customer change, we adjust estimates of
the recoverability of receivables as appropriate. We determine
our allowance for cash discounts primarily based on historical
experience with customers.
Credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is generally
diversified due to the large number of entities comprising Water
Cos customer base and their dispersion across many
different geographical regions. Water Co performs ongoing credit
evaluations of the financial condition of its third-party
distributors, resellers and other customers and requires
collateral, such as letters of credit and bank guarantees, in
certain circumstances. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009 we
do not believe we have any significant concentrations of credit
risk.
F-9
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Inventories
Inventories, which include the costs of material, labor and
overhead, are stated at either the lower of cost or market using
either the
first-in,
first-out (FIFO) method or the
last-in,
last-out (LIFO) method. Certain inventories are accounted under
the LIFO method primarily because this method was elected for
tax purposes. Inventories valued under the LIFO method represent
8% and 11% of total 2010 and 2009 inventories, respectively. If
inventories valued using the LIFO method had been valued under
the FIFO method, they would have been higher by $6 at both
December 31, 2010 and 2009. Estimated losses from obsolete
and slow-moving inventories are recorded to reduce inventory
values to their estimated net realizable value.
Our manufacturing operations recognize costs of sales using
standard costs with full overhead absorption, which generally
approximates actual cost.
Plant,
Property and Equipment
Plant, property and equipment, including capitalized interest
applicable to major project expenditures, are recorded at cost.
Depreciation is computed on a straight-line basis over the
economic useful lives of the assets involved as follows:
buildings and improvements five to 40 years,
machinery and equipment two to 10 years,
furniture and office equipment three to seven years,
and other five to 40 years. Leasehold
improvements are depreciated over the life of the lease or the
asset, whichever is shorter. Fully depreciated assets are
retained in property and accumulated depreciation accounts until
disposal. We expense repairs and maintenance expenditures as
incurred.
Goodwill
and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents purchase consideration paid in a business
combination that exceeds the values assigned to the net assets
of acquired businesses. Intangible assets include customer
relationships, proprietary technology, brands and trademarks,
patents and other intangible assets. Intangible assets with a
finite life are amortized on a straight-line basis over an
estimated economic useful life which ranges from 10 to
40 years. Certain of our intangible assets have an
indefinite life and are not amortized; namely certain brands and
trademarks.
Long-Lived
Asset Impairment
Long-lived assets, including intangible assets with finite
lives, are amortized and tested for impairment whenever events
or changes in circumstances indicate their carrying value may
not be recoverable. We assess the recoverability of long-lived
assets based on the undiscounted future cash flow the assets are
expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when
estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from
the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition
of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the
asset. When an impairment is identified, we reduce the carrying
amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a
discounted cash flow approach or, when available and
appropriate, to comparable market values.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not
amortized, but rather are tested for impairment annually (or
more frequently if impairment indicators arise, such as changes
to the reporting unit structure, significant adverse changes in
the business climate or an adverse action or assessment by a
regulator). We conduct our annual impairment testing on the
first day of the fourth fiscal quarter. For goodwill, the
impairment test is a two-step test. In the first step, the
estimated fair value of each reporting unit is compared to the
carrying value of the net assets assigned to that reporting
unit. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit exceeds
its carrying value, goodwill is not impaired and the second step
of the impairment test is not performed. If the carrying value
of the reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, then the
second step of the impairment test is performed in order to
measure the impairment loss to be recorded, if any. If the
F-10
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
carrying value of a reporting units goodwill exceeds its
implied fair value, then we record an impairment loss equal to
the difference. We estimate the fair value of our reporting
units and indefinite-lived intangible assets using an income
approach. Under the income approach, we estimate fair value
based on the present value of estimated future cash flows.
Commitments
and Contingencies
We record accruals for commitments and loss contingencies for
those which are both probable and the amount can be reasonably
estimated. In addition, legal fees are accrued for cases where a
loss is probable and the related fees can be reasonably
estimated. Significant judgment is required to determine both
probability and the estimated amount of loss. We review these
accruals quarterly and adjust the accruals to reflect the impact
of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel,
and other current information.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site by
site basis when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably
estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our
estimated liability is reduced to reflect the anticipated
participation of other potentially responsible parties in those
instances where it is probable that such parties are legally
responsible and financially capable of paying their respective
shares of the relevant costs. These accruals are reviewed
quarterly and are adjusted as assessment and remediation efforts
progress or as additional technical or legal information become
available. Actual costs to be incurred at identified sites in
future periods may vary from the estimates, given inherent
uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures. Accruals
for environmental liabilities are primarily included in other
non-current liabilities at undiscounted amounts and exclude
claims for recoveries from insurance companies or other third
parties.
Parent
Company Investment
Parent company investment in the combined balance sheets
represents ITTs historical investment in us, our
accumulated net earnings after taxes, and the net effect of the
transactions with and allocations from ITT. See Basis of
Presentation above and Note 18 for additional information.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The national currencies of our foreign companies are generally
the functional currencies. Balance sheet accounts are translated
at the exchange rate in effect at the end of each period; income
statement accounts are translated at the average rates of
exchange prevailing during the period. Gains and losses on
foreign currency translations are reflected in the cumulative
translation adjustments component of accumulated other
comprehensive income in parent company equity. Net gains or
losses from foreign currency transactions are reported in
selling, general and administrative expenses.
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an arrangement
exists, the price is fixed or determinable, collectability is
reasonably assured and delivery has occurred or services have
been rendered. For product sales we recognize revenue at the
time title and risks and rewards of ownership pass, which is
generally when products are shipped. Certain customer contracts
with customers may require delivery, installation, testing,
certification or other acceptance provisions to be satisfied
prior to revenue being recognized. We recognize revenue on
product sales to channel partners, including resellers,
distributors or value-added solution providers at the time of
sale when the channel partners have economic substance apart
from us and we have completed our obligations related to the
sale. Service revenue is recognized as services are performed.
For agreements that contain multiple deliverables, we recognize
revenue for a delivered element when it has stand-alone value to
the customer, there is objective and reliable evidence of fair
value of
F-11
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
the undelivered elements, and, in arrangements that include a
general right of return relative to the delivered element,
performance of the undelivered element is considered probable
and substantially in our control.
We record a reduction in revenue at the time of sale for
estimated product returns, rebates and other allowances, based
on historical experience and known trends.
Revenue is reported net of any required taxes collected from
customers and remitted to government authorities, with collected
taxes recorded as current liabilities until remitted to the
relevant government authority.
Shipping
and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are recorded as a component of costs
of sales.
Product
Warranties
We accrue for the estimated cost of product warranties at the
time revenue is recognized and record it as a component of cost
of sales. Our product warranty liability reflects our best
estimate of probable liability under the terms and conditions of
our product warranties offered to customers. We estimate the
liability based on our standard warranty terms, the historical
frequency of claims and the cost to replace or repair our
products under warranty. Factors that impact our warranty
liability include the number of units sold, the length of
warranty term, historical and anticipated rates of warranty
claims and cost per claim. We assess the adequacy of our
recorded warranty liabilities quarterly and adjust amounts as
necessary.
Postretirement
Benefit Plans
Except as described separately below, certain of our employees
participate in defined benefit pension and other postretirement
benefit plans (the Shared Plans) sponsored by ITT
which include participants of other ITT subsidiaries. We account
for Shared Plans as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, we
do not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded
status of the Shared Plans. We recognize a liability only for
any required contributions to the Shared Plans that are accrued
and unpaid at the balance sheet date. The related pension and
other postretirement expenses are allocated to Water Co based
primarily on pensionable compensation of active participants and
are reported within Selling, general and administrative expenses
in the Combined Statements of Operations.
Plans that are direct to or sponsored by Water Co (Direct
Plans) are accounted for as defined benefit pension or
other postretirement plans. Accordingly, the funded or unfunded
position of each plan is recorded on our Combined Balance Sheet.
Actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs or credits
that have not yet been recognized through income are recorded in
accumulated other comprehensive income within parent company
equity, net of taxes, until they are amortized as a component of
net periodic postretirement cost. The determination of benefit
obligations and the recognition of expenses related to Direct
Plans are dependent on various assumptions. The major
assumptions primarily relate to discount rates, long-term
expected rates of return on plan assets, rate of future
compensation increases, mortality, termination, health care
inflation trend rates and other factors. Management develops
each assumption using relevant company experience in conjunction
with market-related data for each individual country in which
such plans exist. All actuarial assumptions are reviewed
annually with third-party consultants and adjusted as necessary.
For the recognition of net periodic postretirement cost, the
calculation of the long-term expected return on plan assets is
generally derived using a market-related value of plan assets
based on yearly average asset values at the measurement date
over the last five years. Actual results that differ from our
assumptions are accumulated and amortized over the estimated
future working life of the participants. The fair value of plan
assets is determined based on market prices or estimated fair
value at the measurement date. See Note 13 for further
information.
F-12
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Research
and Development
We conduct research and development (R&D) activities, which
consist primarily of the development of new products, product
applications, and manufacturing processes. R&D costs are
charged to expense as incurred.
Share-Based
Compensation
ITT maintains several share-based incentive plans, which we
refer to collectively as the Plans, for the benefit
of certain officers, directors, and employees, including Water
Co employees.
Share-based awards issued to employees include non-qualified
stock options, restricted stock awards and certain
liability-based awards. Compensation costs resulting from
share-based payment transactions are recognized primarily within
selling, general and administrative expenses, at fair value over
the requisite service period (typically three years) on a
straight-line basis. The calculated compensation cost is
adjusted based on an estimate of awards ultimately expected to
vest. The fair value of a non-qualified stock option is
determined on the date of grant using a binomial lattice pricing
model incorporating multiple and variable assumptions over time,
including assumptions such as employee exercise patterns, stock
price volatility and changes in dividends. The fair value of
restricted stock awards is determined using the closing price of
the ITTs common stock on date of grant. The fair value of
certain liability-based awards, including cash awards under our
Long-Term Incentive Plan, is remeasured at the end of each
reporting period.
Restructuring
We periodically initiate management approved restructuring
activities to achieve cost savings through reduced operational
redundancies and to strategically position ourselves in the
market in response to prevailing economic conditions and
associated customer demand. Costs associated with restructuring
actions can include severance, infrastructure charges to vacate
facilities or consolidate operations, contract termination costs
and other related charges. For involuntary separation plans, a
liability is recognized when it is probable and reasonably
estimable. For voluntary separation plans, a liability is
recognized when the employee irrevocably accepts the voluntary
termination. For one-time termination benefits, such as
additional severance pay or benefit payouts, and other exit
costs, such as lease termination costs, the liability is
measured and recognized initially at fair value in the period in
which the liability is incurred, with subsequent changes to the
liability recognized as adjustments in the period of change.
Income
taxes
Our income taxes as presented are calculated on a separate tax
return basis and may not be reflective of the results that would
have occurred on a standalone basis. Our operations have
historically been included in ITTs U.S. federal and
state tax returns or
non-U.S. jurisdictions
tax returns.
With the exception of certain dedicated foreign entities, we do
not maintain taxes payable to/from our parent and we are deemed
to settle the annual current tax balances immediately with the
legal tax-paying entities in the respective jurisdictions. These
settlements are reflected as changes in parent company
investment.
We determine the provision for income taxes using the asset and
liability approach. Under this approach, deferred income taxes
represent the expected future tax consequences of temporary
differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets
and liabilities.
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce
deferred tax assets to the amounts expected to be realized. In
assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we look to the
future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences,
taxable income in carryback years, the feasibility of tax
planning
F-13
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
strategies and estimated future taxable income. The valuation
allowance can be affected by changes to tax laws, changes to
statutory tax rates and changes to future taxable income
estimates.
We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if
it is more likely than not that the tax position will be
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in
the Combined Financial Statements from such positions are
measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than
50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.
|
|
NOTE 2
|
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
|
Recently
Adopted Pronouncements
In September 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) provided investors a practical expedient for measuring
the fair value of investments in certain entities that calculate
net asset value per share (NAV). This ASU is effective for
periods ending after December 15, 2009. Adoption did not
have a material effect on our Combined Financial Statements.
In August 2009, the FASB provided additional guidance on the
application of fair value techniques to liabilities. The
guidance clarifies that the quoted price for the liability when
traded as an asset in an active market is a Level 1
measurement, when no adjustment to the quoted price is required.
In the absence of a Level 1 (quoted price) measurement, an
entity must use one or more valuation techniques to estimate
fair value in a manner consistent with the principles of fair
value measurements. The requirements under this guidance were
effective for our fourth quarter period beginning
October 1, 2009. Adoption did not have a material effect on
our Combined Financial Statements.
In June 2009, the FASB amended the accounting and disclosure
requirements related to the consolidation of variable interest
entities (VIE(s)). The amendments include replacing the
quantitative-based risks and rewards calculation for determining
which enterprise, if any, has a controlling financial interest
in VIE(s) with an approach focused on identifying which
enterprise has the power to direct the activities of VIE(s) that
most significantly impact the entitys economic performance
and (1) the obligation to absorb losses of the entity or
(2) the right to receive benefits from the entity. In
addition, the amendments require an ongoing assessment of
whether an enterprise is the primary beneficiary of the VIE(s)
and requires additional disclosures about an enterprises
involvement in VIE(s). The adoption of these amendments on
January 1, 2010 did not have a material impact on our
Combined Financial Statements.
In January 2009, the FASB amended the requirements pertaining to
the method of applying the acquisition method of accounting for
business combinations. These amendments included that
acquisition costs will generally be expensed as incurred;
noncontrolling interests will be valued at fair value at the
acquisition date; in-process research and development will be
recorded at fair value as an indefinite-lived intangible asset
at the acquisition date; restructuring costs associated with a
business combination will generally be expensed subsequent to
the acquisition date; and changes in deferred tax asset
valuation allowances and income tax uncertainties after the
acquisition date generally will affect income tax expense. These
amendments have been applied prospectively to business
combinations with an acquisition date subsequent to
January 1, 2009. While the new business combination
accounting guidance did not have a material impact on our
Combined Financial Statements on adoption, the effects on future
periods will depend upon the nature and significance of future
business combinations.
Pronouncements
Not Yet Adopted
In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance intended to achieve common
fair value measurements and related disclosures between
U.S. GAAP and international accounting standards. The
amendments primarily clarify existing fair value guidance and
therefore the amendments are not intended to change the
application of existing fair value measurement guidance.
However, the amendments include certain instances where a
F-14
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
particular principle or requirement for measuring fair value or
disclosing information about fair value measurements has
changed. This guidance is effective for the periods beginning
after December 15, 2011 and early application is
prohibited. We will adopt these amendments on January 1,
2012; however, the requirements are not expected to have a
material effect on the Companys Combined Financial
Statements.
In December 2010, the FASB issued additional guidance applicable
to the testing of goodwill for potential impairment.
Specifically, for reporting units with zero or negative carrying
amounts, an entity is required to perform the second step of the
goodwill impairment test (a comparison between the carrying
amount of a reporting units goodwill to its implied fair
value) if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment
exists, considering any adverse qualitative factors. This
guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods
within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. As
of the date of our most recent goodwill impairment test, none of
our reporting units would have been affected by the application
of this guidance as each reporting unit had a carrying amount
that exceeded zero.
In April 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance permitting
use of the milestone method of revenue recognition for research
or development arrangements that contain payment provisions or
consideration contingent on the achievement of specified events.
On January 1, 2011, we adopted the new guidance on a
prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance on the
accounting for revenue arrangements that contain multiple
elements by eliminating the criterion that objective and
reliable evidence of fair value for undelivered products or
services needs to exist in order to be able to account
separately for deliverables and eliminating the use of the
residual method of allocating arrangement consideration. The
amendments establish a hierarchy for determining the selling
price of a deliverable and will allow for the separation of
products and services in more instances than previously
permitted.
We adopted the new multiple element guidance effective
January 1, 2011 for new arrangements entered into or
arrangements materially modified on or after that date on a
prospective basis. In connection with the adoption of the
revised multiple element arrangement guidance, we revised our
revenue recognition accounting policies. For multiple
deliverable arrangements entered into or materially modified on
or after January 1, 2011, we recognize revenue for a
delivered element based on the relative selling price if the
deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and, in
arrangements that include a general right of return relative to
the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is
considered probable and substantially in the Companys
control. The selling price for a deliverable is based on
vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), if
available, third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), if VSOE
is not available, or best estimated selling price (BESP), if
neither VSOE nor TPE is available.
The deliverables in our arrangements with multiple elements
include various products and may include related services, such
as installation and
start-up
services. For multiple element arrangements entered into or
materially modified after adoption of the revised multiple
element arrangement guidance, we allocate arrangement
consideration based on the relative selling prices of the
separate units of accounting determined in accordance with the
hierarchy described above. For deliverables that are sold
separately, we establish VSOE based on the price when the
deliverable is sold separately. We establish TPE, generally for
services, based on prices similarly situated customers pay for
similar services from third party vendors. For those
deliverables for which we are unable to establish VSOE or TPE,
we estimate the selling price considering various factors
including market and pricing trends, geography, product
customization, and profit objectives. Revenue allocated to
products and services is generally recognized as the products
are delivered and the services are performed, provided all other
revenue recognition criteria have been satisfied. The adoption
of the new multiple element guidance did not result in a
material change in either the units of accounting or the pattern
or timing of revenue recognition. Additionally, the adoption of
the revised multiple element arrangement guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
F-15
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In October 2009, the FASB amended the accounting requirements
for software revenue recognition. The objective of this update
is to address the accounting for revenue arrangements that
contain tangible products and software. Specifically, products
that contain software that is more than incidental
to the product as a whole will be removed from the scope of the
software revenue recognition literature. The amendments align
the accounting for these revenue transaction types with the
amendments described for multiple element arrangements above. We
adopted the provisions of this guidance for new or materially
modified arrangements entered into on or after January 1,
2011 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did
not have a material impact on our financial condition, results
of operations or cash flows.
During 2010, we spent an aggregate of approximately
$1 billion, net of cash acquired, primarily on the
acquisitions of Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin
Holdings Limited (collectively referred to as Godwin) and Nova
Analytics Corporation (Nova). The results of operations and cash
flows from our 2010 acquisitions have been included in our
Combined Financial Statements prospectively from their date of
acquisition. With the exception of Godwin, pro forma results of
operations for acquisitions completed in 2010 and 2009 have not
been presented because they are not significant, either
individually or in the aggregate. Due to the significant nature
of the Godwin acquisition, pro forma results of operations are
presented below as if Godwin was acquired on January 1,
2009.
Godwin
Pumps
On August 3, 2010, we acquired 100% of the privately held
stock of Godwin for a purchase price of $580, net of cash
acquired. Godwin is a supplier and servicer of automatic
self-priming and on-demand pumping solutions serving the global
industrial, construction, mining, municipal, oil and gas
dewatering markets.
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair values at the
date of acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price is
summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 3, 2010
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
56
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
3
|
|
Plant, property and equipment
|
|
|
82
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
1
|
|
Intangible assets(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Customer relationships
|
|
|
107
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
46
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
14
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
4
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(19
|
)
|
Noncurrent liabilities
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net tangible and intangible assets
|
|
$
|
328
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
252
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Trademarks are indefinite-lived intangibles. Customer
relationships and proprietary technology are amortized over
weighted average lives of 10 years and 20 years,
respectively. |
F-16
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The excess of the acquisition date fair value of the total
purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net tangible
and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill.
Goodwill represents the value expected to be obtained from the
ability to be more competitive through the offering of a more
complete dewatering pumps portfolio and from leveraging our
current Water & Wastewater divisions sales,
distribution and service network. The goodwill related to this
acquisition is recorded in the Water Infrastructure segment, a
significant portion of which is expected to be deductible for
income tax purposes.
Subsequent to August 3, 2010, the sales and expenses of
Godwin have been included in our combined statements of
operations. Our 2010 results of operations include sales and
pre-tax operating income from Godwin of $125 and $16,
respectively. Godwin generated approximately $145 and $26 in
sales and pre-tax operating income from January 1 through
August 2, 2010.
The following unaudited pro-forma information assumes that the
acquisition of Godwin was completed as of January 1, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Acquisition
|
|
Depreciation and
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co As
|
|
Godwin
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Costs
|
|
Income
|
|
Water Co Pro
|
2009
|
|
Reported
|
|
Operations(a)
|
|
Expense(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
Taxes(d)
|
|
Forma
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,046
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
263
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incremental
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-Acquisition
|
|
Depreciation and
|
|
Transaction
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co As
|
|
Godwin Operations
|
|
Amortization
|
|
Costs
|
|
Income
|
|
Water Co Pro
|
2010
|
|
Reported
|
|
(a)
|
|
Expense(b)
|
|
(c)
|
|
Taxes(d)
|
|
Forma
|
|
Net Sales
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
|
145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,347
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Godwin recognized sales of $197 and $270 during 2009 and 2010,
respectively. |
|
(b) |
|
Incremental depreciation and amortization expense associated
with the purchase price allocation to plant, property and
equipment and finite lived intangible assets recognized as a
result of the acquisition. |
|
(c) |
|
Reflects the reversal of transaction costs directly related to
the acquisition of Godwin. |
|
(d) |
|
Reflects income tax impact of pro-forma adjustments and change
in income tax status of Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. |
Nova
On March 23, 2010, we acquired 100% of the outstanding
stock of Nova, for a purchase price of $385, net of cash
acquired. Nova provides us with analytical instrumentation
brands and technologies, which when combined with the
Water & Wastewater division of the Water
Infrastructure segment (WI), provides our customers the ability
to procure, from a single source, a full suite of transport,
treatment and testing products and solutions.
F-17
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The purchase price was allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on estimates of fair values at the
date of acquisition. The allocation of the purchase price is
summarized below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nova
|
|
|
|
March 23, 2010
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Inventories
|
|
|
29
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
4
|
|
Plant, property and equipment
|
|
|
14
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
Intangible assets(a)
|
|
|
|
|
Distributor relationships
|
|
|
112
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
42
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
10
|
|
Other
|
|
|
2
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net tangible and intangible assets
|
|
$
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase Price
|
|
$
|
385
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Trademarks are indefinite-lived intangibles. Customer
relationships and proprietary technology are amortized over
weighted average lives of 20 years and 10 years,
respectively. |
The excess of the acquisition date fair value of the total
purchase price over the estimated fair value of the net tangible
and intangible assets acquired was recorded as goodwill. The
goodwill arising from this acquisition consists largely of the
planned expansion of the Nova footprint to new geographic
markets, synergies and economies of scale. The goodwill related
to this acquisition has been assigned to our Analytical
Instrumentation division within the Water Infrastructure
segment. Goodwill attributable to Nova is not expected to be
deductible for income tax purposes.
Subsequent to March 23, 2010, the sales and expenses of
Nova have been included in our combined statements of
operations. Our 2010 results of operations include revenues and
operating income of $111 and $12, respectively.
Refer to Note 20 for the disclosure of a definitive agreement
reached subsequent to the year end 2010 to acquire a company.
2009
Acquisitions
During 2009, we spent $33, net of cash acquired, on acquisitions
that were not material individually or in the aggregate to our
results of operations or financial position. The most
significant of these acquisitions was Laing GmbH (Laing), which
we acquired in May of 2009. Laing, a privately held producer of
energy-efficient circulator pumps primarily used in residential
and commercial plumbing and heating, ventilating and air
conditioning systems, was fully integrated into the Applied
Water segment during 2009.
2008
Acquisitions
There were no material acquisitions completed during 2008.
F-18
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 4
|
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
|
ITT maintains several share-based incentive compensation plans,
for the benefit of certain officers, directors, and employees,
including Water Co employees. Share-based awards issued to
employees include non-qualified stock options (NQO), restricted
stock awards (RS) and a target cash award (TSR). NQO and RS
awards are accounted for as equity-based compensation. TSR
awards are cash settled and accounted for as liability-based
compensation. These compensation costs are recognized primarily
within selling, general and administrative expenses.
Total share-based compensation costs recognized for 2010, 2009
and 2008 were $7, $9 and $16, respectively. A significant
component of these charges relates to costs allocated to Water
Co for ITT Corporate employees as well as other ITT employees
not solely dedicated to Water Co. As of December 31, 2010,
2009, and 2008 there were approximately 1.0, 1.1, and 1.0,
respectively, NQO and RS shares outstanding related to Water Co
specific employees. These awards and related amounts are not
necessarily indicative of awards and amounts that would have
been granted if we were an independent, publicly traded company
for the periods presented. The following table provides further
detail related to share-based compensation expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Cost
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2010 Total
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2009 Total
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2008 Total
|
|
|
Equity based awards
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
Liability based awards
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of each option grant was estimated on the date of
grant using the binomial lattice pricing model which
incorporates multiple and variable assumptions over time,
including assumptions such as employee exercise patterns, stock
price volatility and changes in dividends. The following are
weighted-average assumptions for 2010, 2009 and 2008:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
1.88
|
%
|
|
|
2.54
|
%
|
|
|
1.31
|
%
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
27.06
|
%
|
|
|
38.77
|
%
|
|
|
28.69
|
%
|
Expected life (in years)
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
|
|
4.7
|
|
Risk-free rates
|
|
|
3.06
|
%
|
|
|
2.20
|
%
|
|
|
2.31
|
%
|
Weighted-average grant date fair value
|
|
$
|
14.50
|
|
|
$
|
9.60
|
|
|
$
|
13.46
|
|
Expected volatilities are based on ITTs stock price
history, including implied volatilities from traded options on
our stock. ITT uses historical data to estimate option exercise
and employee termination behavior within the valuation model.
Employee groups and option characteristics are considered
separately for valuation purposes. The expected life represents
an estimate of the period of time options are expected to remain
outstanding. The expected life provided above represents the
weighted average of expected behavior for certain groups of
employees who have historically exhibited different behavior.
The risk-free rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield
curve in effect at the time of option grant.
|
|
NOTE 5
|
RESTRUCTURING
CHARGES, NET
|
We have initiated various restructuring activities throughout
the business during the past three years, of which only the work
force reduction in the fourth quarter of 2008 is considered
individually significant.
F-19
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The components of all restructuring costs incurred during each
of the previous three years ended are presented below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
By component:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance and other charges
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
Reversal of restructuring accruals
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(-
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net restructuring charge
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
12
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Corporate and other(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents amounts allocated to Water Co |
The following table displays a rollforward of the restructuring
accruals, presented on our Combined Balance Sheet within accrued
liabilities, for the each of the previous two years ended.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Restructuring accruals 1/1
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
Severance and other
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Cash payments
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
Other(1)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restructuring accruals 12/31
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By accrual type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Severance accrual
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Facility carrying and other costs accrual
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
By segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Corporate and other(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Represents amounts allocated to Water Co |
The following is a rollforward of employee position eliminations
associated with restructuring activities through 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Planned reductions 1/1
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
Additional planned reductions
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
Actual reductions
|
|
|
(345
|
)
|
|
|
(527
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Planned reductions 12/31
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth
Quarter 2008 Reductions in Force Activities
During the fourth quarter of 2008, we initiated an action to
reduce headcount across our businesses in response to declining
economic conditions. The fourth quarter 2008 reduction in force
activities resulted in
F-20
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
$29 of total restructuring charges, primarily consisting of
severance charges. The charges by segment were: Water
Infrastructure $16, Applied Water $12, and Corporate and Other
$1. This action has resulted in a total headcount reduction of
689, including 405 factory workers, 276 office workers and 8
management employees. During 2009, we made cash payments of $22
related to this action, which reduced the remaining
restructuring accrual to $2. There is no remaining balance as of
December 31, 2010.
Our operating results have been included in ITTs
consolidated U.S. federal and state income tax returns as
well as included in many of ITTs tax filings for
non-U.S. jurisdictions.
Amounts presented in these combined financial statements related
to income taxes have been determined on a separate tax return
basis, and our contribution to ITTs net operating losses
and tax credits have been included in these financial
statements. These amounts may not reflect tax positions taken or
to be taken by ITT and have been available for use by ITT and
may remain with ITT after the separation from ITT.
The source of pre- tax income and the components of income tax
expense are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Income components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
65
|
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
323
|
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total pre-tax income
|
|
$
|
388
|
|
|
$
|
277
|
|
|
$
|
312
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense components:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current income tax provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States federal
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
United States state and local
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current income tax provision
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
79
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred income tax provision:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States federal
|
|
$
|
(41
|
)
|
|
$
|
(44
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
United States state and local
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred income tax provision
|
|
$
|
(31
|
)
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total income tax expense
|
|
$
|
59
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
88
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.1
|
%
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-21
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A reconciliation of the income tax provision at the
U.S. statutory rate to the effective income tax rate as
reported is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Tax provision at U.S. statutory rate
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
|
|
35.0
|
%
|
Foreign restructurings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(20.8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Tax exempt interest
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(4.1
|
)
|
Foreign tax rate differential
|
|
|
(5.1
|
)
|
|
|
(5.4
|
)
|
|
|
(1.6
|
)
|
Effect of repatriation of foreign earnings, net of foreign tax
credits
|
|
|
(8.8
|
)
|
|
|
.2
|
|
|
|
(1.3
|
)
|
All other
|
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
1.4
|
|
|
|
0.2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effective income tax rate
|
|
|
15.2
|
%
|
|
|
5.0
|
%
|
|
|
28.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employee benefits
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
Loss carryforwards
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Inventory
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Foreign tax credit
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
$
|
191
|
|
|
$
|
143
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(71
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets
|
|
$
|
123
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax Liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
$
|
122
|
|
|
$
|
68
|
|
Plant, property, and equipment
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
|
$
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, a valuation allowance of
approximately $68 had been established to reduce the deferred
income tax asset related to certain U.S. state and foreign
net operating losses and U.S. capital loss carryforwards.
During 2010, the valuation allowance decreased by $3 resulting
from the following: an increase of $1 attributable to
U.S. federal capital loss carryforwards and net operating
losses which we acquired in 2010 and a decrease of $4
attributable to foreign net operating loss carryforwards and
foreign investments.
During 2009, the Company implemented an international
restructuring in which it transferred the ownership of its
Canadian operations to its Luxembourg holding company. The
transfer allows the Company to recover, in a more tax efficient
manner, the earnings and book to tax basis differences
attributable to its Canadian investment. As a result, the
Company reduced the deferred tax liability related to the
investment in Canada.
F-22
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on
temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax
bases of assets and liabilities, applying enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which we expect the differences will
reverse. Deferred taxes are classified in the Combined Balance
Sheets as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Current assets
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
Non-current assets
|
|
$
|
52
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
Current liabilities
|
|
$
|
(12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11
|
)
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
$
|
(99
|
)
|
|
$
|
(60
|
)
|
As of December 31, 2010, we have not provided for deferred
taxes on the excess of financial reporting over the tax bases of
investments in certain foreign subsidiaries in the amount of
$1,265 because we plan to reinvest such earnings indefinitely
outside the U.S. While the amount of federal income taxes,
if such earnings are distributed in the future, cannot be
determined, such taxes may be reduced by tax credits and other
deductions.
Our tax attributes available to reduce future taxable income
begin to expire as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Attribute:
|
|
Amount
|
|
First Year of Expiration
|
|
U.S. net operating loss
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2019
|
|
State net operating loss
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2022
|
|
Federal and state capital loss
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2013
|
|
US tax credits
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2020
|
|
Foreign net operating loss
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2011
|
|
Unrecognized
Tax Benefits
We recognize tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if
it is more likely than not that the tax position will be
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in
the Combined Financial Statements from such positions are
measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than
50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. A
reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of
unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2010, 2009,
and 2008 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits 1/1
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
Additions for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current year tax positions
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Prior year tax positions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Business combinations
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Reductions for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior year tax positions
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits 12/31
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, the amount of
unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the
effective tax rate is $43, $19, and $20, respectively.
We do not believe that the unrecognized tax benefits will
significantly change within twelve months of the reporting date.
F-23
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
In many cases, unrecognized tax benefits are related to tax
years that remain subject to examination by the relevant taxing
authorities. The following table summarizes the earliest open
tax years by major jurisdiction:
|
|
|
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Earliest Open Year
|
|
Austria
|
|
|
2004
|
|
Canada
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Germany
|
|
|
2000
|
|
Italy
|
|
|
2005
|
|
Netherlands
|
|
|
2006
|
|
Sweden
|
|
|
2005
|
|
United Kingdom
|
|
|
2008
|
|
United States
|
|
|
2007
|
|
We classify interest relating to tax matters as a component of
interest expense and tax penalties as a component of income tax
expense in our Combined Statement of Operations. During 2010,
2009, and 2008 we recognized net interest expense of $1, net
interest income of $2, and net interest expense of $2 related to
tax matters, respectively. As of December 31, 2010, 2009,
and 2008, we had $5, $4, and $6 of interest accrued for tax
matters, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
703
|
|
|
$
|
603
|
|
Other
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, gross
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
|
629
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Allowance for cash discounts
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
$
|
599
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table displays an aggregate rollforward of the
allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts 1/1
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
Additions charged to expense
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts 12/31
|
|
$
|
25
|
|
|
$
|
24
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
|
$
|
128
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
$
|
301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-24
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 9
|
PLANT,
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
185
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
567
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
Equipment held for lease or rental
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
Construction work in progress
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Other
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, gross
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(609
|
)
|
|
|
(581
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense of $63, $51, and $55 was recognized in
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 10
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
|
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended
December 31, 2010 and 2009 by business segment are as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure
|
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill 1/1/2009
|
|
$
|
362
|
|
|
$
|
573
|
|
|
$
|
935
|
|
Goodwill acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill 12/31/2009
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
$
|
581
|
|
|
$
|
970
|
|
Goodwill acquired
|
|
|
493
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
493
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill 12/31/2010
|
|
$
|
873
|
|
|
$
|
564
|
|
|
$
|
1,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill acquired during 2010 primarily relates to the Godwin
and Nova acquisitions. Goodwill acquired during 2009 primarily
relates to the Laing acquisition. Amounts reported as
Other relate primarily to goodwill associated with
an immaterial business divestiture occurring during 2009.
Based on the results of annual impairment tests, we determined
that no impairment of goodwill existed as of the measurement
date in 2010 or 2009. However, future goodwill impairment tests
could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to
evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of our
fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in
circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.
F-25
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Other
Intangible Assets, Net
Information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net Intangibles
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Net Intangibles
|
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
$
|
(17
|
)
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
29
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
17
|
|
Patents and other
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangibles
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
$
|
485
|
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
(50
|
)
|
|
$
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangibles consist of brands and trademarks.
Based on the results of its annual impairment tests, we
determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived
intangibles existed as of the measurement date in 2010 or 2009.
However, future impairment tests could result in a charge to
earnings. We will continue to evaluate the indefinite-lived
intangible assets on an annual basis as of the beginning of our
fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in
circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Customer and distributor relationships, proprietary technology,
trademarks, patents and other are amortized over weighted
average lives of approximately 14 years, 21 years,
16 years and 10 years, respectively.
Amortization expense related to intangible assets for 2010, 2009
and 2008 was $21, $10 and $8, respectively. Estimated
amortization expense for each of the five succeeding years is as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
2015
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
$
|
297
|
|
|
$
|
238
|
|
Other
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
$
|
256
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 12
|
ACCRUED
AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Compensation and other employee-benefits
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
|
$
|
135
|
|
Customer-related liabilities
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Accrued warranty costs
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Accrued income taxes
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Other
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
340
|
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 13
|
POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFIT PLANS
|
Defined
Contribution Plans
ITT and the Company sponsor various defined contribution savings
plans, which allow employees to contribute a portion of their
pre-tax
and/or
after-tax income in accordance with specified guidelines.
Several of the plans require us to match a percentage of the
employee contributions up to certain limits, generally between
2.5% 3.0% of employee base pay. Matching
contributions charged to income amounted to $21, $4 and $4 for
2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
The ITT Stock Fund, an investment option under the ITT Salaried
Investment and Savings Plan in which Company employees
participate is considered an Employee Stock Ownership Plan. As a
result, participants in the ITT Stock Fund may receive dividends
in cash or may reinvest such dividends into the ITT Stock Fund.
Company employees held approximately 1.0 shares of ITT
common stock in the ITT Stock Fund at December 31, 2010.
Defined
Benefit Plans
Company employees participate in numerous defined benefit plans,
including hourly and union plans as well as salaried plans,
which generally require up to 5 years of service to be
vested and for which the benefits are determined based on years
of credited service and either specified rates, final pay, or
final average pay. As of December 31, 2010, of our total
projected benefit obligation, U.S. plans represented 26%
and international pension plans represented 74%. Company
employees also participate in other post-retirement benefit
plans such as health care and life insurance plans.
Balance
Sheet Information
Amounts recognized in the Combined Balance Sheets for pension
and other employee-related benefit plans (collectively,
postretirement benefit plans) reflect the funded status of the
postretirement benefit plans. The following table provides a
summary of the funded status of our postretirement benefit plans
and the presentation of such balances within our Combined
Balance Sheet as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
|
(233
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
(183
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(194
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status
|
|
$
|
(155
|
)
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
(168
|
)
|
|
$
|
(133
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11
|
)
|
|
$
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amounts reported within:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued liabilities
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
Non-current liabilities
|
|
|
(151
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
(140
|
)
|
F-27
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
A portion of our projected benefit obligation includes amounts
that have not yet been recognized as expense in our results of
operations. Such amounts are recorded within accumulated other
comprehensive loss until they are amortized as a component of
net periodic postretirement cost. The following table provides a
summary of amounts recorded within accumulated other
comprehensive loss at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss (gain)
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
$
|
44
|
|
|
|
$(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
47
|
|
|
|
$(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a rollforward of the projected
benefit obligations for our U.S. and international pension
plans for the years ended 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation 1/1
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
$
|
159
|
|
Service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Amendments /other
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Actuarial (gain)/loss
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
Liabilities assumed through acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation 12/31
|
|
$
|
61
|
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
|
$
|
233
|
|
|
$
|
58
|
|
|
$
|
125
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides a rollforward of the projected
benefit obligations for our other employee-related benefit plans
for the years ended 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Change in benefit obligation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation 1/1
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Actuarial loss
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Benefit obligation 12/31
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-28
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table provides a rollforward of the pension plan
assets and the ending funded status for our U.S. and
international pension plans for the years ended 2010 and 2009.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Change in plan assets
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets 1/1
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
Actual return on plan assets
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Assets acquired through acquisition
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan assets 12/31
|
|
$
|
43
|
|
|
$
|
35
|
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
41
|
|
|
$
|
9
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Funded status at end of year
|
|
$
|
(18
|
)
|
|
$
|
(137
|
)
|
|
$
|
(155
|
)
|
|
$
|
(17
|
)
|
|
$
|
(116
|
)
|
|
$
|
(133
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accumulated benefit obligation for all defined benefit
pension plans was $213 and $166 at December 31, 2010 and
2009, respectively. The following table provides information for
pension plans with an accumulated benefit obligation in excess
of plan assets.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Projected benefit obligation
|
|
$
|
209
|
|
|
$
|
183
|
|
Accumulated benefit obligation
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
166
|
|
Fair value of plan assets
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
F-29
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Income
Statement Information
The following table provides the components of net periodic
benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive
income for the years 2010, 2009 and 2008, as they pertain to our
defined benefit pension plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations
recognized in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (gain)/loss
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Amortization of prior service cost
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total change recognized in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impact from net periodic benefit cost and changes in other
comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table provides the components of net periodic
benefit cost and other amounts recognized in other comprehensive
loss for the years 2010, 2009 and 2008, as they pertain to other
employee-related benefit plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized
in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss (gain)
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total changes recognized in other comprehensive income
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total impact from net periodic benefit cost and changes in other
comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-30
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table provides the estimated net actuarial loss
and prior service cost that will be amortized from accumulated
other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost during
2011.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net actuarial loss
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Prior service cost
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
Plan Assumptions
The following table provides the weighted-average assumptions
used to determine projected benefit obligations and net periodic
benefit cost, as they pertain to our defined benefit pension
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Intl
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Intl
|
|
Obligation Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.83
|
%
|
|
|
5.18
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.55
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.40
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.48
|
%
|
Cost Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
5.55
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
|
|
5.79
|
%
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
7.20
|
%
|
|
|
9.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.97
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.41
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
3.48
|
%
|
The following table provides the weighted-average assumptions
used to determine projected benefit obligations and net periodic
benefit cost, as they pertain to other employee-related benefit
plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Obligation Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
5.50
|
%
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
Cost Assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
6.00
|
%
|
|
|
6.25
|
%
|
Rate of future compensation increase
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
|
|
4.00
|
%
|
Management develops each assumption using relevant company
experience in conjunction with market-related data for each
individual country in which plans exist. Assumptions are
reviewed annually and adjusted as necessary.
The expected long-term rate of return on assets reflects the
expected returns for each major asset class in which the plans
invest, the weight of each asset class in the target mix, the
correlations among asset classes and their expected
volatilities. The majority of our plan assets relate to
U.S. plans and are managed by ITT on a commingled basis in
a master investment trust. With respect to plan assets in the
master investment trust, our expected return on plan assets is
estimated by evaluating both historical returns and estimates of
future returns. Specifically, ITT analyzes the plans
actual historical annual return on assets, net of fees, over the
past 15, 20 and 25 years; estimates future returns based on
independent estimates of asset class returns; and evaluates
historical broad market returns over long-term timeframes based
on our asset allocation range. Based on this approach, the
long-term annual rate of return on assets for plan assets in the
master investment trust is estimated at 9.0%. For reference, our
actual geometric average annual return on plan assets in the
master
F-31
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
investment trust as of December 31, 2010 was 8.8%, 10.1%
and 10.3%, for the past 15, 20, and 25 year periods,
respectively.
The table below provides the actual rate of return generated on
plan assets during each of the years presented, as they pertain
to plan assets in the master investment trust, as compared to
the expected long-term return utilized in calculating the net
periodic benefit costs.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
Expected rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
|
|
9.0
|
%
|
Actual rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
14.1
|
%
|
|
|
24.1
|
%
|
|
|
(31.2
|
)%
|
The assumed rate of future increases in the per capita cost of
health care (the health care trend rate) is 7.8% for 2011,
decreasing ratably to 5.0% in 2019. An increase or decrease in
the health care trend rates by one percent per year would not
have a material effect on the benefit obligation or the
aggregate annual service and interest components. To the extent
that actual experience differs from these assumptions, the
effect will be amortized over the average future service of the
covered active employees.
The determination of the assumptions related to postretirement
benefit plans are based on the provisions of the applicable
accounting pronouncements, the review of various market data and
discussion with our actuaries. Changes in these assumptions
could materially affect the financial position and results of
operations.
Investment
Policy
The investment strategy for managing worldwide postretirement
benefit plan assets is to seek an optimal rate of return
relative to an appropriate level of risk for each plan.
Investment strategies vary by plan, depending on the specific
characteristics of the plan, such as plan size and design,
funded status, liability profile and legal requirements.
With respect to the master investment trust, ITT allows itself
broad discretion to invest tactically to respond to changing
market conditions, while staying reasonably within the asset
allocation ranges prescribed by its investment guidelines. In
making these asset allocation decisions, ITT takes into account
recent and expected returns and volatility of returns for each
asset class, the expected correlation of returns among the
different investments, as well as anticipated funding and cash
flows. To enhance returns and mitigate risk, ITT diversifies its
investments by strategy, asset class, geography and sector. ITT
engages a large number of managers to gain broad exposure to the
markets, while generating
excess-of-market
returns and mitigating manager-concentration risk.
The following table provides the actual asset allocations of
U.S. plan assets held in the master investment trust, as of
December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related asset
allocation ranges by asset category.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allocation
|
|
|
2010
|
|
2009
|
|
Range
|
|
Domestic equities
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25
|
%
|
|
|
25%-75%
|
|
Alternative investments
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
20%-45%
|
|
International equities
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
10%-45%
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
0%-60%
|
|
Cash and other
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
0%-30%
|
|
The strategies and allocations of plan assets outside of the
U.S. are managed locally and may differ significantly from
those in the U.S. In general and as of December 31,
2010,
non-U.S. plans
are managed closely to their strategic allocations.
F-32
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Fair
Value of Plan Assets
In measuring plan assets at fair value, a fair value hierarchy
is applied which categorizes and prioritizes the inputs used to
estimate fair value into three levels. The fair value hierarchy
is based on maximizing the use of observable inputs and
minimizing the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair
value. Classification within the fair value hierarchy is based
on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are
defined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active
markets for identical assets or liabilities.
|
|
|
|
Level 2 inputs are other than quoted prices included within
level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability,
either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include
quoted prices (in non-active markets or in active markets for
similar assets or liabilities), inputs other than quoted prices
that are observable, and inputs that are derived principally
from or corroborated by observable market data by correlation or
other means.
|
|
|
|
Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the assets or
liabilities.
|
In certain instances, fair value is estimated using quoted
market prices obtained from external pricing services. In
obtaining such data from the pricing service, ITT has evaluated
the methodologies used to develop the estimate of fair value in
order to assess whether such valuations are representative of
fair value, including net asset value (NAV). Additionally, in
certain circumstances, the NAV reported by an asset manager may
be adjusted when sufficient evidence indicates NAV is not
representative of fair value.
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies
and inputs used to measure fair value for major categories of
investments.
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities Equities (including common and
preferred shares, domestic listed and foreign listed, closed end
mutual funds and exchange traded funds) are generally valued at
the closing price reported on the major market on which the
individual securities are traded at the measurement date. As all
equity securities held by the Company are publicly traded in
active markets, the securities are classified within
Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
Open ended mutual funds, collective trusts and commingled
funds Open ended mutual funds, collective trusts and
commingled funds are measured at NAV. These funds are generally
classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
Private equity The valuation of limited partnership
interests in private equity funds may require significant
management judgment. The NAV reported by the asset manager is
adjusted when it is determined that NAV is not representative of
fair value. In making such an assessment, a variety of factors
are reviewed, including, but not limited to, the timeliness of
NAV as reported by the asset manager and changes in general
economic and market conditions subsequent to the last NAV
reported by the asset manager. These funds are generally
classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
Absolute return (hedge funds) The valuation of
limited partnership interests in hedge funds may require
significant management judgment. The NAV reported by the asset
manager is adjusted when it is determined that NAV is not
representative of fair value. In making such an assessment, a
variety of factors are reviewed, including, but not limited to,
the timeliness of NAV as reported by the asset manager and
changes in general economic and market conditions subsequent to
the last NAV reported by the asset manager. Depending on how
these investments can be redeemed and the extent of any
adjustments to NAV, hedge funds are classified within either
Level 2 (redeemable within 90 days) or Level 3
(redeemable beyond 90 days) of the fair value hierarchy.
|
F-33
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table provides the fair value of plan assets held
by our pension benefit plans, at December 31, 2010 and
2009, by asset class.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Asset Category
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity securities
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
23
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
Private equity(a)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Absolute return (hedge funds)(b)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Commodities, fixed income and other
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
26
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Private equity includes a diversified range of strategies,
including buyout funds, distressed funds, venture and growth
equity funds and mezzanine funds. |
|
(b) |
|
Absolute return hedge funds primarily include fund of funds that
invest in a diversified portfolio of other hedge funds that
employ a range of investment strategies and fixed
income/multi-strategy absolute return funds, which invest in
multiple investment strategies with the intent of diversifying
risk and reducing volatility. |
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning
and ending balances of fair value measurement within our pension
plans using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3).
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Private
|
|
|
Absolute
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Return
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Level 3 balance 12/31/08
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
10
|
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
Unrealized gains, net
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Purchases/(sales), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Transfers out, net
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 balance 12/31/09
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Realized gains, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Transfers out, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3 balance 12/31/10
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contributions
Funding requirements under Internal Revenue Service rules are a
major consideration in making contributions to our
postretirement plans. With respect to qualified pension plans,
we intend to contribute annually not less than the minimum
required by applicable law or regulation. We made contributions
of $2 and $4 to pension plans during 2010 and 2009,
respectively. We currently anticipate making contributions to
our pension plans in the range of $8 to $10 during 2011, of
which $1 is expected to be made in the first quarter.
F-34
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Estimated
Future Benefit Payments
The following table provides the projected timing of payments
for benefits earned to date and the expectation that certain
future service will be earned by current active employees for
our pension and other employee-related benefit plans.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
Benefits
|
|
2011
|
|
$
|
8
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
2012
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2013
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2014
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2015
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
2016 2020
|
|
|
64
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Multiemployer
Plans
Company employees participate in defined benefit pension and
other postretirement plans sponsored by ITT Corporation, which
include participants of other ITT Corporation subsidiaries
(collectively, Shared Plans). The Company has
recorded expense of $24, $14 and $8 for the years ended
December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to record
its allocation of pension and other postretirement benefit costs
related to Shared Plans. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009,
there were no required contributions outstanding.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, such multiemployer
defined benefit pension plans were approximately 80% funded. The
most significant shared defined benefit pension plan is the ITT
U.S. Salaried Retirement Plan (USSRP). Company employees
and former employees represent 12% and 4% of total active and
retired participants in the USSRP, respectively. ITT Corporation
made contributions to the USSRP of $50 and $100 during 2010 and
2009, respectively, all of which were voluntary. ITT currently
does not anticipate making contributions to the USSRP during
2011.
As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the other multiemployer
postretirement benefit plans were approximately 50% funded. The
ITT Salaried Postretirement Medical and Life Plans and the
Goulds Postretirement Medical Plan represent the most
significant shared other postretirement benefit plans. Company
employees and former employees represent 15% and 7% of active
and retired participants in the ITT Salaried Postretirement
Medical and Life Plans, respectively, and 0% and 15% of active
and retired participants in the Goulds Postretirement Medical
Plan, respectively. There were no contributions made to the
plans during 2010 and 2009. There are currently no contributions
expected in 2011.
We do not currently intend to withdraw from the Shared Plans.
F-35
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 14
|
COMPREHENSIVE
INCOME
|
The following table provides the components of comprehensive
income for the years 2010, 2009, and 2008.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
329
|
|
|
$
|
263
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
Other comprehensive (loss) income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive (loss) income
|
|
|
(57
|
)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
(152
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Prior service cost from plan amendment, net of tax benefit of $1
in 2010
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1
|
)
|
Net actuarial loss arising during the period, net of tax benefit
of $2, $2 and $7, respectively
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Unrealized changes in postretirement benefit plans, net of tax:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amortization of prior service costs, net of tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss, net of tax
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total amortization from accumulated other comprehensive income
into net periodic benefit cost, net of tax
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans, net of tax
|
|
$
|
(4
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The components of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income, net of
tax, are summarized as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Post retirement benefit plans
|
|
$
|
(36
|
)
|
|
$
|
(32
|
)
|
Cumulative currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
|
447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We lease certain offices, manufacturing buildings, machinery,
computers and other equipment. Such leases expire at various
dates through 2047 and may include renewal and payment
escalation clauses. We often pay maintenance, insurance and tax
expense related to leased assets. Rental expenses under
operating leases were $54, $47 and $47 for 2010, 2009 and 2008,
respectively. Future minimum operating lease payments under
non-cancellable operating leases with an initial term in excess
of one year as of December 31, 2010 are shown below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
2012
|
|
2013
|
|
2014
|
|
2015
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
39
|
|
|
$
|
28
|
|
|
$
|
17
|
|
|
$
|
15
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
We warrant numerous products, the terms of which vary widely. In
general, we warrant products against defect and specific
non-performance. Our product warranty liability reflects
managements best estimate of
F-36
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
probable liability under our product warranties for the years
ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The table below provides
changes in the product warranty accrual over each period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 1/1
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
Accruals for product warranties issued in the period
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
(22
|
)
|
Changes in pre-existing warranties
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 12/31
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 17
|
CONTINGENCIES
AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS
|
General
From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings that are
incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these
proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters,
product liability, personal injury claims, employment and
pension matters, and commercial or contractual disputes,
sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. We will
continue to defend vigorously against all claims.
While no claims have been asserted against Xylem Inc. alleging
injury caused by a Water Co product resulting from asbestos
exposure, it is possible that claims could be filed in the
future. Should asbestos product liability claims be asserted
against Xylem Inc. in the future, we believe there are numerous
legal defenses available and would defend ourselves vigorously
against such a claim. As part of the separation, ITT will
indemnify Xylem Inc. for asbestos product liability matters,
including settlements, judgments, and legal defense costs
associated with all pending and future claims that may arise
from past sales of ITTs legacy products. We believe ITT
remains a substantive entity with sufficient financial resources
to honor its obligations to us.
Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be
predicted with certainty, based on present information,
including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim,
we do not expect that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or
proceedings, individually or in aggregate, will have a material
adverse effect on our cash flow, results of operations, or
financial condition.
Indemnifications
As part of the separation, ITT will provide for certain
indemnifications and cross-indemnifications among ITT, Exelis
Inc. and Xylem Inc. The indemnifications address a variety of
subjects, including asserted and unasserted product liability
matters (e.g., asbestos claims, product warranties), which
relate to products sold prior to the Separation Date. The
indemnifications are absolute and indefinite. The
indemnification associated with pending and future asbestos
claims does not expire. Xylem Inc. expects ITT and Exelis Inc.
to fully perform under the terms of the Distribution Agreement
and therefore has not recorded a liability for matters for which
we will be indemnified. In addition, we are not aware of any
claims or other circumstances that would give rise to material
payments to ITT or Exelis Inc. under the indemnity that we will
provide.
Environmental
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to federal,
state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We
are responsible, or are alleged to be responsible, for ongoing
environmental investigation and remediation of sites in various
countries. These sites are in various stages of investigation
and/or
remediation and in many of these proceedings our liability is
considered de minimis. We have received notification from the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from similar
state and foreign environmental agencies, that a number of sites
formerly or currently owned
and/or
operated by Water Co, and other
F-37
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
properties or water supplies that may be or have been impacted
from those operations, contain disposed or recycled materials or
wastes and require environmental investigation
and/or
remediation. These sites include instances where we have been
identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and
state environmental laws and regulations.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site by
site basis when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably
estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our
accrued liabilities for these environmental matters represent
the best estimates related to the investigation and remediation
of environmental media such as water, soil, soil vapor, air and
structures, as well as related legal fees. These estimates, and
related accruals, are reviewed quarterly and updated for
progress of investigation and remediation efforts and changes in
facts and legal circumstances. Liabilities for these
environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted basis.
It is difficult to estimate the final costs of investigation and
remediation due to various factors, including incomplete
information regarding particular sites and other potentially
responsible parties, uncertainty regarding the extent of
investigation or remediation and our share, if any, of liability
for such conditions, the selection of alternative remedial
approaches, and changes in environmental standards and
regulatory requirements. In our opinion, the total amount
accrued is appropriate based on existing facts and circumstances.
|
|
NOTE 18
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND PARENT COMPANY EQUITY
|
The Combined Financial Statements have been prepared on a
stand-alone basis and are derived from the consolidated
financial statements and accounting records of ITT.
During 2010, 2009 and 2008 we sold inventory to other ITT
businesses in the aggregate amount of $11, $10, and $9,
respectively which is included in Net sales in our combined
statements of operations. We also purchase inventories from
other ITT businesses. We recognized cost of sales from the
inventory purchased from ITT of $12, $15, and $13 in 2010, 2009
and 2008, respectively. The aggregate inventory on hand of
purchases from other ITT businesses as of December 31, 2010
and 2009 was not significant.
Allocation
of General Corporate Expenses
The Combined Financial Statements include expense allocations
for certain functions provided by ITT as well as other ITT
employees not solely dedicated to Water Co, including, but not
limited to, general corporate expenses related to finance,
legal, information technology, human resources, communications,
ethics and compliance, shared services, employee benefits and
incentives, and share-based compensation. These expenses have
been allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when
identifiable, with the remainder allocated on the basis of
revenue, headcount or other measure. During 2010, 2009 and 2008,
we were allocated $108 million, $105 million and
$104 million, respectively, of general corporate expenses
incurred by ITT which is included within selling, general and
administrative expenses in the Combined Statements of Operations.
The expense allocations have been determined on a basis that we
consider to be a reasonable reflection of the utilization of
services provided or the benefit received by us during the
periods presented. The allocations may not, however, reflect the
expense we would have incurred as an independent, publicly
traded company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may
have been incurred if we had been a standalone company would
depend on a number of factors, including the chosen
organizational structure, what functions were outsourced or
performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas
such as information technology and infrastructure.
F-38
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Parent
Company Equity
Net transfers from/(to) parent are included within parent
company investment on the Combined Statements of Parent Company
Equity and Comprehensive Income. The components of the net
transfers from/(to) parent as of December 31, 2010, 2009
and 2008 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Intercompany sales and purchases, net
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Intercompany dividends
|
|
|
(180
|
)
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
(51
|
)
|
Cash pooling and general financing activities
|
|
|
(235
|
)
|
|
|
(339
|
)
|
|
|
(417
|
)
|
Cash transfers for acquisitions, divestitures and investments
|
|
|
1,012
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Corporate allocations including income taxes
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net transfers from/(to) parent
|
|
$
|
760
|
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
|
$
|
(307
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT uses a centralized approach to U.S. cash management and
financing of its operations, excluding debt directly incurred by
any of its businesses, such as debt assumed in an acquisition.
The majority of our cash is transferred to ITT daily and ITT
funds our operating and investing activities as needed.
The Combined Financial Statements include certain assets and
liabilities that have historically been held at the ITT
corporate level but which are specifically identifiable or
otherwise allocable to us. The cash and cash equivalents held by
ITT at the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to
Water Co and therefore were not allocated to us for any of the
periods presented. Cash and equivalents in our combined balance
sheets primarily represent cash held locally by entities
included in our Combined Financial Statements. Transfers of cash
to and from ITTs cash management system are reflected as a
component of Parent company investment on the Combined Balance
Sheets.
All significant intercompany transactions between us and ITT
have been included in these Combined Financial Statements and
are considered to be effectively settled for cash in the
Combined Financial Statements at the time the transaction is
recorded when the underlying transaction is to be settled in
cash by ITT. The total net effect of the settlement of these
intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined
statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the
Combined Balance Sheets as Parent Company Investment.
We recorded sales to unconsolidated affiliates during 2010, 2009
and 2008 totaling $14, $12 and $20, respectively. Additionally,
we purchased $22, $15 and $18 of products from unconsolidated
affiliates during 2010, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 19
|
SEGMENT
INFORMATION
|
The Companys segments are reported on the same basis used
internally for evaluating performance and allocating resources.
Our business is organized into two segments: Water
Infrastructure and Applied Water. Water Infrastructure,
comprising our Water & Wastewater and Analytics
operating segments, focuses on the transportation, treatment and
testing of water, offering a range of products including water
and wastewater pumps, treatment and testing equipment and
controls and systems. Applied Water, comprising of our
Residential & Commercial Water and Flow Control
operating segments, encompasses all the uses of water and
focuses on the residential, commercial industrial and
agricultural markets, offering pumps, valves, heat exchangers,
controls, and dispensing equipment. Our business is not
dependent on any single customer or a
F-39
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
few customers, the loss of which would have a material adverse
effect on us as a whole. No individual customer accounted for
more than 10% of our combined revenue.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
Operating Margin
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
1,930
|
|
|
$
|
1,651
|
|
|
$
|
1,824
|
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
227
|
|
|
$
|
220
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
%
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
1,327
|
|
|
|
1,254
|
|
|
|
1,527
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
11.9
|
%
|
|
|
8.7
|
%
|
|
|
10.6
|
%
|
Eliminations/Other(a)
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(56
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(46
|
)
|
|
|
(60
|
)
|
|
|
(67
|
)
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
$
|
388
|
|
|
$
|
276
|
|
|
$
|
315
|
|
|
|
12.1
|
%
|
|
|
9.7
|
%
|
|
|
9.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Other consists of allocated ITT corporate office expenses
including compensation, benefits, occupancy, depreciation, and
other administrative costs, as well as charges related to
certain matters, such as environmental liabilities, that are
managed at a corporate level and are not included in the
business segments in evaluating performance or allocating
resources. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Assets
|
|
|
Capital Expenditures
|
|
|
Depreciation and Amortization
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
2,377
|
|
|
$
|
1,278
|
|
|
$
|
55
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
|
$
|
60
|
|
|
$
|
38
|
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
1,209
|
|
|
|
1,214
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
Other(a)
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
$
|
2,535
|
|
|
$
|
94
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
$
|
67
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
|
$
|
70
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Other consists of allocated ITT corporate assets, which
principally consist of deferred tax assets, certain property,
plant and equipment, and other assets. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, Property &
|
|
|
|
Revenue(A)
|
|
|
Equipment, Net
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Geographic Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
1,125
|
|
|
$
|
956
|
|
|
$
|
1,104
|
|
|
$
|
168
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
Europe
|
|
|
1,262
|
|
|
|
1,217
|
|
|
|
1,416
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
196
|
|
Asia Pacific
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
|
269
|
|
|
|
303
|
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
46
|
|
Other
|
|
|
472
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
468
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
|
$
|
334
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Revenue to external customers is attributed to individual
regions based upon the destination of product or service
delivery. |
F-40
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
The following table illustrates revenue by product category, net
of intercompany balances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
Pumps, accessories, parts and service
|
|
$
|
2,671
|
|
|
$
|
2,376
|
|
|
$
|
2,738
|
|
Other(a)
|
|
|
531
|
|
|
|
473
|
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,849
|
|
|
$
|
3,291
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) |
|
Other includes treatment equipment, analytical instrumentation,
valves, heat exchangers, and controls |
We evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure
through July 8, 2011, the date the combined financial
statements were available to be issued.
On July 5, 2011, we entered into a definitive agreement to
acquire YSI Incorporated (YSI) for an aggregate
purchase price of $310. YSI is a leading developer and
manufacturer of sensors, instruments, software, and data
collection platforms for environmental water monitoring. YSI
reported 2010 global revenues of $101 (unaudited) and employs
390 people at several facilities in the United States, Europe
and Asia. The transaction is expected to close in the third
quarter of 2011, pending customary closing conditions and
approval of YSIs shareholders.
|
|
NOTE
21
|
IMMATERIAL
CORRECTIONS
|
During August 2011, subsequent to the original issuance of the
Companys combined financial statements, management
determined that it had incorrectly included certain ITT foreign
headquarter entities in Water Cos 2008 balance sheet that
did not relate to Water Cos business (the balance sheets
for all other periods presented appropriately excluded these
entities). The balance sheets of these headquarter entities were
largely comprised of intercompany and parent equity accounts as
well as the accumulated currency translation account. This
primarily resulted in incorrect activity being reflected during
2008 and 2009 (in offsetting directions) in the changes within
parent company investment and foreign currency translation. In
addition, we identified a misclassification within our 2008
Statement of Cash Flows between exchange rate effects on cash
and cash equivalents and net transfer from/(to) parent. We have
revised the Combined Statements of Cash Flows and the Combined
Statements of Parent Company Equity and Comprehensive Income for
the periods impacted to reflect these corrections. These
corrections did not have any impact on the Combined Statements
of Operations or Combined Balance Sheets for any periods
presented. The Company believes that the correction of these
errors is not material to its previously issued financial
statements. However, the Company decided to correct the
previously issued financial statements. The effect on the
Combined Statements of Cash Flows and the Combined Statement of
Parent Company Equity and Comprehensive Income for the years
ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are summarized below.
Related amounts included within Notes 14 and 18 have also
been corrected.
F-41
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
NOTES TO
COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
Adjusted
|
Adjustments to Combined Statement of Cash Flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in receivables
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
$
|
45
|
|
Net Cash Operating activities
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
370
|
|
Net transfer from/(to) parent
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(292
|
)
|
Net Cash Financing activities
|
|
|
(279
|
)
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
(292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to Combined Statement of Parent Company Equity
and Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in parent company investment
|
|
$
|
(218
|
)
|
|
$
|
(72
|
)
|
|
$
|
(290
|
)
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Previously
|
|
|
|
As
|
|
|
Reported
|
|
Adjustments
|
|
Adjusted
|
Adjustments to Combined Statement of Cash Flows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in receivables
|
|
$
|
50
|
|
|
$
|
(13
|
)
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
Net Cash Operating activities
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
408
|
|
Net transfer from/(to) parent
|
|
|
(397
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
Net Cash Financing activities
|
|
|
(397
|
)
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
(341
|
)
|
Exchange rate effects on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(43
|
)
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjustments to Combined Statement of Parent Company Equity
and Comprehensive Income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net (decrease) in parent company investment
|
|
$
|
(379
|
)
|
|
$
|
72
|
|
|
$
|
(307
|
)
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustments
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
72
|
|
Parent Company Investment
|
|
|
1,227
|
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
1,299
|
|
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
|
|
|
396
|
|
|
|
(59
|
)
|
|
|
337
|
|
Total Parent Company Equity
|
|
|
1,623
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
1,636
|
|
F-42
UNAUDITED
INTERIM CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2011 and 2010
PREFACE
The preparation of the unaudited interim Condensed Combined
Financial Statements requires management to make use of
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of
assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses and certain
financial statement disclosures. Estimates in these unaudited
interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements include, but are
not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory
valuation, goodwill and intangible asset impairment,
postretirement benefits, income taxes and the allocation of
purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in
a business combination. Estimates are revised as additional
information becomes available.
The unaudited interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 and balance
sheet as of June 30, 2011 included herein have not been
audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, but
in our opinion, all adjustments (which include only normal
recurring adjustments) necessary to make a fair statement of the
financial position at June 30, 2011 and the results of
operations and the cash flows for the periods presented herein
have been made. The results of operations for the six months
ended June 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the
operating results expected for the full fiscal year.
The unaudited interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
included herein have been prepared pursuant to the rules and
regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission,
or SEC. Although we believe the disclosures made are adequate to
make the information presented not misleading, certain
information and footnote disclosures normally included in
financial statements prepared in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles have been condensed or omitted
pursuant to such rules or regulations. These interim Condensed
Combined Financial Statements should be read in conjunction with
the audited combined financial statements and notes thereto
included in this Information Statement.
F-43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended June 30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Net sales
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
Costs of sales
|
|
|
1,145
|
|
|
|
915
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
716
|
|
|
|
546
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
334
|
|
Research and development expenses
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
Restructuring, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
170
|
|
Other (expense), net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income tax expense
|
|
|
216
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the Condensed
Combined financial statements.
F-44
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ITT
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividend
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
131
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
771
|
|
|
|
690
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
436
|
|
|
|
389
|
|
Prepaid expenses
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
79
|
|
Other current assets
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
1,336
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
467
|
|
|
|
454
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
1,437
|
|
Other intangible assets, net
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
416
|
|
Other non-current assets
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
102
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current assets
|
|
|
2,478
|
|
|
|
2,478
|
|
|
|
2,399
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND PARENT COMPANY EQUITY
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
395
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement benefits
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
163
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
Dividend payable to ITT
|
|
|
817
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-current liabilities
|
|
|
1,200
|
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
|
367
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
1,902
|
|
|
|
1,085
|
|
|
|
1,016
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Parent company investment
|
|
|
1,545
|
|
|
|
2,362
|
|
|
|
2,361
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total parent company equity
|
|
|
2,047
|
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
|
|
2,719
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and parent company equity
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
3,949
|
|
|
$
|
3,735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
F-45
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
|
(In millions)
|
|
|
Operating Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
Non-cash adjustments to net income:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Restructuring charges, net
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Payments for restructuring
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
Changes in assets and liabilities (net of acquisitions):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in receivables
|
|
|
(54
|
)
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
Change in inventories
|
|
|
(31
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
Change in accounts payable
|
|
|
(14
|
)
|
|
|
26
|
|
Change in accrued liabilities
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
Change in accrued taxes
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
Change in other assets
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Change in other liabilities
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Operating activities
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
(24
|
)
|
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(391
|
)
|
Other, net
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Investing activities
|
|
|
(48
|
)
|
|
|
(414
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financing Activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net transfer (to)/from parent
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Cash Financing activities
|
|
|
(112
|
)
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange rate effects on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents beginning of year
|
|
|
131
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents End of Period
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
106
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid during the period for:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes (net of refunds received)
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
F-46
THE WATER
EQUIPMENT AND SERVICES BUSINESSES OF ITT CORPORATION
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(Unaudited)
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net change in postretirement benefit plans
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
143
|
|
|
|
(144
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
(143
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
294
|
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the condensed
combined financial statements.
F-47
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(DOLLARS IN MILLIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED)
(Unaudited)
|
|
NOTE 1
|
SEPARATION
FROM ITT CORPORATION AND BASIS OF PRESENTATION
|
Separation
from ITT Corporation
On January 12, 2011, ITT Corporation (ITT) announced a plan
to separate its water equipment and services businesses (Water
Co) from the remainder of its businesses through a pro rata
distribution of the common stock of an entity holding the assets
and liabilities associated with its water equipment and services
business. Water Co is in the business of designing and
manufacturing highly engineered technologies with a wide range
of applications in the water industry and includes the following
divisions of ITT: Water & Wastewater (which includes
the Analytical Instrumentation business),
Residential & Commercial Water, and Flow Control. ITT
WCO, Inc. was incorporated in Indiana on May 4, 2011 to be
the entity to hold such businesses subject to approval by the
Board of Directors of ITT and other conditions described below.
The name of the corporation was changed from ITT WCO, Inc. to
Xylem Inc. Under the plan, ITT would also distribute its Defense
and Information Solutions business (Exelis Inc.).
The distribution of our common stock to ITT shareholders is
conditioned on, among other things, final approval of the
distribution plan by the ITT Board of Directors; the receipt of
a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service (IRS)
substantially to the effect that, among other things, the
contribution by ITT of the assets and liabilities of the water
equipment and services business to Water Co, or the
contribution, and the distribution will qualify as a transaction
that is generally tax-free for U.S. federal income tax
purposes under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the Code); the receipt of a legal opinion as to the
satisfaction of certain requirements necessary for the
contribution and the distribution to qualify as a transaction
that is described in Sections 355(a) and 368(a)(1)(D) of
the Code upon which the IRS will not rule the
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) declaring
effective our Registration Statement on Form 10; and the
completion of the financing necessary for a cash distribution
from Water Co to ITT prior to the distribution.
Unless the context otherwise indicates, references in these
notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements to
we, us, our and the
Company refer to Water Co. References in the notes to the
Combined Financial Statements to ITT or
parent refers to ITT Corporation, an Indiana
corporation, and its consolidated subsidiaries (other than Water
Co), unless the context otherwise requires.
Basis
of Presentation
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements presented
herein, and discussed below, have been prepared on a standalone
basis and are derived from the consolidated financial statements
and accounting records of the water equipment and services
businesses of ITT. The interim Condensed Combined Financial
Statements reflect our financial position, results of operations
and cash flows as we were historically managed, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United
States of America, or GAAP. All intracompany transactions
between our businesses have been eliminated. All intercompany
transactions between us and ITT have been included in these
interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements and are
considered to be effectively settled for cash in the condensed
combined financial statements at the time the transaction is
recorded when the underlying transaction is to be settled in
cash by ITT. The total net effect of the settlement of these
intercompany transactions is reflected in the condensed combined
statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the
combined balance sheets as Parent company investment.
Our interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements include
expense allocations for (1) certain corporate functions
historically provided by ITT, including, but not limited to,
finance, legal, information technology, human resources,
communications, ethics and compliance and shared services,
(2) employee benefits and incentives, and
(3) share-based compensation. These expenses have been
allocated to us on the basis of direct usage when identifiable,
with the remainder allocated on the basis of revenue, headcount
or other measures. Both we and ITT consider the basis on which
the expenses have been allocated to be a reasonable reflection
of the utilization of services provided to or the benefit
received by us during the periods
F-48
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
presented. The allocations may not, however, reflect the expense
we would have incurred as an independent, publicly traded
company for the periods presented. Actual costs that may have
been incurred if we had been a standalone company would depend
on a number of factors, including the chosen organizational
structure, what functions were outsourced or performed by
employees and strategic decisions made in areas such as
information technology and infrastructure. Following our
separation from ITT, we will perform these functions using our
own resources or purchased services. For an interim period,
however, some of these functions will continue to be provided by
ITT under the transition services agreements, which are planned
to extend for a period of 3 to 24 months in most
circumstances. In addition to the transition services
agreements, effective upon the distribution, we intend for
certain intercompany arrangements to be converted into
third-party contracts.
ITT uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing
of its operations, excluding debt where we are the legal
obligor. The majority of our cash is transferred to ITT daily
and ITT funds our operating and investing activities as needed.
Cash transfers to and from ITTs cash management accounts
are reflected in Parent company investment.
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements include
certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held
at the ITT corporate level but are specifically identifiable or
otherwise allocable to us. The cash and cash equivalents held by
ITT at the corporate level are not specifically identifiable to
Water Co and therefore were not allocated to us for any of the
periods presented. Cash and cash equivalents in our combined
balance sheets primarily represent cash held locally by entities
included in our Combined Financial Statements. ITT third-party
debt, and the related interest expense has not been allocated to
us for any of the periods presented as we were not the legal
obligor of the debt and the ITT borrowings were not directly
attributable to our business.
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements exclude the
allocation of liabilities, assets, and costs reported by ITT
related to asbestos product liability matters. These matters
were not allocated to us for any period presented as ITT will
continue as the legal obligor for those liabilities. ITT is
expected to pay any associated settlements, judgments, or legal
defense costs, and such matters were not historically managed by
us.
The unaudited interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements
have been prepared pursuant to the rules and regulations of the
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) and, in the opinion of
management, reflect all adjustments (which include normal
recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the
financial position, results of operations, and cash flows for
the periods presented. Certain information and note disclosures
normally included financial statements prepared in accordance
with GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such SEC
rules. We believe that the disclosures made are adequate to make
the information presented not misleading. We consistently
applied the accounting policies described in the Combined
Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this Information
Statement with the exception of the accounting standards updates
described in Note 2 which were adopted on January 1,
2011.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP
requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect amounts reported in the interim Condensed Combined
Financial Statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates
include, but are not limited to, allowance for doubtful
accounts, inventory valuation, goodwill and intangible asset
impairment, postretirement benefits, income taxes and the
allocation of purchase price to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed in a business combination. Estimates are
revised as additional information becomes available.
Additionally, our interim Condensed Combined Financial
Statements may not be indicative of our future performance and
do not necessarily reflect what the results of operations,
financial position and cash flows would have been had we
operated as an independent, publicly traded company during the
periods presented. These interim Condensed Combined Financial
Statements should be read in conjunction with the audited
combined financial statements and notes thereto included
elsewhere in this Information Statement.
F-49
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Our quarterly financial periods end on the Saturday closest to
the last day of the calendar quarter, except for the last
quarterly period of the fiscal year, which ends on
December 31st. For ease of presentation, the quarterly
financial statements included herein are described as ending on
the last day of the calendar quarter.
Unaudited
Pro Forma Balance Sheet for ITT Contribution
In connection with the separation from ITT, the Company expects
to raise $1,200 of indebtedness, which includes indebtedness to
be raised in connection with the YSI acquisition. Proceeds of
$817 received in connection with these borrowings are expected
to be transferred to ITT. The accompanying unaudited pro forma
balance sheet as of June 30, 2011 gives effect to the $817
contribution expected to be paid to ITT.
|
|
NOTE 2
|
NEW
ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
|
Recently
Adopted Pronouncements
In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board
(FASB) issued additional guidance applicable to the testing of
goodwill for potential impairment. Specifically, for reporting
units with zero or negative carrying amounts, an entity is
required to perform the second step of the goodwill impairment
test (a comparison between the carrying amount of a reporting
units goodwill to its implied fair value) if it is more
likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, considering
any adverse qualitative factors. This guidance is effective for
fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning
after December 15, 2010. As of the date of our most recent
goodwill impairment test, none of our reporting units would have
been affected by the application of this guidance as each
reporting unit had a carrying amount that exceeded zero.
In April 2010, the FASB issued authoritative guidance permitting
use of the milestone method of revenue recognition for research
or development arrangements that contain payment provisions or
consideration contingent on the achievement of specified events.
On January 1, 2011, we adopted the new guidance on a
prospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a
material impact on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
In October 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance on the
accounting for revenue arrangements that contain multiple
elements by eliminating the criteria that objective and reliable
evidence of fair value for undelivered products or services
needs to exist in order to be able to account separately for
deliverables and eliminating the use of the residual method of
allocating arrangement consideration. The amendments establish a
hierarchy for determining the selling price of a deliverable and
will allow for the separation of products and services in more
instances than previously permitted.
We adopted the new multiple element guidance effective
January 1, 2011 for new arrangements entered into or
arrangements materially modified on or after that date on a
prospective basis. In connection with the adoption of the
revised multiple element arrangement guidance, we revised our
revenue recognition accounting policies. For multiple
deliverable arrangements entered into or materially modified on
or after January 1, 2011, we recognize revenue for a
delivered element based on the relative selling price if the
deliverable has stand-alone value to the customer and, in
arrangements that include a general right of return relative to
the delivered element, performance of the undelivered element is
considered probable and substantially in the Companys
control. The selling price for a deliverable is based on
vendor-specific objective evidence of selling price (VSOE), if
available, third-party evidence of selling price (TPE), if VSOE
is not available, or best estimated selling price (BESP), if
neither VSOE nor TPE is available.
The deliverables in our arrangements with multiple elements
include various products and may include related services, such
as installation and
start-up
services. For multiple element arrangements entered into or
materially modified after adoption of the revised multiple
element arrangement guidance, we allocate arrangement
consideration based on the relative selling prices of the
separate units of accounting determined in accordance with the
hierarchy described above. For deliverables that are sold
separately, we establish VSOE based on the price when the
deliverable is sold separately. We establish TPE, generally for
services, based on
F-50
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
prices similarly situated customers pay for similar services
from third party vendors. For those deliverables for which we
are unable to establish VSOE or TPE, we estimate the selling
price considering various factors including market and pricing
trends, geography, product customization, and profit objectives.
Revenue allocated to products and services is generally
recognized as the products are delivered and the services are
performed, provided all other revenue recognition criteria have
been satisfied. The adoption of the new multiple element
guidance did not result in a material change in either the units
of accounting or the pattern or timing of revenue recognition.
Additionally, the adoption of the revised multiple element
arrangement guidance did not have a material impact on our
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Pronouncements
Not Yet Adopted
In May 2011, the FASB issued guidance intended to achieve common
fair value measurements and related disclosures between
U.S. GAAP and international accounting standards. The
amendments primarily clarify existing fair value guidance and
are not intended to change the application of existing fair
value measurement guidance. However, the amendments include
certain instances where a particular principle or requirement
for measuring fair value or disclosing information about fair
value measurements has changed. This guidance is effective for
the periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and early
application is prohibited. We will adopt these amendments on
January 1, 2012; however, the requirements are not expected
to have a material effect on the Companys Combined
Financial Statements.
We did not engage in any acquisitions during the first six
months of 2011. During the first six months of 2010, we spent
$391, net of cash acquired. The substantial majority of the
first six months of 2010 aggregate purchase price pertained to
the acquisition of Nova Analytics Corporation (Nova) on
March 23, 2010 for $385. Nova provides us with analytical
instrumentation brands and technologies, which when combined
with the Water & Waste Water Division of the Water
Infrastructure segment, provides our customers the ability to
procure, from a single source, a full suite of transport,
treatment and testing products and solutions.
Additionally, in the third quarter of 2010, we completed the
acquisitions of Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin
Holdings Limited (collectively referred to as Godwin) for $580.
Godwin is a supplier and servicer of automatic self-priming and
on-demand pumping solutions serving the global industrial,
construction, mining, municipal, oil and gas dewatering markets.
The Godwin acquisition expands our dewatering market presence in
the United States.
The results of operations and cash flows from our 2010
acquisitions have been included in our Condensed Combined
Financial Statements prospectively from their date of
acquisition.
Refer to Note 17 for the disclosure of a definitive
agreement reached subsequent to the period ended June 30,
2011 to acquire a company.
Effective
Tax Rate
Our quarterly provision for income taxes is measured using an
estimated annual effective tax rate, adjusted for discrete items
within periods presented. The comparison of our effective tax
rate between periods is significantly impacted by the level and
mix of earnings and losses by tax jurisdiction, foreign income
tax rate differentials and amount of permanent
book-to-tax
differences.
For the six months ended June 30, 2011, we recorded an
income tax provision of $66 or 30.6% of income before income
taxes compared to $26 or 15.6% during the prior period. For
2011, the effective tax rate is lower than the federal statutory
rate of 35% due principally to a lower rate incurred on foreign
earnings and the favorable impact of interest not subject to
income taxes offset in part by tax transformation costs. For
2010, the effective tax rate is lower than the federal statutory
rate of 35% due principally to a lower rate
F-51
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
incurred on foreign earnings and the favorable impact of the
repatriation of foreign earnings net of foreign tax credits.
Uncertain
Tax Positions
We recognize a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only
if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be
sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the
technical merits of the position. As of June 30, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, we had $44 and $43, respectively, of
total unrecognized tax benefits recorded. The amount of
unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax
rate is $44 and $43, as of June 30, 2011 and
December 31, 2010, respectively.
We classify interest relating to tax matters as a component of
interest expense and tax penalties as a component of income tax
expense in our Condensed Combined Income Statement. We had $6 of
interest accrued for tax matters as of June 30, 2011 and $5
as of December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Trade accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
782
|
|
|
$
|
703
|
|
Other
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, gross
|
|
|
802
|
|
|
|
722
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(26
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
Allowance for cash discounts
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Receivables, net
|
|
$
|
771
|
|
|
$
|
690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Finished goods
|
|
$
|
180
|
|
|
$
|
166
|
|
Work in process
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
Raw materials
|
|
|
223
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Inventories, net
|
|
$
|
436
|
|
|
$
|
389
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 7
|
PLANT,
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Land and improvements
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Machinery and equipment
|
|
|
602
|
|
|
|
567
|
|
Equipment held for lease or rental
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
|
129
|
|
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
Construction work in progress
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
Other
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, gross
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
|
|
1,063
|
|
Less accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
|
|
(609
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plant, property and equipment, net
|
|
$
|
467
|
|
|
$
|
454
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense of $47 and $28 was recognized in the six
months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
F-52
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 8
|
GOODWILL
AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, NET
|
Goodwill
Changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the six months
ended June 30, 2011 by business segment are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Infrastructure
|
|
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Goodwill 12/31/2010
|
|
$
|
873
|
|
|
$
|
564
|
|
|
$
|
1,437
|
|
Foreign currency
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill 6/30/2011
|
|
$
|
912
|
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
1,492
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on the results of its annual impairment tests, we
determined that no impairment of goodwill existed as of the
measurement date in 2010. However, future goodwill impairment
tests could result in a charge to earnings. We will continue to
evaluate goodwill on an annual basis as of the beginning of our
fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events and changes in
circumstances indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Other
Intangible Assets
Information regarding our other intangible assets is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
December 31, 2010
|
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
Gross
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Net
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Amortization
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
Customer and distributor relationships
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
|
$
|
(42
|
)
|
|
$
|
240
|
|
|
$
|
270
|
|
|
$
|
(29
|
)
|
|
$
|
241
|
|
Proprietary technology
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
(21
|
)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
(18
|
)
|
|
|
50
|
|
Trademarks
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
(10
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
(9
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
Patents and other
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
(15
|
)
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
8
|
|
Indefinite-lived intangibles
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other intangibles
|
|
$
|
505
|
|
|
$
|
(88
|
)
|
|
$
|
417
|
|
|
$
|
485
|
|
|
$
|
(69
|
)
|
|
$
|
416
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on the results of its annual impairment tests, we
determined that no impairment of the indefinite-lived
intangibles existed as of the measurement date in 2010. However,
future impairment tests could result in a charge to earnings. We
will continue to evaluate the indefinite-lived intangible assets
on an annual basis as of the beginning of our fourth fiscal
quarter and whenever events and changes in circumstances
indicate there may be a potential impairment.
Amortization expense related to finite-lived intangible assets
for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010 was $16,
and $7, respectively.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Trade accounts payable
|
|
$
|
296
|
|
|
$
|
297
|
|
Other
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
307
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-53
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
|
|
NOTE 10
|
ACCRUED
AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Compensation and other employee-benefits
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
|
$
|
161
|
|
Customer-related liabilities
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Accrued warranty costs
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
Accrued income taxes
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Deferred income tax liability
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Other accrued liabilities
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and other current liabilities
|
|
$
|
395
|
|
|
$
|
340
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 11
|
POSTRETIREMENT
BENEFIT PLANS
|
The following table provides the components of net periodic
benefit cost for pension plans, disaggregated by U.S. and
International plans, and other employee-related benefit plans
for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
|
Intl
|
|
|
Pension
|
|
|
Benefits
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
Amortization of net actuarial loss
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic benefit cost
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
7
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We contributed approximately $6 and $2 to our various plans
during the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010,
respectively. Additional contributions ranging between $2 and $4
are expected during the remainder of 2011.
Certain Company employees participate in defined benefit pension
and other postretirement benefit plans sponsored by ITT
Corporation, which include participants of other ITT Corporation
subsidiaries. We recorded approximately $12 and $14 of expense
related to such multiemployer plans during the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
|
|
NOTE 12
|
SHARE-BASED
PAYMENTS
|
ITT maintains several share-based incentive plans, for the
benefit of certain officers, directors, and employees, including
Water Co employees. Share-based awards issued to employees
include non-qualified stock options (NQO), restricted stock
awards (RS) and a target cash award (TSR). NQO and RS awards are
accounted for as equity-based compensation. TSR awards are cash
settled and accounted for as liability-based compensation. These
compensation costs are recognized primarily within selling,
general and administrative expenses.
Total share-based compensation costs recognized were $6 and $5
for the six months ended June 30 2011 and 2010,
respectively. A significant component of these charges relates
to costs allocated to Water Co for ITT Corporate employees as
well as other ITT employees not solely dedicated to Water Co. As
of June 30, 2011, there were approximately 0.7 NQO and
0.2 RS shares outstanding related to Water Co specific
employees. These awards and related amounts are not necessarily
indicative of awards and amounts that would
F-54
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
have been granted if we were an independent, publicly traded
company for the periods presented. The following table provides
further detail related to share-based compensation expense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2011
|
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
|
Water Co
|
|
|
Employee
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation Cost
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2011 Total
|
|
|
Employees
|
|
|
Allocations
|
|
|
2010 Total
|
|
|
Equity-based awards
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Liability-based awards
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
2
|
|
|
$
|
3
|
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We warrant numerous products, the terms of which vary widely. In
general, we warrant products against defect and specific
non-performance. The table below provides changes in the product
warranty accrual over each period.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 1/1
|
|
$
|
36
|
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
Accruals for product warranties issued in the period
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Payments
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
(12
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Warranty accrual 6/30
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE 14
|
RELATED
PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND PARENT COMPANY EQUITY
|
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements have been
prepared on a standalone basis and are derived from the
consolidated financial statements and accounting records of ITT.
During the six months ended June 30, 2011 and 2010, we sold
inventory to other ITT businesses in the aggregate amount of $7
and $4, respectively which is included in net sales in our
combined statements of operations. We also purchase inventories
from other ITT businesses. During the six months ended
June 30, 2011 and 2010, we recognized cost of sales from
the inventory purchased from ITT of $6 and $6, respectively. The
aggregate inventory on hand of purchases from other ITT
businesses as of June 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010
was not significant.
Allocation
of General Corporate Expenses
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements include
expense allocations for certain functions provided by ITT,
including, but not limited to, general corporate expenses
related to finance, legal, information technology, human
resources, communications, ethics and compliance, shared
services, employee benefits and incentives, and share-based
compensation. These expenses have been allocated to us on the
basis of direct usage when identifiable, with the remainder
allocated on the basis of revenue, headcount or other measure.
During the six months period ended June 30, 2011, and 2010,
we were allocated $64 and $52, respectively, of general
corporate expenses incurred by ITT which is included within
SG&A expenses in the combined statements of operations.
The expense allocations have been determined on a basis that
both we and ITT consider to be a reasonable reflection of the
utilization of services provided or the benefit received by us
during the periods presented. The allocations may not, however,
reflect the expense we would have incurred as an independent,
publicly traded company for the periods presented. Actual costs
that may have been incurred if we had been a stand-alone company
would depend on a number of factors, including the chosen
organization structure, what functions were outsourced or
performed by employees and strategic decisions made in areas
such as information technology and infrastructure.
F-55
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Parent
Company Equity
ITT uses a centralized approach to cash management and financing
of its operations, excluding debt directly incurred by any of
its businesses, such as debt assumed in an acquisition. The
majority of our domestic cash is transferred to ITT daily and
ITT funds our operating and investing activities as needed.
The interim Condensed Combined Financial Statements also include
the push down of certain assets and liabilities that have
historically been held at the ITT corporate level but which are
specifically identifiable or otherwise allocable to us. The cash
and cash equivalents held by ITT at the corporate level were not
allocated to us for any of the periods presented. Cash and
equivalents in our combined balance sheets primarily represent
cash held locally by entities included in our combined financial
statements. Transfers of cash to and from ITTs cash
management system are reflected as a component of Parent company
investment on the combined balance sheets.
All significant intercompany transactions between us and ITT
have been included in these condensed combined financial
statements and are considered to be effectively settled for cash
in the combined financial statements at the time the transaction
is recorded when the underlying transaction is to be settled in
cash by ITT. The total net effect of the settlement of these
intercompany transactions is reflected in the combined
statements of cash flow as a financing activity and in the
combined balance sheets as parent company investment.
|
|
NOTE 15
|
CONTINGENCIES
AND OTHER LEGAL MATTERS
|
General
From time to time we are involved in legal proceedings that are
incidental to the operation of our businesses. Some of these
proceedings seek remedies relating to environmental matters,
product liability, personal injury claims, employment and
pension matters, and commercial or contractual disputes,
sometimes related to acquisitions or divestitures. We will
continue to defend vigorously against all claims.
While no claims have been asserted against Xylem Inc. alleging
injury caused by a Water Co product resulting from asbestos
exposure, it is possible that claims could be filed in the
future. Should asbestos product liability claims be asserted
against Xylem Inc. in the future, we believe there are numerous
legal defenses available and would defend ourselves vigorously
against such a claim. As part of the separation, ITT will
indemnify Xylem Inc. for asbestos product liability matters,
including settlements, judgments, and legal defense costs
associated with all pending and future claims that may arise
from past sales of ITTs legacy products. We believe ITT
remains a substantive entity with sufficient financial resources
to honor its obligations to us.
Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be
predicted with certainty, based on present information,
including our assessment of the merits of the particular claim,
we do not expect that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or
proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a
material adverse effect on our cash flow, results of operations,
or financial condition.
Indemnifications
As part of the separation, ITT will provide for certain
indemnifications and cross-indemnifications among ITT, Exelis
Inc. and Xylem Inc. The indemnifications address a variety of
subjects; including asserted and unasserted product liability
matters (e.g., asbestos claims, product warranties), which
relate to products sold prior to the Separation Date. The
indemnifications are absolute and indefinite. The
indemnification associated with pending and future asbestos
claims does not expire. Xylem Inc. has not recorded a liability
for matters for which we will be indemnified by ITT or Exelis
Inc. through the Distribution Agreement and we are not aware of
any claims or other circumstances that would give rise to
material payments from us under such indemnifications.
F-56
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
Environmental
In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to federal,
state, local, and foreign environmental laws and regulations. We
are responsible, or are alleged to be responsible, for ongoing
environmental investigation and remediation of sites in various
countries. These sites are in various stages of investigation
and/or
remediation and in many of these proceedings our liability is
considered de minimis. We have received notification from the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, and from similar
state and foreign environmental agencies, that a number of sites
formerly or currently owned
and/or
operated by Water Co., and other properties or water supplies
that may be or have been impacted from those operations, contain
disposed or recycled materials or wastes and require
environmental investigation
and/or
remediation. These sites include instances where we have been
identified as a potentially responsible party under federal and
state environmental laws and regulations.
Accruals for environmental matters are recorded on a site by
site basis when it is probable that a liability has been
incurred and the amount of the liability can be reasonably
estimated, based on current law and existing technologies. Our
accrued liabilities for these environmental matters represent
the best estimates related to the investigation and remediation
of environmental media such as water, soil, soil vapor, air and
structures, as well as related legal fees. These estimates, and
related accruals, are reviewed quarterly and updated for
progress of investigation and remediation efforts and changes in
facts and legal circumstances. Liabilities for these
environmental expenditures are recorded on an undiscounted
basis. We have estimated and accrued $10 and $8 as of
June 30, 2011 and December 2010, respectively, for
environmental matters.
It is difficult to estimate the final costs of investigation and
remediation due to various factors, including incomplete
information regarding particular sites and other potentially
responsible parties, uncertainty regarding the extent of
investigation or remediation and our share, if any, of liability
for such conditions, the selection of alternative remedial
approaches, and changes in environmental standards and
regulatory requirements. In our opinion, the total amount
accrued is appropriate based on existing facts and circumstances.
|
|
NOTE 16
|
SEGMENT
INFORMATION
|
The Companys segments are reported on the same basis used
internally for evaluating performance and allocating resources.
Our business is organized into two segments: Water
Infrastructure and Applied Water. Water Infrastructure,
comprising our Water & Wastewater and Analytics
operating segments, involves the core water processes that
distribute water to users and return the wastewater back to the
environment. Specifically, this involves public utility and
industrial transport, treatment and test applications related to
the supply of earths water resources. Products include
transport and treatment products and solutions for water and
waste water, including pumps, filtration and disinfection
equipment, and analytical instruments. Applied Water, comprising
our Residential & Commercial Water and Flow Control
operating segments, revolves around the usage of water.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
|
Operating Income
|
|
|
Operating Margin
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
Water Infrastructure
|
|
$
|
1,153
|
|
|
$
|
820
|
|
|
$
|
158
|
|
|
$
|
103
|
|
|
|
13.7
|
%
|
|
|
12.6
|
%
|
Applied Water
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
|
669
|
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
|
|
13.8
|
%
|
Eliminations
|
|
|
(32
|
)
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Corporate and Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
1,861
|
|
|
$
|
1,461
|
|
|
$
|
216
|
|
|
$
|
170
|
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-57
NOTES TO
CONDENSED COMBINED FINANCIAL
STATEMENTS (Continued)
We evaluated subsequent events for recognition or disclosure
through September 23, 2011, the date the condensed combined
financial statements were available to be issued.
On September 1, 2011, we acquired YSI Incorporated
(YSI) for an aggregate purchase price of $310. YSI
is a leading developer and manufacturer of sensors, instruments,
software, and data collection platforms for environmental water
monitoring. YSI reported 2010 global revenues of $101 and
employs 390 people at several facilities in the United States,
Europe and Asia.
On September 20, 2011, we issued $1.2 billion
aggregate principal amount of senior notes, of which $600
aggregate principal amount of 3.55% Senior Notes will
mature on September 20, 2016 and $600 aggregate principal
amount of 4.875% Senior Notes will mature on
October 1, 2021. Interest on the notes accrues from
September 20, 2011. Interest on the 3.55% Senior Notes
is payable on March 20 and September 20 of each year, commencing
on March 20, 2012. Interest on the 4.875% Senior Notes
is payable on April 1 and October 1 of each year,
commencing on April 1, 2012.
F-58
INDEPENDENT
AUDITORS REPORT
To the Shareholder of
Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd.
We have audited the accompanying combined consolidated
statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows of
Godwin Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
subsidiary (collectively, the Company) for the
period January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010. These
combined consolidated financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on these combined
consolidated financial statements based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards
generally accepted in the United States of America. Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the combined consolidated
statements of income and retained earnings and of cash flows are
free of material misstatement. An audit includes consideration
of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for
designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the combined
consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of
cash flows, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall combined consolidated financial statement
presentation. We believe that our audit of the combined
consolidated statements of income and retained earnings and of
cash flows provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such combined consolidated statements of income
and retained earnings and of cash flows present fairly, in all
material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of
the Company for the period January 1, 2010 to
August 2, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/ Deloitte &
Touche LLP
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
June 13, 2011
F-59
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
For the
period from January 1, 2010 to August 2,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Product revenue
|
|
$
|
69,658
|
|
Rental and service revenue
|
|
|
75,559
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
145,217
|
|
Cost of product revenue
|
|
|
44,472
|
|
Cost of rental and service revenues
|
|
|
26,718
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total cost of revenues
|
|
|
71,190
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross profit
|
|
|
74,027
|
|
Selling, general and administrative expenses
|
|
|
47,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
26,195
|
|
Other expense:
|
|
|
|
|
Loss on foreign currency forward contracts
|
|
|
290
|
|
Interest and other expense, net
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other expense
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income before income taxes
|
|
|
25,663
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
24,831
|
|
Retained earnings, beginning
|
|
|
144,305
|
|
Shareholders distributions
|
|
|
(37,138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retained earnings, ending
|
|
$
|
131,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-60
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
For the
period from January 1, 2010 to August 2,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
24,831
|
|
Non-cash adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
10,221
|
|
Deferred income taxes
|
|
|
(79
|
)
|
Payments less than expense for retirement plan
|
|
|
(64
|
)
|
Loss on foreign currency forward contracts
|
|
|
290
|
|
Change in:
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivables
|
|
|
(608
|
)
|
Inventories
|
|
|
3,162
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other assets
|
|
|
121
|
|
Accounts payables and accrued expense
|
|
|
928
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
630
|
|
Proceeds from settlement of foreign currency forward contracts
|
|
|
1,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash provided by operating activities
|
|
$
|
40,447
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities
|
|
|
|
|
Purchases of property and equipment
|
|
$
|
(11,103
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment to third parties
|
|
|
1,912
|
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment to related party
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in investing activities
|
|
$
|
(7,491
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders distributions
|
|
$
|
(33,769
|
)
|
Repayments of borrowings to related parties
|
|
|
(2,411
|
)
|
Repayments of borrowings to unrelated parties
|
|
|
(3,464
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash used in financing activities
|
|
|
(39,644
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(161
|
)
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(6,849
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
|
|
|
8,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
|
|
$
|
1,264
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for interest
|
|
$
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash paid for taxes, net of refunds
|
|
$
|
692
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Noncash investing and financing activities
|
|
|
|
|
Distribution of net assets to Shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,354
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Forgiveness of related party debt, recognized as a distribution
to shareholders
|
|
$
|
9,181
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes.
F-61
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
|
|
1.
|
Description
of Business and Basis of Presentation
|
The combined consolidated financial statements reflect the
combined results of operations and cash flows of Godwin Pumps of
America, Inc. (GPA) and Godwin Holdings, Ltd.
(Holdings) (collectively referred to as
Godwin or the Company) for the period
from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010. From
January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010, GPA and Holdings
were entities under common control of one individual
(Controlling Shareholder). GPA, a subchapter
S-corporation incorporated in New Jersey, is engaged in the
business of assembling, selling, renting and servicing
industrial and contractors pumps, as well as the sale and
rental of other industrial products. Holdings is a holding
company with no operations of its own and whose primary asset is
its wholly owned subsidiary, Godwin Pumps, Ltd.
(GPL). GPL manufactures and sells pumps and pump
components and is a major supplier to GPA. GPL also sells
directly and through independent distributors in the United
Kingdom, Europe, Middle East, and Africa. Both Holdings and GPL
are incorporated in the United Kingdom. Operations in the United
Kingdom contributed 13% of combined net sales for the period
from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010. In addition,
approximately 19% of the combined net assets were located in the
United Kingdom at August 2, 2010.
On August 3, 2010, ITT Corporation (ITT)
acquired all of the privately held stock of GPA, Holdings and
its wholly owned subsidiary, GPL, as of that date. These
combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared
for purposes of complying with the filing requirements under
Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)
Regulation S-X,
Rule 3-05,
for significant acquired businesses, as well as other applicable
SEC rules and regulations. Accordingly, these combined
consolidated financial statements do not include a balance
sheet, a statement of changes in shareholders equity, and
note disclosures related to assets, liabilities and equity.
Furthermore, they reflect the results of operations for GPA and
Holdings solely for the period prior to acquisition by ITT in
2010. Excluding the aforementioned matters, the accompanying
combined consolidated financial statements have been prepared in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America (US GAAP) and include the accounts of
GPA and Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary, GPL. All
intercompany transactions, accounts and profits have been
eliminated.
|
|
2.
|
Summary
of Significant Accounting Principles
|
Use of
Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US
GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect amounts reported in the combined consolidated financial
statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ
from those estimates.
Foreign
Currency
The functional currency of Holdings and GPA are the British
pound and US dollar, respectively. Holdings revenues and
expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the
period presented. Translation adjustments have no effect on net
income.
Some transactions of the Company are conducted in currencies
different from their functional currency. Gains and losses from
these foreign currency transactions are included in income as
they occur and were not material to the results of operations
during the period from January 1, 2010 to August 2,
2010.
Concentration
of Credit Risk
Financial instruments that potentially subject the
Companys results of operations to credit risk consist
primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable.
The Company maintains cash accounts, which, at times, may exceed
federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any
losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of federally
insured limits. Management believes that it is not exposed to
any significant credit risk on its cash accounts. The Company
performs credit evaluations of its customers and
F-62
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
generally does not require collateral. The Company provides for
losses from uncollectible accounts based on an analysis of
historical data trends and specific higher risk accounts. The
past-due or delinquency status of a receivable is based on the
contractual payment terms of the receivable.
Cash and
Cash Equivalents
The Company considers all liquid investments purchased with an
original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.
Inventories
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost or market. Cost is
determined as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Components and finished equipment actual cost
|
|
|
|
Spare parts average cost (approximates the
first-in,
first-out method)
|
Estimated losses from obsolete and slow-moving inventories are
recorded to reduce inventory values to their estimated net
realizable value.
Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost less accumulated
depreciation. Significant replacements and improvements are
capitalized, while maintenance and repairs are charged to
expense as incurred. Depreciation is provided using the
straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the
assets, as follows:
|
|
|
Buildings and improvements
|
|
50 years
|
Machinery and equipment Rental
|
|
5 to 10 years
|
Hose, pipe and fittings Rental
|
|
3 to 5 years
|
Plant machinery and equipment
|
|
7 years
|
Vehicles
|
|
5 years
|
Office furniture and equipment
|
|
10 years
|
Leasehold improvements
|
|
Lease term
|
Revenue
Recognition
Revenue is recognized and earned when all of the following
criteria are satisfied: (a) persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists; (b) price is fixed or determinable;
(c) collectibility is reasonably assured; and
(d) delivery has occurred or service has been rendered.
Delivery occurs when the title and the risks and rewards of
ownership have substantially transferred to the customer.
Equipment and parts sales are recognized when risk and title to
the product transfers to the customer, which is usually on
delivery. Rental revenue is recognized over the term of the
rental period based on the terms of the rental contract. Service
revenue is recognized on completion of the service. All revenue
is presented net of applicable sales tax.
Shipping
and Handling Costs
Shipping and handling costs are included in cost of revenues.
Related shipping and handling income is included in revenues.
Advertising
and Promotion
The Company expenses advertising as incurred. Advertising
expense was $451,000 for the period from January 1, 2010 to
August 2, 2010.
F-63
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Income
Taxes
GPAs federal income taxes are payable personally by the
Controlling Shareholder pursuant to an election to be taxed as a
subchapter S-corporation under the Internal Revenue Code. A
similar election was made in New Jersey, the state of
incorporation of GPA, and all other applicable states that allow
for such an election. Therefore, the income tax provision
recognized by GPA include only those applicable states which do
not recognize this election or which still maintain corporate
level taxes.
Holdings and GPL account for income taxes using the asset and
liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are
recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to
differences between the carrying amounts of existing assets and
liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets
and liabilities are measured using currently enacted tax rates
expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those
temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in
tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes
the enactment date.
The Company recognizes the financial statement effects of
uncertain tax positions when it is more likely than not, based
on the technical merits of the position, that the position will
be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The
Company accrues for other tax contingencies when it is probable
that a liability to a taxing authority has been incurred and the
amount of the contingency can be reasonably estimated. Interest
accrued related to unrecognized tax and income tax related
penalties are included in the provision for income taxes. The
Company has not recognized any uncertain tax positions in the
combined financial statements.
Product
Warranties
Warranty accruals are recorded at the time of sale and are
estimated based on product warranty terms and estimates of costs
to be incurred to fulfill the claim based on historical
experience. The Company assesses the adequacy of its liabilities
and revises its estimates, as necessary, based on known or
anticipated warranty claims, or as new information becomes
available.
Other
Comprehensive Income
The components of total comprehensive income for the Company
consist of the Companys net income, foreign currency
translation adjustments and pension liability adjustments. For
the period from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010,
total comprehensive income (loss) was as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
$
|
24,831
|
|
Foreign currency translation adjustment
|
|
|
(1,750
|
)
|
Pension liability adjustments
|
|
|
(255
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
22,826
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New
Accounting Pronouncements
In October 2009, the FASB issued ASU
No. 2009-13,
which amended the accounting for revenue arrangements that
contain multiple elements. The objective of this amendment is to
address the accounting for multiple-deliverable arrangements to
enable vendors to account for products or services
(deliverables) separately rather than as a combined unit. The
amendments establish a hierarchy for determining the selling
price of a deliverable and will allow for the separation of
products and services in more instances than previously
permitted. The guidance provided within ASU
2009-13 is
effective for new or materially modified arrangements in fiscal
years beginning on or after June 15, 2010 and allows for
either prospective or retrospective application, with early
adoption permitted. The Company will adopt the provisions of
this ASU on January 1, 2011. Although the Company continues
to evaluate the effects adoption of this ASU will have, it
currently does not believe its results of operations, financial
position or liquidity will be adversely affected.
F-64
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
|
|
3.
|
Derivative
Financial Instrument
|
During 2009, the Company entered into forward contracts to
purchase British pounds and Euros. The objective of the forward
contracts was to minimize foreign currency risk associated with
inventory purchases from foreign vendors by reducing the impact
of changes in foreign currency on cash flows. The forward
contracts were not designated as hedges for accounting purposes.
The Company does not utilize the forward contracts or other
financial instruments for trading purposes.
The Company settled its forward contracts during the period from
January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010 and received net
proceeds of $1 million. The decline in the fair value of
the contracts from January 1, 2010 through the various
settlement dates was $290,000. This loss on settlement of
foreign currency forward contracts is recognized in other income
(expense) in the combined consolidated statement of income and
retained earnings.
There were no derivative contracts outstanding at August 2,
2010.
The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows
for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Current income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
$
|
167
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
743
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
910
|
|
Deferred income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
(72
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total taxes
|
|
$
|
832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Companys effective income tax rate differs from the
statutory Federal income tax rate on ordinary income due
principally because of the Companys domestic subchapter
S-corporation election and lower foreign tax rates.
F-65
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Defined
Benefit Pension Plan
The Company, through GPL, maintains a defined benefit pension
plan which covers substantially all employees in the United
Kingdom. The plans benefits are based primarily on years
of service and employee compensation near retirement. The net
periodic pension cost, employer contributions, participant
contributions, benefits paid and weighted average discount rate
for the period from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010
were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Net periodic pension cost
|
|
$
|
427,000
|
|
Employer contributions
|
|
$
|
404,000
|
|
Participant contributions
|
|
$
|
139,000
|
|
Benefits paid
|
|
$
|
389,000
|
|
Related to net periodic pension cost:
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average discount rate
|
|
|
6.0
|
%
|
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets
|
|
|
7.5
|
%
|
Expected rate of salary increases
|
|
|
2.9
|
%
|
The estimated benefit payments for the Companys pension
plan range from $473,000 to $610,000 for each of the next five
years and $5.8 million in aggregate for the five years
thereafter. The Company expects to make contributions of
approximately $1 million in 2011.
Profit
Sharing Retirement Plan
The Company, through GPA, sponsors a trustee profit sharing
retirement plan, which covers all eligible employees and allows
for employee contributions (401(k) option). Contributions to the
profit sharing retirement plan and the matching employer
contributions to the 401(k) option are at the discretion of the
Board of Directors. Currently, GPAs matching portion is
50% of the employees contribution up to a maximum of 6% of
employee eligible wages. The Companys contribution to the
profit sharing retirement plan and the matching portion of the
401(k) was $865,000 for the period from January 1, 2010 to
August 2, 2010.
|
|
6.
|
Related
Party Transactions
|
Leases
The Company rents its corporate office in Bridgeport, New
Jersey, and other office buildings, warehouses and commercial
real estate in the United States and United Kingdom under
operating leases with affiliates of the Controlling Shareholder.
Under the terms of these leases, the Company is responsible for
real estate taxes, insurance, utilities and maintenance. Rent
expense for these related party facility leases for the period
from January 1, 2010 to August 2, 2010 was
$2.5 million in aggregate, of which $1.9 million and
$600,000 is included in cost of sales and selling, general and
administrative expenses, respectively. On August 3, 2010 in
conjunction with ITTs acquisition of the Company, certain
provisions of these leases, mainly the lease term, were amended.
Future minimum lease payments under these revised lease
agreements are included in the amounts disclosed in Note 7.
The Company also leased airplanes from an affiliate of the
Controlling Shareholder. Under the terms of these leases, the
Company was responsible for all operating expenses associated
with use of the airplanes while the airplanes were being used by
the Company as well as an hourly rental charge for each flight
hour used. Rent expense for the aircraft recognized in the
combined consolidated statement of income and retained earnings
was $625,000 for the period from January 1, 2010 to
August 2, 2010.
F-66
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Related
Party Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed the debt of two of the affiliated
lessors discussed above related to the property and equipment
leased by the Company. The affiliated lessors were current in
their mortgage payments as of August 2, 2010. The aggregate
guaranteed mortgage balances at August 2, 2010 were
approximately $9.9 million. The guarantee agreements were
terminated in connection with ITTs acquisition of the
Company on August 3, 2010.
Distributions
In June 2010, GPA sold City Lights Home LLC, a wholly owned
subsidiary consisting primarily of a condominium in
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania, to affiliates controlled by the
Controlling Shareholder for cash proceeds of $1.7 million.
The book value of City Lights Home, LLC was $1.8 million at
the time of the sale. The Company recorded the resulting loss of
$100,000 as a reduction of retained earnings and accordingly did
not recognize any gain or loss from this transaction.
In June and July 2010, Holdings distributed two legal entities
to affiliates controlled by the Controlling Shareholder. These
entities primarily held real estate leased to GPL. The book
value of these entities was $3.4 million at the time of
distribution. The Company recorded this distribution at book
value as a reduction of retained earnings and accordingly did
not recognize any gain or loss from this transaction.
|
|
7.
|
Commitments
and Contingencies
|
Total rent expense under non-cancellable operating leases
excluding those with related parties (see Note 6) was
$342,000 for the period from January 1, 2010 to
August 2, 2010.
The future minimum payments under non-cancellable operating
lease agreements including those with related parties, as of
August 2, 2010 are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Period from August 3 to December 31, 2010
|
|
$
|
2,239
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5,256
|
|
2012
|
|
|
4,453
|
|
2013
|
|
|
3,116
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,649
|
|
2015
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
17,685
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities are recorded for various contingencies arising in
the normal course of business, including litigation and
administrative proceedings, environmental matters, product
liability, product warranty, workers compensation and
other claims. The Company has recorded the estimated costs for
these contingencies in the combined consolidated financial
statements based on assumptions including those developed using
input derived from actuarial estimates and historical and
anticipated experience data depending on the nature of the
liability, and in certain instances with consultation of legal
counsel, internal and external consultants and engineers.
Subject to the uncertainties inherent in estimating future costs
for these types of liabilities, the Company believes the
estimates are reasonable and does not believe the final
determination of the cost associated with these liabilities
would have a material effect on the combined consolidated
results of operations or cash flows of the Company.
Until its acquisition by ITT, the Companys workers
compensation and general liability insurance was provided by a
related multi-party captive insurance company incorporated in
the Cayman Islands. The Company owns one voting common share of
the captive insurer with a carrying value of one hundred dollars
and the Controlling Shareholder owns one non-voting redeemable
preferred share. Initial premiums paid by the
F-67
Godwin
Pumps of America, Inc. and Godwin Holdings, Ltd. and
Subsidiary
Notes to
Combined Consolidated Financial
Statements (Continued)
Company have been sufficient to cover any losses incurred and no
additional premiums have been required to date. Premium expense
was $1.6 million for the period from January 1, 2010
to August 2, 2010.
The Company evaluated subsequent events for recognition or
disclosure through June 13, 2011, the date the combined
consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
As discussed in Note 1, ITT acquired all of the privately
held stock of GPA, Holdings and its wholly owned subsidiary,
GPL, on August 3, 2010. As a result of the acquisition, the
Companys guarantee of the debt of the lessors affiliated
with the Controlling Shareholder discussed in Note 6 was
terminated. Further, the Company will no longer lease airplanes
from an affiliate of the Controlling Shareholder. As discussed
in Note 6, the terms of certain leases with affiliates of
the Controlling Shareholder were modified. The future minimum
lease payments under the revised leases are included in
Note 7.
F-68